RS ; Zi ibson- WR NeCibLOn

TRANSACTIONS AND PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

BOTANICAL SOCIETY.

VOLUME XIV.

LYSRARY
NEW YORK

BOTANICAL

GARDEN

DUPLICATA DE LA BIBLIOTHEQUE
DU CONSERVATOIRE BOTANIQUE DE GENEVE
VENDU EN i922 ke

EDINBURGH :
PRINTED FOR THE ROTANICAL SOCIETY.

MDCCCLXXXIII

e

TRANSACTIONS AND PROCKEDINGS.

CONTENTS OB VOL; XIV:

SESSION XLIV.

Valedictory Address by the President, Dr T. A. G. BALFOUR .....................
On the Growth of the New Zealand Flax Plant (Phormium tenax) in the
@rbney Islands: “By Dri Wa SDRAMs A ascceonc css Sa dteenesestetectyeticecdccee eee
Notes on New Zealand Plants that withstood the severe Winter of 1878-79 at
Rait Lodge, Trinity, near Edinburgh. By the late WILLIAM GorRIp, of
EURO OD SO -085 3. Soom sexes hate ds uaa wcaae sweat see See netisaalas Shee Sent omeslbe meester eeety Boas
On the British-American Species of Genus Viola. By Professor GEORGE
Lawson, Dalhousie College, Halifax, N.S.............2-.-cececeeccesseeeceeeeeeces
Note on the Flora of Colonsay and Oransay, with List of Plants collected in
Duly E870.) By SYMINGTON, GRIEVE. ssetucs. doen sceatieceseacece ek eben neta
Notes of a Tour in the Engadine, with a List of Alpine Plants. By JameEs
BLAIKIE, M.A., F.R.S.E., Her Majesty’s Inspector of Schools..............
On the Exact Measurement of Trees. (Part 4.) The influence of the
Unfavourable Season of 1879 on the Growth of Trees. By Sir R.
CHRISTISON, Wal bssvescs sizes Senehocsetanaoeen sats ceeseees Josenes seaee ne eee
Remarks on a Specimen of Rheum nobile (Hook. fil. and Thomson) which has

Flowered in the Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, in the Summer of

1880. By J. H. Batrour, M.D., Lic Glasg. and Edin., F.R.SS. L.
and E., Emeritus Professor of Botany, Edinburgh. (Plate I.)..............
The Flowering Plants of New Zealand, and their Relation to the Insect Fauna.
By GeorcE M. THomson, F.L.S. Communicated by Professor BALFouR
Additional Notes on the Hardiness of New Zealand Plants. By the late
WiTGLTAM: GORRTES Presid Otitis. 3.22 cnc srs dea-ncctace Jaceae ean coe se tenets ee
On the Flowering of Yucca gloriosa, L., in the Royal Botanic Garden. By
JOHN SADLER. Curator) 9 (Plates DS) iie secs conc cesta ese c te eeeeaecaeeeees cee
On the Septa across the Ducts in Bougainvillea glabra and Testudinaria
elephantipes. By Professor Dickson, M.D. Plates IIL. (@) and III. (0).
Report on Temperatures and Open-Air Vegetation at the Royal Botanic
Garden, Edinburgh, from November 1879 till July 1880. By Joun
NADLER. Coraton s:.<.Sccscsacccasascacccdsaesdscotsenevess one cnce cea ceeever ee Peso aac as

SESSION XLV.

Valedictory Address by the President, WILLIAM GORRIE—On obtaining by
Selection Hardy Varieties or Forms of what are usually termed Hali-

On the Exact Measurement of Trees. (Part 5.) 1. The Growth of Wood in
1880. 2. The Limit of the Growing Months. By Sir RoBrrt CuHristi-
SCV AMESAM ain nee one Seenitcnicc soaanar ene rue a tamee Canemea eee emean aa ca ene acc eee en eee

On the Morphology of the Pitcher of Cephalotus follicularis. By ALEX-
ANDER Dickson, M.D., Professor of Botany in the University of Edin-
pare. (Plates eV... aN) /VilE hae seta deaeet ccetn astcc etaliec eats see

On Lepidophloios, a Genus of Carboniferous Plants. By JoHN M. Macrar-
ANE; bs oC.— (Plates; Vill ands VeULI) een. : ces cincpe a etmarsceceeecren ieee eeeee ee

Notes on the Action of Some Aniline Dyes on Vegetable Tissues. By JoHN
Me MA GRARDANES Bo Gietanccccncuer tes nace ee aceon tence aaa dee een ee eee

The Structure and Division of the Vegetable Cell. By J. M. MacrarLane,
iBiSe= (Plates UX: and) KX) oss urgenc sacle be sek renee eee ee eee

Notes on the Flora of the Islands of Colonsay and Oronsay. (Part 2.) By
DO VMUN GON | GREE VE ics econ assianic snees eaepetas teen mates oes aun ee aot stances

On a Curious Form of Kohl Rabi. By JoHN SADLER, Curator, Royal Botanic
Gardens i(Plate Rab \iss scneed, cece tse cnarencdesmreseac nee ae rarees sev eter ctanesers

Report on Temperatures and Open-Air Vegetation at the Royal Botanic
Garden, from August 1880 till July 1881. By JoHN SADLER, Curator...

iv Contents.

SESSION XLVI.

Chairman’s Introductory Remarks :—On the Results of Meteorological Obser-
vations on the Weather of the last Summer. By ALEXANDER BUCHAN,
IVIMAE AVACOE LES: . cctcccescsscscteonenoncads-ier coy ree ne docsepsie'sntine anes eee tee em
Obituary Notice of Sir Robert Chxisisor, Bart. By Joun Hurron BALFOUR,
IMD); 3 HONS SOCi-c.2 iq. eee ds sete Oeene ereckivet ve oes dcet cocsndecdeaviJe desis tote tane mamenan
Obituary Notice of Sir C. Wyville nomiaun By JOHN Hutton BALFOUR,
INDI: Mons Sece tec: ciuce eee renter enianaraete tpestce ee ones heeds tone
Obituary Notice of Professor George Stoddart Blackie, M.D. By Joun
SIBBALD , MID: aH RAS UB. aise, tome ans 5. as seisca catsirete sothe See os ecalc aoe copasereees
Obituary Notice of Charles Robert Darwin. By JOHN HUTTON BALFOUR,
MD) HON ASC Chiv- 2 vcwncscevsececssecatecesatnanedeepaseeettes cerebeancdacet ste eee
Obituary Notice of Deputy-Surgeon General W. Jameson, C.I.E. By HucH
CLEGHORN, M.D., F.L.S
Obituary Notice of Joseph Decaisne, Member of the Institute of France,
Honorarysiellow: By ANDREW MAYOR 22.22.5220. .-s2-- ecb -a-s nee eeeeemers
Obituary Notices of Deceased Fellows for past Session
Address! by; the Presidentrons Chiloropliyll ee.ceee se esce- ee esas eee eee eke se ae eee
On Tillering. By A. STEPHEN WILSON, North Kinmundy, Aberdeenshire....
On Fixing Blowing Sands by means of Planted Grasses. By JAMES COUTTS
CRAWRORD StH GSP d, stcet aus acetebanton sete skates abou da tetonuane staan ue rtetes Us eeeeeeenee
On Lichens (1) from Newfoundland, collected by Mr A. Gray, with a List of
the Species ; (2) from New Zealand ; (3) from the South of Scotland.
Byi JAMES MSLURTON WMS D5, HL Seacesmseecomcsiess cece cian tenes: seelseeen- see seeeeeeee
On the Germination of Streptocarpus caulescens. By Professor DIcKSON.
(Plate: XUV.) ccosdenttenceedseciee secure cee bebube tenteoneseocbuse ander Seopee kets <eeaceeees
On the Adstivation of the Floral Envelopes in Helianthemum vulgare. By
Professor DIORSON sii. ctédostanet tha yte suede ode eeted see ca tee tine ee eeee tees neat reteen
On a Monstrosity in the Flower of [vis Pseudacorus. By Professor DICKSON.
Report on the Vegetation in the Garden of the Royal Botanic Institution,
Glasgow, from January till November 1882. By RoBEerRT BULLEN,
Curator) (Communicated bythesbresid ent: s.-.esaseesestesseece ase nsieee eemeee
On Dysoxylon Schiffneri (Section Cleisocalyx), a new Tree from East Australia.
By BaRon FERD. VON MUELLER, Ph.D., M.D., F.R.S., K.C.M.G..........
Report on Temperatures and Open-Air Vegetation at the Royal Botanic
Garden, Edinburgh, from November 1881 till July 1882. Compiled
om Notes read at Meetings of the Society. By the late JoHN SADLER,
PUTADOL SNA anese teceenoee tals oveneelics eetlece Sine carte GUM La sana tawte hese cecrante Sener e aeeaeenee
Note on Table of Flowering of Plants in the Royal Botanie Garden, Edin-
burgh, from 1850 to 1882. By the late JoHN SADLER, Curator..............
Notes on Memorial Trees Planted in the Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh.
Bysuherlater JOHN) SADUER | Curatonecsteceestcesreneteceseeten sae eeneettce a Beare
Extracts from Correspondence as to the Effects of the Winter of 1881-82 in
different parts of Scotland

Session 1879-80. Proceedings of the Botanical Society

5 Additions to the Library, Herbarium, and Museum during

her Sess1om:, eset awa: Sates seces seca eee mates cca ee eee

we Ma wsyoiuthe; SOcietyw-esessessecesccececatsueee eae eee ee eee
Session 1880-8) Proceedings. (Plater lV.) Sesecucsss-setecesesscesebceeseeeessseeces
os Additions to the Library, Herbarium, and Museum during
CHELSESSIOToeasnacteactimnknatearsmenmeceaee eacen eee cece cueeee eae

‘a Tistiotelemibers':pa. wn kes sesanan eet e a mS fey oa core en
Session 1881-82. Proceedings. (Plates XII. and XII1.)....................00000
6) Additions to the Library, Herbarium, and Museum during
bh@ySOSSION: tescacsceestecebecc 2 2scedd oha dc Seen eee au os eee eee

an Thistvol Members! £, ct S0 Po ae ee ce eee ae eee

Xxvl
XXXii

xli

Ixxxili
xcill

ci

Cxx
CXxvil

CXXXV

TRANSACTIONS AND PROCEEDINGS

BOTANICAL SOCTETY.

VOL. XIV.—PART I.

EDINBURGH:

PRINTED FOR THE BOTANICAL SOCIETY.

MDCCCLXXXI. =
is ote

.e Botanical Society of Edinburgh is prepared to mak«
.changes of plants with Foreign Botanists.

. British or Foreign species will be given in exchange, in
accordance with the wish of the Contributor.

A complete copy of the Transactions, to Vol. XIII.
inclusive, cau be had for £7, 10s. from the Treasurer.

1923

(7

AUG 4

Pia NS A Cir ONES

OF THE

BOTANICAL SOCIETY.

SESSIONURIVI) (hoes

GARBSEN

13th November 1879.—Dr T. A. G. Batrour, President,
in the Chair.

The Cuarirman delivered the following valedictory
address :—

GENTLEMEN,—In resigning this chair, to which you did
me the honour of electing me two years ago, I intend to
deliver no formal address, but, as our obituary list during
the past year has, I am sorry to say, been unusually large,
to confine myself almost exclusively to giving a sketch of
the lives of the deceased, especially as some of these have
held the foremost ranks in botanical science. I cannot,
however, omit taking some notice of a lecture delivered in
this city about three weeks ago, in which botany as a part
of medical education was virtually declared to be worse
than useless. It would be preposterous in me, in address-
ing you, gentlemen, who know the value of that science so
well, to occupy much time in replying to such a charge ;
but a few remarks seem called for on the present occasion.

I always thought that the grand feature of medical
education in our day was the raising of its standard; and
that the preliminary examinations recently introduced were
for this very purpose, viz., to secure that no imperfectly
educated person should find admission into the medical
profession. On the same principle the wisdom of our fore-

TRANS. BOT, SOC, VOL, XIV. A

9 Presidents Address.

fathers prescribed for the students of medicine the subjects
of botany and zoology. The university, to its honour be
it said, has maintained this programme in all its integrity ;
I regret, however, to say that the former subject has been
iguored by the two colleges, but I certainly was not pre-
pared to find that, not content with the colleges having
dropped it, the university was to be attacked for having
retained it, and that the very complete education which
has been the glory of our alma mater was to be turned to
her discredit. That botany may be studied as a part of
general education was indeed conceded; but that, as regards
its bearing on medicine it was (if the speaker’s words were
correctly reported) of no importance at all—a mere waste
of the medical student’s precious time.

Now, gentlemen, such words as these, if uttered on any
other occasion than that of an inaugural address, might
safely be left to fall into the pit of oblivion, to which their
inherent gravity would hasten their descent, but when we
find other teachers present, and a vote of thanks unani-
mously accorded, it is time for us, in defence of our special
science, to inquire whether or not botany can be of any
use to the student of medicine; and I should say—

1st. He must surely have been asleep during the past
few years who does not know and acknowledge the intimate
connection between the vegetable and animal worlds.
Physiology is, I suppose, regarded by the lecturer as an
important part of the medical curriculum; but, I think, it
must be generally allowed that no man can be a truly
accomplished physiologist who is ignorant of the functions
of the vegetable kingdom. So much is this the case, that
only a few years ago, from that very same chair, Professor
Pettigrew, in treating of the circulation of the blood, began
with the consideration of the manifestation of movements
in tubes, &., as exhibited in the vegetable world, devoting
at least two of his twelve lectures to that subject. It
was one of the grand characteristics of the teaching of
Goodsir, that he fixed the anatomicai truths which he was
communicating in a firm, interesting, and philosophical
manner, by the analogous structures revealed by comparative
anatomy ; and surely no more certain method of conveying
physiological truth in an attractive and impressive manner

President's Address. 3

can be found, than by taking a comprehensive view of the
functions of organic life. But not to dwell longer upon
this topic, I shall pass on to— .

2d. That as a very large proportion of the substances
of our Materia Medica are derived from the vegetable
world, it is surely of importance that we should know
something of the characters and relations of the plants
which yield them. If any one should say that we can
easily prescribe rhubarb without knowing its botanical
source, or that it belongs to the Polygonacee, then I
auswer that we can with equal facility prescribe Epsom
salts without any knowledge of its being sulphate of
magnesia; but if the absence of the latter knowledge
would imply an ignorance of chemistry which would pre-
clude from the medical profession, on what ground can the
gross ignorance of botany be applauded and regarded as a
ground of congratulation ? Is it asserted that an acquaint-
ance with natural orders can teach us nothing bearing on
the medicinal character of the plant? This only betokens
the ignorance of the asserter; for does he not know that
A. P. de Candolle, as early as 1816, published a work
entitled ‘On the Medicinal Properties of Plants compared
with their External Characters and their Natural Classi-
fication,” thus establishing a law which indeed Linneus
himself suggested, and which was accepted by the majority
of the men of science. The researches of Crum Brown
and Fraser, Cahours, &c., on ethyl- and methyl-strychnia,
have shown how a slight chemical change may entirely
alter the physiological actions, and have thus proved how
apparent contradictions to the above law, in the case of
Strychnos toxifera yielding curare, as compared with other
species of Strychnos, may be explained. But in a recent
paper, Professor Herlandt, by a careful, minute, and dis-
criminating process, has fully established the three follow-
ing propositions :—

(1.) Botanic species and families which are similar in
their characters are also similar in the nature and _pro-
perties of their constituents,

(2.) The species which form the connecting link between
similar groups contain constituents belonging to the allied
families.

4. President's Address.

(3.) The botanic and natural classification of the
medicaments of vegetable origin is the only scientific and
rational one.

Any one who reads Herlandt’s paper with care cannot
fail to see that the suggestion of Linnseus was essentially
correct; and surely that establishes the importance, if not
necessity, of the study of botany by the student of medicine.
It is not, however, only regarding medicinal plants that
botanical knowledge is of service to a medical practitioner.
I may illustrate this by a case that occurred in my own
practice only a few months ago, A lady and gentleman
entered my study, bringing with them their little girl, and
exhibiting great anxiety and alarm lest she had poisoned
herself, as she had eaten one of some foreign seeds which
had been given her to play with. They had brought with
them a seed similar to the one which she had eaten, and
I was at once enabled to relieve their minds from all
anxiety, and to assure them that no injurious consequences
would result; for in the seed brought I recognised that of
Cotx lachryma. Now, supposing the child had been taken
to the student or medical practitioner trained according
to the most recent advice of the lecturer referred to, she
would doubtless have been subjected to the misery resulting
from the administration of an active emetic, and the grief
and painful surmises of the parents would have remained
unallayed. But to pass to the province of pathology, I
assert—-

3d. That even in tracing the history of some diseases,
a knowledge of the lower forms of vegetation is of the
utmost importance. Who that knows anything of the
‘ verm-theory ” is not aware of the fact that the Bacteria
and Vibriones have, by Lister’s able researches, been shown
to be vegetable organisms ?* Again, how is the medical
practitioner ignorant of botany to be able to give an opinion
as to the cryptogams which either cause or complicate so
many diseases of the scalp? It is all very well to say

* Need I refer to the researches of Dr Klein in regard to what he styles
“«Pneumo-enteritis” in swine, by which he has shown ‘‘that the microphyte
which accompanies the disease is botanically specific, and that both it and its
progeny can be conducted through a series of artificial cultivations apart from
the animal body ; and that germs thus remotely descended from a first eon-

President's Address. 5

you can get that information from botanists, but I regard
everything connected with a disease as a special subject
of medical study, to which the practitioner ought to be
able to bring a mind well cultured as to phytology. It
would be easy for me here to retort that insanity in most
cases'can without difficulty be proved by the testimony of
the friends of the insane, and that, after all, the most
skilful alienist physician would in many cases be very help-
less without such testimony being afforded him; and that,
as it is only the proofs of the existence and not the kind
of the insanity which require to be scheduled, therefore
the study of mental diseases in all their phases is only a
needless burden imposed on the medical student who has
an eye to general practice. But surely in such a case
the reply would be forthcoming that we must train all
our faculties and acquire all collateral knowledge, such as
psychology, ontology, logic, and deontology, that we may
intelligently deal with the disease; and is not a similar
answer as valid regarding botany in the above instances.
4th. Were it only as a healthy recreation, botany is a
great advantage to the medical student. The lecturer
stated that he would select his assistant not from among
the students who had obtained gold medals for herbaria,
but from among those who could show most names in the
dispensary case-book. Now, apart from the gross mis-
representation of botanical science and teaching which is
involved in the above statement, it would probably be found
that the diligence and energy displayed by the successful
competitor for the herbarium medal had also procured for
him the largest number of cases in his dispensary book,
and these more carefully and accurately diagnosed, just in
consequence of the botanical training through which he
was passing; and as it is important that an assistant
should be possessed of vigorous health, such a condition
would be more likely to be found in the botanist than in
the other. Besides all this, the physician who has no

tagium will, if living animals be inoculated with them, breed in these animals
the specific disease.” The splenic fever of farm stock has been proved by other
observers to be due also to a microphyte ; and the Spirilla, which is a distinct
botanical species, though not actually proved to be the cause of relapsing fever, is
yet found multiplying in the blood of persons affected with that disease (Simon).

6 President's Address.

interest in natural science studies is apt to have his mind
cramped and narrowed, and is thus prepared to fall a victim
to morbid ideas; whereas the man whose studies have
embraced the natural sciences finds an ennobling and
healthy influence in their pursuit. How different from
that of the lecturer referred to was the view of such a
physician as the late Dr Warburton Begbie, who, on
receiving a botanical paper from a medical friend who had
written it, expressed the interest which he felt in the
subject, and added, ‘‘ How pleasant it is to have such a
study to relieve the tension of your ordinary daily labours.”
The keen student of botany is not necessarily the less
ardent and successful prosecutor of his other medical
studies; though, to confine myself to my own fellow
students, neither Burdon Sanderson nor Murchison, how-
ever they might have aspired, would ever have been
admitted to the high office of assistant to Dr Batty Tuke.

It would be easy to enlarge on this theme, and to show
the importance of a knowledge of botany from its bearing
on hygiene,—e.g., when vegetable organisms in the water-
supply render it unsuitable,—malaria,* &c., &c.; but the
time at my disposal is already too short for the work that
is before us, so that I must at once proceed to the Obituary
Notices, which have reference to the following :—

Mr JAMES M‘NAB. Dr DAVID MOORE.

Sir W. C. TREVELYAN. Mr PETER S. ROBERTSON.
Dr M‘BAIN. Mr WM. MUDD.

Pror. GRISEBACH. Dr JOHANN F. TH. IRMISCH.
Mr ARTHUR FORBES. Mr SAMUEL HAY.

Mr A. J. ADIE. Dr M. A. E. WILKINSON.

Dr JAS. CUMMING. Rev. W. B. CUNNINGHAM.
Dr KARL KOCH. Mr E. V. SANDILANDS.

Dr CHARLES MURCHISON. Mr A. GRAHAM.

* Since the above was written, a most interesting essay on ‘‘Contagion,” from
the pen of Mr Simon, has appeared, in which he quotes the researches of Pro-
fessors Klebs and Tommasi-Crudeli made at Rome in reference to the ague
endemic there, which seem to render it certain that ague-poison is a micro-
phyte of malarious soil; for these professors maintain that they can isolate
from malarious soils and their atmospheres definite microphytic forms capable
of separate cultivation ; and that if this microphyte, which they have named
Bacillus malarie, be cultivated through successive generations in successive
portions of an indifferent fluid, and a portion of the last fluid in which the
Bacillus is germinating be injected subcutaneously into rabbits, ague will be
produced in these animals.

Obituary Notices, 7

In my opening address last year I alluded to the deep
sorrow which we all felt at the serious illness under which
Mr M‘Nab was labouring, and I then expressed the earnest
hope that his valuable life might yet be prolonged for our
sakes, and for that of the science which he loved so well.
It has, however, been otherwise ordered, and we have been
called to mourn over his sad removal from among us,
which has left a blank of no ordinary kind. A special
obituary notice of our late esteemed Curator was, as was
most befitting, communicated to us during our last session
by the Regius Director of the Botanic Garden; but I
should think myself chargeable with unkindness and neglect
did I, in my present position, even at the risk of repetition,
omit all reference to some of the valuable services which
he rendered to botanical science, especially to horticulture.
As one of the original members of this Society, which was
founded in 1836, he was most diligent and assiduous in
his attendance, and contributed largely to its ‘‘ Transactions.”
A touching incident occurred only a few days before his
death, which shows the great interest which, to the very
last, he took in this Society, and the conscientious way in
which he discharged his duties towards it. One day, when
seriously ill and naturally claiming the constant attention
of his attached family, none of whom was willing to be
absent from him, he remembered that in the evening our
opening meeting for the session took place, and turning
to his son, he urged him to go to it as his representative ;
“for,” he added, ‘‘I have never, till now, been absent from
any of the opening addresses.” It was always a treat to
listen to the very interesting monthly reports on the pro-
gress of open-air vegetation in the Botanic Garden, and
the various readings of the thermometer, which have proved
of the highest value to horticulturists and meteorologists ;
in connection with the latter, I need only remind you of
the very interesting paper by our friend Mr Buchan, “ On
the Flowering of Spring Plants,” and to his acknowledge-
ment of his indebtedness to those observations of Mr M‘Nab.
To all the cognate subjects of botany, horticulture, arbori-
culture, landscape gardening, and vegetable climatology
he devoted much attention, as his numerous papers scattered
through various magazines show; aud many a piece of

8 President's Address.

ground, whether it be a square or park in the city, or more
extensive domain elsewhere, owes its beauty and attractive-
ness to the skill and ability of his directing mind.

The Rockery in the Botanic Garden will ever be asso-
ciated with his name. It has proved a great success, and
has added an additional charm to these Gardens which,
though dealt with most niggardly by successive Govern-
ments, stands second to none but Kew. In 1872 Mr
M‘Nab was unanimously elected to occupy this presidential
chair, and the admirable opening address which in Novem-
ber 1873, in the capacity of President, he delivered, and
the animated discussion to which it gave rise, are fresh in
the memories of all of us.

I have not alluded to the special advantages which Mr
James M‘Nab enjoyed in being trained under so dis-
tinguished a father, who, for the period of thirty-eight
years preceded him as Curator, nor to his own appointment,
in 1848, to that honourable and responsible position, which
he filled with such credit to himself and benefit to the
Gardens; nor have I spoken of his visit in 1834 to the
United States and Canada; which he turned to such good
account; nor have I alluded to his experiments on the best
method of heating greenhouses; nor to his appointment
as Superintendent of the Hxperimental Garden; for we
have already had such a full history of the life and work
of our departed friend, that only a few words seemed here
to be necessary. From my own personal experience, how-
ever, I cannot refrain from adding that I always found in
Mr M‘Nab the greatest willingness to oblige, and readiness
to facilitate the carrying out of any experimental researches.
And I cannot help saying that, since we have been de-
prived of his valuable services, it is a matter of no small
congratulation that in his successor we have one who
enjoyed such constant intercourse with him, and knew his
views so well, and who cherishes a warm regard for his
memory, and is anxious to carry out the schemes which
were so well devised by his predecessor, but which the
hand of death prevented him from accomplishing.

Sir Watrer CaLtverLey TREVELYAN, Bart., died suddenly
at Wallington, his seat in Northumberland, on March 28,

Obituary Notices. S

1879, in the eighty-second year of his age. He early dis-
played a strong love of science, for, even when a boy at
Harrow, he would rise early in the summer mornings and
go great distances in quest of plants, which often neces-
sitated his beating a hasty retreat, that he might be present
at prayers at eight o'clock. After leaving Harrow he went
to Oxford, and attended the University College, where he
was a student in the botanical and geological classes, and
took his degree of M.A. in 1820. He then came to Edin-
burgh to prosecute still further his scientific studies. He
lost no time in practically applying the scientific knowledge
thus acquired, for in 1821 he visited the Faroe Islands on
a botanical and mineralogical expedition, where he spent
some time, and proved himself to be a most close, careful,
and accurate observer. He read a paper on the “ Vegetation
and Temperature of the Faroe Islands” in the Natural
History Section of the British Association at Edinburgh,
in 1834, and published it in a somewhat extended form in
vol. xviii. of the ‘New Philosophical Journal.” This
article is very interesting and instructive, giving as it does
a brief sketch of the appearance of some of the mountains
and their elevations, of the kind of soil which generally
prevails, of the climate, which is for the most part mild
but damp, and of the temperature which, at Morshavn at
least, was found to have a mean of 45°399°.

He gives a list of some of the plants found on July 18,
1821, on the south-east side of the mountain, Mallingsfiall,
in the Island of Videroe, and here the careful manner in
which he made his observations is shown by such remarks
as the following:—At 1088 feet, Salix herbacea (first
plant) ; at 1098 feet, Prunella vulgaris (last plant); at 1382
feet, Dryas octopetala (one plant only), but at 1520 feet,
it was frequent. One plant only of Papaver nudicaule
appeared at 1530 feet, but it was of frequent occurrence at
1950 feet; and so on. Here the mention of the particular
side of the mountain examined, the date of collecting, the
different altitudes at which particular plants first appear
and become frequent, &c., prove him to have been at that
early period an accurate observer.

He succeeded his father as Sixth Baronet, on May 23,
1846, and greatly improved his extensive landed estates,

10 President's Address.

both at Wallington, in Northumberland, and at Nettle-
combe, in Somersetshire. He was a Fellow of the Royal
Horticultural Society, which his father had founded; and
was also one of the Trustees of the Royal Geographical
Society. He did much to advance geology in the compara-
tive infancy of that science, and contributed many papers
on that subject to the ‘ Transactions of the Wernerian
Society,” which were characterised by much skill and ability ;
and the care with which they were executed is evident from
this consideration, that most of, if not all, the facts adduced
by him have been confirmed by subsequent investigators.
In the last paper on the rocks of Northumberland, pub-
lished by Messrs Topley & Lebour, the following compli-
mentary reference to Sir Walter occurs: “The earliest
paper claiming special notice regarding the intrusive nature
of the whin sill of Northumberland was one published by
Sir Walter Trevelyan in 1828, in which a careful account
is given of the geology of part of the northern coasts of
Northumberland; a map and section accompany the paper,
showing how unevenly and irregularly the basalt iies among
the strata in that district. The limestone lying upon the
whinstone is described as being very crystalline towards
and at the point of contact.” ‘Twelve or more other papers
on scientific subjects issued from his pen. But, not only
was he ardently attached to scieuce, he was also a lover of
literature. He had a refined mind, and was possessed of
extensive knowledge. When the Rev. Mr Hodgson was
writing his “ History of Northumberland,” he was much
indebted to the subject of our sketch for valuable aid, and the
third volume of the ‘ Camden Society’s Trevelyan Papers ”
was edited by him conjointly with his cousin, Sir Charles
Trevelyan. He was of a kind and liberal disposition, and
hence many museums were recipients of his bounty. To
the New Museum in University College, Oxford, he gave
largely ; but his contributions also extended to the British
Museum, and the Museum at Kew, to which he presented his
Faroe Island Herbarium and other collections. Several of
the specimens collected in these islands were also given to
our museum; and in May 1867 we have in our “ Proceedings”
a notice to the following effect: “Sir W. C. Trevelyan
presented a large collection of British, Continental, and

Obituary Notices. it

Australian dried plants.” For some botanical works in our
library we are also indebted to him.

Sir Walter entered heartily into whatever measures he
considered likely to promote the wellbeing of society;
hence the deep interest which he took in education, and
the earnest and persistent efforts which, both by precept
and example, he employed to suppress the vice of intem-
perance; of which efforts the United Kingdom Alliance
showed their thorough appreciation by electing him their
first president in 1853, and retaining him in that position
till he was removed by death.

He was a Non-Resident Fellow of our Society, and his
name has been perpetuated in science by being associated
with one of the most elegant of all the minute Gastromysi,
the Leangium Trevelyani (Greville).

In Dr James M‘Barn science in many of its departments
has lost a most able and successful cultivator, and many of
us a warm and attached friend, whose absence from our
Society, of which he was a Resident Fellow, we sincerely
mourn. Dr M‘Bain was born at Logie, in the parish of
Kirriemuir, Forfarshire, on November 30, 1807.

He began his medical studies in this city in 1823, and
passed his examination at the College of Surgeons in
March 1826, thus receiving his diploma from that body
when little more than nineteen years of age. In the same
year he also took the degree of M.D. at the University of
St Andrews. In the following year (1827) he passed his
examination for assistant-surgeon in the Royal Navy. Not
long afterwards he was appointed to H.MLS. ‘“ Undaunted,”
then commissioned at Chatham to take out Lord William
Bentinck as Governor-General of India; he served several
years, employing his spare time in natural history pursuits.
In 1832 he was appointed assistant-surgeon to H.M.S.
‘ Investigator,” which was then employed under Captain
George Thomas in surveying the Shetland and Orkney
Islands. Here M‘Bain had his scientific tastes largely
gratified, as he carried on dredging along the coast, as well
as in deep water, and there accumulated a large amount
of material which was afterwards utilised in Forbes’ and
Hanley’s “‘ Mollusca.” He also here made fine collections

12 President's Address.

of marine algee for Dr Harvey’s famous work, ‘‘ Phycologia
Britannica.” In 1848 the vessel was paid off, and Dr
M‘Bain returned to terra firma, and took up his residence
at Elie for four years, before fixing his abode at Trinity.
About this time (1853) he became an attendant at our
meetings, and continued to be so pretty constantly till his
last illness. When he came to Trinity he met in Professor
Fleming (who was a relative of his) with a man of a like
type with himself—honest, sincere, original, steadily pro-
secuting science for its own sake, without any view to
ulterior advantages, and for him he ever entertained the
warmest regard. ‘T'o geology his thoughts seem to have
been specially directed by that very able and accomplished
professor, and the cognate science of mineralogy was to
him a source of delight. He latterly devoted himself also
to anthropological studies, and with his friend Professor
Turner was busily engaged in measuring crania, &c. In
his many scientific excursions, his vasculum and his geo-
logical hammer were his constant companions. In short,
it may be truly said of M‘Bain, that within his heart were
chords which vibrated in unison with Nature in her various
domains. When Professor John Fleming was removed by
death, Dr M‘Bain, who during his life had proved his
jidus Achates, took his place and maintained his teachings,
specially in zoology and geology, at the meetings of our
sister Society, “ The Royal Physical,” where he was no less
respected than among ourselves. His generous nature led
him ever to encourage any sincere investigator of scientific
truth, and his kindly sympathy with his fellow-labourers
cheered them in the farther prosecution of their task.

But I should fail in my sketch if I did not view Dr
M‘Bain in his capacity of faithful custodier of that Actinea
Mesembryanthemum who, among naturalists, has long borne
the honourable appellation of ‘ Granny,” and who, though
she has entered on her fifty-second, if not her fifty-ninth,
year of existence, has not yet ceased to people the waters
with her progeny, for, from the 4th March to the 4th of
October of this year, on which occasion the last official
registry of birth occurs, she has given birth to twenty-seven
young ones. This is nothing, however, to her prolific
powers in 1857, for then in a single night she gave birth

Obituary Notices, 15

to no less than 240 young, which would have put Priam
himself to shame, seriously alarmed Malthus, and taxed
the energies of all the accoucheurs in Edinburgh and its
surrounding districts. She was gathered from the rocks at
North Berwick by Sir John Dalzell, and at his death was
handed over to Professor John Fleming, then to Dr
M‘Bain, who, in prospect of his death, was most solicitous
to find a proper guardian for such a treasure. Some to
whom he spoke declined to undertake so responsible a
duty, till, at last, our excellent friend Mr Sadler was
asked and cordially responded to the request, and on March
Ist of this year the old lady was duly handed over to his
care by Dr M‘Bain, and, as most of us know, she receives
that kind attention and tender regard to which her years
and history entitle her. This last fact regarding our
departed friend serves to show the unabated interest which
even to the end he took in objects of natural history,
He died at Logie Villa, Trinity, on March 24, 1879.

Aveust Hernrich RupoLtpH GRISEBACH was born at
Hanover, on the 17th of April 1814, and died on the 9th
of May 1879. Ata very early period in life he manifested
a great love of botany ; and an incident is recorded regard-
ing him, when only twelve years of age, which shows at
once his ardour and decision of character which enabled
him to overcome difficulties that would have arrested the
progress of any ordinary boy. He had himself no insigni-
ficant collection of plants, for in his botanical excursions
he had explored very completely the neighbourhood of
Hanover ; but so anxious was he to obtain a more extensive
supply, that he even summoned the courage to write to
Professor Sprengel at Halle, requesting the professor to
exchange plants with him; which request, I need not add,
was kindly and generously responded to by Sprengel.

At fifteen he was sent to school at Ilfeld, where he
remained two years. Here, also, he fully availed himself
of the large opportunities which the surrounding country
afforded him for his botanical studies.

In 1832, at the age of eighteen, he entered the Univer-
sity of Gottingen, and continued to study there till 1835.
His principal teachers were Schrader and Bartling, and

14 President's Address.

among his fellow-students was one who has most deservedly
risen to the highest honour, viz., to the Chancellorship of
the German Empire, I refer, of course, to Prince Bismarck,
and it is much to the credit of the Prince that he did not
allow his high position to affect in any way the true friend-
ship of their youthful days.

From 1835 to 1837 Grisebach attended the University of
Berlin, where his chief teachers were Kunth and Meyen ;
the latter especially captivated him while he expounded
vegetable physiology. Among his fellow-students here
were Schleiden, the famous author of the ‘ Cellular Theory of
Plant Structure,’ and Schwann, the no less famous applier
of that theory to the animal organism. With the former
of these Grisebach had frequent and close intercourse, while
Schwann was also among the circle of his friends, and for
some time lived in the same house with him. In 1836 he
took his degree of Doctor of Medicine in that University ;
and in the autumn of 1837, in consequence of the death
of his father, he removed to Gottingen, and started as a
lecturer.

In 1841 Grisebach was chosen Professor Extraordinary
of Botany in the University of Gottingen. In 1844 he
pursued the sensible course of entering into a matrimonial
alliance with Miss Evelina Reinbold, daughter of the chief
constable of the King of Hanover, and as the fruit of this
marriage there were two sons. He was appointed to the
chair of Ordinary Professor in the same university in 1847.

In this university he took the deepest interest, and he
gave practical proof of his sincere attachment to it by
refusing a call, in 1846, to become Ordinary Professor of
Botany at Giessen, at a time when the renown of Liebig
was attracting students from all parts of the world to that
university. He also refused two invitations which came
to him simultaneously, in 1851, from Leipzig and Berlin
respectively. In 1855 he likewise refused two other
applications to accept a professorial chair at Munich and
at St Petersburg; while, in 1866, a second invitation
reached him from Leipzig, which he also declined. Not-
withstanding his high intellectual ability and great fame,
Grisebach was a man of true humility, which in his case
amounted even to shyness; he was specially amiable, and

Obituary Notices. i

oO

a steadfast friend. As has been well said of him, “ his
character was harmonious in an unwonted degree.”

His great work, which is indeed of very high merit, is
his “ Vegetation of the Earth according to its Climatologi-
cal Distribution: a Sketch of the Comparative Geography
of Plants,” in 2 vols., published at Leipzig in 1872. For
the production of such a work tle course which would
naturally commend itself as likely to be the most efficient,
would be to allot to several, authors, famed for scientific
ability, and inhabiting the different regions of the globe,
the botany of that particular part where the lot of each
might be cast, and thus by the combination of these a
work in some degree equal to the occasion might be ex-
pected. But failing this series, probably no one author
could have been found who could have done more justice
to such a subject than Professor Grisebach. His mind,
which was of a very high order, had been continuously
directed to this subject for many years. His first impres-
sions regarding the relation of a Flora to the soil and
climate were received when he was little more than fifteen
years of age, amongst the varied vegetation of the Hartz
district ; and, while still a student at Gottingen University,
Grisebach contributed to the periodical called “ Flora” an
account of a Botanical Journey to Dauphiné and Provence,
which he had made in the autumn of 1833. The same
special tendency is shown in his article, ‘‘ On the Influence
of Climate on the Limitation of the Natural Flora,” which
he published in the “ Linnea,” in 1888, Indeed, in 18387,
or thirty-five years before the appearance of the work, the
plan which he intended to pursue in it had been laid down
in asmall handbook. In 1839 he was appointed by the
Hanoverian Government to undertake a scientific journey
to Turkey, which he accomplished; and on his return he
published an account of this ‘“ Journey through Roumelia
and to Brussa,” in 2 vols.,in 1841; a work of great value
and of deepest interest to the botanist; and this was fol-
lowed in 1848-5 by another work of 2 volumes, entitled
‘“ Spicilegium Flores Rumelice.” After his return in 1841,
however, he also began that regular series of articles which
kept him m a special manner aw courant for his ‘* Vegeta-
tion of the Earth.” I refer, of course, to his Annual Reports

16 Presidents Address.

on Botanical Geography, which appeared in the year 1840
in ‘ Wiegmann’s Archiv.” for 1841, and which were regu-
larly continued in the same periodical till 1853 inclusive,
from which time an interruption occurred till 1872, when
they were resumed, and three notices up to 1876 appeared
in Behm’s ‘‘ Geographical Year-Book.” In 1844 he wrote
“On the Character of the Vegetation of Hardangen in
Bergen,” in connection with his visit to Norway in 1842,
which was rich in its yield to botanical geography, and
which led to a lively epistolary correspondence between
him and Alexander von Humboldt. We find him again,
in 1847, writing “ On the Lines of Vegetation in the North-
West of Germany”; and five years afterwards (in 1852),
‘A Commentary on the Geographical Distribution through
Europe of the Genus Hieraciwm,” and in that year, along
with Schenk, who had been his fellow-traveller, he pub-
lished ‘‘ Certain Observations on Plants collected from the
year 1851 on an Alpine Journey”; and also an account of a
“Hungarian Journey undertaken in 1852,” with the same
companion; and ‘“ Contributions to the Systematic Arrange-
ment of the Flora of Hungary.” This last appeared
in “ Wiegmann’s Archiv.” for 1862. With Schenk he also
visited the Pyrenees in 1853. In the following year, in the
Gottingen Reports there appeared “Systematic Remarks
on the Collection of Plants by Philippi and Sechler in
the South of Chili and at the Straits of Magellan”; and
in 1857, ‘Systematic Remarks on the Vegetation of
some Islands in the Carribean Sea, especially of the
Island of Guadaloupe, after the Collection of Ducharssaing.”
“Novelties of the Flora of Panama” was published by
lim in the following year; while in 1860, from the same
prolific pen, appeared “Select Illustrations of the Plants of
‘Tropical America.” In 1864 he published a “ Flora of the
British West Indian Islands,” with which, at the request
of our Government, he had been engaged since 1857, during
which period he had six times visited this country in
connection with the publication, which he himself regarded
as one of great importance; the relative Herbaria were
also sent to him, and it is a fact of some interest to us to
know that the names now attached to many of the West
Indian plants in the Botanical Garden are owing to the

—

Obituary Notices. 17

authoritative opinion expressed regarding them by Pro-
fessor Grisebach. In 1866 he brought out “ The Geo-
graphical Distribution of West Indian Plants.” 1866 saw
the publication by him of “ The Vegetation Regions of the
Earth clearly arranged.” A paper “On the Grasses of
High Asia” appeared from his pen in 1868, Besides the
above, he wrote many other articles more or less closely
connected with phytogeography, as, e.g., some of the plants
of Surinam, in Dutch Guiana. In 1849 he furnished the
articles on “‘ Malpighiaceze and Gentianacee” in Klotsch’s
“Contributions to the Flora of the Aiquinoctial Regions of
the New World.” Ten years previously (1839) he had
written on the ‘‘Malpighiads of Brazil”; and along with
Oersted, in 1853, he wrote on the “ Malpighiads of Central
America, with Notes on Coutubea volubilis, Mart., and
some other Gentians of Tropical America.” To the Gentians
he had long had his attention directed, for we find him
carefully studying that family while a student at Berlin,
and he brought out his monograph on the subject shortly
after his return to Gottingen; and in the “ Annals of
Natural History” for 1888 he is found associated with
Hooker in a paper on the “ Gentiana scilloides,’ Linn. fils.,
with some remarks on the genus. In 1848 he first pub-
lished his “ Gentianece,” and in 1853, “ Schenkia” (so called
after his friend), a new genus of Gentianacee. From time
to time he also furnished reports on the progress of syste-
matic botany. Many other writings from this fertile
mind could be adduced, but enough has surely been
brought under your notice to prove that with such rare
and superlative qualifications Grisebach stood out as pre-
eminently the man who could do justice to such an opus
magnum as the “ Die Vegetation der Erde,” and accordingly
we find this publication occupying the very foremost place,
being indeed the only comprehensive work on that subject.
After its appearance, as already stated, in 1872, Grisebach
was not inactive, but continued, as above indicated, his
“ Phytogeographical Reports.” In his great work he
divides the earth into twenty-four regions of vegetation,
depending on physical and climatological considerations ;
and of this arrangement Bentham has thus expressed him-

self: ‘‘ A closer examination of his regions shows them to
TRANS. BOT, SOC. VOL. XIV. B

18 President's Address.

be much better conceived, in a phytoclimatic point of view,
than I had at first thought them to be, when regarded as
phytogeographical regions ;” and again: “the data he has
collected and methodised will be found to be an important
contribution to the scientific study of geographical distribu-
tion ;” and yet again: ‘“ the undoubted influence of climato-
logical and other physical conditions on the progress,
dispersion, and life-history of species is here worked out
with a care and detail deserving the attention of all physi-
ologists, as well as of all cultivators of exotic plants.”
Such a testimony borne by so high an authority cannot
fail to have its due weight with you, especially when we
remember the Darwinian proclivities of Bentham, to which
system Grisebach was a very strong and decided opponent,
regarding it, as he did, as a doctrine of transmutation,
Even in its most moderate application Darwinianism found
in him an uncompromising foe. He was too close an
observer of nature, too rigid in his method of induction,
and too just and accurate in his reasoning, to have any
sympathy with those speculators who, when such a
desperate course is regarded as necessary for the support
of their rash hypotheses, do not scruple to shuffle and toss
about continents as a man would a pack of cards ; and who
pride themselves on the happy allusions to the existing
tropical Fauna and Flora as “the monuments of the departed
continents, Atlantis and Limuria.” But it is time enough
to speak of a monument when we are assured that death
has actually taken place, and it is time to inquire into the
fact of the death when we have made sure of the previous
objective existence. Now the soundings of the ‘‘ Challenger”
in the various oceans through which it cruised have
thoroughly disproved any such existing objects as the
above, and have shown that the assumption of their exist-
ence is “but the baseless fabric of a vision”; while
Grisebach’s science and philosophy are thus seen to accord
with the latest discoveries of science.

The attention of Grisebach was specially directed to the
territory of La Plata, of the botany of which little was
known till it was explored by Lorentz and Hieronymus.
In acknowledgement of the services rendered by Dr Lorentz,
Grisebach’s first work on the botany of this territory was

Obituary Notices. 19

styled “‘ Plante Lorentziane,” and appeared in 1874, which
was followed this year (1879) by another treatise, ‘‘Sym-
bole ad Floram Argentinam.” This treatise on the plants
of the Argentine Republic was founded “on the collection
prepared through the influence of the Government at Buenos
Ayres, by Professors Lorentz and Hieronymus, as well
as on the Herbaria of other naturalists preserved in the
Museum at Gottingen.” A short but interesting criticism
of these works appears in the “ Botanische Zeitung” of the
1st of August 1879, where any one can examine the differ-
ences between them, and the mode in which the variation
in the number of species can be explained. In the “ Sym-
bole” five entirely new genera have been added,—viz.,
Dermatophyllum, Cascaronia, Garaguandra, Dynoseris, and
Halochloa,—belonging respectively to the natural orders,
Zygophyllacee, Leguminose, Terebinthaceee, Mutisiacece, and
Graminee. It was never Grisebach’s intention to write
a complete Flora of this district, but rather to give new
genera and species, so far critical cases; but on both
occasions there was a short but very significant general
view of botanico-geographical species which is one of the
most important parts of the treatise.

Yet another work was in contemplation by this inde-
fatigable author, viz., a Flora of all Europe, and was
already progressing under his diligent hand, for he thought
he had a call to prepare such a work, as he had a personal
intimate acquaintance with most of the European regions of
vegetation, and as he possessed an unusually complete
herbarium, seeing that scarcely any really European
species were wanting in it. While thus engaged his
April holidays arrived, which he spent most pleasantly
with his family in visiting Rome and Upper Italy, but
through the peculiar inclemency of the weather this
year he caught a cold which gradually increased in severity,
aud closed his earthly career in the sixty-sixth year of his
age. The deepest sorrow pervaded all Gottingen when
the sad news was communicated there. By this mournful
event a heavy blow has been inflicted on botanical science,
for Grisebach was assuredly its ornament and boast. We
specially deplore the loss which our Society has sustained,
for he was one of our esteemed Honorary Fellows. His

20 Presidents Address.

able works and the genus Grisebachia will keep alive his
memory in the minds of botanists.

In Arruur Forses, the ninth laird of Culloden, our
Society has lost a very able Non-Resident Fellow, and one
of the most worthy and amiable of men. I only once had
the pleasure of meeting him, and was deeply impressed
with his kindly and genial nature, his high Christian
character, and that genuine humility which shed a
softened lustre over all his other excellences. He was the
representative of a very old branch of the family of Lord
Forbes, that namely of Tolquhon, which was noted for its
wealth and power. One of the cadets, Duncan Forbes,
went to Inverness in the beginning of the seventeenth
century, where he became influential in the burgh, and
was chosen Provost—a portrait of him in that capacity
adorning the Town Hall. He was also the Parliamentary
representative of the district. He purchased the estate of
Culloden in 1625, to which Ferintosh and other properties
were afterwards added. In the eighteenth century the
far-famed Lord President of the Court of Session, who occu-
pied that dignified post from 1787 to 1747, threw a halo of
renown around the Culloden family, but it has been well
and truly remarked that—‘“of all who preceded and suc-
ceeded him it may well be said of the late Arthur Forbes,
that none led a more unblemished life or was more
anxious to do well whatever duty his position imposed
on him.” He was born at Douglas, Isle of Man, on
January 25, 1819, and was educated at the Universities
of Aberdeen and Trinity College, Cambridge. One who
knew him well has said of him that in early life he
exhibited a decided taste for scientific pursuits, and ever
after was a very close and accurate observer. LHven in his
common-place walks nothing escaped him. Natural history
was perhaps his first study, and for years he kept up a
naturalist’s calendar. Botany was also early prosecuted,
and during many a ramble he collected a rich and
interesting herbarium of plants found in the district, and
among rare specimens were Goodyera repens* and Pinguicula
alpina. To the last he took a great interest in both these

* Nare in other districts, though not in pine forests of the north,

Obituary Notices. 21

sciences. But it was in meteorology and astronomy that
he took the deepest interest, and on which he bestowed
most labour. He was most faithful and diligent in dis-
charging all the duties that he undertook, and hence as a
country gentleman he was pointed and regular in his
attendance at county meetings. As chairman of the School
Board he was never absent from a meeting when at home,
and so, as we might expect, the meteorological cbserva-
tions at Culloden were carried on by him without a single
day’s interruption from 1841 down to the month of March
of the present year. It was by the advice of the late
Sir David Brewster and Professor James D. Forbes that
his attention was first specially drawn to these studies.
The observations taken by Mr Forbes during that long
period with such remarkable accuracy, are of great value,
and the results when published, which will shortly be the
case, will possess more than ordinary interest, establishing
as they do many important and interesting facts relating
not only to the climate but also to the changes of seasons in
the northern parts of Scotland. He was a member of the
Meteorological Societies of Scotland and London, and con-
tributed from time to time many results of the more
valuable and important of his observations to these societies
as well as to the Royal Observatory at Greenwich. The
researches connected with the British Rain-fall, so long
and so ably conducted by Mr Symons of London, also re-
ceived the benefit of his results. He was likewise fond of
antiquarian pursuits, and took a deep interest in Druidical
Circles; he also determined one of the Pictish marches to
have crossed from the Moray Firth to Drummossie. He
carefully preserved all relics of Culloden, and the portion
of the battlefield where the Highlanders were buried is
left unplanted and enclosed.

He was most persevering in whatever he undertook, and
generally succeeded in accomplishing his object. A most
striking instance of this has been supplied to me by another
friend of his, viz., that after he was advanced in years he
began the study of the Gaelic language, and acquired such
an excellent knowledge of it that he was able to read and
speak it fluently—a fact full of encouragement to the
enthusiastic founder of our Celtic Chair. Nor did he

D2 President's Address.

neglect the fine arts, for he took great delight in music
and, when other engagements permitted, he devoted con-
siderable attention to it. He had a particularly fine and
accurate ear, and was able to note down from memory any
piece which struck him, on having merely once heard it
played.

As a man of business he was prompt in action, but also
most kindly and generous. He wasa very liberal landlord,
who made the interests of the tenants his own, and was
always most unwilling to part with them. When the
rights of the people were acknowledged by the abolition
of Patronage a few years ago Mr Forbes asked for no com-
pensation from the parishioners. He took a deep interest
in education and was the chief agent in securing its highly
satisfactory condition in that district, and he most gene-
rously presented to the School Board the handsome building
which he had erected at his own expense. But did I
make no allusion to his religious character I should be
ignoring the very foundation on which all his excellences
rested, and the source from which those most estimable
features of his daily life sprang. The gentleness, amiability,
shrinking modesty, and warm-hearted philanthropy were
no signs of weakness in the case of Mr Forbes, but were
conjoined with a firm grasp and unflinching maintenance
of the truth of God; and, while many in our day regard
the attitude of doubting as the one befitting the student of
nature and of God’s Word, to the well-regulated mind of
Arthur Forbes such an attitude indicated only weakness
and imperfect enlightenment, while he himself rose far
above those pestilential swamps, and soared in the clear,
bright, and healthy region into which a living and assured
faith in God’s Word had introduced him. I conclude this
sketch in the language of the friend above referred to:
“Tt may truly be said of him that in all relations of life
he was loved and esteemed, and few have been more
sincerely mourned. He died suddenly at Aldershot on the
16th of March of this year, trusting alone in that Saviour
whom he had all his life long loved and sought to serve.”

ALEXANDER JAMES ADIE was the son of the late Mr
Adie of Edinburgh, a well-known optician, and was born

Obituary Notices. 23

on December 16, 1808. From a very early period of his
life he showed a strong liking for birds and animals of all
kinds, This propensity developed itself more and more as
he grew older, and became at last a marked feature in his
character. He was educated at the High School, while in
his own home he met with every encouragement in his
studies, and even his leisure time was expected to be
improved in prosecuting some useful and healthy pursuit.
After completing his course at the High School he studied
at the University here. He subsequently became a pupil
of the late Mr Jardine, C.E., with whom he continued a
considerable time, and was sent by him to various parts of
Scotland on engineering work. To such a mind as his,
early imbued with a love of nature, it can easily be
imagined how the opportunities so abundantly afforded
him, in this and the subsequent periods of his professional
career, were fully taken advantage of by him for cultivating
his taste for landscape gardening, and extending his know-
ledge of all kinds of trees and plants. A short time after
leaving Mr Jardine he commenced on his own account, and
accepted an appointment in the spring of 1838 as resident
engineer to the Bolton and Preston Railway, a new line,
the works of which were executed entirely under his
superintendence. When these were completed he left
Lancashire in 1844 and returned to Scotland; and in the
following year, or about that time, was connected first with
the Monkland Railways, and soon afterwards with the
Edinburgh and Glasgow Railway. This latter connection
lasted for many years, during which he had much parlia-
mentary work, which brought him into contact with all
the leading engineers of the day. He was, however,
engaged in many other engineering works besides railways.

He was early made a Fellow of the Royal Society of
Edinburgh, and though, in consequence of his residence
being out of town, he could not for many years attend its
meetings, he always took a deep interest in scientific
subjects.

He was one of our Resident Fellows, and though for the
same reason as that above mentioned he was not a frequent
visitor at our meetings, yet for the last thirty years of his
life it was his special delight to collect within his own

24. President's Address.

garden, at Rockville, near Linlithgow (which was entirely
laid out by himself), all kinds of trees, shrubs, and flowers
at all fitted to the situation, taking particular interest in
the importations from Japan. Whilst in his humility he
did not consider himself a botanist, yet he was so in the
truest sense of the word, for he continued an ardent and
devoted student of that science, and whenever any object
engaged his attention and regard—whether shrubs, flowers,
ferns, &c., he made a study of procuring books bearing on
the subject, and of visiting such nurseries or other places
as afforded him an opportunity of seeing specimens and of
obtaining them for himself, and this love of collecting
whatever was new and interesting to him, and enjoyment in
the results of his efforts continued in full vigour to the last.
His death occurred on the 3d of April 1879.

Among our Resident Fellows we also mourn the loss of
Dr James Cummine, a young physician of high promise,
whose sun has gone down at noon. He graduated as M.B.
and C.M. in our University in 1868, and became house
surgeon to Professor Lister in the Royal Infirmary.
Influenced no doubt by this position he was fired with
the zeal of his master, and chose as the subject of his thesis,
‘An Enquiry into the Theory and Practice of Antiseptic
Surgery,” for which he obtained a gold medal when he
took his degree of M.D. in 1871. The thesis is charac-
terised by learning and ability, and exhibits his powers of
original research. He availed himself of the advantages
which Berlin and Vienna afford by studying at these
cities. On returning home he was appointed one of the
medical staff of the New Town Dispensary, and shortly
afterwards he was elected to the office of extra physician
to the Sick Children’s Hospital, and ultimately to that of
ordinary physician to that institution. He was a Fellow
of the Royal College of Physicians, and assisted his father
in an extensive practice. He communicated to the ‘“ Edin-
burgh Monthly Journal of Medical Science” a very in-
teresting and instructive article on the “ Uterine Souffle
and the Foetal Heart,” while his last production on “ Alopecia
Areata,” which appeared in the pages of the ‘“ Practitioner,”
was a paper of great merit, and augured well for his future

Obituary Notices. 25

eareer, had he been spared to lecture on cutaneous
diseases, which, I believe, he had contemplated doing ;
but alas! in the very beginning of his usefulness he was
called to cease from his labours, having died on the 9th
of May 1879.

Latterly his time was mainly taken up with his pro-
fessional duties, but in his student days he took a deep
interest in the botanical excursions connected with the
class, and from few, if any, of them was he absent; and
even after he had obtained his degree he still manifested
a sincere regard for botanical science by making an annual
excursion in company with a few friends. He communi-
cated to our Society a paper, entitled ““ Notes on Micro-
scopic Fungi,” which was subsequently published in our
Transactions for 1872, illustrated by several lithographs,
which he generously contributed out of his own resources.
In his experiments he employed infusions of various sub-
stances, and marked the corpuscular or filamentous fungi
which were developed after from 10 to 30 days’ exposure
to the atmosphere. It is an article of considerable merit,
and contains some interesting results. For example, he
found that there are certain forms of fungi proper to
certain fluids; thus he always found the same form of
fungus in Digitalis, Aconite, and Claret. He found also
that in certain vegetable substances containing alkaloids,
the special action of these alkaloids was in a great degree
retained, even though bacteria and vibriones had made
their appearance, He found this in the case of the alka-
loids contained in T%nct. Digitalis, Tinct. Aconitt, Tinct.
Physostigmatis, and Liquor Strychie. The result is im-
portant as modifying Dr Bourdon’s statements. This paper
seems to have been suggested while studying the ‘“‘ Germ
Theory,” and making experiments on the subject in con-
nection with his thesis, and it gives us a hint how in
societies such as ours secondary- or bye- or waste-products,
as they are called, may be utilized.

His memory is fragrant among all who knew him as a
man of a frank and gentle disposition, thorough upright-
ness of character, faithfulness and conscientiousness in the
discharge of his duties, and kindness and considerateness
in his attention to the sick poor,

26 President's Address.

Kart Heinrich Emi Kocn, one of the most eminent
horticultural botanists, was born on his father’s estate,
Kttersberge, near Weimar, on June 6, 1809. From
early boyhood Koch exhibited an ardent love for plants, so
much so, indeed, that it seriously interfered with the
regularity of his training at school. His father, who seems
to have been a man of a stern and unsympathising dispo-
sition, and who had already deeided that his son Karl
should succeed him in farming his estate, would make no
allowance for the peculiar bias and precocity of the little
botanist, but considered all his pursuits in collecting and
studying plants as but another name for a life of idleness.
His mother, on the other hand, had a kind and loving
nature, but even she could not understand the peculiar
conduct of the boy; and when in consequence of the
warlike times his parents removed to Weimar he was
obliged to conceal in a hay-loft his treasures,—books,
pamphlets, and his self-collected herbarium. But Koch
soon found friends outside his family circle who could
appreciate his peculiar talents and his earnest devotion to
botanical pursuits. Such an one was Fischer the head
gardener of the Duke of Saxe-Weimar, who took a deep
interest in him when he was only ten years of age, and
afforded him facilities of advancing his knowledge, and
even went the length of allotting him a plot of ground in
the castle gardens to cultivate just as he chose. This
piece of ground lay near a favourite walk of the Grand
Duke Karl August, and also of Goethe; here the latter
was perfectly astounded on finding an arrangement of living
plants similar to that of the natural system of Jussieu, all
accomplished by the hands of this little boy, only eleven
years old, and, on the poet asking him who had taught him to
do so, he received the striking and interesting reply, ‘“ I
think it out for myself that it must be right,” a most
beautiful illustration of how a human being can either
deductively or inductively grasp the divine idea from his
having, at first, been made in the image of God, at least
as regards knowledge. Goethe was delighted with this
answer, and was in consequence led to take a deep interest
in the boy and to honour him with his friendship, as he
exclaimed, ‘‘ We shall now work together ; bring me every-

Obituary Notices. 27

thing new and rare, which you seem to find in abundance.”
Goethe was much occupied with his doctrine of metamor-
phosis in plants, and made the boy, who was frequently
roaming through the country, bring him deformed plants
and such like; and the knowledge of the changes which,
under so distinguished a master, Koch was privileged
to acquire, seems to have suggested to him the special
theme of his after life, viz., the investigation into the
origin of our fruit trees. Fischer instructed him in
horticulture and arboriculture, but another Grand Ducal
gardener, Mr Mohs, in Bertuch’s garden, took also a
fatherly charge of him, and gave him instructions in the
subject of fruits, which ultimately proved to have been of
the highest use to him, Through his intimacy with
Goethe he soon made the acquaintance of the Grand Duke,
who treated him with great kindness, frequently giving
him sweetmeats (for he was still but a boy), and thus a
link was being formed which proved of very great im-
portance in his future career.

As already stated, his frequent excursions in search of
plants had seriously interfered with his school duties, but
Koch now became alive to the necessity of more diligent
application to study, which he prosecuted with such
success that he soon overcame all his previous disadvan-
tages, and in 1829 was able to enter the University of
Jena. What enabled him to make such proficiency was
his frequenting in Weimar the house of the privy coun-
cillor Kruse, at that time inspector of the Grand Ducal
gardens, a family distinguished for their accomplishments,
and here he not only improved his manners, but also his
knowledge of modern languages. In Jena Koch studied
medicine and became intimately acquainted with Fritz
Reuter, the poet, one of the heads of the Burschenschaft
(an association of students who were ardently attached to
the cause of German unity, and who afterwards suffered
much in seeking to promote that object). Koch’s love of
nature withdrew him very much from all political excite-
ment. To him the forest and the field presented greater
attractions than all the burning questions of political
economy; and though to his last day he loved the noble
goal at which the association aimed, yet he avoided all

28 President's Address.

political demonstrations, and escaped the sad fate of many
fellow students.

The charming environs of Jena with its chalk hills,
presenting an almost southern vegetation, impressed them-
selves on his mind. During this time he sometimes saw
Goethe in Dornburg, in the enchanting parks of which the
great poet loved to walk, and Koch to the end of his life
preserved a myrtle branch which Goethe had presented to
him when the former found him sitting in a rose-arbour
reading the poet Tasso. In 1881 Koch left Jena and
went to Wurzburg to enrol himself among the pupils of
the celebrated physician Schdnlein. In the autumn of
1836 he made a journey to Switzerland, and studied the
Flora of the Alps up to the sources of the Rhine and
Rhone. In 18383 Koch took his degree of Doctor of
Medicine, his dissertation on that occasion being a mono-
graph on the genus Veronica, and then returned for a
short time to Weimar, when his father was reconciled to
him. He again visited Jena to take the degree of Doctor of
Philosophy and to become a lecturer there. In 1834 he
delivered his first course of lectures, which were distin-
guished by the absence of all pedantry and by a freshness
and learning which gave them a peculiar interest. His
excursions were not less so, and the zeal and enthusiasm
with which he himself was fired could not fail to make
themselves felt among his students. In March 1835 he
was appointed to a professorial chair, and having now the
means of gratifying his love of travel he planned his voyage
to the East, in the accomplishment of which he was aided
by the means which he had inherited on his father’s death.
Koch, probably influenced by the consideration that in the
Kast had been the cradle of the human family, and that
there had been situated the garden of Hden, stocked with
every kind of fruit which could conduce to the enjoyment
of our first parents, determined to seek the origin of our
fruit trees in that locality.

Besides his pecuniary resources he enjoyed other special
advantages, for Froriep and Friedrich von Muller seconded
his efforts, and drew the attention of the Grand Duchess
Maria Paulowna to his bold undertaking. She was the
sister of the Emperor Nicolas, the mother of the excellent

Obituary Notices. 29

Empress Augusta, and Koch found her to be a most
gracious and friendly protectress. She furnished him with
letters of introduction and recommendation to the Czar.
Before setting out on his journey, which he did on May
4, 1836, he formed an engagement with the daughter of
the Professor of Mathematics at Jena—Miss Theresa
Weichhart, sixteen years of age, The marriage, which
proved a most auspicious union, took place on October 2,
1838, after his return from the Caucasus. In his journey
he first visited Berlin, where he enjoyed the intimate
friendship of Ehrenberg and Alexander von Humboldt,
who introduced him to Dubois de Montpereux, who had
just returned from the very regions that Koch was about
to visit. He then went to St Petersburg, Moscow, &c.,
and reached Tiflis. Here he was seized with a fever,
brought on by a sun-stroke, but here also he formed the
friendship of Prince Constantine Suworoff, who tended him
during his illness with a brother’s care. After Koch's
return in 1838 he was appointed Assistant Professor of
Botany at Jena, and in 1839 published a work entitled
“The Natural System of the Vegetable Kingdom exhibited
in the Flora of Jena.” In the “ Report of the German
Naturalist Society” for 1840 he published ‘“ His Journey to
the Caucasus,” and “The Plants of the Caucasus ;” while
in “ Linnea” for 1841-3 there appeared from his pen “ A
Catalogue of Plants collected in the years 1836-7 in his
Journey through the Caucasus, Georgia, and Armenia.”
He then, in 1842-3, published his journey in the form of a
book of much celebrity, under the title of “A Journey
across Russia to the Isthmus of the Caucasus,” which was
no less valuable for its contributions to geographical than
to botanical science. Through the influence of Humboldt,
Ritter, and Gustav Rose, he was sent by the Berlin
Academy of Sciences on his second journey, with George
Rosen, the young linguist, as his companion. In May
1843 he started for the eastern provinces of Turkey, and
again scaled the Caucasus, and brought treasures from
regions probably never before visited by a botanist. Near
the close of the following year (1844) he returned home,
and published in that year “ Meteorological Observations
taken at Bucharest,” in the “ Monthly Journal of the Berlin

30 President's Address.

Geographical Society,” and “ Contributions to the Flora of
the Northern Maritime Coast of Asia Minor.” He also
published ‘‘Some Remarks on the Plants collected by Dr
Thirke on the North Coast of Asia Minor, and on Olympus
in Bithynia.”

In 1847 he gave up his chair at Jena and removed with
his family to Berlin. Here he formed most intimate
friendships with Ehrenberg, Mitscherlich, Heinrich and
Gustav Rose, Poggendorf, &c., and in 1846-7 he brought
out his work in three volumes, entitled ‘‘ Wanderings in
the East.” In 1848, in the “ Monthly Journal of the Berlin
Geographical Society,” he published an article ‘On the
Forests of the Caucasus in relation to the War at present
being carried on there,” and in the “ Botanische Zeitung” for
the same year, a paper “On the so-called Persian Insect
Powder,” which has an additional interest now since the
Pulegium is attracting such attention as an insecticide.
In the spring of 1849 Koch was appointed assistant to
Link as Director of the Royal Botanical Garden, and in
that year began his lectures at the University. From 1848
to 1851 he gave a series of papers in the “Linnea,” being
‘“ Contributions to a Flora of the East.” In 1849, “ Acan-
thopleura, a new genus of Umbelliferce,” appeared from his
pen in the “ Botanische Zeitung”; while in 1850 he wrote
‘On Manna, specially that of Hither Asia.” In 1851 he
published an excellent map of the Caucasian Isthmus, with
various scientific notes, geographical, botanical, &c.; and in
the same year he furnished to the Berlin Monatschrift a
review of the Flora of the Caucasus for illustrating the above
mentioned map. In 1852 he accepted the office of Secre-
tary to the Horticultural Society of Berlin, and the pros-
perity of that Society was in great measure owing to his
exertions. He retained this position till 1878, and during
the portion of this time up to 1857 he edited the Trans-
actions of that Society, and after that period he brought
out his own weekly journal. In 1856 he published a
paper “On the District about the River Rian” (the ancient
Phasis) in “ Petermann’s Mittheilungen.” From 1856 he
represented German Horticulture at all International
Congresses, and was sent as Commissioner of the Prussian
Government to London, Paris, Amsterdam, St Petersburg,

Obituary Notices. 31

Ghent, Brussels, Hamburg, Vienna, Trieste, and Florence.
He was ever ready to undertake all the trouble which
these various missions involved. From his acknowledged
ability he was in innumerable cases called upon to act as
umpire, and in this capacity he always excelled by strict
conscientiousness, and the quickest discernment sharpened
by much experience. Besides the numerous papers above
referred to, many more came from his prolific pen, as, for
example, “A Monograph on the genus Asculus,” “ Notice
on the genus Philadelphus,” “ A Monograph on Agaves,”
all in 1862, and “ A Study of the Agaves” in 1866; “On
the Classification of the Species of Crocus,” “The New
Holland Gum-trees—Eucalypti,” ‘“ The Oranges—Citri.”

The Bromeliacece and Avracece, so far at least as their
cultivated genera were concerned, specially engaged his
attention ; thus in 1862 he wrote his ‘¢ Study of the Brome-
liacece,” in the “ Belgian Horticulturist,” while the Arads were
treated in a paper entitled ‘“ A few words on Anthurium,
Philodendrum, and Monstera,”’ and in another styled “A
Notice on the Caladium, and Description of a new Species
Caladium pusillium.”

In 1869 the first part of his ‘“ Dendrologie ” appeared,
which was a treatise “‘On Trees, Shrubs, and Under-Shrubs
which are cultivated in the open air in the Centre and
North of Europe,” which sustained his high reputation, and
contains much useful information in his attempt to trace
our cultivated fruit trees to their original sources.

In 1874-5 Koch gave popular lectures on horticulture to
the upper classes of the German capital. His extensive
acquaintance with his subject gained from thorough per-
sonal observation, his genial nature, and real eloquence
captivated his audience, and for the time brought this
branch of science into the ascendant. But the subjects
chosen had also doubtless no small share in bringing
about this happy result, for in the first division
of his lectures we find the following heading—* The
History of Gardens, including those of the Egyptians, the
Semitic Races, the Persians, the Chinese and Japanese,
the Greeks and Romans, Italians, French, Dutch, and
English. The second division related to the life and
growth of trees, and their relations to man and climate,

32 President's Address.

where the subject of Miasmata, &., is treated. The third
division deals with coniferea—a subject whose importance
is universally acknowledged.

I cannot conclude without remarking that Koch’s
patriotism was a very prominent feature in his character ;
to him “das Vaterland” was really what the name implies,
and for it he refused some excellent offers of preferment in
Russia, Austria, and Belgium. He had a most independent
and thoroughly unselfish nature, was possessed of vast
energy, great amiability and benevolence, and was unswerv-
ingly truthful. His turn of mind was of an eminently
practical kind, and hence his motto was,—‘‘ The end and
purpose of all science is the mental and physical welfare of
all mankind.” As a botanist he held a first rank, but from
his utilitarian tendency he chose rather the horticultural
branch of the science as his special path, and all Germany
has reaped the benefit of his devotion to this department, for
his reports on “ Fruit Culture in the German Empire, and
the Fruit Crops of the Year,” were full of useful information,
and, like all his other writings, were characterised by great
accuracy, and tended to promote the cultivation of fruit,
while, at the same time, they pointed to the best varieties,
Koch aimed at becoming Director of the Botanical Garden
of Berlin, and this wish was gratified by his being appointed
to that office on the death of Alexander Braun, but un-
fortunately his health began to fail, and he resigned this
honourable post after having held it only for a year. He
longed to have an Arboretum at Berlin, and so completely
was his mind set on this object that he had planned the
whole, though there seemed little prospect of its being
accomplished, but his longings aud efforts and toils were
destined to be ultimately rewarded, for on the last day
of his life he received the news that the Minister of
Agriculture had issued a grant for the founding of a
Dendrological Garden. ‘The various objects which had
occupied him were fast coming to a close, for only about
thirty hours before his death he had completed the writing
of what proved to be his last work, viz., ‘“‘ The Trees and
Shrubs of Ancient Greece,” and their application in an
esthetic point of view. Koch, whose special and profound
observations were directed to the origin of certain species,

Obituary Notices. 33

had no sympathy with the theory of Darwin, or with
modern scientific atheism, with its darkness, chilliness, and
gloom, for when the evening sun illumined his room with
its rays, he exclaimed with a radiant smile, “ Now, I am
in God’s beautiful free Nature.” He bade his wife good
night, and on May 25, 1879, fell into a sleep from which
he never awoke in time, being within twelve days of
having completed his seventieth year, which great pre-
parations were being made to celebrate in a manner
worthy of one of such renown. Alas! how true it is that
“ Man proposes but God disposes.”

Dr Cuartes Murcuison is one whose loss we all deeply
deplore, and as my old classfellow at the University I may
be permitted to say that I felt a special pang when I heard
of his decease. He was indeed a many sided character,
but “Nihil tetigtt quod non quoque ornavit,’ for whatever
he undertook, to that he applied a mind characterised
by much acuteness and soundness of judgment, and well
stored with facts and observations. His was not the
sparkling genius; nor did he captivate us with his
eloquence ; his was the substantial plodding work under-
taken and prosecuted by a mind of large capacity, compre-
hensive range, and varied acquirements, so that when at
length the work was completed, it bore on its very face
the impress of distinguished ability, transparent honesty,
and lasting value. No wonder, then, that in Murchison’s
death we felt that a prince and a great man had fallen, for
the high position which he occupied was one to which his
merits had justly raised him, and on which he reflected a
bright lustre. He was at the time of his death one of our
Non-Resident Fellows. As a short notice of Murchison
was read before our Society during last session, I shall not
devote to his biography that amount of space which would
be justly his, and without which one could not even
enumerate the important and varied positions which he
occupied, and the valuable contributions to science, but
specially to medical science, which came from his pen.

Dr Murchison was born in 18380 at Springfield, Vere,
Jamaica, and was the son of Dr Alexander Murchison, and
grandson of Professor Copland of Aberdeen PST

TRANS. BOT. SOO. VOL. XIV.

34 President's Address.

He began his medical studies in Aberdeen in May 1846,
but soon removed to Edinburgh, and in November of
that year we find him a student in our University, where
he most successfully prosecuted his studies, carrying off
prizes and medals in many classes, and obtaining at the
end of his career the gold medal for his Graduation Thesis
in 1851. As astudent of botany I remember his ardour
and devotion to that science, and how he astonished us all
in 1848, when he handed in the beautifully and accurately
executed dissections of certain natural orders, which now
adorn the museum at the Botanic Garden and will hand
down his fame as a laborious and able student. I should
have mentioned that in the previous year (1847) he
obtained three botanical prizes at the University, and was
elected a member of our Society. In 1849 he was chosen
a member of our Council, when only nineteen. years of
age, which shows the high esteem in which he was held
as a botanist. In 1848 he contributed a paper to our
Society (Dec. 14) “On certain Glandular Bodies occurring
in the Epidermis of Plants,” and in 1851 he supplied
another ‘‘ On certain Monstrosities of Leontodon taraxacum
and Trifolium repens.”

After obtaining his degree he was for a short time
Physician to the British Embassy at Turin, and again
returned to Edinburgh and acted as resident Physician in
the Royal Infirmary, and then passed a few months in the
Maternity Hospital here, and thereafter went and studied
at Paris. In January 1853 he entered the Honourable
East India Company’s service, and in the same year was
appointed to act as Professor of Chemistry in the Medical
College at Calcutta. The whole current of his after life
might have been changed, and we might now have been
recording his achievements in chemistry and his extension
of the boundaries of that science rather than those of
medicine, had not some difficulties in regard to the
Medical Department in Burmah, where great sickness
prevailed, rendered it needful that he should be sent
thither, and accordingly in compliance with the call of
duty (but much against his own inclination) he left
Calcutta; while in Burmah he was not inactive, but sent
valuable papers on the climate and diseases there, which

Ohituary Notices. 35

appeared in the “ Edinburgh Monthly Journal.” He there
also made observations in April 1854 near Rangoon on the
Flata limbata, which he afterwards communicated to the
Linnean Society, to which I shall immediately refer.

In 1855 Murchison left the Indian medical service and
returned to London, where he became a Member of the
Royal College of Physicians. In this year his article en-
titled ‘‘ Notes on the White Secretion of the Flata limbata,
and on its relation to the Insect White Wax of China,”
was contributed to the Linnean Society, and published in
their “ Proceedings.” Itis an able and well-reasoned paper,
and seems to justify his conclusion, that, while Hanbury
was right in regarding the Coccus pela as a source of
Chinese wax, he erred in excluding Flata limbata from
that honour, for it seems highly probable that it is one of
the sources of that supply. In December 1855 he con-
tributed to our Society a paper “On the Chaulmoogra
Seeds of India,” the produce of Chaulmoogra odorata, Roxb.,
or Gynocardia odorata. After referring to the poisonous
nature of the tree, but the bland character of the seeds,
and of the expressed oil, he proceeds to show how it is
employed, and what a high reputation the latter has in
India in cutaneous affections, and even in leprosy, and
that it is also highly prized by the Chinese. He acted.
as Demonstrator of Anatomy at St Mary’s Hospital during
the same year, but this office he soon resigned, and was
appointed in 1856 Lecturer on Botany in that Hospital. His
next appointment was that of Assistant Physician to King’s
College Hospitalin 1856. In 1859 he became a Fellow of the
Royal College of Physicians. He was also a Fellow of the
Royal Society. In 1860 he was elected Assistant Physician,
and in 1861 Physician to the London Fever Hospital, an
appointment to which we are in great measure indebted
for that noble work on “ Continued Fevers” which made his
name famous, and which will remain a lasting monument
of those high faculties of mind which he largely possessed,
and of the unwearied diligence and great accuracy and
honesty with which he prosecuted his extensive researches.
The first edition appeared in 1862, and the second in 1873.
In 1861 he edited for the New Sydenham Society “ Frerich
on Diseases of the Liver.” I pass over some appoint-

36 President's Address.

ments at Middlesex Hospital in 1860 that I may not weary
you with too many details. About 1867 he lost by death
his great friend Dr Hugh Falconer, the famous naturalist,
who was superintendent of the Government Botanical
Gardens, and whose guest Murchison had been on his first
arrival in India. Animated by warm feelings of regard
for the memory of the deceased, he initiated a movement
to perpetuate that memory, which found its fitting expres-
sion in a Falconer Memorial Fellowship in our University,
to which Murchison’s generous heart was always linked.
He also re-edited the Geological and Paleeontological MSS.
of his friend.

In 1868 he published his “‘ Clinical Lectures on Diseases
of the Liver,” which maintained his high reputation. In
1869 his alma mater conferred on him the well-earned
honorary degree of LL.D.

In 1871 Murchison accepted the invitation to become
Physician to St Thomas’ Hospital, and Joint-Lecturer on
Medicine. In 1873 he delivered the Croonian Lectures
on “Functional Derangements of the Liver,” which he
subsequently enlarged and published. He was appointed
Examiner in Medicine in the London University in 1875;
and in 1877 he was chosen President of the Pathological
Society ; and only this year he was appointed Physician in
Ordinary to the Duke and Duchess of Connaught. It
would be out of place here to record the numerous medical
papers which he wrote, and which all partook more or
less of the same excellences, so I conclude in the words
of one who knew him well, and who employs no language
of hyperbole, but shows a just appreciation of his character
when he writes—‘ Judicious in character, calm and sober
in his modes of thought and expression, methodical and
laborious in investigation, keen and acute in the interpre-
tation both of the symptoms and of the causes of disease,
unwearied in unravelling difficult questions, just and
impartial in conduct, plain and sincere in manner, trustful,
affectionate, and reliable as a friend, Dr Murchison possessed
those qualities which we are apt to regard as helping to
form the best type of a British Physician.”

Davip Moore, a name illustrious wherever botany and

Obituary Notices. 37

horticulture are studied, was a Non-Resident Fellow of
our Society, and we unfeignedly mourn his loss. He was a
Doctor of Philosophy of Leipzig. He was born at Dundee
in 1807, and in early life was employed in the gardens of
the Earl of Camperdown, near that town. After leaving
that situation he came to Edinburgh to the nurseries at
Comely Bank, then belonging to Mr James Cunningham,
and remained there till 1828, when he went to Dublin to
assist Dr James Townsend M‘Kay, author of the ‘ Flora
Hibernica,” who was then the Director of the Botanical
Garden of the University of Dublin. He profited by the
advantages which this position afforded, and was appointed
one of the staff of the Ordnance Survey of Iveland. The
judicious nature of this appointment was evidenced by an
able paper written by Moore on the Flora of the regions
examined, which were, I think, the counties of Antrim and
Londonderry. After holding this post for five years he was
chosen Curator, or (as subsequently) Director of the Glas-
nevin Botanic Garden, which is the property of the Royal
Society of Dublin, and originated in an annual parlia-
mentary grant for its establishment and support, given for
the first time in 1790. No sooner had he entered on the
duties of his new office, which he did in 18389, than his
energy and ability displayed themselves in gradually raising
the garden from being comparatively insignificant, to take
its place among those in the highest ranks, and that in no
small degree by the treasures which he himself collected
for it. King Lemuel’s description of a virtuous woman
could most appropriately be applied to Moore, for like the
merchant-ships he “brought his food from afar,” Prov.
xxxi. 14; for Norway and Sweden, Germany and France,
Italy and Spain, and even Russia, were visited by this
indefatigable horticulturist, that fresh treasures might be
added to the Glasnevin collection; and hence the garden
was distinguished by all that was beautiful and rare,
and hence also from that source many of our new
plants (whether open-air or hothouse) were imported.
He rendered it famous also for the variety of new hybrid
forms which by his skill and ingenuity he raised
there.

The Glasnevin Botanic Garden, which owes so much to

38 President’s Address.

him, extends over 27 acres, and is divided into three
sections, relating to Agriculture, Horticulture, and Botany.

Moore devoted much attention to cryptogamic botany,
especially to the Musct and Hepatice of Ireland (in the
department of Mosses he earned a high reputation), aud he
published on these subjects, as well as on Gramine. He
gave valuable aid to his former instructor Dr M‘Kay in
making up his list of Irish plants, and, conjointly with
Mr Alexander Goodman More, he edited the ‘ Cybele
Hibernica” in 1866, in which the geographical distribution
of plants in Ireland were dealt with, M‘Kay’s work, the
“‘ Flora Hibernica,” is one of special merit, but in it few
localities are given, and no attempt is made to define the
range or frequency of the plants, and it is apparently with
the view of supplying this deficiency that the ‘* Cybele
Hibernica” was undertaken. It everywhere exhibits
extensive reading and careful research, and the method
pursued for the avoidance of errors is a model of caution.
No wonder then that a grant of £25 was given by the
British Association towards its publication. No descriptions
of the genera or species are given, as the authors strictly
confine themselves within the prescribed limits, and leave
the reader to gain that information from the other sources,
which are plentifully supplied in the published manuals.
In this work he divided Ireland into twelve botanical dis-
tricts, such as had been suggested by Professor Babington.
A map of these districts is contained in the book.

At the Moscow Exhibition of 1865, and at that of Paris
in 1867, he acted as Botanical Commissioner.

He was a Member of Council of the Royal Irish
Academy.

Amid all his renown, however, he was humble and
unpretentious, of an amiable disposition, and was esteemed
and respected by all those with whom he came into
contact. Though his lot was cast in Ireland, he was a
thorough Scotchman, and one of our countrymen of whom
we may justly be proud. He possessed that indomitable
perseverance, high intelligence, and sound common sense,
which have by all generous minds been regarded as
characteristic of our nation, and to the development of
which the kind of education which they have enjoyed,

Obituary Notices. 39

embracing as that does the training of the whole man, as
an intellectual, moral, and spiritual being, has so powerfully
contributed.

An acute disease cut short his life in the midst of his
activity and usefulness, his physical and mental powers
exhibiting no signs of natural decay, though he had by two
years surpassed the threescore years and ten.

On September 16, 1879, our Society lost another able and
energetic horticulturist in the person of Mr Perer 8. Rosert-
son, at the age of sixty-one. He was born at Dalchonzie,
near Comrie, of parents who were in very humble circum-
stances. He was sent to school at Dunira, and afterwards
served a regular apprenticeship at Drymen, under Mr
Montgomery, gardener to the Duke of Montrose. In
1837 he got a situation in the Royal Botanic Garden here,
under the father of our late Curator, than whom no one was
better qualified to train those under him to a thorough
knowledge of their vocation; and we may be sure that
with Robertson’s abilities and good common sense, the
six years’ training which he here underwent would not be
in vain. From the Botanical Garden he went in 18438 to
the Messrs Peter Lawson & Son, where he remained for
sixteen years, during fourteen of which he held the position
of manager. His advantages here were very great, and
his acquaintance with the seed trade was correspondingly
extensive,

A friend informs me that Mr Robertson had an ardent
desire for knowledge, and a great propensity to launch
into new fields of discovery, and was animated by an
enthusiasm for the beautiful in plant form, which roused
even unimpassioned natures to a like feeling. When he
started on his own account he was most enterprising, and
his efforts were crowned with success; for having begun
business at Trinity, he was not long ere he extended his
nurseries to Inverleith Row and Stanley Road. His
ability both as a nursery- and seeds-man were soon publicly
acknowledged by his being frequently called upon to act
as a valuator in both departments. If there was one
feature more than another in which the excellency of his
uurseries appeared, it was in the hardy trees and shrubs to

40 President's Address.

which he devoted special care, and which he cultivated
with much success. He knew flowers well, not only those
of the greenhouse and under cultivation, but also the wild
flowers of our country. Iam informed that Mr Robertson,
mindful of his own early struggles, interested himself in
the welfare and prosperity of the younger members of the
trade, and was very helpful to young foresters and
gardeners by advice and sympathy, that he proved himself
a kind and constant friend, and was esteemed by those who
knew him. His death, which resulted from disease of the
heart, was sudden.

Mr Wituiam Mupp, Curator of the Botanical Garden at
Cambridge, died of a brief illness at the age of forty-nine. He
was an Associate of our Society, as well as of the Linnean.
He was born near Bedale, in Yorkshire, in 1830, where his
early education was very deficient. His first appointment
was to the garden of Joseph Pease, Esq., at Southend,
Darlington, where he enjoyed the advantage of good
training under Mr Pope. He married in early life, and
was appointed to the charge of the garden of T. Richardson,
Esq., at Great Ayton in Cleveland. | While here he
became acquainted with some teachers in a boarding-school
in the neighbourhood who were fond of science, and by
their aid he strove to supply the defects of his education.
He also made long botanical excursions through the
district, the results of which were published in a local
periodical in 1863. A new era now dawned on his history.
He purchased a microscope and devoted himself to the
study of lichens, and by dint of great industry, zeal, and
self-denial (for all this time he was regular at his garden
duties), he secured a fine collection of these cryptogams,
which he carefully dissected and accurately described.
Shortly after this, viz., in 1861, he published his “Manual
of British Lichens,” which was very complete, containing
as it did all the species and varieties then known in
Britain. This work gave him a high position as a botanist,
and with his previous thorough training and experience in
horticulture, we need not be surprised that, when a vacancy
occurred in the curatorship of the Botanic Garden at
Cambridge, Mr Mudd should have been chosen to fill that

Obituary Notices. 41

important office. He would, doubtless, in his new sphere
have prosecuted with no less energy and success his studies
in lichenology, had not the state of his eyes prevented him
from using the microscope. He accordingly was compelled
to abandon that pursuit; but, being of an active disposition,
he, in addition to discharging his duties as Curator, occupied
his time in giving instructions to those studying for the
Natural Science Tripos, and for the special examination in
Botany, in which he proved a most efficient teacher, and
gained the affection and esteem of all his pupils. Dr
Babington thus writes of him—*“ He raised the standard of
the botanical garden ;” and again—‘‘ We have lost a very
valuable man, one who had the interest of the university and
garden thoroughly at heart, and worked constantly for the
advancement and benefit of all subjects of his department.”

Dr Jowann FriepricHh Txito Iruiscu, Professor of
Botany at Sonderhausen, Thuringia, was a Foreign Member
of our Society. He died of apoplexy at Sonderhausen, on
the fourth day after the attack, viz., April 28, 1879. He
was a man of great eminence, and his name spread far
beyond the limits of his native country. We grieve over
the loss which our Society and botanical science in general
have sustained by his removal, while his personal friends
mourn over his departure, and speak of him as a most
amiable, simple, unpretending character, full of warm
feeling for friendship and domestic happiness ; in fact, he
was artless as a child, destitute of that ambition which
aims at high positions and outward honours, as evidenced
by his refusing several honourable invitations to other
university chairs, thus at the same time exhibiting the
like patriotism which we have seen in Koch and Grisebach,
for he was warmly attached to his beloved native town,
whose rich and beautiful flora had peculiar attractions for
him; and yet, with all his modest retirement, he was a
man of high culture, as his education, and literary and
scientific writings testify.

Irmisch was born on January 14, 1816, at Sonderhausen.
His childhood was spent in the small town of Schlotheim,
belonging to the precincts of Schwarzburg-Rudolstadt, and
situated between Sonderhausen and Miihlhausen, where his

42 President's Address.

father was a forester. Even in his school days he took a
lively interest in botany, and devoted his leisure hours to
its prosecution. In course of time he attended the college
at his native town, and afterwards studied theology and
philosophy at Halle; but he specially applied himself to
the natural sciences, under the care of Professor von
Schlechtendal, Burmeister, and Germar, but more particu-
larly to botany. He then obtained a tutorship in an
excellent family, which he retained for some years; and
was thereafter appointed as a teacher at the princely college
of Sonderhausen, and here he continued to act as professor
till removed by death.

He was indefatigable in his prosecution of botanical
science, and by his numerous and able writings soon
attracted the attention of the principal botanists of the
day; and for years he lived in constant scientific and
intellectual intercourse with the most eminent scholars of
Germany and foreign countries. Alexander von Humboldt,
St Hilaire, Francois Guizot, Treviranus, Martius, and many
others, favoured him with their attention and correspond-
ence. His principal works are in the province of the
Morphology of Phanerogamous Plants, especially of the
underground portion of the axis in Monocotyledons. The
Philosophical Faculty of the University of Rostock,
granted him the honour of the degrees of Doctor of
Philosophy and Master of Arts honoris causd, and in the
diploma they thus speak of him :—‘“ This skilful scholar, by
keenness of sight, has most happily observed the most hidden
mysteries of plants, both under and above ground; he has
most skilfully expounded, and most learnedly illustrated
them.”

The number of societies which admitted him to their
fellowship is another proof of the high estimation in
which he was held. He was a member of the Antiquarian,
and an honorary member of the Agricultural Society of
Sonderhausen. He was also Keeper of the Natural History
Museum there. He was a member of the Royal Bavarian
Botanical Society of Regensburg ; and also of the Associa-
tion for the Science of Nature in Saxony and Thuringia ;
and of the Society of Natural Philosophers of Halle. He
was also a member of the Physico-Medical Society of

Obituary Notices. A3

Erlangen, and of the Botanical Association of the province
of Brandenburg, in Berlin. He was likewise a member of
the Grand Ducal Saxon Society of Mineralogy, Geology,
and Paleontology in Jena; of the Association of Natural-
ists in Bremen ; of the Royal Botanical Society of Ratisbon ;
of the Society for Natural Sciences in Cherbourg. He
was an honorary member of the Association of Naturalists
of the Bavarian Palatinate ; and of the Philomathic Society
of Strassburg. His government honoured him with the
medal for Art and Science. Since 1866 he has been a
member of the Imperial German Academy Leopoldino
Carolina of Natural Philosophers.

In 1874 he was appointed Keeper of the Archives, and
devoted the last years of his life, when he was less able to
undertake botanical excursions, to the investigation of the
more ancient parts of the history of the princely house of
Schwarzburg, and it has been said of him that, ‘“ the ‘forty-
seven contributions to the knowledge and history of Schwarz-
burg, which he published in the ‘ Sonderhausen Government
Journal, conducted by himself, are a fair proof of his
restless activity, and are of lasting value.”

The mere mention of the titles of his botanical treatises,
which amount to about 100, would occupy all our time, so
I can only indicate a few—

1. Additions to Meyer’s Chloris Hanoveriana from the district of
Hohnstein, 1838.
2. Description of a remarkable [regularity in the Flowers of
Hordeum himalayense trifurcatum.
3. Remarks on the species of Epipactis of the German Flora,
1842, and also
. Addition to these Remarks, 1847.
. Description of the Rhizome of Sturmia Loeselit, 1847,
On some Gamopetalous Flowers, 1847.
. Monstrous Flowers of Anemone, 1848.
. On the Inflorescence of Fruit-bearing Plants of Humulus
LImpulus, 1848.
9. On the Morphology of Monocotyledonous Plants, 1850, Berlin.
10 plates,
10. Contributions to the Biology and Morphology of Orchids,
1853, Leipzig. 6 plates.
11. The Structure of the Shoots and Buds of Aconitum Napellus,
1854.

OMIA TP

44 President's Address.

12. Contributions to the Comparative Morphology of Plants,
3 parts, in 1854—5-6 respectively, with 13 engravings. 4th
part in 1863. 5th part in 1874, Halle.

13. Morphological Observations on some Excrescences (Growths) of
the Natural Families Melanthacee, Iridacew, and Aracew,
Berlin, 1854. Folio, with 2 plates.

14. Contributions to the Morphology of the Amaryllidacew, 1860,
Halle, 12 plates.

15. On some Fumariacee, Halle, 1862. Quarto, with 9 plates.

16. A small contribution to the Natural History of Microstylis
monophylla, 1863.

17. Some Observations on Scilla autumnalis and SS. bifolia,
1863.

18. On some Ranunculace, 1865 and 1868.

19. On the Natural History of Stratiotes aloides, 1865.

20. On Aconitum anthora, 1873.

Thiloa, a genus of Combretacew, and Irmischia one of
the Asclepiadacew, were named in honour of this eminent
botanist, but in the ‘‘ Genera Plantarum” these names do
not occur, nor are they needed to perpetuate his name, for
by his many valuable works “ exegit monumentum aere
perennius,’ and by his many excellent qualities he is
embalmed in the hearts of all who knew him.

SaMuUEL Hay was the youngest son of the late Sir John
Hay, Baronet, His father, Sir John, was a leading partner
in the well-known and old established house of Sir William
Forbes & Company.

Mr Hay was brought up originally as a merchant, and,
for some years, was established at Havre, but he removed
from that position and came to the bank at Parliament
Square, where he was made secretary and then a partner,
and continued connected with that private bank until its
fusion with the Union Bank of Scotland. He continued,
till within a short time of his death, as one of the managers
of that bank. As a friend informs me, he took a deep
interest in everything connected with the prosperity of the
city, and was esteemed.

He also took a great interest in many Societies, and was
a Resident Fellow of ours. Though latterly he did not
attend our meetings, yet at an earlier period he did so, and
was also a Member of Council. Horticulture seemed

Obituary Notices. 45

to attract his attention, and in his garden were found some
of the most recently imported plants,

The two following Fellows had been omitted last year in
the obituary list, but, as I got notice of them from the
Secretary only a few days ago, I have been unable to do
anything like justice to their memories :—

MattHew ALEXANDER Eason WILKINSON, M.D. of
Edin. in 1838, died at his residence, Greenheys, Man-
chester, on July 26, 1878. His death was caused by
disease of the heart, accelerated by bronchitis.

He was born at Manchester, and spent the whole of his
professional life in that town, where he was held in the
highest respect and esteem. Those who knew him best
considered the possession of his friendship as a great
privilege, for he had a high sense of professional honour.
His philanthropy was free from everything like ostentation,
and his whole deportment towards his fellows was marked
by peculiar kindness and courtesy, so that their esteem of
his high professional ability and attainments deepened into
genuine love of the man. He was at one time officially
connected with the Deaf and Dumb Institution, and the
Ardwick and Ancoats Dispensary ; and was appointed in
1844 to the office of Physician to the Royal Infirmary,
which he held till his death. The high estimate which
the profession had formed of him as a physician, &c., was
expressed by his being called upon to fill the presidential
chair of the British Medical Association. In this post of
honour he had acquitted himself to the satisfaction of all,
having proved himself most diligent, faithful, energetic,
and judicious, in forwarding the interests of the Association;
and there was little more than a week to pass ere he would
have resigned the chair to his successor, when the sad
event occurred to which I have referred.

His address prepared for that occasion, but which, alas!
was read by other than his own lips, proves the fine and
noble estimate which he had formed regarding the true
dignity of the medical profession; for, after referring
reproachfully to the influence of private interests en-
gendering pitiable jealousies, to the unworthy ambition of

46 President's Address.

merely “ getting on,” and to the sordid avarice of merely
making money, “instead of the gallant esprit de corps and
steadfast pride in raising and upholding our grand pro-
fession,” he went on to define what a doctor in the true
sense ought to imply. ‘‘ It means,” he said, “a costly, and
though a very interesting, yet a very anxious and laborious
education; it means, in all who are worthy of the
profession, enormous self-denial, earnest thought, truthful-
ness, integrity, purity of life, sympathy with human
suffering, unceasing labour, obedience to God’s word.”
And, he continues, ‘‘ we must endeavour to influence all
who are about us to look upwards and onwards in the
highest sense, 7.e., in the hope of being an honour to their
calling and a blessing to their generation, and not in
damaging aim at self-aggrandisement.” These were no
empty words, but were exemplified in the life and character
of the man who wrote, but alas! never wttered them.

Of Dr Wilkinson some longer and better notice should
have been prepared, and yet, viewed in another light, it
may with equal truth be affirmed that such a man needs no
monument, for his deeds of benevolence, and the high tone
of character from which they proceeded, justify us in
adopting the trite quotation, “st monumentum queris,
circumspice.”

During his student days he showed his love of botany
by joining our Society as a Resident Fellow in 1836, and
after returning to Manchester, he was one of our Non-
Resident Fellows.. Though I am not at present aware of
any contributions to our “‘ Transactions,” yet, that he was
attached to the Biological Sciences, the above facts indicate,
when conjoined with the circumstance that he was an
Extraordinary Member of the Royal Physical Society
here.

Wictiam Bruce CunnincHam, Minister of the Free
Church, Prestonpans, is another of our Non-Resident
Fellows, whose loss we are called upon to mourn, Com-
bining, as he did, high intellectual gifts with an ardent love
of science, his name reflected honour on any Society with
which he was connected.

He was born at Musselburgh in 1806, but was soon

Obituary Notices. 47

deprived of the fostering care of his mother, as she died
six weeks after his birth. He was in consequence taken
to Prestonpans, where his infancy and childhood were
spent. In boyhood he removed to North Berwick, and
lived with his maternal grandfather, Dr Oliyer, who was a
medical practitioner in that town; and here he obtained
his early education. When sixteen years of age he went
to Glasgow University, where he studied for four years,
and after having thus completed his Arts curriculum, he
came to Edinburgh to study divinity, and, what is inter-
esting to note, was the first student enrolled by Dr
Chalmers in his first session as professor here. During
the five years that he attended our University he joined
many Societies, and in 1827 was a Member, and subsequently
Secretary, when Allen Thomson was President of the
Plinean Natural History Society, and that at a time
when young men of high intellectual gifts and exten-
sive knowledge constituted the membership, and took an
active part in the lively discussions, many of whom
also held high and honourable positions in after life.
These latter pursuits he successfully cultivated, and to
them he continued to the end to have a warm attach-
ment.

He was licensed to preach the Gospel in 1831, and was
ordained to the charge at Prestonpans in 1833.

He took a deep interest in his parish, and faithfully
ministered to the spiritual wants of old and young; he
also with Chalmers, Cunningham, Begg, and Candlish, took
an important part in the great questions of that time.
When the Free Church was formed he took a prominent
part in its public business. During one winter session, he
delivered in the Free Church College a course of lectures
on Natural Science, which were characterised by great
ability, and into which, as being congenial to his long
cherished tastes, he threw his whole soul. To the “‘ Presby-
terian Review” and the “ British and Foreign Evangelical
Review” he contributed freely ; for in science, literature,
and theology he was well-versed, and he brought to bear
on these themes a mind of a high stamp, and imbued
with a fine Christian spirit.

He was related by marriage to the late Professor Banner-

48 President’s Addvess.

man, as they had each married a daughter of the late
Lord Reston, one of the judges of the Court of Session,

The zeal of Mr Cunningham for science seems to have
been communicated to his sons, for, while all of them have
become Doctors of Medicine, the second son holding a high
place in the medical department of the Indian Army, the
eldest son has distinguished himself by his scientific
experiments, and is Professor of Natural History in Queen’s
College, Belfast.

Mr Cunningham’s death, which took place on August
2, 1878, has proved a severe loss to science and religion.

Regarding the two remaining Fellows I can obtain very
little information.

Epwarp VINCENT SANDILANDS was the youngest son of
the late Lieut.-General Philip Sandilands, Royal Artillery,
and was born at Hythe, in Kent, on April 5, 1847. His
death, which occurred about January 24, 1871, at the early
age of twenty-three, was caused by the swamping of his
boat in the neighbourhood of the Fiji Islands. He was a
Non-Resident Fellow of this Society, and was admitted as
such in 1865. It was only this year that we became
aware of his death, else his name would have been recorded
in our obituary list several years ago.

Mr Atexanper Grauam, formerly of Kirkhill, Stirling-
shire, and latterly at Brimstage, Birkenhead, was admitted
a Non-Resident Fellow in July 1, 1859; but beyond the fact
of his death, nothing further is known regarding him.

And now, Gentlemen, in conclusion, I cannot leave this
chair, without again expressing to you my high sense of
the uniform kindness and courtesy which I have received
at your hands. (With a Society more harmonious than
this I have never been connected, and I do trust that the
fine spirit which has characterised us in the past, may be
equally manifested by us in the future ; and that we shall
strive together as one man to maintain and promote the
interests of this Society, which owes its existence to the
enlightened zeal and enthusiasm for botanical science

Obituary Notices. 49

of that noble band of distinguished men, few of whom, alas !
are now amongst us. As year after year is thus thinning
our ranks, it is a comfort to know that so many yet remain
to seize the standards from the dying hands of such noble
champions of our science, and to bear them aloft with the
resolute purpose of handing them down unsullied to
the future generation. But, as in all societies, true
success is attained, not so much by the brilliant achieve-
ments of a few, as by the steady and persevering efforts of
the whole, I do trust that we may all be stirred up, each
in his special sphere, faithfully, conscientiously, energeti-
cally, and with the highest end ever in view, to prosecute
botanical science, ever bearing in mind the lesson which
the sad obituary list is designed to teach us, that the night
is coming to each of us wherein no man can work.

On the Growth of the New Zealand Flax Plant (Phormium
tenax) in the Orkney Islands. By Dr W. Trattt.

(Read 11th December 1879).

The acclimatisation of foreign plants in this country is
a subject of so much general interest, whether as regards
their economic value or as ornamental additions to our
gardens, that I have put together the following notes on
the result of a late attempt to introduce the Phormium
tenax, or New Zealand flax lily, into the Orkney Islands,
which islands, from their high latitude—59° north—enjoy
comparatively little heat in summer, though their winters
are remarkably mild, there being little snow and frost,
which is perhaps partly attributable to their insular posi-
tion, but is chiefly caused by the action of the Gulf Stream,
which makes its presence felt, not only by raising the
temperature of the sea 7 above that of the air in the
months of December and January, but by frequently casting
up seeds of tropical plants on the shores of the different
islands. During the severe gales of wind that often occur,
there is usually a good deal of salt in the atmosphere,

hence the extreme difficulty of growing trees or even
TRANS. BOT. SOC. VOL. XIV. D

50 Dr W. Traill on the Growth of the

shrubs, although there are a few exceptional plants that do
not seem to be much affected by this, such as different
kinds of evergreen shrubby veronicas, and a few other
plants, such as the New Zealand manuka or Captain Cook’s
tea-plant (Leptospermum scoparium), the Pernettya mucro-
nata, and the Japan Huonymus, &c., which, favoured by the
milduess of the winters, thrive remarkably well, and to all
appearance the New Zealand flax lily is likely to prove
as well adapted to the climate of Orkney as any of them.

About eight years ago, or rather more, I got some of the
seeds from a friend in New Zealand, which I raised in a hot
bed in St Andrews, and during the same season I planted
out several of them in the open air in my garden at North
Ronaldshay, Orkney, where they have remained ever since,
with no protection beyond the proximity of a low wall,
some having a southern exposure and others an eastern
aspect. These plants seem in no way affected by the
winter except that the tips of their leaves become some-
what frayed and ragged, but in the course of the following
summer they soon recover their beauty, and they have
gradually increased in size until the leaves on some plants
now measure from 5 to 6 feet, and in others from 6 to 7
feet long.

I had also distributed duplicate plants among friends in
the neighbourhood, in whose gardens they appear quite
healthy. It was not until the first week of June this year
that my plants showed any signs of flowering, but I then
observed that (of the three largest plants) two were throw-
ing out each two flower-shoots; the third and largest
plant, however, produced no fewer than five flower-stalks,
enveloped by long sheathing leaves that closely embraced
tho stems, which were at this time from 4 to 5 feet high ;
the upper part, which evidently contained the future
flower, being inflated, and tapering to a point at the apex,
not unlike the head of a spear. They increased in length
at the rate of about an inch a day; the swollen mass of
spathes separating, and successively unfolding, revealing
numerous bunches of flower-buds, until, when the stem
reached the length of from 8 to 9 feet, there were twelve
or fourteen distinct clusters of flower-buds of a purplish-
brown colour, disposed alternately on each side of the stem.

New Zealand Flax Plant. 51

The spathes at this stage added much to the effect, their
interior being of a deep orange colour. Our weather had
been rather dry for some time, which seemed to retard the
opening of the buds; but after a heavy shower of rain on
August 1, the buds rapidly increased in size, and in three or
four days the first flowers opened; they were tubular in
shape, 1} or 2 inches in length, of a deep red colour, with
projecting orange stamens. The odour of the flowers was
powerful, like that of Russia leather. It seemed to be
very attractive to bees, moths, and other insects. Each
main stem bore at least 300 flowers. Altogether it is a
most magnificent example of the lily family, and the
general appearance of the plant is highly suggestive of
tropical vegetation. It is well known that the fibre of the
leaves possesses extraordinary tenacity, though, from its
containing a large quantity of silica in its composition, the
economic value of the plant has hitherto fallen short of
what was at first expected. For the manufacture of ropes
and cordage, however, I should think it most valuable.
The leaf, even in its natural state, is so strong and pliable,
that I have seen strips of it torn off and used as boot-laces ;
and it is evident that the flower-stalks partake of the same
tough character as the leaves, as they were not at all
damaged by the equinoctial gales of last September, though
they were not tied to sticks or otherwise secured from injury.
I may add that the flowers, after lasting for some two
months, were succeeded by numerous seed capsules contain-
ing apparently well-ripened seeds. I understand that two
other plants from the same batch of seeds have also
flowered this season; one at Strathkinness, here, and
another at Professor Swan’s residence on the west coast.
It is curious that they should all flower in the eighth year of
their age, but whether the phenomenon is attributable to
that cause entirely, or toany peculiarity in the past season,
time alone can determine.

52 Mr William Gorrie on New Zealand Plants

Notes on New Zealand Plants that withstood the severe
Winter of 1878-79 at Ratt Lodge, Trinity, near Edinburgh.
By Wiiuram Gorriz of Rait Lodge.

(Read 8th January 1880).

Having long been strongly impressed with the notion
that on the mountain ranges of New Zealand, and more
particularly those of the middle and southern islands—New
Munster and New Leinster—many hardy forms of the
southern flora might be got that would impart new and
highly important features to our forests, pleasure grounds,
and gardens, I secured the good services of some friends who,
from time to time within the last fifteen years, sent me such
seeds from the provinces of Canterbury and Otago as they
thought likely to interest me. From these seeds a few
generally known hardy plants were reared, as well as the
after-named less known kinds that, having withstood the
rigours of the unusually severe and long protracted winter
of 1878-79, may be looked upon as sufficiently hardy for our
climate.*

1. Pirrosporum TENUIFoLIUM (Kohuhu of the natives,
and the fine-leaved Turpentine-tree of settlers).—‘‘ A bush
or small tree, 20 to 40 feet high, with slender trunk.”
Timber, according to Captain J. Campbell Walker,
‘“‘adapted for turnery purposes, and difficult of combustion.”
A plant 5 feet in height, on a south wall, withstood the
last winter without injury, but several smaller ones of the
same age suffered more or less in the open ground. Its
beautiful, glaucous, smooth, undulated, evergeen leaves

* The minimums for the seven months of 1878-79 in which the temperature
fell below the freezing-point were as follows :—First column from observations
taken at Edinburgh by the Scottish Meteorological Society with thermometer
protected from direct radiation by louvre boarding, in the usual manner; and
second column from observations at the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, by a ther-
mometer fully exposed to direct radiation :—

November 1878 a pe 26210. lees
December _,, sh ane Att ane
January 1879 ... oa eal OreO le een lay
‘February ,, ... Ses tae) GOUSEE Nene Oe
March ae? ott oe ee Geelisx Adee NOs
April Poa eer eh EE OR Mi kek oe MOR

May ea ae SELON obec cae

that withstood the severe Winter of 1878-79. os

render this an important addition to our ornamental wall
plants; and a closely allied species (P. Colensot) has
thriven for a number of years in the shrubbery of my
neighbour, I. Anderson-Henry, Esq. of Woodend, at Hay
Lodge, where they now measure from 6 feet to over 13
feet in height.

2. PLAGIANTHUS BETULINUS (Ribbon-tree of the settlers, and
Houzi of the Maori natives).—Described in Sir J. D. Hooker's
“Handbook of the New Zealand Flora” as a lofty tree, attain-
ing 40 to 70 feet in height, but that its wood is worthless ;
and by Captain J. Campbell Walker, Conservator of State
Forests, in his Report of 1877, as “a graceful tree, 30 to 50
feet high, having white, compact, fissile, but not durable
wood.” Of several trees that I raised from seeds about ten
years since, one that was planted in the open ground now
measures fully 15 feet in height, and one on the south wall
of my house is 23 feet. Both are of straight handsome
growth, bearing considerable resemblance to our native
weeping birch, especially in the size and form of their
lower leaves, but those on the upper branches are three to
four times larger. You will see by the branches before
you that they are remarkably tough, so much so that they
may be used like packing twine in tying; and I have
found them very serviceable for. fastening the branches of
wall trees, not as is usually done with twisted willows,
but by knot-tying. In fact, their toughness is so remark-
able, that on the occasion of a Botanical Club visit in 1877,
the members admitted that they had never seen such
toughness in any unmanufactured vegetable substance.
Having devoted considerable attention in endeavouring to
discover a vegetable fibre capable of being profitably
cultivated for paper making, I some years since felt
satisfied that the tough fibrous twigs and wood of the
ribbon-tree would be much more suitable for forming
paper-pulp than the native poplar, fir, or other trees now
in most demand for that purpose, and in this opinion I
have been fully confirmed by that of eminent paper-makers
and others well-qualified to judge. Neither of my plants
have as yet flowered ; and as their propagation is somewhat
difficult as well as tedious, seeds will have to be procured
in considerable quantity from the native habitats of the

54 Mr William Gorrie on New Zealand Plants

ribbon-tree in order to ensure its early and extensive
introduction to British forest culture. As to the fore-
mentioned worthless and non-durable character of its wood,
it may be remarked that in young colonies the timber of
unknown indigenous trees is generally judged of by its
capability of withstanding the weather when employed for
fencing and other out-of-door constructions, without regard
to, or in ignorance of, its durability when kept dry ; hence
it may be presumed that the fissile or splitting properties
and toughness of the ribbon-tree timber may recommend
it for making riddle rims, basket handles, barrel hoops,
and many other purposes. A keen angler, on testing some
small twigs that I gave him, remarked that they would
make excellent points for fishing-rods.

3. PLAGIANTHUS DIVARICATUS.—A small shrub, with many
slender, spreading, tough branches. In all respects very
different from, and much inferior to the last, but equally
hardy, and would seemingly make good sweeping brooms
and pot scrubbers. As it is only found in salt marches,
where very few shrubby plants thrive, its cultivation in
u ch places might be found beneficial.

4, ARISTOTELIA RACEMOSA (Makomako and Mako of the
natives).—‘‘ A small, handsome tree, 6 to 20 feet high.
Wood white, very light, makes veneers.” Has grown for
seven years on a south wall, where its branches have fre-
quently been partly killed down, but were reproduced in the
following season without any apparent diminution in vigour.
The very elegant, largish, irregularly-formed deciduous
leaves of this plant fully entitle it to a place on ornamental
garden walls. Some plants which I gave to Lady Orde,
four or five years since, have proved perfectly hardy in the
mild west coast climate of Kilmory, Lochgilphead.

do. Discarta toumatou (the “Wild Irishman” of
settlers)—‘“A thorny bush in dry places, becoming a
small tree in damper localities, with spreading branches,
and branchlets reduced to spines 1 to 2 inches long, which
were used in tatooing” (Hooker). This curious and very
interesting plant has stood in the open ground with me —
perfectly unharmed for five or six years, as have also plants
which I gave to Miss Hope of Wardie, and Charles Jenner,
Esq., Easter Duddingstone Lodge. The seeds from which

that withstood the severe Winter of 1878-79. 55

these were raised were from the province of Canterbury ;
and one of my plants produced in the middle of last June
a number of pretty small white flowers.

6. CoRIARIA RUSCIFOLIA, and C. SARMENTOSA of botanists
(the Toot poison-plant of settlers, and the Tutu or Tua-tutu
of the natives).—The disastrous cattle-poisoning peculiarity
of the toot have rendered it too well known to New Zealand
agriculturists. Having cultivated a number of plants for
some years, the seeds of which I had from the province of
Canterbury, I found that at the base of a south wall they
stood most winters unharmed, and had only the points of
their shoots injured by frosts of unusual severity. In con-
sequence of making some ground alterations at an unfavour-
able season for transplanting, I lost my toot plants three
or four years since. Although they seemed to thrive well
all the time I had them, they never assumed that tree-like
form of growth which Sir. J. Hooker and other New
Zealand botanists attribute to this species, but presented
more of a sub-shrubby habit.

7. Epwarpsia (SoPHORA) PULCHELLA, and EH. GRANDI-
FLORA (the native Laburnums of settlers, and Kowhai of
the Maoris).—These two, and the EH. microphylla, grow to
about the size of our European laburnums, and, like them,
have dark-coloured heartwood, which is ‘‘valuable for
fencing, veneers,” &c. Although all very distinct, these
three and another have been included under the generic
name JL. tetraptera; and the first, although easily dis-
tinguished by its slender, zigzag, flexuose branches, has
been deemed identical with the straight-branched and more
robust-growing LL. microphylla. It has grown quite freely
with me for the last twelve years on the south side of a
7 feet high wall, which it now overtops with its thickly-
branched head; and its seeds have this peculiarity—that
while many came up the first season that they were sown,
others came up successively in each of the five following
years. LH. grandiflora was planted out in spring 1878,
when about 2 feet in height; also on a south wall, and it
stood the last winter perfectly uninjured.

8. CLIaNTHUS PUNICEUS (the Glory Pea and Parrot-beak
flower of the settlers, and Kowhai ngutukaka of the
natives).—This being, according to Sir J. D, Hooker, a

56 Mr William Gorrie on New Zealand Plants

native of only the Northern Island, or New Ulster, it has,
since its introduction to Britain in 1832, been generally
treated as a greenhouse plant, although in numerous
instances it has survived mild winters on southerly exposed
walls. A variety having much smoother leaves than the
original, which was raised in England and named C. p.
magnificus, is also much hardier than it, and has fully as
beautiful racemes of 2 to 24 inches long scarlet flowers. A
well-spread plant of this variety on a south wall attained
with mea height of about 14 feet, and had upwards of a
thousand flowers all fully expanded at one time. Next
winter, however, it was killed down to within 3 or 4 feet
of the ground, and although two seedlings from it flowered
and seeded in the open ground in summer 1877, they
were both killed in the succeeding winter; but several
residents at Bute and other west-coast watering places
to whom I gave seeds were more successful with their
products.

9, RUBUS AUSTRALIS, vas. CISSOIDES.— The leaves of this
variety have the peculiar appearance of being almost ex-
clusively composed of rigid, prickly midribs. It and
several other varieties form thick, rambling, very prickly,
various-sized bushes, and are all about equally hardy,
standing our severest frosts in moderately sheltered dry
places. They are termed “Lawyers” by the settlers, and
Tataramoa by the Maories.

10. LeprospERMUM scopaRIuM (the Tea-tree and Brown
Myrtle of Settlers, and Manuka of the natives)—A pretty
white-flowered, large evergreen bush or small tree, the
leaves of which are used as tea, and the twiggy branches for
brooms. Among a number of three-year-old plants in the
open ground several almost escaped injury, while others
were more or less killed down. Like No. 4, it appears to be
perfectly hardy in our west coast climate.

11. Fucusta Excorticata (Kohutuputu of the natives).—
This once common inhabitant of our greenhouses, although
never entirely killed, has its shoots so frequently cut down
as to prevent it from flowering, and gives it a sub-herbaceous
appearance.

12. Fucusia procumBrens.—This pretty little trailing
plant, which within the last few years has become common

that withstood the severe Winter of 1878-79. 57

in our greenhouses and flower shows, has stood on arockery |
for the last three years, and appears quite hardy.

13. ActpHyLLA CoLENsor (the “ Wild Spaniard” and
“Spear-grass” of the settlers, Kurikuri and Papaii of the
natives).—In Sir J. D. Hooker's “ Handbook of the New Zea-
land Flora” this extraordinary evergreen herbaceous plant is
described as forming a circular bush, 5 to 6 feet in diameter,
of bayonet-like spines, impenetrable to men and _ horses,
having 6 to 9 feet high flowering stems, covered with spread-
ing spinous leaflets. “In another description its leaflets
were stated to be as long, broad, and rigid as British
bayonets, and a great deal sharper.” Induced by these
descriptions I procured a number of packets of “ Wild
Spaniard” seed in different years, but only one of those
packets produced plants, and that after they had lain in the
soil over one year. Although a real umbellifer, it has more
an appearance of some of the dwarf palms; and an eminent
botanist to whom I gave a plant, had it included among
these in a list of his rarities which he afterwards sent me.
The carrot-worms knew better, for on looking at my pot of
seedlings one morning I found that they had destroyed
more than the half of them. Planted on rockeries where
fully exposed, several plants have stood uninjured for five
or six years. The strongest of these flowered last summer,
when it sent up a flower-stem nearly 4 feet in height ; but
owing, I suppose, to the very wet and cold weather, it
damped or rotted off without perfecting seeds.

14. GRISELINIA LITTORALIS—According to Capt. J. Camp-
bell Walker, this in its native localities isa handsome tree 30
to 40 feet in height, the timber of which is hard, compact,
and of great durability, valued for fencing-posts, sills, boat-
knees, &c. A plant, now about six feet high, has stood in
the open ground without injury for eight years. Asan orna-
mental broad-leaved evergreen it is superior to the common
bay laurel, and is decidedly hardier than either it, the
Laurustinus, or the Aucuba japonica; hence its cultivation
is being rapidly extended. Another species, G. macrophylla,
has been repeatedly killed in the open air, even although
having the protection of a south wall; but its much larger
and very handsome foliage entitles it to a prominent place
among plants for house and table decoration.

58 Mr William Gorrie on New Zealand Plants

15. Corokra CoTonEastTER (Korokia of the natives).—A
low, spreading evergreen shrub, with thickly interlaced
small tortuous branches. Two varieties of this curious and
highly interesting plant, trained on a south wall—the one
about 5 and the other fully 7 feet in height—were unin-
jured, and last spring both were thickly clothed with a pro-
fusion of small bright yellow flowers. In each of the last
four seasons they have borne a few oblong bright red berries,
which remained throughout the winter, and may be produced
in much greater abundance as the bushes become older.
Last winter some plants in the open ground were consider-
ably injured, but these sent up numerous young shoots in
summer.

16. OLEARIA Haasti (Hurybia parvifolia), Mr Julius
Haast’s arborescent Aster, or Daisy—A dense growing
small tree or large shrub, with rigid ovate leaves, averaging
about an inch in length, of a dull somewhat glaucous green
on their upper surface and whitish below. A young plant,
about 18 inches in height, growing in an open border, was
not the least injured. In Hooker’s “ Handbook of the New
Zealand Flora,’ twenty arborescent and frutescent species of
this genus are described, most of which are natives of the
Middle Island, where several of them are found at such
high altitudes as to ensure their being suitable for our
climate ; and apart from the peculiarities of their foliage,
their daisy-like flowers would give a novel and interesting
appearance to our shrubberies and woodlands. Like their
near relation, that old greenhouse favourite the Aster arqo-
phyllus, or musk-tree, several of them are musk-scented.
The timber of the larger growing kinds is hard, beautifully
mottled or veined, and used for inlaying and veneering.

17. VeronicA Traverstit (W. T. Luke Travers’ Speed-
well).—A very pretty evergreen shrub, thickly clothed with
small, light green, smooth, opposite leaves, which are
regularly set in four rows along the branches. A plant
about 18 inches high was perfectly uninjured, although
several of the more generally known V. decussata of the
Falkland Islands were completely killed in its vicinity.
These last were from the Island of Rousay, where, as well
as in others of the Orkney Isles, this species may be said
to have become naturalised, coming up abundantly from

that withstood the severe Winter of 1878-79. 59

self-sown seed, and forming the best of shrubs for with-
standing the violent sea winds of that comparatively mild
climate.

18. VERONICA SALICIFOLIA, var. (the Willow-leaved Speed-
well and Koromtko or Korimuka of the natives, also known
as V. Lindleyana)—Of this somewhat variable old inhabi-
tant of our gardens I had seeds from Canterbury, New
Zealand, about ten years since, which produced plants that
were of a more rigid bushy growth, as well as decidedly
hardier than those I had growing previously. They were,
however, a good deal injured by the unusual severity of
- last winter, but are readily reproduced from self-sown
seed.

19. VERONICA PINGUIFOLIA.—This small dense growing
glaucous-leaved shrub is remarkably pretty at all times,
but more especially when covered with its profusion of
white flowers. It proved perfectly hardy in differeut situ-
ations ; and is particularly suitable for rockeries.

20. VERONICA HULKEANA.—A somewhat slender shrub of
about 3 feet in height, with dark green ovate leaves, from
1 to 14 inch in length, and handsome large branched spikes
of pinkish-lilac flowers. I had no plant of this species in
the open air last winter, but previous experience showed
it incapable of withstanding our severest frosts without
suffering more or less. Its very handsome flowers, how-
ever, entitle it to a little protection from very hard frosts ;
and they recommend it as a pot plant for winter forcing, or
blooming in greenhouses during spring.

21. MUHLENBECKIA COMPLEXA (Polygonum complexum
and Coccoloba compleza—interlaced, or complex branched
Supple-Jack).—A tough slender climber, rambling over
bushes and trees to considerable lengths ; but comparatively
dwarf and compact when grown without support. Planted
on the west wall of a two-storey house, it reached the slates
in six years, and two years later (in 1877), it covered a
considerable portion of the wall with its thickly interlacing
slender branches, and a profusion of small pretty light
green leaves. In August and September of that year it
produced an abundance of inconspicious green flowers,
which, however, were not followed by the expected crop of
its mistleto-like berries. Previous to last winter it never

60 Mr William Gorrie on New Zealand Plants

sustained the least injury from frost, but then many of the
branches were so much affected that they had to be
shortened or cut out. Of this very interesting plant I have
cultivated two varieties, the one having entire leaves,
while those of the other are deeply indented or contracted
in their middle.

22. LIBERTIA GRANDIFLORA MAJOR.—A very handsome
herbaceous evergreen, with stout grassy-like leaves, from 20
to 30 inches in length by a third to half an inch in width;
and having spike-hke panicles about 3 feet high or pure
white showy flowers, that are produced in succession from a
month to six weeks. This variety, which I have grown
about twelve years, has larger flowers and more compact
panicles than that previously in cultivation. Till last
winter it grew freely, flowering and seeding abundantly ;
but the plants then suffered less or more from the excessive
frost, although none were entirely killed, and some even
flowered and seeded last summer as profusely as before.
The bulky produce of tough leaves which this Libertia yields
claim for it the attention of paper-makers ; and as an orna-
mental plant for flower borders, shrubberies, or moderately
open woodlands, the abundance and pure whiteness of its
flowers render it particularly attractive, while if once intro-
duced where its self-sown young plants are allowed to grow
up, it will maintain a conspicuous existence even among
our stronger growing wild flowers.

23. LIBERTIA IXIOIDES.—A pretty white-flowered ever-
green herbaceous plant, with more branched inflorescences
than the last, and only about a third of its size. Well
adapted for growing on rockeries, and perfectly hardy.

24, CORDYLINE AUSTRALIS (Cabbage-tree or Grass-tree of
the settlers, and Houka or 7% of the Maoris)—In hopes of
acquiring hardier forms of this well-known elegant palm-
like tree than those usually cultivated in our greenhouses,
I, through the kind assistance of Mr James Melvin of
Bonnington, Ratho, obtained seeds from its colder habitats
in Otago, the plants raised from which grew for six or
seven years, sustaining a minimum temperature of 20°
without any artificial protection, by which time they at-
tained a height of 3 to 4 feet; but a severe winter then
killed them to the ground, with the exception of one, which

that withstood the severe Winter of 1878-79. 61

stood unharmed till last winter, when it also succumbed.
The late Dr Moore of Dublin, who saw this plant in
April 1876, told me it was now recognised as a new species,
named C. calicoma, and distinguished from C. australis by
having flat instead of incurved leaves. The graceful
growth and wind-withstanding properties of this cabbage-
tree and its varieties recommend them as portable summer
decorative plants for growing in vases or large flower-pots,
and they may be wintered in any glass-roofed structure
without artificial heat.

25. CHRYSOBACTRON Hooker (Anthericum Hookeri).—A
showy deciduous herbaceous plant, 1} to 2 feet in height,
with bright yellow flowers, having much the appearance of
our pretty bog asphodel (Wartheciwm ossifragum), but larger
in all its parts. Is quite hardy.

26. PHoRMIUM TENAX (the New Zealand Flax or Flax
Lily: Harareke, Harakeke, Korari and Coradi of the
Maoris).—The highly interesting paper which was
read at our last meeting from Dr. Wm. Traill on the
growth of P. tenaz in Orkney, where it flowered and per-
fected seeds last year, showed its greater suitability for
that northern climate than for the occasional severer
winters that we experience in the Lothians. A minimum
temperature of 15° seems about the lowest that it will stand
without injury, so that the last winter minimum of 9°
injured the tops of the leaves, and disfigured the plants
considerably. Of late years several variegated leaved
varieties of the P. tenaxz have been special objects of attrac-
tion in our greenhouses and flower shows, but they have
generally been deemed too tender for outdoor cultivation ;
two of these, however, stood the last winter on my rockery
fully as well as the ordinary green sorts, and all sent up fine
young leaves in the course of the summer. All the varieties,
when grown in large vases or flower-pots for outdoor decora-
tion in summer, contrast effectively with the surrounding
shrubs and flowers; and, like the Cordyline australis, may
be wintered in glass-roofed structures without artificial
heat.

27. CAREX SECTA or CAREX VIRGATA, 8 secta (the Grass-tree
of settlers).—Is so called from its forming large tufts of
roots from 1 to 6 feet in height, and 6 to 18 inches in

62 Mr William Gorrie on New Zealand Plants

diameter, somewhat resembling the stems of tree ferns.
Three-year-old plants have stood uninjured, without as yet
showing any appearance of forming tufts or stems.

28. ARuNDO conspicua (New Zealand Reed, Tohi-Tohi or
Toe-Toe of the natives)—This tallest of New Zealand
grasses frequently exceeds 10 feet in height; and bears a
considerable resemblance to the now generally known
pampas-grass of South America (Gyneriwm argenteum),
but its elegant feathery white panicles are produced in July
instead of October, as are those of the latter, compared with
which it is decidedly more tender, and was so much injured
last winter that my old plant had to be lifted, and those
portions that were alive replanted.

29. AsprpIuM RIcHARDI (Polystichum aristatum).—Height
6 to 10 inches. This fern has stood in my rockery without
protection for the last fourteen years, and its remarkably
dark green, rigid shining fronds, entitle it to much more
general cultivation than it has yet received.

30. TopEA SUPERBA (Leptopteris superba, the superb New
Zealand Filmy Fern)—This most elegant of ferns has
grown well with me for the last six years in a cool frame
at the north back of a garden wall, having only a thin
covering of tiffany under the glass to ensure for it the deep
shade of its native forest habitats. When the plant came
into my possession its fronds were only about 9 inches long,
but now several of them are more than twice that length.
On lifting the frame-sash where it was growing during the
hardest frosts of the present and last winter, I found the
soil about it a solid frozen mass, while its densely crowded
minute pinne, which retain the condensed moisture, were
separately enveloped in a white icy covering, so that the
fronds far surpassed the finest ostrich feathers in elegance.

In concluding these remarks on the few New Zealand
plants which have been objects of cultural experiment with
me, I may state that their number is much too limited, and
the indigenous habitats of most of them are at too low
altitudes to convey any idea of the variety and extent of
-the botanical treasures suitable for our climate which still
await introduction from the snow-capped Canterbury and
Southern Alps, as well from other elevated mountain ranges,
of which may be mentioned the following from among

that withstood the severe Winter of 1878-79. 63

other trees and shrubs described in Sir J. D. Hooker’s “Hand-
book of the New Zealand Flora:”—At least ten Leguminose,
six Saxifragee, four Myrtacee, eight Araliacee, twelve
Rubiacee, thirty Composite, twenty Ericee, five Cupuliferee
(evergreen Beeches), and ten Coniferee. One palm, the
Areca sapida, found on the higher parts of Banks’ Peninsula,
and above the lower glaciers on Mount Cook. Herbaceous
plants in immense variety and many of them of great
beauty; while for the quantity and elegance of its ferns,
New Zealand is not surpassed by any country of like extent
in the world.

In 1850 Mr John Jeffrey, and in 1863 Dr Robert Brown,
were sent to North-West America as botanical collectors by
an association which originated in Edinburgh. Could not
such an association be now organised for sending an
efficient botanical collector to New Zealand? And if so,
it would be well to secure the co-operation of proprietors on
the western and northern coasts and islands of Britain,
where the mildness of the winters would be most con-
ducive to the success of the introduced plants, and where they
might be extensively reared and grown on private estates ;
or by public enterprise, as in botanical. gardens having
judiciously selected sites, for of all botanic gardens now
in Britain, only one of any importance, viz., that of Liver-
pool, is situated within the influence of the west coast
climate, and even compared with it many much more
favourable situations could be got along the western coasts
of Scotland. As showing that this notion of introducing
the hardier plants of New Zealand has been one of some
standing with me, I may mention that, at a meeting held
in 1863 to consider the best place for sending Dr Robert
Brown to as a collector, on the question being put to me
by George Patton, Esq. of The Cairnies—afterwards the
Lord Justice-Clerk—I unhesitatingly replied, “To the
great western mountain range of the Middle Island of New
Zealand ;” which was met by the objection “That place has
never been thought of; and besides it cannot be got at, as
there is no shipping or trade connected with it.” The
finding of gold has since, however, brought both shipping
and trade to it; and yet its native flora is almost as little
known to British cultivators as ever.

64 Professor George Lawson on the

In addition to the scientific names of New Zealand plants
in the preceding list, those applied by the settlers and
natives are also given, so far as they are known, as by such
names collectors can get any kinds of seeds they may be
in want of, with more ease and certainty than by using the
botanical names only.

On the British-American Species of the Genus Viola. By
Professor Grorce Lawson, Dalhousie College, Halifax.

(Read 11th March 1880).

In this paper the author states that his object is to
interest botanists in the study of a lowly but beautiful
family of plants whose headquarters are in the temperate
regions of America, but whose relations to each other as
species, varieties, or hybrids, are as yet imperfectly known.

He has some of the related species in cultivation for the
purpose of studying the remarkable variations in form,
texture, and size of organs, of the same individual plants at
different periods of the year, and he hopes that other
botanists and cultivators may be induced to undertake a
careful study of -the living plants in the same way, which
seems to hold out the only hope of arriving at satisfactory
conclusions.

The number of British-American species, not counting
varicties, is twenty. Of these, eight grow within the limits
of the Nova Scotia peninsula, and four others are not
unlikely, sooner or later, to be added.

The species are divided into four groups :—(1) those with
long and thick fleshy rhizomes, sending up annually radical
leaves and flowers from terminal buds; (2) those with
rhizomes sending up annually long-stalked radical leaves
and leafy flower-shoots ; (3) those with slender and woody
roots and stems branching into annual leafy flower-shoots ;
(4) those that have permanent and leafy stems and leafy
stipules.

The distinctive characters of each species and of its
varieties are pointed out, and also the geographical and
local distribution of the various forms, which in many
cases has been incorrectly indicated in published works.

British-American Species of the Genus Viola. 69

The first and most beautiful of all the American violets
is V. pedata, a Saskatchawan and extreme Western species.
V. palmata, Linn., which proves to be a constant and
distinct species, has, thus far, been found only in one place
in British America, viz. on the banks of the Sackville
River, at Lucyfield, although it is not rare in the Southern
and Western States. Of V. cwcullata, the common blue
violet, there are several forms. It abounds in the
maritime provinces generally, and in Ontario, and extends
far west, both in Canada and the United States. V.
sagittata (including ovata) is a rarer species, but still not
uncommon from the Atlantic seaboard to the western parts
of Ontario, wherever there are sandy soils dry aud sunny
banks. Its flowers are paler, and have more of a purplish
tinge than those of the common blue violet, and they come
later. V. rotundifolia is more circumscribed in its distribu-
tion. V. blanda is the common white violet, so
abundant everywhere about Halifax, and throughout the
other maritime provinces and Ontario, growing in wet
places, and on alder banks. It is the first violet to bloom
in spring, appearing in average seasons in April with the
May-flower. Its flowers are delicately sweet-scented. We
read in Aiton’s “Hortus Kewensis,” the standard work of its
time on garden plants, that this species was introduced to
England by His Royal Highness the Duke of Kent, who no
doubt obtained it at “The Prince’s Lodge,” near Halifax,
where it still abounds. V. primulefolia was found for the
first time last summer in a swamp at the Three Mile
Church, near Halifax. It is closely related to the V.
Patrinii, described in the East Indian Floras as inhabiting
the Nilgherries. It does not appear to have been pre-
viously found in British America. It seeds sparingly, and
there seems reason to believe that it may be a hybrid
between V. lanceolata and V. blanda; this point still
remains to be determined. V. lanceolata is the white-
flowered, narrow-leaved violet, so common about Steele’s
Pond and Lily Lake, usually found only in swamps and by
the margins of lakes. Although this species occurs in
Illinois and Kentucky, and is nowhere else so abundant as
in Nova Scotia, yet it appears to be abseut from the greater

portion of the province of Quebec and the whole of Ontario.
TRANS. BOT. SOC. VOL. XIV. E

66 Mr Symington Grieve on the

V. striata, on the other hand, is essentially an Ontario
species. The most puzzling of all the British American
species is the blue leafy-stemmed violet, which has beeu
mostly known to botanists as V. Muhlenbergii, having been
named in honour of the American (Dutch) botanist of
that name. More recently it has been identified with the
V. canina of Europe. V. canina is an aggregate species,
embracing several very distinct segregates in Europe. The
only one of these which the plant resembles is V. sylvatica,
of Fries—the common dog violet of Western Europe.

Although there is no plant in America corresponding to
the European forms canina (proper), Jactea, or stagnina,
yet in the Far West, on both sides of the Rocky Mountains,
there is a remarkable cespitose form, viz., Albiflora of
Hooker’s “Flora Boreali-Americana,” which does not seem to
occur in HKurope. The nearest European approach to it is
apparently the mountain and Arctic sub-species, Arenaria,
DC. V. rostrata belongs to the same group as V. canina, but
is very distinct in appearance, and a larger and more hand-
some plant, yet almost the only technical character is the
greater length of the spur of the flower, and there is a form
intermediate in this respect.

There is an Ontario species, occurring in the woods around
Kingston, Belleville, Toronto, &. V. canadensis is more
abundant throughout Ontario; it is the tallest of all the
violets, growing from 9 inches to 2 feet in height.

The last is the leafy stipuled species, V. tricolor, the
original of the parti-coloured varieties of the garden pansy.
Its perennial form occurs in some places, but it is not
originally a native plant in America.

Note on the Flora of Colonsay and Oransay, with List of
Plants collected in July 1879. By SymineTon GRIEVE.

(Read 8th April 1880.)

The Island of Colonsay, one of the Lesser Hebrides, lies
out in the Atlantic, west of Jura, north of Islay, and
south of Mull. It is attached to the Island of Oransay at
low water, and, as far as the Flora is concerned, the two
islands may be almost considered the same. The length of

Flora of Colonsay and Oransay. 67
the two combined is about 12, and the breadth varies from
24 to 3 miles. Both are somewhat low lying, having no
great altitude, the principal elevation being a hill called
Car-a-Mor, near the middle of the Island of Colonsay, which
has a height of 437 feet above sea-level.

The surface of these islands may be described as mostly
rugged ; but there is a wide central valley in Colonsay,
where there is considerable cultivation, and in this valley
or strath is situated Loch Fada, the principal sheet of water
on the island, which at one period was probably of much
greater extent than at present, as it evidently has been
drained, by the bed of the stream which flows from it
having been deepened ; and it is somewhat remarkable that
this stream, which has a comparatively strong flow of water
and has only a short course, partially disappears before it
reaches the sea in the sand at the head of Kiloran Bay. From
this cause salmon or sea trout cannot run up,and Loch Fada
is only known for its brown trout, which are supposed
to have been put into it by the monks, who had their
headquarters at Oransay, but had two dependent chapels on
Colonsay. These trout are said to be the same as are
found in Loch Leven, but if so, they have sadly degenerated,
and there are few points of resemblance between them and
their supposed relatives in Kinross-shire. This loch, about
a mile and a quarter long, is divided into three parts; the
northern and central parts being divided by the public
road, which is carried along the top of an artificial embank-
ment, but at the western point of this work there is a cut-
ting or canal connecting these two sections of the Loch,
which is bridged over. The southern section is divided from
the central division by a dense bed of Nymphwa alba, which
is quite impenetrable to a boat; and as visitors, unless
guests at Colonsay House, are only allowed to fish the
central division, it was in this section alone that I collected
any aquatic plants.

Having less than four working days on the islands, these
were very fully employed, and we were unable to visit the
northern and south-western parts of Colonsay ; but of the re-
mainder of their surface, the only cultivated spots we saw
were a few fields at or near Scallasaig, and a track of sandy
soil on the southern portion of Oransay. It was evident

68 Mr Symington Grieve on the

that the true wealth of the islands lay in their rich pas-
ture-lands, on which are reared fine herds of cattle, and
large numbers of sheep.

The Flora of this district is such as one expects to meet
with in the Lowlands, but from the humidity of the atmo-
sphere the climate proves most congenial to those plants
requiring moisture; we find it therefore the home of some of
our best terns, which grow with a luxuriance perhaps only
equalled on the coasts of Cornwall or Devon. For instance,
we found in the caves along the shore of Kiloran Bay
hundreds of Scolopendrium vulgare, and among others a
specimen with fronds 2 feet 64 inches in length; and it is
curious to note that this fern seems mostly confined to these
caves, and is comparatively scarce on the east of the island,
where Asplenium marinum is in great pleuty; and in the
deep clefts of the rocks near the sea we found several plants
of this Asplenium, with fronds of the same length as those of
the largest hart’s tongue above mentioned. It seems to vary
greatly, for on exposed cliffs it exists in a dwarf state with
thick curled fronds, and might easily be mistaken for a
different plant ; and we noticed on the walls of the ruins at
Oransay that the dwarf variety and the ordinary form of this
fern grow together, which is remarkable.

Nephrodium emulum grows plentifully ; Osmunda regalis
is abundant, and Aymenophyllum unilaterale in some
places forms the sward beside the heather. Altogether,
we noted seventeen varieties of ferns, and there may be
others which did not come under our observation.

With regard to flowering plants Anagallis tenella and
Sedum anglicum adorn almost every bank about Scallasaig,
aud on the western cliffs the chief ornament is Sedwm
Rhodiola. In the marshy meadows the show of orchids is
magnificent, among the number being Listera ovata, Orchis
maculata and latifolia with Habenaria viridis and bifolia,
while on a sandy meadow is the only station known on the
west of Scotland for Orchis pyramidalis. In the ditches are
found Samolus valerandi, Ajuga reptans, and many others;
but as a Catalogue is appended of flowering plants, ferns,
club mosses, and horse tails, numbering upwards of
two hundred, besides between forty and fifty mosses, it is
needless to name them. Mr H. C. Watson, author of

Flora of Colonsay and Oransay. 69

“ Topographical Botany,” informs me that this district, to
which he gives the name of “Vice County 102 Ebudes
South,” and which comprises Islay, Jura, Colonsay, and their
islets, has not previously had the following plants noted :—

Geranium sylvaticum Listera cordata
Epilobium obscurum Habenaria bifolia
Myriophyllum alternifolium Scilla verna

Sanicula europea Potamogeton lucens
Valerianella olitoria Scirpus lacustris
Scabiosa arvensis Carex lepidocarpa
Veronica montana Nephrodium emulum
Veronica hederifolia Nephrodium spinulosuin

Myosotis palustris |

It is strange that such an interesting locality has not
been examined botanically before ; but as far as we are aware
the only record of plants from these islands is to be found
in Lightfoot’s “ Flora Scotica,” published in 1777, and it com-
prises only ten plants. Six of these were noted on Oransay
and four on Colonsay.

Those from Oransay are—

Carum carul | Selerochloa maritima
Convolvulus soldanella | Bromus arvensis
Carex arenaria | Triticum junceum

From Colonsay—

Orchis pyramidalis Habenaria viridis
Gymnadenia albida | Osmunda regalis

There are, without doubt, many plants still to note, and it
is interesting to observe that of the ten species mentioned
by Lightfoot I have only recorded three, but if spared I hope
in future visits to add to my list, until we have a compara-
tively complete Flora of these islands,

With regard to mosses, I may say that among the rarer
species found were—

Campylopus flexuosus Aulacommon palustre
Ptychomitrium polyphyllum Fissideus adiantoides
Ulota crispa Pterygophyllum lucens
Brentelia arctuata Pterogonium gracile

Bryum roseum

but appended is a full list of all collected.

70 Mr Symington Grieve on the

If any member of this Society desires a pleasant and
retired place to spend a holiday, he should go to Colonsay.
It has the advantage of being easily accessible, being only
ten hours by steamer from Greenock, and as you sail during
the night, both going and returning, you may go to bed
before the steamer starts and only rise and dress to go
ashore. No doubt the mal de mér may take away some of
the pleasure, but it is not so bad after all; and if one prefers
to enjoy the scenery in the early morning as you approach
the southern shore of Islay, and then proceed through the
sound, they will feel amply repaid for getting up a little
earlier than usual.

The accommodation at Scallasaig is very good for such an
out of the way situation, the fare homely, and the charges
moderate. There are fine stretches of sandy beach for sea-
bathing ; and visitors are permitted to roam almost all over
the islands, which abound in objects of interest to all
scientifically inclined. The caves on the west are well
worth a visit, and the cliffs, rising in perpendicular preci-
pices from the sea, are very grand. Near Scallasaig there
is a Druid’s circle, and on the top of eminences all over the
islands are the sites of duns or ancient Scottish forts, and
the remains of at least one Danish fortification is on Oransay.
The ecclesiastical ruins on the same Island are justly
celebrated, and it is there the finest stone cross in the West
of Scotland is to be found. It may not be so well known
that these ruins should have special interest to the inhabi-
tants of Edinburgh, as this abbey was a dependency of the
Abbey of Holyrood.

If any one wishes retirement and food for quiet study,
permit me to assure them they will find in Colonsay an
earthly paradise.

Catalogue of Colonsay Plants, collected Jul y 1879, and Arranged
and Named according to the London Catalogue.

RANUNCULACEA, 1. NYMPHHACER, 3.
Thalictrum minus, var. maritimum. Nymphea alba. Loch Fada.
Do. do. var. flexuosum.
Both found growing on sandy PAPAVERACE®, 4.
banks on shore of Kiloran Bay. Papaver Argemone. Cultivated field,
Ranunculus Flammula, Common. Scallasaig.
acris.
repens. CRUCIFERZ, 5.

Caltha palustris. Sinapis arvensis.

Flora of Colonsay and Oransay.

Cardamine pratensis.
hirsuta,
Avabis hirsuta.
Nasturtium officinale.
and Scallasaig.

Ditches, Kiloran

VIOLACER, 8.
Viola sylvatica, var. Riviniana.
DROSERACEA, 9.
Drosera rotundifolia. Common
Loch Fada.
POLYGALACEA, 10.
Polygala depressa.

near

CARYOPHYLLACEA, 12.

Silene maritima. On cliffs near Sealla-
saig and Ruins Oransay.
Lychnis diurna.
Flos-cuculi.
Cerastium tetrandrum.
triviale.
Stellaria media.
uliginosa.
Sagina procumbens.
Spergula arvensis.

HYPERICACE®, 16.

Hypericum Androszemum.
humifusum.
pulchrum.

MALVACES, 17.
Malva sylvestris variety. Under cliffs
near ruins, Isle Oransay.
LivaceE&, 19.

Linum catharticum. Common, appa-

rently wild.

usitatissimum.
saig.

On quay at Scalla-

GERANIACE®, 20.

Geranium sylvaticum.
pratense.
molle.
Robertianum.
Erodium cicutarium.
Oxalis Acetosella.

LEGUMINIFERA, 25.

Ulexeuropeus. Kiloran and Kilchattan.
Anthyllis vulneraria.
Medicago lupulina.
Trifolium pratense.
Lotus corniculatus.
Vicia Cracca.
Sepium.
Lathyrus pratensis.
sylvestris.

RosacE#, 26.
Spirzea Ulmaria.
Alchemilla arvensis.
vulgaris.
Potentilla Tormentilla.
anserina.

tL

Comarum palustre. Loch Fada.

Fragaria vesca.

Geum rivale.

Rosa spinosissima.
tomentosa.

Pyrus aucuparia.

Near Scallasaig.

LYTHRACE#, 27.
Lythrum Salicaria. Near Scallasaig.

ONAGRACEA, 28,
Hpilobium obscurum.

HALORAGIACES, 28.
Myriophyllum alternifolium. Loch Fada,

CRASSULACEA, 31.

Sedum Rhodiola. Cliffs west of island.
anglicum. Common.
acre. Not plentiful, but found near
Scallasaig, and on Oransay.

SAXIFRAGACEA, 32.
Chrysosplenium oppositifolium.

UMBELLIFERZ, 33.

Hydrocotyle vulgaris. Near Loch Fada.
Sanicula europea.

Petroselinum sativum.

(Enanthe crocata.

Ligusticum scoticum.

Angelica sylvestris. Near Scallasaig.
Heracleum sphondylium.

Daucus carota.

ARALIACEA, 34.
Hedera Helix.

CAPRIFOLIACEA, 37.
Lonicera periclymenum. Near Kiloran.

RUBIACEA, 38.

Galium verum.
saxatile.
Aparine.

Sherardia arvensis. Near Scallasaig.

VALERIANACEA, 39.
Valerianella olitoria. Near Scallasaig.

DIPsace&, 40.
Seabiosa arvensis.

Composit”, 41,

Carduus lanceolatus.
palustris.
arvensis.
Arctium minus.
Centaurea nigra.
Chrysanthemum segetum.
leucanthemun.
Matricaria inodora.,
Achillea Millefolium.
Gnaphalium dioicum.
north of Scallasaig
Senecio Jacobzea.
aquaticus.
Bellis perennis.

Rocks on hil

12 Mr Symington Grieve on the

Tussilago farfara.
Taraxacum officinale.

CAMPANULACE®, 42.
Campanula rotundifolia.

ERICACEA, 43.

Vaccinium Myrtillus.
Arctostaphylos uva-ursi. Common.
Erica Tetralix.

cinerea.
Calluna vulgaris.

GENTIANACE, 46.

Erythrea centaurium.
Menyanthes trifoliata.

SCROPHULARIACES, 50.
Digitalis purpurea
Veronica hederifolia.

arvensis.

officinalis.

Chameedrys.
Euphrasia officinalis.
Pedicularis palustris.

sylvatica.
Rhinanthus Crista-galli.
Melampyrum pratense.

LABIAT®, 53.

Mentha hirsuta.
arvensis.
Thymus Serpyllum.
Prunella vulgaris.
Lamium purpureum.
Ajuga reptans.
Teucrium Scorodonia.
BORAGINACER, 54.

Anchusa arvensis.
PINGUICULACEM, 55.
Pinguicula vulgaris.

PRIMULACEA, 56.
Primula vulgaris.
Lysimachia nemorum.
Anagallis tenella. Common.
Samolus Valerandi.
PLUMBAGINACES, 57.
Armeria maritima.

PLANTAGINACEA®, 58.
Plantago maritima.

CHENOPODIACEA, 61,

Salicornia herbacea. On shore, near the

Quay, Scallasaig.

POLYGONACEA, 62.

Rumex Acetosa.
Acetosella.
Polygonum aviculare.

EMPETRACEA, 67.
Empetrum nigrum.

EUPHORBIACES, 68.

Euphorbia Helioscopia. Corn field, Seal-

lasaig.
URTICACEA, 71.
Urtica dioica.

AMENTIFERA, 72.
Myrica Gale.
Salix aurita.
repens.

CONIFERA, 73.
Juniperus communis. Common.

NAIADACEA, 77.
Potamogeton polygonifolius.

ORCHIDACES, 80.

Orchis pyramidalis. Kiloran Bay.
mascula.
latifolia.
maculata.
Habenaria viridis.
bifolia.
Listera cordata.
ovata.
TRIDACEA, 81.

Iris Pseudacorus.
Common.

LILIACER, 84,

Scilla verna. Common near the Coast.

nutans. Common.
Narthecium ossifragum.

JUNCACEA, 86.

Luzula sylvatica.

Juncus effusus.
lamprocarpus.
supinus,

CYPERACES, 87,

Scheenus nigricans.
Scirpus lacustris.
Eriophorum angustifolium.
Carex stellulata.

vulgaris.

binervis.

flava, var. lepidocarpa.

GRAMINEA, 88.

Alopecurus geniculatus.
Agrostis vulgaris.

do. var. pumila,
Aira caryophyllea.
Avena pratensis.

elatior.

Holcus mollis.
Koeleria cristata.
Catabrosa aquatica.
Glyceria fluitans.
Cynosurus cristatus.
Dactylis glomerata.
Festuea ovina.
Bromus mollis.
Brachypodium sylvaticum.
Nardus stricta.

Near Scallasaig.

Flora of Colonsay and Oransay.

FIxices, 89. |

Hymenophyllum unilaterale.
Pteris aquilina.
Lomaria Spicant.
Asplenium Trichomanes.
marinum.
Adiantum-nigrum.
Athyrium filix-foemina.
Scolopendrium vulgare.
Cystopteris fragilis.
Aspidium aculeatum.
var. lobatum.
Nephrodium filix-mas.

}
|

~I
we

Nephrodium spinulosum.
dilatatum.
zmulum.
Polypodium vulgare.

|} Osinunda regalis.

LYCOPODIACE, 90.
Lycopodium selaginoides.

EQUISETACES, 92.

Equisetum sylvaticum.
limosum.

List of Mosses collected at Colonsay, July 1879, Named and
Arranged according to the London Catalogue.

SPHAGNACES. Tribe 1.
Sphagnum acutifolium, Dil/. Scallasaig.
cymbifolium. Near Loch Fada.

WEISSIACEH. Tribe 3.

Weissia viridula ures Hedw.

Dicranum scoparium,

Campylopus flexuosus, Brid. (Rocks |
on Hills, Scallasaig.

LEUCOBRYACESX. Tribe 5.

Leucobryum glaucum, Haimpe.
mon.

Com-

PoTTIAcEz. ‘Tribe 7.
Barbula muralis, Hedw.

GRIMMIACEE. Tribe 9.
Racomitrium heterostichum, Brid.
lanuginosum.
canescens, var. ericoides.
Ptychomitrium polyphylium, B. & S.
Ulota crispa (Orthotrichum), Mohr.

BARTRAMIACER. Tribe 12.

Bartramia pomiformis, Hedw. Near
Scallasaig.

Philonotis fontana, Brid. Near Loch
Fada.

Brentelia arcuata, Schpr. Near Loch
Fada.

BryacEz. Tribe 13.
Bryum cespiticium, Dill.
capillare.
pseudo-triquetrum.
roseum. On bank at side of road
between Scallasaig and Kiloran.

MNIAcCEx. ‘Tribe 14.

Mnium hornum, L.
Aulacomnion palustre, Schig.
Loch Fada.

Near

SS

| Pterygophyllum lucens, Brid.

POLYTRICHACEH. ‘Tribe 16.
Polytrichum piliferum, Z.
juniperinum.
commune.
SECTION IL—AMPHOCARPI.

FISSIDENTACE®. ‘Tribe 18.

Fissidens adiantoides, Hedw.
Loch Fada.

SECTION IV.—PLEUROCARPI.
HOOKERIACE®. Tribe 25.

Near

Near
Loch Fada.

LESKEACES. Tribe 27.
Thuidium tamariscinum, Schpr.
HYPNACES. Tribe 28.

Pterogonium gracile, Swaréz.
Thamnium alopecurum, Schpr.
Climacium dendroides, Brid.
Isothecium myurum, Brid.
Homalothecium sericeum, Schpr.
Brachythecium rutabulum, Se. 7 pr.
Eurhynchium striatulum, Schpr.
prelongum.
pumilum. (Walls of the New Cave,
Kiloran Bay.)
Rhynchostegum rusciforme, Schpr.
Plagiothecium denticulatum, Schpr.
undulatum.
Hypnum commutatum, Dill.
cupressiforme.
cuspidatum.
Schreberi.

purum.
Hylocomium splendens, Schpr.

squarrosum.

loreum.

triquetrum.

74 Mr James Blaikie’s Notes of a

Notes of a Tour in the Engadine, with a Last of Alpine
Plants. sy JAMes Buarkiz, M.A., F.RSE., Her
Majesty’s Inspector of Schools.

(Read 12th February 1880. )

The Engadine (Engiadina in Romaunsch) or upper valley
of the Inn is situated in the extreme south-east corner of
Switzerland. The Inn rises in the lake of Sils, and flows in
a comparatively straight course north-eastwards to join the
Danube. This lake is about 6000 feet above the sea, and,
after leaving it, the Inn forms the lakes of Silva Plana and
San Moritz, so that the upper part of the valley is nearly
level. To those who, like my wife and myself, first enter
this valley from the Italian side, by crossing the picturesque
Maloja Pass, the effect is very striking. It isa long flat
grassy plain, bounded on both sides by snow-capped hills;
no trees or corn are at first to be seen, and birds are rarely
heard. Farther down we come on the Pinus cimbra aud
the larch, and small patches of barley and rye, but wheat
does not ripen in any part of the Engadine.

The air is dry and invigorating, and hence it has lately
become a favourite resort of both tourists and invalids.
The high elevation places mountain and glacier excursions
within the reach of all, while the rich Alpine Flora affords a
never-ending source of interest and enjoyment. Our first
visit was paid latein September. The flowers were over, but
here and there a Gentian or a Phytewma still showed their
dainty blossoms, and we determined that when an occasion
arrived we should revisit the Hngadine earlier in the season.
Accordingly, on the 11th of August 1879, we set out from
Chur (Coire), and walked to the Engadine, over the Parpan
and Albula Passes. On the Albula, after passing through a
weird and desolate hollow, strewed with lichen-covered
rocks, called the Teufelsthal, we suddenly found ourselves
on a grassy meadow surrounded by exquisite Alpine plants.
Among others were—

Saxifraga oppositifolia. Primula farinosa.
Arenaria biflora. Ranunculus alpestris.
Dryas octopetala. Gentiana acaulis.

Androsace Chamzyjasme.

Tour in the Engadine. 75

Captivated by their beauty, we determined to take home
specimens of as many as possible, and at Samaden, the
principal village of the Engadine, we purchased boards,
paper, Hallier’s edition of Koch’s “ Flora,” and Weber’s
coloured pictures of Alpine plants. Unfortunately, the idea
of making a complete botanical collection did not at first
occur to us, and our list of plants will be found incomplete,
inasmuch as it omits cryptogams, grasses, sedges, &c., and
some plants which are either common at home or were too
bulky to make pretty specimens.

At Samaden the Inn is joined by a considerable stream—
the Flatz, or Bernina Bach—and the tourist may either
proceed up the Inn to San Moritz, celebrated for its mineral
waters, and a great resort of invalids, or by the steeper
Bernina Valley to Poutresina.

Pontresina is admirably situated as a centre for Alpine
excursions. To the westward, in the angle formed by the
Inn and the Flatz, rise the glorious group of the Bernina
Alps. The highest point, Piz Bernina, is 13,300 feet, and
the ascent, though difficult, is often made. Two great
glaciers, the Rosegg and the Morteratsch, stretch far down
towards the Flatz valley, and form highways by which
man penetrates these vast solitudes. On the eastern side
of the valley Piz Languard (10,700 feet) and other moun-
tains offer climbing, without either the attraction or the
danger of ice, and are clothed in many parts with a rich
and varied Flora. Less ambitious persons have only to cross
the stream to enjoy shady walks, where the banks under the
trees are carpeted with the creeping stems and tender piuk-
lined cups of the Linnea borealis.

One morning I left Pontresina at 4 a.m, along with a
friend, who was both a bold and cautious mountainer and
an accomplished botanist, and walked to Samaden, in order
to climb Piz Ot (the high peak) a superb granite pyramid,
whose summit reaches 10,650 feet above the sea.

Leaving the village, we passed first through closely mown
meadows, where the lilac buds of Colchicum autumnale were
beginning to peep through the ground. Higher up among
the long grass grew the showy blossoms of Dianthus superbus
and Knautia sylvatica. Still higher up was Gentiana cam-
pestris, both purple and white, and when the shoulder of the

76 Mr James Blaikie’s Notes of a

hill was turned, we came on a grassy flat which abounded in
Nigritella angustifolia, Dryas octopetala, Viola calcarata,
Silene acaulis, Gentiana bavarica, Phyteuma hemisphericum,
and other plants.

Before us lay the peak of the hill, apparently a granite
mass, unrelieved by even a blade of grass; but as we climbed
we found many a tiny plant clinging to the rocky wall.
We reached the top about ten o'clock, and enjoyed a mag-
nificent view of the surrounding mountains. Presently, we
observed what seemed to be a path descending the northern
side of the hill, and as it occurred to us that this must lead
to the Bevers Valley, celebrated for its beauty, and interest-
ing botanically, we determined to follow it.

We had not gone far before we began to doubt the wisdom
of our resolution. The path stopped short at a rock which
overhung a vertical precipice. What we had taken for a
path was, in fact, a stone cowloir, ending in a stone cascade.

But the rocks around us formed a garden where the most
characteristic Alpine flowers blossomed with singular
luxuriance.

These wonderful little plants, nearly all perennial, and
sometimes less than an inch in length, growing in mossy
tufts in the interstices of the rocks, defy alike the burning
sun of summer and the severest frost of winter, and expand
their tiny blossoms with unfailing regularity, in many places
rarely seen by human eye.

Here we obtained Gewm montanum and Geum reptans, the
pure white blossoms of the newly expanded Aanuwnculus
glacialis, and the rose-coloured blossoms of the same flower
at a later stage, the pretty pink tufts of Dianthus glacialis,
the deep blue of Hritrichiwm nanum, and the dainty pink
and white Androsace glacialis. Less conspicuous, but even
more interesting, from their characteristically Alpine
growth, were Phytewma pauciflorum, and the saxifrages.
Of the latter, we obtained—

Saxifraga bryoides Saxifraga stenopetala
exarata Seguierl
muscoides planifolia

As we gazed with wonder around, a chamois made its
appearance, and, surprised at the unexpected intrusion,

Tour in the Engadine. LT

sprang from rock to rock along the face of the precipice,
passing only a few yards from us. This piece of good luck,
as well as the botanical treasures we had found, encouraged
us to continue our difficult descent. With a good deal of
trouble we at last reached a steep slope of snow, down which
we glissaded, and, crossing the glacier without adventure,
descended a second cliff into the Bevers Valley.

Here we found Gentiana punctata, large quantities of
which had been cut down by the peasants, probably with a
view to its use in Materia Medica. In one rocky gully
Pedicularis atro-purpurea was expanding luxuriantly its
fern-like foliage. Further down, a great variety of Aconites,
blue, variegated, and yellow, were growing along with
Senecio sarracenicus, and many other plants. After a long
walk we returned to Pontresina.

Another excursion which proved botanically interesting,
was that to the Val del Fain (or Hay Valley), which opens
into the Bernina Valley, not far from the pass. The moun-
tains on both sides of this valley consist of limestone.
Here we found Lilium Martagon, Aquilegia alpina, Gentiana
lutea, Campanula thyrsoidea, Helianthemum vulgare and
alandicum, Sempervivum arachnoidewm, Wulfeni and (I
think) Brownii, Gnaphalium leontopodium (the celebrated
Edelweiss), Senecio abrotanifolius, Aronicwm — scorpioides,
Ranunculus montanus, Papaver alpinum, Phytewuma humile,
with several cruciferous, leguminous, and other plants.

Our return journey was made from the Engadine to Davos
by the Scaletta Pass, and from Davos to Chur by the Strela;
both these passes are crossed only by footpaths. Our dried
specimens were sent round by coach; those in process of
drying we carried with us. We found very frequent changes
of paper the best means of preserving the natural colours
of the plants. We had particular difficulty with Dryas
octopetala, but at last succeeded in inducing one specimen
to remain white, the campanulas were obstinate to the last.

List of Dried Specimens of Plants from the Engadine*

MONOCOTYLEDONS. Lloydia serotina, Salisb.
Colchicum autumnale, L. Allium Victorialis, Z.
Veratrum album, Z. Orchis globosa, Z.
Lilium Martagon, L. latifolia, L.

* The arrangement is that adopted in Halliei’s edition of Koch’s ‘‘ Flora
Germanica.”

78

Gymnadenia conopsea, 2. Brown.

odoratissima, Richard.
Nigritella angustifolia, Richard.
Eriophorum angustifolium, Roth.
Poa alpina (vivipara), L.

D1COTYLEDONS.

Thesium alpinum, LZ.
Oxyria digyna, Campdera (=reniformis,
Hooker).
Polygonum Bistorta, L.
viviparum, Z.
Salix herbacea, L.
Daphne striata, Trattinnich.
Thalictrum aquilegifolium, L.
alpinum, Z.
Anemone alpina (sulphurea), ZL.
Ranunculus alpestris, Z.
rutefolius, Z.
glacialis, Z.
montanus, W7dld.
acris, L.
nemorosus, DC.
Caltha palustris, Z.
Aquilegia alpina, Z.
Aconitum Napellus, Z.
paniculatum, Zam.
Lycoctonum, Z.
Gypsophila repens, Z.
Dianthus glacialis, Hiénke.
sylvestris, Wulfen.
deltoides, Z.
superbus, LZ.
Saponaria ocymoides, L.
Silene nutans, Z.
inflata, Smith.
acaulis, Z.
rupestris, LZ.
Lychnis diurna, S¢bthorp.
flos-cuculi, LZ.
Lepigonum rubrum, Wahlenb.
Alsine recurva, Wahlenbd.
Arenaria biflora, Z.
Stellaria nemorum, Z.
Cerastium latifolium, Z.
arvense, L.
Helianthemum vulgare, Giriner.
clandicum, Wahlenb.
Viola biflora, L.
tricolor, LZ.
lutea, Smith.
calearata, LD.
Zoysii, Wulf.
Parnassia palustris, Z.
Papaver alpinum, ZL.
Nasturtium palustre, DC.
Arabis alpina, L.
auriculata, Lam.
bellidifolia, Jacq.
Cardamine amara, L.
resedifolia, Z.
alpina, Willd.
Draba aizoides, L.
tomentosa, Wahlenb.
3iscutella levigata, L.
Hutchinsia alpina, 2. Brown.
Polygala vulgaris, L.

Mr James Blaikie’s Notes of a

Gentiana lutea, LZ.
punctata, L.
cruciata, L.
asclepiadea, L.
acaulis, Z.
excisa, Presl.
verna, L.
bavarica, L.
bavarica subacaulis, Z.
brachyphylla, Vid.
nivalis, Z.
utriculosa, L.
campestris, Z.
campestris (alba).
obtusifolia, Willd.
tenella, Rottbéll (=glacialis, Thom.)
ciliata, Z.
Convolvulus arvensis, Z.
Cuscuta Epithymum, L.
Solanum Dulcamara, L.
Linaria alpina, Midd.
Veronica aphylla, Z.
latifolia, L.
chamedrys, Z.
officinalis, Z.
alpina, L.
saxatilis, Jacq.
bellidioides, Z.
Pedicularis palustris, Z.
rostrata, L.
verticillata, Z.
incarnata-tuberosa, Caviezel.
atrorubens, Schleicher.
Alectorolophus minor, der. (= Rhinan-
thus cristagalli, Z.)
Euphrasia officinalis, Z.
minima, Schleich.
Salvia glutinosa, L.
Thymus Serpyllum, Z.
Calamintha Acinos, Clairville.
Dracocephalum Ruyschiana, Z.
Prunella grandiflora, L.
Teucrium montanum (supinum), Z.
Echium vulgare, Z.
Myosotis sylvatica alpestris, Hojfm.
Eritrichium nanum, Schrad.
Androsace chamejasme,
Wulf.)
obtusifolia, AJZ.
glacialis, Hoppe.
Primula farinosa, L.
villosa, Jacq.
latifolia, Lapeyrouse.
viscosa, DC.
integrifolia, L.
Soldanella alpina, Z.
pusilla, Baumg.
Pinguicula vulgaris, L.
Plantago alpina, L.
media, L.
Calluna vulgaris, Salish.
Azalea procumbens, L.
Rhododendron ferrugineum, L.
Vaccinium Vitis Idea, Z.
Pyrola (Ramischia Opiz.) secunda, Z.
unifiora, Z.
Euphorbia cyparissias, L.

Host. (not

-Geranium sanguineum, Z,

Tour wn the Engadine. 79

Phyteuma hemisphericum, L.
humile, Schleich.
pauciflorum, LZ.
orbiculare, Z.

Campanula pusilla, Héénk.
rotundifolia, Z.
rapunculoides, LZ.

Trachelium, L.
thyrsoidea, Z.
barbata, Z.

Epilobium angustifolium, Z,
Fleischeri, Hochstetter.
montanum (collinum), Z.
organifolium, Lam.(=alsinefol : Vill.)
alpinum, L.

Ononis repens, Z.

Medicago falcata, LZ.
lupulina, Z.

Melilotus officinalis, Desrousseaux.

Trifolium pratense, L.
medium, Z.
alpinum, Z.
cespitosum, Regnier.
badium, Schreber.

Phaca astragalina, DC.

Oxytropis campestris, DC.

Hippocrepis comosa, Z.

Hedysarum obscurum, DC.

Onobrychis sativa, Lai.
arenaria, DC,

Vicia cracca, Z.
Sepium, Z.

Alchemilla vulgaris, Z.
alpina.

Dryas octopetala, L.

Geum montanum, Z.
reptans, L.

Fragaria vesca, L.

Potentilla anserina, LZ.
argentea, L.
Tormentilla, Sibtherb
aurea, L.

Rosa alpina, L.

Sedum annuum, ZL.
villosum, Z.
dasyphyllum, Z.
acre, L

Sempervivum Wulfeni, Hoppe.
montanum, L.
arachnoideum, Z.

(subsericea).

On the Exact Measurement of Trees.

Sempervivum Braunii, Funk.
Saxifraga Aizoon, Jacq.
cesia, D.
oppositifolia, Z.
aspera, L.
bryoides, LZ.
aizoides, L.
stellaris, Z.
Clusii, Gauan.
planifolia, Lapeyr.
exarata, Vill.
muscoides (compacta), Wudfen.
stenopetala, Gaud.
Segueri, Spreng.
Astrantia minor, L.
Bupleurum stellatum, Z.
Meum Mutellina, Gértner.
Linnea borealis, Z.
Valeriana tripteris, Z.
tripteris (integrifolia), L.
Knautia sylvatica, Dud.
Scabiosa columbaria, LZ
Adenostyles albifrons, Reichd.
hybrida, DC.
Aster alpinum, Z.
Bellis perennis, Z.
Erigeron uniflorus, Z.
alpinus, Z.
Inula montana, Z.
Gnaphalium sylvaticum, Z.
Hoppeanum, ‘och.
Leontopodium.
dioicum, L.
Achillea nana, L.
moschata, Wuilfen.
atrata, Z.
millefolium, Z.
Chrysanthemum leucanthemum, ZL.
alpinum, Z.
Aronicum scorpioides, Koch.
Senecio cordatus, ‘och.
viscosus, L.
abrotanifolius, Z.
carniolicus, Willd.
saracenicus, LZ.
Doronicum, L.
Cirsium acaule, AZZ.
Carlina acaulis, Z.
Crepis aurea, Cassin.
Hieracium Pilosella, Z.

(Part 4.) Zhe In-

Jluence of the unfavourable Season of 1879 on the Growth

of Trees.

By Sir R. Curistison, Bart.

(Read 8th January 1880.)

It was my hope and intention to present at the present
time, in continuation of former notes on the ‘‘ Exact Measure-
ment of Trees,” a contribution of facts relative to the growth

of the common oak in this country.

I have already accumu-

80 Sir Robert Christison on the

lated some observations of interest on this subject. But I
have the prospect of others which are likely to increase the
value of those now at my disposal. It is better therefore to
postpone this topic; and I do so the more willingly, because
I can substitute a diferent one, of more immediate interest,
and which has arisen incidentally from the measurements
of numerous trees of various species during our last most
ungenial season. This subject is the influence of that
season on the growth of tree-wood.

Various notices have appeared in newspapers and
periodicals as to the influence of the unpropitious season of
1879. In some respects the statements of fact are some-
what conflicting. There is a general agreement, however,
that the foliage of trees was abundant, or even luxuriant,
but that their fructification was very defective ; and some
statements represent the annual shoots to have been of the
usual length. According to my own observation in the
country around Edinburgh, and also in the district of the
Tay between Blair-Athole, Loch-Tummel, and Aberfeldie
up-streain, and Dunkeld below, the foliage of most trees
was rich and healthy. But there were exceptions. Not
universally, but in many places in both counties, the beech
and elm were decidedly deficient in foliage, and especially
the elm. On the contrary the oak and sycamore struck me
as luxuriant in that respect. As to the fruit, it was observed
that the sycamore parted with most of it not long after its
formation ; and the elm, which drops it always early, did so
after an unusually brief existence. The same was probably
the fate of other unobserved species. A singular concord-
ance was noticed in the case of the cherry; which in three
gardens within my observation gave promise of an abundant
crop, till the fruit was a little bigger than cherry-stones,
when they almost all dropped off, without wind, frost, or
any other atmospheric hardship.

It also deserves notice, though bearing but slightly and
collaterally on the object of this paper, that the lateness and
coldness of the summer season appeared to exert no injurious
effect on the flowering of annual herbaceous plants, whether
indigenous or of the hardy introduced kinds. Among the
former, I was particularly struck with the splendour of the
fox-glove in all quarters of Strath-Tay, even on the bare,

Exact Measurement of Trees. 81

exposed, southern slopes of Ben Vrackie, at 1700 feet above
the sea-level. Nor were they defective in fruit,—except
indeed that those, which do not usually ripen until late in
autumn, such as the bramble-berry, had scarcely time to
reach maturity, at least had not done so in Strath-Tay on
the 2d of October. I may add, asa circumstance of probably
very rare occurrence, that on the same day, in a garden
seven miles above Dunkeld, 250 feet above sea-level, with a
gentle slope and fine exposure towards the south, I gathered,
ripe and of good quality, strawberries, raspberries, red cur-
rants, and red gooseberries, though they had not been
subjected to any means of artificial retardation. The little
indigenous ornaments of our Highland mountains under-
went a chequered fate. Hrica cinerea and EL. tetralix showed
flower in profusion ; but the more abundant Calluna vulgaris
was not only very late, but also defective in flowering. Of
the berry-bearing hill plants some fruited well, and others
were unproductive. In many rambles I found no fruit on
the crow-berry, very little on the bear-berry, but abundance
on the bil-berry at the Falls of the Bruar, and on numberless
elevated slopes a profusion on the whortle-berry, the Vae-
cinium Vitis Idea.*

Returning from this digression, I repeat that, in spite of
the inclement spring and summer of 1879, the foliage of
most trees was abundant, or even rich. But I doubt the
statements made by some in print, that the annual shoots
of trees were of average length. In no instance has com-
parative measurement been given; and mere eye-measure-
ment with comparison by memory merely, can go for
very little in such a question. Were I to trust that method
of investigation, I should say that the hawthorn shoots in
October were very much under the average in length, and
that the pine-tribe generally, though not invariably, showed
more or less of the same inferiority. In regardto the
Araucaria there can scarcely be a mistake, on account of the
usual length and sharp definition of its internodes. Mach
internode in most trees marks two years of growth. It is
easy to observe everywhere around Edinburgh, that the
newest growth for 1879 is much under one-half, and often

* In the Highlands this is often aioteg the cran-berry, the fruit of a

much less common species, V. wligtrosum. Dp eam

TRANS. BOT. SOC. VOL, XIV. F

82 Sir Robert Christison on the

barely reaches one-fourth of the lower internode in length.
I have no measurements, however, to test accurately these
eye-observations.

But in regard to the growth of tree-trunks by their annual

1878: 1879.
|

‘ em | 8 A Z

2} 3 | 3) eames

S| 2 | 5 | 2] &

i) i o>) =
Birch, weeping, near eiitratice . 55-25| 55-50) 0°25 || 55°55) 0°05
Beech pe each side of E, walk at §.E. corner {| 71°25 72°45) 1-20 || 73°40) 0°95
Beech of the original garden. 60°35} 61°55) 1-20 || 62°40) 0°85
Beech ) Aboretum, 8. walk of Inverleith {| 75:65} 76-25) 0-60 || 76-85] 0°60
Beech House grounds : : ‘4 60°15} 60°75) 0°60 || 61-20) 0°45
Beech, Craigichall, on river bank F 11635) 117-15] 0°80 || 117°75) 0°60
Beech } Cr aigiehall, very tall and slim in a | 71°85} 71°55] 0-70 || 73°05] 0-50
Beech dee 2ep dell on the river bank | 61°75| 62°35) 0°60 || 62°65) 0°30
Lime, in middle of garden . ; : . | 75°95) 76°45} 0°50 || 76°60) 0°15
Lime, near N.W. corner. : 42°55) 43°25) 6°70 || 43°65) 0-40
Chestnut, Sweet, close to Amaryllidacese ; 70°65) 71°75} 1:10 || 72°65) 0°90
Tulip-tree, near W. end of pond, 20 yards. | 75°55) 76°55) 1-00 || 77°15) 0°60
es 8.E. corner of original? 48°60! 49°35] 0-75 || 49:85] 0:50
Hawthorn, E. walk, half-way S. of Museum’ | 37:85} 3865] 0-80 |] 88-75! 0-10
Flowering- "Ash, N. of Labiate . 75°15} 75°75} 0°60 || 76°15) 0-40
Syeamore, smoothed- barked, near N. W. 58°45] 58-95| 0-50 || 59°15} 0:20

Oak, Common, Craigiehall, largest in E. park 120°35| 121-35] 1-00 |} 122-15) 0-80
Oak, Common, Craigiehall, river-side, near : a0. : : :
Eorinitase teats ! 69°45] 70°10} 0°65 || 70-60! 0-50

Oak, Common, Cammo, S. gate - 3115] 131-90] 0°75 || 182°65) 0°75
Hungary Oak, near E. end of Winter Garden 23°45) 25°25) 1°80 || 26:05) 1°70
Turkey Oak, opposite weeping birch . : 41°75} 42°35) 0°60 || 48-00) 0°65
American Red Oak, near middle of garden . 30°65| 31°15} 0°50 || 31°55) 0°40
Hornbeam, lowest part of the W. walk 44°35) 44°75) 0°40 || 45°10) 0°35

om

Douglas Pine, close to Liliace . ; 55°95) 56°55| 0-60 || 57°00) 0°45
Douglas Pine, oldest, clump of Pinacez, W. 64-151 64-95! 0-80 || 65-401 0-45

avail
coreg Pine, N. Ww. corner of Palin- house 6415] 64:55! 0-40 || 64°75! 0°35

Scotch Fir, Ar boretum, lar crest, half wa : ll erate t :
between house and $.W. corner Y} eee 94-45) 0°00

Scotch Fir, Arboretum, N.E. clump . 52°40} 52°65] 0:25 || 52°95) 0°30
Scotch Fir, Arboretum, clump E. of house 52°80) 53°05) 0°25 || &3°05) 0-00
Scotch Fir, Cammo, bowling- eTeeniee 121°35} 121-55) 0-20 || 121-75} 0-20
Pinus excelsa | terrace in front of the chief | 30-75| 31-10) 0°35 || 31-30) 0-20
Pinus excelsa range of hot-houses . 32°55) 32°95) 0°40 |} 33°15) 0-20
Sequoia gigantea ee B. and W. ends of hot- § | 23-95] 25-10! 1-15 || 25-90] 0-80
Sequoia gigantea f houses’ terrace . 23°95) 25°70} 1°75 || 27°35) 1:65
Sequoia gigantea {two of a clump in old §| 18-95] 20-80] 1-85 |) 22-30] 1-50
Sequoia gigantea Horticultural Garden { 23°85) 25°10} 1:25 || 26°80) 1-70
Deodar, slender tree, W. walk, low down . 26°10) 27-20) 1:10 |} 27°90} 0-70
Deodar, oldest, W. walk, clump of Pinaceee | 64:00) 65°00) 1:20 || 65°60) 0-60
Picea Lowei, upper end of Picea pinetum . 15:00} 16:40) 1°40 |) 17°65} 1°25
Cedrus Atlantica, S.from tulip-tree, 20 yards | 27°55) 29°20) 1°65 |} 30°60} 1:40
Araucaria imbricata, E. end of terrace L 18:10) 18°70; 0°60 || 19°20) 0-50
Araucaria imbricata, W. walk . ; ; 20°20} 20°70) 0:50 |} 21°60) 0-90
Yew, W. walk at an iron seat : 34°10) 84°60) 0°50 || 34°75) 0°15
Yew, at Linnean monument, 200 years old | 67-45] 68-05) 0-60 |) 68°65) 0-60

Exact Measurement of Trees. 83

addition of woody layers, numerous measurements made
for other purposes than testing the influence of season,
incidentally supply proof, which leaves no doubt of the
baneful influence of the inclemeney of last year’s growing
months. [ present in evidence the foregoing tabular
view of all the measurements yet taken which are compara-
tive. The trees measured were 53 in number, and comprised
the lime, beech, sycamore, sweet chestnut, horse-chestnut,
hawthorn, flowering-ash, tulip-tree, walnut, hornbeam,
common oak, Hungary oak, Turkey oak, and American oak,
among trees with deciduous leaves,—and, among those with
evergreen leaves, the Ilex, Scotch fir, Douglas pine, Corsican
pine, Pinus excelsa, Sequoia, Deodar, Picea nobilis, Picea
Lowei, Cedar of the Atlas, Araucaria, Cypress, and Yew.
The trees examined are chiefly in the Botanic Garden ; and
all those are so whose site is not marked. The others are
either in the Arboretum, or in the grounds of Mr Hope-Vere
of Craigichall, or on the adjoining property of Mr Campbell
of Cammo. All have been marked with zinc-paint, as re-
commended in my first paper on tree measurements; so that
the observations may be continued by myself or others.

Of the 15 trees with deciduous leaves, the sum of their
growth in girth of trunk was in 1878, a decidedly favourable
year, 11°30 inches,—in 1879, 8:15 inches. This is equivalent
to a reduction of 28 per cent., or a little over a fourth in
1879.

Of 17 evergreen trees,.all belonging to the pine tribe,
the sum of their increase in trunk-girth was 15:7 inches
in 1878, and 12% inches in 1879,—a diminution in the
latter year equivalent to exactly 20 per cent., or a fifth.
[Since this paper was read I have been able to annexa
similar observation from the section, now in the Botanic
Garden, of a fine larch over 12 feet in girth, which was
uprooted at Glamis Castle, the seat of Lord Strathmore,
during the Tay Bridge storm of 28th December last. The
annual layers being in general sharply defined, I took the
width of those of 1878 and 1879 with great care with com-
passes, at twelve different points of the circumference, where
I could measure them with confidence; the several widths
were then projected on two parallel lines, and the result
was 3:0 inches for 1878, and 2-22 inches for 1879. The

84 Sir Robert Christison on the

difference in radial growth thus indicates an inferiority of
26 per cent. during the latter year compared with the
former. This exceeds the loss of other pines, but the larch
is not evergreen:]

It appears then that evergreen trees suffered rather less
than trees with deciduous leaves. A sufficient cause will be
pointed to presently. But in the first place let me turn
attention to a singular difference of the like kind among
leaf-shedding trees themselves. I have placed together at
the end of that list all the oak tribe, including the hornbeam,
Which is closely allied to the true oaks. This has been
done to show their agreement in the property of resisting
the influence of an unfavourable season, injurious to other
trees with deciduous leaves. Of eight observations one may
be excluded, as made on a Craigiehall oak which in 1878
must have been subjected to some special cause of inferior
growth. The other observations were made on three healthy
common oaks (@. pedunculata), and one each of Turkey oak
(Q. Cerris), Hungary oak (Q. Pannonica), American red oak
(Q. rubra), and hornbearh (Carpinus Betulus). I regret that
[ had only one tree of the four last species at my command.
But, using such opportunities as [ possessed, it appears that
the sum of these seven measurements, all very close to
one another for the two years, is an increase of 5°70 inches
for 1878; and 515 for 1879,—being a difference of a tenth
only, or 10 per cent.

If we now separate the oak tribe from the other leaf-
shedding trees, it will be found that the aggregate growth
of trunk in the latter was for 1878 8°6 inches, and for 1879
3°05 inches,—being a reduction actually of 41 per cent., or
between one-third and one-half. The effect of a bad-growing
season is thus made very conspicuous on a considerable
variety of species of our most ¢ommon and familiar forest
trees.

The cause, or rather the causes, of this inferiority of
growth, are not far to seek. It may be said that, as there
was generally in 1879 no material defect in foliage on which
the growth of wood depends, there was no sufficient reason
against its usual annual increase. But there was one positive
cause against it, and two others extremely probable.

In the first place, the usual five months of growing

Exact Measurement of Trees. 85

season were reduced by nearly an entire month. In 1878 a
cold spring, not cold enough however to injure tree buds,
or to prevent their gradual progress, was succeeded by
much sun in the month of May, which, qualifying a rather
low atmospheric temperature, soon clothed the woods with
ample foliage; and the four following months were on the
whole genial, yet by no means peculiarly so. But in 1879 a
similar, and indeed colder spring, was followed by a cold,
cloudy, uncomfortable May; and, as the result, the tree
buds generally did not begin fairly to unfold till the be-
ginning of June. Trees were therefore deprived of a fifth
part of their usual season for growing.

But secondly, the temperature of the five growing months
of 1879 was materially under that of 1878; and this was
the case with each month separately, as well as of course
for the general average of the whole. ‘To illustrate this
interesting fact, I refer to the following remarkable table,
which has been kindly communicated by Mr Buchan,
secretary of our Meteorological Society. The table, which
is complete and most significant, presents both the average
maximum temperature, and the average mean temperature,
for each of the five growing months, and also for the month
of April, which may be regarded ag usually the budding
month in this climate.

Mean of Daily Maxima.

April. | May. | June, | July. | August. |, ate o ae

1878 : Bll By 59-0 65°2 69°3 66°4 63°4 6
1879 é - | 46°5 54:2 58°4 59°8 63°4 59°2 5
Mean of Daily Mean Temperatures.

1878 : : | 46:0 51-4 56°8 61:0 5
5

8 | 55°8 | 56:8
1879 40°6 46°2 52°4 54:4 “4 52:0 ‘

8
6
Mean Defect in 1879.

6°8

Maximum eal aa | 48 oe
vd

Mean | ren 52

No one can doubt the serious influence on vegetation
arising from so great, so steady, and so lasting a want, as is
here indicated, in the ordinary spring, summer, and autumn

86 Sir Robert Christison on the

heat. A natural result was that April failed to bring the
buds as usual to the point of expansion in May; that a no
less ungenial May, barely brought them to that point in the
beginning of June ; and that every vegetable function must
have been more or less checked during the three subsequent
months.

Thirdly, it is well-known that sun-light, apart from its
heating power, has an important influence on the activity,
and even the integrity, of various vegetable functions. I
am not aware of any inquiry having been made into the
question of its influence on the growth of tree-wood. But
there is no reason for supposing this function exempt from
such influence and at any rate it must be affected by the
mere heating power of the sun’s rays. Now, every one must
have been struck with the extraordinary deficiency of sun-
shine during the growing months of 1879, and especially in
the months of May and June. Meteorologists have not yet
struck out a satisfactory method of registering the amount
of daily sunshine. But the following observations are
worthy of notice as supplying comparative results.

The Zimes newspaper gives the following observations
made at Greenwich Observatory with an instrument which,
during the daily progress of the sun, marks “bright sun-
shine” by discolouring or burning a card-board. Thus are
obtained the monthly hours of sunshine for 1878 and 1879,
as follows :—

Monthiy Hours of Bright Sunshine at Greenwich.

April. May. | June. | July. | August.| Sept. | Toran,
1878 - . | 150°4 | 166 183°4 | 163-9 | 160 127°5 | 950-9
1879 : : 746 | 135°6 | 141:9 99:3) 139-1 | D165 5) 57070
Loss per cent.. | 51°3 20°0 23°0 39°0 13°0 9°0 25°0

The sun of Greenwich of course does not regulate the
sunshine of the Lothians and Strath-Tay. But the indica-
tions of its register are conformable with what was matter
of general observation all over Britain ; and such meteoro-
logical data as are attainable in regard to this locality, show
an inferiority of sunshine for Edinburgh in 1879, even
considerably greater than in the neighbourhood of London,

Exact Measurement of Trees, 87

The following Table is extracted from a register of sunshine
kept for the Meteorological Society by their Edinburgh
observer, Mr Blackwood, and kindly communicated to me
by Mr Buchan. The daily hours of bright sunshine are
put down by the observer from estimate. The results
therefore are only approximate; but as the system of
estimate is always uniform, these results must be at all
events fairly comparative,

| Monthiy Hours of Bright Sunshine at Edinburgh.
|

|
April. | May. June. | July | August. Sept. | TOTAL.
| |
1878 F : Ee 3: 4 198°7 1981 | 2152 138-0 | 147:0 | 10243
1879 p 23°3 120-9 | 111°3 95°6 156°6 124-0 631°7
Loss per cent. . 817 | 39°2 43°9 | 55°6 | +14:0 | 16:0 41-1

Professor Piazzi Smyth, Astronomer Royal, has also had
the kindness to communicate to me a similar tabular view,
deduced from observations made on the relative degree of
cloudiness. The data are taken from daily general obser-
vation of the state of the hemisphere, complete obscuration
by cloud being assumed at 1000. These data, says Professor
Smyth, are derived from “a very rough and simple kind of
observation, never intended for any grand meteorological
purpose; but having been continued with regularity and
honesty during a long period, they do seem now capable
of some special results.” It is to be hoped that the details
of his results may find a fitter opportunity for publication
by so able an observer. The only conclusions suitable in
the present sketch are those which regard the relative
seasons of 1878 and 1879, The mean cloudiness of the
summer months of 1876—7-8-9 was 721; and that for 1879
was 854, or a ratio of nearly 100 to 120. In 1878 the mean
of June and July was 704, and in 1879 it was 855’, being a
ratio of 100 to 121°5,

88 Dr J. Hutton Balfour

Remarks on a Specimen of Rheum nobile (Hook. fil. and
Thomson) which has flowered in the Royal Botanic
Garden, Edinburgh, in the Summer of 1880. By
J. H. Baxrour, M.D., LL.D., Glasg. and Kdin.,
F.R.SS. L. and E,, Emeritus Professor of Botany,
Edinburgh. (Plate I.)

(Read 10th June 1880.)

In the Royal Botanic Garden of Edinburgh there are
numerous species of Ahewm, which were noticed by me in
a communication to the Society in 1879. Two of these
species, Lheum tanguticum and Rk. palmatum, were de-
scribed, and the former figured in vol. xii, of the “ Trans-
actions.” This year another species, Rheum nobile of Hook.
fil. (Sikkim Rhubarb), developed a flowering stalk in the
month of May, and has progressed ever since, producing a
fine pyramidal stalk of flowers, the beauty of which has
attracted much attention.

The seeds of this beautiful species were sent to the
Garden about seven years ago by Dr King, Director of the
Calcutta Botanic Garden. The plant, I believe, has not
before flowered under cultivation in Europe. It occurs
abundantly on the Himalayan mountains in certain dis-
tricts. I understand that specimens and seeds have on
several occasions been sent to Britain, but this is the only
plant which has flowered. I have therefore thought it
right to draw up a description of the plant, and to get a
figure of it, for the “ Transactions” of the Society, sketched
by Miss Woon.

The plant has excited much attention among the visitors
to the Garden. It is undoubtedly showy and interesting.

It is figured on a large scale by Mr Fitch in Cathcart and
Hooker’s splendid royal folio work on the Himalayan Flora.

The peculiar colour of the bracts on tthe tapering floral
axis 1s striking and attractive, and has excited the interest
of all visitors. The plant looks like a conical tower,
covered with downwardly imbricated straw-coloured showy
bracts, which are strongly convex on their upper surface.
The plant has not yet produced ripe seed. In its native

On a Specimen of Rheum nobile. 89

country insects abound, and cause fertilisation. The crown
of the root is short and thick, and is scarcely visible
when the plant is in full flower. The radical leaves are
bright green. The stem yields an acid juice. The re-
flexed bracts are remarkable both as regards colour and
arrangement. ‘They are nearly entire, straw-coloured, and
translucent, overlapping each other like slates. Certain
portions are of a red colour. When the bracts are turned
up the flowers are seen. ‘The plant has a branching in-
florescence, with numerous small greenish flowers, having
6 equal oblong sepals and 6 stamens. As regards the pistil,
the ovary is short and slightly stalked. The styles vary
from 2 to 3, and the stigmas are capitate. The achenes
are slightly winged.

The following report was drawn up by Mr Sadler, the
Curator, on the 9th of June :—

Height of flowering stem—3 feet 8 inches.

Circumference of flowering stem at 3 inches from base—52
inches.

Circumference of flowering stem at 2 feet from base—4} inches.

Number of radical leaves—5.

Number of straw-coloured imbricating bracts (in the axils of
which arise the branching inflorescence) —53.

Size of largest radical leaf—lamina, 1 foot long by 1 foot broad;
petiole, 54 inches long.

Size of lowest bract—lamina, 11} inches long by 104 broad;
petiole, 5 inches long.

Size of bract at 2 feet from hase—7 inches long by 84 broad ;
petiole, 2 inches long.

Size of bract at 3 feet from base—54 inches long and 6 inches
broad ; petiole, 1 inch long.

Size of second bract from top—# of an inch long and 3 of an
inch broad ; length of petiole, } inch.

Longest of the ultimate subdivisions of the infloreseence—
8 inches.

Circumference of “cone” at 2 feet from the ground—28 inches,

Circumference of “ cone” of bracts at 4 inches from top—S8 inches,

Spread of radical leaves—3 feet across.

Hooker states that this is one of the most striking plants
of the Sikkim Mountains, and different in appearance from
ordinary Rheums. He says: “J first saw the plant fully
a mile off on the black cliffs of the Lacker Valley, at an
elevation of 14,000 feet.” He makes the following remarks

90 Dr J. Hutton Balfour

on this rhubarb in his ‘ Himalayan Journal :”’—“‘On the
black rocks the gigantic rhubarb formed pale pyramidal
towers a yard high, of inflated reflexed bracts, that conceal
the flowers, and over-lapping one another like tiles, protect
them from the wind and rain; a whorl of broad green
leaves edged with red spreads on the ground at the base
of the plant, contrasting in colour with the transparent
bracts, which are yellow, margined with pink, This is the
handsomest herbaceous plant in Sikkim; it is called
‘Tchuka, and the acid stems are eaten both raw and
boiled; they are hollow and full of pure water; the root
resembles that of the medicinal rhubarb, but it is spongy
and inert; it attains a length of 4 feet, and grows as
thick as the arm. The dried leaves afford a substitute for
tobacco; a smaller kind of rhubarb is, however, more com-
monly used in Tibet for this purpose.”

Under Hooker’s direction, Fitch has given a beautiful
sketch of the plant in all its parts.

I may notice that the Zheum nobile grows in an elevated
part of the garden, protected on the west by a wall 16 feet
high, and on the other sides by abundance of trees and
shrubs. When there is a fall of snow, such as took place
during the past two winters, it continues long in that part
of the garden, and this may partly account for the flower-
ing of the Lheum.

Mr Elwes, in ‘The Garden,” remarks as follows :—‘I
may say, as one of the very few Huropeans who have ever
seen that most noble of Alpine plants, Rheum nobile, on its
native rocks, that it grows in a climate of excessive damp-
ness for six months in the year, rain or mist usually pre-
vailing for twenty hours out of the twenty-four. Strong
wind, however, in summer is hardly known, whilst in
winter the plants, growing at an elevation of from 13,000
to 14,000 feet, are buried in snow.”

EXPLANATION oF Puate I.

Fig. 1. Plant of Rhewm nobile (Hook, fil.) as grown in the Royal
Botanic Garden, Edinburgh (June 1880), showing radical leaves ;
pale yellow bracts, which cover and protect the inflorescence.

Fig. 2. a, Large dependent bract; 6, large pink membranous
stipule ; c, branching panicle of flowers,

On a Specimen of Rheum nobile. 91

Fig. 3. Panicle in a more advanced state, showing the shortly
stalked pendulous unripe fruit.

Fig. 4. Side view of a flower separated from the axis, showing
double perianth.

Fig. 5. Fully expanded flower, as seen from above,—showing 6
parts of the perianth, 6 stamens with thickened filaments, and 3
stigmas.

Fig. 6. Longitudinal section of young pistil.

Fig. 7. Longitudinal section of pistil in more advanced state.

Fig. 8. Side view of nearly matured triangular fruit.

The Flowering Plants of New Zealand, and their Re-
lation to the Insect Fauna. By Grorce M. Tuomson,
F.L.S. Communicated by Professor BaLrour.

(Read Sth July 1880.)

The problems which meet the student of nature in New
Zealand, and demand solution at his hands, if he would
know the why and the wherefore of the most common
things he sees around him, are very numerous and varied.

The total absence in these islands of terrestrial mammals,
the former occurrence of their peculiar wingless birds, the
singular forms which now occur among the birds and
reptiles, and the poverty of some very commonly distri-
buted forms of other animals, have often been remarked
and commented upon. Among other singular features
which have been noticed are the want of brilliantly-coloured
flowers, of sweet-scented flowers, and of insect life. J am
of opinion, however, that in regard to these three latter
points, which are necessarily related together, a certain
amount of misconception prevails, and that the fact of the
statements which have given rise to this misconception
having been made by eminent authorities, has led to their
not being sufliciently examined into. I have in the course
of my botanical rambles in Otago been brought face to
face with so many instances of insect fertilisation among
flowers, that I came at last to think that there must be
some error in the commonly received opinion, and it is in
the hope of throwing a little more light on the subject that
T now pen these few remarks.

By way of preface, I will quote a couple of passages from
Mr A. R. Wallace’s work on the “Geographical Distribu-
tion of Animals,” which may be taken as expressing the

92 Mr George M. Thomson on the

latest and the current opinion on the subject. He says
(vol. i. p. 462): “It is a striking confirmation on a large
scale, of Mr Darwin’s beautiful theory—that the gay
colours of flowers have mostly, or perbaps, wholly been
produced, in order to attract insects which aid in their
fertilisation—that in New Zealand, where insects are
so strikingly deficient in variety, the flora should be almost
as strikingly deficient in gaily-coloured blossoms. Of course
there are some exceptions, but as a whole, green, incon-
spicuous, and imperfect flowers prevail, to an extent not
to be equalled in any other part of the globe; and
affording a marvellous contrast to the general brilliancy of
Austrahan flowers, combined with the abundance and
variety of its insect-life. We must remember, too, that
the few gay or conspicuous flowering-plants possessed by
New Zealand, are almost all of Australian, South American,
or Kuropean genera; the peculiar New Zealand or Ant-
arctic genera being almost wholly without conspicuous
flowers.” A little further on in the same work he adds:
‘“‘ After the preceding paragraphs were written, it occurred
to me, that if this reasoning were correct, New Zealand
plants ought to be also deficient in scented flowers ; because
it is a part of the same theory, that the odours of flowers
have, like their colours, been developed to attract the
insects required to aid in their fertilisation. I therefore
at once applied to my friend Dr Hooker, as the highest
authority on New Zealand botany ; simply asking whether
there was any such observed deficiency. His reply was:
‘New Zealand plants are remarkably scentless, both in
regard to the rarity of scented flowers, of leaves with
immersed glands containing essential oils, and of glandular
hairs.” There are a few exceptional cases, but these seem
even more rare than might be expected, so that the con-
firmation of theory is very complete.”

I have quoted these paragraphs in full, because Mr
Wallace, in drawing up his remarks, may be considered to
have acquired the fullest and latest information on the
subject. While agreeing with the general correctness of
his remarks, I think I can point out one or two remarkable
features in regard to our Flora and Insect Fauna which
have not been noticed before. It is necessary to bear in

Flowering Plants of New Zealand. 93

mind that Mr Wallace’s data, though in the main correct,
are necessarily imperfect, for our knowledge of the insect
fauna is still very incomplete, and requires a great amount
of working up. A comparison of the numbers of insects as
given in Mr Wallace’s work, and as known now, may prove
to be of interest, particularly as showing what orders are
collected by visiting naturalists; and have consequently
been fairly well worked up.

Mr Wallace gives the number of indigenous species of
butterflies as 11; Mr Butler of the British Museum as 15,
while Mr Fereday of Christchurch, a local entomologist
who is intimately acquainted with the Lepidoptera, enumer-
ates 18 species. Mr Wallace mentions the occurrence of our
two hawk-moths Sphinx Convolvuli and A egeria tipuliformis,
the latter supposed to have been introduced with the
currant, but he makes no mention of any other moths,
Mr Fereday; however, informs me that many hundred
species of these exist; some of which are described in
numerous publications, while a still greater number are
undescribed: Besides being represented by numerous
species, this division of the Lepidoptera is extremely rich
in individuals: Their habits, food of caterpillars, &., are
very little known, but their is no mistake about their
numbers. They rise from the grass in summer evenings in
myriads; and are common at all elevations from sea-level
to 6000 feet: Many of our flowers are exclusively fertilised
by them, and probably all of them visit flowers for their
nectar. It would throw some light on this subject if we
could obtain information as to whether these insects are
mostly attracted by sight or smell; and also as to the
relative lengths of their probosces. As compared with the
other orders of insects in New Zealand, Mr Fereday con-
siders the moths to be well represented.

Mr Wallace states the Coleoptera at 300 species, be-
longing to about 150 genera. But Captain Broun, who
has worked up this branch of the New Zealand Fauna with
great care and success; informs me that there are about
1300 species described. Omitting altogether such families
as the Carabide, which are almost all predaceous ground-
beetles, the littoral Dynastide, &c., we find that beetles
play a very important part in this country in flower-fertilisa-

94 Mr George M. Thomson, on the

tion. I cannot do better than quote here the following
extracts from a communication on the subject, which
Captain Broun has been good enough to make me. Of
“the family Palpicornes, two genera, Hydrobius and
Philhydrus consist of water-loving species, as is usual in
other countries, but one peculiar New Zealand genus of 6
species (Rygmodus) is of quite abnormal habits: one, R.
modestus, is commonly found on the inflorescence of
Brachyglottis repanda, Cordyline Banksii, &c. It has finely
spinous legs, and though somewhat metallic above, is hairy
underneath ; it undoubtedly plays an important part in the
fertilisation of flowers, a remarkable trait in the case of an
insect belonging to that family, I think the only instance
known to science. Most of the others are rare, and though
described by me, were found by other collectors, so that I
cannot speak authoritatively as to their habits; I suspect,
however, that all frequent plants.” ..... ‘Some two
or three species, temporarily located in the genus Crypto-
phagus, frequent Areca sapida, but do not, I imagine, affect
its seeding.” .... . “Of the Melolonthidw, the pretty
Pyronota festiva, metallic above, hairy below, is found in
profusion on the inflorescence of Leptospermums, The
Buprestide and LElateridw, about 80 species, are wood-
feeders in the larval state, but when perfect insects,
occasionally visit flowers. Some of the Dascillide do so too,
in fact nearly all, and must, being hairy, render important
services.” ..... “All the Melandryadw and Mordellie
frequent flowering shrubs ; one insect—ASelenopalpus eyaneus
—is never found away from them, chiefly ti-tree (Cordyline
australis), but I once noticed numbers of that species on
grass in bloom. The Curculionidae, an extensive family, in
most cases having scaly or hairy clothing, aid to a great
extent the seeding of flowers. The species of Hugnomus
are very partial to the ‘ Lawyers’ (Rubus australis) when
in bloom, in fact about 40 species of the group Hrirhinide
may be found on most of the indigenous flowering shrubs.
Apion metrosideros confines itself almost exclusively to the
Pohutukawa (Metrosideros tomentosa). Oropterus coniger
lives entirely on the native Fuchsia excorticata. The Longi-
cornia are wood-feeders, but often visit flowers. Zorion
minutum confines itself almost exclusively to flowers. Some,

Flowering Plants of New Zealand. 95

but not all the Phytophaga, are found on flowering plants.
Arnomus Brount, though very rare, is generally found on
Leptospermum. Eleven species of the genus Colaspis, usually
found in abundance, frequent the inflorescence of many
shrubs.” In addition to this valuable information, I am
informed by Professor Hutton that “ Lyperobius huttoni and
Inophleus tnwus, two large weevils, are only found on
spear-grass (Aciphylla) ; and Cyttalia griseipila is much
more abundant on them than anywhere else. However, I
think that Lyperobius huttoni lives on the juices of the
leaves.”

From the foregoing remarks it will be seen that a further
acquaintance with the Coleoptera of the colony hardly
justifies the statement that they are “strikingly deficient
in variety.”

In regard to the Hymenoptera, we are still in great
ignorance; Mr Wallace states that there are only “a score
of species,” They certainly are very poorly represented,
but as soon as an attempt is made to catalogue them, they
will be found to be much more numerous than is supposed.
Professor Hutton informs me that there are 10 species of
bees, all of which are flower-visitants, and some of them
are very abundant in individuals. But there are many
other families fairly-well represented, some of which are
flower-visitants. He has taken many small species of
brightly-coloured Chalcididw on flowers, but is of opinion
that they visit flowers in search of Aphis and other insects
in which to lay their eggs.

The Neuroptera, Orthoptera, and Homoptera do not, as
far as I am aware, furnish any flower-visitants, and there-
fore do not need to be considered by me.

The Heteroptera have not been catalogued, and are very
scarce according to Mr Wallace; but even of these
Professor Hutton assures me that there are many flower-
visiting species, among which Anubis vittatus, Rhopali-
morpha obscura, Nysius Zealandicus, and N. huttoni are
very abundant.

Even perhaps if the orders of insects already mentioned
were all that were represented in New Zealand, which
affected the fertilisation of our flowering plants, we should
be compelled to admit that they exercised a considerable

J6 Mr George M. Thomson on the

influence. But one of the largest (if not the largest)
orders has been omitted, viz., the Diptera, This great
order has not been mentioned by Mr Wallace, probably
because there were not sufficient data to go upon. But,
except perhaps the Coleoptera, they are apparently better
represented here than any other order. ‘This has all along
been my own opinion, but in order to satisfy myself on the
point, I put a few queries to Professor Hutton, who has
given me the following, among other, information on the
subject :—‘‘ With regard to the Diptera; 94 species have
been described from New Zealand, and I have added I
think 12 more, making 106. But this would have to be
reduced to 90 or 95 after allowance is made for synonyms
and errors in locality. I think that Diptera are very well
represented here ; I suppose that not more than one-tenth
are yet described. I think that they are better represented
than any other order.” In reply to a second query as to
what was known of the flower-frequenting species, he
says: “The Strationyde and the Syrphide, both found
almost exclusively on flowers, are very abundant in indivi-
duals, and well represented in species. So also are some
of the flower-frequenting Acalyptrute.”

If now we turn to consider our Flora, we shall learn
some interesting facts, many of which, though not abso-
lutely new, I am enabled to state in some detail.

I will not here deal with the whole flora of New
Zealand, but confine my remarks to my own observations.
These have been made on the flowering plants which I
have been able to examine carefully during the last two or
three years, but do not include the lower forms of Mono-
cotyledons. They are almost all Otago plants, and include
232 species; belonging to 182 genera. For reference sake
I append a list of these plants, showing the orders to
which they belong, and giving, by symbols, a few facts
about each. In drawing up such a list; of course degrees
of difference cannot well be pointed out, and it must there-
fore be taken as only approximately correct. Thus, for
instance, among proterandrous and proterogynous flowers,
some may have the dichogamy only partially developed,
as in Geranium, while in other genera, such as Coriama,
Nertera, and Forstera, one or other form is so decided, as to

Flowering Plants of New Zealand. 9%

make the plant practically monecious. Again, in some
polygamo-dieecious plants as Fuchsia, Aristotelia, Leptos-
permum, &c., truly hermaphrodite forms occur; while in
others as Clematis, Pimelea, &c., the flowers are struc-
turally hermaphrodite, but owing to imperfection of one
of the sexual whorls, functionally dicecious. With regard
to the Composite, which I have included under the head
polygamo-dicecious, most of the flower-heads, as is usual
in the order, include both hermaphrodite and_pistillate
flowers, but in the majority of cases, the former are so
distinctly proterandrous, as to be unisexual in function.
The following is a summary of my observations :—Of the
262 species referred to, 129 were invariably herma-
phrodite, but of these 37 species were so strictly proter-
androus, and 10 species so strictly proterogynous, as to be
functionally dicecious; 22 species were invariably diceci-
ous (including 14 species of Coprosma), and no less than
79 species polygamo-diecious (including 31 species of
Composite). If then, from the total number observed,
we subtract all which are more or less unisexual either
structurally or functionally, we shall find that only 82, or
a little over 31 per cent., have any chance of being self-
fertilised. But even of those, many are so specially con-
trived, such as the majority of the Orchidew, that even they
must be excluded from the list.

Again, out of this total of 262 species, 189 have con-
spicuous flowers, 83 being conspicuous alone, and 56 by
association, These are roughly subdivided as follows :—
white, 72 species ; yellow, 27 species; greenish, 18 species;
red or pink, 11 species; purple or lilac, 9 species; and
blue, 2 species. The remaining 123 species are more or
less inconspicuous, but even among them are to be found
many which are absolutely entomophilous, and depend (as
in Twpeia) on their fragrance and honey to attract insects.

The total number of species observed to secrete honey
was 99, but it is to be remembered that flowers do not
contain the nectar at all periods of their development, but
that it is produced only at such times as the visits of
insects would be of service. I have frequently noticed and
recorded that certain flowers produce no honey, and then
have come upon these same flowers on a warm, bright day,

TRANS. BOT, SOC. VOL. XIV. G

98 Mr George M. Thomson on the

and found abundance of nectar. Again, after fertilisation,
the secretions of flowers seem to dry up very rapidly, even
before the petals begin perceptibly to wither. The number
given therefore as meliferous, amounting as it does to
nearly 38 per cent., is probably somewhat under the mark.

In regard to scent, the same remarks apply; some
flowers which are scentless or nearly so on dull days,
becoming perceptibly fragrant when the weather is bright,
while others again only emit their fragrance at certain
times of the day. I have only recorded 64 species of
fragrant flowers, or less than 25 per cent. Here again we
may note that the largest and most prominent flowers are
destitute of scent, whereas many extremely inconspicuous
flowers are over-poweringly fragrant. As far as I can
make out, these latter flowers are mostly visited by
Diptera, and an interesting question has often occurred to
me, to which, however, I cannot obtain trustworthy
answers—lIs it not the case that the most of the Diptera
are attracted by smell and not by sight, but the majority
of the flower-loving Coleoptera, Lepidoptera, and Hymen-
optera more by sight than by smell ?

Of the total number of 262 species, I am certain that
110 are absolutely incapable of self-fertilisation. Of these,
63 are entomophilous, and 47 anemophilous; but of the
remaining 152 species, I believe 96 are more or less
dependent on insects. Eight species, viz., Fuchsia ex-
corticata and F’. procumbens, Metrosideros lucida, Loranthus
Colensot and L. flavidus, Clianthus puniceus, Sophora tetrap-
tera, and Phormium tenaz, are mostly fertilised by birds
of the family Meliphagide, such as the Tui (Prosthemadera),
and Bell-bird (Anthornis). These flowers are mostly large
and conspicuous, are quite scentless, but produce abundance
of honey.

As I have already stated, these plants were all care-
fully examined by me, and represent only a fraction of all
the flowering plants of the colony ; but I believe the pro-
portions stated would apply fairly well to the whole flora
(if we exclude the Glumiferee among Monocotyledons).
I have not sufficient knowledge personally of the British
flora to draw up any comparisons, nor can I obtain sufficient
data from other works—even such as Sir John Lubbock’s

Flowering Plants of New Zealand. 99

“ British Wild Flowers in relation to Insects,” Such a
comparison would not only be interesting, but would
enable us to form a more correct estimate of the relative
poverty of our flora and insect fauna, as compared with
those of other countries.

Taken as a whole, I think the figures I have given
will show that flower-frequenting insects are much more
abundant here than is commonly supposed, and that our
flowering plants are very largely dependent on their aid
for propagation.

The most remarkable feature to my mind is the fact
that the Diptera appear to take the place of and carry out
the functions performed by the Hymenoptera in other parts
of the world. I cannot find that they are anywhere
mentioned as aiding in the pollination of plants, but here
many flowers are exclusively dependent on them. Tupeia
antarctica, a mistletoe with small, pale green, very frag-
rant flowers ; Corysanthes (3 species), with small purple
scentless flowers, always hidden among foliage, and close
to the ground; and Pterostylis (3 species), with large
solitary scentless green flowers, belong to this category,
which also includes, I believe, the fragrant, dark green,
dicecious flowers of Astelia nervosa. It was the attempt
to unravel the mode of fertilisation of Zwpeia which first
induced me to examine into this subject. The plant is a
good sized parasite, usually growing in the shelter of the
bush (forest), removed from the influence of the wind, and
with strictly dicecious flowers, which contain a lot of honey.
It is frequented by numbers of very small Diptera, which
must be attracted by smell, as the flowers are inconspicu-
ous at the distance of a few yards.

The systematic examination of the questions touched
on by me has only been commenced in New Zealand, and
this contribution of mine is only intended as a preliminary
one. In a paper read before the local Institute—but
not published yet—I have gone more into detail on this
subject.

The occurrence of Heteromorphism among our flowers
has hardly been noticed yet. The two species of Viola
occurring commonly here, viz., V. filicaulis and V. Cunning-
maiz, both produce cleistogamic flowers in abundance,

100 Mr George M. Thomson on the

and Hypericum japonicum shows a tendency in the same
direction. Distinct heterostylism has not yet been pointed
out. A form of it occurs in various species of Pimelea
(and apparently in one or two other plants); but in this
case appears to me to be a step towards dicecism (to coin
a new word).

In conclusion, I would point out that it is remarkable to
what a degree the separation of the sexual functions in the
New Zealand Phanerogams is carried out. A reference to
the appended table will show this as occurring in Clematis
(among Ranunculacee), Plagianthus (Malvacexe), Fuchsia
(Onagracee), and Leptospermum (Myrtacez), all orders
characterised as a rule by hermaphrodite flowers. In
some genera as Fuchsia and Pimelea, &c., I believe we can
see the changes towards absolute separation now going on.

List of Plants mostly found near Dunedin, New Zealand, on
which the observations and results recorded in this paper
were made during the summers of 1877-80 inclusive.

Explanation.—Under the heading Conspicuous Flowers, 1 stands for very large
blossoms 2 inches in diameter (or length), 2 for flowers about an inch, and 3 for
flowers of 4 inch or thereabouts. The same numbers are employed for those
blossoms which are conspicuous by association, and sometimes a flower is marked
as occurring in both columns, when the blossoms are individually large, and are
also associated into prominent masses. Proterandrous hermaphrodite flowers
= p.a — proterogynous = p.g.

: a ) :

oO = s\n n - a $ e

= =} nels s 2 D 3S s So
els legle |28|s /salesime) . |S 15s
Po! 8 lgsiseslseslePigslsnloxn 5 onl § 12s
aa ls la clls losis sla kigacisa 5 eel Sos
Ba |A loa SS Sc/aSlSSi2a Se & loe| a les
S| 2 |esleal\s2/e5lee/eeise| S |2S\ 4 |ss
SE | BISKlaASal[SSiSziSbiae) O Em) s ise
S| IFS lols |e0lei4a 2 Eas
a1 ed Be ia al‘ 2ials
<q aa iS n

Ranunculacece.

Clematis indivisa, wee Pelee + white F +
hexasepala, . aoa Pe tesall te 0 + white |... t
foetida, & : oa ip ol meulyp al + yel.-gr.| ... | + +

Ranunculus Sinclairii, + p.a. Beallitine soe yellow | f
plebeius, t p.a. +5 ay yellow | ft
lappaceus, . 5 5 . | t p.a. +3 yellow | t
macropus, . 5 5 md Ds Be pled yellow | f¢
rivularis, t+ p.a. SPO = yellow | t
acaulis, + p.a. ued e yellow | t

Magnoliacece.
Drimys axillaris, 5 : : t Bast dows Uikeee || dene tee:| desert eeceell eee MPV Glertete
Cruciferce.

Nasturtium palustre, . + iP eae Hanae oss |} afellfoncz

Sisymbrium Novy.-Zzt., + seed | eee at eilmesetl|mecet| axed] mebabes

Cardamine hirsuta, + Toei ees | eat : white

Flowering Plants of New Zealand. 101

a 2° :
Sis cla |a2 a) e | ag r=
3/2 les (228 jevlezlnd| E/E iss
SE | 8 Es e/23|28\S2(es\s2| 2 [Se] 8 \22
SS Siz Sl= SlBSla3/e ae s =S
Ze |S bs isslezleelesieeise| & [ES| 2 25
<2 | 2 ISAS “|8<|Salsalesie8] © |55| 8 jes
Z\z ~ Pas | gi< 2 lars
pall [= | = a fo) ee Rn
Myriophyllum een, ce + t + | green t
elatinoides, . : Silt Sea Abaco Ie HL Wresee) coneoet) cc. I cce,|| te | (ereen’s |) coon ccen tat
Gunnera monoica, . . iP tecel eID Feces tees Heese | b> | cca Tide 1) eLearn tone teen neh
densiflora, . 3 ‘ a I sos! Wpcce WES [cee Itsest these le ices |) E | Sreens [eee ee
Callitriche verna, 7 Tt + aa ee ek
Myrtacee.
Leptospermum i ee sect ccs [t Poni) © T white | + | + | ft
ericoides, es ea: otal t white | + | ¢ | --
Metrosideros lucida, ‘ y t E20 ¥ red Te [ses
hypericifolia, . . .| Tt $3) + redorw.| ¢ | ¢
Myrtus obcordata, . 5 . | ft p.a. 1 ho eee : white | ¢ | ¢
pedunculata, . | Tt p.a. +3 cae | whiter Tee +
Onagrariee.
Fuchsia excorticata, . .. Sif, e SeoM Iicsass [ie fH nese | birds g.&pur.|} + t
procumbens, . 2a) a Peed | PE hat wall 5 We do g.&pur.| + t
Epilobium nammularifoliam, t Feil! Occ white
alsinoides, . . tT 73). white
rotundifolium, + +3 white
junceum, . : + +3 purple
pubens, t+ pe C white
pallidifiorum, t ~2 white
Ficoidee.
Mesembryanthemum australe, Pie (esd bey ca fs pea oresd cece (corel fee MeN egneite. he hee [hese
Tetragonia expansa, . : SDT Della ce recon tase toast By fses 1ce5 |) co [yellow iy fe Leen Neen
Umbellifere.
Hydrocotyle one i! : 7 green
americana, . : + ed + green
asiatica, . 2 - - t+ . t green
moschata, . é : + u green
muscosa, 3 - + tT green
Violariee.
Viola filicaulis, . + StL ciliens it white | + |... | Tt
Cunninghamii, ; Se RAG: + white | + |... | t
Melicytus ramiflorus, . ae he + yellow | + | +] Tf
lanceolatus, : + t t y.&pur.| ¢ | + | Tf
Pittosporee.
_ | Pittosporum tenuifolium, . ~.|fp.g.| ... |... |/¢3| |---|. |... |... | purple| ¢ | ...
eugenioides, pire A eeneny ee he pe Pe eet ee bone Decne oe wre ere ae :
L
Caryophyllee.
| Stellaria parviflora, . + esa re eee white | . fo
4 Colobanthus subulatus, t ¥ iP | Cece green eS
{ Portulacee.
man} Claytonia australasica, . .|fp.a.| ...| ...|f3| .-. |---| |... |... | White | = | ... | <
_ | Montia fontana, . 2 C ft way [ade [owoey, | coef Fe ond [eisoarh anee |) RRRRLUGHD Ua eam eo cs
Hypericinee.
Hypericum gramineum, . . |f/p.a.| ... |... /$3] |---|. |... |... | yellow |... | .. |
japonicum, 2 : t cso | wee | ES] vee P one)f <en ft coo, PP aa ft FELLOW ey freee tears
Malvacee.
Plagianthus divaricatus, . .| .. Fi) scx] ese | =e Te eee Pe fh relies || Ge ett
PRCEMIETUUB Sh) Sneeze 0 Hh | oon meee Ad ti == fet A EL can Vee tt
Hoheria populnea, . . . t Sic bbotes « | Withers by scoulh saat bake

102 Mr George M. Thomson on the

7 ; ; | fe |
3 s|n [a a) a lize 3 aH
Sl uloele (ZSle-\scleelee 2 | 3 /e2)
Be SSIs Sls c/SelEPIESISRISS| 6 les] 6 lee
S49 |S S|/s Slo gloclral= Ss saise 4 "ol oS =
EQ |Eolmolaclaco|Selescle bisa; & mal F =|
aoe ls mB | a | a2 Qn|anlozios oS os 4 =
dq See ad/seisolcsZelize| & |FEls S
= AlLAale |es|/S2/185 aelae 31 2 ao
& Ao jOpla ja B/E 2| 2 jas
‘i Si le a ees Olen
;
Tiliacece.
Aristotelia racemosa, . ve | (Eene (oS sahel ema) eeesed WP meet uel }
fruticosa, . : 4 ee Teuliecssull tess 5 Boul Weer | Mecial lace pink i |
Eleocarpus Hookerianus, . 5 | hap eet vo itese lh |uese |) oss, |) see || axe. |) Eee
Linee.
Linum monogynum, . 3 9 t HON ces [ices | coe |) T i ese.|) WHIKeAN eee een
Geraniacee.
Geranium microphyllum, . | ft p.a. salutes on8 white | ... age
molle, . 3 5 5 . | ft p.a. aap 83 ae . |w.or red) ... ae
Oxalis magellanica, 5 Tt Se Pipe t white | ... t
corniculata, t 6 ie t+ yellow | + +

Rutacee.

Melicope simplex, sso Bo iwen ficou]! Felices | TP flsees j) VEL greece mca ia

Olacinee.

Pennantia corymbosa, H ices fs Hl eoe | cet || stl) cco |) WALL eee en

Rhamnec.
Discaria Toumatou, . 3 5 tT

Broa ers. eeeorlt <1peleceed beat | !con poem 4 | 1 t

Coriariec.
Coriaria ruscifolia, . 3 . |t pg. t + | green | Feel lee
thymifolia, . F ane t t + | green } ... jose 7
angustissima, t Tt t | green alae
Leguminose. !
Carmichaelia flagelliformis, . | f p.a. soa If 6 t | | coe | oo (We pur.! fF | f | -.
Clianthus puniceus, . . .|TPp.a APU Bip iltscoan| cab lf coo. IIkaoo If TREE! Hdl axemticess
Sophora tetraptera, 3 t Wee ay yellow | +
Rosacece.
Rubus australis, . ; alas t {[t2) t ee] ee] tT]. | white | fi ft) ft
Potentilla anserina, . : t Bes tailigees |tese! {ieee tees! |neoer |S VCLLO\va EEE | thee
Acena Sanguisorbe, . - . |t p.g. oon tf}. |] t | green |. ] 1 ft
Saxifragece. | |
| Donatia Novee-Zelandiez, . .| ft £3| + white, |e-n|--culeers
Carpodetus serratus, . : . |f p.a. Ti3)| oF Tt white Se Gea ht
Weinmannia racemosa, t lilac t ban es

Crassulacee.
Tillea moschata,, . . «|TP.a.

t | sss] ces | ose |S whitey pata eee

|
Haloragee.

Haloragis depressa, . Tf [ase |) een (an i ecsoch sect ap |i reese eal
micrantha, . . Th Wises Iicen |) ot ect ees ll oh | eTeAna need
Pozoa trifoliolata, t : vsayf cee [OF fe ccs. dees {eigmeenta eco meeen aes
Crantzia lineata, : i x aed if green: ] <<<! ]\ cc [ce
Apium australe, 5 eal Pasta |ieesetl| eee t Res white | it) | st) ex
filiforme, Sak fh) We | Mantis | eset leeeect| Reset Oa, ese! || mes], seo | Whe) || tae eat eee
Oreomyrrhis ramosa, . 5 t oe Socmees fF || e-::| =e | (2TEONi 4] an eneleees
Aciphylla squarrosa, . .- «| «. + mlieeosal lef eh yellow] ¢ | t | f
Colensoiy es a lh eaec Tul ace | exelent nas Whee yellow | ¢ | t] fT
Ligusticum intermedium,. .| ... ieee Ih oe eo tae yellow | ¢ | t | ft
aromaticum, : ap ke TP ReSE ase cose He Vp Tl S55 wh.-gr.} fF | ... | ess
Angelica Gingidium, . . eae t rae: Sa ll ay white ur See
-Geniculata, 5 ; alt ke TP Aleck fe pl econ ceeemt | ag white | tf | t |] Tf

Daucus brachiatus, . : F + Scelcoaut eco sem Ih. |tses [tees red 7 re oa

Flowering Plants of New Zealand. 103

2 | c nm 2 a a 5 a r=
| = lewleal2 [ZSIE leceelhe 2 |3\ts
oS jegleals |SSlsslecississ| 3 | les

oe /Ps|SS\Ss/ss\Shisseaize| 2 (23) 8 es

ES Fsl|SSlRSlasles S@slssiss| = |S5| 2 |25

ds (<8e8laq/2eesiseizeze) S |rrl 3 |ss
2} Aaloals es|SR2lSD 2agl<ee 5S ° Ro

g| PEAS Sale ao a*s 2 14 \FS

io) = | 3) ro) DB

Araliacee.

Stilbocarpa polaris, t t T Veli-25> West leesenah

Panax simplex, . t Taalice T green i legal! 9;
Edgerieyi, . + Tid ilese t green iho at
crassifolium, t tT.) t green Fl -tatee
Colensoi, t Telaces T green | t | ¢ |] ¢

Scheffiera digitata, t t a t green t Sahat

Cornee.
Griselinia littoralis, - ; Sl acer te icct [fees iliccotlicceoiy fh <--"}i an | teen hs ets lin
Corokia Cotoneaster,. . . TP ed ees | feces |r| Boe | e55 esq || aso | cee Pe ee (oes
Loranthacee.

Loranthus Colensoi, t sean |p pas at pes red
flavidus, tT ee tees ip a yellow
micranthus, i ee BS : a ee ee ee tT green Tt

Tupeia antarctica, . E Sls ieee bal (ects Ween teat sreen iit ti telat

Viscum Lindsayi, : Tt tT iF oan aa t
salicornioides, t t T oo :

Rubiacee.

Coprosma lucida, t sce he Ff + | green }... t
robusta, ; il Erle. t | green t
Cunninghamii, . . .| .. Fh Whoa bean cod) 51 : Tt | green t
rotundifolia, 4 : Paced Taiteceeh [aceetiiences| woh T | green t
tenuicaulis, 5 p E ae Pa lheccaltccon [keen | bt T | green t
rhamnoides, El ae 1p bese \hcoa | Gaeta + | green t
divaricata, . jccuelinst T t | green it
parviflora, . es Tt t + | green t
virescens, ‘= t Tt + | green 7
propingua, . aes t t T | green it
foetidissima, ee iF t Tt | green t
acerosa, 4a t Tt + | green t
linariifolia, . aa Tt Tt t | green t
repens, é ae t t t | green T

Nertera depressa, t IplySs]) Gos Tt t | green Tt
dichondrefolia, . tp.g. t t+ | green t
setulosa, + p.g. t t | green | ... t

Galium umbrosum, tT Tt white | + ot

Asperula perpusilla, tT t white | +

Composite.

Olearia nitida, Tt ie white t
dentata, 7 ~2 white t
ilicifolia, t T2 white | . T
virgata, t 3 white |... |] Tf
Hectori, Tt +3 yel.-wh.| ... | f

Celmisia coriacea, t Til white | f | = | «.
longifolia, . + +2 white | ft Fle
Hectori, t Pe white | t |...
sessiliflora, , t tek White sf ivan Nese

Vittadinia australis, Tt +3 cee) | Geo, |) SWILILG wlio, Pe tinese

Lagenophora Forsteri, t +3 see) | oon. WHILE cca ekonleee

Cotula coronopifolia, . + 13 ys, | ase) [acd] yellows eeces leeeen eee
dioi . 3 4 j ae T “43 F ] cee |) caf} SECON: [eer Ni ecottiisce

Cassinia fulvida. . 4 t +3 see. |) <2. |} coe fh WRLLLED sl aren ca ees

Ozothamnus glomeratus, t t3 Be ered ie ite coed (eee pass

Gnaphalium trinerye, + +3 BP Peres (epee | ceiiecm eee) (08 en
bellidioides, t +3 sce | lse0. | feoee'| “WEAR PH | cean iinet [meee
filicaule, , t ae say ec ae Soll | ode. il doe
luteo-album, t t la : seul taote
involucratum, t t es <a if eons

Erechtites arguta, t it STEEN! ivecsnlieaen tees
prenanthoides, . : Bi saat) eect Ma t PLEA al 54 | cece ;
scaberula, . : é lees || ea el t PTCON leer teens
BAEPRCETIES 5 54. S|). Soot Meer}! El] \Iee t red eet) cred uicer, || cae

|

perenne 8 he a Be BS a a

104

Mr George M. Thomson on the

Always
Hermaphrodite.

eH |

Senecio bellidioides,

lautus, 7 5
Lyalli, 5 ‘
rotundifolius,

Microseris Forsteri,
Taraxacum deus-leonis,

Sonchus oleraceus,

Stylidiec.

Forstera sedifolia, ° :
Helophyllum clavigerum, .
Stylidium graminifolium, .

++
Ores
BRP

Campanulacece.

Wahlenbergia gracilis,
saxicola, .

Pratia angulata,

Selliera radicans,

+H
idles
PEEP

Ericece.

Gaultheria antipoda, .
rupestris, :

Epacridee.

Cyathodes acerosa,
empetrifolia,
Leucopogon Frazeri, .
Pentachondra pumila,
Dracophyllum longifolium,
rosmarinifolium,
muscoides, .

==-
SS

PB

Myrsinec.
Myrsine Urvillei,

Apocynee.
Parsonsia albiflora, ‘ t

Gentianee.
Gentiana montana,

Convolvulacece.

Convolvulus Tuguriorum, -
Soldanella, 5
Dichondra repens,

+

Scrophularinece.

Veronica salicifolia, +
Traversii, t
elliptica, 5 : Balt
buxifolia, . 5 - a a 7
cataracte, . ° Saleh
Lyaliii, t

Lentibulariee.
Utricularia monanthos,_. 5 t

Verbenacee.
Myoporum lceetum, 3 F ; t

Labiatee.
Mentha Cunninghamii,

Always
Dicecious.

Ov.

Polygamo-
Diecious.

Conspicuous
Alone.
Conspicuous

$3

_ ++
> te

+3

+3

| »

aa
3 eo comer cr

wee

ee

y Association.

n n
= =~
ies
oH|O 2
AS |a.S
Aa\4a
Onion
= |eo
_ _
+
t :
t :
V :
t
coe
t

Absolutely
Entomophilous,

+

b+,

—

ete tt

en | :
pel 7 12 13 re
22| 3 |£5) 8 |g2
acl & IS8l a |22
Ze) S |Esls |8s
ag S| 2 lsc
= o |") &
yellow
yellow
yellow
gr.-yel.| f | T
-- | yellow
yellow | ft
yel.-gr. >
white | t t
white | t t
white |... 3 en
.. | white | f t
.. | white | Tf t
.. | white t t
white f t
white | t t
white | f t
white | fT |. ws
white veel Waco. | ec
White) asta etal
white Ti sl oreo ae
white t Fil wes
white! [et | talmess
white } tf | T |
t = tT
white | ¢ | f
white 3 t
white
pink
wh.-gr. Ballet:
white | ¢ | t | fF
white |! ‘fF |---| ok
white | $+ | F [ah
White || st | ccenlheh
lilae jpn self is
white | f ayo 1
purple 4 t
white | fT ane
white | f Fle

Flowering Plants of New Zealand. 105

. >) .
3° 2ly nD a 5 > a ee i=}
Sloaleal2 (BSle lessee 4 | 8 |ez
BS IBSIESSs/SSlSRSeSalsa| § less les
25 |SS/SSSslSslesles5leeles| 2 [Ee] 8 jes
Sa, | EO) WS\s So] SI SSIRSIS Sola & ° as|/ 9 [ss
383 |4 8/>8 waleziealeZ\2s\2e a} KS) Ee Qe
<8 Malsxlesl22/8S|(S2\48\28| 3 FRE Oo 15a
EF) ‘AlIZAlS |esleV@jsoiaslag o Oo 15.5
o ras o Ose 5 =} & 2 eo
sa) See a A; < 5 |2] a
Plantaginee.
Plantago Raoulii, Sse Pe Deel ave |Pece |eseer | soeehmese | Te lissawt|| fi)|| SC@eMn tect werent
Chenopodiacee.
Ghenopodinm friandrum, <9 ~ | <.-|\...']) fi fe) |i. |---| F |<] F | ‘greem |<. |... | F
Polygonee.
Polygonum aviculare, a - t seen eee cent hese actin limecet eset icse- [bu DITIRGae [leepen eee
Muhlenbeckia adpressa, Si iecot \Mhesevile Te || ftewer eet |Pacer Petes |imessr tripe |p oreem™ |htten|t earch
Complexaes Pee ee Nyse eee + Tt | green t
axillaris, Be LE pe ay a) | eed t Tt | green t
Rumex flexuosus,. : of fDi] oc5,|) <6 + t | green 5
megiectus, . . . ~|fDp.a. av + + | green
Thymelee.
Pimelea prostrata, . : aN cao Tee pace a? Wesel | eon SP iis white | f | ft | f
Drapetes Dieffenbachii, . : HP seca econ Mecen tee ie iireceal rece’ leeccn |p wihhitem rece, [leon lees
Euphorbiacee.
Euphorbia glauca, . . Be Weeds) Pt} cool eee Uh een gpl eocel| Mocs a +
Cupulifere.
Fagus Menziesii, Sy aiiiy ees a lpcees tae |e seonl| cect assy ectanleesen | (mn ate ace fl coo | ay
Urticacee.
Urtica incisa, fess t if fe Shay
ferox, . B 3 : 1 Pal eee t ii Adar
Epicarpurus microphyllus, Fa tices Follcecen at E bay
Parietaria debilis, p Aca fh T ae Ah Mar son leet:
Australina pusilla, . : x54) ar Se tal ea ati aN
Orchidee.
Earina mucronata, t we | Tt t yellow] + | t] Tf
autumnalis, s : t <enlit t -| white | tf | t | f
Dendrobrium Cunninghamii, t ea | cos if white? |etecl he tack
Sarcochilus adversus, ‘ 3 Tt coe eee cal PLE green | t | ¢ | ¢
Corysanthestriloba, . . .| fT 13 t | --- | purple SoA)
rivularis, Test sco oh eee |) ai purple t
macrantha, Tt son Re: fi purple Sil st
Microtis porrifolia, Tt nae fileeceilee green |. Salers
Caladenia Lyalli, t dep || 173 co Par pink, || f |) <= jt
minor, t Son | Pe tp ett pink | ¢ cule
bifolia, : tT soo so] a white | f |/-.- | ¢
Pterostylis Banksii, t see te son leh green wie
graminea,. . tT -. |T3 t green | .. t
foliata, is Vee t see |e! t green | ... +
Chiloglottis cornuta, . T Act or g. &pur. PAs
Lyperanthus antarcticus, . T Sor | ae g.&pur.| ...
Thelymitra longifolia, - t soe | [5 & blue
amiflorasi is, ie) t Vics e tT blue | ¢
Prasophyllum Colensoi, t ace || ko! 4 green Ris
Tridee.
Libertia ixioides, 1 =a at: . white | + oe
micrantha, t +3 2, see: || Wiltes [eanan|imeoel ies
Naiadee.
Potamogeton natans,. . «-|TP-g ES t te |) sreemme| cont tees
Triglochin triandrum, 5 GPa 5: t Tt | green |.
Liliacee.
Callixene parviflora, . . t Bice) here, |b a white rele
Cordyline australis, é 1 Be || A: at = white. |e faire poss
Astelia nervosa, . : - Bl ces old ecco jae -|| a t green | ft | ft
Anthericum Hookeri, . - : ny canieces hSsteeh Age yellow dee
Phormium tena, A : . | tp-a. | Sati cee La oe ape red +

106 Mr William Gorrie on the

Additional Notes on the Hardiness of New Zealand Plants.
By Mr Wit.1am Gorrig, President.

(Read 8th July 1880.)

At a meeting of the Edinburgh Botanical Society, held
on January 8, I read notes on thirty New Zealand plants
that had withstood the unusually severe winter of 1878-79
in my garden. The winter of 1879-80 has been still more
destructive of plant life, in consequence of the greater
intensity of its frost having been preceded by such an
ungenial growing season, that many plants never attained
to a properly matured state. I now submit the following
remarks on the effects of the past winter, which for sake of
references are given in the numeral succession formerly
adopted.*

1. Pittosporum tenuifolium.—tThe 5 feet high plant on a
south wall was reduced to 4 feet, most of its young shoots,
and some older branches that stood out from the wall,
having been killed. Only a few of the smaller plants in
the open ground are now so far alive that they are producing
shoots from, at, and below the earth’s surface.

2. Plagianthus betulinus.—The 23 feet high plant on a
south wall lost about 7 feet of its top from some unaccount-
able cause, but all below isin perfect health. The 15 feet
high plant in the open ground was uninjured; and has
now a handsome, profusely leafy top.

3. Plagianthus divaricatus.—Having lost fully a third of
its height, the plant is now only about 2 feet, but is push-
ing out young shoots freely.

4. Aristotelia racemosa was kiiled to the ground ona
south wall, as well as in the open borders, but all the plants
are reproducing healthy shoots from above their roots.

d. Discaria Toumatou is perfectly free from injury, but
has not flowered this season, although growing freely.

* The minimums of the seven months of winter 1879-80, in which the
temperature fell below the freezing point at the Edinburgh Royal Botanic
Garden—within three-quarters of a mile from Rait Lodge—were as follows:
by a thermometer exposed to direct radiation, November 1879, 18°; December
1879, 1°; January 1880, 19°; February 1880, 23°; March 1880, 22°; April
1880, 27°; May 1880, 29°.

Hardiness of New Zealand Plants. 107

6. Coriaria ruscifolia.—Planted out last autumn in front
of a south wall, it has been killed to the ground, but is
budding from below.

7. Hdwardsia pulchella.—A plant fully 8 feet high,
which overtopped a south wall, was killed to within a foot
of its base, while some small plants at the bottom of an
easterly exposed wall were uninjured. LH. grandiflora, 2
feet high, on a south wall, had only some points of its
young shoots slightly hurt, and is now in healthy growth.

8. Clianthus puniceus——I had no plants outside last
year, but one of the variety, C. p. magnificus, stood the
year in a cool frame, and having been planted on a south
wall in March, it is now growing vigorously.

9. Rubus australis, and Lt. a. cissoides.—Both the species
and variety were completely killed.

10. Leptospermum scoparium.—A umber of small
plants in the open ground were all much cut down, but
none were entirely killed.

11. Fuchsia excorticata, on a south wall, was killed to
the ground, but is now sending up vigorous shoots.

12. Fuchsia procumbens still continues to grow freely on
the rockery.

13. Aciphylla Colensoi.—Three rockery plants in
different exposures have all stood perfectly unharmed.
One that flowered last year has now three strong crowns or
tops, and many of its Palm-like rigid sharp-pointed leaves
are over 2 feet in length; neither it nor the others have
any appearance of flowering this season.

14, Griselinia littoralis.—In consequence of the young
shoots and foliage of this handsome evergreen not having
been nearly matured when subjected to the almost zero
temperature of December 3 and 4, it has suffered fully as
much as the common Laurustinus and Aucuba. My plant,
that was 6 feet in height, as well as others of smaller size,
were killed down to near the ground, but they are now
sending up vigorous growing shoots.

15. Corokia Cotoneaster.—Two varieties on a south wall
had the points of their most protruding young shoots a little
injured, but both were covered with a profusion of their
smal! yellow flowers in March and April. One plant in

108 Mr William Gorrie on the

the open ground was entirely killed, but another is pro-
ducing young growths from its base.

16. Olearia Haastii, growing in the open ground, was
not in the least injured.

17. Veronica Traversti.My oldest plant, which is now
about 24 feet in height by fully 2 feet in diameter, had
not a single leaf in the least injured; neither had a number
of recently rooted cuttings that were planted out in different
exposures during last November.

18. Veronica salicifolia.—Several plants (the largest of
which had a stem 2 inches in diameter) that were injured
in 1878-79 were entirely killed last winter.

19. Veronica pinguifolia.—Five plants in different
exposures were uninjured.

20. Veronica Hulkeana.—A plant put out last autumn
was completely killed.

21. Muhlenbeckia compleca.—Two old plants growing on
south walls, and one in the open border, were killed to the
ground, but all are now producing an abundance of rapid-
growing shoots.

22. Libertia grandiflora major.—Of many plants grow-
ing in different exposures a few have been killed, and the
growths of the others are more weakly than hitherto;
nevertheless, many have flowered, and the plants generally
seem to be recovering their natural vigour of growth.

23. Libertia txioides seems much hardier than the
last.

24. Cordyline australis——Several plants that were
seemingly killed when 3 to 4 feet high have put up shoots
from depths of from 3 to 6 inches. Some of these have
perished, but others that were covered with snow during
the hard frosts of last December are still growing. The
one that stood unharmed till it was cut down by the winter
of 1878-79, and which the late Dr Moore, of Dublin, said
was C. callicoma, put up a young shoot last spring which
now measures 21 inches in height.

25. Chrysobactron Hookert, from one-year old seedlings
upwards, has stood unharmed in various exposures, and
the larger plants lately produced a profusion of their
beautiful yellow flowers.

26. Phormium tenax.—The common green, as well as

Hardiness of some Exotic Plants. 109

two variegated leaved varieties, had their leaves killed to
within about a foot of the ground, but they have now got
new leaves, and are growing freely.

27. Carex secta.—Of about a dozen plants three
perished last winter, but all the rest are growing well.

28. Arundo conspicua has been entirely killed.

29. Aspidium Richardit is unharmed and growing
freely.

30. Todea superba,—In a cool shaded frame on the
north side of a wall this most elegant of Ferns withstood
the last, as well as it did the six preceding winters, and
is now growing fully as freely as ever, several of its young
fronds being over 21 inches in length.

The following exotics from other parts than New Zealand
have withstood the winter of 1879-80 at Rait Lodge :—

1. Acer palmatum.—The palmate-leaved maple of Japan.
This beautiful reddish-purple-leaved shrub, growing on a
westerly exposed rockery, was unharmed.

2. Aster cabulicus—The shrubby starwort of Cabul. On
an easterly exposed wall, and about 4 feet in height, had
only two or three points of its shoots injured, and in the
middle of July commenced producing a profuse succession
of its pretty umbellate-like bunches of light purple flowers.

3. Aralia Sieboldtit.—This handsome Japanese evergreen,
which has become a general favourite for house and table
decoration, stood without being the least injured on a
southerly exposed rockery.

4. Azalea amena.—This pretty and interesting intro-
duction from China by the late Mr R. Fortune, growing on
an easterly exposed rockery, was not in the least hurt.

0. Azara microphylla.—Ou an east wall had a number
of its unmatured shoot-points killed, but is now growing
profusely.

6. Bambusa aurea.—The yellow barked bamboo cane,
and the following nine kinds, have suffered no perceptible
injury from either of the last two winters :—

7. B. Fortunet argentia variegata,

8. B. Fortunet aurea variegata ?

9. B. gracilis (Arudinaria falcata).—The dwarf bamboo
of Upper India. A number of self-sown and other seed-

110 Mr William Gorrie on the

lings, from a 13 feet high plant which in 1877 flowered,
seeded, and then died, have proved perfectly hardy in
various soils and exposures. This bamboo is highly
deserving of more general cultivation from its elegance of
habit, as well as for flower sticks and other useful purposes.

10. B. Metake.—Two plants of this handsome Japanese
species, grown for some years in different exposures, have
never suffered from frost, the largest is now a somewhat
spreading rooted bush, 7 feet high, with a diameter of fully
32 feet, and sending up numerous vigorous shoots.

11. B. nana.—A densely bushy, somewhat spreading
rooted species, with shoots of only about a foot in length,
is specially suited for rockery culture.

12. B. nigra.—A plant with black coloured stems, which
has been in the open ground for the last three years, is
now rather over 32 feet in height, and presents a graceful
habit of growth.

13. B. Rogmouskit.—A handsome broad-leaved, rather
slow-growing species.

14. B. striata argentea is growing freely both on the
rockery and in the open ground,

15. B. Violacea—Resembles No. 12, but has lghter
coloured bark.

16. Chamerops Fortunit.—Fortune’s Chusan palm. <A
young plant grown for three years on a southerly exposed
rockery, had only the points of two unprotruded leaves
injured last winter, and is now growing freely.

17. OClerodendron Bungeanum.—This hardiest representa-
tive of an important genus of stove and greenhouse plants,
after standing the two preceding winters on a south wall,
growing to a height of 4 feet, and flowering freely, was
killed down to near the ground in that of 1879-80, but is now
sending up vigorous growing shoots, with handsome purple
shaded, deep green leaves.

18. Colletia horrida.—Sometimes called C_ferox in nursery
lists. Seems the hardiest of several very spiny, evergreen
bushes, which constitute this genus, having stood last
winter uninjured. The names of Chilian and Peruvian
whins or furze, sometimes applied to them, is most applic-
able to this species.

19. Crambe cordifolia.—This gigantic sea-kale of the

Hardiness of some Exotic Plants. 111

Caucasus, in each of the summers 1878 and 1879, produced
flowering stems 9} feet in height, the two lower branches
having a spread from point to point of 9 feet; and when
covered with myriads of small white flowers, the appear-
ance is presented of a little tree covered with snow. The
leaves, which are produced in abundance from early spring
continuously throughout the summer, often measure more
than 2 feet in width, and are supported on solid stems
averaging about 23 feet in length, Having withstood the
severity of last winter unharmed, and being easily propa-
gated both by seeds and division of the roots, this seems
highly deserving of cultivation for cattle feeding and other
purposes.

20. Cunninghamia sinensis has stood on a rockery without
injury.

21. Desfontania spinosa has stood unharmed in a some-
what shaded situation, where it is partly protected from
direct radiation by a small Scotch fir, and has flowered both
in the present and last summer.

22. Dimorphanthus mandshuricus,—A ten-year old plant
of this elegant foliaged shrub of North China, which is
about 8 feet high, is now (12th August) producing flower
panicles freely at the extremities of its thick shoots, which
are clothed with many umbrageous, bipinnate leaves, some
of which measure 4 feet in length by fully 3 feet in width,
and bear considerable resemblance to those of the Aralia
japonica, a plant of which, growing in near proximity,
suffered in winter 1878-79, and was killed last December.

23. Diplopappus chrysophyllus.—This highly interesting
evergreen shrubby member of the natural order Composite,
has withstood the last two winters perfectly on a south
wall, as well as in various parts of the open ground, and
only requires to be better known to insure its general culti-
vation. The wall plant is 65 feet in height by 3 feet wide,
and presents a compact surface of minute foliaged spray,
the golden colour of the young shoots, and under sur-
faces of its leaves, contrasting conspicuously with the deep
shining green of their upper surfaces, and specially re-
commending the branchlets for bouquets and table de-
coration.

fel Mr William Gorrie on the

24. Hlymus condensatus,— The bunch grass of British
Columbia,” being found beyond latitude58° north in Western
America, this elegant as well as useful grass has never
suffered from our severest frosts. A plant which was sown
in 1866 is now a little over a yard in diameter at the
earth’s surface, composed of very close-growing, fertile or
seed-bearing, and barren or leafy stalks, in about equal
numbers of each. For the past ten years the average
height of the former has been 94 feet, while the latter have
mostly been from 5 to 7 feet; so that in annual bulk and
weight of produce it far surpasses all our so-called agricul-
tural grasses ; it is also earlier than any of them, and its
young growths never suffer from spring frosts. Being
highly nutritious, and greedily eaten in all stages of growth
by live stock, it is difficult to account for the neglect that
it has hitherto met with from cultivators.

25. Hlymus crinetum.—Seeds brought from the American
prairies some years since have produced plants that are
quite hardy, and yield a heavy crop of early and nutritious
herbage ; but the ears, which appear about the beginning
of August, are armed with long rough awns, which are
an annoyance to animals that feed upon them.

26. Hulalia japonica variegata,—This recently introduced,
handsome, variegated grass proves to be quite hardy, and
must ere long take a prominent place among outdoor
decorative plants.

27. Gaultheria nummularioides (Vaccinium nummulari-
folium).—This pretty evergreen fern-like native of Nepaul
did not suffer in the least ; and its graceful leaf-clad twigs ~
are well suited to take the place of some favourite tender
ferns in bouquets.

28. and 29. Hydrangea paniculata and HH. rosea-alba.—
Plants of these pretty little shrubs, growing on a westerly
exposed rockery, were not in the least injured.

30. Hymenanthera angustifolia.—Plants reared many
years since from Tasmanian seeds, and grown in the open
ground, have only sustained slight injury in the most
severe winters ; and occasionally small bushes of 2 to 23
feet in height have been thickly loaded with white mistletoe-
like berries, each of which was tipped with a small dark spot.

31. Magnolia Campbelli.—Of this “ superb tree” a plant

Hardiness of some Exotic Plants. 113

which is now 5 feet high has stood the last three winters
on a south wall without sustaining the least injury, and
in the near-at-hand stool-ground of the Lawson Company's
Nurseries, it has proved equally hardy, so that this most
magnificent of deciduous trees may soon become a favourite
for park and villa ground decoration. In illustrations of
Himalayan plants from drawings chiefly made by native
artists for the late J. F. Cathcart, Esq., it is figured and
described by Sir J. D. Hooker as growing in Sikkim and
Bhotan at altitudes of 8000 to 10,000 feet, with straight
trunks, often 80 feet high and 12 to 20 in girth, the
flowers varying from white to deep rose colour or almost
crimson, while each is from 8 to 10 inches in diameter,
aud they are abundantly produced in April while the trees
are yet leafless.

32. Mahonia gracilis—Of this very distinct species,
which was introduced from North Mexico by M. Roezl,
a plant which has grown on a south wall for the last
fourteen years is now 8 feet in height, but has never
flowered. Its slender stalked, light green, rigid leaves,
average about a foot in length by 3 inches in width, and
are highly suitable for table decoration. Plants that have
been exposed in the open ground suffer less or more in
severe winters, but have never been entirely killed.

33. Melianthus major.—This very old, but now rather
scarce inhabitant of our greenhouses, has stood the last
twelve winters at the base of a south wall, but it was
killed to below the ground surface in that of 1879-80, and
has again put up young shoots.

34. Mutisia decurrens.—A ten-year old plant of tlis very
peculiar and showy American climber, stood last winter
without suffering the least injury, on a southerly exposed
wall. It is now (12th August) 6 feet in height, and yield-
ing a rich display of its large, orange coloured flowers,
which resemble those of the well known Gazania rigens in
size and colour.

35. Osmanthus illicifolius—An 8 feet high specimen of
this holly-like tree, growing on ashaded northerly exposed
wall border, is uninjured; and two of its variegated varieties,
which were more exposed to the sun, had some of their
leaves and shoot-points sliglitly hurt.

TRANS. BOT. SOC. VOL. XIV. H

114 Mr William Gorrie on the

36. Philesia buxifolia.—This pretty diminutive shrubby
inhabitant of the Chilian mountains, grown in peaty soil, has
proved quite hardy in different exposures, where it freely
produces its pretty Lapageria-like red tubular flowers.

37. Podocarpus alpina, from the mountain tops of
Tasmania. This interesting little Conifer grown in different
exposures, was nowhere injured, and may be deemed the
hardiest of its genus. Its dwarf, spreading branched habit
renders it particularly suitable for rockeries.

38. Populus candicans variegatus.— Of this handsome
variegated tree, which originated as a branch sport in the
grounds of the late Charles Guthrie, Esq., of Taybank
near Dundee, an 18 feet high plant was not in the least
injured; although in nurseries, &c., the species is
occasionally so much hurt by winter as well as early
autumn, and spring frosts, that its cultivation has con-
siderably decreased.

39. Primula japonica,—Of this ‘“‘Queen of the primroses,”
which is one of the late Mr R. Fortune’s most valuable
introductions from Japan, a bed containing upwards of
250 plants, which was formed in the summer of 1878, stood
the two last winters without the loss of a single plant, and
flowered profusely in both of the succeeding summers,
although in several horticultural periodicals it has been re-
presented as being rather tender. Like others of the genus,
it has a tendency to grow out of the ground after flowering,
and, guided by previous experience, I, towards the end of
last winter, had the bed laid over with fresh soil, so deep as
to cover the above-ground root-producing stems, which
insured the perfect health and abundant second year’s
flowering of all the plants.

40. Prumnopitys elegans.—This truly elegant, lively
green yew-like tree was deemed somewhat tender when
introduced a few years since, but with the perfect drainage
afforded by a rockery, a six-year old plant which is 41 feet
in height has never sustained the least injury.

41. Quercus densiflora—A plant of this handsome
Californian evergreen oak, which is over 10 feet in height,
has proved quite hardy.

42. Rhododendron anthopogon was uninjured, and
flowered freely this summer.

Hardiness of some Exotic Plants. 115

43. R. argenteum of Sir J. D. Hooker. This, in
common with many of the Himalayan rhododendrons and
other plants, is more capable of withstanding the severe
winter frosts than those of spring, that too frequently
destroy their swelling buds and young foliage, which
generally escaped in consequence of the unusual mildness
of last spring; and this species, although generally supposed
to require greenhouse protection, suffered very little from
the low winter temperature, except the loss of its most
exposed large leaves by wind breaking when they were
hard frozen.

44. R. argenteum of Major Madden. A fine bushy
plant over 6 feet in height was not in the least injured.

45. R. barbatum.—This magnificent arborescent species
was unharmed.

46. R. campanulatum.—Neither this species nor its
variety 2. c. robustum have been perceptibly injured.

47. R. campylocarpum.—This pretty little yellowish
flowering species proved to be quite hardy.

48. R. ciliatum was unharmed.

49. R. cinnabarinum was unharmed,

50. RB. cinnamomeum.—Of the variety to which this
name was originally applied, a fine bush 7 feet high by
8 feet in width was not in the least hurt.

51. R. Fortunt.—This remarkable and very distinct free-
growing Chinese species sustained no injury.

52. R. fulgens.—A plant which is now about twenty-five
years old, and only 15 inches in height by 33 in diameter,
has never suffered from either winter or spring frosts, nor
has it yet flowered, but its compact growth, and the bright
verdigris-green of its young leaves, render it a favourite
dwarf evergreen.

53. R. glaucum is a good associate for, and equally
proof against winter frosts, as the so-called “roses of the
Alps,” &. ferrugineum and Rf. hirsutum.

54, R. Hodgsonii.—This compact growing,and handsome,
large leaved species, seems equally hardy with the old well
known R&. catawbiense and its varieties, and is therefore
likely to become of much importance in hybridizing.

55. R. Keysii (R. Blandfordieflorum).—A 4% feet high

116 Mr William (Gorrie on the

plant of this peculiar tubular or large heath-like flowered
species was unaffected.

56. R. lanatum.—A twenty-five-year old plant which
has not yet flowered, measures 3 feet in height, and being
quite hardy, is admired for its habit of growth and the
peculiarity of its foliage.

57. LR. longifolium—tIn habit and appearance this
species is allied to &. argentewm of Hooker (48), and is
of about similar hardiness.

58. R. nivewm, a plant 8 feet in height, was uninjured.

59. &. setosum.—This pretty diminutive species, being
from altitudes of 13,000 to 16,000 feet, has never been
injured by either our winter or spring frosts, and produces
its bright reddish flowers copiously.

60. L. Thompsont.—A plant over 7 feet in height, and
about twenty-five years old, has only occasionally had
its buds and deep blood-red, waxy-like flowers injured by
spring frosts.

61. L. virgatum.—This elegent dwarf slender grower
has its flowers now and then disfigured by spring frosts,
but is otherwise quite hardy.

62. Lt. ?—An unnamed species, from altitudes of
about 14,000 feet, which flowers in the beginning of March,
generally has these destroyed by frost, but they escaped
last spring; their colour is of such inimitable brilliancy,
that on taking a bunch to a fashionable ribbon shop for
the purpose of getting the proper name of its colour, none
were found that would nearly match it, and the nearest,
which was termed ‘brilliant cerise,” gave by no means a
correct idea of.its beauty. My bush is about twenty-five
years old, 53 feet high, by 4 feet in diameter. In a cool
greenhouse, where its flowers would be safe from frost, no
Rhododendron is more deserving of a place.

For the purpose of showing the relative hardiness of the
preceding Rhododendrons, the following names are given of
such as have either been killed or irrecoverably damaged
by the unusually severe frost of last winter, viz, .
arboreum, R. Aucklandti, R. Edgeworthit, R. Falconer,
h. Gibsoni, R. Jenkinsti, and R. Maddeni.

63. Rodgeria podophylla—This showy leaved Saxi-
fragaceous herbaceous plant was uninjured by either of the

Hardiness of some Exotic Plants. 117

last two winters, but although growing freely it has not
flowered.

63. Stauntonia latifolia.—In the course of the last ten
years a plant of this delicately fragrant Himalayan climber
had attained to a height of about 16 feet on a west wall, get-
ting its shoot-points occasionally injured by severe frosts,
but that of last winter killed it to within a few inches
of the ground, from whence it has now pushed out
vigorous growing shoots.

65. Thea viridis assamica.—For several years past
a plant of the Assam tea stood on a rockery uninjured,
but last winter it was killed to within 3 inches of the
ground, and from thence it is again producing healthy
shoots.

66-78. Yucca.—The following twelve kinds of this
unique and highly ornamental genus withstood the severity
of last winter, but those on the rockery, where they had
perfect drainage, are now decidedly healthier than others of
the same kinds that were in damper and more shaded
places.

Yucea angustifolia.

Y. antwerpensis.

Y. concava.

Y. Elicombi.

Y. filamentosa vera.

Y. filamentosa spurea.

Y. filamentosa.—A distinct variety from seed.

Y. flaccida.

Y. gloriosa,

Y. gloriosa glauca.

Y. glorioss superba,

Y. recurva.

The following were killed by the winter of 1878-79,
although less severe than that of 1879-80, viz., Yucca
aspera, Y. filamentosa variegata (a small plant), and
Y. Whipplei. ‘

79. Cyclamen ibericum.—Both the red and white varieties
of this pretty bulb have proved perfectly hardy on a westerly
exposed wall border, where their flowers appear coeval with
those of the snowdrops in early spring, as profusely as do
those of the red and white C. ewropeewm in autumn.

118 Mr William Gorrie on the

80. ELucomis punctata,—This handsome and_ very
peculiar herbaceous plant has stood unharmed on both
southerly and westerly wall borders.

With the view of conveying still more correct ideas as
to the hardiness of the forementioned, as well as of the
many other unintroduced or little known New Zealand
plants that are associated with them in their native
habitats, I append the following remarks, showing the
effects of the last two winters on a few generally well-
known plants that were grown along with and under the
same circumstances as the forementioned.

Aspleniwm marinum (the Sea Spleenwort), gathered some
years since on the coasts of Arran, was killed last winter
in the same cold frame where the Todea superba (30) has
thriven so well.

Aucuba japonica,—Plants of the common variety lost
most of their leaves, and were killed from a third to hali-
way down. Some of the recently introduced varieties
suffered to a similar extent, while others were not at all,
or very little injured.

Ceanothus azureus, dentatus, and vrigidus, all well-
established plants, 10 to 15 feet high. The two first
species were a good deal injured by the winter of 1878-79,
while the last was unimpaired; but all were killed last
winter.

Euonymus latifolius, and its variegated varieties, were
scarcely hurt in 1878-79, but all lost their branches and
much of their main stems last winter.

Fuchsia Riccarton?, which had attained to a consider-
able size, was killed to the ground, but has sent up strong
young shoots.

Gunnera scabra.—A fine specimen of this gigantic
Chilian herbaceous plant, which had stood unharmed for
about ten years, was killed, with the exception of some
deeply covered portions of its roots; from cuttings of
which several young plants have been reared.

Laurus nobilis, —Of two plants of the common, one

Tenderness of some well-known Plants. 119

Willow-leaved, and one variegated Sweet Bay, the latter
was killed, while the others remained uninjured, in
1878-79 ; but last winter one of the first and the second
were also killed, while the other plant of the common
variety only lost the points of its shoots, with a few of its
small branches, and is now pushing fresh leaves and
young shoots.

Lavatera arborea (the Tree or Sea Mallow).—In an essay
recommending the use of a tall growing variety, which I
found in Arran, as a fibre plant for paper making, for which
I received the Highland and Agricultural Society’s Gold
Medal in 1877, I mentioned that many of the plants suffered
when the thermometer fell to about 15° Fahr., and that most
of them were killed when it fell below 10° ; hence all of my
young plants perished in each of the last winters. Sown in
March of each year, the young plants of the tall variety
had obtained heights of 6 to 8 feet before the winter set
in, while those of the east coast or ‘“ Bass Rock” variety,
were only about two-thirds of their size, but all seemed
equally tender,

Passiflora cerulea—-A fine plant, which had grown for
eight years on the same wall as Muhlenbeckia complexa
was killed in the winter 1878-79, and a young one, planted
in spring 1879, was killed last winter.

Populus fastigiata.—The fastigiate or Lombardy pop-
Jar. A plant of the comparatively rare female form of
this well-known tree, from the noted specimen in the Uni-
versity Botanic Gardens at Gottingen, was scarcely injured ;
while of many of the common or male form, growing in
the neighbourhood, most were entirely killed, and the rest
suffered more or less severely.

Roses—Many of the hybrid perpetual and Chinese
varieties, which have of late years almost superseded the
old hardy sorts in cultivation, have either been killed or so
much injured by the severity of last winter, that only
comparatively few, weak, and unsatisfactory blooms need
be looked for this year.

Veronica decussata was completely killed alongside of
V. Traversii (17) in 1878-79, aud plants that were put
out in spring 1879 were destroyed last winter, The
recently-introduced fine hybrid shrubby Veronicas, that

120 Mr Gorrie on the Tenderness of some well-known Plants.

withstand our milder winters, have all been killed; but in
a letter recently received from General Burroughs, he
mentions that a collection of those that I sent him some
years since are all thriving well in the island of Rousay,
Orkney, where V. decussata las become naturalised, and
is one of the best of sea-wind resisting shrubs,

Viburnum Tinus.—The common Laurustinus has either
been entirely killed to the ground, or so much cut down
that only the thicker parts of the larger branches are alive.

Ulex nana (the dwarf Whin or Furze),—Fine estab-
lished plants were killed on the rockery in 1878-79, as
was also a young plant of the double-flowered U. ewropea ;
while last winter large plants of the latter were either
entirely killed or cut down to the ground, as were also
those of the Irish Whin, U. stricta, and of the French
Whin, U. provincialis.

On the Flowering of Yucca gloriosa, L., 2m the Royal
Botanic Garden, Edinburgh. By JouN Sabduek,
Curator. (Plate IT.)

(Read 13th November 1879.)

About the end of August last (1879) numerous plants of
Yucca gloriosa or Adam’s Needle showed symptoms of
flowering, more especially those on the Rock Garden. By
the beginning of October upwards of a score of specimens
of this stately evergreen were in full flower, and formed
the object of considerable attraction to the general pubiic.
All the plants, with the exception of two which were only
partially developed, were very handsome, with their tower-
ing compound panicles of drooping bell-like flowers of a
creamy white colour, tinged with purple on the outside.
They varied in height from 8 to 11 feet—that is from the
ground to the top of the inflorescence. I am not certain
whether the plants in the Botanic Garden are the typical
form of the species. Judging from the descriptions and
figures given in botanical works of Y. glortosa, 1 am in-
clined to think that the leaves of our plants are shorter and
more deeply channeled, and that the lateral branching

Mr John Sadler on the Flowering of Yucca gloriosa, L. 121

panicles do not spread so much. In this last character
they resemble Y. alotfolia, figured in “ Bot. Mag.” in 1815,
t. 1700, a species apparently of early introduction into this
country from America, as we read of it as having bee cul-
tivated in the king’s garden at Hampton Court in 1696.

Y. gloriosa was first discovered in Carolina by Michaux,
growing near the sea-coast. It has long been known in
the gardens of Britain, as both Parkinson and Gerard
notice it. It was figured in “ Bot. Mag.” in 1810, t. 1260.

During the severe winter of 1878-79, the plants had
their leaves much broken down by heavy snows, but other-
wise they did not suffer. The species is very hardy, and
ought to be more extensively planted as an ornamental
evergreen, especially in town gardens, as no plant will
resist better the evil influences of continual smoke and
dust.

The general flowering of the Yuccas this autumn, in
various parts of the country, I attribute to the favourable
summer and autumn of last year (1878) for maturing their
growths.

Besides Y. gloriosa, there were other three dwarf species
in flower on the Rock Garden at the same time, viz., Y.
filamentosa (“ Bot. Mag.” 1806, t. 900), which was in culti-
vation as far back as 1675; Y. flaccida, introduced in 1816;
and Y. Antwerpensis, a beautiful species, with a panicle of
about 2% feet high of handsome cream-coloured flowers.

The accompanying plate was taken from a photograph of
a portion of the Rock Garden, executed by George A.
Panton, Esq. The Society is indebted to the proprietors
of the “ Gardeners’ Chronicle” for the electrotype.

On the Septa across the Ducts in Bougainvillea glabra and
Testudinaria elephantipes. By Professor Dickson,
M.D. (Plate III.)

Owimeg to unforeseen difficulties the plate has been delayed, but it will appear,

?

with description, in the next part of the ‘‘ Transactions.’

122, Professor Dickson on the Septa across the Ducts

vascular bundles are scattered, very much as In a
monocotyledon. ‘The diameter of the stem is increased,
from year to year, by the formation of secondary
bundles, with intervening smaller-celled parenchyma, out
of a persistent meristem, or extra-fascicular cambium,
beneath the rind, somewhat as in the monocotyledonous
Dracena. On the inner side of the rind, just outside this
meristem, long fibres, resembling bast fibres, occur, singly
or in bundles of two or three together. It will thus be seen
that in the rind, here, the appearance of ordinary dicotyle-
donous structure is curiously simulated. The cambium-
hke meristem and the bast-like fibres in Bougainvillea,
however, are both eatra-fascicular. In the fibro-vascular
bundles the dotted ducts are of peculiar character. They
are formed from comparatively short cells applied to each
other by horizontal extremities. Most of the horizontal
septa between the component cells become perforated in
the ordinary way by the formation of a large round hole ;
but a certain number—say one in six or seven—of the septa
persist as diaphragms, which exhibit thickening in the
form of a very beautiful hexagonal reticulation. The spaces
of the mesh-work are not perforated, but are closed by a
thin membrane.

Testudinaria elephantipes.—The fibro-vascular bundles
here are somewhat pecuHar, in exhibiting usually from two to
four isolated strands of soft bast. The ducts vary much in
size; but there are usually two of very large calibre (about
roo Of an inch) in each bundle—a very common occurrence
in monocotyledons. The ducts are formed of much elongated
cells—fully half an inch in length—applied to each other
by more or less oblique extremities, the obliquity being
often so great that the septa become nearly vertical, and,
of course, much elongated. In form these septa are more
or less elongate-oval, with narrowed and almost pointed
extremities. They are exquisitely marked, in the middle
with transversely elongated pits exhibiting irregularly
scalariform arrangement; this passing rather suddenly
towards the extremities into very minute dotting. Like

the persistent septa across the ducts in Bougainvillea those
in Testudinaria are imperforate.

in Bougainvillea glabra and Testudinaria elephantipes. 123

As I have already said, the component cells of the ducts
in TZestudinaria are fully half an inch in length. The
parenchyma-cells immediately surrounding them are com-
paratively short (about 545 of an inch), from which it is
evident that the duct-cells must have been formed long
before the adjacent cells had ceased to multiply by
division.

In the ducts of the two plants above referred to, we have
what appears to be a very exceptional, if not hitherto
unknown, peculiarity, viz., the occurrence of imperforate
septa: indeed, in Zestudinaria the technical character of a
duct as a cell-fusion is altogether absent. Something
similar to the structure in Bougainvillea is, however, de-
scribed by Sanio (“ Bot. Zeitung,” 1863, p. 123) as occurring
in an Avicennia. He says “either the wide vessels of this
plant, which form the greater part of the wood, exhibit as
perforation a large hole sharply defined from the rest of the
transverse partition, or this hole is covered across by a
membrane which exhibits bordered open pitting of the
most varied kind” [*‘ die verschiedenartigste behdfte offene
Tiipfelung”|. In this description Sanio seems to view the
pits as perforations—but it may be that the case is iden-
tical with what I have described in Bougainvillea.

Report on Temperatures and Open Air Vegetation at the
Royal Botanic Garden, Ecinburgh, from November
1879 till July 1880. By Mr Joun Santer, Curator.

In my last report, I stated that the winter of 1878-79
was the most severe and protracted that had been ex-
perienced for many years. From the beginning of Novem-
ber 1878 to the middle of February 1879 the ground was
frozen to such an extent that no cultivation or transplanting
could be carried on, the frost having entered the ground to
the depth of 18 inches. The winter of 1879-80 was also
very severe, and the hard frosts at the beginning of Decem-
ber did much injury to vegetation at the Royal Botanic
Garden. This arose, I believe, from the unripened nature
of the wood, owing to the summer and autumn of 1879
being cold, wet, and sunless (see p. 128).

124 Mr Sadler’s Report on Open- Air Vegetation.

I, TEMPERATURES.

November 1879.—The thermometer was at or below 32°
on seventeen mornings, the same number as that of Novem-
ber 1878 ; the lowest readings being on the following
dates :—2d, 23°; 3d, 26°; 4th, 21°; 14th, 20°; 15thy25°5
22d, 27°; 23d, 28°; 28th, 25°; 29th, 18°; 30th, 19% eae
three lowest temperatures during the month were on the
14th, 29th, and 30th, when 12°, 14°, and 13° of frost were
registered. 92° of frost were registered for the month as
compared with 42° for November 1878. Last year the
winter (which will be a long-remembered one) set in on
the 29th November; this year it commenced on 2d
November.

December 1879.—The thermometer was at or below the
freezing point 23 times, and there were registered collec-
tively during the month 230° of frost. From the 1st to
the 13th there was hard frost every night, viz., Ist, 23°; 2d,
21; 3d,4" 3 4th, 1°; 5th,.19°; Gth, 21°; 7th, 17 ethene
9th, 21°; 10th, 22° 11th; 20°212th; 25% 13th, 28°. “Omens
mornings there was no frost, although the temperatures
were not high. On the 25th, the register was 35°, while on
the 26th it was 20°, or 12° of frost. The temperature of the
4th is the lowest that has been registered at the garden
since Monday, 24th December 1860, when the mercury fell
to 6° below zero. In December 1878, there were regis-
tered 265° of frost for the month, and the thermometer was
at or below freezing point 29 times; the lowest tempera-
ture being on the 14th, when 23° of frost were registered.

January 1880.—The thermometer was at or below the
freezing point on 21 mornings, while, in the same month
last year, it was so on 30 mornings. The following were
the seven lowest readings :—12th, 23°; 14th, 23°; 19th,
19°: 20th, 23° > Qist, 24°; 26th, 19°; QW7th, 24>, 0 Miers
were registered collectively 132°, compared with 221° in
1879. From the Ist to the 7th there was no frost, and
during the day the thermometer generally ranged from 42°
to 52°, but although the weather was extremely mild for
the season, spring vegetation made no progress, owing to
the decided check it received during December. The
Christmas roses (Helleborus niger and H. niger grandiflora)
were in fine flower during the month in the rock-garden,

Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation. 125

February 1880.—The thermometer was at or below the
freezing point 9 times, and in 1879, 21 times. The fol-
lowing were the lowest temperatures :—6th, 30° ; 9th, 23°;
1th, 25°; 13th, 29°; 14th, 29°; 15th, 28°; 26th 30°.
There were registered for the month 30° of frost, and in
the corresponding month last year there were 98°. The
mid-day temperatures ranged from 37° on the 9th to 55°
on the 4th. On 19 days we had bright sunshine during the
forenoon; hence upwards of 30 species and varieties of
spring flowering plants came into bloom in the rock
garden during the month. These included Dondia Epi-
pactis, Primula denticulata, Galanthus Elwesii, Saxifraga
Burseriana, Leucojum vernum, Rhododendron pracox, Crocus
imperatt.

March 1880.—The thermometer was at or below the
freezing point on 19 occasions; in 1879, 18 times. There
were registered collectively during the month 103° of frost,
as compared with 50° for the same month last year. The
following were the lowest temperatures :—8th, 25°; 9th,
iae- 210th; 23° ;) 18th, 247 5. 19th) 22° ; -20ths,. 22° +, 22d,
25°; 23d, 28°; 24th, 26°; 25th, 25°; 26th, 26°; 28th,
22°; 29th, 25°. During the whole of this month there
were low temperatures both night and day, principally
owing to the continuance of easterly and northerly winds.
On 19 days there were bright sunshine, which did much for
spring vegetation. The month was comparatively dry, and
most favourable for the preparation of the soil, hence horti-
culture and agriculture got far in advance of last year at
the same date. Among the numerous species and varieties
of plants which came into flower during the month were
the following :—Galanthus plicatus, G. tmperati, Saxifraga
oppositifolia, and vars. Crocus etruscus, C. biflorus, C.
tulipefolius, Primula purpurea, P. marginata, P. cashmeri-
ana, P. pulcherrima, P. villosa, P. ciliata, Bulbocodium
vernum, Colchicum soboliferum, Soldanella montana, Chiono-
doxa Forbesii, Iris reticulata, Scilla siberica, S. preecox, S.
bifolia major, Rhododendron lapponicum, R. ciliatum.

April 1880.—Throughout the month there were gene-
rally low night temperatures, with bright sunlight during
the day, while the wind, with one or two exceptions, was
continually either northerly or easterly. The thermometer

126 Mr Sadlew’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation.

was at or below the freezing point on 6 occasions, while in
April of last yearit was 13 times. The following were the
6 lowest readings:—2d, 27°; 4th, 30°; 12th, 30°; 26th,
30°; 27th, 28°; 30th, 29°. For the month there were
registered 18° of frost, as compared with 19° for the corre-
sponding month last year. During the first part of the
month there was somewhat changeable weather, with
bright sunshine, showers of rain and hail, and the wind in
the north-east. On the 16th the wind changed to the
south-west, which raised the temperature considerably.
The wind gradually increased until it reached the violence
of a storm, and ended in a heavy fall of rain. On the 22d
it changed to the west, then to the north, and ultimately
settled in the north-west, thus verifying the excellent mete-
orological observation of Solomon: “ The wind goeth toward
the south, it turneth about unto the north, it whirleth
about continually, and the wind returneth again, accord-
ing to his circuits.” At this stage an electric condition
occurred inthe atmosphere, which resulted in a thunderstorm,
with hail and rain. After this there were frosty nights, and
during the day very bright sunshine and cloudless skies.
Upwards of 200 species and varieties of plants came into
flower in the rock garden during the month, including :—
Erythronium grandiflorum, E'. Nuttallianum, E. giganteum,
Dodecatheon splendens, Camassia esculenta, Trillium grandi-
florum, Tulipa Greigii, Primula rosea, P. capitata, P. inte-
grifolia, P. cortuscides, Saxifraga pulchella, S. spathulata,
S. nervosa, S. peltata, S. hieracifolia, Arnebia echioides,
Helonias bullata, Pyrus Maulei, Draba Maweana, Podo-
phyllum Emodi, Andromeda tetragona, Epigea repens.

May 1880.—The thermometer was at or below the
freezing point on 4 occasions, viz.:—on the Sth, 30°
(or 2° of frost); on the 8th, 29°; 9th, 32°; and on the
14th, 30°. There were registered for the month collec-
tively 7° of frost. In the same month last year the ther-
mometer was at or below the freezing poimt on eight
occasions, and there were registered for the month 12° of
frost. During the whole of this month the temperatures
were comparatively low, and northerly and easterly drying
winds generally prevailed. Although there was a good
deal of bright sunshine, yet the drying winds and the want

My Sadler’s Report on Open- Air Vegetation. 127
of anything like drenching rains checked vegetation con-
siderably. During the month the rock garden was very
attractive owing to the numerous alpine and herbaceous
plants in flower. These included LZrigeron Roylet, LE.
alpinus. Many species and varieties of Sazifraga, Gen-
tiana Andrewsi, Dryas octopetala, Meconopsis nepalensts,
Primula japonica, Senecio speciosa, Potentilla stkkimensis, P.
aurea, Ramondia pyrenaica, Papaver alpinum, <Aubrietia
olympica, Chlorogalum Leichtlini, Rubus arcticus.

June 1880,— During this month the thermometer did not
fall so low as the freezing point at the Botanic Garden, al-
though it fell several degrees below it in some districts of
Scotland. The five lowest morning temperatures were on
the 5th, 9th, 10th, 11th, and 12th, indicating 37°, 35°, 37°,
35°, 39°; while the highest day temperatures were on the 2d,
3d, 11th, 15th, and 18th, indicating 68°, 70°, 64°, 73°, and
67°. In the early part of the month there were bright sun-
shine; cold, dry, easterly and northerly winds, with very
little rain. About the middle of the month there were
cold mists and fogs, while, towards the end of the month,
there were heavy showers of rain, with west and south-
west, moist, warm winds, and bright sunshine, which gave
a great stimulus to vegetation. Though the weather at
the end of May and beginning of June was not conducive
to luxuriant growth, it was very favourable for the ripen-
ing of spring herbaceous plants, and especially of bulbs.
Many trees and shrubs have produced few flowers this
season,—such as Hawthorns, Lilac, Horse-Chestnut, &c.

July 1880.—During the month the 4 lowest tempera-
tures registered were on the 9th, 42°; 11th, 43°; 12th, 42°;
2ist, 42°. The highest morning temperatures were on the
Od, 55 ; 6th, 54° + 24th, 53°; 29th, 53°. “In the begin=
ning of the month there were heavy rains, with frequent
thunderstorms. Nevertheless, the weather was warm, with
bright sunny days and westerly winds. About the middle
of the month the weather was calm, with occasional hot
sunshine, heavy showers, and easterly breezes; while to-
wards the end of the mouth there was bright sunshine,
with occasional showers and stiff breezes from the south-
west and north-west. Among the more conspicuous
plants which came into flower in the rock garden during

128 Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation.

the month were Lilium auratum, L. canadense, L. colchi-
cum, L. pulchellum, Mulgedium alpinum, Delphiniwm cash-
merianum, Epipactis palustris ; many species and varieties
of Sedums and Sempervivums, Orobanche rubra, Astragalus
alpinus, Primula Parryi; many species and varieties of
Campanula, Calceolaria chelidonefolia. From ist January
till 31st July 700 species and varieties of plants flowered
in the rock garden.

II. Recorp oF soME OF THE Piants KiLiep or INJURED BY FRosT,
DURING THE WINTER OF 1879-80, at THE Royat Botanic
GARDEN, EDINBURGH.

1, Killed.

Iberis sempervirens.
Leptospermum scoparium.
Mesembryanthemum uncinatum.
Ilex dipyrena.

Pinus Amscensis.

Benthamia fragifera.
Cupressus Knightii.
Ceanothus azureus.
Chamebatia foliolosa.
Cheiranthus cheiri, and vars,

Edwardsia microphylla. », Devoniana.
Erica codonodes. » patula.
»» arborea. Olearia Haastii.

Phormium tenax.
Veronica salicifolia.

Arbutus Unedo.
Eurybia Traversii.

Gynerium argenteum. », Andersonii.
Tberis gibraltarica. 5 Traversil.

2. Greatly injured.
Osmanthus ilicifolius.
Fitzroya Patagonica.
Hydrangea japonica.
Prunus ilicifolius.

Aucuba japonica.
Cupressus macrocarpa.
Callistemon salicifolium.
Synara Scolymus.

Cordyline australis.
Erica mediterranea.
Laurus nobilis.
Libertia formosa.

Azara integrifolia.
Araucaria imbricata.
Abies bracteata.
Dacrydium Franklinii.
Robinia Pseud-Acacia.

Tritoma Uvaria,

Pyrus vestita var. pyramidalis.
Rhamnus alaternus.
Viburnum Tinus.

3, Slightly injured,

Eurybia Gunnii.

» .. dlicifolia.
Prunus Lauro-cerasus.
Piptanthus nepalensis.
Thea viridis (4 feet high).

Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation.

129

III. Taste or REGISTER oF SPRING PLANTS SHOWING DATES OF
FLOWERING IN 1879 anv 1880, at THE Roya Botanic GARDEN,

EDINBURGH.

Galanthus nivalis,

Eranthus hyemalis,
Galanthus plicatus,
Leucojum vernum,
Tussilago fragrans,
Corylus Avellana,

Crocus Susianus,

Rhododendron atrovirens,

Dondia Epipactis,

Nordmannia cordifolia,

Tussilago alba,
Scilla przecox,
Crocus vernus,

Sisyrinchium grandiflorum alibtn,

Aubrietia grandiflora,
Scilla sibirica,

Sisyrinchium grandiflorum,

Draba aizoides,
Daphne Mezereum,
Scilla bifolia,
Tussilago nivea,
Bulbocodium vernum,
Arabis albida,

Iberis gibraltarica,
Scilla bifolia alba,

», baurica,

Rhododendron Nobleanum,

Narcissus pumilus,
Orobus vernus,
Tris reticulata,

Erythronium Dens canis,
Symplocarpus foetidus,
Mandragora officinalis,

Ribes sanguineum,
Corydalis solida,

Symphytum caucasicum
Narcissus Pseudo-Narcissus,
Hyoscyamus scopolia (?),

Fritillaria Imperialis,
Adonis vernalis,

.

1879.
Feb.

99

March

April

March

April
9

9

?

March
April
bP)
March
April
rb)
bp)

”
March
”
April

bb)

3)

22
27

1
3
a)

*

5
6
6
6
6
6
6
i
6
9
10
9
rg
7

bo bo
iio)

1880.

Feb.

PP

”

ptt
we ope wpe © ©

bo bp pe re Ww
PPO OO ©

(Killed)

Mar.

)
”?
bP)

”?

-

l
10
5

130 Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation.

IV. Extracts rrom CORRESPONDENTS AS TO THE [EFFECTS OF THE
Winter or 1879-80 IN DIFFERENT PARTS OF SCOTLAND.

I.—IN THE NORTH OF SCOTLAND.

From My Davip Metvitie, Dunrobin Gardens, Sutherlandshire.

June 26, 1880.

The winter of 1879-80 has been a most favourable one in this
district. We had a fine spell of frost and snow the first three
weeks of December, quite sufficient to afford a supply of ice for
storing, and to send vegetation to rest for the winter. After
Christmas we had an occasional night’s frost and a few snow
showers, sufficient to keep vegetation in check, without interfering
with out-door operations. The most severe night’s frost experienced
during the winter occurred on the 2nd of December, when we had
13° of frost. During the same month we had 20 frosty nights.
with 82° of frost altogether. In January there were 13 frosty
nights, with a total of 26° of frost. In February 6 frosty nights,
with 10° of frost. In March 7 nights’ frost, with 8° degrees of
frost for the month.

From April lst to May 15th the minimum thermometer only
went down to 32° on three occasions. Our record of loss last
winter has been almost x77. Two large old plants of Pampas Grass
were rather disfigured, and some of our Roses succumbed in spring,
the latter was partially due to the drying east winds prevalent here
in March and April Among plants which stood the winter
uninjured may be noted—Aralia Sieboldii, Fuchsia Riccartonii,
Phormium tenax, Garrya elliptica, Salisburia adiantifolia, Arundo
conspicua, Escallonia macrantha, Tritoma Uvaria, Veronica Ander-
sonit, Laurus Nobilis, Viburnum Tinus, Acer negundo variegata, &e.

Kitchen garden stuff stood the winter well—Celery, particularly,
never kept better.

Weare usually free from spring frosts here after the middle of May.
We commence bedding out invariably from the 14th to the 17th with
Calceolarias, Geraniums, &c., and the hardier portion of the bedding
plants, following with the tender sorts such as Heliotropes, Dahlias,
Tropzolums, &c., from the 22nd to the 31st. Our proximity to
the sea, of course, accounts for our comparative immunity from spring
frosts, and also from extreme frosts during the winter.

From My J. Forrest, Haddo House Gardens, Aberdeenshire.

May, 1880.
The severe frost of last December, succeeding such a cold, wet,
sunless season, did a great amount of damage to vegetation in this

Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation. 131

locality. The results would in many cases have been worse, had it
not been that we had at the time nearly 6 inches of snow on the
ground. Our severest frosts were on December 3d, 30°; 4th, 28° ;
and 11th, 24° below freezing point. We had also a good deal of
frost during the month of January, but not nearly so severe as in
December, so that all, or nearly all, the damage done was by the
December frost. Among shrubs Aucuba japonica and Bay Laurel
are killed to the ground. Portugal and Colchicum laurels are much
injured. In low-lying districts several plants of Rhododendron
ponticum are nearly killed to the ground. On walls, roses of all
sorts, Desfontainea spinosa, Escallonia macrantha, Euonymus radi-
cans variegatus, Viburnum Tinus, and species of Ceanothus are
much cut up, though none are killed. Standard roses and H. P.
roses are all killed down to the snow. Herbaceous plants, violas,
&c., being covered with snow, suffered no injury. Wallflower has
also stood better than in less severe winters. Among fruit trees,
apricots have their young wood killed; also pears, except one or
two of the hardier sorts. Fruit buds (of which there was a very
limited number) have escaped injury. Globe artichokes looked for
some time as if they were completely killed, but are now doing well.
Brocoli nearly all killed. German greens about one-half killed.
Celery and other winter vegetables, little injured. Whins and
broom, except in some very sheltered situations, are killed.

Il.

IN THE MIDDLE OF SCOTLAND.

From Mr Grorcr Jounston, Glamis Castle Gardens, Forfarshire.
June 5, 1880.

I am happy to say that the frost that was so general all over the
country last winter has affected us very little. About 100 newly
planted Roses were killed, otherwise very little damage has been
done. “I'he most severe nights were the 3d, 4th, and 8th of Decem-
ber, when the thermometer fell to 8°, or 24° of frost on the 3d,
and to 9°, or 23° of frost on the 4th and 8th. We had a coat-
ing of snow on the ground which helped to preserve whatever it
rested upon, but the Roses were bare and had no rest for the snow,
and being newly planted and probably their wood not well ripened
owing to the cold sunless weather of last summer. This is the only
visible injury I observe.

From Mr W. Rein, The Gardens, Cortachy Castle, Forfarshire.

May 25, 1880,
Vegetation has suffered very little here during the past winter.
Everything started away in spring much better than I expected

132 Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation.

after the preceding wet and sunless summer. Fruit trees, &c.,
promise well, however they may turn out. Our lowest tempera.
tures were on 3d, 4th, and 11th December, when the thermometer
fell to 14°, 12°, and 16° respectively ; and on January 13th, 14th,
and 20th, when it fell to 13°, 14°, and 20°. The average tempera-
ture here in December was 273°, and in January 30°. I may men-
tion that our thermometer is 3 feet from the ground and protected.

From Mr Joun Ross, The Gardens, Drummond Castle, Perthshire.

May 5, 1880.

The only plant which I see hurt, is the common Portugal Laurel,
a great many of which are much singed. I have a few standards in
the Garden here, and all have their last year’s wood cut up, and,
strange to say, the Aucuba japonica, which forms a carpet under
them, is quite safe. Our vegetables, such as Brussels Sprouts,
Savoys, Kale, and Leeks kept quite safe. 1878-79 hurt us much.
We have great quantities of Hardy Heaths and Hardy Perpetual
Roses (Standards and Dwarfs). Of the Heaths 150 very large
plants were killed, and as many Standard Roses: Gloire de Dijon
only escaping unhurt. Large plants of Juniperus Hibernica were
also killed. Ceanothus of sorts were killed to the ground, but
have now started away. There are plants 12 feet high on a south
wall.

From Mr Wo. S. Bisset, Moncreiffe Gardens, Perthshire.

June 25, 1880.

In regard to your inquiry as to the effects of the past winter on
vegetation, I have to mention that during the month of December
the frost was very severe, the thermometer being, on two nights, a
few degrees lower than in the previous winter, and registering 30°
of frost. The result has proved more destructive to severak plants
than the frosts of 1878-79, caused principally, I presume, from the
unripened state of the wood. Tea and Noisette Roses are much
injured, and in some instances killed. Viburnum Tinus and
Sweet Bays are much browned, and in some parts of the grounds
Hollies have been much destroyed. From the effects of the frost,
and the tremendous crop of berries, many of the plants are not
expected to recover. Up to three weeks: ago the plants were
loaded with berries, but since that time the wood pigeons have been
feeding on them, the result of which has tended to keep them from
destroying Cauliflower, Peas, &c., in the Garden. The Brassica
tribe have not suffered so much as during the previous winter.
Brocoli were about half killed out, but Brussels Sprouts and

Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation. 133

Savoys have come through scatheless. The injurious effects of
last winter have been as nothing compared with those of the un-
genial season of 1879. From the very immature state of the wood
we had no flowers on outside Peaches and Nectarines. Plums
flowered abundantly, but the fruit has mostly dropped off. The
flowers of Pears and Apples were weakly and in many instances
deformed, and consequently the crop is very deficient. Small fruits,
however, such as Gooseberries, Currants, and Rasps, promise a fair
crop. Strawberries look well, but the excessive dry weather we
are now having is telling on them.

From Mr Francis Davipson, The Palace Gardens, Hamilton.

June 25, 1880.

I regret that, as it has not been the custom at this place to keep
a record of the temperatures or rainfull, I am unable to give you
anything like a precise report in detail of the lowest tempera-
tures of last winter and their effects on vegetation. I can only give
a general statement, and that very meagre. In our neighbourhood,
so far as has come under my notice, the effects of last winter on
vegetation have not been nearly as disastrous as those of 1878-79,
although we had the most intense frost, the thermometer register-
ing on two occasions 2° below zero,—an intensity of frost which
we did not experience during the very protracted storm of the
previous winter. Unfortunately, owing to the wet and _back-
ward summer, few vegetables for winter use (or indeed for summer
use) ever came to maturity; but where Savoys, Greens, &c., were
planted early, though much smaller than usual, these vegetables
survived the winter in very good condition. Few Evergreens have
suffered much in our locality. Roses have fared much worse, but I
attribute their death more to the ungenial summer than to the
severity of the winter. I intend to keep a better record next winter,
and therefore expect to give you a better report in future.

Report on Arran, Buteshire.
From The Rey. Davin LanpsBorouGcH, Kilmarnock.

May 1880.

The climate of Arran is very mild. The lowest markings of the
thermometer last winter at the lighthouse of Pladda, on the south of
the island, was on December Ist and 3d, 31°; January 12th and 21st,
31°; February 26th, 36°; March 27th, 35°: the minimum temperatures
of winter being thus about 12° or 14° above those of Glasgow. The
garden of Cromla at Corrie, to which my remarks, when not otherwise
mentioned, are confined, is on the north-east of the island, and is sepa-

154 Mr Sadler’s Leport on Open-Air Vegetation.

rated from the high-water-mark by only the breadth of the highway.
It is protected on the north and partially on the east by woods,
while the high hills immediately behind, rise to the height of
nearly 3000 feet. Cordyline australis, C. indivisa, and C. Veitchii,
are injured; Dicksonia antaretica, untouched; Dicksonia squar-
rosa, much browned; Cyuthea medullaris, killed ; had its crown
and stem been covered with leaves it would have stood, as it did
the previous winter. Thamnopteris australaica, killed ; Todea
superba, fronds of last year killed, plant uninjured ; Todea hymezo-
phylloides, Asplenium lucidum, Asplenium faleatum, Aspidiwm
Coriaceum, Lomaria Sp., untouched. Hucalyptus globulus, about a
third of its leaves and most of the growth of last year killed.
Eucalyptus “pendula,” untouched. Two plants of the same elegant
and sweet-scented species grow at the manse of the Rey. Dr Story,
Roseneath, Dumbartonshire. The leaves of this species are twice
the size of those of the #. amygdalina, which grows at Castle Ken-
nedy, and differ also from those of E. viminalis which grows at
Whittinghame, Prestonkirk. Double White Camellia, untouched ;
Old Red Single Camellia, flowered abundantly ; Double Myrtle,
Desfontainea spinosa, Acacia melanoxylon, Eurya latifolia,
Edwardsia grandiflora, Coccoloba vespertilionis, Photinia serru-
lata, Elewagnus japonica variegata, all untouched ; Rubus australis,
much injured ; Casuarina quadrivalvis and Griselinia macrophylla,
killed. At Brodick Castle, in the same island, the Cork tree
(Quercus suber), and what appears to me to be Cunninghamia
sinensis have grown for the last twenty years.

To the generous liberality of His Grace the Duke of Hamilton I
owe the opportunity of experimenting on plant growth at Cromla.

Ill. —IN THE SOUTH OF SCOTLAND.

From Mr Matcoitm Dunn, Dalkeith Palace Gardens, Mid-Lothian.

8th June 1880.

The winter began with 5° of frost on the morning of the 15th
October 1879, which cut off Dahlas and other tender plants. On
the 16th, 18th, 26th, 27th, and 28th a few degrees of frost were
also registered. With the 1st of November slight frosts set in
again for a few days, and on the 14th, 10° were registered ; but the
day after that thaw set in, and there was no more frost till the
22d, when the severest frost experienced here since 1860 began.
On Ist December we had 10° of frost, followed by 14° on the
2d, 26° on the 3d, 27° on the 4th (the severest night since Christ-
mas eve 1860), 12° on the 5th, 10° on the 6th, 10° on the 7th,
11° on the 8th, 5° on the 9th, 9° on the 10th, 10° on the 11th, 7°

Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation. 135

on the 12th, when a thaw set in, which prevailed till the 18th. On
the 19th frost set in keen again, 8° being registered that morning,
with 12° and 11° on the 20th and 21st respectively. Three days
thaw, and then three days slight frost followed; while thaw
prevailed from the 28th December until the 10th of January 1880.

The frost then continued without a break until the 27th January,
the severest being 14° of frost on the night of the 18th, the average
being about 8° of frost nightly. From the 27th of January till the
17th of March frost was only registered on two nights—7° on the
9th of February and 3° on the 9th of March. From the 17th
until the 28th March from 4° to 8° of frost were registered every
night. In April there were 3° to 4° of frost on four nights—9th,
12th, 27th, and 30th. On the 8th and 9th May 2° and 1° of frost
was registered. Since then we have had no frost.

In summarising the foregoing we find that October had 7 frosty
nights, giving a total of 25° of frost; November, 16 frosty nights,
giving 61° of frost; December, 20 nights, giving 202° of frost ;
January, 18 nights, giving 140° of frost; February, 1 night, with
6° of frost; March 12 nights, giving 70° of frost; April, 4 nights,
giving 15° of frost; and May, 2 nights, giving 3° of frost.—This
gives a total for the eight months of 78 frosty nights and 524° of
frost. The two winter months, December and January, had 38
frosty nights and 342° of frost. The same two months in 1878-79
had 56 frosty nights and a total of 580° of frost, the severest night
being the 14th of December, when 22° of frost were registered.
However, the effects of the long-continued frost of 1878-79 were
much less disastrous to vegetation than the shorter and sharper
frost of the past winter.

Vegetation in the autumn of 1878 was in a thoroughly-ripened
state ; and, being also well protected by deep snow during the
severest of the frost, suffered comparatively little injury. In the
autumn of 1879, however, vegetation had already suffered a deal
from the cold and wet of the previous summer, and was in the
worst possible state to withstand the severities of the winter.
Frost set in early, and very little snow fell while it lasted to
protect the soft and badly-ripened growth of the past season, which
in many instances succumbed to less than the usual amount of
frost ; and the unusually severe pinch on the 3d and 4th December
played sad havoc among many plants that, under more favourable
conditions, would probably have easily withstood it.

The gardens and grounds at Dalkeith are situated about three
miles from the sea, on a light, warm soil, with a gravel sub-soil, at
an altitude of about 190 feet above sea-level, the ground falling to
the north, but well sheltered in all directions with heavy timber ;

136 Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation.

so that they are favourably placed for protecting vegetation from
the severities of the weather. Plants in them are, therefore, not so
liable to suffer from the asperities of the weather as they are in less
favoured localities; still, we have a numerous list of casualties to
chronicle this season among the various plants exposed to the
severe frost of last December. Those killed outright are but few
and of little consequence ; but the injured are more numerous than
they have been for the past twenty years.

The common Arbutus is killed to the ground, and some plants
are dead. Aucubi japonica has suffered severely where exposed to
the sun, and where the plants were drawn up and tender; but
on dry ground, with a north or north-west exposure, they are not
injured. Bambusa Fortunet variegata was slightly browned, but
has quite recovered. Sweet Bay (Laurus nobilis) is cut to the
ground, but is now starting freely again. Laurus salicifolia, on a
west wall, lost its foliage and the tips of the young shoots. Ber-
beris Beali killed to the ground. Common Broom killed in low-
lying spots. Catalpa syringefolia, planted last year, young wood
killed, Daphne pontica killed in damp places. rica mediterranea,
killed. Hucalyptus globulus, planted last year, 25 feet high, killed.
Euonymus fimbriatus, killed. Eleagnus refleza, on wall, killed to
the ground. scallonia macrantha, on walls, much injured.
Eurya latifolia variegata, killed after having safely withstood the
winter of 1878-79. Deutzia gracilis, young wood killed. Grise-
linia littoralis, killed to the ground. Hartogia capensis, much
injured. Common Holly, many plants lost a great part of their
foliage. Common Bay Laurel, much injured, and many limbs dying
off. Viburnum Tinus, killed to the ground, but now starting freely.
Lavender, many plants killed, others uninjured. Ligustrum lucidum,
young shoots killed. Magnolia grandiflora, on walls, lost most of
its leaves. Common Mulberry, young shoots killed. Paulownia
Imperialis, young shoots killed. Pterocarya Caueasica, young
shoots killed. Common Privet, much injured. Quercus ilex,
lost most of its foliage. Rosmarinus officinalis, much injured, and
some plants killed. Ruseus racemosus, much injured. Sophora
japonica, Sambucus racemosa, Robinia pseud-acaciu, hispid, and
inermis; Spirea prunifolia, Reevesiana, and Thunbergie have all
had their young shoots killed.

Cedrus deodara lost many of its leaves, and Picea Pindrow lost
them all, but both are again in fine foliage. Conifers generally
have not suffered at all; those introduced from Japan particularly
hardy, and withstand severe frost better than many of our native
plants. Azalea Ameena is severely injured, after standing safe
through the six previous winters. Sikkim rhododendrons, a large

yy"r

Mr Sadler's Report on Open-Air Vegetation. 137

number of which have been raised from seed sent from India a
good many years ago, and are now fine plants ranging up to 10 feet
high and as much through, have suffered considerably in their
foliage, but few, if any of them, are killed outright, and most of
them are breaking well from the old wood, and promise soon to
recover their former vigour.

Ampelopsis hederacea has suffered a good deal, but A.
Veitchii is only very slightly injured, the points of the young
shoots being nipped. Clematis lanuginosa and others of the same
delicate strain are killed, while all the C. Jackmanii tribe are
perfectly uninjured. Lonicera brachypoda aurea-reticulata, and
Jasminum Wallichianum are killed to the ground. AHedera
canariensis lost all its leaves and young shoots, and H. Regeriana
had about half of its leaves destroyed. The Walnut has two-
thirds of the length of last year’s shoots killed; and a good many
trees of various kinds are observed with an unusual number of
dead points of their last season’s growth, arising, no doubt, from the
severity of the frost acting on the badly-matured growth of last year.

Tea and Banksian Roses, on walls, are generally killed to the
ground, including Marechal Niel; but most of them are starting
again from the surface of the ground. That fine Tea Rose, Gloire
de Dijon, has not been injured in the slightest, and is flowering
very profusely. Hybrid Perpetual Roses also suffered a good deal
of injury, and many of them are dying, or so badly hurt as to be
worthless. The common China or Monthly Rose has been cut to
within a few inches of the ground.

Pampas Grass has suffered severely, and so has Tritoma Uvaria,
the foliage of both being killed to the ground, and many plants
of each killed outright.

Among hardy fruit plants there has not been much damage done
by the frost. Peaches and Nectarines, on walls, have suffered
most, a good deal of the young shoots being either killed or so
badly injured as to be useless. The result is no fruit, and the trees
present a very ragged appearance. Strawberry plants, where
exposed to the full sun in winter, have been a good deal injured by
the repeated freezing and thawing. Most kinds of fruit trees had
abundance of blossom upon them this spring, especially cherries
and plums; but, owing to the unmatured state of the buds last
autumn, it set badly, and there will not be above an average crop of
fruit as a rule. Some few trees are heavily loaded, but a great
many have not a fruit upon them,—fully two-thirds of the Pear
trees being a blank. Currants and Raspberries are abundant;
Gooseberries and Strawberries about an average,

TRANS. BOT. SOC. VOL. XIV, K

138 Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation.

Vegetables stood the severe frost well. Broccoli plants, laid
over in November with their heads to the north, but protected
in no other way, came through without any loss, and have been
plentiful and good from November till the present time. Celery
stood well without any protection; and all other winter crops,
except a few Curled Kale and Savoys which grew in the lowest
part of the garden, only a few feet above the level of the South
Esk, where they were killed right off to a height of about 20 feet
above the river as the ground rises from it. Vegetable crops this
season are so far very satisfactory, and fully a month earlier than at
the same period last year.

A noteworthy fact in connection with the present season is the
remarkable scarcity of flower on most of our hardy trees and shrubs.
Early Rhododendrons flowered pretty freely, but &. ponticum
and all the later varieties are almost flowerless. Any flowers to
be seen upon them are puny and badly formed, and anything but
attractive. Lilacs, Deutzias, Philadelphus, Weigelas, Ribes, and
such like are, as a rule, but sparsely flowered. Many Horse Chest-
nuts are without a single flower-spike ; and the fine old Hawthorns,
for which Dalkeith Park is famous, have scarcely produced a well-
flowered specimen this season. The Laburnum is almost the only
flowering tree that has produced a good crop of blossom, and kept
up its credit as one of the hardiest and best of our ornamental trees.

The above by no means exhausts the list of plants that have
suffered from the effect of the untoward winter of 1879-80, but the
damage to others is of a comparatively trifling and temporary
nature, from which they will soon recover.

From Mr W. B. Boyp, Ormiston House, Kelso.

June 3, 1880.

The winter of 1879-80 has been the most severe and trying
to vegetation within the memory of any one living. I enclose
you extract from note of readings of the thermometer kept by Mr
Fairbairn, my gardener, here for one week of the lowest tem-
peratures during the winter, from which you will see that we
registered during the night of Wednesday and morning of Thurs-
day, the 3d and 4th December, 50° of frost, or 18° below zero (see p.
139). The thermometer nearly 2 feet from the ground. The amount of
damage done to trees and shrubs has been very great. During the
previous winter nearly all the oaks, at a lower level than 50 feet
above the river Teviot, had all the young wood of the previous

Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation. 139

summer killed back, and now these trees are quite dead. Many
of the trees are from 50 to 80 or 100 years old; one or two are
attempting now to make a few shoots from the main trunk, but most
are altogether dead. All the Spanish chestnuts are killed, also of
the same age as the oaks. One or two also I notice are making a
few shoots from the main stem. Walnuts are dead. Some of the
Acer pseudo platanus are very much damaged, as also a few Ashes.
Common Laburnums in exposed places are dead. Sambucus nigra
variegata killed to the ground. Nearly all the apple and pear trees
in garden are either dead or so much damaged as not worth leaving.
Apricots on wall dead. Peaches on wall are mostly dead, except
“Royal George,” which is much damaged. Avraucaria imbricata
dead. Deodars dead. All varieties of Cupressus Lawsoniana dead.
Common and Irish yews dead. Tree box dead. Libocedrus
decurrens dead. Most of Hybrid Rhododendrons dead, some coming
away at the root. Nearly all the Ivy killed. Privet hedges much
damaged. Ruscus aculeatus dead. Pernettya mucronata dead.
Beech hedges much damaged. Variegated Holly dead. Deutzta
scabra dead. Variegated Bramble, Clematis Jackmanii, Clematis
viticella venosa, Evergreen Thorn, Lscallonia macrantha, Jasminum
nudiflorum, all Hybrid Perpetual Roses, Gloire de Dijon and Dundee
Rambler against house killed to ground; Weigela rosea variegata
mostly killed; Wellingtonia gigantea, Picea pinsapo, Aucuba
japonica, Tree Peeonias, Bay and Portugal Laurels, scarlet flower-
ing currants, Berberis dulcis, Berberis Darwinii, Trumpet Honey-
suckle, Common Jasmine, Quince, and Wistaria sinensis killed
to ground ; Purple Laburnum dead. All Virginian creepers killed
to ground except Ampelopsis Veitehii, which does not appear to
have suffered. Walnuts dead. There will be no blossoms on any
of the flowering trees, except the Rowan tree, which looks well
for bloom.

Monday, December 1, 1879.—Snow had fallen in the night and
showed a depth of 8} inches at daybreak, with 12° of frost. At
darkening, 20°; at 10 o'clock, 31°.

Tuesday, December 2.—At 2 o’clock in the morning, 32° of frost;
at daybreak, 18°; at the darkening 4°, with snow which fell to
the depth of 5 inches; at 10 (night), 10°.

Wednesday, December 3.—At 2 o’clock (morning), 22° of frost ;
at daybreak, 28°; at 9 o'clock, 32° ; at midday, 24° ; at the darken-
ing, 40°; at 7 o’clock, 42°; at 10 o'clock, 44° ; at midnight, 46°.

Thursday, December 4.—At 3 o’clock (morning), 48°; at 5
o'clock, 50°; at daybreak, 50°; at mid-day, 30°; at the darkening,
40°; at 7 o'clock, 41°; at 10 o’clock, 39°; at midnight 33°.

140 Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation.

Friday, December 5.—At 3 o’clock (morning), 21°; at half-past
4, 15°, with a slight sprinkling of snow; at 6 o’clock, 18°; at day-
break, 15°; at 10 o’clock, 10°; at mid-day, 2°; at the darkening,
10°; (slight falls of snow during the day) at half-past 6, 14°; at
9 o’clock, 18°; at midnight, 12.°

Saturday, December 6.—At 3 o’clock (morning), 22° ; at 5 o’clock,
30°; at daybreak, 24°; at 9 o’clock, 16°, at mid-day, 2°; at the
darkening, 18°; at 7 o’clock, 22°; at half-past 9, 24°; at mid-
night, 26°.

Sunday, December 7.—At 3 o’clock (morning), 26° ; at 5 o’clock,
18° ; at daybreak, 16°; at half-past 9, 10°; at mid-day, at the
freezing point; at the darkening, 17°; at 7 o’clock, 20°; at 9
o'clock, 18° ; at midnight, 22°.

Monday, December 8.—At 3 o'clock (morning), 23° ; at 5 o’clock,
20° ; at daybreak, 28° ; at half-past 9, 25°; at mid-day, 16°; at the
darkening, 12°; at 7 o’clock, 20°; at half-past 9, 24°; at mid-
night, 18°.

From Mr Davin THomson, Drumlanrig Gardens, Dumfriesshire.
May 21, 1880.

The lowest temperature registered here (0°) was on December 4,
1879. Its effects on vegetation proved to be much more injurious
than any frost which has occurred since 1860-61. This is no
doubt to be accounted for in the very immature condition of many
plants, from the cold sunless summer of 1879. Many plants that
passed through the long-continued low temperatures of the previous
winter uninjured have been either killed or severely injured.
Roses were quite green and in leaf when overtaken by the frost,
and in numerous instances standard plants have beeen destroyed.
Dwarfs would have shared the same fate had not the precaution
been taken of shaking some litter about them. Every plant has
been killed down to the litter line. Clematis, of Jackmanii type,
have been in many instances cut down to the ground. Camellias,
Laurustinus, and Sweet Bays, on sheltered walls, which were not
much hurt last winter, have been completely destroyed. Coniferz,
which chiefly occupy high positions, have not been injured.
Arbutus much blackened. Garrya elliptica has suffered severely.
Laurels have only been a little singed, but Aucubas very severely.
Vegetables suffered more severely than I have ever seen them.

These are the leading marks which the winter has made on
vegetation here; but this situation is scarcely a fair example of
matters in this county, as it is so unfavourably situated.

Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation. 141

From My Auex, Suearer, The Gardens, Yester, Haddingtonshire.

May 25, 1880.

The last winter has not been so disastrous among our Laurels as
it has been amongst those of our neighbours at a lower level. We
had only 29° of frost or 3° above zero, and had 4 inches of snow on
the ground at the same time. None of our Laurels are injured, only
some old Laurustinus and Aucubas. Dwarf Roses were all killed to
the ground, but are coming away again. Standards are very much
injured, Apples and Pears do not look as healthy as they used to
do, and very doubtful if we will have much fruit, though on early
sorts there is a good deal of blossom. No Apricots, and not many
plums. JI attribute the failure of all more to the cold and wet
summer previous, than to the amount of frost during the winter.
It has affected everything more or less. Asparagus, for example,
is weak to what it used to be. Globe Artichokes are nearly all
killed, only a few started at this date (25th May). We require
some hot and dry summers to bring our fruit trees and other things
back to their normal condition.

From Mr James Wuitton, The Gardens,- Thirlstane Castle,
Lauder, Berwickshire.
May 31, 1880.
The intense frost of last December, though hardly so severe or
long continued as that of December 1860, has been much more
injurious to vegetation. Owing to the unfavourable nature of last
year plants were the less able to stand it.

Lowest Readings of the Thermometer here.

Date. Min. in Box, Black-bulb on Grass.
December 38, : : 4° ci
rn 4, : t 8° Ps
Fs ap : ; 1 De

The following plants were killed to the ground, or nearly so,
viz.:—Common and Portugal Laurels, Roses of sorts in every
position, Clematis, green and varigated Hollies, Escallonia macrantha,
Pernettya mucronata, Acer negundo (var.), Menzesia polifolia,
Libocedrus decurrens, Cedrus deodara, Cotoneaster Simmondsii,
Cotoneaster microphylla, and Osmanthus.

The following have suffered considerable injury, some of them
quite killed, viz.:—Rhododendrons, Wellingtonia gigantea, tree
Box, Yews, Ivy, Privet, Guelder Rose, Lilac, Spirzea, Berberis,
Hazel, and many of the English Elms. The young wood of peaches

142 Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation.

on walls, also many of the apple and pear buds were destroyed,
while standard apple and pear trees are much hurt. A snowfall of
about 7 inches on 2d December helped much to save vegetables ;
still we lost about one-half of Savoys and Brussels Sprouts. Of
several varieties of Brocoli grown, “ Knight’s variegated” was the
only one that stood Autumn-planted cabbages, German greens,
and leeks were very little the worse.

From Mr Davin Murray, Culzean Gardens, Maybole, Ayrshire.
May 26, 1880.
The frost we had during the last winter has done more damage to
plants and flowering shrubs than any winter for the last 20 years,
judging from the old-established Fuchsia plants that have been
killed to the ground, growing in the open borders. Hydrangeas,
Euonymus of sorts, Tamarix, Phormium tenax, Cornels, Myrtle,
and Lonicera aurea, have also been severely damaged. Laurustinus,
Sweet Bay, Veronicas, and some Camellias for a time looked bad,
but now they are getting fresh foliage, and appear to be quite safe.
Of course some of the above plants were quite unprepared to with-
stand such a severe winter, as they were green and in a growing
state when frost set in. The lowest reading of the thermometer was
on the 4th of December, when we had 22° of frost.

OMITTED FROM My Report For 1878-79.

From Mr Matcotm Dunn, Dalkeith Palace Gardens, Mid-Lothian.
February 18, 1879.

The autumn of 1878 was comparatively dry and mild, and highly
favourable to the thorough ripening of vegetation. The first morning
of November brought a sudden change to. sharp frost, which put a
stop to the growth for the season, and killed off the tender plants
in the flower borders, such as dahlias, asters, heliotropes, &c. For
fifteen weeks the frost continued almost uninterruptedly.

During fifteen nights in November we registered frost, and from
the 25th of that month to the 6th February frost prevailed every
night except one.

The want of heat and light during the day was most remarkable,
the effect of which was very disadvantageous to the forcing of fruit
and flowers in hot-houses. Any growth made was of a pale sickly
colour, and for weeks on end scarcely any amount of “ forcing”
would cause plants to open their flowers; and vines, peaches,

Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation. 143

figs, &c., usually forced in hot-houses, were very slow to start into
growth.

The injury done to vegetables is much less than the average of
past seasons. Such tender subjects as Broccoli, Lettuce, Celery, &c.,
have not stood the winter so well for the last eight years at least,
and the hardier crops, such as Cabbage, Leeks, Kale, Brussels Sprouts,
&c., have suifered no injury except being a little broken down by
the weight of the snow.

Fruit trees of all kinds were well ripened in the autumn, and
consequently have come through the storm unscathed. The wood
of peach trees on the open walls is not usually so well ripened in
this country as to withstand with safety more than about 15° of frost,
scarcely a killed point of a shoot can be seen.

Trees and shrubs do not appear to have suffered to any serious
extent. The weight of snow has broken down a good many Laurels
and Hollies, but the frost has not injured them much. The Laures-
tine and Arbutus have a few leaves browned, but are otherwise
quite uninjured. Magnolia grandiflora has its leaves browned on
a south wall. Clianthus puniceus on the same wall is killed to
the ground. It stood uninjured during the three previous winters.
Marechal Neil rose on walls appears to be as hardy as Gloire de
Dijon. They grow alongside of each other, and are both uninjured.
Eurya lutifolia variegata proves to be perfectly hardy, and is one
of the handsomest evergreen shrubs introduced from Japan.
Bambusa Fortunei and Azalea amena, growing in the open border,
prove also to be quite hardy. Erica arborea and Mediterranea,
especially the latter, are much broken and injured by the snow.
The only conifer that shows injury is Picea pindruvw, the leaves of
which are browned.

The deep snow and hard frost sealed up the herbage from rabbits
and other rodents, which were driven to commit serious ravages
upon trees and shrubs, and many covers and young plantations
have suffered dreadfully from their attacks.

The scarcity of early flowers in the open air during the months of
January and February has been quite unprecedented. Not a single
flower could be seen fully expanded during January nor till the
6th February, when I found the first fully open flower upon
Chimonanthus fragrans growing on a south aspect. On the 8th
February Viola “ Cliveden Blue ” openeda few flowers. Snowdrops
on 8th February were observed peeping out of their sheaths, but
were not fully expanded till the 12th. Besides these, the yellow
Primrose, common Polyanthus, Russian Violets, and Erica herbacea
alba, were among the first to open their flowers.

144 Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation.

From My Peter Loney, Marehmont House, Dunse, Berwickshire.

February 12, 1879.

Lat. 55° 43’ 30", long. 2° 25’ 20”; from sea 20 miles; altitude
500 feet. Temperature for January 1879:—Mean maximum of
month 35°, mean minimum of month 22°71°; mean temperature
28°855°. Lowest temperature on the 23d and 27th, 10°. Mean
maximum black-bulb of month 36°, mean minimum of black-bulb
of month 15°; mean temperature 25°5°. Lowest temperature
black-bulb on 27th, 3°. Rain or snow in inches, 2°08. Number
of days ‘02, or more full 15.

From the above it will be observed that we have had no ex-
tremely low temperatures, though the mean temperature is low.
From the heavy covering of snow we had, vegetation of all sorts
has suffered very little.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

BOTANICAL SOCIETY.
SESSION XLIV.

Thursday, 13th November 1879.

The following Candidate was elected a Resident Fel-
low:—

ALEXANDER FRASER, Canonmills Lodge.

Dr T. A. G. Batrour, President, occupied the Chair,
and delivered an Opening Address; he also read Obituary
Notices of the Members which the Society had lost by
death during the last Session.

On the motion of Sir Robert Christison, seconded by Dr
Stevenson Macadam, a vote of thanks was given to the
President for his address.

Mr Sadler gave a Report on the Open-Air Vegetation at
the Royal Botanic Gardens, as wellas on the Lowest Tempera-
tures recorded during the month of October at the Garden.
He placed on the table the blooms of fifty-two species of
plants still in flower in the Rock Garden.

Proc. BoT. soc. 1879-80. a

ll Proceedings of the Botanical Society

Thursday, 11th December 1879.—Dr W. Craia, Vice-President,
in the Chair.

The following Office-Bearers for 1879-80 were elected :—

PRESIDENT:

WILLIAM Gorrie, Rait Lodge, Trinity.

VIQE-PIRIESHDENTS:

WiiiAM Craic, M.D. Professor BAYLEY BALFOUR.
Maucotm Dunn, Pres. Scot. Hort. Tuomas A. G. BALFour, M.D.
Assoc.

COUNCILLORS.

ALEXANDER BucHan, A.M. Sir Ropert CurisTison, Bart.

CHARLES S. FRANCE. Professor THOMAS R. FRASER.
Hues Ciecuorn, M.D. Professor DouGLAS MACLAGAN,
C. H. Mruuar of Blaircastle. JOHN SADLER, Curator, Royal

Sir WyvILLE THOMSON. Botanic Garden.

Isaac ANDERSON-HENRY.

Honorary Secretary, . . . Emeritus Professor BALFOUR.
Honorary Curator, . . . The Prorerssor of BoTany.
Foreign Secretary, . . . Professor Dickson.
Preasurer, . 1 . . . » PATRICK NEILL PRASER.
Assistant-Secretary, . . . ANDREW TAYLOR.

LOCAL SECRETARIES.

Aberdeen—GrorczE Dicxin, M.A., M.D., F.L.S.
Berwick—Puiitiep W. Maciacan, M.D.
Birmingham—GeorcE A. PANTON, F.L.S., St Bennet’s Hill.
Calcutta—JOHN ANDERSON, M.D., F.L.S.

5 GuorGE Kine, M.D., Botanic Garden.
Cambridge—Cuar.Es C. Bapineaton, M.A., F.R.S., Professor of Botany.
Dublin—W. R. M‘Nas, M.D., F.L.S., Professor of Botany, Roy. Col.

Science.
Dumfries—J AMES GitcHRisT, M.D.
Exeter—THOMAS SHAPTER, M.D.
Fife—J. T. Bosweii, LL.D., F.L.S., of Balmuto, Kirkcaldy.
Georgetown, Demerara—W. H. CAMPBELL, LL.D.
Glasgow—Professor BAYLEY BALFOUR.
Greenock—DoNatLD MacRatip, M.D.
Kilbarchan—Rev. G. ALISON.
London—WiLLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., British Museum.
London, Brixton--JOHN ARCHIBALD, M.B., C.M., F.R.C.S.E.
Manchester— BENJAMIN CARRINGTON, M.D., Eccles.
Melbourne, Australia—Baron FERDINAND VON MUELLER, M.D.
Nairn—Wiu1AM ALEX. STABLES.
Nashville, Tennessee—Grorce 8S. Buackir, M.D.
Norfolk—Joun Low®, M.D., King’s Lynn.

Us Se ew

of Edinburgh, Session 1879-80. ill

Nove Scotia—Grorce Lawson, LL.D., Dalhousie.

Ottawa, Ontario—W. R. RippEwt, B.Se., B.A., Prov. Normal School.
Perth—¥. B. Wuite, M.D., F.L.S.

Saharunpore, India—J. F. Durnin, B.A., F.L.S., Botanic Garden.
Shrewsbury—Rev. W. A. Lercuton, B.A., F.L.S.

Silloth—Joun Leitcu, M.B., C.M.

Wellington, New Zealand—JAMeEs Hector, M.D., F.R.S.L. and E.
Wolverhampton—JoHN Fraser, M.A., M.D.

Zanzibar—Joun Kirn, M.D., F.US

The following Candidates were elected Resident Fel-
lows :—

GroRGE Brrp, 12 Warrender Park Terrace.
WILLIAM MARJORIBANKS, 9 Learmonth Terrace.

The thanks of the Society to Mr Sadler were ordered to be
recorded in the minutes for the zeal and assiduity which he had
displayed during his twenty-one years’ term of office as assistant-
secretary, which he had that evening demitted. The bound
minute books of the Society for that period were laid on the table.

Mr Gorrie, the new President, on taking the Chair, briefly
thanked the Society for the honour thus unexpectedly conferred
upon him.

The following Communications were read :—

I. On the Septa across the Ducts in Bougainvillea glabra
and Testudinaria elephantipes. By Professor Arex.
Dickson.

Il. On the Growth of the New Zealand Flax Plant (Phormium
tenax) in Orkney Islands. By Dr Witttam TRAILL.

III. Notes on the Rhea Fibre Trials at Saharunpore. By
Mr Witiiam Bex, in a Letter to Dr Balfour,
Emeritus Professor of Botany.

IV. Notes of New Zealand Plants cultivated at Rait Lodge,
near Trinity, which withstood the Severe Winter of
1878-79. (Part I.) By Mr Wrtram Gorriz,
President.

V. Report for November on Open-Air Vegetation at the
Royal Botanic Garden. By Mr Joun Sapte,
Curator.

lv Proceedings of the Botanical Society

Thursday, 8th January 1880.—Mr WitiiaAmM Gorriz,
President, in the Chair.

Dr David Christison was appointed Artist for 1880.
The following Communications were read:—

I. On the Correct Measurement of Trees. (Fourth Paper.)
By Sir Rozert Curistison, Bart.

II. Notes on New Zealand Plants cultivated at Rait Lodge,
near Trinity, which withstood the Severe Winter of
1878-79. (Part II.) By Mr Whituiam Gorrie,
President.

III. Report for December on Open-Air Vegetation at the
Royal Botanic Garden. By Mr Joun Saver, Curator.

MISCELLANEOUS COMMUNICATIONS,

1. Mr George Muirhead, Paxton, Berwick-on-Tweed, sent two
diseased fish from a number that he had seen in the same condi-
tion on the previous Monday, whilst walking though the policy of
Paxton, in company with Sir Thomas Buchan Hepburn and Captain
Milne-Home. They went first to the burn, which runs into the
Tweed at the east side of the policy, and saw in it, close to the
mouth of the burn, where the water stands in a long pool, about
half a dozen fish covered over with white fungus. They seemed to
be in a dying state, and lay quite still when the visitors approached
close to the place where they were. They also found one or two
dead fish. The fish they saw in the burn and the dead ones were
bull trout. They then went to the Whitadder, just above Whit-
adder Bridge, which is about half a mile from the mouth of the
river, and found the whole water filled with diseased fish, which,
with two exceptions, were affected with fungus, appearing to be
spotted with white in the water. They were all bull trout. The
diseased fish were mostly lying in the still water at the side, with
their heads under the bank or behind stones. ‘The specimens,
at the suggestion of Sir Robert Christison, were sent to Mr Stirling
of the Anatomical Museum to examine.

of Edinburgh, Session 1879-80. Vv

2. Dr Paterson exhibited a fine copy of “ Pomona, or the Fruit
Garden,” by Batty Langley, Twickenham, and dated 1729, copi-
ously illustrated, and containing an account of the cider fruits of
Devonshire, by the Hon. Hugh Stafford of Pynes, near Exeter, an
ancestor of the present ex-Chancellor of the Exehequer.

Thursday, 12th February 1880.—Mr Witiram Gorrig,
President, in the Chair.

Mr T. B. Sprague, M.A., C.A., was appointed Auditor
for 1880.

The following Candidate was elected a Resident Fellow :—

ALEXANDER Hay, 16 Duke Street.

The following Communications were read :—

I. On the Ripening of Hardy Fruits 150 years ago. By Mr
Matcotm Dunn, of Dalkeith Palace Gardens, Vice-
President.

The paper was based on the old book exhibited at the last meet-
ing, entitled “ Pomona,” by Batty Langley, of Twickenham, 1729,
and its object was to inquire how far the dates when hardy fruits
ripened, given by it, when compared with such dates for 1879, and
generally for the past three years, bore on the vexed question of the
deterioration of our climate in these later times. Mr Dunn had
besides, when composing his paper, accepted and compared the
evidence on the subject given in Miller’s “ Gardeners’ Dictionary,”
1768; Martyn’s “ Gardeners’ and Botanists’ Dictionary,’ 1807 ;
Lindley’s “Guide to the Orchard and Kitchen Garden,” 1831 ;
Hoge’s “ Fruit Manual,’ 1860 to 1875; and the “ Herefordshire
Pomona,” just being issued.

The “ Pomona” discusses the growth of open-air plants, giving
the exact date when their fruits ripened at Twickenham and in the
south of England. Thus, Langley describes nineteen sorts of grapes
then produced in England. From his very accurate accompanying
engravings we recognise many also now grown, though under
different names. A few of the hardier sorts, such as Burgundy
and claret grapes, appear then to have been cultivated after a
limited fashion in the open vineyard—a system, by the way, which

vi Proceedings of the Botanical Society

Langley strongly advocates, though he concludes his dissertation
on the vine by saying that “a full south aspect on a wall is the
best for all kinds of grapes,” clearly showing that then, as now, a
crop of well-ripened grapes was with difficulty obtained from vines
growing in an open vineyard, even with a southern aspect, in an
unpropitious season ; indeed, some kinds were found so uncertain
in ripening in any season, that he recommends them to be grown
as excellent fruit for baking when they failed for dessert purposes.
Two-thirds of the sorts of grapes enumerated by Langley are now
grown ; and we know that they will now also ripen their fruit as
early and certainly when they meet with the same favourable
cultural and climatic conditions. The white sweetwater is men-
tioned to have ripened by August 21, as it now does in southern
England in ordinary seasons ; so, too, our author notes November
10 when the white raisin should be ripe, if, as he naively remarks,
“the seasons are kind enough to allow it.” So far, then, the dates
of the ripening of grapes given at Twickenham and around London
150 years ago are without change from those known in this latter
half of the 19th century.

The records of the ripening of fruit trees, such as peaches and
nectarines, bear also in this direction. Langley enumerates forty
sorts of both, a majority of which are still in cultivation, and ripen
about the same dates as he indicates. And so, too, with regard to
apples, pears, plums, cherries, apricots, and other fruits. They
ripen now about the time given by Langley, and no change is indi-
cated in the works already indicated as having been consulted,
whose dates of publication nearly were intervals of thirty years—
from 1768 to 1879.

Mr Dunn attributed the decadence of outdoor cultivation of
hardy fruits to the great extension of cultivation under glass, not
to deteriorated seasons.

In the course of the discussion following this paper, it was
maintained that when proper care and culture is given, good orchard
crops could be obtained even in such far northern spots, when
naturally protected by tree or hill shade, as the vicinity of Cape
Wrath, the Carse of Gowrie, or Cupar. The more extensive plant-
ing of hedgerows with fruit trees was advocated. Mr A. Buchan,
of the Scottish Meteorological Society, said that he had consulted
other records, which showed the cycle of years from 1720 to 1730,
referred to in the “Pomona,” was a succession of bad seasons ;

of Edinburgh, Session 1879-80. vil

three of them, in fact—1726, 1727, and 1728—~years of dearth
about as bad as 1877 and 1879, with this difference, that in the
former years there were no facilities for importing grain such as we
now possess. About 1775 there occurred six or seven years of the
very finest weather, such as there had been experienced no approach

to except in 1826,

II. Mr James Blaikie, F.R.S.E., one of Her Majesty’s
Inspectors of Schools, read an account of a Visit to the
Engadine, and exhibited a fine collection of nearly
300 Alpine plants chiefly collected in that district.

III. A Letterto Professor BaLrour from Mr Jonn BucHANAN,
Mount Zomba, Central Africa, was communicated by
Mr SAvLer.

This locality is midway betwixt the Zambesi and Shire rivers,
and is about fifty miles from Lake Shirwa, which the natives state
was in October last little better than a sheet of mud owing to the
aridity of the season. The district much resembles the Blantyre
Mission station, where Mr Buchanan was previously located.
Maize is not so extensively cultivated, but rice is grown, as well as
a species of sorghum, likewise cassava, bananas, and plantains.
Several species of palms grow on the mountains, one of them Mr
Buchanan thinks is the wild date; also very fine tree ferns—one
of them is 8 feet high, having a spread of fronds of at least 20 feet
in diameter. The natives use cord for net-making apparently made
from fibres of Hibiscus cannabinus. They cultivate a species of
croton, with oil from which they anoint their bodies, without any of
the effects on the system peculiar to Croton tiglium.

IV. Report for January on the Open- Air Vegetation at the
Royal Botanic Garden. By Mr Jonn SavdLer,
Curator.

MISCELLANEOUS COMMUNICATIONS,

1. A notice of the death of General Munro, C.B., a non-Resident
Member of the Society, was laid on the table.
2. Mr Symington Grieve gave in a note on the Island of Colonsay

Vill Proceedings of the Botanical Society

as a station for Orchis pyramidalis, which is not known to exist in
any other part of the West of Scotland. Dr Lightfoot, in his “ Flora
Scotica,” published in 1777, noticed this station, but this has been
generally questioned, though Mr Grieve could now confirm it, after
a lapse of a hundred years since its first discovery.

3. Mr John Stewart, W.S., exhibited some beautiful American
apples, which had been extensively sold in the British fruit market
as Newton pippins. The apples, though of excellent flavour, were
certainly not correctly named.

Thursday, 11th March 1880.—Mr Witttam Gorrie,
President, in the Chair.

The Treasurer submitted his Report on the financial affairs of the
Society for the past Session, with the Auditor’s Abstract and Report
thereon.

An Abstract of the Accounts had been previously circulated with
the Billet calling the Meeting.

The state of Funds was as follows :—

Amount at close of Session 1877-78, : oY E22,

117 53
Increase during Session 1878-79, : : 6 13

Funds belonging to Society, £228 11 2
Illustration Fund :—

Balance on hand at close of
Session 1877-78, . : f Se ge aD
Increase during Session 1878-79, Sled. 0

The following Candidates were elected Resident Fel-
lows :—

D. M. Rogertson, Trinity Nurseries.
Davin P. Larrp, West Coates Nurseries.
Rosert PAaTerson, 47 Grange Road.

The President intimated that the first item on the billet was the
presentation of a testimonial to Mr Sadler, in recognition of the

of Edinburgh, Session 1879-80. ix

way in which he had discharged the duties of assistant-secretary
for twenty-one years. The testimonial had been subscribed by a
large proportion of the members, and consisted of, besides a bracelet
for Mrs Sadler, a time-piece and a purse of sovereigns,

Mr Dunn proposed that the thanks of the Society be recorded
to Dr William Craig for the great trouble he had taken in this
matter. The motion was carried by acclamation.

- The following Communications were read :—

I. On the British American Violacew. By Professor GrorcE
Lawson, of Halifax, N.S.

Il. Exhibition and Description of Microscopic Slides of Fungus
found on Fish, already brought before the notice of the
Society. By Mr Stiruine, of the Anatomical Museum.

A gift of twenty-one microscopic slides illustrative of the growth
of the Saprolegnia ferax on salmon and other river fish, and held
by Mr Stirling of the Anatomical Museum to be the cause of the
recent salmon epidemics, was presented by him to the Museum of
the Royal Botanic Garden. At the same time large jar specimens
of fish affected by this fungus in an unmistakable way, and
observable even by the naked eye, were exhibited. The various
specimens had been taken from the Tweed, from the Eden twelve
miles above Carlisle, and from Ightham Moat in Kent, in localities
thoroughly isolated from the sources of ordinary river pollution.
The further consideration of Mr Stirling’s paper was deferred till the
May meeting.

III. On the Pasturage of Wester Teviotdale in Connection
with the “ Louping-ill” of Sheep. By Mr A. Broruer-
ston, of Kelso.

At the request of the local Farmers’ Club the author made a
botanical examination of the pasturage of a number of sheep
farms in this high-lying district. On a spring visit he could not
trace any poisonous plants to which to attribute this disease.
On the other hand, when making another botanical inspection in
autumn, he found ergot very abundant. He detailed in the com-

x Proceedings of the Botanical Society

munication no fewer than twenty-three species of grasses which
were ergotised. The Juncacee and Cyperacez, which form a great
proportion of this hill pasturage, were free from ergot, Claviceps
purpurea; but some of the Cyperaceze were very subject to smut.
Mr Brotherston suggested the eating of ergotised grasses as a pro-
bable cause of the disease, which in this district is a spring one.
He emphasised the following in this connection:—No different
species of plants characterise the isolated localities infected with
the disease, but much ergotised grass was found there; the toxological
effects of ergot were similar to those physiological ones characteristic
of the disease. In Teviotdale spring is the only time when sheep
may perchance eat ergot in quantity. To eat the pastures bare
appeared to be the most feasible remedy for this disease.

MISCELLANEOUS COMMUNICATIONS.

1. Dr Wm. Craig exhibited a specimen of Botrychium Lunaria,
taken the previous week from a hill in the Upper Ward of Lanark-
shire, 900 feet above the sea-level.

2. Mr Sadler read a note from Mr John Campbell, Ledaig, Oban,
noticing the remarkable progress of spring vegetation. The storm
of December 28 had done more damage to half-hardy shrubs, such as
myrtles, Veronica Andersoni, Aster argophyllus, than all the winter's
frosts.

3. Mr Peach read part of a private letter from Unst, Shetland,
in which it was stated that on February 24, crocuses, snowdrops, and
polyanthus were in bloom, and that the rose bushes were unfolding
their leaves in the gardens.

Mr Buchan remarked that such summer-like weather had pre-
vailed as far north as Iceland throughout the winter.

4, On the table were exhibited in bloom Saxifraga Stracheyi, a
hardy plant, and Soldanella montana, a large seedling hardy form,
from the forcing department of the Royal Botanic Garden. A fine
stove plant from the same establishment, of a white texture and a
pleasant perfume, Posoqueria multiflora, also excited much attention.

5. Sir Robert Christison had presented, in illustration of a pre-
vious paper, a prismatic section from the diameter of a yew 237
years old from Inch Lonaig, Loch Lomond.

6. Lord Strathmore also sent a section at 2 feet 6 inches from the
roots of a larch blown down at Glamis Castle in the Tay Bridge

a 4 oe

of Edinburgh, Session 1879-80. x

storm on December 28, 1879. The tree was 109 feet high. Its
trunk measured 12 feet 5 inches in girth at 5 feet above roots. This
section measured 12 feet 10 inches over bark, and 12 feet 4 inches
round the wood. It shows 107 annual rings of wood, indicating
.110 to 112 years for the age of the tree.

7. A section, taken 3 feet from the roots, of Arenga saccharifera,
cut down in the palm-house of the Royal Botanic Garden when
60 feet in height. Owing to the quantity of the starchy matters
and other vegetable juices in the stem of this palm, such a section
is very difficult to make, this being the only successful one of many
attempted.

Thursday, 8th April 1880.—Dr Wm. Craie, Vice-
President, in the Chair.

The following Candidates were elected Resident Fel-
lows :—

Dr ANDREW WI1S0N, F.R.S.E., Surgeons’ Hall.

JoHN M‘LAREN, junior, Secretary, Scottish Arboricultural Society.
JAMES GREIG, of Messrs Dickson & Sons.

B. N. Peacu, A.R.S.M., F.G.S., of Her Majesty’s Geological Survey.

The following Communications were made :—

I, Note on the Flora of Colonsay, and List of Plants Collected
July 1879. By Mr Symineton GRIEVE.

{I. Note on some New Zealand Plants recently presented to
the University Herbarium, by Mr J. F. Currseman,
of the Museum, Auckland, New Zealand. By Mr
TAYLOR.

This large collection includes beautiful typical specimens of
Haastia, Raoulia, and other endemic New Zealand composite.

III. On the Spontaneous Introduction of Aristotelia (Friesia).
By Hue Ciecuory, M.D.

Dr Cleghorn exhibited twigs of Aristotelia (Friesia) racemosa,
raised by Mr Martin, gardener at Wester Lea, Edinburgh, from a
seed accidentally deposited in the stem of a New Zealand Dicksonia,

xil Proceedings of the Botanical Society

where it germinated three years ago between the fronds 2 feet from
the ground. The seedling was transferred to a pot, and is now in a
greenhouse. It has not flowered, but is a robust plant 84 feet high.
This is a remarkable illustration of the spontaneous introduction of
an exotic.

IV. Report on Temperatures and on the Progress of Open-
Air Vegetation at the Royal Botanic Garden for March.
By Mr Joun Sapter, Curator.

MISCELLANEOUS COMMUNICATIONS,

1. The Past Winter in Arran.—In the light of the frequent
advocacy of our western coasts as suitable localities for the extensive
srowth of Australasian trees and shrubs, the following observa-
tions, communicated by the Rev. D. Landsborough, of Kilmarnock,
may not be uninteresting :—Arran, it is well known, is not subject
to the extreme falls of temperature so deadly to plant life on our
eastern coasts. Accordingly, Australian and New Zealand genera
supposed to be aliens to our usual British climate, grow freely in it.
Mr Landsborough reported, regarding plants grown in the Cromla
garden, near Corrie, one of the Blue Gums—the most hardy of
which in Arran is the Eucalyptus pendulu—hardly touched last
winter, is sadly injured by this Two other kinds of gum-tree,
raised from seed obtained from the Blue Mountains, New South
Wales, have been planted. The very beautiful New Zealand fern,
Todea hymenophylloides, has proved quite hardy, though not under
the spray of a waterfall, as was thought necessary for the full
development of Todea superba. ‘The Todea hymenophylloides was
planted only last summer, but grew at once, and the fronds of the
mature plant promise to attain perhaps to the size of Athyrim Filizx-
femina. The fronds now are almost as green as during summer.
The cordylines, C. indivsa, C. australis, and C. Veitchii, are all
untouched by the frost; so, too, are Photinia serrulata, Desfon-
tainea spinosa, Edwardsia grandiflora, Hleagnus japonica variegata.
A fine plant of the old single red camellia planted last year was also
untouched, and was in flower all last month (twenty-five blooms),
the flowers in perfect order. A cork tree—Quercus suber—and a
plant which Mr Landsborough takes to be Cunninghamia sinensis,
both growing for the last twenty years at Brodick Castle, are both
uninjured by this winter’s frost.

of Edinburgh, Session 1879-80. xill

2. The following plants were on the table in bloom from the
forcing department of the Royal Botanic Garden :—Anigosanthus
breviflorus, raised from seed sent by Surgeon-Major Fleming from
Natal, where this Amaryllidaceous plant proved poisonous to horses
of Her Majesty’s troops; an Iberis from mountains above Crasse,
obtained from G. Maw, Esq.; an Erythronium Nuttallianum; and
a new variety of seedling from Primula ciliata, which it is proposed
to designate P. ciliata var. Balfouriana.

Thursday, 13th May 1880.—Mr WILLIAM GorRIE,
President, in the Chair.

The deaths of Miss Frances Hope, a Lady Associate, and of
Professor N. I. Andersson of Stockholm, a Foreign Member of the
Society, were noted.

The following Communications were read :—

I. Microscopic Demonstration of the Fungus (Saprolegnia ferax)
of the Salmon Disease. By Mr A. B. StTiRLING, Assistant
Curator of Anatomical Museum, University of Edin-
burgh. Communicated by Professor DICKsoN.

Several of the suite of specimens lately presented by Mr Stirling
to the museum of the Royal Botanic Garden, and including pre-
parations from the fish sent for exhibition to the January meeting
by Mr G. Muirhead of Paxton, Berwick-on-Tweed, were exhibited
under the microscope. The mode of propagation of this Saprolegnia,
and the way in which Mr Stirling holds that it destroys salmon
and other fresh water fish in our rivers, were demonstrated. Pro-
fessor Dickson, in explanation, said that the saprolegniz were
closely allied in their general structure to such alge as Vaucheria.
They consisted, like Vaucheria, of branching filaments, which,
however, were continuously tubular, differing in that respect from
the articulated filaments which occurred usually in fungi Like
Vaucheria, Saprolegnia was reproduced both sexually and non-
sexually, in the latter process by Zoospores, which, when set free,
were capable of moving in the surrounding water. These Zoospores
were produced in enormous numbers, and must tend widely to
disseminate the species.

X1V Proceedings of the Botanical Society

IL. Note on the Flora of Mount Zomba, Central Africa.
By Mr Joun BucHANaAN.

Mr ‘Taylor exhibited 30 mounted specimens of plants from Mount
Zomba, Central Africa, from a series of over 160 specimens sent to
the Herbarium by Mr John Buchanan of the Church of Scotland
Mission there. The collection had left Central Africa on the 6th
July 1879, having previously been collected on varied sites, as on
the banks of streams, and from latitudes of 7000 feet in the Shire
highlands. ;

Professors Balfour and Dickson both spoke of the scientific
value of the specimens communicated, at the same time commend-
ing the zeal and perseverance of this solitary explorer.

III. Note on a New Method of Drying Plants. By Mr Joun
GALLETLY, Chemist, Addiewell. Communicated by Mr
TAYLOR.

Mr Taylor read a note on a new method of drying plants on
paraffinised paper proposed by Mr John Galletly, chemist, Addie-
well. Ordinary paper, preferably thin in texture, is dipped in a
bath of liquid paraffin of a high melting point, and hung up to dry
at the ordinary temperature; when so, it will assume a waxy ap-
pearance, and be ready for use. The green parts specially of the
plants collected are covered by an absorbent material, and smoothed
over by a hot smoothing iron, to take out their moisture. The
flattened plant is next placed directly on the paraffinised paper,
covered, and again pressed by the hot iron. The paraffin is thus
temporarily made liquid, when it encrusts the plant in the way
mosses and ferns are fossilised in mineral springs. When the
paraffin cools, the plants are covered over by an enclosing envelope
of paraffin, preventing atmospheric action on its constituents, and
fixing it on the paper. The plant cannot suffer by this process, as
paraffin melts at a lower temperature than that which destroys
organic tissue.

IV. Report on Temperatures and on the Progress of Open-air
Vegetation at the Royal Botanic Garden. By Mr Joun
SADLER, Curator.

MISCELLANEOUS COMMUNICATIONS.

1. Dr Cleghorn exhibited a fine specimen of Aristotelia racemosa
84 feet high, of which twigs had been exhibited at last meeting.

of Edinburgh, Session 1879-80. XV

The plant had been presented to the Royal Botanic Garden by
Mr Charles Cowan of Westerlea, Murrayfield, in whose greenhouse
it accidentally came up, and was afterwards cultivated.

2. Mr Hugh Johnstone, manager of Messrs Dickson & Son’s
nurseries, Leith Walk, exhibited a double spathed Anthurium
Schertzerianum.

3. The Rev. Hugh Taylor, Humsheugh, Northumberland, sent
a double spathe of Calla cethiopica.

4. Mr John Campbell of Ledaig sent a number of flower sprays
from his garden. Whilst a number were in bloom also in the
Edinburgh district, two represented by fine Ledaig specimens, viz.,
Eurybia argophylla and of Escallonia macrantha had succumbed to
the severe spring weather of the east coast.

5. Mr M. Dunn, Dalkeith, exhibited a magnificent specimen of
the Morchella esculenta picked up by Mr Foreman in the woods
round Eskbank.

6. Mr Symington Grieve sent fungi picked two days previously
from a cave in the island of Colonsay, 90 feet from the surface,
where they grew in darkness.

7. There was also exhibited a handsome box made of cocoa-nut
palm with Jack-wood lid, presented to the museum of the Royal
Botanic Garden by Dr Thomson, Medical Missionary, Travancore.
This had been gifted to the donor by the brother of the Dewan of
Travancore.

8. On the table were numerous hardy and herbaceous plants,
many Alpine, from the propagating department of the Royal Botanic
Garden, including Saxifraga M‘Nabiana, Darlingtonia californica,
Primula sikkimensis, P. piedmontana, Daphne striata, and
Meconopsis aculeata.

Thursday, 10th June 1880.—Mr Witt1aM GORRIE,
President, in the Chair.

The following Candidate was elected a Resident Fellow :—
W. C. M‘Intosu, M.D., F.R.S.E., F.L.S., Murthly, Perthshire.

The following Communications were read :—

I. Remarks on Rheum nobile, Hook. fil., which has flowered in
the Royal Botanie Garden, Edinburgh. Tlustrated with
Coloured Drawings by Miss Woon. By Dr Batrour,
F.R.S., Emeritus Professor of Botany.

XVi Proceedings of the Botanical Society

Dr Cleghorn had seen Sheum emodi, Wall, and R. Moon
croftianum, Meisn., when crossing the Western Himalaya. ‘The
hillmen were in the habit of using the leaf stalks as an agreeably
acid and cooling salad. They shaded their eyes with the round
leaves when threatened with snow blindness, The roots of both
species are larger and less spongy when found on the northern
aspect and in a dry climate.

Rheum nobile, Hook., is certainly a noble plant with its pyramidal
stem 3 feet in height. It is quite different in habit from its con-
geners, and is apparently confined to Sikkim. The exposed situa-
tion it occupies in the Botanic Garden seems to suit the plant well.
The flowering of this plant in Edinburgh so long after its discovery
in Sikkim by Sir Joseph Hooker, and its introduction to this
country, is extremely interesting.

Il. New Forestry Inquiries established by the Conservator of
Forests in Oudh. By Sir Ropert Curistison, Bart.

Captain Wood of the Oudh Forest Conservancy has determined
to undertake an inquiry into the objects contemplated in my first
paper on the ‘‘ Exact Measurement of Trees,” and for that purpose
has sent copies of the directions for exact measurement to the whole
districts under his charge, desiring his subordinate officers to
make preparations for an inquiry in each.

With that view Captain Wood has issued instructions to set
apart in each forest district a plot of a quarter of an acre, which is
to be duly trenched all round for drainage and separation, and in
which the trees are to be cut down or planted, so that each tree
fixed on for observation shall be 15 feet distant from every other.
Directions are also given for numbering the trees and tabulating the
results, and the requisite instruments are supplied by the Consery-
ancy Establishment. Lastly, instructions are added for noting all
peculiarities of soil, climate, elevation, exposure, and treatment.

It seems to me right that, through the “ Transactions” of the
Society, intimation of the proceedings in the Oudh Conservancy
should be made known to our numerous forest owners at home, in the
hope that the example thus first shown ata distance may be speedily
followed in our neighbourhood. I cannot doubt that ere long

important results would thus be obtained for the advancement of
tree culture.

of Edinburgh, Session 1879-80. Xvil

III. Notice of a Trip with the Scottish Alpine Botanical Club,
in July 1879, to Killin and district. By W. B. Boyn,
Esq. of Ormiston House.

The summer excursion of this club was fixed for Killin, where
we met at the Bridge of Lochy Hotel, on Wednesday, 30th of July,
for the purpose of exploring the upper portion of Glen Lochy,
which had never previously been visited by the members of this club.

The glen, as far as Mael Girdy on the one side, and Corrie
Gouchler on the other, had frequently on previous occasions been
visited, and the results recorded in the Botanical Society’s “ Trans-
actions,” but on this occasion it was proposed to confine our
researches to the upper portion of the valley. The day of meet-
ing was a most lovely one, and we were in great hopes that
the weather would continue fine during the excursion. In this,
however, we were disappointed, as Thursday, Friday, and Monday
were all wet, misty, and disagreeable, the only fine day being the
Saturday, which was bright and sunny, and, coming after the rain
of the previous days, rendered the atmosphere so clear that the
view from the heights was very extensive. Bridge of Lochy Hotel
is a favourite resort of botanists, being so conveniently situated for
the Breadalbane mountains, which are supposed to be more produc-
tive of botanical rarities than any other hills in Scotland, to say
nothing of the careful manner in which all the wants of the botanists
are supplied by the most attentive of hostesses.

Notwithstanding the wet morning on Thursday, all the members
present turned out, and drove up the glen for about five or six
miles to Glen Lochy Farmhouse, where we left the carriages ; from
this point we crossed the river to the south side and commenced the
ascent of Mael Chuirn, which hill was said to have some fine rocks
near its summit. The day, however, got so wet and misty, that,
although we had a burn to guide us, it was with the greatest diffi-
culty we could find the rocks, never being able to see more than
fifty yards in front of us, and only reached them after a deal of
searching in the mist.

Most of the plants common to the district were met with, and
Cystopteris montana was seen in small quantity as well as Bartsia
alpina ; after a few hours of very disagreeable climbing, most of the
party returned homewards to the carriages, not a little anxious at
the non-appearance of two of our number, who, however, turned up
later in the evening, having missed their way in the mist and landed
in Glen Dochart instead of Glen Lochy, where we had started in the
morning.

proc. Bot, soc. 1879-80. b

Xvill Proceedings of the Botanical Society

Friday morning was just such another day, and only one or two
of the party ventured out. Another corrie on the same or south
side of the glen was made for, but nothing of importance was got
except a very pretty variety of Saxifraga hypnoides, the white
petals of which were each tipped with most beautiful rose colour ;
this plant, however, I am sorry to say, has not retained this peculiar
character to any great extent under cultivation. Cystopteris
montana was seen in small quantity on this excursion also.

Saturday was the great day of the meeting, and a more glorious
morning could not be, the sun shining out brightly, made every-
thing look fresh and beautiful after the rain of the previous day.
The drive was again to Mr Willison’s farm, who, I may say, not
only on this but on the previous occasion, was most hospitable, supply-
ing everything that was nice in the shape of scones and cheese and
delightful new milk, as well as a little of the wine of the country.
He also very kindly provided us with a guide. The object of this
day’s work was to investigate the Forest of Mamlorn, which lies at
the very head of the Lochy Glen to the north, and is entered near
the base of Ben Challum. Craig Mhor, 3305 feet above the level
of the sea, rises in the centre of the forest, and round the base of
this mountain the best botanising ground was situated. After
walking about five or six miles from where we had left our carriages,
we reached the Forest of Mamlorn, and were not long in finding
good rocks, where, to our great delight, the finest masses of Cystop-
teris montana were found; this place seems to be the headquarters
of this fern, as nowhere else has it been seen in the same profusion
and in such large sheets without any admixture of grass, &c., with
which it is usually found mixed. At this place I saw one mass 12
feet long by 14 foot wide, nothing but fronds, and perfectly free
from weeds, and a most beautiful sight it was, for when grown (as it
was here) in a shady damp situation, it almost rivals Polypodium
Dryopteris in delicate beauty and freshness. Bartsia alpina was
seen here also, and some of the members were fortunate in getting
a few plants of Woodsia hyperborea at these first rocks, and Juncus
castaneus was also gathered by more than one of the party. In
wending our way upwards we reached the first ridge on Craig Mhor,
from which the view was fine in the extreme—the atmosphere was
so clear that we could see a distance of thirty or forty miles quite
distinctly. Some of the party went to the top of Craig Mhor, from
which the view was even finer. Nothing of any importance could
be seen to the south-east, as the close proximity of high hills in that
direction shut out the distance, but the view to the north-west was
open as far as the Morven Hills, and between which and where we

of Edinburgh, Session 1879-80. xa

were we recognised Ben Doran, Ben Lui, Ben Cruachan, and all the
Black Mount Forest Hills, and also a number of lochs, among them
Loch Tullich, Loch Awe, Loch Etive, and Loch Linnhe; and on
the south Ben More and Bunion were quite at hand. After lunch
the party commenced their return along a different ledge of rock ;
although not nearly so steep as those gone over in the forenoon,
they proved to be more productive, for here we were fortunate in
finding other three different localities for Woodsia hyperborea in fine
strong vigorous plants. Dryas octopetala was found over all the
rocks in this part, and Veronica saxatilis in considerable plenty.
One of the party was fortunate enough to obtain a most beautiful
variety of Veronica saxatilis with pink petals, which I believe Mr
Lindsay is cultivating in the Botanic Garden, but I am not aware
whether it has flowered with him this summer or not. This forest
is well worthy of further exploration, as the extent was so great
that we had not time to do it justice in one day. During the
return walk to the carriages several fine orchids were gathered,
Gymnadenia albida and Habenaria viridis being the most important.
Bridge of Lochy was reached late in the evening, after a most
enjoyable day, and all were well appetised for dinner, which was
waiting our arrival, and delighted with the day’s excursion.

Monday, again, was wet, and some of the members began to dis-
perse by the morning train, the others broke up the meeting and
returned to town in the afternoon.

I may mention that Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi was gathered
day during the meeting, showing its general distribution in this part
of the country.

Mr Potts of Fettes Mount, showed, amongst other growing plants,
a Saxifrage found on a spur of the Cairn Gorm Mountains near Dal-
whinnie in 1877, which still retained its peculiar copper-orange
colour under cultivation. Mr Boyd named the plant Saxifraga
azoides var. aurantia of Wood’s “ European Tourists’ Flora.” It was
common on certain stations on the Alps, but previously unknown
in Britain.

IV. Exhibition and Description of Plant Novelties cultivated
at Hay Lodge, Trinity. By Isaac ANDERSON-HENRy,

Esq., F.LS., &.
Erarrhena Lyallii.—This plant was sent to me in seeds from my
correspondent in New Zealand, under the name of Exarrhena Lyallii,
a plant allied pretty closely to the Myosotis tribe. The seeds were

XX Proceedings of the Botanical Society

sent tome from the Middle Island, and two plants of it stood on my
Rockery all last winter. It is one of the most manageable of New
Zealand plants; andis a perennial with large panicles of white flowers.

Morina Coulteriana.—I am indebted to Sir Joseph Hooker for
the specific name of this yellow-flowered species of Morina, the
seeds of which, with the seeds of M. Waullichii and of another
species of Morina, were sent to me by my niece, Mrs Augustus
Johnstone, from Kashmir some three years ago. I understand that
it is wholly new to this country. It has stood along with J
Wallichit in the open ground these two by-past winters, and so is
undoubtedly hardy.

Thymus sp.—Vhe plant I now direct your attention to is a species
of Thyme, the seeds of which were sent home from Afghanistan last
year as seeds of a “purple flowered Labiate.” Itis for you to say, now
it is in flower, whether it be a newspecies; it is strongly perfumed.

Along with seeds of the above, I had seeds of other very
interesting things from Afghanistan. In particular I had seeds of
the following plants, now in fair growth with me though sown as late
as November 1879, viz. :—Borago, two species, Codonopsis ovata,
Rheum species, Liliaceze from 12-14,000 feet, Althzea species, Wild
Celery, Primula species at 9000 feet, also another yellow Morina.

Veronica Lyallit.—This pretty little shrub, which my gardener
uplifted from the outside border, all studded over with flowers as
you see it now, is Veronica Lyallii. These flowers are pure white
and streaked all over with pink veins, each flower being quite
circular and rather more than half an inch across. It is found
growing in the Northern Island of New Zealand at a height of from
2000 to 4000 feet above the level of the sea; it seems perfectly
hardy in our climate in ordinary seasons, a plant of it having stood.
on my Rockery all last winter. I sowed the seeds about three years
ago. It is only now about 8 inches high. One plant flowered
partially with me last year from a sprig of which Sir Joseph
Hooker figured it in the Botanical Magazine, tab. 6456. The height
he assigns to it in his “ Flora of New Zealand” is 5 to 15 inches.

Veronica diosmeefolia.—This shrub, with pretty decussate foliage,
and flowering at a height of some 8 inches, is stated by Sir J.
Hooker, in his “ Flora of New Zealand,” to attain a height of from
3 to 12 feet. But it has the great advantage of flowering early ; for
I sowed the seed so late as July 1877. It has another valuable
property of continuing very long in bloom. The true habit is best
shown in the accompanying plant of the same species not in flower.
The flowers you see are a pretty pink. It is also an inhabitant of the
Northern island of New Zealand, but is not so hardy as V. Lyallit.

of Edinburgh, Session 1879-80. XXxl

V. Report on the effects of last winter on Vegetation in different
parts of Scotland, and on the progress of Open-Atr
Vegetation at the Royal Botanic Garden from the
beginning of May. By Mr Joun SADLER, Curator.

Mr Buchan, with reference to these reports, mentioned that at
Springwood Park, Kelso, a reading had been taken at 16° below
zero, which was 4° lower than any reading that, so far as he was
_aware, had ever been registered in the British Islands, being in
reality considerably lower than that reported from Ormiston, which
was obtained on an exposed thermometer, while at Kelso the instru-
ment was protected.

Mr M. Dunn showed a branch of holly berries in full maturity.
Such an extraordinary phenomenon of the season he accounted for
by the death of birds,—whose winter food these berries are,—owing
to the severe temperatures of the winter 1879-80.

MISCELLANEOUS COMMUNICATIONS.

1. Mrs Bain of Napier Road, Merchiston, exhibited a splendidly
developed specimen of the Edelweiss grown in her garden.

2. Mr Campbell of Ledaig, Arzyleshire, sent strawberries
which had ripened with him in the open ground at the 29th of
May.

3. The president gave to the garden specimens of the Lavatera
arborea, two varieties; and a specimen of the variegated Holcus.
mollis got by him in Prestonkirk, Mid-Lothian.

4. The Rev. John Stevenson of Glamis, Forfarshire, sent a fine
specimen of Hypocrea parmeliodes, Mont (H. ricciodea, Berk,
Sphaeri ricciodea, Bolt) for the Herbarium. This plant is figured
in “Todes Fungi Mecklenbergensis,” and also in ‘‘ Annales des
Sciences Naturelles,’ by Montague, to whom it was sent from
Limoges by M. Larmy. The specimen now presented had been
given to the donor by Mr James M‘Andrew, who had found it in
New Galloway in 1878. The Rev. Mr Berkeley makes the only
previous record of it in England to have been in February 1790.

5. Mr W. P. Drummond intimated that his firm were exhibiting
a specimen of Lilium giganteum in flower about 8 feet high.

6. W. B. Boyd, Esq., of Ormiston House, showed a beautiful
abnormal form of the common daisy.

7. A section of an oak 145 years old, was exhibited, which had
been felled in the spring of 1879 at Cammo, at 2 feet from the
roots. The. centre was considerably decayed for 2 feet nearly,

XXil Proceedings of the Botanical Society

The longest diameter of the wood is 37:4 inches; transverse 35:0 ;
long radius of that diameter 19°8 inches; short 17°6; girth over
bark 9 feet 34 inches. This specimen had been presented to the
Botanical Museum by Alexander Campbell, Esq., through the
agency of Sir Robert Christison, Bart., who had also subjoimed to
the specimen a scale one-half the natural dimensions, showing the
relative width of the annual layers of both radii of one diameter by
decades of years.

8. Amongst the plants in pots exhibited from the garden
were :—

Androsace Chamejasme. Primula scotica.
Dianthus alpinus. farinosa.

neglectus. capitata.
Edraianthus Kitaibeli. Senecio speciosus, a magnificent
Fritillaria Kamschatica. new groundsell from the Cape
Gypsophila cerastoides. of Good Hope.
Hutchinsia alpina. Saxifraga ceesia.
Linaria origanifolia. squarrosa,
Myosotis alpestris. M‘Nabiana.
Oxytropus montanus. mutata.
Primula sikkimensis. Veronica Lyalli.

mollis.

The following had been collected during the previous summer by
the Scottish Alpine Botanical Club :—

Cystopteris montana. Red form of Saxifraga hypnoi-
Woodsia hyperborea. des.
Juncus castanea. Dryas octopetala.

Purple form of Veronica saxatilis.

Thursday, 8th July—Mr Wo. Gorrin, President,
in the Chair.

The following Candidate was elected a non-Resident
Fellow :
The Rey. THomas Barry, M.A., The Manse, Kirkholm.

The following Communications were read :—

I. Further Notes on New Zealand Plants, cultivated at Rait
Lodge, near Trinity, which withstood the winter 1879-80.
By the PRESIDENT.

of Edinburgh, Session 1879-80. XXlil

UU. The Flowering Plants of New Zealand and their relation to
the Insect Fauna. By Grorcre M. Tuomson, F.LS.,
Dunedin, New Zealand. Communicated by Professor
BALFOUR.

In the subsequent discussion Isaac Anderson-Henry, Esq.,
suggested that the reason of their failure here to cultivate many
New Zealand plants, otherwise compatible with our soil and
seasons, might be the lack of their corresponding insects specially
necessary for their fertilisation.

With reference to Mr Thomson’s observations of insects visiting
certain plants just as the day was sunshiny or not, Mr Taylor
called attention to M. Gaston Bonier’s observations made to the
Botanical Society of France. He had noted how the Hymenoptera
actively visit certain plants in Norway which they desert in the
latitude of Paris. The species so distinguished were Hieracium
Pilosella, L.; Campanula rotundifolia, L.; Geum urbanum, L.;
Potentilla Tormentilla, Nesk.

Bonier argued that the production of nectar in these plants in the
north was owing to the larger amount of sunshine they experienced,
caused by the greater length of the day. But in another paper he
questioned if there was a necessary connection betwixt the visit of
an insect and the fertilisation of a corresponding flower.

Ill. Exhibition of Geaster fornicatus. Sent by Dr Dycr
DUCKWORTH.

Dr Dyce Duckworth sent a fine specimen of the Fungus Geaster
fornicatus to the Botanical Museum, which had been obtained at
his house in Surrey.

IV. Additional Observations on Tree Measurement. By Sir
ROBERT CHRISTISON, Bart.

Sir Robert Christison, Bart., made some supplementary observa-
tions to his papers on the exact measurement of trees, and which he
promised to lay subsequently more at length before the Society.
This season had been favourable to the growth of certain trees in
the district, especially those of the coniferous order. From observa-
tions made since April 30 last, the Cupressus Lawsonia had increased
in girth in several specimens over 1 inch to 1,4;th inch; while
three species of the Hungary Oak in the Royal Botanic Garden had
similarly progressed to the extent of ;5ths of an inch. Some
interesting details were given of an oak tree which had been thrown

XX1V Proceedings of the Botanical Society

down by one of the sudden floods of last autumn near Cheltenham.
At 3 feet from the ground it was 18 feet in girth, while the annual
rings, taken by the method of De Condolle, pointed to an age of not
less than 500 years. In conclusion, Sir Robert exhibited specimens
from the Woods of Craigiehall near Edinburgh, showing great
devastation to oaks by insect ravages. This woodman’s plague, as
subsequent speakers confirmed, was widely prevalent in the Edin-
burgh district, and had been known in some localities for three
years.

V. Report on the effects of last winter on Vegetation in different
parts of Scotland, and on the progress of Open-Avr
Vegetation at the Royal Botanic Garden from the
beginning of June. By Mr JOHN SADLER, Curator.

MISCELLANEOUS COMMUNICATIONS.

1. The President exhibited two first and second year’s plants of
Raphanus maritimus, showing that it is at least of biennial duration.
It is said by some to last for three years, although it has been
questioned if it is really distinct from the strictly annual Raphanus
Rhaphanistrum.

In Withering’s ‘ Botany ” it is stated that the late Dr Walker,
Professor of Natural History at Edinburgh so long ago as 1753,
deemed it preferable to Horse Radish for the table, and found that
cattle were fond of its herbage. When the young roots are cut into
very small pieces and sparingly mixed with green salad, such as
Lettuce, Mr Gorrie obtains a very decided and agreeable radish
flavour. These roots are obtainable in perfection at periods when the
common garden radish is not in season. One of the specimens was
fully 4 feet high, and had not had room to spread. The original stock
had been brought from the coast of Bute and Wemyss Bay in 1877.
One of the specimens in Mr Gorrie’s garden measured on August 24,
1878, 4 feet 2 inches high, while the spread of its lower branches
was 8 feet 5 inches in diameter. This plant might profitably be
cultivated for cattle feeding on exposed sandy coasts.

2. W. B. Boyd, Esq., of Ormiston House, exhibited a specimen
of Cumpanula pulchella, displaying the change from a Gamopetalous
to a Polypetalous corolla; a large branch more than a foot long of
an etiolated form of the white Pelargonium, also a Campanula,
showing on some of the corollas the hose-and-hose modification of
structure a double headed Dandelion, and three flowers of a
Calceolaria on one peduncle.

of Edinburgh, Session 1879-80. XXV

3. Isaac Anderson-Henry, Esq., exhibited and described some
New Zealand plants in pots which he had just imported. They
included :—

Ozothamnus selago. Veronica Hectorii.
nigra. Bidiwillii.

Veronica lycopoiodes.

4. P. Neill Fraser, Esq., exhibited a bottle of seeds which had
come in the same ship with Mr Henry’s plants, at the same time pre-
senting a selection to the Royal Botanic Garden. He also showed a
purple Foxglove which had been found in his garden at Rockville,
one longitudinal row of the corollas being pure white.

5, A fine specimen of the fungus Polyporus squamosus, weighing
103 lb. avoirdupois, was exhibited. It had been taken from an old
Sycamore tree in the Edinburgh Arboretum.

6. Amongst the plants in pots on the table from the garden
were :—

Campanula garganica alba. Potentilla alchemilloides.

Dianthus alpinus. Petrocoptis Lagcasce alba.
deltoides.* Ranunculus repens (straw-
barbatus. * coloured variety, found last

Gentiana ornata. year by Professor Dickson).

Gladiolus serotinus. | Spireea coespitosa.

Orchis hircina Silene quadridentata.

Primula farinosa superba. | Saxifraga caroliniana.

XXV1 Proceedings of the Botanical Socrety

ADDITIONS

TO THE

LIBRARY, HERBARIUM, AND MUSEUM,

AT THE
ROYAL BOTANIC GARDEN, EDINBURGH,

From 30ra Novemper 1879 to Ist Octosper 1880.

I.—LIBRARY.
BOOKS.

Acarpu, J. G. Florideernes Morphologe. Af J. G. Agardh.
Med. 33 Taflor. Till Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akademien inlemnad
den 12 December 1877. Stockholm, 1879.—From_ the
Author.

Bentuam, Grorer. Flora Australiensis: A Description of the
Plants of the Australian Territory. By George Bentham,
F.R.S., F.L.S., assisted by Ferdinand Mueller, M.D., F.RB.S.,
and L.S, Government Botanist, Melbourne, Victoria. 7
vols. London, 1863 to 1878.—From the Author.

Binetey, Rev. W. A. M., F.L.S. A Practical Introduction to
Botany ; also, a Glossary of Botanic Terms. London, 1817.—
From Dr Gilchrist, Dumfries.

Brices, T. R. Arcuer. Flora of Plymouth: An Account of the
Flowering Plants and Ferns found within Twelve Miles of the
Town, with Brief Sketches of the Topography, Geology, and
Climate of the Area, and History of Local Botanical Investi-
gation, with Map. London, 1880.—From the Author.

Brown, James, LL.D. The Forester. 4th ed. LEdinr., 1871.
—Purchased.

Bursripce, F. W., and Baker, J. G. The Narcissus; its
History and Culture. London, 1875.—Purchased.

Eckton AND ZeyHeR. Enumeratio Plantarum Afric Australis
Extratropice. Hamburg, 1835.—From Mr Thomas Walker,
Carluke.

of Edinburgh, Session 1879-80. XXVil

GeRARD, JOHN. Gerard’s Herbal. Edition 1597.—From Exz-
Councillor Stephen Wellstood, Edinburgh.

Gorpon, GrorcE. The Pinetum: A Synopsis of all the known
Coniferous Plants. New ed. London, 1880.—Purchased.

Hooker, J.D. The Flora of British India. Part 7. (Araliacee
to Rubiacee.) London, 1880.—From the Indian Office.

Hooxer, W. J. The British Flora. Vol. I. London, 1835,—
From Dr Gilchrist, Dumfries.

LinsEBALD, SamMueL. Svensk Flora. Upsala, 1798.—From Dr
Gilchrist, Dumfries.

Loupon, J. C. An Encyclopedia of Gardening. New ed. Edited
by Mrs Loudon. London, 1878.

——— An Encyclopedia of Plants. Ed. by Mrs Loudon. New
Imp. London, 1872.

Trees and Shrubs of Great Britain. London, 1875.

Mrs. The Ladies Flower Garden of Ornamental Annuals.
2d ed. London, n.p.— Purchased.

Martyn, Prof. THos. The Language of Botany: A Dictionary of
Terms. 3d edition. London, 1807.—From Dr Gilchrist,
Dumfries.

Mve tier, Ferp. von. Eucalyptographia: A Descriptive Atlas of
the Eucalypts of Australia and the adjoining Islands.
Decades I. to V. Melbourne, 1879.—Fvrom the Author.

OrmeRoD, Eveanor A. The Cobham Journals. Abstracts and
Summaries of Meteorological and Phenological Observations
made by Miss Caroline Molesworth at Cobham, Surrey, in the
years 1825 to 1850, with Introduction, Tables, &c., by Eleanor
A. Ormerod. London, 1880.—From Miss Ormerod.

PickerinG, Dr Cuarues. Chronological History of Plants: Man’s
Record of his Own Existence. Boston, 1879.—From Mrs
Pickering.

Sarcent, Cuartes 8. A Catalogue of the Forest Trees of North
America. Washington, U.S.A., 1880.—/rom the Author.
Steuart, Sir Henry, Bart. The Planter’s Guide. 3d ed. Edinr.,

1868.—Purchased.

Waker, RicHarp. The Flora of Oxfordshire and the Con-
tiguous Counties; illustrated. Oxford, 1833.—From Mr
Thomas Walker, Carluke.

Witpenow. Principles of Botany and of Vegetable Physiology.
Edinburgh, 1811.—From Dr Gilchrist, Dumfries.

Wirgerinc. British Botany. 4 vols. Birmingham, 1878.—From
Dr Gilchrist, Dumfries.

XXVlll Proceedings of the Botanical Society

PAMPHLETS, REPRINTS FROM SCIENTIFIC
PUBLICATIONS, &c.

Aaarpu, J. G. Om Linnes Betydelse i Botanikens Historia Med.
Anledning af Linné. Festen i Lund den 10 Januari 1878.
Lund, 1878.—From the Author.

Batrour, Dr J. H. Remarks on some Species of Rheum culti-
vated in the Edinburgh Royal Botanic Garden. (Ex.—
“Trans. Edin. Bot. Soc.,” Vol. XIII.)—Wrom the Author.

——— Remarks on a Specimen of Rheum nobile (Hook fil
and Thomson) which has flowered in the Royal Botanic
Garden, Edinburgh, in the summer of 1880. (Ex.—
“Trans. Edin. Bot. Soc,” Vol. XIV.) Large paper,
coloured plate.—From the Author.

Eleven Duplicate Copies of Accounts of Botanical Excur-
sions with Class, principally in the years 1873 to 1875.—
From the Author.

Linpsere,S. O. Musci Scandinavici in systemate Novo Naturali Dis-
positi sumptibus suis Edidit. Upsala Botaniska Bytesfirening.

Musci Nonnulli Scandinavici Descripti (Meddel af Societas
pro Fauna-et Flora feninca 5.) 1879.

——-— Ofvergang af Honorgan till Hanorgan hos en Bladmossa.
T. Affi XI (Ofversigt af Kong Vetenskaps-Akademiens
Forhandligar, 1879, No. 5. Stockholm.)—#From the Author.

NEDERLANDSCHE Maartscuappls. Programma van de Nederlandsche
Maatschappij ter Bevodering van Nijverliend. 1880.—From
the Society.

OrmeERoD, Exeanor A. Notes of Observations of Injurious Insects.
Reports 1877, 1878, 1879.

——— Notes for Observations of Injurious Insects.— rom the
Author.

SapLeR, JoHN. Report on Temperatures and on Open Air Vegeta-
tion in Royal Botanic Garden, 1878-9. (Ex.—‘“* Trans.
Edin. Bot. Soc.,” Vol. XIII.) 2 Copies.—From the Author.

TRANSACTIONS, &c., OF LEARNED SOCIETIES,
AND KINDRED INSTITUTIONS.

ADELAIDE.—Botanie Garden and Government Plantations.
Report of Progress and Condition during 1879.—From Sir R.
Christison.

of Edinburgh, Session 1879-80. XX1X

Brerne.—Naturforschende Gesellschaft.
Mittheilungen. 1879, Nos. 937-61.—From the Society.
Société Helvétique des Sciences Naturelles.
Actes. Sessions 61, 62 (St Gallen).—From the Society.
Berwick.—Berwickshire Naturalists’ Club.
Proceedings, Vol. IX. No. 1, 1879.—From the Club.
Boston.—Boston Society of Natural History.
Proceedings. Vol. XIX. Parts 3-4; Vol. XX. Parts 1-3.
Memoirs. Vol. III. Parts 1-3.
Occasional Papers. No. III. Contributions to the Geology of
Eastern Massachusetts. By W. O.Crosshby.—Fromthe Society.
BravunscHwerc.—Yahresbericht des Vereins fur Naturwissenschaft
zu fur Geschaftsjahr, 1879-80.—Firom the Society.
BreMEN.—Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein.
Abhandlungen. Band VI. Hefte 2 and 3.
Beilage. No. 7.— From the Society.
CopENHAGEN.—Botaniske Forening i Kobenhavn.
Botaniske Tidsskrift (Journal de Botanique). Series III.
Vol. XII. Liv. 1.—From the Society.
EprnpurcH.— Botanical Society.
Transactions and Proceedings. Vol. XIII. Part 3, 1879.—
From the Society.
Royal Society.
Transactions. Vol. XXVIII. Part 3, 1877-78; Vol. XXIX.
Part 1, 1878-79.
Proceedings. Session 1878-79.—From the Society.
Scottish Arboricultural Society.
Transactions. Vol. 1X. Part 2, 1879.—From the Society.
Guascow.—Natural History Society.
Proceedings. Vol. IV. Part 1.—From the Society.
Haartem.—DBevordering van Nijverheid.
Tijdschrift. 4° Reeks, Deel IV. Ap. to Sept. 1880.—/rom
the Society.
Hatire.—Kais Leop. Carol.
Deutsche Akademie der Naturforscher, Nova Acta. Band
XL. Nos. 5 and 7.—From the Academy.
Musée Teyler.— Archives. Vol. V. Pt.2—From theCorporation.
LanHoreE.—Report by the Superintendent of the Punjab Agri-Horti-
cultural Society’s Gardens, Lahore, for the year 1879-80.—
From W. Coldstream, Esq.
Leeps.—Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union.
Transactions. Parts 1-3.—From the Union.

ox Proceedings of the Botanical Society

Lonpon.—India Office—Forest Department.
Reports for 1878-9.—From the India Office.
Linnean Society.
Transactions. (Botany.) Series II. Vol. I. Part 7-9.
Journal. Nos. 104-108.—Vfrom the Society.
Pharmaceutical Society.
Journal and Transactions. Vols. X., XI. Nos 484, 536.—
From the Socvety.
Quekett Microscopical Club.
Journal. Nos. 42, 43.—From the Club.
Mapras.—Proceedings of Meetings of Committee of the Agri-
Horticultural Society of Madras held at the Gardens in 1879.—
From Dr J. H. Balfour.
MeE.BourNE.—Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society
of Victoria. Vol. XVI.—From the Society.
Newnaven.—Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences. Trans.
Vol. V. Part 1.—From the Academy.
New Yorx.—New York Academy of Sciences.
Annals. Vol. I. Nos. 5-8.—/From the Academy.
Norwicu.—Norfolk and Norwich Naturalists’ Society.
Transactions. Vol. III. Part 1, 1880.—From the Society.
Paris.—Société Botanique de France.
Bulletin. Revue Bibliographique. Tom. XXVI. C-D, E.;
Tom. XXVIL. A.B.
Comptes rendus. Tom. XXVI. 1-3; Tom. XXVII. 1-3.
Session extraordinaire & Aurillac, 1879.
Table des Matiéres, Tom. XX VI.—From the Society.
PrTerRsBURG, St.—Hortus Imp. Bot. Petropolitanus.
Acta. Tom. VI. Fasc. 2, 1879.—From the Directors.
PHILADELPHIA.—Academy of Natural Sciences.
Proceedings. Parts 1-3, 1879.—From the Academy.
PiymovutH.—Plymouth Institution and Devon and Cornwall
Natural History Society.
Transactions. Vol. VII. Part 2, 1879-80.—From the Society.
Ursat.—Socicté Royale des Sciences.
Nova Acta. Ser. III. Vol. X. Fase. 1 and 2.—From the
Royal Society of Sweden.
W asHincton.—Smithsonian Institution.
Report of Board of Regents, 1878. —Krom the Institute.
U.S. Geological Survey of the Territories.
Annual Report. No. 2, 1877.—From F. V. Hayden, U.S.
Geologist.

of Edinburgh, Session 1879-80. Rkxl

Wartrorp.—Natural History Society and Hertfordshire Field Club.
Transactions. Vol. Il. Parts 7 and 8.—¥Fvrom the Society.
WELLINGTON.—New Zealand Institute.
Transactions and Proceedings. Vol. XII. 1879.—From the
Institute.

PERIODICALS.

Gaceta cientifica de Venezuela.—From Sig. A. Ernst.

The Garden. Nos. 411-462.—Purchased.

The Gardeners’ Chronicle. Nos. 301—352.—Purchased.

Grevillea. Edited by Dr M. C. Cooke. Nos. 46-49.— Purchased.

The Journal of Botany. Nos, 192—214.—Purchased.

The Journal of Forestry.—F rom the Proprietors.

Nature. Nos. 518-570.—From the Editor.

The Scottish Naturalist. Edited by Dr F. B. White. Nos. 36-40.
From Perthshire Society of Natural Science.

Curtis’s Botanical Magazine. Vol. XXXV. et seq.—Purchased.

Il.—DONATIONS TO THE HERBARIUM.
Batrour, Dr J. H. Oblong Book containing 70 specimens of
Dried Plants, arranged according to the Linnean System.
Bennet, A. Three specimens of rare Chara from Filly-Broad, E.
Norfolk—viz., Chara stelligera (Bauer), C. obtusa (Desv.),

Nitella stelligera (Kiitz.)—collected Sept. 1880.

Bucuanan, Joun. <A Collection of about 166 specimens of
Phanerogams, collected by him in Shire Highlands and their
vicinage; sent from Blantyre, Central Africa, July 6, 1879.

Curistison, Dr Davin. Four specimens of Mio Mio—Baccharis
sp. Herb. Kew, Gilbert, 65 ; poisonous to sheep ; a powerful
blister for horses; sent by Mr Hall, San Jorge, 1880.

Fenpuer, Dr. About 49 specimens of Trinidad Ferns. Set
No. 17.—Purchased.

Gitcurist, Dr, Dumfries. Eight packages of Plants, containing
nearly 500 specimens illustrative of Flora of Dumfriesshire and
adjoining counties.

——- Two Packages of Mosses and Lichens from Norway. One
Package of Jungermanie from Norway.

Ten Packages of Plants from English Lakes, Ireland, and
other localities.

Hormes, E. H. A specimen of Pertusaria globulifera, found near
Clayford, Devon, on 9th August 1880.

XXXIL Proceedings of the Botanical Society

Krew Hersarium. About 150 specimens, chiefly Phanerogams,
from the collections made by Officers of H.M.S. “ Alert” and
“ Discovery ” during the Arctic Expedition 1875-76.

Piper, Miss. A fine specimen of Vaccinium Vitis-Idea, from Glen
Affarie, Beauly. Collected 30th August 1880.

SoctetA CrittoGamoLoaica ITALIANO. Erbario Crittogamico
Italiano ; Ser. II. Fascicolo X VIII, N. 851-900.— Purchased.

SrEvEnson, Rev. Jown, of Glamis. A fine specimen of Hypocrea
parmelioides, Mont. (H. Ricciodea, Berk., Spheri riccioidea,
Bolt.)

III.—DONATIONS TO THE MUSEUM.

CampsBetL, Mr A., Burntisland. Walking stick made of the stem
of Verbascum Thapsus.

Du Movin, E.G. B. “ Woody Pear” from New South Wales.

DucxwortH, Dr Dyce. Specimen of Fungus (Geaster fornicatus).

Gunnine, Dr, Collection of Leguminous and other Seeds.

Maserty, Wiiu1aM Henry, of the Arboretum Hydropathic Estab-
lishment, Leamington. Acorns from Oaks in the Yosemite
Valley, California.

——-— Branch and Fruit of the ‘“‘ Woody Pear,” from the Blue
Mountains, near Sydney.

———- Bark of the Wellinytonia gigantea, from California.

——— Fruits and Seed of New Zealand Flax, Wellington.

—-——— Lichen and Cones from the Yosemite Valley, California.

——-— Lycopodium, Lichen, and Alga, from near Hobart Town,
Tasmania.

——-— Spear Grass from near Canterbury, New Zealand.

——— Seeds of the Nisago Fruit, Honolulu, Sandwich Islands.

——— New Zealand Basket or Kit, made out of Phormium Tenax.

Macanprew, Herpert. A section of stem of Tree-Fern from
New Zealand.

Purcuas, A. C., Auckland, N. Z. Branch encrusted with Silica,
from Hot Spring Country, North Island, New Zealand.

Rei, Dr. Lichen from Yosemite Valley, California.

SrenHouse, T. B., Cape Town. Leaves of the Silver Tree, from
Table Mountain, South Africa.

StraTaMore, Lord, per the Rev. J. Stevenson, Glamis Manse. A
section of a Larch blown down at Glamis Castle in “Tay
Bridge storm,” 28th Dec. 1879.

Tuomson, S., Travancore. Box made of skin of Coco nut Palm, with
Jackwood lid.

Motanical Society of Gdinburgh.

L—GENERAL VIEWS AND OBJECTS OF THE SOCIETY.

The attention of the Society is turned to the whole range of
Botanical Science, together with such parts of other branches of
Natural History as are more immediately connected with it. These
objects are cultivated :—

1. By holding Meetings for the interchange of botanical informa-
tion,—for the reading of original papers or translations, abstracts
or reviews of botanical works, regarding any branch of botanical
knowledge, practical, physiological, geographical, and palzeontolo-
gical,—and the application of such knowledge to Agriculture and
the Arts.

2. By publishing annually Proceedings and Transactions, includ-
ing a List of Members and Donations.

3. By the formation in Edinburgh of an Herbarium of Foreign
and British Plants, and of a Library and Museum for general con-
sultation and reference.

4. By printing from time to time Catalogues of Plants, with the
view of facilitating the study of their pce tle distribution, and
furthering the principle of exchange

5. By making Botanical Excursions both in the neighbourhood of
Edinburgh and to distant parts of Britain.
Marcu 1880. c

XXX1V Laws of the Society.

6. By appointing Local Secretaries, from amongst the Members
of the Society, from whom, in their respective districts, all infor-
mation regarding the Society’s objects and proceedings may be
obtained.

IL—LAWS OF THE SOCIETY,

CHAPTER I.
FUNDAMENTAL LAWS.

1. The Society shall be denominated “THe BoranicaL Society
oF EDINBURGH.”

2. The object of the Society shall be the advancement of Botanical
Science, by means of periodical meetings, publications, correspond-
ence, and interchange of specimens amongst its Members.

3. The Society shall consist of Honorary, Resident, Non-Resident,
Foreign, and Corresponding Members, who shall have the privilege
of denominating themselves Fellows of the Society ; also of Associ-
ates; and of Ladies, who shall be denominated Lady Associates.

CHAPTER ILI.

ORDINARY MEETINGS.

1. A Meeting of the Society shall be held on the Seeynd Thurs-
day of every month, from November to July inclusively.

2. Intimation of all papers to be brought before the Society must
be given to the Secretary and submitted to the Council ten days at
least previous to the Meeting at which they are to be read.

3. Any Member may transmit to the Society Papers and Com-
munications, which, if approved of by the Council, may be read by
the author, or, in his absence, by the President or Secretary at any
of the Ordinary Meetings.

4. The following order of business shall be observed :—

Laws of the Society. XXXV

PRIVATE BUSINESS.
. Chair taken.
. Minutes of Private Business of preceding Meeting read.
. Report of Council read.
. Applications for Admission read.
. Members proposed at preceding Meeting balloted for.
. Motions intimated at Previous Meetings discussed.
. New motions intimated.
. Miscellaneous Business.
. Society adjourned.

Oo OND Oe OD

PUBLIC BUSINESS.

. Chair taken.

. Laws signed by new Members.

. Minutes of Public Business of preceding Meeting read.

. Papers and Communications for next Meeting announced.
. Specimens, Books, &c., presented.

. Communications and Papers read.

. Society adjourned.

NO oP Wb eR

CHAPTER IIL
EXTRAORDINARY MEETINGS.
An Extraordinary Meeting of the Society may be called at any

time, by authority of the Council, on the requisition of three or
more Resident Fellows.

CHAPTER IV.
ADMISSION OF MEMBERS.

SECTION I.—HONORARY FELLOWS.

1, The Honorary Fellows shall be limited to six British and
twenty-five Foreign,—by British, being understood British sub-
jects, whether resident in the British Islands or not.

2, The Council shall have the privilege of proposing Honorary
Fellows,—the names of the gentlemen proposed being always stated
in the Billet calling the Meeting at which they are to be balloted
for. The election to be determined by a majority of at least two-
thirds of the votes, provided fifteen Fellows are present and vote.

XXXVi Laws of the Socwety.

3. Any Fellow may submit to the Council the names of indivi-
duals whom he would wish proposed as Honorary Fellows; and
should the Council decline to bring these forward, he may demand
that they be balloted for.

4. Honorary Fellows shall be entitled to all the privileges of
Resident Fellows, and shall receive copies of the Transactions free
of charge.

SECTION II.—RESIDENT FELLOWS.

1. A candidate for admission into the Society, as a Resident
Fellow, must present an application, with a recommendation
annexed, signed by at least two Resident Fellows. The applica-
tion shall be read at the proper time during private business, and
at the next Ordinary Meeting shall be determined by a majority of
at least two-thirds of the votes, provided fifteen Fellows are present
and vote.

2. Resident Fellows shall, on admission, sign the Laws, and pay
the sum of Fifteen Shillings to the funds of the Society ; and shall
contribute Fifteen Shillings annually thereafter at the November
Meeting. Resident Fellows are entitled to receive the Transactions
provided their subscriptions are paid.

3, Resident Fellows may at any time compound for their annual
contributions by payment of Six Guineas. They shall be entitled
to receive the Transactions yearly as published.

4, Resident Fellows leaving Edinburgh may be enrolled as Non-
Resident Fellows, if they have paid by annual subscriptions the
sum of Six Guineas, and have also paid any arrears due at their
departure. By a further payment of Two Guineas they shall be
entitled to receive the Transactions.

5. Fellows who are not in arrear in their subscriptions, and in
their payments for the Transactions, will receive copies of the
latter, provided they apply for them within two years after publica-
tion. Fellows not resident in Edinburgh must apply for their
copies either personally, or by an authorised agent, to the Secretary
or Treasurer.

6. The Society shall from time to time adopt such measures
regarding Fellows in arrears as shall be deemed necessary.

SECTION III,—NON-RESIDENT FELLOWS.

1. Any person not residing in Edinburgh may be balloted for as
a Non-Resident Fellow, on being recommended by two Fellows of

Laws of the Society. XXXV1l

the Society, and paying a contribution of Three Guineas. From
such no annual payment is required.

2. Non-Resident Fellows, by payment of Two Guineas additional,
shall be entitled to receive the Transactions yearly as published.

3. Non-Resident Fellows, wishing to become Resident, must
intimate their intention to the Secretary, who shall put them on
the Resident list. They shall pay the annual subscription of Fifteen
Shillings, or Three additional Guineas, or One Guinea if they have
compounded for the Transactions.

4. Non-Resident Fellows must arrange with the Assistant-
Secretary for the transmission of their copies of the Transactions ;
and they are requested to acknowledge receipt. Billets of the Meet-
ings may, if desired, be also obtained.

5. Non-Resident Fellows coming to Edinburgh shall, for a period
of two months, be entitled to attend the Meetings of the Society,
and participate in the other privileges of Resident Fellows ; after
which, should they remain longer, they must pay the usual annual
subscription of Resident Fellows, unless they have compounded by
payment of Six Guineas.

SECTION IV.—FOREIGN FELLOWS.

1. Any person residing abroad may be balloted for as a Foreign
Fellow, on the recommendation of the Council.

SECTION V.— ASSOCIATES.

1. The Society shall have power to elect by ballot, on the recom-
mendation of the Council, Associates from those who, declining to
become Resident or Non-Resident Fellows, may have acquired a
claim on the Society by transmitting specimens or botanical com-
munications. Associates have no vote in elections, or in the trans-
action of the business of the Society.

SECTION VI.—LADY ASSOCIATES.

1. Any Lady, whether Resident or Non-Resident, may become,
on the recommendation of the Council, a Member for life, on pay-
ment of a single contribution of Two Guineas.

Yote. —Diplomas may be procured by Fellows from the Vice-Secretary, the
sum payable being Five Shillings, and Two Shillings for a tin case. But no
Fellow shall be entitled to receive a Diploma until his contributions have
amounted to Three Guineas.

XXXVI Laws of the Socrety.

CHAPTER V.
OFFICE-BEARERS.

1. The Office-Bearers of the Society may be chosen from the
Resident or Non-Resident Fellows, and they shall consist of a
President, four Vice-Presidents, ten Councillors, an Honorary
Secretary, an Assistant-Secretary, a Foreign Secretary, and a Trea-
surer, who shall be elected annually, at the Ordinary Meeting in
December. If a Non-Resident Fellow be elected an Office-Bearer,
he must become a Resident Fellow, in conformity with Section III.
Law 3.

2. The Council shall annually prepare a list of Fellows whom
they propose to nominate as Office-Bearers for the ensuing year.
This list shall be printed and put into the hands of Fellows along
with the Billet of the December Meeting; and Fellows shall vote
by putting these lists into the ballot-box, with any alterations they
may think proper to make. The lists shall not be signed. Every
Fellow present at the Meeting is entitled to vote.

3. All the Office-Bearers may be re-elected except the two senior
Vice-Presidents, and the three senior Councillors, who shall not be
re-eligible to the same offices till’after the interval of one year.

4, These Office-Bearers shall form the Council for the general
direction of the affairs of the Society. Three to be a quorum.

5. The Council shall nominate annually an Auditor and an
Artist, to be recommended to the Society.

6. The Council shall appoint annually at the January Meeting
five of their number, including the President and Honorary Secre-
tary, to superintend the printing of the Transactions of the Society.

7. The Council may at any time be called upon by the President,
Vice-Presidents, or Secretaries, to meet with them for the transac-
tion of private business.

8. The Council shall hold a Meeting for business on the second
Tuesday before each General Meeting.

CHAPTER VL.

THE PRESIDENT AND VICE-PRESIDENTS.

1. It shall be the duty of the President and Vice-Presidents when
in the chair, and of the Chairman in their absence, to conduct the
Business of the Society according to the order of the Business laid

Laws of the Society. XXXIX

down in Chapter II. Law 4, and to attend carefully to the enforce-
ment of the Laws of the Society, and to signing the Minutes. The
Chairman shall have a vote and a casting vote.

CHAPTER VIL.

THE SECRETARIES.

1. The Honorary Secretary, with the aid of the Assistant-
Secretary, shall give intimation of all General and Committee
Meetings, shall Minute their Proceedings in Books to be kept for
the purpose, and shall conduct all the Society’s Correspondence in
Britain. He shall also take charge of all Donations of Plants and
Books, and shall see them deposited in the Herbarium and Library,
in conformity with any arrangements made by the Society with
Government.

2. The Foreign Secretary shall have charge of all the Foreign
Correspondence.

Note.—Agreeably to an Act of the Town Council of the City of Edinburgh,
dated January 8, 1839, the Professor of Botanyin the University of Edinburgh

is constituted Honorary Curator ex officio, with free access to the Society’s
Collection, whether a Member of the Society or not.

CHAPTER VIII.
THE TREASURER AND AUDITOR.

1. The Treasurer, subject to the inspection of the Coumeil, shall
receive and disburse all Money belonging to the Society, Collecting
the Money when due, and granting the necessary Receipts. His
Accounts shall be Audited annually by the Auditor appointed by
the Society.

2. It shall be the duty of the Treasurer to place all Money be-
longing to the Society in one of the Chartered Banks of this City,
unless the same shall have been ordered by the Society to be other-
wise invested ; and he shall never keep more than Ten Pounds of
the Funds of the Society in his hands at a time. The Bank
Account shall be kept in the name of the Society, and all drafts
thereon shall be signed by the Treasurer.

3. The Treasurer shall, at the December Meeting, submit a certi-
fied statement of the Receipts and Expenditure of the past year,
with the Auditor’s Report thereon.

xl Laws of the Society.

CHAPTER IX.
VISITORS.

Each Fellow shall have the privilege of admitting one Visitor to
the Ordinary Meetings of the Society, at the close of the private
business,

CHAPTER X.
ADDITIONAL LAW.

In the event of any Member acting in such a way as shall seem
to the Fellows of the Society to be detrimental to its interests, the
Council may recommend that the name of such Member be deleted
from the roll. The recommendation shall be brought before the
Society at its first Ordinary Meeting. It shall be finally decided at
the immediately succeeding Meeting by ballot. If confirmed by a
majority of two-thirds of the votes of at least fifteen Fellows, the
name of such person shall be deleted from the roll of membership,
and all his privileges connected with the Society shall be forfeited.

CHAPTER XI.
MAKING AND ALTERING LAWS.

Any motion for the alteration of existing Laws, or the enactment
of new ones, shall lie over till the second Ordinary Meeting, and
shall then be determined by a majority of at least two-thirds of the
votes, provided fifteen Fellows are present and vote. The motion
must be intimated to the Council, and shall be printed in the Billet
calling the Meeting at which it is to be brought forward, and also
in the Billet of the Meeting at which it is to be discussed.

go

—“~— 7
—y
Wee
UV PTTAC
ASN MC A) .
fit~ oe
( fs “ed F ~ .
(/

\

A

\
\ \

i)
\
yy

oi

oO

wah

Sa

LL

B > H @) O 1 a . M‘Farlane & Erskine, Litht® E

in 00a

Me TAc

YUCCA GLORIOSA, ON THE ROCK-GA

(From a Photograph tm

JEN AT EDINBURGH,

j by Mr G. A. Payton.)

Trans. Bot. Noe... Edin..

Vol. XIV., Pi.

OCTOBER 1879,

IT,

~

<

TRANSACTIONS AND PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

BOTANICAL SOCIETY.

VOL. XIV.—PART II.

Bi

¥

an EDINBURGH:
| PRINTED FOR THE BOTANICAL SOCIETY. '
X MDOCCLXXXII,

The Botanical Society of Edinburgh is prepared to make
exchanges of plants with Foreign Botanists.

British or Foreign species will be given in exchange, in
accordance with the wish of the Contributor.

A complete copy of the Transactions, to Vol. XIII.
inclusive, can be had for £7, 10s. from the Treasurer.

ERRATA,

Page 159, second line from foot, read 1867 for 1857,
Page xciv., the name of George Bird omitted from List of Resident

Fellows,

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

SUE AN LOCALS OCLE TY.

SESSION XLV.

11th November 1880.—Witi1am Gorrig, Esq., President,
in the Chair.

The Cuarrman delivered the following Valedictory
Address :—

On obtaining by Selection Hardy Varieties or Forms of
what are usually termed Half-Hardy Plants.

Tue term half-hardy is here applied to such introduced
exotic plants as have been found to stand our milder
winters without artificial protection, but which suffer more
or less in those of unusual severity, as well as to unintro-
duced kinds which are natives of such low temperatured
climates that their successful cultivation in Great Britain
may be deemed probable. The disastrous effects of the
last two unusually severe winters upon many of the highly
interesting ornamental and useful plants which have been
introduced to our gardens and pleasure grounds from the
milder temperate regions, as well as from high tropical
mountain ranges, have caused such losses and disappoint-
ment to plant cultivators, that any means by which the
recurrence of such disasters may be prevented or materially
modified must be deemed of paramount importance, and
that such desirable results are attainable by the carefully
TRANS. BOT. SOC, VOL. XIV. L

146 President's Address.

continued selection of young plants that have been grown
from seeds, I hope to be able to demonstrate in the course
of the following remarks.

The plants that are best suited for withstanding the
vicissitudes and rigours of our rather fickle climate are
those that make and mature their annual growths within
that portion of the year in which frosts are altogether or
nearly absent, and that, consequently, neither commence
expanding their buds too early in spring, nor continue
growing too late in the autumn. Hence, in selecting the
hardier varieties, these essential characteristics should be
carefully kept in view, unless in those occasional instances
which happen when an ungenial summer and autumn,
such as we had in 1879, is followed by a severe winter like
the last, when highly satisfactory results may be readily
obtained by merely selecting plants that have best with-
stood the inclemency.

In elucidation of the subject I have, in order to combine
brevity with distinctness, arranged my explanatory and
confirmatory, as well as suggestive, remarks under the
following seven headings :—

I. Plants that expand their Buds earlier in Spring than
others.—Among a quantity of any given species of young
plants that have been reared from seeds, whether in the
seed-bed, in nursery lines, or after being planted out, some
will be found that expand their buds much earlier than
others, and are consequently more liable to be injured by
the later spring frosts. This is peculiarly characteristic
of the Himalayan plants, showing that in their natural
habitats, when the winter or dormant season ends, it is
quickly followed by the growth-promoting warmth of
spring; and that they are there free from that alternating
frosty and mild weather which prevails from February —
till past the middle of May in our changeable climate, and
which often destroys or irrecoverably disfigures the fine
conifers and other plants of Upper India, even after they
have passed unscathed through very severe frosts in the
course of the preceding winter.

Growers’ of the many unsurpassably fine Nepaul and
Sikkim rhododendrons are too familiar with these dis-
appointing results, and, in order to insure the unimpaired

President's Address. 147

blooming of their favourites, have to provide greenhouse
protection for them in spring, although, as in the past
winter, they were not perceptibly injured by a December
temperature of fully 30° under the freezing point.

II. Plants that expand their Buds later in Spring than
others, are consequently exempt from, or much less liable
to be injured by late frosts. The common Sycamore (Acer
Pseudo-Platanus) may be instanced as showing that the
difference in time between the expansion of buds in the
earliest and latest plants of the same species is much greater
than is generally supposed, for while the leaves on some
plants are fully expanded in March, other plants may be
seen alongside that scarcely begin to open their buds till
May. Although the sycamore is so hardy that even its
earlier varieties seldom suffer from frosts, yet its large
leaves are by no means exempt from being torn and dis-
figured by equinoctial and other early spring gales. It is
admittedly one of the most suitable trees for withstanding
both land and sea winds on very exposed places, but those
planting it in such places would do well to select only the
latest budding plants. In proof of this I may mention,
that for clothing the ground about wind and sea-spray
exposed marine residences, I have found young sycamores
taken promiscuously from the nurseries to be quite incapable
of maintaining their existence; but, having replaced them
with only the latest budding plants that could be found,
their success has been highly satisfactory. Having about
twenty-five years since planted an arboretum in which those
splendid silver firs, Picea Pindrow and P. Webbiana, were
intended to form conspicuous features, their early budding
habits led to frequent disappointments, till, visiting a
nursery where a great number of them had been reared
from Himalayan seeds, I selected a few plants of each
towards the end of April, in which the buds had scarcely
begun to swell, although those on many of the others were
well expanded, and the after success of the former was all
that could be desired.

III. Plants that continue growing latest in Autumn are
most liable to suffer from early autumnal frosts. While
unusual coldness or lowness of temperature has doubtless
been the main cause of that recent plant destruction which

148 President's Address.

has resulted in great pecuniary losses to nurserymen, as
well as to the vexatious disappointments of plant growers,
it must be kept in mind that such unwelcome results are
not dependent in the case of any individual plant on the
mere fall of the temperature to a stated or even an
approximate low point, but that the amount of injury
sustained by the said plant is largely dependent on the
influence which the previous growing season may have
had upon the maturation or non-maturation of its growth.
Thus the Lombardy poplars around Edinburgh and in
other districts were either killed or irrecoverably injured to
an extent formerly unknown by the slightly above zero
temperature of December 1879, happening after an un-
precedentedly late and unfavourable autumn for perfecting
their growths, although in previous seasons they had
endured fully as low temperature without injury; and
although extensively grown in America they do not there
suffer from the much greater intensity of the winters.
Again, orchard or standard peach trees that have had their
annual growths ripened or matured by the summer and
autumn warmths of Canada and the Northern United
States retain perfect health and fertility, although the
winter temperature is often 30° below zero, while it is only
in a few of the most favoured Scotch gardens that they are
occasionally so far matured on the warmest southerly
exposed garden walls, as to withstand our winters and
produce fair crops of fruit.

IV. Plants that take less time than others to mature
their Growths.—It is a generally known as well as an
easily confirmed fact, that plants of the same species
which expand their buds earliest often do not mature their
autumn growths earlier, or even so early as others which
do not put forth their young leaves till all chance of
injury from late spring frosts is past. Orchardists and
horticulturists are familiar with the fact that varieties of
pears and apples (Pyrus communis and P. Malus), as well
as of other fruit trees which are latest in budding and
blooming, are often the best growers as well as the most
regular bearers; and that kinds which ripen their fruit
comparatively early frequently continue growing so late in
autumn that their young shoots, as well as their blossom

President's Address. 149

and leaf-buds, get materially injured by the succeeding
winter frosts. Confirmatory proof of these averments, as
well as highly interesting and useful cultural information,
may be obtained by carefully selecting a number of trees
or other plants belonging to the same, as well as to
different species, and recording the dates at which their
buds were burst, when their leaves attained to full size,
time of flowering, fruit or seed ripening, the completion of
their autumn growths, as well as the autumnal tinting and
falling of their leaves, which observations should be con-
tinued over at least three seasons.

V. Chance opportunities for the selection of hardier
varieties or forms, which happen after such plant destructive
winters as 1879-80, should be taken advantage of, when
they occur, for selecting such plants as have retained their
vitality, when others of the same kind that had been reared
from seeds under exactly the same circumstances have
either been entirely killed or severely injured. Such
selections can now, as well as in the next two or three
planting seasons, be readily made in “nursery breaks” of
Araucarias, Deodar Cedars, the large-coned Cypress of
North-West America, and other important trees, as well as
of such shrubs as Arbutuses, Aucubas, Hollies, Rhododen-
drons, Roses, Sweet Bays, &c.

VI. Natural selection of Plants—The trite saying that
“All the trees of the wood do not grow alike,” has
reference to the commencement, completion, and time
requisite for maturing their annual growths, and to the
relative lengths or bulk of the same, in the members of
any given species, as well as to trees forming a mixture of
many kinds. Take, for instance, any kind of tree or other
plant having an ordinary range of natural habitats, and
ascending from the lower to the higher of these. Those
requiring most time for making their growths will gradually
disappear as the altitudes become less suitable for their
maturation, leaving in the upper regions only such as have
been best able to perfect their growth and ripen their seeds
for the continuance, or, it may be, the extension of the
species in the highest and most inclement parts; hence, if
seeds or roots are there gathered, it may be fairly assumed
that plants grown from them will be found much hardier

150 President's Address.

than others reared from seeds or roots taken from the lower
native habitats; and were collectors of exotic plants to
send home only seeds gathered in their highest and coldest
natural habitats, we might get many hardy forms of what
are now deemed half-hardy and greenhouse plants from
the mountain ranges of Southern Europe, Asia, Africa,
Central and South America, Australia, New Zealand,
Japan, and other parts, which would form new, valuable,
and highly interesting features in our plantations, pleasure-
grounds, and gardens.

Our native forests of the Scotch pine or fir (Pinus syl-
vestris) may be instanced as affording important examples
of the beneficial effects of natural selection on that most
important and extensively grown of timber trees. In 1874
I had an opportunity of carefully examining much of the
famous Ballochbuie forest on the Braes of Mar, which since
then has fortunately become the property of our Society’s
most respected patron, Her Majesty the Queen. And I
here use the word fortunately, advisedly, as from this grand
old forest having become royal property, a guarantee is
afforded that it will be permanently preserved as a worthy
remnant of those magnificent pine forests with which our
Highland glens and mountains were once so widely clothed,
but of which many have even recently been cleared away ;
and that it will continue to exhibit through far future
generations as many noble specimens as it now does of the
true valuable timbered, gigantic, smooth reddish stemmed
native Scotch pine or fir, with its picturesque, horizontal
branched, umbrella-like top. In Ballochbuie I observed
many varieties and sub-varieties of the Pinus sylvestris,
among which I had no difficulty in identifying the four de-
scribed in the Caledonian Horticultural Society’s ‘‘ Memoirs,”
for 1814, by that renowned Scottish botanist, the late Mr
George Don, as having been found by him in some plauta-
tions in the neighbourhood of Forfar, where he ascertained
that the forementioned best native variety (which he called
Pinus sylvestris, horizontalis) only existed in the proportion
of about one tree to ten or twelve of the others. In those
parts of Ballochbuie forest which were most favourable for
tree-growth, such as in proximity to the drive from
Balmoral to Invercauld, as well as in dry-bottomed

President’s Address. 151

hollows, &c., I found Don’s P, sylvestris, var. horizontalis
almost exclusively or largely prevalent, having by their
more rapid and larger growth overtopped and destroyed
most of the others; which were only seen in excess where
the soil was surcharged with moisture or from other un-
favourable causes, and where consequently they were
thinner and had more room for developing their character-
istic appearances. In places where all the varieties were
intermingled, the greater abundance of cones on the dwarfer
as well as more fastigiate or upright branching trees than
on those of the horizontal variety was very marked, show-
ing the accuracy of Don’s opinions that the degeneracy of
the Scotch fir in low country plantations was in conse-
quence of the best native variety producing its cones much
more sparingly than the others, while they were also less
easily got at; and the seed gatherers, being paid for
quantity and not for quality, seized upon those cones that
were most easily obtained, which practice, having been
continued throughout many generations of planted trees,
has resulted in the too great predominance of the compara-
tively worthless ‘‘ common or lowland Scotch fir.”

VIL. Artificial selection of Plants—The concluding re-
marks in the last paragraph relative to the deterioration of
the Scotch pine may be looked on as showing an example
of the bad effects that may be attendant on artificial selec-
tion. And with the larch (Larix europea) a change is
also progressing, which, however, presents the appearance
of being beneficial rather than otherwise, and which has led
to the name of common larch being employed by arbori-
culturists to the produce of home-grown seeds, and native
larch to that of seeds collected in the native larch forests
of continental Europe. It is well known to nurserymen
and foresters that plants reared from home-grown larch
seeds are much hardier in their young stages than those
grown from seeds that have been collected in the native
larch forests, and that even when older and after being
planted out, the latter are more liable to have their tops
nipped and be otherwise injured by early frosts than the
others. | When the larch was first introduced into Britain
from its congenial habitats on the northern slopes of the
Alps, the Apennines, or the Carpathian Mountains, it may

152 President's Address.

be assumed that native seeds produced, as they now do, a
percentage of early maturing and consequently hardier
plants than the others, and that continuous seed reproduc-
tion from the hardiest, and hence most prolific, of these
first introduced plants and their successive progenies, has
resulted in the plants that are now reared from home-
grown seeds being earlier matured, and much hardier than
those grown from native seeds.

Of plants that have long been the objects of artificial
selection the following may be instanced as bearing upon
the subject here treated of :—

It is admitted that the wild pear (Pyrus communis) and
the crab apple (P. Malus) are perfectly hardy natives of
Britain, and that our cultivated pears are merely improved
varieties of the former, and our cultivated apples of the
latter, obtained after very long-continued and careful selec-
tion of those kinds having the best flavoured and most
handsome fruit, varying in their times of ripening, so that
they can now be had in perfection throughout most of the
year. Quality of the fruit being thus the primary object
in view, little or no regard was paid by horticulturists to
the hardiness of the trees, provided the fruit was possessed
of first-class excellence; and in the event of not being
found suitable for orchard or open ground culture, a place
was allotted to it on the south face of a garden wall or
other exposure, where, under the influences of higher
temperature and better shelter, its growths and fruits were
fully matured. Orchardists, however, and other growers
for market, while also keeping size, beauty, and quality
in view when raising new varieties from seed, had other
requisites to consider, such as hardiness, fruitfulness, late-
ness in flowering, so as to escape spring frosts, wind-resist-
ing sturdiness of growth, &. Hence the great diversity
that exists in the hardiness and other characteristics of the
cultivated varieties of Pyrus communis and P. Malus—a
diversity that I never saw more remarkably displayed than
in the past summer, when, in some of the Carse of Gowrie
orchards, I observed many varieties of pears and apples,
which had hitherto been deemed quite hardy, but which
were then almost fruitless, some being so much injured by
the last winter that they were unlikely to recover, while

President's Address. 153

by far the greater portion had suffered only in a somewhat
less degree. And, as a further proof of the great difference
that exists in the growth as well as hardiness in the
different kinds of pear and apple trees, I may mention
that the late Patrick Matthew, Esq. of Gourdiehill, who
was the most extensive as well as best practically skilled
orchardist in the above named district, arranged his pear
and apple trees so that the finer and more delicate kinds
were protected from the northerly and easterly winds by
lines and masses of taller-growing and hardier sorts,
Similar, and in some instances even greater, diversity exists
in the hardiness of other fruit-bearing, as well as agricul-
tural, culinary, and florist plants. Thus among our cereal
grains, varieties are found much more suited for cold late
exposures than others. Some varieties of the common
turnip (Brassica Rapa), that yield the earliest as well as
bulkiest crops, have to be cleared off the fields even before
moderate frosts set in, while others are capable of with-
standing as much as 15° of frost. All are familiar with
the differences in length of time required for maturing the
many varieties of potato (Solanum tuberosum); and most
cultivators are aware that among the later ripening kinds
some have their foliage blackened by early frosts, while
that of others growing alongside or intermixed with them
remains fresh and green, But of all the plants that have
been long subjected to artificial, or, more correctly speaking,
cultural selection, none have produced in their varieties and
sub-varieties such diversity in forms and hardiness as the
Brassica oleracea, from which has been derived our
cabbages, kales, broccoli, cauliflower, &c., and the
original form of which is found on the southern shores of
Britain as well as on those of Southern Europe, but it has
no place in the Scandinavian flora, although its hardiest
varieties, under the names of Russian and Siberian kale,
are grown as far north in Europe and Asia as cultivation
extends, while the cauliflower, and even the Pomeranian
cabbage, require with us the winter protection of glass
structures.

In regard to flowers that have been long reputed garden
favourites, the differences between them and their primitive
types, both in structure and hardiness, are so well known

154 President's Address.

to botanists and florists, that further remarks in regard to
them are deemed unnecessary.

In treating of the acquirement of hardier varieties or
forms of plants it may be supposed that allusion should be
made to the acclimatisation theory which has been urged
and defended by some horticultural writers, and I here do
so by remarking that I have no belief in that theory, the
advocates of which maintain that a plant, although only
perpetuated by division, such as cuttings, layers, grafts, or
buds, can be rendered more hardy by gradually exposing
and inuring it to lower temperatures. The <Awcuba
japonica, of which the well-known spotted-leaved variety
introduced to Britain in 1783 was the only representative
till that eminent botanical collector, the late Mr Robert
Fortune, sent the male and other varieties from Japan in
1861, has often been deduced as incontrovertible evidence
in favour of the acclimatisation theory, the defender of it
affirming that when first introduced it required hothouse
protection, and although only perpetuated by cuttings or
layers it gradually became so hardy as ultimately to with-
stand our severest winters. No proof exists, however, as
to its originally requiring hothouse protection, but, like
many other exotics, having been deemed deserving of hot-
house treatment, it merely got it by mistake; and looking
back to the three remarkably severe winters of 1837-88,
1860-61, and of December 1879, when the temperature fell
to about zero, their killing effects on the old Aucuba were
remarkably alike.» And, curiously enough, the Awucuba
japonica is now looked upon as one of the best proofs
that hardier varieties can only be got from among plants
that have been reared from seeds, hence in “nursery
breaks ;” of these, some are perfectly uninjured, while
others, as wellas the old spotted-leaved variety, have
been more or less severely cut down by the frost of last
winter.

The older kinds of our favourite fruit trees, which have
been perpetuated by budding or grafting, afford unanswer-
able evidence against acclimatisation; for example, the
Ribston Pippin apple, which is supposed to have originated
at Ribston Hall from seeds sown about 1688, and the
Jargonelle pear, which has been still longer in cultivation,

Statement of Membership. 155

are both as unsuitable for growing as standards in Scotland
as when they were first tried ; while the Moorpark apricot,
which has been grown in Britain for about two centuries ;
the Grosse Mignonne Peach for a still longer period ; and
the Elruge Nectarine, which dates from the time of
Charles IT., still stand as much in need of the best garden
wall protection as ever they did.

The following Statement respecting the membership of
the Society was read :—

Honorary Fellows.

Royal Personages, ; 3 W% 4
British Subjects, . . : : 6
Foreign, . F : : : 21
Foreign and Corresponding Members, .. 70

Ordinary Fellows elected during 1879-80.

ALEXANDER FRASER. RoBERT PATERSON.
GEORGE Brrp. j Dr ANDREW WILSON.
Witi1AM MARJORIBANKS. JoHN M‘LAREN, Jun.
ALEXANDER Hay. JAMES GREIG.

D. R. Ropertson. B. N. PEacu.

D. P. Larrp. W. C. M‘Intosu, M.D.

Non-Resident Fellow.
Rev. Tuomas Barry, M.A.

Members resigned, : - : 6
Member deceased, é 3 : 1

Total Number on Society's Roll of Fellows.

Resident, . : 5 po lO
Non-Resident, z : eel
Lady Associates, . : : ° 10

Associates . g ; F 4 30

156 Obituarg Notices.

The following are the Obituary Notices of the year pre-
pared by Mr Taylor :—

WILHELM Puinipr ScHIMPER was born at Dossenheim, a
village of Alsatia, in January 1808, He died at Paris on
the 20th March last; and at the time of his death was
Professor of Geology, and Director of the Museum of the
University of Strasbourg. He was placed on the list of our
Foreign Honorary Fellows on December 10, 1868, having
been elected a Foreign Member in the previous year.

The “ Bryologia Europea,” in six quarto volumes,
1836—05, describing every known species in detail, besides
adding beautiful pictorial illustrations of morphological
peculiarities, would alone be a sufficient monument of
Schimper’s enthusiasm and genius. It occupied the twenty
busiest years of his life; and, though it began with him as
only editor, he received so little extraneous assistance, that
he is really entitled to the full merit of its plan and com-
pletion. In 1857, he published the companion volume on
the “Sphagnum,” a goodly quarto, also illustrated with four-
teen minutely detailed plates by the author. This was
followed in 1860 by an akridged edition, in one volume in
Latin, of his work on “ European Mosses,” but elaborated
in the systematic fashion of a German professor. A second
and greatly enlarged edition of this synopsis of the ‘‘ Kuro-
pean Mosses,” in two volumes, appeared in 1876.

Schimper’s ‘‘Traité de Paleontologie végétale,” published
in three large volumes in 1874, is as surprising a monument
of scientific industry, combined with the critical acumen only
to be obtained by much practical work, as are his other books
already referred to. It gives descriptions in Latin, with
remarks in French of all the species of fossil plants known,
with a quarto atlas of 110 plates, illustrating the more in-
teresting vegetable types. The work more recently done
by our deceased Honorary Fellow on the new ‘ Manual of
Paleontology,” of which he was conjoint author with Karl
A. Zittel, up to ferns, is another monument of his devo-
tion to fossil botany. This taste had been fostered by the
college course on the subject which German students attend,
by intercourse with such congenial spirits as Hugo Mohl
and Alexander Braun, and by the beautiful collection of
fossil plants with which the Strasbourg Museum was en-

Obituary Notices, 157

riched when he undertook its superintendence,—whence,
indeed, Brongniart derived most of his materials for his
“ Véoétaux Fossiles.”

As his friend Lesquereux remarks: ‘‘ The above enumera-
tion cannot give an idea of the amount of work performed by
this celebrated naturalist during a career harassed by the
most distressing circumstances. It says nothing of the
noble character of the man who, always genial, kind, and
obliging to every one who needed his assistance, has left as
sincere friends to deplore his loss all those who had inter-
course with him.” *

Dr Nits Jonann Anpersson, Professor of Botany at
Stockholm, was elected one of our Foreign Members on
December 8, 1870, he having previously enriched the
European department of the University Herbarium with
many valuable specimens, notably of the Salices, which were
a special study with him, having written the monograph
on this family in De Candolle’s “ Prodromnus.” Andersson
was a botanist by vocation, as well as through love of the
science. He prepared himself for his professional career,
by university graduation at Lund in 1845 as Doctor of
Philosophy, by holding the positions of assistant professor
and demonstrator, by travel, whether round the world in
the frigate “ Eugéne” in 1851 to 1853, or afterwards in an
extensive European botanical tour, embracing Lapland,
Norway, and England. He died on March 27, 1880, at
Stockholm, after long suffering, in his sixtieth year.

Professor Dr Jonannes V. Hansrery, Rector of the
University of Bonn, died, after a lingering illness, on the
27th August last, in the fifty-ninth year of his age. Dr
Hanstein was also Professor of Botany; and was enrolled
amongst our Foreign and Corresponding Members on
January 9, 1873. Vegetable physiologists set a high value
on the work of our deceased coadjutor. One capital dis-
covery of the three distinct layers in the developing
embryo of Capsella bursa pastoris, as well as other Cruci-
feree, quite identical in their further development with the
formation of the embryonic membrane in animals, has been

* « American Journal of Science,” No, 118, vol. xix. May 1881.

158 Olituary Notices.

insisted on as a new standpoint in their science. The
Botanic Garden at Bonn was under Hanstein’s superin-
tendence. It shows how very much may be accom-
plished by a scant treasury, if controlled by true artistic
taste combined with science.

The career of the late General Wintt1am Muwro, C.B.,
a Non-Resident Member of the Society, may be regarded
as a parallel with that of Sir Thomas MacDougal Bris-
bane, showing how profound scientific attainments may
be acquired even amidst most active service. MacDougal
Brisbane, amidst the horrid din of war, could quietly
appraise the capabilities of a continental battlefield as an
astronomical observatory. Munro, in the thick of the
siege of Sebastopol, sent home rare botanical and archeo-
logical specimens; and during active service in Hast and
West Indies, indeed, over half the world, so pursued his
steady scientific aim of doing one thing, as to become our
best British authority on grasses, though as a soldier he
could write little ;—-and his monograph on the Bambusacee,
published in the 26th volume of the ‘ Linnean Transac-
tions,” is his most prominent paper. He was a most
obliging and laborious botanical correspondent, receiving
and examining specimens of grasses from friends in all
parts of the world, which, in his own words, may be counted
“by tens of thousands,” In the Herbarium, at the Royal
Botanic Garden, are many foreign species so named by him.
Such use of the faculties of quick decision and judgment
did not stand in the way of professional advancement.
Lieut, William Munro of H.M. 39th Regiment, Madras,
joined our ranks in 1839. He was one of that early band,
whose after-life careers have shown how compatible it is to
be good botanists and leading men in their respective pro-
fessions. The powers called out by plant diagnosis stood
him in capital stead in the trying time of commanding
officer and Governor of Bermuda, as well as at critical periods
in India or at Sebastopol. He became leutenant-general
in 1878, and general in 1878. He had been previously
nominated a Companion of the Bath (Military Division)
in 1857. He was a capital gardener himself, and estab-
lished soldiers’ gardens wherever he was stationed.

Obituary Notices. 159

General Munro died at his residence, Monty’s Court,
near Taunton, on 29th January, aged sixty-four, bequeath-
ing his collections to the Kew Herbarium.

Miss Frances Hore of Wardie Lodge, who died suddenly
on the 26th April last, was elected a Lady Associate on
13th February 1878. This deletion from that small list
would alone be noteworthy, as it has long characterised the
favour with which our Society has viewed the question of
the higher female education. But Miss Hope bore an
honoured name in the horticultural world. Her garden was
as much a place of reference for plant lovers as the printed
page. Her love for individual species of plants was intense.
She will always be known as the introducer of varieties of
the Helleborus niger, and of variegated Kale for winter
decoration. Miss Hope was as fond of giving flowers to
those who knew how to appreciate them, as in receiving
such gifts. Connected with a family well known amongst
our Scottish aristocracy, and a lineal descendent of two
celebrated Edinburgh professors of natural sciences, Miss
Hope might often be seen driving on our highways in her
yellow chariot, with its accompanying postilion, yet she
would also be found often working, alike in wet and dry
weather, amongst her plants, along with humble servitors,
and ina dress adapted rather for utility than social
distinction. Another genuine type of the old lady of the
true Scottish school has thus passed away, A _ sinall
memorial volume of Miss stone s horticultural writings has
just appeared.

The late Dr Jonn Se Cowan of Dunbar was amongst
the list of those students who, fired by the zeal of our
veteran emeritus professor, joined our ranks, carrying their
love of plants through the harassing details of a medical
curriculum, and the far more annoying worries of a country
practice. This silent influence of our science through
wide-scattered districts is surely of value, even if not de-
veloped into learned monographs. Dr Cowan was a native
of Rattray in Perthshire. He attended the Botanic Class
during 1857, was a diligent student, and was admitted-a
Resident Member of our Society on 9th December 1869,

160 Obituary Notices.

He graduated at Edinburgh as M.B. and C.M. in 1871.
Dr Cowan was suddenly cut off in August 1880, by heart
disease, at the age of twenty-seven.

The death of Joun Scott recalls to memory the Botanical
Society of twenty years ago, with his and other faces of
then young men, such as Thomas Anderson and Lauder
Lindsay, now passed into the silent land. Scott was born
at Denholm, in Roxburghshire, known as the birthplace
of Leyden, the great Oriental scholar. His father then
occupied a farm of J. Douglas, Esq. of Cavers, which,
indeed, his family had done for nearly a century. Left at
four years of age an orphan, Scott, with a sister now
married, was brought up by an aunt, and educated at the
parish school. During these early years he displayed a
passionate love of flowers, which was carefully fostered by
his cousin, the late Rev. James Duncan, an excellent
botanist. At fourteen years of age he became an apprentice
gardener; and after serving in Jedburgh and Westmoreland
came to Mr M‘Nab, becoming ultimately foreman in the pro-
pagating department of the Botanical Garden for seven years.
Mr Scott was elected an Associate on 10th July 1862. He
contributed largely to our Transactions during 1863 and
1864, and his papers show a very extensive and broad self-
education, besides special knowledge. They were com-
mended by the presidents of both years. Dr Douglas
Maclagan thus speaks of Mr Scott’s papers on the propa-
gation and irritability of Drosera and Dionea, and the
narrative of experiments on the fertilisation of orchids :—
‘¢To the last of those papers in particular I listened with
very great pleasure when it was read to the Society, not
only because the paper was interesting in itself, but because
it afforded a convincing proof of the value of the school of
instruction which we possess in our Botanic Garden, where
we have in valuable combination the extensive cultural
establishment so ably superintended by Mr M‘Nab, and the
scientific laboratory and class-room of Professor Balfour.
T cannot but think it highly creditable to the whole estab-
lishment, as well as most meritorious on the part of the
author, that such papers should emanate from one who is
engaged in the work of practical gardening.” Such a suc-

Olituary Notices. 161

cessful reception of scientific research opened up to Scott,
through the patronage of Charles Darwin, the wider channel
of publicity of the Linnean Society, and a professional
career in India. In the eighth volume of the Journal of
the Linnean Society there is an elaborate paper of forty-
eight pages entitled ‘“ Observations on the Functions and
Structure of the Reproductive Organs in the Primulacee,”
communicated by his benefactor, but the experiments for
which were performed in the Edinburgh Botanic Garden.
Space forbids us to trace Scott’s busy life in India. The
splendidly illustrated monograph, “On the Tree Ferns
of British Sikkim,” &¢., published in vol. xxx. of the
‘ Linnean Transactions,” may be looked on as its fruit.
It was written when Scott was curator of the Botanical
Gardens, Calcutta, serving under his friend, the late Dr
Thomas Anderson, the superintendent. When holding an
acting situation on the hills at Darjeeling, Scott enjoyed
excellent health, but necessary exposure on low Indian
plains worked havoc on a European constitution, perhaps
already predisposed to disease by over-study, developing a
spleen complaint. He appeared in his old garden here in
May last, home on furlough, but saddening friends when
they looked on the broken man, once so full of promise.
He was to have attended the June meeting of our Society,
but he died at his sister’s house at Garvald, East Lothian,
aged forty-two, on the evening of our meeting.

The name of Roserr Fortuns, it is said by our leading
horticultural periodical, “ can never be mentioned by the
gardener or the botanist without feelings of respect, admira-
tion, and gratitude.”* We have in him an earlier example
than Scott how well the training of mind, eye, and hands
may be harmoniously combined, though on a little oatmeal.
Fortune, too, was a south countryman. He was born at
Edrom, in Berwickshire. After a good education in the
parish school, he served his apprenticeship as a gardener,
ultimately working in our Royal Botanic Gardens for two
or three years, under the elder M‘Nab, ere accepting the
superintendentship of a department of the Royal Horti-
cultural Gardens in London in 1842, thence to emerge

* Gard. Chron. Apr. 17, 1880.
TRANS. BOT. SOC. VOL. XIV. M

162 Olituary Notices.

within a year into the previously closed precincts of the
Chinese Empire to do his well-known work of botanical
collecting. We therefore drop a stone on his cairn. A
glance at the map of Asia will show the vast area visited,
comprising South and North China, Java, Manilla, Formosa,
and Japan. Fortune’s travels from 1843 to 1861, and the
picturesque and fantastic details of those lands almost then
unknown, except by the questionable details of a few Dutch
travellers, given in his various books, have been appreciated
by thousands of general readers, Fortune was middle sized,
somewhat spare in form, and his features indicated great
determination, though suavity and modesty predominated.
His physiognomy reminded one that peace hath its
heroes as well as war, for he was not unlike the Duke
of Wellington. Mr Gorrie has furnished me with a
characteristic anecdote. Meeting him on a Monday in
August 1860, after his return on the Thursday previous
from his American Government employ, because of the
outbreak of the civil war, his old friend said—‘* Well,
Fortune, surely home for good now!” “No,” said the
traveller, ‘‘ I have just learned the Japanese ports are open
to Europeans, and I go there on Thursday.” If that visit
rejoiced the hearts of European horticulturists, as well as
proved most remunerative to the traveller, we can well
understand why the foreman of Van Siebold’s nursery
should have held up his hands in horror on hearing that
Fortune and Veitch were away to spoil his hitherto ex-
clusive Japanese preserves. In a list published by himself
in the “ Gardeners’ Chronicle,” January 3, 1880, p. 11,
Fortune enumerates nineteen trees, forty-nine shrubs, and
nineteen herbaceous plants introduced to Britain by him
from China, as well as sixteen trees, twenty-one shrubs,
and twelve bulbs and roots from Japan. ‘These include
some new races of camellias, some azaleas, Moutan peonies,
and Japanese chrysanthemums. Indian tea-planting claims
Fortune as an early and most successful promoter; and he
first made clear how black and green teas really come
from the same plant.

Mr Fortune had very much retired from public life since
1866. He died at Brompton, on 13th April 1881, aged sixty-
eight, leaving a wife, with two sons and two daughters,

Obituary Notices. 163

to mourn his loss. He was latterly accustomed to spend
the autumn of each year at his eldest son’s farm at Elphin-
stone Tower, East Lothian.

At our last meeting many of us were saddened by
the sudden death, a few days previously, of the late Mr
Freperick M. Wess, at the early age of thirty-nine.
Mr Webb had devoted the last ten years exclusively to
botanical pursuits. His enthusiasm as a field botanist,
his wonderful aptitude for placing a specimen and exhi-
biting its critical characters, were admired when he was
little more than a boy. Mr Webb took a prominent part in
the Liverpool Naturalists’ Field Club, writing in lithograph
a journal circulated amongst the working members; and his
knowledge was much appreciated by the botanists of the
Chester Society of Natural Science. His aid is acknow-
ledged by Mr H. ©. Watson in “ Topographical Botany.”
He entered on his duties in the Edinburgh Herbarium in
1876 ; and the paper, published in vol. xiii. p. 88, of our
Transactions, entitled ‘“ Notes upon some Plants in the
British Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Garden, Hdin-
burgh,” intended as a sort of index to the collection,
shows his admirable method of work. Mr Webb contri-
buted to the “ Journal of Botany” an excellent paper ‘‘ On
Utricularia neglecta and on U. Bremii asa British Plant.” *

Since we last met the grave has closed over the mortal
remains of Dr Winu1aAm Lauper Linpsay, F.R.S.E., F.L.S.,
for many years medical superintendent of the Murray
Institute at Perth, a situation he vacated about a year ago
through failing health, Dr Lindsay joined our ranks in
1849, and has been a valued contributor to our Transac-
tions. Papers on Lichenology have also appeared in the
Journal and Transactions of the Linnean Society. The
“ History of British Lichens” and the ‘ Contributions to
New Zealand Botany,” bear sufficient evidence of the good
work he did. Many of us trusted that they were but the
forecasts of further scientific research in the leisure secured
after twenty years’ worry at the head of a lunatic asylum.
But in stead we mourn the loss of one of our most hard-

* « Journal of Botany,” xiv. 142-147, 1876.

164 Sir R. Christison on the

working members at the age of fifty-two. Lindsay’s life
was really that of a scientific recluse, his lichens and
minerals giving needful recreation in his toilsome and de-
pressing official position. We first remember Lindsay as
a High School dux, ardent even when a boy in foreign
travel, with an omnivorous appetite for all knowledge. A
near relative of that distinguished bibliopole, the “ Scottish
book-hunter,” it could not have been otherwise. But he
himself latterly held that the too close application of his
boyish and student years did permanent injury to his
health, necessitating afterwards frequent long professional
vacations of colonial and continental travel. He thought
there was wisdom in even the too great rebound to cricket
and football, so characteristic of middle-class education
now a-days. Mineralogy was Lindsay’s first scientific love.
It was only when he came under the influence of Professor
Balfour’s teaching that he entered with equal zest on his
botanical career. He was a skilful draughtsman, and
characteristically neat handed. The beautiful preparations
of the grasses, now in the museum at the Royal Botanic
Garden, gained the prize offered by the Messrs Lawson to
the University Botanical Class. And his elaborate and
exquisitely illustrated monograph on the ‘‘ Spermogones and
Pycnides of the Higher Lichens,” gained the first Neill Prize,
in 1859, from the Royal Society of Edinburgh. His ex-
tensive lichen collection is to be deposited in the University
Herbarium.

On the Exact Measurement of Trees (Part 5). 1. The
Growth of Wood in 1880. 2. The Limit of the Grow-
ing Months, By Sir Rozert Curistrison, Bart.

(Read 13th January 1881).

In the last observations submitted to this Society on the
exact measurement of trees, I endeavoured to show that in
the unfavourable season of 1879 the growth of wood, both
of leaf-shedding and evergreen trees, was materially less
than in the comparatively favourable season of 1878; that
the depressing influence of that of 1879 affected various
species in very different degrees; that most leaf-shedding

Exact Measurement of Trees. 165

trees appeared to suffer severely, and more so than ever-
green trees, but the oak tribe, so far as observed, least of
all. For this failure three climatic causes were assigned :—
a great reduction of the mean temperature of every grow-
ing month under the average, a similar reduction of sun-
shine, and the loss of the greater part of one of our usual
growing months in consequence of both climatic deficiencies
having prevailed so seriously as to delay the development
of the new leaves till near the beginning of July.

In continuation of these inquiries, I have now to state
the result of measurements of the same trees for the recent
favourable season of 1880.

The previous autumn of 1879 was unfavourable for the
ripening of young wood. September, indeed, was not far
amiss; but the month of October was ungenial. This
circumstance, together with the loss of June as a growing
month, was a sorry omen for the solidification of young
wood, as well as for the formation of buds, and consequently
for their ability to resist uninjured the customary frosts of
winter. But it so fell out that in this unprepared condition
they were exposed during great part of December to an
asperity of climate unprecedented in this latitude, and such
as it may be earnestly hoped will not be soon again paralleled.
For nearly three weeks, in the country around Edinburgh,
the minimum was often a little above zero F, and sometimes
below it; and in other parts of the Lowlands, especially in
Berwickshire and Roxburghshire, much lower temperatures
were noted. A descent to —18°, and in one instance to
— 20° was authenticated.

I have given this general account of the weather since
autumn 1879 chiefly from a diary of observations kept by
myself. But since drawing it up, I have been favoured
with the following confirmatory statement of the differ-
ences from the average of the previous twenty-four years in
the mean temperature of each month after August 1879,
kindly furnished by Mr Buchan :—

Mar.| Apr. May! Jun.} Jul, |Aug. Sept Ot | Nov. Dec.

10 -07/-04|-34
+13] +0°6|- = 02] 0-4) -10) 42-9) 4204) kee

v an. | Feb.

:

L =

1879. . i
1880. . |-1-0/+8°8

166 Sir Robert Christison on the

The baneful influence of cold so unusually intense as in
December 1879, must have been apparent to most ordinary
observers after vegetation had made some progress in the
ensuing summer. Any one might notice in this neighbour-
hood that on the birch, robinia, and some introduced con-
tinental oaks, many two-year old twigs were leafless because
dead ; in Roxburghshire six-year old branches of the com-
mon oak were similarly destroyed ; in one district several
oaks of large size put out no leaves at all except on spray
from their trunks; and a fine holly, 150 years old, was
killed outright.

These unhappy facts, which could easily be multiplied
from the observation of many, might have led one to foresee
something less than the usual year’s growth of wood during
the subsequent favourable season. But I confess I was not
prepared for the great defalcation shown by the annexed
measurements to have been sustained during so fine a

summer and autumn as those of 1880,

_ The remainder of the winter of 1879-80 was by no
means so severe as was threatened by its formidable open-
ing in December. There were considerable tracts of open
weather; the temperature was often above the freezing
point ; and the thermometer was never much or long under
it. Such particularly was the character of the weather in
February. There was little frost, none severe, a day
temperature rising frequently to 45°, 47°, and once to 50°,
with an unusual frequency of bright sunshine. Conse-
quently early-budding trees and shrubs began to push out
their green points before the close of that month. In
March and April, though cool, frost was rare, and only in
the morning ; and there was a fair proportion of bright sun.
Consequently the buds opened gradually without injury ;
and when the month of May set in, with temperate,
though never warm, weather, and a generally unclouded sun,
tree-foliage in general was matured, or nearly so, at the
beginning of June. June, July, August, and September
were fine months throughout Scotland generally, and
August especially, when the heat was greatest. The only
other meteorological circumstance requiring mention is a
decided deficiency of rain from early in March till near the
close of the first week of September.

Exact Measurement of Trees. 167

I have recalled in this summary the weather in 1880 in
order to show that the season was favourable for tree foliage,
and consquently for the formation of wood. In point of

1878. Increase in

inches. | inches. | inches. | inches.

il, Gian ‘ ‘ : ; ; 55°35 0:25 0:05 0-05
7. Beech . ‘ : : ; : 71°40 1:20 0-95 0°65
8. Beech . 4 : 2 ‘ é 60°50 1:20 0-80 0:90
14. Beech, Arboretum B : : 75°80 0°60 0°60 0:25
38. Beech, Arboretum : , ‘ 60°30 0°60 0°45 0715
2. Lime . : : : ; : 76°10 0°50 0715 0:00
18. Lime . : ; : 3 , 42°70 0-70 0-40 0°15
4, Sweet-Chestnut, . = C : 70°80 1:10 0-90 0°85
6. Tulip-Tree . : : : - 75°70 1:00 0-40 0°30
9. Horse-Chestnut . : ‘ ‘ 48°75 0-75 0-50 0°35
16. Hawthorn . . : : ; 38°00 0-80 0-10 0°75
23. Flowering Ash . : 3 : 75°30 0°60 0-40 0°30
28. Sycamore . : : : : 58°60 0°50 0-20 0-15
13. Sycamore, Arboretum . : . | 131-80 0-60 0-45 0°35
12. Walnut, Arboretum . ‘ ; 61-00 0°50 0-40 0:00
40. Hungary Oak . j : : 23°60 1°80 1-70 1:40
43. Turkey Oak . : : 5 ‘ 41:90 0°60 0-65 0°35
44, American Oak, Q. rubra. : 30°80 0°50 0-40 0°30
33. Hornbeam . : : é 44°50 0°40 0°35 0710
5. Douglas Pine R : ‘ : 56°10 0°60 0-45 0°45
10. Douglas Pine ‘ é : : 64°30 0°80 0:30 0°35
17. Corsican Pine . 2 ! : 64°30 0-40 0-10 0°50
19) Scoteh: Fir -. : i : “ 49-20 0-00 0-00 0-00
11. Scotch Fir, Arboretum . : : 94°30 0:30 0-00 0:00
37. Scotch Fir, Arboretum . ‘ ‘ 52°55 0°25 0-30 0-00
36. Scotch Fir, Arboretum. : ; 52°95 0:25 0-00 0:00
24, Pinus excelsa : : : 30°90 0°35 0-20 0:05
26. Pinus excelsa ; - ; ; 32°70 0-40 0-20 0°35
25. Sequoia gigantea . , : : 23°95 1:15 0-80 1:00
27. Sequoia gigantea . F ‘ ‘ 23°95 1°75 1:65 1:80
1. Sequoia gigantea . : : : 18°95 1:85 1:50 1:50
2. Sequoia gigantea . : - : 23°85 1:25 1-70 ICS
29. Deodar . ; : F . : 26:10 1:10 0-70 0°45
30. Deodar. : : : : 64:00 1:20 0°60 0:40
31. Picea Lowei. F ‘ : F 15:00 1:40 1:25 1:40
32. Picea Lowei. : : : : 16°10 0°50 0-20 015
34. Araucaria imbricata . : : 18°10 0-60 0°50 0°55
35. Araucaria imbricata . : : 20°20 0:50 0:90 0°75
39. Atlas Cedar. : : : : ri = 1°65 HEM 1°75
45. Evergreen Oak . ‘ F . 41° 3 0°80
de wrereromd Oake 20 B07 S962 “pegs on | im 3879.) °c lage
413 Yew. *: : ‘ : E : 67°60 0°60 0-60 0°35
42. Yew . ‘ : ; é : 34°10 0°50 0-15 0-20
Ap Yew = : : : : 3 een one 0:05
48. Yew. : : ‘ ‘ : 7° + JQ" “60 0-40
do: Yew 2! 02 0 8 2p eaten Amer Cen aes
Sp. Mawson} dgocare dns! ac anew hueeee 0-45 | 0-40
Bos NCW «1 s : 2 : : 32°35 aa 0°15

fact the foliage of most trees was rich. There were excep-
tions, for in some places that of the beech and oak was

168 Sir Robert Christison on the

defective. But this appeared to arise rather from the
ravages of superabundant insects than from atmospheric
inclemency ; and certainly in most places, and in respect to
trees generally, foliage was healthy and abundant.

In the adjoining table are re-stated from my last paper
on this subject the girth of the trees in the beginning of
May 1878, and the successive increments in that favourable
year, and in the unfavourable year of 1879; and there
is now added the increments for 1880. On comparing the
columns of increments with one another, it will be seen at
a glance that, with very few exceptions, the growth of
wood last year was even more below the average of equally
favourable years than in the bad year of 1879. Of fifteen
leaf-shedding trees of various species, exclusive of the oak
tribe, the average growth of trunk-girth in the three suc-
cessive years was 0°80 of an inch for each, 0°45, and 0°35,
For four specimens of the oak tribe it was 0°82, 0°77, and
0:54. For twenty trees belonging to the evergreen Pinacece
the increments were 0°81, 0°68, 0°65. For six of the com-
mon yew the growth for 1879 and 1880 was 0°37 and 0°29
on an average ; and of the only two of these measured also
in 1878, the average growth in the three years was 0°55,
0°37, 0°28. The observations made on two specimens of
evergreen oak (Q. zlex) are remarkable. One of them made
0-4 in 1879 and only 0-1 in 1880; but the other, a much
finer plant, made only 0°3 in the former year and 0°8 last
year. It will be seen presently how easily this apparent
discrepancy may be explained,

It appears then that with few exceptions trees of all
kinds failed to make the growth of wood which in ordinary
circumstances so fine a season as that of 1880 might have
been expected to produce ; and that the defalcation was even
greater than in the very unfavourable season of 1879 ; that
leaf-shedding trees suffered most, exclusive of the oak
tribe ; that the evergreen Pnacee suffered least ; and that
the oaks, though intermediate in that respect between the
two foregoing denominations, suffered decidedly more in
1880 than in 1879.

Some more special facts deserve a little notice :—

1. The beech (7) suffered less in 1879, but more in 1880,

Exact Measurement of Tees. 169

than its neighbour. This was traced in the end of July
last to its foliage having sustained serious damage from
insects.

2. The hawthorn (16) alone greatly surpassed in 1880
the growth of 1879, and indeed may be said to have come
up even to that of 1878, the increments being, in the order
of the three years, 0°8, 0:1, and 0°75. The tree is a very
fine pendulous Mary-Thorn, which last year, as usual, put
out its buds and expanded its leaves very early, and was
covered with dense vigorous foliage. But, though I never
before observed it otherwise than richly covered in due
season from top to bottom with flower, last year its blossom
was confined entirely to a few twigs near the top, facing
south-west, and constituting scarcely a twentieth part of
the tree. Everywhere hawthorn flower was extremely
poor.

3. Of the oak tribe the Hungary oak shows the best
product of wood in 1880. It increased its girth by nearly an
inch anda half. I may add that two younger plants of 134
and 164 inches in girth of trunk, measured for the first time
last year, were richly leaved, and added each 1°10 inch to
their girth. This beautiful species having been thus
proved to defy the most ungenial of our summers, and
a winter of unexampled harshness, it well deserves more
attention than it has yet received as a quick-growing orna-
mental tree.

4, Two Douglas pines, a Corsican pine, two Araucarias,
a Pinus excelsa, a Cedar of the Atlas, four Sequoias, and a
Picea Lowei, notwithstanding that its top shoot had been
broken off, have shown little or no backwardness in 1880.
But four specimens of our indigenous Scotch fir seem to
have made no progress whatever. It has been stated in
the public news that this species has suffered severely
in some parts of the north of Scotland. As for the four
now referred to, the first, the only Scotch fir in the
Botanic Garden, has not advanced for three years past at
least ; the last two in the table, in the east clump of the
Arboretum, are also shabby trees, ill-branched, limited in
spread, and thin in foliage ; but the other in the Arboretum
(11) was in 1878 a rather handsome tree, which in that
year measured 7 feet 10 inches in girth at 5 feet from the

ad dP s ol crt

170 Sir Robert Christison on the

roots, and carried a fine leafy head. But it has evidently
been severely damaged since, for the trunk made no
advance last year, and in October its head was miserably
defective in foliage.

5. The two evergreen oaks were not measured in 1878,
In 1879 both made a little progress, but probably less in
that unpropitious summer than in average years. In 1880,
however, in spite of the fineness of the season, one of
them made an increase of only 0:10, while the other
erew actually 0:80, or fully twice as much as in the
previous year. ‘This difference supports the view that the
cause of the general defalcation in the growth of wood in
1880 was not merely the want of thorough ripening of the
young wood of 1879, but also the intense frosts in December
of that year. For the former grew unprotected in the
middle of the garden, and, in common with its species
generally, lost its evergreen leaves long before the approach
of spring; while the other grew about 30 feet to the south
of the Palm House, being thus defended by a lofty heated
house from N.E., N., and in some degree N,W.; and in
consequence this tree, alone of all its species in the garden,
retained its leaves green and vigorous till they withered
and dropped, according to the usual rule, with the develop-
ment of new foliage in summer.

6. Of two specimens of Pinus excelsa, apparently of the
same age, growing on the terrace in front of the long line
of glass-houses, near one another, and circumstanced in all
respects exactly alike, both added rather over a third of an
inch to their girth in 1878, and both only a fifth of an inch
in 1879. But in 1880, while one was fully clothed with
foliage, old and young, and again increased its trunk-girth
by a third of an inch, the other showed very thin old
foliage, scanty new twigs, and two years’ growth of its top-
shoot completely dead, and its trunk had scarcely increased
in girth at all. I do not see what else will account for this
difference, except a difference in individual constitution,
rendering the latter more sensitive than the former to the
influence of the intensely cold weather of December
1879.

Experience having given me confidence in the minute

Exact Measurement of Trees. 171

measurement of trees, it occurred to me as desirable to
ascertain, by means of a few trees of vigorous growth,
what is the rate of increase of wood at different periods of
the growing season. That season has been already found
to exclude the six winter months, from October to April,
equally for evergreen and leaf-shedding trees. It now
turns out, however, that, in our climate at least, the period
of growth of wood in an ordinarily good season is much
more limited.

For this investigation I selected the Beech and Hungary
Oak among leaf-shedding trees, and the Sequoia, Araucaria,
and Atlas Cedar among evergreens, as in previous years
their trunks made an annual increment in girth of 1
inch to nearly 2 inches. The leading result may at first
create some surprise, viz., that the growth of wood in leaf-
shedding trees is confined in general to the three months
of June, July, and August. This will appear from the
following table, showing the girths on April 30, 1880, and

Apr. 30. | May 31. |June 30.| July 31. /Aug. 31.) Oct. 9.

inches. | inches. | inches. | inches, | inches. | inches.
é . % .

Beecheaeha ay | ms 73°50 | 0:00 0°25 0°50 0-10 0:00
IGEE 5 pT io 62°40 | 0:10 0°30 0:20 0°35 0°05
Hungary Oak .. 27°10 | 0:30 0-40 0°40 0°30 0:00
Hungary Oak. ; 16°45 | 0:05 0-40 0°30 0°30 0:05
Hungary Oak .. 13°50 | 0:20 0°30 0°30 0:25 0:05
Sequoia. : : 25°9 0-40 0-25 0°40 0:05 0-00
Sequoia . : : 27°35 | 0°55 0°50 0°70 015 0-00
Sequoia... : 22°40 | 0:70 0-40 0°30 0:00 0:00
Sequoia. : : 27°45 | 0°55 0-40 0°45 0:00 0-00
Araucaria . : : 21°60 | 0°40 0-15 0-15 0:05 0:00
Atlas Cedar j : 30°65 | 0°45 0°30 0-40 0°30 0:05

the increments at the end of each successive month. The
Hungary oak is in some measure an exception, as in two
specimens there was an undoubted increase during the
month of May. The explanation is, that in 1880 this early
species was far advanced in foliage in the middle of that
month. The explanation of the generally narrow limit of
growth to three months, in spite of the favourable weather
last May and the still finer weather of September last,

* In the end of July the foliage of this beech was observed to be very thin,

owing to the extensive ravages of aninsect. The observations for August 31st
were made for me in my absence by Mr Sadler.

172 Professor Dickson on the

seems to be that in May the trees are only developing
their leaves, without which wood cannot be formed; and
that in September they are busy forming their buds for
next spring, and also ripening their new wood. More
extensive observations are necessary for settling the relative
rate of growth in the several months, Already, however,
the table gives an indication that June and July are the
most favourable.

The only other general conclusion to be drawn from the
table is that evergeen trees begin to increase in girth
a month earlier than leaf-shedding trees—a fact which is
intelligible enough, as they have leaves ready to make use
of the sap at its first rise. It is not so easy to understand
why most of these made the subject of observation added
little, or even nothing, during the month of August, when
the weather was invariably fine.

On the Morphology of the Pitcher of Cephalotus follicularis.
By ALexanpDER Dickson, M.D., Professor of Botany
in the University of Edinburgh. (Pxatrs V. and VI.).

In a paper on the Structure of the Pitcher of Cephalotus
follicularis, read at the Plymouth meeting of the British
Association, and published in the “ Journal of Botany” in
January 1878, I pointed out the remarkable difference as
to the position of the lid of the pitcher between Cephalotus,
on the one hand, and Sarracenia and Nepenthes, on the
other. In Cephalotus the lid is placed on that side of the
orifice of the pitcher nearest to the main axis, while in
Sarracenia and Nepenthes it is on the side farthest from
the main axis. At that time I was inclined to assume
that the pitcher-lid in Cephalotus represented the extremity
of the leaf, and this led me to suggest—although under
reserve—that, while the pitcher in Sarracenia and
Nepenthes appears as a pouching of the leaf from the upper
surface, in Cephalotus, on the other hand, the pouching
would, on the assumption indicated, be from the lower
leaf-surface. Developmental evidence is at present scarcely
attainable, requiring, as it would do, the sacrifice of many
specimens of a plant not very easy of cultivation, and never

Morphology of the Pitcher of the Cephalotus follicularis. 173

very common ; and in absence of this we are glad to meet
with any teratological deviations which may throw light
upon the subject.

Some time ago our esteemed foreman at the Botanic
Garden here, Mr Robert Lindsay, told me he had once seen
what appeared to him to be a pitcher springing from an
ordinary leaf, and I asked him to look at our plants from
time to time in hope of abnormalities presenting them-
selves. The result has been the detection of several very
interesting and instructive forms intermediate between the
ordinary foliage-leaf and the pitcher; and I have now very
great satisfaction in being able to pronounce a decided
opinion on the general morphological relations of the
Cephalotus-pitcher, even although I have to admit the
complete reversal of my previous conceptions of the subject.

These abnormal leaves are four in number, of small size
and feeble development. I shall now describe them in
order of their extent of deviation from the form of the
ordinary foliage-leaf towards that of a pitcher.

Specimen A (Plate V., fig. 2).—In general form this
closely resembles the foliage-leaf, presenting a somewhat
ovate blade narrowed gradually below into the leaf-stalk.
It exhibits, however, on the upper surface a somewhat
elliptical spoon-like excavation involving the terminal two-
thirds, or thereby, of the lamina. ‘This excavation is
deepest at the end next the petiole, where it is bounded
by a pretty sharply defined border. On the lower surface,
towards the leaf-apex, there is distinct development of a
keel-like ridge in the middle line. In this specimen we
have the pitcher cavity foreshadowed by the spoon-like
excavation, while the keel-like ridge represents the middle
dorsal wing, which is a very prominent feature in the
perfect pitcher.

Specimen B (Plate V., fig. 3)——Here the excavation
has advanced to the formation of a narrow somewhat elon-
gated funnel with oblique mouth, the far side of the orifice,
from the main axis, extending out beyond the near; the
leaf-apex (in this case a little truncated) being at the far
side of the orifice. The near side of the orifice, instead of
exhibiting the simply rounded excision seen at the deeper
end of the spoon-like excavation in the first-mentioned

174 Professor Dickson on the

specimen, is here developed in the middle line into a small
but distinct tooth-like projection. This lobe is the first
indication of the pitcher-lid. As in the former specimen,
there is here, also, a keel-like ridge in the middle line on
the lower leaf-surface,

Specimen C (Plate V., fig. 4).—In this we have a still
greater approximation to the pitcher-form. As in the last,
we have a funnel-like structure with oblique mouth, the far
side of which retains, however, more of the original pointed
form of the leaf-apex. The greater advance towards the
ascidium consists in the greater development of the
structure representing the pitcher-lid, which is of con-
siderable size and deeply cut into three lobes, two longer
and stronger lateral lobes, and a shorter, feebler median
one. Here, again, we have along the middle dorsal line a
keel-like projection.

Specimen D (Plate V., figs. 5 and 6).—In this, a mis-
thriven leaf of very small size, we have a still greater
approximation to the normal ascidium. The lid is
relatively larger, and exhibits two lobes separated by a
considerable notch, in this respect according more with the
structure of the normal lid, where we have the extremity
emarginate, corresponding to the dichotomous disposition of
the principal veins. Further, in addition to the middle
dorsal keel or wing, which is more pronounced in this than
in the other specimens, we have, on one side, a slight in-
dication (Plate V., figs. 5 and 6, dw) of one of the oblique
lateral wings of the normal pitcher. The far side of the
orifice of the funnel has still the pointed form of the apex
of the foliage-leaf.

In all these specimens it is to be noted that the tip of
the middle dorsal keel or wing and the apex of the leaf are
coincident. Inasmuch, however, as none of them show the
slightest trace of the remarkable development of the corru-
gated rim, with its inflexed teeth, it may still be open to
question what represents the leaf-margin in the perfect
pitcher. If the lower (outer) border of the corrugated rim
represents the leaf-margin, then the tip of the middle dorsal
wing would represent the leaf-apex. If, on the other hand,
the leaf-margin is represented by the line of the inflexed
teeth, then the middle dorsal tooth (Plate V., fig. 6, mdf),

Morphology of the Pitcher of the Cephalotus follicularis. 175

in line with the middle dorsal wing, and conspicuous by its
larger size, would represent the leaf-apex.* Of the two
possibilities I am disposed to look upon the first as the
more probable; partly from the coincidence of the tip of
the middle dorsal keel or wing with the leaf-apex in the
abnormal specimens mentioned above, and partly from the
vascular distribution in the normal pitcher. In the latter,
the vessels from the extremity of the petiole divide into
two sets, an upper going to supply the lid, and a lower
which diverge radiatingly and are distributed to the pitcher-
wall. Of the last mentioned set there are three somewhat
more marked than the others, viz., a lateral vein on either
side curving downwards and outwards past the lower
extremity of the lateral wing, and passing obliquely across
the lateral glandular patch to curve upwards towards the
pitcher orifice, and a middle vein which runs in the ventral
wall of the pitcher to the bottom, whence it passes on to
the dorsal surface, where, however, it leaves the pitcher-
wall, and, passing into the middle dorsal wing, continues
its course just within the curiously expanded edge of that
structure. In my opinion this course of the middle vein
seems to prove that the middle dorsal wing is a develop-
ment of the midrib, and that its apex really represents the
leaf-apex.

In the three specimens exhibiting the funnel-shaped
excavation, it is to be observed that the sharp margin of
the far side of the orifice of the funnel—representing, as it
undoubtedly does, the margin of the leaf—is continuous
with an angular ridge, or lateral line, as we may call it, on
either side of the funnel (Plate V., figs. 3, 4, and 5, 7).
These “lateral lines” can scarcely be anything else than
the downward continuations of the leaf-margin; and if
they are so, it follows that all above the “lateral lines” is
upper, all below them lower leaf-surface. In this way I
am led to view the pitcher-lid as wholly developed from
the upper leaf-surface, with which both its aspects are con-
tinuous. This conclusion might, indeed, have been antici-
pated from inspection of Specimen A, where the portion of
the margin of the spoon-like excavation next the petiole

* Somewhat similarly, the teeth in line with the lateral wings of the pitcher
are also of conspicuous size.

176 Professor Dickson on the

belongs manifestly to the upper leaf-surface. In the perfect
pitcher the “lateral lines” are distinctly recognisable as
ridges, one on either side, running from the junction of the
corrugated rim with the base of the lid down towards the
extremity of the petiole, where they disappear.

To convert, in idea, one of the funnel-like structures
above described into the normal Cephalotus-pitcher, we
must imagine that side of the funnel nearest to the main
axis as remaining comparatively stationary, while the far
side of the funnel becomes calceolately pouched to an enor-
mous extent, forming, in fact, almost the entire pitcher.
The pitcher-leaf of Cephalotus, with its calceolate pouching,
whereby the apex of the lamina is curved round so as to
become approximated to its base, may not inaptly be com-
pared to the well-known ‘‘ hammer-headed” upper petals of
Aconitum, where we have also petiolated leaf-organs with
similar pouching of the lamina and approximation of
apex to base. The interest of this comparison is further
heightened by the circumstance that in both cases the
internal surface is developed (although for very different
purposes) as a secreting apparatus. In illustration of the
parallel, I give an outline figure of the pitcher-leaf of
Cephalotus (Plate V., fig. 6), placed in such a position—
with petiole nearly vertical—as will enable any one at a
glance to compare it with the nectariferous petal of Aconz-
twm (Plate V., fig. 7), a figure of which I have borrowed
from Prof. Asa Gray’s “ Text Book.”

The conclusions to which I have been led may thus
briefly be stated :—

1st. That the pitcher results from a calceolate pouching
of the leaf-blade from the upper surface.

2d. That the apex of the leaf is on the far side of the
pitcher-orifice from the main axis and from the lid, and is
probably represented by the tip of the middle dorsal wing.

3d. That the pitcher-lid represents an outgrowth or
excrescence from the upper leaf-surface.

In this place I must mention that Dr Masters, in his
“Teratology ” (p. 314), says that ‘in Cephalotus follicularis
rudimentary or imperfect pitchers may be frequently met
with in which the stalk of the leaf is tubular, and bears at
its extremity a very small rudimentary leaf-blade.” Unless

Morphology of the Pitcher of the Cephalotus follicularis. 177

there is some error of description, the cases here referred
to must have been exceedingly unlike mine ; but whatever
they may have been, it is quite certain that they had not
been sufficient to enable Dr Masters to come to any very
definite opinion on pitcher-morphology. This may be
gathered from his immediately following conclusions as to
ascidia in general, which run thus :—“‘ It is not in all cases
easy to trace the origin and true nature of the ascidium, as
the venation is sometimes obscure. If there be a single
well-marked midrib the probability is that the case is one
of cohesion of the margins of the leaf; but if the veins are
all of about equal size, and radiate from a common stalk,
the pouch-like formation is probably due to dilatation and
hollowing of the petiole.* Again, when the result of a
union of the margins of the leaf, the pitcher is generally
less regular than when formed from the hollow end of a
leaf-stalk. Further information is especially needed as to
the mode of development and formation of these tubular
organs so as to ascertain clearly when they are the result
of a true cupping process, and when of cohesion of the
margins of one or more leaves.”

In conclusion, I may refer to the principal points for
comparison, or contrast, between the pitcher of Cephalotus,
on the cne hand, and those of Sarracenia and Nepenthes, on
the other, in both of which latter the development has been
examined—in Sarracenia by Professor Baillon,f and in
Nepenthes by Sir Joseph D. Hooker.t

As regards Sarracenia, Baillon’s observations and con-
clusions are briefly as follows:—In S. purpurea the leaf
appears at first asa small convex mammilla. A little later
the base of the organ becomes somewhat dilated and a little
concave towards the inner surface. This dilatation is the
sheathing base of the petiole, and at a later period becomes
considerably developed. It has nothing to do with the
formation of the pitcher. This last appears somewhat later

* To this category Dr Masters would, no doubt, relegate the case of Cephalotus.
It seems just possible that in the monstrosities of Cephalotus referred to by him
the rudiment of the pitcher-lid has been mistaken for a ‘‘rudimentary leaf-blade.”

+ ‘‘Sur le developpement des feuilles des Sarracenia’—(Comptes Rendus,
Ixxi. p. 630).

= ‘On the Origin and Development of the Pitchers of Nepenthes, with an
Account of some new Bornean Plants of that Genus”—(Zrans. Linn. Soc.
vol. xxii. p. 415).

TRANS. BOT. SOC. VOL. XIV. N

178 Professor Dickson on the

as a small depression or fossa a little to the inner side of
the extremity of the cone which represents the young leaf.
This fossa—the result of inequality of development in the
different portions of the extremity of a leaf whose petiolar
and vaginal portions already exist—he holds to be formed
on the upper surface of the lamina, The fully-developed
pitcher he views as corresponding morphologically to a
peltate leaf like that of Nelumbium. The large but shallow
inverted cone which forms the leaf-blade in Nelumbiwn
becomes in Sarracenia deeper and narrower, so as ultimately
to present the form of a long obconical horn. The pitcher-
lid he considers as merely the terminal lobe of the peltate
limb.

If Baillon is right—as probably he is—in viewing the
pitcher of Sarracenia as a modification of a peltate leaf, it
would, in this respect, seem to differ considerably from that
of Cephalotus. In Sarracenia the whole outer surface of
the pitcher, on the near as well as on the far side from the
main axis, would represent lower leaf-surface ; whereas in
Cephalotus the upper surface of the pitcher-lid and the
portion of the outer surface of the pitcher-wall intervening
between it and the extremity of the petiole, and bounded
laterally by the “lateral lines” above referred to, belong to
upper leaf-surface.

As regards Nepenthes, Hooker's observations conclusively
show that the pitcher-cavity is the result of a pouching
from the upper leaf-surface, and that the leaf-apex is
represented by the ‘‘styliform process” which projects from
behind the junction of the lid and pitcher. The lid here
must be viewed as an outgrowth or excrescence from the
upper leaf-surface, just as in Cephalotus: with this
difference, however, that while in Cephalotus the lid
springs from the side of the pitcher orifice nearest to the
main axis, the lid in Nepenthes springs from the side
farthest from it.

The pitcher-leaf of Nepenthes presents, as is well known,
very considerable difficulties to the morphologist who wishes
to reduce its parts to the terms of ‘‘ petiole” and “ lamina.”
The flatly expanded portion, sometimes sessile and some-
times supported by what closely resembles a petiole, is con-
sidered by Hooker as the lamina, whose midrib is produced

Morphology of the Pitcher of the Cephalotus follicularis, 179

as a tendril-lke structure somewhat after the fashion of
the cirrhose prolongation of the leaf-apex in Gloriosa, The
pitcher he views as a glandular excavation on the internal
aspect of this ‘‘excurrent midrib” somewhat below its
extremity.

With regard to this determination a few remarks may
not be out of place.

If Hooker’s representation of the early development of
the leaf of Vepenthes be examined, and especially his figure
of the first appearance of the pitcher-excavation (loc. cit.,
Tab. Ixxiv., fig. 1 b), one cannot but be struck with its
exact correspondence with Baillon’s description of the
development of the Sarracenia leaf, where the excavation
representing the future pitcher appears as a small fossa a
little to the inner side of the cone which represents the
young leaf, the base of which is already somewhat dilated
and a little concave towards the inner surface. If the
pitcher of Sarracenia represents a leaf-blade, it seems
scarcely possible to resist the conclusion that the same
must hold good for Nepenthes.

An apparent difficulty, however, arises as to the signifi-
cation of the flat expansion below the cirrhose support of
the pitcher.

At first I was disposed to look upon all the parts below
the pitcher—including the flat expansion—as representing
the petiole; but an examination of the remarkable leaf-
forms occurring in certain Crotons now inclines me_ to
adopt a view virtually identical with that of Hooker,
although perhaps not exactly in the shape contemplated
by him.

In the plants called Croton interruptus and C. picturatus
—probably both of them monstrous forms of C. angustifolius
—we have, in many of the leaves, the phenomenon of an
interruption, or more or less sudden narrowing in the course
of the lamina, which for some distance becomes reduced to
the slender filamentary midrib. It happens, moreover, that
in the greater number of the interrupted leaves the distal
portion of the lamina—borne upon the “ excurrent midrib ”
—is developed, peltate-fashion, into an oblique funnel of
varying depth.* (Plate VI. figs. 1 and 2).

* Especially in C, picturatus.

180 Professor Dickson on the

The closeness of the parallel which may be drawn
between this structure and the ascidium-leaf of Nepenthes
will be at once apparent ; and, although analogical reason-
ing of this kind must be employed with caution, it seems
highly probable that in Nepenthes we have to deal with a
leaf the lamina of which is interrupted in the middle of its
course by becoming reduced to its midrib, and that, while
the proximal portion of the lamina retains its typical form
of a flat expansion, the distal portion becomes peltately ex-
panded into a funnel or pitcher.

In the Croton leaves just referred to, it is to be noted
that the proximal expansion, while sometimes simply
narrowed into the attenuated portion, as in Plate VI. fig. 1,
is more frequently developed towards its extremity in a
peltate manner, so that the midrib appears as excurrent
from the lower leaf-surface, as in Plate VI. fig. 2. This
latter case is of special interest inasmuch as a similar pelta-
tion towards the extremity of the proximal expansion occurs
in many of the leaves of Nepenthes phyllamphora, and forms
one of the specific characters of Hooker’s magnificent JN.
Rajah.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Puate V.—e¢=Leaf-apex. /=Pitcher-lid. //=<‘‘ Lateral line.”
mdw=Middle dorsal wing. lw=Lateral wing. mdt=Middle
dorsal tooth of corrugated rim.

Fig. 1. Normal foliage leaf of Cephalotus.

Fig. 2. Specimen A. Leaf with spoon-like excavation on upper
leaf-surface.

Fig. 3. Specimen B. Leaf funnel-shaped, with small tooth-like
rudiment of pitcher-lid on the near side of the orifice of the funnel.

Fig. 4. Specimen C. Leaf funnel-shaped. Rudiment of pitcher-
lid 3-lobed.

Fig. 5. Specimen D. Leaf funnel-shaped. Rudiment of pitcher-
lid 2-lobed. Nearly side view.

Fig. 5 (a). Nearly dorsal view of same specimen. Middle dorsal
wing seen with its tip coincident with the leaf-apex.

Fig. 6. Normal Ascidium-leaf, placed, with petiole nearly vertical,
for comparison with the funnel-shaped abnormalities and with the
accompanying figure of the petal of Aconitum. If the ascidium-
leaf be compared with the funnel-shaped specimens, and the position
of the “lateral lines” (//) be noted, it will be evident that the

Morphology of the Pitcher of the Cephalotus follicularis. 181

pitcher virtually consists of a calceolate expansion of the far side of
the funnel from the main axis.

Fig. 7. Nectariferous petal of Aconitum (after Asa Gray), showing
petiolar portion (claw) and calceolately pouched lamina.

Puate VI.—Fig. 1. Interrupted leaf of Croton picturatus. Distal
portion of lamina peltate, forming an oblique funnel. Proximal
expansion simply narrowed into the attenuated portion.

Fig. 2. Another of the same. Here, however, the upper part of
the proximal expansion is peltate, so that the filamentary midrib
appears as “ excurrent” from the lower leaf-surface.

In Plate V. the figures are all more or less magnified.
In Plate VI. they are of natural size.

On Lepidophloios, a genus of Carboniferous Plants. By
Joun M. Macrarnane, B.Sc. (Plates VII. and VIII.)

The genus Lepidophloios was formed by Sternberg * for
the reception of certain Carboniferous plant remains, which,
while conforming in many respects to Lepidodendron and
allied genera, were distinguishable from these by well-
marked peculiarities. These specimens he described as
Lepidophloios laricinum. To the elucidation of the life-
history of this species I propose devoting the present paper.
The following is a short reswmé of the literature on the
subject. Corda} described and figured parts of the stem
of a species of Lepidophloios as Lomatophloios crassicaulis.
He wrought out the minute structure of it in great detail.
Though able to ascertain its internal anatomy, he erred as
to its true affinities, since he regarded it as being allied to
Sempervirens and Cactus.

When Goldenberg published his “Flora Sarepontze
Fossilis,” he—as far as I can learn—enumerated three
species of Lomatophloios and two of Lepidophloios, the
differences between these two genera, in the opinion of
this observer, consisting in the greater size of the foliar
cushions and leaf scars in the former, In a paper “ On

* Tableau des genres de végétaux Fossiles, p. 43.
+ Beitraige zur Flora der Vorwelt, Prague, 1845.

182 Mr J. M. Macfarlane on Lepidophloios.

Fossil Plants from the Coal-Formations of Cape Breton,’*
Bunbury gives figures and descriptions of various Coal-
measure plants found in that locality, one of which he
names Lepidodendron tumidum, and remarks: ‘‘ This is one
of those ambiguous forms which would be referred by some
to Lepidodendron and by others to Sigillaria.”

Schimper incorporates this as Lepidophloios tumidus.

Lesquereux, in his ‘“ Paleontology of Illinois,’+ records
one species, Lepidophloios obcordatus.

In “The Coal Formation of Nova Scotia and New
Brunswick,” { and also in ‘“ Acadian Geology,” § Principal
Dawson enumerates five species of Lepidophloios, viz.,
Acadianus, prominulus, parvus, platystigma, and tetragonus ;
but the third of these, as Schimper remarks, “is mani-
festly a Ulodendron.” Dawson says, in defence of his
classification: ‘‘ Regarding Lepidophloios laricinum of
Sternberg as the type of the genus, and, taking in con-
nection with this the species described by Goldenberg,
and my own observations on numerous specimens found in
Nova Scotia, I have no doubt that Lomatophloios crassi-
caulis of Corda, and other species of that genus described
by Goldenberg, Ulodendron and Bothrodendron of Lind-
ley, Lepidodendron ornatissimum of Brongniart and
Halonia punctata of Geinitz, all belong to this genus,
and differ from each other only in conditions of growth
and preservation.” In the paragraph preceding that now
quoted he defines Lepidophloios, including, of course,
Ulodendron, as possessing ‘transversely elongated leaf-
scars, each with three vascular points, and placed on
elevated or scale-like protuberances,” also “long one-
nerved leaves.” Now, I have numerous specimens which
prove (1) that the leaf-scars of Ulodendron—and this
applies equally to Bothrodendron, its inner bark—vwere
quadrilateral and almost equilateral; (2) that the pro-
tuberances were little, if at all, elevated above the bark ;
(3) that only one vascular point was present; and (4)
that the leaves even in thick stems were short and densely
imbricated. Above all, the presence in Ulodendron of the

* Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., vol. i. p. 123.
+ Geol. Sury. of Illinois, vol. ii. p. 457.

+ Quart. Jour. Geol. Soe. vol. xxii. p. 139.
§ Second edition, London, 1868. |

Mr J. M. Macfarlane on Lepidophloios. 183

very remarkable double row of scars—completely absent
in Lepidophloios—clearly mark the two genera as being
distinct. But, as I shall shortly proceed to show, this emi-
nent paleontologist has greatly advanced the line of re-
search in asserting that Halonia is part of Lepidophloios.
Schimper refers his species tetragonus to Lepidodendron
quadratum, but it seems to me exceedingly probable that it
is simply the second layer of the bark of Lepidophlotos lari-
cinum, since it assumes the appearances these authors figure.

Schimper* refers all the forms of Lepidophloios to six
species.

Williamson, in an elaborate article ‘“‘On the Internal
Structure of the Fossil Plants of the Coal Measures,”
records observations made on material from the Pettycur
plant bed. He shows, by a comparison of the internal
structure of numerous specimens, that the genera Lomato-
phloios, Lepidophloios, Diploxylon, and Leptoxylon of
authors are identical. To his paper I shall have frequently
to refer.

Stur{ completely annihilates the genera Ulodendron
and Lepidophloios. The remarks which I have already
made regarding Ulodendron apply equally here, but Stur
destroys the last-named genus by supposing that it “is a
bulbil-bearing Lepidodendron stem,” that is, he considers
that Lepidodendron at certain stages in its life-history
develops a series of viviparous bulbs, after the manner of
our recent Lycopodium Selago, and it is during this stage
that the Lepidophloios form results. | Though the idea is
an ingenious one, in all my specimens I have not been able
to discover the least evidence in its favour, and the same
may be said of all other observers. Besides, there are
many other points which wholly forbid the union of
Lepidodendron and Lepidophloios, and one of the two
species which he figures Lepidodendron Veltheimianum can
—as I hope to show on a future occasion—be traced
through all its morphological changes without the inter-
vention of any Lepidophloios stage.

We shall regard Lepidophloios then as a Lycopodiaceous

* Traité de Paleontologie Végétale, Paris, 1870 72.
+ Phil. Trans. part ii. 1872.
t Die Culm Flora, Vienna, 1874.

184 Mr J. M. Macfarlane on Lepidophloios.

plant, quite distinct from both Ulodendron and Lepidoden-
dron. In the strata of the Calciferous Sandstone and
Carboniferous Limestone series of the Lothians and Fife,
Lepidophloios laricinum is exceedingly common. Selecting
for description typical examples of stems, say 6 inches in
diameter, we find that the surface of the bark is covered
with a series of leaf-cushions, broadest at their bases,
slightly tapering to the cicatrix, and imbricating over one
another in a@ downward or reversed direction (Pl. VIII.
fig. 3). At the apex of each cushion is situated the leaf-
scar or cicatrix, having a rhomboidal outline, and bearing
the impressions of three fibro-vascular bundles, which
proceeded out into the leaf. Though I have not been able
to obtain leaves still attached to the cicatrices, they are
very abundant in the isolated state ; in the limestone of
Burdiehouse, for example, slabs are sometimes so covered
with them as to obscure the impressions of other organisms
present. They are linear acute, and traversed by a single
strong well-marked midrib. Corda* figures a very fine
specimen with leaves attached. We are indebted to him
for a careful account of the internal anatomy of the stem,
which has been further expanded by Williamson. . The
centre is occupied by a mass of cellular tissue forming a
true pith; surrounding this isa zone of scalariform vessels,
forming what Williamson designates “the medullary
vascular cylinder” ; outside this is another zone, which he
asserts is formed by exogenous growth; this he terms
‘the ligneous zone.” Piercing it we have medullary rays,
while outside is a mass of cellular tissue, surrounded by
prosenchyma; and, lastly, there is a sub-epidermal and
epidermal cellular tissue. I have not been able to study
its microscopic structure, as, with the exception of the bed
mentioned, pieces well preserved for this purpose are very
rare In our district. The variations in the appearance of
the bark are interesting. My esteemed preceptor, Professor
Balfour, + in pointing out the changes which the bark layers
of Araucaria imbricata may assume, very truly remarks,
‘“ There can be no doubt that in vegetable paleontology
the number of species has been needlessly multiplied, any

* Ib. cit. tab. 1, fig. 1. + Paleo. Botany, 1872, p. 8.

Mr J. M. Macfarlane on Lepidophloios. 185

slight variation in form having been reckoned sufficient for
specific distinction.” Let us see how this apples in the
plant before us. The leaf-cushions at their bases spread
out and are attached to the stem so as to enclose a quadri-
lateral area, in the centre of which the impression of the
rhomboidal cicatrix may appear. This I believe to be
what Dawson figures as Lepidophloios tetragonus, while
Schimper’s Lepidodendron quadratum is, 1 doubt not, the
same without the cicatrix. The sub-epidermal part of the
bark is marked only by the elongated prominences which
the leaf-bundles give rise to on passing out into the leaves.
The fact already mentioned, viz., that the leaf-cushions
imbricate in a downward direction is important, and will
assist me in my future generalisations. | Schimper seems
to be the only writer who has pointed this out hitherto.
That such does take place has been clearly demonstrated
by my finding branches in the act of dichotomising ; more-
over, the leaf-cushions follow a course exactly the opposite
of that pursued in the forking of the stem. From this it
might be supposed that the leaves did not closely surround
the stem as in Ulodendron, but that they spread out in a
lax fashion, as has been shown by Corda. In all my
specimens where dichotomous division is seen, the angle
which the two branches form is almost exactly 90°, a
divergence very much greater than most Lepidodendra,
where it is only about 45°. Such then is the general
structure of stems from 2 inches to 1 foot in diameter,
When we pass to those of smaller size, we find that two
forms are encountered, which are essentially alike in the
nature and disposition of the leaf-cushions, the form of the
scars, the number of vascular markings on these, the angle
of dichotomy, and the final branch termination in a rather
abrupt manner, but which differ in two important re-
spects, since in the one a remarkable series of tubercles
gradually appear, arranged in quincuntial order, as also
the passage, according to Williamson, from the medul-
lary vascular cylinder of a number of vascular bundles
proceeding out into these tubercles. Both these peculi-
arities are wanting in the second, In other words, I
regard Lepidophloios as undoubtedly terminating in two
forms of branch, the one being what we have hitherto

186 Mr J. M. Macfarlane on Lepidophiloios.

known as Halonia, while the other in nowise differs from
a typical Lepidophloios stem, such as Schimper and others
figure, except in size. I propose, for convenience sake,
though perhaps arbitrarily, to name Halonia the fertile,
and the latter the sterile, branches of Lepidophloios; the
reason for this I will state hereafter. The latter, or so-
called sterile form, gives us no trace whatever of the
tubercles present in the fertile or Halonia form; it is
possible, however, that such may appear at a more ad-
vanced age. Of this, however, we have no direct evidence.
They usually curve towards their extremities in a graceful
manner, describing at times a considerable arc of a circle,
and, as already mentioned, end rather abruptly. But
it is the so-called fertile part, which hitherto has been
designated Halonia, that is of particular interest to us.
Hitherto its relation to some other plant has been much
debated, some of the older authors regarding it as the root
of a Lepidodendroid plant (Wilde, “Geologist,” 1863, p. 266),
More recently, and especially since its internal structure
has been ascertained, botanists have almost universally
looked upon it as being the axis of inflorescence of some
unknown genus, which, from the evidence I now advance,
appears undoubtedly to be Lepidophloios. If, then, Lepi-
dophloios does terminate thus, we should naturally wish to
obtain such an example as would show the transition from
it to that of Halonia by the gradual appearance of the
tubercles of the latter. This we have in the specimen
which I figure (Plate VII. fig. 1). Though we could have
wished that the primary axis had been preserved for us a
little further, enough remains to us to show that it was
devoid of the tubercular cicatrices till about an inch below
the point of bifurcation. There then appear on the exposed
surface of the stem two of the well-known tubercles, and
from that poimt upwards they are abundantly developed
in spiral order.

As I previously stated, Principal Dawson has asserted
that some Halonias, which he figures, are the fruit axes
of Lepidophloios, without exactly stating his reasons for
supposing so. But a strong confirmation of the idea
which I have brought forward is to be found when we
turn to the internal anatomy. This has been very elabor-

Mr J. M. Macfarlane on Lepidophiloios. 187

ately wrought out by Dawes (“Quar. Jour. Geol. Soc.”
sec. iv. p. 289); Binney (‘‘ Paleeont. Soc. Memoirs,” 1871), as
well as by Professor Williamson. It agrees in all respects
with large stems of Lepidophloios, except in the absence
of a ligneous zone, and the presence of a series of vascular
diverticula, which differ very materially from those pro-
ceeding into the leaves. Instead of, as in the latter, being
derived merely from the outside of the vascular cylinder,
it is the result of a break in the continuity of the cylinder ;
in fact, it repeats, on a small scale, the dichotomous branch-
ing of the large stem already mentioned. But, as William-
son remarks, ‘instead of half the entire cylinder being
split off, but a small portion of it is so separated.” He
infers, therefore, “that the vascular bundle thus originated
proceeded to some modification of a branch, but which
modification was of smaller dimensions than branches
usually attained to, and which consequently required a less
abundant supply of vascular tissue than ordinary branches
needed, Such a modification would,” he imagines, “ only
be found in a Strobilus, which must be regarded as a branch
that has undergone an arrested development at a very early
stage of its growth.” Schimper, arriving at the same con-
clusion, says: “It is natural to suppose—so it seems to
me—that they were the points of attachment of fruits.”
Supposing, then, this assumption to be correct, do we find
specimens which would justify this conclusion? We do.
Through the whole of the Calciferous and Carboniferous
Limestone series a particular form of cone occurs, which,
by a little study, one is able to distinguish from the cones of
Lepidodendron Velthetmianum and allied forms. Occasion-
ally there is attached to this cone a slender stem (Plate
VIII. fig. 1), which agrees exactly in every point of its
external characters with Lepidophloios and Halonia, but
on a much smaller scale, and without the tubercles of the
latter. Dawson figures this cone very accurately, but
makes no mention of the stalk which supported it. I have
been able to obtain many specimens with the cones
attached, and in all stages of growth. Here I may be
allowed to mention a very interesting circumstance as to
the distribution of these plants among the rocks of the
neighbourhood. About four years ago I commenced to

188 Mr J. M. Macfarlane on Lepidophloios.

work the shales overlying the sandstone quarry of Hailes.
These are of a very fine-grained and foliated nature, and
of a deep black colour. Admirably preserved in the folic
of the strata I found numerous plant remains, prominent
among which, for their abundance, were the isolated twigs
and cones now under consideration, as also in less abun-
dance the twigs and cones still united, but, with the excep-
tion of a thin Halonia branch, not a trace have I obtained
otherwise of Lepidophloios. On the other hand, the bitu-
minous shales of Straiton, Dalmeny, and Addiewell, have
yielded me abundant examples of the larger Halonia and
Lepidophloios branches, but not a scrap of the thin twigs
so abundant at Hailes. Lastly, in the Calcareous shales of
Grange, near Burntisland, and the limestone of Burdie-
house and Camps, we find all the forms mixed indis-
criminately together. Here is a valuable lesson to the
paleontological botanist. The fine shales of Hailes and
the Water of Leith valley seem to have been deposited in
calm waters, at a considerable distance, probably, from some
river's mouth. Here delicate fern-fronds, small twigs, and
light cones—floated further than the heavier and more
massive stems to which they belonged—were quietly
deposited and covered by fine mud. ‘The bituminous
shales were probably formed nearer land where currents
were frequent, as is shown by the irregular beddings of
the rock, and the large stems which they contain, and
from the decay of these vegetable organisms, we have, I
think, the origin of the bitumen for which these shales are
famed. The Burdiehouse series of rocks again appear, at
least partly, to have been laid down in lagoons or large
pools teeming with Cypris, and into these were whirled
Jarge and small organs alike.

The slender cone-stalk has downwardly directed and
imbricated leaf-cushions, rhomboidalor more nearly elliptical
leaf-scars, each with three fibro-vascular impressions and
linear leaves. These leaves are from 4 to 14 inch in length,
and stand out from the twigs at an angle of from 45° to 75°.
The twigs or cone-bearing branches seem to have dichoto-
mised comparatively seldom, as I have not been able, out of
the hundreds of specimens which Hailes has yielded me, to
obtain a single example of such, one dug out by me from

Mr J. M. Macfarlane on Lepidophioios. 189

the bed of the Water of Leith at Kate’s Mills, and two in
the collection of the Geological Survey, being all that I
know of. When dichotomy did occur, the angle formed
varies from 75° to 90°, aud in many of my Hailes speci-
mens the medullary vascular zone is well preserved as a
thin chord traversing the middle of the twig. The twigs
vary from one-tenth to one-third of an inch in diameter.
The cone attains a maximum size of 4$ inches. I have
obtained, principally from the shale of Hailes quarry, a
very complete series of cones, differing in size and age.
In the young state they are not unlike Cardiocarpa, and
for such they have occasionally been mistaken. At this
stage only one row of cone-scales is visible. As growth
proceeds the extremities of other scales appear, and
these are added to, by elongation of the cone, till the
adult form is reached. The cone-scales or bracts, on the
inturned bases of which the sporangia are borne, are
lanceolate, and traversed by a single median rib (Plate
VIII. fig 2.).

Lepidophlotios laricinum is found throughout the whole of
the Calciferous series, and apparently less sparingly in the
Carboniferous Limestone series round Edinburgh. Mr
John Henderson of the Geological Society has shown me
a Halonia from beds on the east side of Kinghorn identical
with that of the Calciferous series, while Mr H. M. Cadell
has furnished me with cone-twigs obtained by him from
“a whitish argillaceous bed, about 9 inches in thickness,” *
in the Borrowstounness coalfield. It is the only species
occurring in the Calciferous series itself as far as my ob-
servations go. A totally distinct species is found in the
Upper Coal-Measures which seems exactly to resemble
Bunbury’s ZL. tumidus.

I would here express indebtedness to my kind friend,
Mr C. W. Peach, for permitting me to examine some of
the specimens in his rich collection. The plates have
been drawn and lithographed by my fellow-worker, Mr R.
Kidston, whose careful and beautiful work in art is but a
counterpart of the qualities he displays in the pursuit of
science.

* Trans. Geol. Soc, Edin. 1880, p. 306.

190 Mr J. M. Macfarlane on the

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Prats VIT.—Portion of branch of Lepidophloios laricinum bifur-
cating. Below the point of dichotomy are two cicatrices or tuber-
cles pretty far apart, while above there are several developed in
regular order. The lower part of the branch is destitute of tubercles,
and exactly resembles an ordinary Lepidophloios ; the upper portion
with tubercles is what has hitherto been designated Halonia.

Puate VITI.—Fig. 1. Supposed cone of Lepidophloios laricinum
with cone-stalk. The latter, in all probability, articulated with a
tubercle of the Halonia branch.

g, 2. Isolated cone scale.
e, 3. Portion of stem of L. laricinum 3 inches in diameter,
natural size.

Fig. 4. Portion of cone-stalk, 4 inch in diameter, magnified.

Fig. 5, a, b,c. Stages in the development of the cone.

~

F
Ki

i

Notes on the Action of some Aniline Dyes on Vegetable
Tissues. By Joun M. Macraruang, B.Sc.

(Read 14th July 1881.)

The action of the aniline dyes on vegetable and animal
tissues has recently been carefully studied, and the results
obtained have proved satisfactory. 1 now propose record-
ing some of the more important methods arrived at.

I. Staining of Laticiferous Vessels.— Every botanist must
have experienced the difficulty of obtaining thoroughly good
preparations of laticiferous vessels. Sachs* recommends
boiling in dilute potash ; but, while tolerably good sections
may be obtained in this way, several difficulties are en-
countered. The points to be aimed at in preparing this
tissue are (a) the coagulation.of the latex, so that it may
continue to fill the vessels ; (6) the staining of the cut sec-
tions, so that the vessels may be distinctly differentiated from
the surrounding cellular substance; (c) the successful mount-
ing of these, so that the tint may be permanently retained.
The first part of the process is best accomplished by ob-
taining, for example, a large and entire root of Scorzonera,
so that extensive bleeding may be prevented. A suitable

* Text-book of Botany, p. 110.

Action of Aniline Dyes on Vegetable Tissues. 191

sized bottle being filled with alcohol, pieces of the root
from one to two inches in length are cut, and immediately
placed in it. Coagulation of the latex is quickly effected.
After lying thus for a week or longer, sections are cut
with the hand, or by aid of a microtome. The second point
is most important, and on its success the beauty of the
object will depend. The sections are placed in alcoholic
solution of saffranine, obtained by dissolving 1 part of this
dye in 800 parts spirit. After eighteen to twenty-four
hours they are removed from the stain and decolorised by
washing repeatedly in spirit. It will be found that the
stain leaves the cellular tissue rapidly, while it is retained
by the latex in the vessels. We will notice lastly the
best method for mounting these. While such media as
balsam or dammar would cause unnatural contraction, fluids,
on the other hand—especially acetic acid solution—are apt
to act slightly on the dye. I have found nothing to equal
glycerine jelly, as it preserves the tint and is easily worked.

II. Double Staining of Stems, d&e.—The dyes usually
recommended for this purpose are rosaniline and dodine
green ; but saffranine and emeraldine are preferable, as the
former is, for vegetable tissues, a most permanent dye, while
the latter imparts a brighter colour than iodine green.

Ill. Staining of Cell Contents—While some aniline
dyes act specially on the thickened walls of cells, others
are extremely useful for demonstrating the structure of
protoplasm. Heliocin and naphthaline in this respect are
valuable ; and eosin, though not an aniline dye, is equally
so. For epidermis cells and ordinary parenchyma the
latter is preferable. It is best prepared by dissolving
1 part, in 1200, of alcohol. The specimens are allowed to
lie for five minutes in the stain, and are then washed in
water and mounted in a cell with acetic acid, or Goadby’s
solution. The cells of Spirogyra, however, have their
minute structure beautifully revealed by treatment with
heliocin. The following is the best method to adopt :—
Decolorise the filaments by placing them in a 1 per cent.
solution of chromic acid for two days; add then to the
solution 1 part, in 2000, of the dye and shake slightly, so
that it may dissolve equally. In an hour the filaments
will be ready for examination or permanent preparation.

192 Mr J. M. Macfarlane on the

The Structure and Division of the Vegetable Cell. By J,
M. Macraruane, B.Sc., Demonstrator of Botany in
the University of Edinburgh, (Plates 1X. and X.)

(Read April 16 and May 12, 1881.)

Introduction.

During the last six years our knowledge of the animal
and vegetable cell has been greatly increased. Previously,
it was held by most observers that a typical cell consisted
simply of a wall or bounding membrane, secreted from the
protoplasm which filled the cell, a nucleus formed of preto-
plasm of a denser consistence than the surrounding mass.
Inside the nucleus a nucleolus was supposed occasionally to
be present. It is now being gradually discovered that the
cell is of a more complicated nature, and is the centre of
more complicated changes than had once been imagined.
Admirable summaries of the advances made prior to 1878,
especially those of Strasburger, have been given* by Priestley
and Klein. ‘To summarise briefly their papers, it may be
said that a network of fibres can be seen permeating the
substance of the cell attached on the inner surface to
the nucleus, and that these are merely continuations of a
similar network within the nucleus. The former has been
termed by Klein the cntra-cellular network, the latter, the
intra-nuclear network. It is further stated by Klein that
Eimer, Flemming, and himself consider that in the animal
cell a nuclear membrane is present surrounding the nucleus.

As it is specially with the vegetable cell that I will deal,
a more detailed account of Strasburger’s investigations is
necessary.{ This author shows that in division of the cell
the nucleus undergoes a series of peculiar changes. At
first of a rounded or oval outline, the denser material
ageregates to form a dark band—the nuclear plate—cross-
ing a clear fusiform area—the nuclear disc. The former
splits up, each part retreating along the clear area to its
extremity, and there form the daughter nuclet. These are
again united by a fibrous bridge, and in the middle of this
a row of granules appear—forming the cell-plate—which

* Quart. Journ. Micro. Soc. vols. xvi. and xviii.
+ Ueber Zellbildung und Zelltheilung.

Structure and Division of the Vegetable Cell. 193

in turn eventually split up; and between them the cellulose
wall is formed. He does not attach any special significance
to the nucleolus, This idea is shared by Klein, who says,
referring to the animal cell:—‘To every experienced
student of histology it must have become apparent that if
there is one thing unsatisfactory, unreliable, puzzling, and
inconstant about the nucleus of vast numbers of cells, it is
this very nucleolus.” He concludes that the so-called
nucleoli are either thickenings of the intra-nuclear network,
or result from “ shrivelling up and intimate fusion of a part
of the network.”

More recently Flemming, Treub, Schmidt, and Hegel-
maier have contributed some important observations.
Schmidt has shown ~* that in the cells of the Siphonee and
Siphonocladee among Algze, as also in Saprolegnia and the
Myxomycetes among fungi, instead of one nucleus, many
may be present; amounting in the genus Valonia, for
instance, to several hundreds. He has further proved that
various of the simpler alge and fungi, formerly supposed
destitute of a nucleus, possess such a body; and he con-
cludes that in all Thallophytes the cells contain one or more
nuclei, organisms destitute of a nucleus being unknown.
Treuby points out that not only in Cryptogams do a plurality
of nuclei occur, but that in the bast fibres and laticiferous
cells of various Phanerogams a like condition is found.

Hegelmaier { records observations on the cells of the
suspensor in various leguminous plants, and states that in
these, numerous nuclei may be present, to the number of
twenty, thirty, or more, embedded in a parietal layer of
protoplasm. Inside each is a clearly-marked nucleolus ;
and in old nuclei two nucleoli may be found. He then
advances the important fact, which I had previously veri-
fied for myself in various plants, that division of the
nucleus is always preceded by that of the nucleolus, which
elongates, assuming a dumb-bell shape, and then divides.
The nucleus next divides, and one nucleolus goes with each
half. He notices that while the nucleolus is sharp and clear
in outline, the nucleus at its periphery seems to fuse with

* §. B. Niederrhein, ‘‘ Geo. Natur-u Heilk.” Bonn, 1879.
+ Comptes Rendus, \xxxix. 1879, page 494.
t Bot. Zeit. xxxviii. page 513.

TRANS. BOT. SOC, VOL. XIV. Oo

194 Mr J. M. Macfarlane on the

the protoplasm. An article by Flemming,* which has
recently appeared, will be referred to shortly.

My attention having been given for some time to the
study of the vegetable cell, I found on examining the epi-
dermal cells of Ornithogalum pyramidale, L.,with Hartnack’s
No. 4 eyepiece and No. 7 objective what seemed a well-
marked body inside the nucleolus of a cell. The idea sug-
gested itself to me, Might this be constant? and on care-
fully examining the others, such was found to be the case.
The epidermis was quite fresh, and had been stained in
alcoholic solution of eosin—an excellent stain for demon-
strating minute structure. Through the kindness of Pro-
fessor Dickson, I submitted them to a Hartnuack’s No. 10
immersion objective, and the new structure was well seen.
Numerous other flowering plants were examined, and in the
whole of these it was found to be present in the cells of the
epidermis, lamina, petiole, stem, and root, as also in Cryp-
togams such as Hquisetum limosum, Chara, Spirogyra, &c.
All the plants enumerated below show the new structure
well; though in some, it is larger and more marked than in
others,

DiIcoTyLEDons.
Phaseolus multiflorus, stem, petiole, and lamina.
Veronica gentianoides, leaf epidermis.
Polemonium ceruleum, petiole cells.
Rheum officinale, stem, petiole, and lamina.
Rumex acetosella, leaf epiderrais.
Asarum Europeum, leaf epidermis.

Monocory.Lepons.
Orchis mascula, leaf epidermis.
Vanilla, sp., leaf epidermis, stem, and aerial root. |
Pancratium rotatum, leaf epidermis.
Pancratium caribeum, leaf epidermis.
Eucharis candidissima, leaf epidermis and petiole cells.
Narcissus Pseudo-narcissus, leaf epidermis.
Hyacinthus, leaf epidermis.
Scilla Peruviana and bifolia, leaf epidermis, &e.
Allium sativum, leaf epidermis.
Fritillaria imperialis, leaf epidermis.

* Arch. fiir Mikr, Anat. xvili.

Structure and Division of the Vegetable Cell. 195

Ornithogalum pyramidale, various,

Colchicum autumnale, leaf epidermis and parenchyma cells.
Pothos, sp., leaf epidermis.

Saccharum officinarum, cells from young stem.

CrYPTOGAMS.
Equisetum limosum, cells from young stem.
Chara fragilis.
Spirogyra nitida.

The cells of the stem and leaf-epidermis of Fritillaria
imperialis show the largest examples of the new structure,
but it is very distinct in Ornithogalum pyramidale, aud
Narcissus Pseudonarcissus. In the cylindrical cells of
Spirogyra there is a difficulty, at times, to demonstrate it
owing to their roundness, but in Plate X. fig. 1, it is very
evident. Usually there is only one, but it is by no means
uncommon to find two, and even three or four. When more
than two are present, however, the cells are generally old ;
and this is a significant fact. The new structure is round
or slightly oval in outline, and exhibits a clear bounding-
wall differentiating it from the substance of the nucleolus.
Aqueous solution of logwood reveals its outline well, still
better is a solution of iodine ; but I prefer to either of these
a 4 per cent. solution of eosin in common methylated spirit.

After verifying its apparent invariable presence in the
plant cell, a preparation of cerebellum, which I had made
in Professor Rutherford’s class of Practical Physiology,
was submitted to the microscope. In the large multi-
polar nerve-cells a nucleolus has long been known to exist,
but inside many nucleoli this new structure was quite
visible. Dr Priestley informs me that it has been men-
tioned before casually, but no importance was attached to
it. On looking over various zoological works one finds that
it is figured repeatedly ; as to its presence in the animal
cell we may for the time neglect it. To this new factor
in the vegetable cell I propose applying the term nucleolo-
nucleus. My investigations led me strongly to the con-
clusion that the nucleolus is also an invariable element ;
in fact all the tissue systems of every plant, which have
come under my notice in the present connection, are pro-
vided invariably with a nucleus, nucleolus, and nucleolo-

196 Mr J. M. Macfarlane on the

nucleus, 7 the cell is still active. To ascertain, if possible,
the function of these, and their ré/e in division of the cell,
I set about examining various plants. The results obtained
have been highly interesting.

Structure and Division of the Cells of Ornithogalum
pyramidale, Z.; Scilla bifolia, L.

Ornithogalum pyramidale has a much stronger growth
than Scdlla bifolia, and the cells are very much larger, con-
sequently the former has most engaged my attention. By
obtaining bulbs in which the young ascending axis had not
attained to a great size, and by splitting up these so as to
expose the pale actively growing parts, admirable examples
were obtained, showing all the stages of cell division. As
the epidermis is well suited for study, owing to the large-
ness of the cells and their local development of stomata, this
tissue has principally been chosen. If we carefully strip
off a piece of epidermis, say 2 inches long, from the point
of union of a leaf with the short underground axis and
upwards, and stain with logwood, iodine, or eosin, all the
changes in division and new formation of cells can be traced.
At the basal part of the preparation will be seen cells quite
resembling each other in size and structure, and not as
yet indicating any differentiation into stoma mother cells,
and cells of the epidermis. The interior is generally filled
with protoplasm, containing a nucleus, nucleolus, and
nucleolo-nucleus. While in many nucleoli only one
nucleolo-nucleus is present, others may be seen with two.
Some of the nuclei again, as we pass up the preparation,
have two nucleoli with a nucleolo-nucleus in each. Lastly,
nuclei may be dividing, or nearly divided, to form two cells,
each daughter nucleus carrying with it a nucleolus and
nucleolo-nucleus.

One of the two cells thus resulting, we will suppose,
elongates to form an epidermal cell, while the other is
destined to form astoma. We will meanwhile trace the
latter, superficially distinguished from the former by its
increasing little in length, but significantly distinguished
by its subsequent history. At first, having only one
nucleus, nucleolus, and nucleolo-nucleus, the latter soon

Structure and Division of the Vegetable Cell. 197

divides. Though, owing to its small size, I have only
once seen what appeared to be a median constriction,
there can be little doubt that this is the course of events,
for two distinct ones can often be discerned in cells about
this period. The nucleolus next elongates, and this almost
invariably parallel to the plane of the former cell-division.
Sometimes it may form an acute angle with it, or even may
elongate at right angles, the first, however, is by far the
commonest method. A constriction is then carried through
the centre of it, which deepens till complete separation into
two results, each carrying with it a nucleolo-nucleus (Plate
IX. figs. 1 and 2). That increase in its size goes on at this
time cannot be doubted, since the two new nucleoli are each
nearly of the same size as was the parent one at its initial
period of division. The nucleus next elongates slightly in
the same plane as did the nucleolus, the protoplasm
collects considerably around it ; next, by movement of what
seems the denser material of the nucleus towards the two
poles, a narrow but elongated clear space, traversed by very
delicate fibrilsstretching from its two halves, appears running
at right angles to the plane of elongation cf the nucleus, this
may be called the nuclear barrel. Shortly, in the middle
of it, there can be distinctly seen a double row of close-
set dots which, on focussing, seem to change their position,
almost giving one, at first glance, the idea of three parallel
rows. ‘This results from different parts of the cell-plate
being seen as the focus is altered. Along this cell-plate
the new cellulose septum is deposited, and after a consider-
able interval it splits up to constitute the aperture of the
stoma. Even before the nuclear disc is visible the two
nucleoli take up positions on opposite sides of its area
(Plate IX. fig. 3).. Such is the course of development as
far as I have been able to follow it. Strasburger gives
a very similar account, as far as nuclear division goes, of
the formation of a stomain Iris pumila. In Ornithogalum,
however, elongation of the nucleus is not nearly so pro-
nounced as in it.

We may seem now to have exhausted the complete
history of stoma development, but in many instances this
is not so. Hven during the nuclear division one can often
observe that the nucleolo-nucleus of each half has again

198 Mr J. M. Macfarlane on the

divided, and by the time that complete separation of the
two cells of the stoma has been brought about, the nucleolus
also may have divided, giving us two nucleoli in each guard-
cell, and this condition may be permanently retained. This
may seem au unimportant fact, but it helps us to make a
broad generalisation as to division of the cell generally, viz.,
that the nucleolus, or more probably the nucleolo-nucleus,
is the centre of germinal activity, and that as we pass out-
wards to the periphery of the cell, this reproductive activity
becomes less and less. In no other way, to my mind, can
the number of nucleoli and nucleolo-nuclei at different ages
in the cells of any plant be explained; but regarding this
as the true explanation many difficulties vanish. If such,
then, be the case, we should expect to find that, occasion-
ally at least, each guard-cell nucleus should split up, and,
by formation of a septum, give rise to two cells. Were
this morphological change to take place, the physiological
function of the stoma would necessarily be destroyed. This
interesting pathological change has thrice come under my
notice. Ordinarily, as the guard-cells become aged, the
nuclei may get shrivelled, and protoplasm, with chlorophyll
bodies and starch, greatly fills the interior. They would
seem in truth to have played out their important function.

The whole of the above changes have also been seen in
Scilla bifolia, except the strongly marked dumb-bell shape
assumed by the nucleolus before division. Let us return
now to the epidermal cell. When newly cut off it exactly
resembles the stoma mother-cell, but is soon distinguished
by the great elongation which follows. In some speci-
mens a very pretty alternate arrangement of epidermal
and stoma cells, on the principle, so to speak, of the nodal
and internodal cells of Chara, prevails over the surface,
except where fibro-vascular bundles traverse the leaf. If
this be the fundamental constitution it is only exception-
ally met with, as, by repeated transverse division of the
epidermal cells, two or more of these may intervene
between two stomata. These divisions are carried out in
exactly the same way as in the stoma, only that nucleus,
nucleolus, and, I should imagine also, nucleolo-nucleus,
elongate, not parallel, but at right angles to the former
plane of division, the new partition running, not as in the

Structure and Division of the Vegetable Cell. 199

stoma, from base to apex of the leaf, but transversely.
Though failing to obtain in Ornithogalum a good instance
of nuclear division, this has been afforded by Sczlla bifolia,
the nuclear disc, when fully established, being nearly as
large as either of the elongated daughter-nuclei. In the
surface growth of the leaf epidermis, however, it is, to a far
greater extent, by elongation of cells which had been cut
off in a young state, rather than by actual multiplication,
that a greater extent of surface is produced. Now, as these
cells, after multiplication and elongation, pass more and
more into the permanent state, division of the nucleus, with
subsequent formation of a cell-plate, is correspondingly rare ;
but just as in the guard-cells of the stoma, so here also
the nucleolus and nucleolo-nucleus still display a greater
reproductive activity, and, as a result, we may find all
stages in the dumb-bell shaped division of the nucleolus,
which seems now to pass through this change much more
sluggishly than inembryonal cells. We therefore find many
cell nuclei with two well-marked nucleoli, and one, two,
or more nucleolo-nuclei in each. This exactly coincides
with the cells of the suspensor of some Leguminose at a
certain period, as described by Hegelmaier; but, whereas,
in all the examples of Scilla examined only one nucleus
was in each cell, in those of the Leyuwminose the nuelei
were still able to divide, each resulting daughter nucleus
carrying with ita nucleolus. This latter state of affairs
is, I think, simply a progression on the first, in which the
nuclei, as well as nucleoli, go on dividing, without, how-
ever, being seemingly able to form septa.

I will vow deal very shortly with the ordinary pallisade
parenchyma cells of the leaf, as in all essential points they
do not differ from those already described. If we take a
portion of young epidermis to which patches of these cells
are adhering, we immediately notice all steps in the cycle,
such as has already been discussed. Some of these cells
will contain a nucleus, nucleolus, and nucleolo-nucleus ;
others a nucleus, nucleolus, and two nucleolo-nuclei,
others, again, a nucleus, two nucleoli, with a nucleolo-
nucleus in each, while nuclear division may be seen pro-
ceeding or completed, each daughter nucleus carrying with
it a nucleolus (Plate IX. figs. 12-15). This is there-

200 Mr J. M. Macfarlane on the

fore identical with those previously dwelt upon, and need
not further concern us.

A few words now on the nucleus, as to its surface and
contents outside the nucleolus. Of recent years it has
been regarded by most as possessing a distinct covering, to
which the term nuclear membrane has been given. In
very young cells of Scilla, where the nucleus is densely
surrounded by protoplasm, it is difficult to make out a
double contoured bounding wall; but as vacuolation goes
on, and the protoplasm gets stringy, in like degree does
this membrane make itself evident. In epidermal cells of
Scilla, stained with eosin, it is of a pale homogeneous
colour, and doubly refractive, contrasting well with the
stringy and granular nuclear substance. In a few cells of
Scilla treated with alcoholic solution of eosin I have seen
it quite detached from the nuclear substance, over the
greater part of its surface; the nuclear substance had
apparently shrunk from it or the latter had swollen out.
In my observations on Spirogyra an experiment will be
explained whereby the presence of this membrane can be
positively demonstrated in one plant at least.

The stringy and granular aspect of the nucleus has
lately given rise to much discussion. Butschli, Schwalbe,
Hertwig, Eimer, Klein, Flemming, and others, have recently
insisted on there being in the animal cell a homogeneous
network of fibrils, traversing the nuclear substance, and
attached to the inner side of the nuclear membrane. In
the young state of Ornithogalum and S. bifolia one can
plainly discern little filaments on the inner surface of the
still thin nuclear membrane, which have the same clear
homogeneous appearance as it. It is exceedingly difficult,
however, to trace the fibrils for any length, since they seem
to form a dense plexus. If, however, a piece of pretty old
epidermis in which the nuclei are large and well formed
be selected, and stained in solution of eosin, or, better still,
in a + per cent. solution of chromic acid, to which 1 part
in 2000 of heliocin is added, this, when submitted to a
Hartnack’s No. 10 immersion, displays most beautifully a
dense reticulum of clear homogeneous fibres, stretching
inwards from the equally clear homogeneous nuclear mem-
brane. If, then, the piece of epidermis be subjected to

Structure and Division of the Vegetable Cell. 201

teasing and rolling with a needle handle, so as thoroughly
to set free all loose protoplasmic material, it will still be
found that many of the nuclei remain, though broken up, a
fibrous network being still discernible, and, what is note-
worthy, the nucleoli almost invariably are present as if
moored to the nucleus in a definite way.

I would now notice the results at which Flemming has
arrived in studying the animal cell. In a paper published
in 1879 * he considers that two forms of division have been
described—the direct and indirect. In the former, “ sup-
posed until recently to be the normal one, the nucleolus
first divides, then the nucleus, and finally the cell. In the
indirect method, the nucleus, first of all, undergoes meta-
morphosis, separating into a network of highly-refracting
filaments, and an intermediate substance not affected by
staining fluids. The nuclear network goes through a
definite series of changes, and finally divides,” + these masses
then representing the two daughter nuclei. Flemming at
that time did not believe that direct division ever took
place. In amore recent paper f he is inclined to suppose
that both kinds of division may occur, though the indirect,
in his estimation, is by far the commoner. In using these
terms he regards them merely as provisional. He further,
after describing most carefully the metamorphosis which
the nuclear fibres undergo, comes to the conclusion that
forces seated in the achromatic, or the nuclear substance
component, of the nucleus, are the real initiators and
directors of division. But he then propounds the thesis
that the function of the nucleoli has in this respect been
greatly mistaken, since he supposes that better methods
may show that they are not even morphological con-
stituents, but mere thickenings or deposits. It has been
my aim to show that it is neither the plan of direct or
indirect division, so called, that goes on, but a process
compounded of the two, and requiring both of these sup-
posed distinct ones to explain it. Moreover, Flemming
himself very beautifully suggests that, to account for the
peculiar changes of the nuclear fibres, we require only two

* Archiv Path. Anat. u. Phys. (Virchow) Lxxvii. 1879, p. 181.
+ Abstract Roy. Micro. Journ. vol. iii. 1880, p. 51.
¢ Arch. fiir Mikr. Anat. xviii.

202 Mr J. M. Macfarlane on the

agents or forces acting in different directions in the interior
of the nucleus; and what can more naturally supply those
than the nucleolus after division has taken place, since
each daughter nucleolus now acts as a new centre of in-
fluence. It may be asked, have I not been able to observe
this most characteristic series of movements in the nuclear
fibres of Ornithogalum during division? I have not; but
this can be easily explained when we remember that these
fibres in young cells are exceedingly delicate ; and, besides,
it is not by observing these movements only that we can
arrive at a right knowledge of the whole process—a fact this
acknowledged by Flemming himself, who confesses that the
most obvious phenomena of division which he so carefully
discriminates have in all probability the least significance.

We will see how well all these propositions can be
demonstrated in dealing with Sp7rogyra.

Structure and Division of the Cells of Spirogyra nitida, Kg.*

The fresh-water alga Spirogyra is very convenient for
studying the structure and division of the cell, since in its
cells the nucleus is isolated from the protoplasm, and is
connected with the latter only by delicate radiating strands.
The particular species which has been chosen for observa-
tion is S. nitida, the commonest form in the neighbourhood
of our city, and possessing, moreover, a large nucleus,
nucleolus, and nucleolo-nucleus.

1. Structure of the Cells——Like all the species of the
genus it is a filamentous alga, made up of a large number
of simple cylindrical cells, joined end to end. Lach cell-
wall has the usual homogeneous appearance. Immediately
inside it, and forming a complete interior lining, is a thin
layer of pale, homogeneous, or but slightly granular proto-
plasm. Embedded in this are four spirally-arranged bands
of chlorophyll. Thanks to the researches of Pringsheim
we are now well acquainted with the structure of these.
Each band is studded at intervals with rounded, hoilow, or
cup-shaped structures, which hold in the cavity a smaller

* Kiitzing, ‘‘ Species Algarum,” 1849.

+ Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., v. 1880. Pringsheim’s ‘‘ Jahrbiicher,” xii.
heft 3.

Structure and Division of the Vegetable Cell. 203

body—a starch centre. Certain of the cup-shaped struc-
tures are continuous with, and apparent expansions of, the
fibres which suspend the nucleus in its place (Plate X.
fig. 1).

Occupying the centre of the cell is a large oval or
spherical nucleus, quite free, ordinarily, from the peripheral
protoplasm, but moored in its position in the way
already described. Inside is a large spherical nucleolus.
Let us now study the structure of the nucleus a little more
closely. The surface of it is seen to be bounded by a clear
hyaline zone exhibiting a double contour. With the out-
side of this the radiating threads seem to be fused ; but the
strong probability is—judging from homologies with animal
cells, and their behaviour, as subsequently brought out—
that these pass through, and are continuous with, those inside
the nucleus.

A most remarkable and instructive result was obtained
on trying the effect of endosmosis and simultaneous stain-
ing on the cells. A fresh filament was adjusted under the
field of the microscope near the edge of the cover glass, so
that the nucleus of a particular cell was well defined. A
few drops of alcoholic solution of eosin were then allowed to
fall on the slide at the edge of the glass, care being taken
that in the currents set up the definition of the nucleus
remained clear. Endosmosis was very speedily effected,
the elongated cylindrical cells swelling out notably, while
by the action of the stain the nucleus and nucleolus became
more distinctly visible ; owing to the swelling out of the
protoplasmic lining, and the carrying with it of the chloro-
phyll bands, a strong tension was set up in the connecting
threads. This became so great that these suddenly ruptured
simultaneously or in rapid succession, one or two remaining
attached on one side only to the bands, and towards this
side the nucleus, after tumbling about in a confused manner,
settled down. The broken and curled-up ends of the
threads could, for a moment or two, be noticed surround-
ing the hyaline zone, but soon the latter detached itself
with a sudden jerk and swelled out, forming a translucent
sphere attached on one side to the nuclear substance, which
now took on rather a shrivelled outline (Plate X. fig. 2.)
To the swollen and spherical zone, which goes on increas-

204 Mr J. M. Macfarlane on the

ing till three or four times the diameter of the nucleus,
most of the curled-up threads could be seen adhering.
This experiment was so novel and magical, if I be allowed
the expression, that I repeated it frequently, and in the
presence of various gentlemen who were quite satisfied with
it; and subsequent repeated trials have given unvarying
results both on isolated nuclei and aggregate masses. Any-
one can verify the facts for himself, by attending merely to
the poimts mentioned.

The structure, thus demonstrated in so positive a manner,
clearly corresponds to the nuclear membrane of animal
cells as described by Klein * and others. Now Klein has
asserted that in cells from the stomach of the newt the
“nuclear membrane is composed of an outer thicker por-
tion, which is the limiting membrane proper, and, closely
connected with it, of an inner—more or less incomplete,
probably , because reticular—delicate layer, which is, pro-
perly speaking, a peripheral condensation of the intranuclear
network.” The cells of the alga, now under consideration,
are identical in their anatomical details, for after the outer
nuclear membrane has detached itself and increased con-
siderably, one can plainly see a clear but rather irregular
band enveloping the nucleus. A matter, however, rather
difficult of solution now suggests itself. Why, on rupture
of the radiating threads, does the outer membrane detach
itself? If we suppose that these threads really pierce the
latter, and are continuous with the intranuclear fibres, on
rupture of them the nucleoplasm would probably incline
to shrink, endosmosis setting in would expand the outer
membrane and at the same time contract the apertures
in it through which the threads pass; on the membrane
swelling out then some of the threads at least would tend
to snap and be carried with it in expanding. This
attempted explanation is given as the only one which
seems feasible, and in harmony both with the phenomena
here observed and those accompanying division of the cell.
In treating of cell division the nature and origin of the
nuclear membrane will further be discussed.

The nuclear substance of cells which have been stained
with logwood, eosin, chromic acid solution of heliocin, or

* Quart. Micro. Jour. 1878

Structure and Division of the Vegetable Cell. 205

iodine solution, when looked at with a power of 300”, is
granular; consisting of clear spots, not distinguishable
optically from the nuclear membrane ; and of intervening
parts more deeply stained ; but when magnified 450°, these
appearances are seen to be due to the presence of an inter-
lacing network (intranuclear network of Klein), the meshes
of which are filled by the more deeply stained “ ground
substance.” One can further notice the fibres stretching
inwards from the inner nuclear membrane with which
they seem to fuse; while from the outer surface of the
nucleolus like processes pass outwards. Professor Ruther-
ford, who has thoroughly examined the nuclei of animal
cells, confirms the preceding observation. But even
though unable to demonstrate directly the existence of
an intranuclear network, the behaviour of the nuclei and
nuclear contents would lead to such a conclusion; for in
nuclei which have been isolated, torn, and split asunder,
the nucleolus may protrude prominently without any indi-
cation of passively separating; shreds of the intranuclear
network are also encountered adhering to the nuclear
membrane. Now, even although the nuclear substance
is hardened by the decolorising or staining agent, this
hardening could not alone account for conditions such as
have been mentioned; I therefore strongly incline to the
opinion that the filaments of the intranuclear network
stretch inward from the inner layer of the nuclear mem-
brane, and are finally attached to the outer surface of the
nucleolus, thus holding the latter in position. Further
proof of this will be adduced in studying the division of
the cells.

The nucleolus of Spirogyra is very large, and is a
morphological entity, not in any way to be confounded
with a local thickening of the intranuclear network. <A
nucleolar membrane, quite as evident, but scarcely equal
in width to that of the nucleus, surrounds it. With the
outer surface of this the nuclear fibres seem to fuse. Its
inner surface is smooth, and does not show that it gives off
processes into the interior. Instead of having a granular
or reticulated aspect like the nucleus, it gives the impres-
sion that it is a pretty homogeneous body.

The nucleolo-nucleus, as before mentioned, is sometimes

206 Mr J. M. Macfarlane on the

obscured, owing to the rotundity of the cell, nucleus, and
nucleolus, but in the great majority of cells it is very
apparent, and attains a much larger size than in any
other plant, excepting Fritillaria, which has come under
my notice.

Finally, I would speak of the result of staining agents
such as those already referred to. The whole of these, if
the solution be not too strong, stain the peripheral proto-
plasm scarcely at all; the nuclear substance is slightly
stained, the nucleolus rapidly absorbs and soon assumes
a brilliant hue, while the nucleolo-nucleus has a deeper
tint imparted to it. The general character of these, in
fact, when treated chemically, lead to the conclusion that
each is a more richly differentiated mass of protoplasm
than that by which it is surrounded,

2. Cell Division.—My study of cell division in S. nitida
has been carried on. wholly by chromic acid preparations
shghtly stained with heliocin. The material was obtained
in a state of division, by placing quantities of it in 1 per
cent. solution of chromic acid, during different hours of the
night, that gathered at 3 a.m. giving the best results.

Taking as our starting-point a typical cell just initiating
the dividing process, the first change observable is the
aggregation, on two opposite sides of the nucleus, and
in a line with the long axis of the cell, of a quantity of
pale, slightly granular protoplasm, which seems to be
derived from the peripheral layer, and to travel along the
radiating threads, for during aggregation little masses can
be seen here and there along the course of the threads in
addition to that already massed. Coincident with this, or
soon thereafter, a very curious movement is set up in the
nucleolus, the exact course of which it is rather difficult to
follow ; one or two very clear preparations, however, made
by Mr Jackson, a senior member of the University Practical
Botany Class, as also several of my own, have helped me
to gain a definite idea of what now goes on.* The nucleolus
swells out on opposite sides into two protuberances, in
line with the aggregating protoplasm ; these do not seem to

* | would here express my indebtedness to Mr Jackson for the use of about
two dozen slides—prepared in connection with the class—of nuclei quite iso-
lated from their cells, and remarkably fine for exact definition.

Structure and Division of the Vegetable Cell. 207

represent the denser material of the nucleolus, since it forms
a bridge-like connection between (Plate X. figs. 3a and 30).
It will be noticed that in fig. 3b two nucleolo-nuclei are
visible on opposite sides of the dense portion; further,
the nucleolar membrane has, as far as can be seen, dis-
appeared, but, as stated below, this again makes itself
visible ; I therefore think it probable that these swollen
sac-like expansions are inflations of the nucleolar mem-
brane, and that during this period division of the nucleolo-
nucleus is carried out, since, in all subsequent changes,
two nucleolo-nuclei are present. The nucleolus again
assumes its normal shape, its membrane reappearing, and
as well defined as in a resting state. After this it in-
creases markedly in size, as if an abundant nutrient supply
were being handed on to it; and this may furnish an
explanation of, and reason for, the aggregation of the
protoplasm, since there would then be provided a source of
nutritive material immediately round the centre of increase
and action.

The next step in the process of division is a very strik-
ing one, and enables us somewhat to realise how little is
our knowledge of the vital energies which reside in living
matter, while it teaches us that in bodies apparently
structureless profound molecular changes may be going
on. The nucleoplasm is forced through the nuclear mem-
brane, and aggregates itself on the two opposite sides, where
the protoplasm had already accumulated, giving the idea,
now no longer, of two pale masses of almost homogeneous
protoplasm, but of dark and closely packed amoeboid-look-
ing lumps ; and to these (uot to the nuclear membrane) the
radiating threads are attached. These sides we may now
term the poles of the nucleus. The nucleoplasm of the
poles is still connected with the nucleolus by fibres, which
pass through the nuclear membrane (Plate X. fig. 4). The
question may now suggest itself, Why do we believe that
the nucleoplasm is forced, rather than pulled out? To this
we reply that the only visible agents by which this could
be effected, are the radiating threads; but at this time,
instead of being tense, they are loose and flaccid. The
whole after behaviour of the nucleolus, moreover, confirms
the supposition, that it now is the centre of two opposing

208 Mr J. M. Macfarlane on the .

forces, acting along the long axis of the cell; in fact, that
from this point onward the nucleolus presides over, guides,
and impels the movements of the nucleus. Owing to Stras-
burger’s attaching no special importance to the nucleolus,
and his observation of the cells with rather a low power, he,
while figuring pretty correctly the phenomena already
described, does not fully appreciate their importance. Pro-
hably also, from the latter reason, he has not noticed the
formation of the beautiful nuclear barrel, and succeeding
cell plate, which is, however, only a confirmation of his
renowned researches on other plants. But he describes and
figures very carefully the evolution from the peripheral
protoplasm, of what is at first a single row of minute spots
or granules, as seen in Plate X. fig. 6, but which increase
afterwards so as to form a double row, or even an irregular
belt. These granules, first seen when the nucleoplasm is
forced out, but frequently not appearing till a later stage,
mark the area where subsequent folding in of the protoplasm
takes place, with coincident formation of the cellulose
septum.

As in Ornithogalum, so here also the nucleoplasm is
densest on the sides away from the nucleolus.

Hitherto the nuclear membrane has not in any way
altered, but soon at the two poles a solution of its continuity
becomes apparent, while, as indicated in Plate X. fig. 5, a
slight elongation of it is also effected ; this breaking up at
the poles goes on till the nuclear membrane is undistinguish-
able. After dissolution at the poles is accomplished, the
appearance is such as is represented in Plate X. fig. 6; the
polar masses are, especially towards the outer sides, dark,
compact, fibrous, amoceboid-like lumps, giving off on their
inner sides fibrous strands which run to the nucleolus, while
above and below are two darker strands—the remains of the
nuclear membrane. ‘This fibrous area constitutes, from this
period onwards, the nuclear barrel.

The nucleolus next splits into two daughter nucleoli, each
of which seems to carry along with it a nucleolo-nucleus,
since one at least is usually to be made out in each sister
form. It is important to notice now how completely these
regulate the movements of the polar masses and nuclear
barrel. As they retreat from each other they drive the

Structure and Division of the Vegetable Cell. 209

polar masses before them, thereby elongating the nuclear
barrel; this is pretty well brought out in Plate X. figs. 7
and 8; but the repulsive influence now acts, not in a straight
line only. It radiates out all round, driving asunder the
fibres of the nuclear barrel, so that widening as well
as elongation occurs at the same time. In fig. 7 the
elongation is very pronounced, but the widening has just
begun ; in figs. 8a and 80 the process is continuing, while
in fig. 9 it has reached its maximum. It should here be
noted that the nuclear barrel of figs. 8a and 9, while of an
average size, is not to be compared with figs. 8b and 10; but
these and some succeeding ones are on the whole exception-
ally large specimens. For the clear and telling preparation
from which the drawing of fig. 8b was made, I am again
indebted to the ingenuity of Mr Jackson. The nucleoli at
length advance to the polar masses and bury themselves in
the nucleoplasm of these. A redistribution of nucleoplasm
now takes place ; from being heaped up or compacted on
the sides away from the centre of action, it now spreads
round and covers in the nucleoli.

Though up to this point not the least trace of a cellulose
septum is visible, changesin the peripheral protoplasm have
not been wanting. The row of spots before mentioned, and
delineated in fig. 6, has increased to a double series, or
may form a strong band of irregularly disposed granules as
in Plate X. fig. 9. But after this three important and
simultaneous actions are induced,—(a) the polar masses, or,
as we may now term them, the daughter nuclei, have a new
membrane secreted round them; (0) the cellulose septum
is faintly foreshadowed by a delicate ring of cellulose
deposited in the middle of the granules; (c) the nuclear
fibres in the middle of the barrel are sundered, or separate,
and at a slightly later period develop a double row of small
discs—the cell-plate, between which still later the cellulose
septum will grow in. All these conditions are fairly illus-
trated in fig. 10, and we will now handle them in detail.

(a) By botanists the nuclear membrane, even when
believed in, has been regarded, and perhaps naturally so,
as a pellicle that has formed on the exposed surface of the
nucleus. My preparations show that it is laid down inside
a quantity of protoplasm which envelopes it; and we can

TRANS. BOT. SOC. ‘VOL. XIV. P

210 Mr J. M. Macfarlane on the

scarcely imagine two substances of similar chemical consti-
tution, the denser of which had a pellicle formed round it
while inside the lighter. The nuclear membrane, in truth,
in Spirogyra at least, must be considered to be something
as carefully constructed as any other part of the cell; in
other plants, or in cells whose nuclei are always more or
less surrounded by protoplasm, it may not be found requisite
thus to view it, but in the case before us its importance is
too great to be hghtly estimated.

(b) The cellulose septum in being laid down is earliest
seen asa Clear pale thread of more highly refractive material
than the protoplasm, running through the middle of the
granules, and compassing the entire circumference of the
cell. As I shall afterwards proceed to prove, it results
as a secretion from the protoplasm, the edge of it when
formed being laid up against the cell-wall all round, and
plastered on to it by some agency unknown. Growth is
carried on centripetally, so that as additions are being made
to it the protoplasm bends in all round, and thereby carries
inwards the granules as well as the chlorophyll bands. The
septum, therefore, from being a mere thread, soon deepens
into a ring, and next into a shelf or ledge running round
the interior of the cell, the edge of it now touching the
cell-plate (fig. 11a), the consideration of which we will now
take up.

(c) About the time that the first faint indication of the
commencing septum is visible, it can occasionally be seen
that a splitting is taking place in the middle of the fibres
of the nuclear barrel; in others again further advanced there
are two lines of granules separated from each other by a clear
space. How these granules are formed I am unable to say.
It may be that the broken ends of the fibres coil up, or
even have material accumulated at their ends to assist in
forming the septum; however it be, I am strongly inclined
to think, both from their appearance, time of formation,
connection with the septum, and optical properties, that
they perform in the cell-plate exactly the part played by
the granules in the protoplasm, in the formation of the
septum ; in other words, that the granules in the cell-plate
are present for the same end as are those in the protoplasm.

Here we may appropriately notice the result of the

Structure and Division of the Vegetable Cell. 211

growth of the septum on the chlorophyll bands. These,
along with the protoplasm, bend inwards for a certain
length, their continuity not being at all interfered with,
so that, on focussing down, one can catch a clear image
of the outer edge of the septum, and also many of
the chlorophyll bands, but one or more are indistinct as
they approach the septum, and further focussing must be
resorted to ere their complete course is traced (Plate X.
fig. 12). About the time that the septum has grown in
to meet the cell-plate they are severed in a very inexpli-
cable way, the severed edges giving the impression that
they are neatly cut or gnawed through, not at right angles
to the bands, but obliquely, though quite in a line with the
advancing septum. ‘These cut ends must continue to grow,
since, later on, instead of their being opposite each other,
one may be considerably prolonged round the interior of
the cell.

The nuclear barrel, as far as we have yet considered it,
may be said to have passed through the waxing phase, but
henceforth it gradually diminishes in width, and may
appropriately be described as assuming the waning phase.
We for the time left studying the septum, after watch-
ing it till it had grown in to meet the edge of the cell-
plate all round. As growth in width proceeds, it passes
into the clear band between the granules of the cell-
plate, and these, as I suppose, taking on the function of
the protoplasmic granules, advance centripetally with the
growing edge of the septum, causing thereby a waning of
the barrel, The first part of this condition of things is
brought out in Plate X. fig. 11b, copied from a most beauti-
ful isolated nucleus in one of Mr Jackson’s slides. Here
we see the part ofythe septum, formed by infolding of the
peripheral protoplasm, protruding on each side, as viewed
optically, or projected flat, though it is in reality a circular
projecting rim. From its being projected flat, it is of
course impossible to bring out—what is easily accomplished
by gradual focussing down—the appearance of a centripetal
development of it. In Plate X. figs. 13 and 14, this is
partially successful, as by compression the cells are pressed
slightly to one side. Waning of the nuclear barrel and
deepening of the septum continue till the two daughter

212, Mr J. M. Macfarlane on the

nuclei are connected only by a narrow band, a small
spherical part in the centre of the septum being yet in
process of formation (Plate X. fig. 14). Finally, when
the septum is completed, the two perfectly-formed sister
nuclei—each suspended in its own cell—may indicate
their relationship by a connecting protoplasmic strand
exactly like those which moor the nucleus in its place
(Plate X. fig. 15).

An interesting question is here opened up. Whence
are these threads or strands derived, and what is their
functional value? From the examination of a large num-
ber of my preparations, I can scarcely resist the conclusion
that they are fibres of the nuclear barrel, and therefore—
to trace back their parentage further—fibres of the intra-
nuclear network, which, as the barrel wanes, are detached
from it, and in some way or other become united to the
chlorophyll bands. Certain it is that new ones do originate,
and it is possible that they may be formed by splitting or
bifurcation of the older ones, this being continued to the
base of attachment of the filament. At the same time it
is equally probable that their origin is to be traced in the
manner previously indicated. Would these threads then
constitute the intracellular network of Klein? In work-
ing at vegetable cell-structure I confess that the idea of a
distinct series of fibres permeating the cell has appeared
to me scarcely tenable, the apparent network in many cases
resulting from mere vacuolation of the protoplasm. In
Spirogyra, however, one cannot quite get rid of the fact
that these threads do not result thus, and that they play so
important a part in the life history of the cell; in truth, it
seems that here an intracellular network exists. Some
rather novel views have recently been prgpounded as to the
function of this network in animal cells. In Spirogyra I
can only say that these seem to be (a) to moor the nucleus
in the centre of the cell; (0) to supply it with nutrient
matter when in the ordinary resting state; and (c) to
convey a plentiful supply when division is going on.

I would now revert to the formation of the cell-septum
by the protoplasm, and the attaching or plastering of this
to the cell-wall. In Spirogyra it has generally been
accepted that the septum arises as a process inwards from

Structure and Division of the Vegetable Cell. 213

the latter, and that its ingrowth is probably fed by the
protoplasm mantling its edge. What one sees after in-
growth has proceeded to a considerable extent is a circular
shelf, as thin, or even thinner, at its point of junction with
the wall as throughout its free part’ But this of itself is
not enough, for there are often figured in our botanical
manuals drawings of this, and allied mesocarpous alge, with
the protoplasm retracted, but still retained to the free edge
of an apparent ingrowth of the cell-wall. The reagents in
these cases which retract the protoplasm, such as alcohol,
do so comparatively gently, and as a consequence it
shrinks from the cell-wall generally, and masses round the
area of division, where it is attached to the ingrowing
septum. It will thus be seen that no special strain acts
on the septum to rupture it. On the other hand, by such
reagents as chromic acid the cell contents are fixed as in
the living state. Preparations then, which have been thus
treated, on being teased and twisted about, invariably have
one or more cells with a forming septum and the proto-
plasm displaced. Jn such a case the latter unfailingly
carries the former with it. One from many such prepara-
tions In my possession is represented in Plate X. fig. 17.
Again, if an undisturbed cell which has been in chromic
acid have its walls subsequently expanded by endosmotic
action, the protoplasm and chlorophyll bands will likewise
swell out; but if a forming septum be present, it—instead
of swelling out—detaches itself from the wall, and forms a
clear annular constriction in the middle of the swollen
cell (Plate X. fig. 16).

Even while the protoplasm is rendered firm by the acid,
one would still expect, according to the generally-accepted
theory, that the septum would part from it rather than
from the cell-wall, but this is not so. In Spirogyra, there-
fore, a familiar and demonstrable proof exists, of the forma-
tion of cellulose by protoplasm, and the fusing of this with
the pre-existing cellulose of the wall.

Having now passed in review the phenomena attendant
on division, there are some broad questions which we might
with advantage linger on. That the nucleolus and—very
probably—the nucleolo-nucleus are invariable cell-factors
has already been postulated. While of recent years the

214 Mr J. M. Macfarlane on the

nucleus has gained in importance, in like ratio, we might
say, has the nucleolus declined. Some patent reasons can
be given for this course. I have already asserted of
Ornithogalum and Scilla that the nucleus is the last of the
three factors to divide, and—though at first sight it might
not strike one—the same is true of Spirogyra; further,
that an influence radiates from the centre outwards, and
this influence is placed in the nucleolus. It may be that
the nucleolo-nucleus has a phylogenetic rather than a func-
tional interest ; but, granting this, the nucleolus remains.
We have seen that previous to its fission the nucleoplasm
was repelled on each side; that on these sides the nuclear
membrane first dissolved ; that on division the nucleoplasm
still further retreated ; that as the daughter nucleoli moved
apart a radiant repelling influence originated the broad
nuclear barrel; and that only after these had buried them-
selves in the polar masses of nucleoplasm did the latter
close up and subsequently form an encircling membrane.
It may be said that agents simultaneous with, but separate
from those in the nucleolus were at work in the protoplasm
forming the granular aggregations first noticed by Stras-
burger, but not a trace of these is observable when the
changes shown in Plate X. figs 3a and 380, are progressing;
as well, therefore, may an impulse travel out setting up a
series of movements in the protoplasm, as does the aggre-
gation along the threads towards the nucleus indicate a
similar impulse in the opposite direction, propagated, in all
probability, originally from the centre.

Though the nucleolus is a smaller body than the nucleus,
we must not on that account throw it aside. Nothing, in
truth, has struck me more than the firm solid consistence
it has when stained, compared with the latter, and quite
different from the staining of the intranuclear network.
Still more in Spirogyra the nucleolus is not insignificant,
as it occupies from one-fourth to one-sixth of the area of
the nucleus. We can, therefore, no longer regard it as a
trifling factor in the life of the vegetable cell, and I hope
soon to point out that the same holds true of the animal
cell.

It must have been observed that in the foregoing descrip-
tions of cell-division no phase corresponding to Strasburger’s

Structure and Division of the Vegetable Cell. 215

nuclear plate and nuclear spindle is mentioned. In Orni-
thogalum and Scilla, if such exists, I have not seen it; in
Spirogyra it is certainly wanting. In Lquisetum limosum,
however, all these phenomenal stages are passed through,
and we will now shortly notice them.

Structure and Division of the Cells of Equisetum limosum, L.

The study of #. limoswum was made from specimens
gathered about 11 a.m. in June of last year, and preserved in
alcohol. Longitudinal sections were made of young growing
shoots which had just appeared above ground.

The hypodermal and fundamental cellular tissue round
the nodes abounded with dividing cells in all stages, four or
six sometimes being in the field at once. The ceils of the
hypodermal tissue were quite filled with protoplasm, con-
taining a nucleus at least half the size of the cell, with
nucleolus and nucleolo-nucleus. They were closely packed,
and seemed to be multiplying rapidly. On the contrary, the
fundamental tissue cells, even at the upper or lower parts of
the nodes, were considerably or greatly vacuolated, and had _
a nucleus not more than one-fourth the size of the cell, with
two to fournucleoli. Essentially the same appearances were
seen in both kinds at the same stage of division, though in the
fundamental tissue-cells certain important steps were traced
which were absent from the others. On this account they
have been chosen for a short description. The first move-
ment that has been noticed is a massing of the nucleoplasm
to form a clear, broad, hyaline band across the centre of the
nucleus, the poles of which are left as pale conical projec-
tions from the sides of the band (Plate IX. fig. 21). The
nucleoplasm thus aggregated is very pellucid and highly
refractive, so much so, contrasted with neighbouring nuclei
not dividing, that one can easily, after shifting the prepara-
tion under the field, find it again by this property. That it
is the surface alone which thus refracts, is proved on attempt-
ing to focus so as to examine the contents, the result being
that a general glairy indistinctness takes the place of the
former brilliance, so that if definable structures were in the
interior at this time it is impossible to see them. This
pellucid band is Strasburger’s nuclear plate, while the pale

216 Mr J. M. Macfarlane on the

poles together are his nuclear disc. This latter is a pale area
traversed by delicate threads meeting at the opposite ends.
The central band then breaks up, and flows irregularly
towards the two poles (Plate IX.. fig. 22) along the pale
threads, and there aggregates to form the masses of the two
daughter nuclei (Plate IX. fig. 23). These have the same
shining surface which the nuclear plate had, and only in
some cases have I managed by staining to reveal nucleoli in
the interior. Connecting the daughter nuclei is a fibrous
bridge, the nuclear barrel, and there early appears in this one
or two rows of granules, the cell-plate (Plate IX. fig. 24).
The nuclear barrel, from being about one-third the width of
the cell, is expanded till it completely spans the latter, or
nearly so (Plate IX. figs. 25-29), the cell-plate keeping pace
with it. Along the cell-plate the new septum is laid down,
after which the halves of the nuclear barrel fuse with the
surrounding protoplasm, and two sister nuclei in sister cells
now bring the cycle of change to a close.

Though on first formation of the daughter nuclei they are
pellucid and difficult to resolve, as increase of the nuclear
barrel goes on this passes off; and then it is seen that fre-
- quently two nucleoli are in each nucleus (Plate IX. figs.
25-29). In the hypodermal cells only the steps from forma-
tion of daughter nuclei onwards are traceable ; these cells
therefore correspond to those of Spirogyra, Ornithogalum,
and Scilla, in having no nuclear plate phase. How then is
this difference in the two kinds of cell to be accounted for ?
As yet I do not venture to reply, since my study of the plant
is not completed.

Looking now at the four plants passed under review, the
general results as to division, applicable in all, may be
summed up as follows :—

(a) In division of the cell the nucleolo-nucleus probably
divides first.

(0) The nucleolus undoubtedly divides next, and this is
followed by division of the nucleus.

(c) During division of the nucleus a nuclear plate with
nuclear disc is formed occasionally.

(d) If a septum is laid down, this is always preceded by
formation of a nuclear barrel and cell-plate.

The general facts which have been advanced as to cell-

Structure and Division of the Vegetable Cell. 217

structure and division have also been verified in Chara, an
account of which will be given in a future paper.

These investigations have been carried on in the Botanical
Laboratory of the University under the direction of Pro-
fessor Dickson. I am indebted to Mr Geddes for various
kind helps readily given, to Professor I. B. Balfour of Glasgow
for explanations and references, and last, though perhaps not
least, to Mr Sadler, for liberty to obtain fresh specimens,
which have been plentifully supplied to me by Mr Lindsay.

The Society’s thanks are due to Mr Kidston, for his faith-
ful transference to stone of the drawings which make up
Plates IX. and X.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PuaTE 1X.—Figs. 1-3. Epidermis of Ornithogalum pyramidale,
x 400. Fig. 3 is a patch of cells which show not only normal
stoma phases, but also several interesting from a teratological and
pathological aspect.

Figs. 4-8. Cells from epidermis of Scilla bifolia, x 900, showing
successive division of the nucleolo-nucleus, nucleolus, and nucleus
of the stoma mother cell. In fig. 8 the nucleoli of each daughter
nucleus have re-divided.

Figs. 9-11. Cells from epidermis of Scilla bifolia, showing divi-
sion of the ordinary epidermal cells, x 450.

Figs. 12 and 13. Parenchyma cells from leaf of Ornithogalum
pyramidale, x 400.

Figs. 14 and 15. Parenchyma cells from leaf of Ornithogalum
pyramidale, x 900. Explanation in text, p. 200.

Figs. 16-20. Ordinary epidermal cells from rather old leaf of
Ornithogalum pyramidale. Stages in division of the nucleolus ; the
process not proceeding further. The nucleus exhibits a very clear
nuclear membrane and intranuclear network.

Figs. 21-29. Fundamental tissue-cells of Eguisetum limosum
dividing. Explanation in text, x 400.

Puate X.—Fig. 1. Single cell from filament of Spirogyra nitida.,
This one is exceptionally large, having been drawn in winter when
many seem to have a tendency to extreme elongation without divi-
sion. The filaments connecting the nucleus with the chlorophyll
bands are very evident.

Fig. 2. Single cell from filament of Spirogyra nitida. The nucleus
alone is represented as showing the effect of endosmosis on it.

218 Mr J. M. Macfarlane on the

Figs. 3a, 3b. Nuclei isolated, and exhibiting changes prepara-
tory todivision. At this time the nucleolo-nucleus probably divides.
From Mr Jackson’s cabinet.

Fig, 4. Single cell, with nucleus, &c., alone shown. The nucleo-
plasm has been expelled on each side of the nucleolus through the
nuclear membrane, but is still connected with the nucleolus by
delicate threads.

Fig. 5. Single cell, with nucleus, &c., alone shown. The nuclear
membrane has fused with the nucleoplasm at the poles.

Fig. 6. Single cell, with nucleus, &., alone shown. The nucleolus
is now dividing, the forming daughter nucleoli being still connected
by delicate threads. Crossing the diameter of the cell is a row of
granules embedded in the peripheral protoplasm of the cell.

Fig. 7. Single cell, with nucleus, &c., alone shown. The daughter
nucleoli are now retreating aloug the nuclear barrel, and in their
course scatter its filaments.

Fig. 8a. Single cell. The daughter nucleoli have now reached
the polar masses of nucleoplasm, which for a time had been driven
before them.

Fig. 8b. Isolated nucleus showing appearances at this period.
From Mr Jackson’s cabinet. It will be observed that a nucleolo-
nucleus has been detected in most of the nucleoli hitherto.

Fig. 9. Complete cell with peripheral protoplasm, chlorophyll
bands, &c. The single row of granules has now increased to
an irregular band, and among the granules the septum will soon
form. The barrel has greatly increased in width.

Fig. 10. The septum is now laid down as a narrow circular rim
inside the wall, and the peripheral protoplasm is infolding as growth
of its edge continues.

Fig. lla. The septum has now grown in and united with the outer
edge of the nuclear barrel, and will pass in between the halves of the
cell plate.

Fig. 11. Isolated nucleus septum with attached and projecting.
The nuclear barrel is now about to wane. From Mr Jackson’s cabinet.

Fig. 12. Portion of cell with ingrowing septum. The chloro-
phyll bands, previous to fission, are being slightly pushed in.

Fig. 13. The septum has increased to a deep shelf, while a co-
incident waning of the nuclear barrel has taken place.

Fig. 14. The septum is nearly completed, the nuclear barrel
being now reduced to a narrow irregular band.

Fig. 15. The septum is here completed, and only a filament or two
remain as relics of the nuclear barrel.

Structure and Division of the Vegetable Cell. 219

Fig. 16. Cell from a filament, the walls of which have been
swollen by endosmotic action. The nearly completed septum has
been detached from the wall, and is held in position merely by the
cell contents.

Fig. 17. Cell which has been tumbled about, and whose contents
have been crushed. The chlorophyll bands are not represented.
Here also the septum has been displaced from the walls by con-
traction on crushing of the protoplasm.

Notes on the Flora of the Islands of Colonsay and Oransay.
(Part II.) By Symincron GRIEVE.

(Read 14th July 1881).

When we read our first notes on the flora of these islands,
which commence at page 66 of this volume, we expressed
the hope that we might be able during future visits to com-
plete the list of plants. We have now had four other
collecting excursions, and it is probable we have got a com-
paratively complete note of the whole flora, though doubt-
less some plants have escaped notice ; but if any visitors to
this interesting locality should find plants not on our lists, we
should esteem it a favour if they will send us specimens.

Those we have noted have been most carefully verified ;
and we have to acknowledge, with our best thanks, the aid
we have received in this work from Mr Charles P. Hobkirk
of Huddersfield, and Mr Andrew Moffat of the Edinburgh
Naturalists’ Field Club. But we must also place on record
the kindly interest manifested, and assistance given, by two
eminent botanists now dead. We refer to the late Mr H.
C. Watson, of Thames Ditton, and Mr I’. M. Webb, of the
Edinburgh Herbarium.

We have made detailed remarks regarding a number of
the plants upon the appended lists; but let us add that
none are specially rare, though some are not very common
in Scotland, and we believe here reach nearly their ex-
treme northern limit. Such plants as Hypericum elodes,
Scutellaria galeriewlata, and S. minor are quite abundant ; and
we have discovered on Oransay a new station for Orchis
pyramidalis, which was previously only known to exist in
the west of Scotland at one station on Colonsay. At neither

220 Mr Symington Grieve on the

of these stations does it appear to have an opportunity of
reaching maturity, as the rabbits have a particular liking to
its leaves and stem, eating them down until not a vestage of
the plant is to be seen above ground.

Near the entrance to Ardskinish Glen, Colonsay, grows
the Inula Heleniwm, where it was long known in _ its
naturalised state, until its attractive appearance caused
several of the residents to dig up roots, which they planted
in the vicinity of their houses. The place where it grows
was probably at one time near the beach, though now three
quarters of a mile inland; for at this part of the island
ereat encroachments upon the sea are taking place. We
have enlarged on this item in the accompanying list.

The Ulex ewropwus is most luxuriant in its growth, and
at several places is 10 to 12 feet high. When in flower it
adds a most striking feature to the landscape ; but this year
many of the bushes are in a dying state, and we conjecture
they have been seriously affected by last winter’s intense
frost.

It is to be regretted that, owing to the death of the late
Mr H. C. Watson, we are unable to say how many of the
plants have been noted in this district of Scotland for the
first time, but probably this may yet be ascertained. The
same gentleman informed us that one of the grasses men-
tioned in our last list as having been found by Dr Lightfoot
should be deleted, as it was a mistake of the author of the
“ Flora Scotica,’ who seems to have been dubious when he
named it Bromus arvensis, and it was probably a dwarf
specimen of Bromus mollis.

The mosses are worthy of notice, as some are rather rare,
and many are seldom met with in the neighbourhood of
Edinburgh; but for further particulars reference may be
made to the list.

Almost all the trees of any size are confined to the
immediate neighbourhood of Kiloran; and, with the ex-
ception of some of the pines, are in a healthy state. The
Alder thrives especially, and in the grounds of Colonsay
House are a number of Himalayan shrubs that are growing
well, and numbers of garden plants are allowed to remain
out all winter, which on the mainland would require to be
removed under cover or otherwise protected. Along the

Flora of Colonsay and Oransay. ° 221

shores of Loch Fada are to be seen the stumps in situ of
immense trees, and these probably are all that remain to
indicate the existence of a considerable forest, for we find
abundant evidence of the probable use of this wood as fuel
in the cave dwellings and “kitchen middens.” To what tribe
these large trees belong we have not yet discovered, but we
hope to make out their identity from specimens of the wood
in our possession.

Peat is not plentiful or of good quality on Colonsay, and
on Oransay is so scarce that the only family constantly
resident there use mostly coal, which has first to be shipped
to,Scalasaig on Colonsay, and then carted a distance of
five miles.

In conclusion, we may just add that the climate makes
these islands suitable as a sanatorium for many invalids ;
and, if an index as to the health of the inhabitants ig
wanted, we would mention the great age of some, and that
a population of nearly four hundred persons finds no
necessity for a resident medical practitioner.

The water is of excellent quality, and bubbles up from
splendid springs, many of them situated near the sea-beach,
where they are almost invariably fringed with most delicious
water-cresses.

The shores, laved with the tepid waters of the Gulf-stream,
the balmy air, and the refreshing Atlantic breezes, suggest
that we have within the limits of Scotland a locality as
suitable for patients as Bournemouth or Torquay.

Flora of Colonsay and Oransay (Part II.), collected May and
August 1880, June and September 1881. Named and
arranged according to the London Catalogue.

RANUNCULACES, 1. VIOLACES, 8.

Bee eae COEUR Viola tricolor, L.
ey ae a z Do. _ var. arvensis, Z.
pres LZ. Kiloran Bay and utes, Hlcte! ’
Ficaria, Z. Very plentiful.

CARYOPHYLLACEA, 12.
FUMARIACES, 4.

Fumaria officinalis, Z. Common. Lychnis vespertina, Sibth.
Honkeneja peploides, Zirh.
CRUCIFERA, 5. Sagina maritima, Don.
Cochlearia officinalis, Z. Common. subulata, Wimm.
Draba verna, L. nodosa, Meyer.

incana, L. Spergularia rubra, Fenzl.

222

PORTULACACER, 13.
Montia fontana, L.

HyYPERICACEA, 16.
Hypericum perforatum, L.
tetrapterum, ies.
elodes, L.
Linacna”, 18.

Radiola millegrana, Sm.

GERANIACEA®, 20,

Geranium sanguineum, L.
dissectum, L.

ILICACEA, 21.
Tlex Aquifolium, Z., C. & OQ.

LEGUMINIFERA, 25.

Trifolium minus. Relban.
Astragalus hypoglottis, Z.
Orobus tuberosus, Z. Common.

ROSACEM, 26.

Prunus spinosa, L.

Potentilla fragariastrum, Hhrh.

Rubus. ‘There are several varieties but
unidentified.

Rosa canina, L.

Cratzgus Oxyacantha, L.

Pyrus malus, L.

ONAGRACEA, 28.
Epilobium palustre, L.
UMBELLIFERZ, 33.

Heloscadium inundatum, Koch.

Chaerophyllum sylvestre, Z.

Conium maculatum, Z. Near Scalasaig,
and Ruins, Oransay.

RUBIACEA, 38.
Galium uliginosum, L.

VALERIANACE®, 89.

Valeriana officinalis, Z. Ardskinish
Glen.

DripsaceE#, 40.
Scabiosa succisa, L.

ComposiT#, 41.

Carlina vulgaris, L.

Matricaria inodora, Z., var. maritima.
Chamomilla, Z.

Tanacetum vulgare, Z. Kiloran and

Ardskinish.

Achillea ptarmica, L.

Artemisia vulgaris, Z.

Gnaphalium uliginosum, Z.

Senecio vulgaris, Z. Ruins, Oransay.
Saracenicus, Z, Near Kiloran.

Near the spot where this plant is
found is said to have existed a house in
which the celebrated chief, Col. Keitoch,
lived, and prior to his time a community
of monks resided near the same spot,
and it is most likely to them it owes its
introduction to Colonsay.

Mr Symington Grieve on the

Inula Helenium, Z.

This plant is evidently introduced,
and was originally only to be found at
one place in Colonsay, viz., in Ardskinish
Glen. As we believed it indicated that
at one time it had been planted where
it grows, possibly by some monk, we
carefully examined the spot, and, though
almost no trace of any buildings were
left, we found that at one time there
was at this place a “‘ Mullan Dubh,” or
Black Mill, and that in a field, only a
few yards off, had beena burying ground,
attached to which would be a chapel,
and probably one or more cells. It is
interesting to find a plant thus giving a
clue to matters of antiquarian interest,
and recalling to memory the presence of
holy men at a place where their existence
had been long forgotten.

Aster tripolium, Z.
Solidago virgaurea, L.
Petasites vulgaris, Desf.
Lapsana communis, L.
Leontodon autumnale, Z.
Sonchus oleraceus, L.
arvensis, Z.
Crepis virens, Z.
Hieracium pilosella, Z,

There are also several other varieties
of Hieracii, but as we were unable to
identify them with certainty, we have
thought it better not to note them at
present.

CAMPANULACE®, 42.

Jasione montana, L.

JASMINACE, 44.
Fraxinus excelsior, L.
APOCYNACEA, 45.
Vinca minor, Z. At ruins of priory
Oransay, evidently introduced.

GENTIANACER, 46,
Gentiana campestris, Z. This plant is
very common at some parts.

CONVOLVULACER, 48.
Convolvulus sepium, L.

SCROPHULARIACE#, 50.

Mimulus luteus, Z.§

This plant is evidently an escape from
the garden at Kiloran House, but now
is thoroughly established alongthe edges
of the stream which flows to Kiloran
Bay, where it is also found growing upon
the beach.

Bartsia odontites, Huds.

OROBANCHACES, 51.
Orobanche rubra, Sm. Growing upon
Thymus serpyllum, Kiloran Bay.
LABIATA, 53. j

Lycopus europeus, Z.
Scutellaria galericulata, Z.
minor, L.

Flora of Colonsay and Oransay. 223

Stachys palustris, Z
ambigua, Sm.

BoRAGINACEA, 54,
Myosotis palustris, With.
collina, Reich.
versicolor, Reich.
Anchusa officinalis, Z. Seemingly in-
troduced.

PRIMULACES, 56.
Anagallis arvensis, L.

This plant is most plentiful upon
ground which has been at one time
under cultivation, both at Machrins, on
Colonsay, and Lochan Buy, Oransay.

Glaux maritima, L.

PLANTAGINACEA, 58.
Plantago major, ZL.
lanceolata, L.
coronopus, LZ.

CHENOPODIACEA, 61.
Sueda maritima, Dum.
Salsola Kali, Z. Found at Baleromin-
more and other parts of coast.
Chenopodium album, Z. Common.
Atriplex angustifolia, Sm.
Babingtonii, Woods.

POLYGONACE®, 62.
Rumex obtusifolius, Auct. Kiloran.
crispus, Z.
Polygonum hydropiper, Z.
persicaria, L.
amphibium, Z.
Do. var. terrestre.

ELEAGINACEA, 63.

Hippophae rhamnoides, Z. Introduced
but grows most Juxuriantly.,

EUPHORBIACE®, 68.
Mercurialis perennis, Z.

URTICACEA, 71.
Ulmus suberosa, Lhrh.

AMENTIFERZ, 72.

Quercus Robur, Z. There is a stunted
form near Scalasaig, and on other
parts of Colonsay, but principally
on the northern half of the
island.

Fagus sylvatica, Z. Kiloran.

Corylus Avellana, Z.

Alnus glutinosa, Z. Of very large size
near Kiloran.

Betula alba, Z.

Populus alba, Z. introduced.

Salix repens, Z. var. argentea.

CONIFER, 73.
Pinus sylvestris, LZ.

LEMNACEA, 76.
Lemna minor, Z.

ALISMACEA, 78.

Triglochin maritimum, Z.
Alisma ranunculoides, Z.

ORCHIDACE®, 80.
Orchis incarnata, Z.
Gymnadenia conopsea, Brown.

AMARYLLIDACEA, 82.

Narcissus biflorus, Curtis. Quite estab-
lished in a wood at Kiloran
evidently introduced.

JUNCACEA, 86.
Luzula pilosa, Willd.
campestris, D. C.
multiflora, Hoch.
Juncus acutiflorus, Ehrh.
bufonius, L.
compressus, Jacq.
squarrosus, ZL.

CYPERACE®, 87.
Blysmus compressus, Panz.
Scirpus palustris, Z.
cespitosus, L.
maritimus, Z.
Eriophorum vaginatum, Z.

CYPERACEA, 87.
Carex pulicaris, Z.
vulpina, ZL.
glauca, Scop.
limosa, ZL.
precox, Jacq.
ampullacea, Good.

GRAMINA, 88.

Anthoxanthum odoratum, Z. Oran-
say.

Psamma arenaria, R. & S.

Phragmites communis, 7vin.

Holcus lanatus, Z.

Molinia cerulea, Moench.

Poa annua, L.

Lepturus filiformis, T7in.

Finices, 89.

Asplenium Ruta-muraria, Z. At one
or two stations, but not common.

Cystopteris fragilis, Bernh., var. Dickie-
ana. Rocks near New Cave,
Colonsay:

Nephrodium Oreopteris, Desv.

Polypodium phegopteris, Z.

Botrychium lunaria, Sw.

LYCOPODIACEA, 90,
Lycopodium selago, Z.

EQUISETACER, 92.

Equisetum arvense, L.
palustre, Z.

CHARACEA, 93.
Chara fragilis, Desv.

224 Mr S. Grieve on the Flora of Colonsay and Oransay.

Moss Flora of Colonsay and Oransay (Part IL),

SECTION I.—ACROCARPI.
SPHAGNACE®. ‘Tribe 1.

Sphagnum, Dzd/.
cuspidatum, Hhrh,

WEISSIACER, Tribe 3.

Dichodontium, Schpr.
pellucidum, Z. On moist ground
near Loch Fada, Colonsay.
Dicranella, Schpr.
heteromalla, Hedw.
Dicranum, Hed.
fuscescens, Turn,
Campylopus fragilis, Bo S.
Do. do. var. densus, B. & 8

PoTTIAcER. ‘Tribe 7.

Pottia, Hhrh.
Heimii, Hedw. Growing in crevices
of rocks near Loch Fada, Colon-

say.
Ditrichum, Timm. (Leptotrichum,
Hampe),

flexicaule, Schwg., var. densum.

This sub-variety does not appear to
have been given in any of the British
Moss Catalogues until the second edi-
tion of the London Catalogue was pub-
lished this spring, where it is noted,
and is mentioned as being found in
several of the Watsonian districts in
Britain, but it does not seem to have
been observed in the West Highland
district previously. We found it eTrow-
ing in crevices of the rocks near the
shore, upon a soil composed of minute
fragments of sea shells, but it did not
appear to be abundant, and was without
fruit.

Barbula, Hedw. (Tortula.)
ruralis, Schwg., var. rupestus.
intermedia, Brid.

Usually found growing upon lime-
stone walls, but here it is growing among
the loose sand, which is composed of
comminuted sea shells ; and upon this
peculiar form of lime it finds the condi-
tions that enable it to exist.

Ceratodon, Brid.
purpureus, Z.

GRIMMIACEm. ‘Tribe 9.

Racomitrium, Brid.
aciculare, Z.
canescens, Hedw.

Zygodon, H. & T.
viridissimus, Dicks.

This moss is found growing in semi-
darkness upon the walls of the Crystal
Spring Cavern, Colonsay, along with
Re ynchium pumilum.

ygodon viridissimus, var. rupestris,
Lindb.

Found on the wet rocks at the side of
waterfalls, on a small stream that runs
into Loch Fada (east side).

Ulota, Mohr. (Orthotrichum).
phyllantha, Brid.

Is very plentiful, growing upon the
bark of ash trees near Colonsay House,
but is also found growing on old walls
and rocks. Its peculiarity is that its
fruit is unknown, and that it propagates
its species by “ Gemme ” that cover the

apex of the stems, which are generally
exserted ; this gives the appearance of
a black speckle on each, its character
only being distinguishable to the eye
after a very close and careful inspection,
but with the aid of a pocket lense the
““ Gemme ” are easily seen.
FUNARIACEH. Tribe 11.

Physcomitrium, Brid,

pyriforme, LZ.
Funaria, Schreb.

hygrometrica, Z.

Bryacez. Tribe 13.

Bryum, Dill.

pendulum, Hornsch. (Cernuum).

Growing in crevices of rock near Loch
Fada.

Bryum alpinum, L.

This moss is rare in fruit, but we
found splendid specimens on Colonsay
in fructification. It is common on both
islands ; but on wet rocks, near Scala-
saig, its velvety masses are so beautiful
during spring that even the most
unobservant person must remark them.
The islanders sometimes use it for dye- _
ing purposes, and they say it gives a
most beautiful dark brown colour,

POLYTRICHACE®R. ‘Tribe 16.
Pogonatum, P. Beauv.
nanum, Weck.
aloides, Hedw.
SECTION III.—CLADOCARPI.
RIPARIACEH. Tribe 21.

Fontinalis, Dill.
antipyretica, Z.

CRYPHHACES. Tribe 22.
Hedwigia, Zirh.
ciliata, Dicks.
SECTION IV.—PLEUROCARPI.
HyYpnacem®. ‘Tribe 28,

Camptothecium, Schpr.
lutescens, Huds.
Brachythecium, Schpr.
velutinum. Z.
Eurynchium, Schpr.
myosuroides, Z.
striatum, Schreb.
Hypnum, Dill.
aduncum, Hedw. Non. Bry. Brit.
Do. var. Kneiffii, Bry. Zur.
molluscum, Hedw.
palustre, Z.
polygamum, B. & 8S,
stellatum, Schreb.

Mr John Sadler on a Curious Form of Kohl Rabi. 225

On a Curious Form of Kohl Rabi. By JoHn SADLER, Curator,
Royal Botanic Garden. (Plate XI.)

(Read Noy. 11, 1880.)

In the beginning of October 1880 I received from Mr
George Pollock, nurseryman and seed merchant, Stirling, a
peculiar specimen of the common purple Kohl Rabi which he
had met with in a garden in the neighbourhood.

At first I had the plant placed in a shallow basin of water
—the water just covering the roots. In this position the
plant continued to increase in size, so that many of the
swollen lateral branches, of which there were eighteen, were
by 11th November 1880 about the size of turkeys’ eggs. At
that date I had it photographed, and then planted in a flower-
pot amongst good soil and placed in a cool frame, in the hope
that it would flower and produce perfect seed next summer.

In August 1881 I measured the plant, which was now
growing in the open air. There were eighteen side tuberous
branches, ten of which had leafy shoots varying from 24 to
3 feet in length, and bearing abundance of flowers and fruit.
The largest tuberous branch was 434 inches in circumference.
I had some of the ripe seed sown and placed in the green-
house, where they soon germinated. I had also cuttings from
the leafy shoots put in at the same time, which struck freely.
The seedlings and cuttings which were planted out under
“hand-lights” are now (3d February 1882) very healthy, but
whether they will perpetuate the peculiarity of the parent it is
very doubtful. If this, however, could be accomplished it would
be a decided addition to the kitchen garden, representing, as it
does, exactly what the Brussels sprout is to the common cab-
bage. The Kohl Rabi of Ger.; Brassica Caulo-rapa communis
of D.C. ; Chau-rave of Fr.; turnip-cabbage and turnip-borecole
of British authors, is a hardy biennial, and can withstand the
severest frost and drought. It is a plant which is seldom
met with under cultivation in British gardens, although it is
extensively grown in some parts of Germany, and is also

_ TRANS. BOT. SOC., VOL. XIV. Q

226 Mr John Sadler on a Curious Form of Kohl Rabi.

frequently “forced.” In these times of agricultural depression
it is worthy of a trial on light soil, where in some seasons it
is difficult to rear turnip, although I doubt if ever Kohl Rabi
will supersede turnip for nourishing qualities. The best sorts
of Kohl Rabi are the early white and early purple Vienna.

Note.—The Society is indebted to the proprietors of the Gardeners’ Chronicle
for the plate, and to Prof. Dickson for the photograph from which it is taken.

I. Report on Temperatures and Open-Air Vegetation at the
Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, from August 1880
till July 1881. II. Record of some of the Plants Killed
or Injured by Frost during the Winter of 1880-81, at
the Royal Botanic Garden. II. Table of Register of
Spring Plants showing dates of Flowering in 1880-81,
at the Royal Botanic Garden. IV. Extracts from
Correspondents as to the Effects of the Winter of 1880-81
in different parts of Scotland. By JOHN SADLER,
F.R.Ph.S., Curator of the Royal Botanic Garden.

In my reports for 1878-79 and 1879-80, I stated that these
winters were the most protracted and severe that we had experienced
for many years, That of 1880-81, however, has proved to be the
longest and severest winter that we have experienced since that of
1860-61. The autumn of 1880 was very favourable for the matur-
ing of the year’s growth of trees, shrubs, and plants generally, which
enabled them to withstand the rigours of the season, The winter
set in about the middle of October, and lasted almost without a
break until the middle of March 1881. The lowest temperature at
the Garden occurred in the middle of January, when the thermo-
meter fell to 0° on the 17th. Much lower temperatures, however,
were registered in several parts of Scotland, especially in the south.
At Blackadder, in Berwickshire, the thermometer fell on the 17th
January to 22° below zero, and on the 28rd to 24°. (See corre-
spondence. )

I.—TEMPERATURES.

August 1880.—During the month the lowest temperatures were
on the 2nd, 45°; 3rd, 47°; 7th, 45°; 21st, 43°; 22nd 47°, The
highest day temperatures in the shade were on the 8th, 74°;
10th, 73°; 11th, 88°; 13th, 76°. The weather during the month was
remarkably dry, calm, and bright, and accordingly was most favour-
able for the maturing and ripening of fruits and seeds, as well
as of the young wood of the past summer’s growth, The winds
were mostly from an easterly direction, but their force was so light

Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation. 227

as only to render the air genial and summer-like. There were
several bright displays of Aurora Borealis, and also unusually heavy
falls of dew. The month well illustrated Professor Smyth’s ‘‘ wave
of solar heat.” Fifty-four species and varieties of plants came into
flower in the Rock Garden, making a total of 754 for the season.
Amongst the plants in bloom were Montbretia Pottsi, Calceolaria
chelidonicefolia, Yucca filamentosa, Colchicum striatum, Convolvulus
Scammonia, Cyananthus lobatus, &e.

September 1880.—The lowest temperatures registered were on the
8th, 40°; 9th, 39°; 12th, 42°; 18th, 38°; 19th, 36°. The highest day
temperatures in the shade were on the Ist, 72°; 2nd, 72°; 3rd, 75°;
28th, 70°; 30th 70°. During the first week of the month the fine
weather of August was continued, but during the second week heavy
showers and easterly winds caused a falling of temperature, and
there was a decrease of bright sunlight. This continued until the
26th, when the weather again became bright, settled, and dry by
day, but cold during the night. The rains acted beneficially on all
plants still capable of growth, while the dry weather and bright
sunshine in the latter part of the month did much in ripening late
fruiting plants. ‘Twenty-six species and varieties came into flower
in the Rock Garden, making a total of 780 for the season. These
included Lobelia lutea, Lilium longiflorum, L. auratum, Colchicum
maximum, Gaultheria carnea, &e.

The favourable nature of the weather during the past two months
so matured the wood of trees and shrubs as to give promise of a
great display of flower next season. The Rhododendrons, for
instance, set their flower-buds in a way that has not been seen for
the past three years.

October 1880.—The first frost experienced since the 14th May
last was on the morning of the 4th, when the thermometer stood at
30°, or 2° of frost. During the month the thermometer was at or
below the freezing-point on eleven occasions (in 1879 nine times).
The lowest temperatures were on the 12th, 27° (or 5° of frost) ; 19th,
26°; 20th, 22°; 22nd, 22°; 28th, 26°. There were registered collec-
tively for the month 48° of frost, as compared with 36° in 1879.
The highest day temperatures in the shade were on the Ist, 54°; 3rd
52°; 7th, 58°; 14th, 53°; 17th, 54°. The first three days of the
month were warm and genial; on the 4th the temperature fell below
the freezing-point, and up to the 12th there were storms of wind,
rain, hail, and cold blasts from the north-east. From the 12th to
the 18th the weather was again mild, with soft westerly and
southerly breezes. From the 18th to the 24th the weather was
very inclement, and intensely cold, 10° of frost being registered on
the 20th and 22nd, and violent gales from the north-east, with
storms of hail, rain, snow, sleet, and thunder,

228 Mr Sadlevr’s Leport on Open-Air Vegetation.

The temperature once more freshened for a day or two, and then
again assumed its frosty nature. On the 28th a tremendous wind
storm with incessant rain swept over the country for twenty-four
hours, and committed considerable havoc amongst trees and shrubs
in some places. The Botanic Garden, however, escaped without
injury. Only one species came into flower during the month in the
Rock Garden, viz., Merendera caucasicu, thus making in all 781
species and varieties since Ist January 1880.

November 1880.—The thermometer was at or below the freezing-
point sixteen times (in 1879 seventeen times). The lowest readings
were on the 2nd, 19°; 3rd, 23°; 4th, 26°; 15th, 22°; 16th, 25°; 18th
22°; 20th, 17° (or 15° of frost); 21st, 9° (or 23° of frost) ; 22nd, 17°;
23rd, 17°. 136° of frost were registered for the month as against
92° in 1879.

The month began with sharp frost, and during the 2nd and 3rd
the thermometer was below the freezing-point (in the shade) the
whole of both days, with north and north-east wind. On the even-
ing cf the 3rd there was a bright display of Aurora Borealis. On
the 4th the frost gave way and was followed by two or three days
of enjoyable sunshine, which terminated in a south-westerly gale
with rain. On the 8th there was again a sharp frost, which continued
throughout the day; on the 9th it disappeared, and returned on
the 14th, when there was frost every night until the 23rd. On the
morning of the 19th there was a fall of about 3 inches of snow
which did not wholly disappear until the 24th, when a complete
thaw set in, with a south-west wind, which continued more or less
until the end of the month. Notwithstanding the severity of the
weather little injury was done to vegetation in the Garden. During
the storm several refugees came to the Garden, viz., two water hens,
a brace of pheasants (cock and hen), and a beautiful specimen of
‘Reynard the Fox.’ Of course the last devoured the first.

Up to about the middle of the month there were a few plants in
flower in the Rock Garden, including—Lithospermum prostratum,
Veronica rupestris, V. spicata, Arabis decurrens, Helleborus niger,
Lirica vagans rubra and alba, Calluna vulgaris (several varieties),
Menziesia polifolia versicolor, Diplopappus chrysophylla, Aubrietia
purpurea, Linum alpinum, Crocus medius, Primula Cashmeriana,
and Merendera caucasica.

Several of these were recorded in the spring report, when they
came into flower, thus Crocus medius was recorded as being in flower
on Ist January, and now again as flowering on 5th November ;
Arabis decurrens on March 1, and again in October ; Primula Cash-
meriana on March 4, and again November 8; Helleborus albicans
major on February 5, and again November 2; while Helleborus
niger maximus, which usually opens its flowers about the end of

Mr Sadier’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation. 229

November or beginning of December, has been in flower the whole
autumn.

December 1880.—During the month the thermometer was at or
below freezing-point on eighteen occasions as against twenty-three
in 1879. The lowest readings were on the 17th, 16°; 18th, 21°; 21st,
24°; 26th, 25°; 27th, 20°; 28th, 30th, 31st, 25°. There were regis-
tered collectively for the month 106° of frost, as against 230° in
the corresponding month of last year.

The early part of the month was comparatively mild, which
continued until the 14th, when there were 6° of frost. On the 17th
the frost was very severe, the register standing as low as 16°,
showing 16° of frost. A slight improvement took place about the
22nd and 23rd, when only 1° of frost was registered. On the 27th
the thermometer fell to 20°, showing 12° of frost.

A special feature in the Pinetum as well as in the Rock Garden
during the past two months, was the deep russet-brown tints of
the foliage of the several varieties of Arborvite. Amongst the plants
that were in flower during the early part of the month in the
Rock Garden were the following :—Helleborus niger, A. niger
maximus, Veronica rupestris, Diplopappus chrysophylla, Arabis
decurrens, Crocus pulchellus or medius, Lithospermum prostatum,
Sedum ibericum, Menziesia cerulea, Calluna vulgaris vars., Erica
carnea alba, Among the weeds in flower were Lamium purpureum,
Senecio vulgaris, Leontodon Taraxacum, Stellaria media, Capsella
bursa-pastoris, and Poa annua.

January 1881.—During the month the thermometer was at or
below the freezing point on twenty-seven occasions as against
twenty-one in the corresponding month of last year. The lowest
readings were on the following ten mornings, viz., 12th, 14°; 15th,
12°; 16th, 10°; 17th, 0°; 18th, 12°; 20th, 11°; 22nd, 12°; 24th, 7°;
26th, 4°; 27th, 13°. There were registered 369° of frost collectively for
the month as compared with 132° for January 1880.

The month began with four days of pleasant spring-like weather,
which gave rise to the hope that winter was gone, but on the
morning of the 5th the thermometer fell to 22°, and there was a
continuance of frost every night until the 3lst, when the thermo-
meter rose to 33°. Notwithstanding the severity of the weather
vegetation at the Garden suffered comparatively littlek—thanks to
the past good summer and autumn in ripening the season’s growth ;
moreover, all low growing plants were well protected for a con-
siderable time with a thick covering of snow, this snow-covering
at its greatest depth measuring from 10 to 15 inches.

February 1881.—During the month the thermometer was at or
below freezing-point on twenty occasions as against nine in
February 1880. The lowest readings were on the 7th, 23°; 12th,

230 Mr Sadlev’s Leport on Open-Air Vegetation.

29°; 13th, 23°; 24th, 24°; 28th, 15°. Collectively, there were 100°;
of frost as compared with 30° in the same month last year.

Vegetation, on the whole, was quite a month later than last year.
The following plants came into flower in the Rock Garden during the
month :—Galanthus Elwesi, Helleborus albicans major, H. angusti-
Jolius, Primula vulgaris, Dondia Epipactis.

The late storm proved very fatal to many of the feathered tribe ;
this was principally owing to the scarcity of haws and fruit—even
the holly yielded no berries. The following birds were found dead
in the garden:—Thrush, redwing, blackbird, chaffinch, wood-
pigeon, and common rook.

March 1881.—During the month there were twenty-one frosty
nights as compared with nineteen in 1880. The lowest readings
registered were on the Ist, 15°, 2nd 20°, 3rd 20°, 15th 26°, 21st
26°, 22nd 19°, 23rd 25°, 26th 21°, 27th 25°, 30th 18°, 31st 20°.
There were registered collectively for the month 132° of frost as
compared with 103° in the corresponding month of last year. We
had during the past five months three different winters—firstly, a
November winter ; secondly, a December and January winter, with
fresh days between ; and lastly, a February and March winter.

The following plants flowered during the month in the Rock
Garden :—Galanthus imperati, Leucojum vernum, Crocus imperati,
C. etruscus, Hepatica angulosa, Primula pulcherrima, P. integri-
folium, P. marginata, Draba aizoon, D. cuspidata, Daphne mezereon,
Bulbocodium vernum, Saxifraga oppositifolia, Corbularia nivalis,
Chionodoxa Lucilie, Scilla precox, S. sibirica, Rhododendron precoz,
Merendera soboliferum, Corydalis angustifolia.

April 1881.—During April the thermometer was at or below the
freezing-point on twelve occasions as compared with six in the
same month of last year. The lowest readings were—Ist, 21°, 2nd
31°, 3rd 28°, 4th 22°, 5th 25°, 6th 21°, 7th 26°, 8th 25°, 9th 26°,
10th 28°, 11th 32°, 28th 32°. There were registered collectively 67°
of frost as against 18° for April 1880. The continued cold east and
north-east winds of the early part of the month, together with a
succession of frosty nights from the Ist to the 12th, seriously
retarded vegetation, but about the 14th a change for the better
occurred ; the wind veered to the south-west, a succession of bright
sunny days, interspersed with soft showers, caused vegetation to burst
into growth rapidly. The following, amongst a great number of
plants, flowered in the Rock Garden during the month:— Erythronium
dens canis, E. grandiflorum, Corbularia nivalis, Crocus viflorus, C.
Auckeri, C. tulipifolius, OC. albiflorus, Iris reticulata, Carex Frazeri,
Puschkinia scilloides, Narcissus lobularis, Salix lanata, Adonis ver-
nalis, Iberis saxatilis, Menziesia cwrulea, Primula Cashmeriana, P.
denticulata, P. ciliata purpurea, Ornithogalum excapum, Anemone

Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation. 231

Robinsoniana, Androsace Laggeri. During the month the following
species and varieties of Helleborus were in flower :—Helleborus
albicans major, H.angustifolius, H.abchasicus, H. purpurascens, H. p.
minor, H. orientalis, H. viridis, H. atrorubens, H. olympicus, H. o.
albus, H. guttatus. The species and vars. of this interesting genus
of plants are well deserving of more extended cultivation for winter
and spring flowering, as they come into flower early and continue
long in bloom.

May 1881.—During the month the thermometer never fell to the
freezing-point (which fact will bear favourable comparison with last
year, when it fell on three occasions below 32°, registering collec-
tively 7° of frost), although the night temperatures of the first fort-
night were very low—on the Ist, 38°; 2nd, 38°; 3rd, 36°; 4th, 38°;
5th, 37°; 8th, 38°; 9th, 39°; 10th, 33°; 11th, 35°. The month began
with what Solomon ealls “a continual dropping in a very rainy
day,” and north-east winds. From the 12th to the end of the month
the temperatures were high, and accordingly vegetation grew very
rapidly. Upwards of 150 species and varieties of plants came into
flower during the month in the Rock Garden, which was well worthy
of a visit by all those interested in Alpine and herbaceous plants.

June 1881.—During the month the thermometer did not fall so
low as the freezing-point at the Garden, although in some parts of
Scotland it fell several degrees below it. The lowest readings were
on the 6th, 38°; 7th, 35°; 8th, 37°; 9th, 34°; 10th, 38° ; 16th,
38°; 24th, 36°; 28th, 38°. These low temperatures checked the
growth of plants and prevented the fertilizing of the flower, but the
warm days in a measure counteracted the effect, and vegetation pro-
gressed steadily—thanks to showers, dews, and almost daily sun-
shine. Though late, the show of hardy spring flowers, and
especially those of an alpine character, was really fine ; and, not-
withstanding the damage done to vegetation by the last severe
winter, it is seldom that such a large amount of blossom is seen as
we had during the month.

Since last month, 221 species and varieties of plants came into
flower in the Rock Garden, making a total of 484 for the season, as
compared with 581 at the corresponding date last year. Amongst
them were the following :—Suaxifraga pyramidalis, S. Nepalensis,
S. Wilkommiana, Meconopsis simplicifolia, M. aculeata, Erigeron
Roylei, Veronica Guthriana, Fritillaria Kamschatica, Cornus cana-
densis, Linnea borealis, Ixiolirion montanum, Symphiandra Warneri,
Salix Sadleri, Genista scoparia pendula, Rosa pyrenaica, Chryso-
bactron Hookeri, Androsace sarmentosa, Sedum Kamschaticum,
Hypericum Burseri, Orchis foliosa, Cypripedium spectabile, Chame-
batia foliolosa, Lilium colchicum, and Morina Wallichi.

July 1881.—The lowest readings of the thermometer during the

232 Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation.

month were on the Ist, 40°; 2d, 44°; 7th, 45°; 16th, 43°; 21st,
42°; 28th, 38°; 29th, 42°. The injurious effects of last winter
upon vegetation was now very obvious, many plants that produced
young shoots in spring and gave promise of continued growth
having succumbed. Owing to the unfavourable nature of the last
five seasons, vegetation generally has shown a marked deterioration
in many parts of Scotland, especially in exposed situations. Since
last month 77 species and varieties of plants have flowered in the
Rock Garden, making a total of 561, compared with 701 at the
corresponding period of last year.

Amongst those in flower were :—

Saxifraga platy petala. Lilium longiflorum.
Ajuga pyramidalis. » auratum.
Epipactis palustris. fy ehaixd
Astilbe japonica. Orobanche rubra.
Morina Wallichi. Meconopsis Wallichi.
Sisyrinchum coelestinum. Tritelia Murrayana.
Spireea palmata. Allium M‘Nabianum.

II. RecorD oF SOME OF THE PLANTS KILLED or INJURED DURING
THE Winter oF 1880-81 at THE Royat Botanic GaRDEN,
EDINBURGH.

1. Killed or greatly injured.
Arbutus Unedo.

Benthamia fragifera.
Picea bracteata. Chamepuce Casabone,
Viburnum Tinus. Cheiranthus Cheiri.
Cupressus macrocarpa. 9 longifolius,
Libocedrus chilensis. Stobeea purpurea.

Veronica Andersoni. Matthiola (Stocks),

5 salicifolia, Convolvulus mauritanicus.
* Traversi. Artichoke, globe.

Quercus Ilex. Arenaria grandiflora,
»» Suber. Loiseleuria procumbens.

Laurus nobilis.

Catalpa syringzefolia.

Lavatera arborea.

Linum perenne.

Anemone pectinata.
- scorpioides,
1) palmata.

Chameebatia foliolosa,
Prunus laurocerasus.
Garrya elliptica.
Draba chamejasme.
Galax aphylla.

Phlox aristata.
Phillyrea angustifolia,

Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation.

Phillyrea media.
Iberis tenoreana.
Erigeron unipulchrum.
Dianthus alpinus.
Calceolaria chelidoniefolia.
Gypsophylla arenaria.

bi cerastioides,
Hypericum reptans.
Petrocoptis Lagasce.
Ruta macrophylla.

Calluna vulgaris tomentosa.

Erica tetralix.

bo
Os
(se)

Erica australis.

», cinerea bicolor,
Erythrina herbacea.
Oxytropis feetida.

56 cyanus.
Cydonia vulgaris.
Ruscus aculeatus.
Crucianella stylosa.
Micromeria piperella.
Epilobium obcordatum.
Asperula cynanchica.
Corydalis claviculata.

2. Slightly injured.

Araucaria imbricata.
Abies Morinda.
Picea amabilis.

» Loweana,

»» lasiocarpa.
Cedrus Deodara.
Hollies.

Portugal Laurel.

Cytisus.

Eurybia Gunni.
Polygonum vacciniifolium.
Roses H.P. (Dwarfs).
Chamerops humilis.

Gunnera scabra.
Hydrangea hortensis.
Helianthemum vulgare.
Linum fruticosum.
Erica australis rosea,
Aucuba japonica,
3 variegata.

Thuja aurea.
Thea viridis.
Menziesia polifolia.
Yucca filamentosa.

» gloriosa.

III. Tasie or RecisteR oF Sprinc PLANTS SHOWING DATES OF
FLOWERING IN 1880 anp 1881, at THE Royat Botanic GARDEN,

EDINBURGH.

Galanthus nivalis, .
Eranthus hyemalis,
Galanthus plicatus,
Leucojum vernum,
Tussilago fragrans,
Corylus Avellana, .
Crocus Susianus, ;
Rhododendron atrovirens,
Dondia Epipactis, . ;
Nordmannia cordifolia, .

1880. 1881.
Fep “7 Mar.

aa
S a ot bo = bo SO WO CO

ry Z

® S

a

Lo
RAaDO— ~» PR — - LO

bo
bo
cr

234 Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation.

1880. 1881,

Tussilago alba, é ; 4 : Feb. 10 Mar. 8
Scilla praecox, 55 20 3 38
Crocus vernus, . ‘ 5 20 fg EZ
Sisyrinchium emidiflogem Agi : 5 24 BON
Aubrietia grandiflora, . , ; Mar. 4 5, 12
Scilla sibirica, ; ; . Feb. 26 4 12
Sisyrinchium eran daenatt ; i » 24 3 LES
Draba aizoides, . : ; ; Pa (3) Feb, 26
Daphne Mezereum, : ; ; Pi) Mar. 2
Scilla bifolia, : ‘ : ‘ Mar. 6 sung
Tussilago nivea, . , . Fy ite! oe
Bulbocodium vernum, . : ‘ al! 3 we
Arabis albida, , ‘ . ; ‘3 3 ee |
Iberis gibraltarica, . ; : : (Killed) nee
Scilla bifolia alba, . : ; , Mar. 7 Mar. 20

», taurica, : 5 ; ely Pei 7-1
Rhododendron N Sheath: : : ae pis 5
Narcissus pumilus, : ‘ : ee es) js
Orobus vernus, : : 5 ; FB 8 ee
Tris reticulata, : : : : eel ec)
Erythronium Dens canis, : ‘ el: ee
Symplocarpus foetidus, . : 5 igen Seg Bie
Mandragora officinalis, . . : se ls April 2
Ribes sanguineum, : : . Pee Mar. 24
Corydalis solida, . 5 5 : apa ke April 1
Symphytum caucasicum . ; : a ee Mar. 24
Narcissus Pseudo-Narcissus, . : Sy ul) April 20
Hyoscyamus scopolia,. : “ sp ae iy a
Fritillaria imperialis, . : ; April 12 May 6
Adonis vernalis, . . . : 5 20 if dealt

TV. Extracts FROM CORRESPONDENTS AS TO THE EFFECTS OF THE
WIntER OF 1880-81 IN DIFFERENT PARTS OF SCOTLAND.

1. From the North of Scotland.

From Mr. Tuos, M‘Donatp, The Gardens, Balfour Castle,
Kirkwall, Orkney.
June 3, 1881.
The garden and grounds of Balfour Castle are situated on a light
clayey soil, about 600 yards from, and 50 feet above, the sea, with
an exposure to the south. The most severe months are March and
April, when we are visited by gales from the south and south-east.

Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation. 235

The past winter has been the most severe of which we have any
record. The plants which suffered most were Hscallonia macrantha,
Veronica Anderson, Viburnum Tinus ; Norway Spruce and Austrian
Pine also suffered where much exposed. The kitchen garden stood
well,

Lowest Temperatures registered during past Winter.

No. of nights Min.
below 32° in lying Date.
shade. on grass,

November 1880, : 10 ‘ 19°5 . 20th.
December __,, : 15 : 12°5 . 29th.
January 1881, : 8 ; 23 . 18th,
February _,, : 10 oe ES be 12 cain:
March : 15 é 2°5 . 2nd
April os : 2 : 25°4 . ord.

From Mr. D. Metvitin, The Gardens, Dunrobin Castle,
Sutherlandshire.
April, 1881.

The winter of 1880-81 has been the most protracted and severe
in the north of which we have any record, lasting with frost and
snow almost without a break from the 19th October 1880 till the
end of March 1881. From the end of March to the middle of May
cold east winds prevailed, which retarded vegetation of all kinds to
a very late period. The weather during April was fortunately dry
and very suitable for getting forward with out-door operations
which were much in arrear. Altogether the winter may be fairly
said to have lasted fully six months, monopolising its own allotted
period, and the greater part of whatin the ordinary course of things
should have been spring. The gardens here are close to the sea,
13 feet above high water mark, and protected by woods and rising
ground from the north, north-east, and north-west, but exposed to
the full force of the easterly winds, which are frequently very
injurious to evergreens during March and April.

Previous to last winter, our lowest temperature during the last
twenty years occurred on the 22nd January 1867, wher the ther-
mometer went down to 14°, or 18° of frost. On 17th January last
the thermometer went down to 13°, or 19° of frost, and it was at or
below the freezing-point on 107 nights during the winter. The
worst block by snow for many years occurred between the 3rd and
8th March on the Highland Railway Company’s line between Inver-
ness and Perth, while the same Company’s line through Caithness
was blocked at the same time for a fortnight.

236 Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation.

Among plants killed may be noted Clianthus puniceus, Ceanothus
azureus, Cercis siliquastrum, most of the Hollyhocks, and a large
percentage of standard Roses. Plants injured—Phormium tenaz,
Veronica Andersoni, Fuchsia Riccartoni, Eulalia japonica, and
Cryptomeria elegans.

The following plants have stood the winter without injury—
Aralia Sieboldi, Ksecallonia macrantha, Salisburia adiantifolia,
Arundo conspicua, Acer polymorphum sanguineum, A. p. palmati-
jfidum, A. p. dissectum, and some others of the new Japanese
Acers.

The rainfall for 1880 was 264 inches, being about 5 inches below
the average.

From Mr. Anaus Macponatp, Balmaccan, Glenurquhart,
Inverness-shire.
May 5, 1881.

We are 15 miles distant from the sea, and 70 feet above its level.
The exposure is south-easterly and well sheltered from the east and
north-east. The lowest temperature registered was 27° of frost.
Plants, with the exception of Roses, in this and neighbouring gardens
suffered little or no injury.

From Mr. Witu1aM Paterson, The Gardens, Balmoral Castle,
Aberdeenshire.
May 13, 1881.

A great amount of damage has been done to vegetation in this
locality. During the month of January and the first half of
February we had very little snow, and the consequence was, that
small plants and vegetables having no protection were entirely
destroyed. Winter vegetables, such as Cabbages, Savoys, Greens,
Leeks, Parsley, and Turnips have been entirely destroyed, the only
exception being Parsnips, which are quite safe, In many cases the
frost found its way to potatoes in pits, and very few of these were
safe which had not a covering of from 2 to 3 feet of earth. Turnips
in the fields were completely destroyed. Spring flowering plants,
such as Pansies, Violas, Forget-me-nots, Arabis of sorts, Iberis,
Bellis perennis, Thymus, Wallflowers, Santolina incana, Alyssum
saxatile, A. compacta, &c., &c., have suffered greatly. H. P. Roses,
were killed down to the ground, but being well mulched with
stable manure, they are now coming away again. Mhododendron
ponticum is much injured ; also hybrids of R. Catawbiense, and
other hardy sorts, are more or less injured. JMahonia aquifolia
injured. Common Laurels, killed or injured. Irish Yews, injured

Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation. 237

on south side of plants. Wellingtonia gigantea, much injured.
Picea lasiocarpa, wjured. Cupressus Lawsoniana and C. Nut-
kaensis, slightly injured.

Last autumn was favourable to the thorough ripening of the
young wood of Conifers, Evergreen and Deciduous Trees and Shrubs,
but had it been otherwise a great many more plants would have
been killed or injured.

The following were the lowest temperatures registered :—

November January February March April
2—omirost. |) o— 195 frost, |) U— 7p frost. |) i —24etrost. | U— ile drost
B=18h ,, | 6-18 ,, DSU) Ee Gs err ee
meter bee | 7-597 Vos G10) en S80 fen IS Saale e,
I =ilGy 8=28 ,, — 24s i — ces 5=114 ,,
a 2on =, | 998", 8-114 ,, {15-102 ,, | 6= 92 ,,
Piatra O27 len 1 i 20=d0y «8, eretOln ee
221 _,, | 12=19°,, ,|12=3% ,,. | 2l=115 5, 9= 8% ,,
13=36 4, |16=19 5) | 22—25) F) | 10=122 5,
ie Aa = OD ie
15=24 ,, Qh 11k 4 | B7=14 |
sama asl 1621s 5, |28=30 ,. |2o=d0n) .)
17=42 30=16
D u ”
ecember 18=39 "4 31—16 “i
SS 2 bo
17 =27° frost, ey 5
1 a 7. 9
uae» [Bos

27 =38 z
ees oo: vilecor

Say gee ae

We had 20 frosty nights in October, 16 in November, 23 in
December, 26 in January, 21 in February, 24 in March, 16 in
April, and 5 in May. The lowest reading in May was on the
morning of the 10th, when 8° of frost were registered. The ther-
mometer stands clear of buildings, and is placed 33 feet from the
ground. The exposure is to the north, and the distance from the
sea is 50 miles, with an elevation of about 875 feet above its level.

From Mr J. Forrest, The Gardens, Haddo House, Aberdeenshire.
] b] }

May, 1881.
Our distance from the sea is 12 miles, with a height of 189 feet
above its level. The exposure is to the south-east, and there are no
hills in the immediate neighbourhood. The past winter has been
one of unusual length and severity. From the 18th of October till
the 12th of March the thermometer, which is 24 feet from the

238 Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation.

ground and protected, was at or below the freezing-point every
night with the exception of twenty-four.
The lowest readings were as follows :—

October December January February
21=11° frost. 17=16° frost. 4=14° frost. 12=16° frost.
21=18 ” 5=17 ”
99-18 ,, 6=98 \, ¢
27=31 ,, 7=23 ,, "
916 ,, — a
November ie = oF ” March
0"
16=21 ,, °
22 etrost: 17=35 i 1=16° frost.
2a Ss 18ag2 3=22 ,,
19-18 ,, 20-14 ,,
20=27 3 21-24 ,,
21-17 ss, 23=25 ,,
rein a oe
26-18 i6,,

On 17th January a thermometer sent to the river side 1 mile from
this, and about 80 feet lower, fell to 12° below zero.

On Christmas Eve snow fell to the depth of 18 inches. This
broke down large limbs of both evergreen and deciduous trees and
shrubs. From that time till the middle of March the ground was
continually covered with snow, which varied from one to two feet
in depth. The weight of snow seemed to have as much to do with
the destruction of winter vegetables as the severity of the frost, the
most of them being crushed down and rotted under the snow.

Autumn planted Cabbages, Broccoli, and German Greens were all
killed. Brussels Sprouts, Savoys, Winter Cabbages, Celery, Leeks,
Parsley, and Spinach were very much injured. Wallflower and
Common Thyme were killed. Young wood of Apricots killed. Other
fruit trees not injured. Gooseberry and Currant bushes very much
broken down with snow. Roses all killed down to snow-line.
Shrubs of all sorts are dreadfully cut up. Plants on Walls :—Des-
fontainea spinosa, Escallonia macrantha, and Viburnum Tinus—all
killed. Garrya elliptica, Ceanothus azureus, EHuonymus of sorts,
and Ivies much injured. Bay, Colchicum, and Portugal Laurels
all killed to snow-line. A number of Rhododendrons in damp
situations killed to the ground; and all others more or less injured.
A few young Hollies killed, and many slightly injured. Thujas,
Irish and Common Yews in exposed situations slightly injured.
Young plants, under 5 feet, of Wellingtonia and Cedrus Deodara,

Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation. 239

killed. Large plants of these are very much cut up, and in many
cases have their side branches killed as far as 12 feet above
ground. Some of the hardier Conifer are slightly browned, but
have suffered no permanent injury.

|

2. From the Middle of Scotland.

From Mr. Wu. Rew, The Gardens, Cortachy Castle, Forfarshire.
May 1, 1881.

Cortachy is distant from the sea about 24 miles, with an elevation
of 430 feet above its level. It is well sheltered from all directions
except the south-east.

The following were the lowest temperatures registered :—Decem-
ber 17th, 11° ; January 16th, 4° (this being the lowest) ; February
12th, 14° ; March 2nd, 10°.

Excepting some hybrid Rhododendrons, Rosemary on walls, and
Tea Roses grown as pillars, there were no deaths. Common and
Portugal Laurels were slightly injured. Hybrid Rhododendron
flower buds were mostly killed. scallonia macrantha, Lonicera
aurea reticulata, and Laurustinus on walls were damaged. Trees
appear to have suffered no damage except a few brown points on
those that were planted in the autumn. All green vegetables were
a good deal damaged, and Globe Artichokes (which were protected),
were almost entirely killed.

From Mr. Joun Ross, The Gardens, Drummond Castle, Perthshire.

May 5, 1881.

The shrubs, of which we have a great quantity, are very much
singed, especially Portugal Laurels. Some of these in low quarters
are quite denuded of their foliage, but I think by the end of May
they will be green again. Myrtles ona south wall are much browned
but not killed. Large plants of Ceanothus on the same wall are greatly
damaged. Magnolia grandiflora and Clematis of the Jackmanni
and other types are starting away quite fresh, Hardy Heaths have
suffered much. Large old plants are quite dead, while others have
their branches cut back, and all the young growths are killed.
Standard Roses are much injured, and some killed. Dwarfs are
killed almost to the ground, although covered with about 18 inches
of snow all the winter. Vegetables, such as Savoys, Brussels
Sprouts, Leeks, and Kale are quite destroyed. Fruit trees seem to
have escaped, and if the frost keeps off we will have a good crop of
fruit.

We are distant from the sea 20 miles on the east side and 30 on

240 Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation.

the west, with an elevation of 430 feet above its level, and with a
fine southern exposure.
The following were the lowest temperatures registered :—

October December January February April

20=17° frost. | 16=12° frost. | 5=16° frost. | 12=20° frost. | 1=13° frost.
V7=18., 4,01 616... 45, 282164) ,,, 0 2am

Iey=salis} 5 (=16 oe (ee
20=13 oe) 8=25 2? oe #
21=16 ” 9=14 2 ——————————— oe A -
November, [22516 », | 10-21 _,, || O—ieiaae
26=18 ,, 11=16 ,, March
= i) ” 3=22 3
: 28-12 14=28
ae frost. | 9911 ib 15=25 ; °
S17 alate yc alaeeon ts lade frost.
116 16225 7 =a
18-16 9 18=25 ” eget a
Sie 19=25 ,, sue oe
1 oe 20=9 ,, aie
a ¥ OS=IOL Usual ween Bp
23=16 ,, a3 bet spaced cs
26—i2) es

The thermometer is placed 4 feet from the ground.

From Mr. A. M‘Kinnon, The Gardens, Scone Palace, Perthshire.
May 14, 1881.

The gardens of Scone Palace are situated about 20 miles from
the sea. The soil is a heavy loam, resting on a a stiff clayey sub-
soil, at an altitude of about 95 feet above sea-level, and well sheltered
on all sides by large forest trees.

Frost set in here on the morning of the 10th October 1880, when
4° were registered. From that date till the end of the month there
were 18 frosty nights, giving a total of 90° of frost; the lowest
readings being on the following dates:—19th, 6°; 20th, 14°;
26th, 11°.

During November 1880 the thermometer was below the freezing-
point on 12 mornings, the lowest readings being on the 15th, 13° ;
16th, 12°; 18th, 14°; 20th, 18°; 21st, 22°; 22nd, 14°. There were
registered for the month 121° of frost.

December 1880.—There were 23 frosty nights, the lowest readings
being on the following dates :—16th, 14°; 17th, 26°; 18th, 19°;
20th, 13°; 27th, 17°; 31st, 18°. Total for the month, 199° of
frost.

January 1881.—The highest readings during this month were on

Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation. 241

the 2nd, when 37° were registered, and on the 31st, 38°. The ther-
mometer was below the sreenite voust (e on 29 mornings, the lowest
ee being on the 5th, 13°; 6th, 12°; 7th, 13°; 8th, 20°; 9th,
22°; 10th, 18°; bows 14°; 12th, 19°; 13th, 26°; 14th, 32° ; 15th,
20°; 16th, 24° 17th, 27°; 18th, 29°; 19th, 16°; 20th, 20°;
21st, oe aaa 29nd, 27°; 23rd, 25°: 24th; 36°; 25th, 29° ; 26th, 27°;
27th, 28°. Total for the month, 537°

February 1881.—The thermometer was at or below the freezing-
point on 21 occasions, the lowest readings being on the 12th, 22°;
on the 13th, 13°; and on the 24th, 15°. Total for the month, 162°.
The highest readings during this month was on the 4th, 38°, and
on the 25th, 40°.

March 1881.—The thermometer was below the freezing-point on
22 mornings. The following were the lowest temperatures :—1st,
16°; 2nd, 23°; 3rd, 18°; 22nd, 15°; 30th, 12°. There were registered
for the month 170°. The highest readings were—on the 10th, 50° ;
on the 17th, 56°; and on the 19th, 51°.

April 1881.—The thermometer during the month was below the
freezing-point on 9 occasions, the lowest readings being on the Ist,
13°; on the 2nd, 8°; on the 5th, 7°. ‘Total registered for the
month, 46°.

From the 4th of October 1880 till the 11th of April 1881 there
were 134 frosty nights, giving a total of 1325° of frost.

The long continued frost has been very disastrous to vegetation.
Laurels are nearly all killed to the ground. Avraucaria imbricata,
Taxodium sempervirens, Wellingtonia gigantea much injured. Gar-
rya elliptica killed. Cedrus Deodara is much injured, and in some
instances killed. Cotoneaster microphylla, Clematis Jackmanni,
Lonicera brachypoda aurea reticulata, killed to the ground. Com-
mon Ivy has lost the most of its foliage. Privet, English Yews
and Rhododendron ponticum in some situations are much injured.
Pampas Grass killed. Standard Roses killed. Dwarf Roses killed
to the ground.

The stems of some of the Portugal Laurels, from 4 to 6 inches in
diameter, were split from top to bottom, and I observed branches of
Oak and Ash trees in the park, about 6 to 8 inches in diameter,
also split with the intense frost.

Vegetables suffered very much. Autumn planted Cabbages were
all killed. Broccoli, Brussels Sprouts, Green Kale, and Savoys were
also killed. Celery much injured.

Peaches, Nectarines, Apricots, Plums, and other fruit trees on
the open wall, have escaped without injury. This is no doubt
owing to the young wood being in a thoroughly ripened state. They
are now full of blossom, and promise an abundant crop.

TRANS. BOT. SOC., VOL. XIV. R

242 Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation.

The Tay here was completely frozen over, the ice on some parts
of the river being 12 inches in thickness. On the ponds and lochs
in this neighbourhood the ice was from 16 to 18 inches in thick-
ness.

From Mr. Witu1aM 8. Bissett, The Gardens, Moncrictie House,
Perthshire.
May 10, 1881.

The grounds of Moncrieffe are distant from the sea about 25
miles, with an elevation ranging from 30 to fully 700 feet above its
level. The house and gardens stand at an elevation of about 50
feet. They are exposed to the south and south-west (from which
direction they suffer considerably), and protected on the north and
north-east by hills.. The lowest temperatures registered were on the
mornings of the 14th, 16th, and 17th of January, when 28°, 29°,
and 30° of frost were registered respectively. On the morning of
the 27th there were 26° of frost. From the 13th to the 28th
January 328° of frost were registered, making an average of 22° for
each of the 15 nights. The past winter has been the most length-
ened, and, with the exception of a few nights, the most severe
during the last forty years. Some plants, such as Laurustinus,
Sweet Bay, Huonymus variegata, Lupinus arboreus, and also Pent-
stemons, Stocks, and Wallflower, which were only partially injured
by the winter of 1879-80, have been killed down to the ground.
Some plants, such as Cupressus Lambertiana and Hybrid Rhodo-
dendrons, have only been partially destroyed. In some parts of the
policies Abies Douglasi has been considerably browned. Roses
have not suffered so much as they did during the winter of
1879-80. Broccoli, Brussels Sprouts, and all the Brassica tribe
were killed. The snow which fell on the 4th, 5th, and 6th of
March measured from 18 to 24 inches in depth. It did consider-
able damage by breaking down shrubs, especially Red Cedars.

From Mr. Joun Fortune, The Gardens, Blair-Adam, Kinross-shire.
May 4, 1881.

Distance from Firth of Forth, 12 miles. Height above sea-level,
500 to 600 feet.

The winter began on 19th October with 7° of frost, and on the
20th of same month we had 10°. In November we had frequently
14° of frost, and after an interval of comparatively mild weather the
winter set in in earnest about the middle of December. The lowest
temperature during that month was on the 17th, when we had 16°
of frost. In January the thermometer was above the freezing-
point on five mornings only. The lowest temperature during the

Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation. 240

winter was on the 17th of this month, when we had 23° of frost.
In February and March, although the frost continued, it was never
very severe. During the winter we had some eight or nine dis-
tinct falls of snow, the first fall taking place in October and the
last in the beginning of March. Avaucaria imbricata is slightly
injured, Wellingtonias very much browned where exposed, and an
Evergreen Oak very badly. Of shrubs injured there are Rhodo-
dendrons, Common and Portugal Laurels, Escallonias, and Ivies.
No trees or shrubs are killed. Some Roses are killed, while others
are cut down to the ground, but are now springing. Vegetables,
with the exception of Leeks, some Autumn-planted Cabbages, and
Parsley, are all killed. Strawberries are materially weakened, even
where the plants were young.

I may mention that some of the Araucarias have not been
injured since the year 1860-61 until now. Hollies were damaged
by the winter of 1878-79, and have passed through this winter
unhurt ; whereas Araucarias escaped unhurt in 1878-79, and have
been damaged by that of 1880-81.

The thermometer is placed 3 feet above the ground.

From Mr. Wm. M‘Auuister, The Gardens, Arddarroch,
Garelochhead, Helensburyh, Dumbartonshire.

May 12, 1881.

There has been very little damage done here with frost. On the
most exposed points of the shore, where the east wind strikes,
Whins and Broom have been very much cut up, but the damage
was done mostly in March and April. The months of September
and October were exceptionally dry in this neighbourhood, and in
consequence trees and shrubs ripened their growths well. The
rainfall for these two months in 1880 was only about 4 inches,
while the average for the same two months for thirty years has
been 17 inches. The yearly rainfall averages 72 inches.

This place is situated on the shore of Loch Long. The garden is
about 300 yards from the shore, and is well sheltered from the Loch.
It is 80 feet above its level. The lowest temperature was 9°, or 23°
of frost, on January 16th, at the garden, and at the conservatory,
which is close to the sea, on the same date, only 17° of frost were
registered. The exposure is to the south-west.

Desfontainea spinosa on a wall, without any covering, has stood
and flowered regularly for the last ten years. Garrya elliptica
flowers freely, and a white Camellia (standard) in the shelter of a
shrubbery has several flowers open at the present time. Rhododen-
dron Nobleanum used to be in flower at Christmas, but last winter

244 Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation.

most of the blooms were destroyed with frost when just opening.
Old standard Fuchsias are breaking very well this season. The
excessive moisture as a rule does more harm here than frost.

From My. Joun Smiru, The Gardens, Balliiinrain Castle,
Stirlingshire.
May 16, 1881.
The past winter has been the most trying on vegetation that ever
I experienced. Broccoli, Brussels Sprouts, Savoys, German Greens,
Spinach, and Autumn Cabbages have all been completely destroyed.
China and H. P. Roses have been killed down to within a few
inches of the ground, but most of them are starting again. Common
Bays, Garrya elliptica, Aucuba japonica, Laurustinus, and Abies
Douglasi, have all been much injured. Lavender, Thyme, Sweet
Bays, Berberis Darwini, and a good many Privets, have been
killed. The common Whin and Broom have been much cut up.
Our lowest temperature was on January 22nd, when we had 4°, or
28° of frost. The total for the same month was 299° of frost. The
deepest fall of show was on 5th March, when we lad 16 inches.
Distance from the sea, 20 miles; height above it, 265 feet.
¢xposure northern.

From the Rev. Davin Lanpsporoucu, Ailmarnock.
June 15, 1881.

Report on East Coast of Arran, Buteshire.

The past winter has been so severe and long continued that it
was impossible to give earlier, a satisfactory account of its effects
upon vegetation.

The places regarding which I report are on the east coast of
Arran, on the sea level, and near to the sea. Cromla at Corrie,
and the low Castle Gardens at Brodick being separated from it
at high water only by the public highway, and Captain Brown’s,
Lamlash, by the highway and a narrow field. One or two plants
are introduced which grow in neighbouring gardens, the names of
the gardens being given. In no case have the plants received any
protection. Last winter the frost was more intense than it has
been for many years. At the lighthouse on the Island of Pladda,
at the south of Arran, and only half a mile from Arran, an accurate
register of temperature is kept, the thermometer being situated
100 feet above the ground (about 110 above sea-level). Mr
Grierson, the lightkeeper, has informed me that during last winter
the temperature was lower than it had been since he came to the
situation eight years ago. On the 16th, 21st, and 26th of January

Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation. 245

the thermometer fell to 28° (or 4° of frost). The gardener at
Brodick Castle has also kept a register of the temperature at the low
Castle Gardens, using an accurate self-registering thermometer, and
he informs me that the lowest temperature was in January, when
it fell to 13°. The temperature at Captain Brown’s, Lamlash, and
at Cromla, Corrie, being so similar in situation to the low Castle
Gardens, cannot differ much from it, though I am inclined to think
it will at both be two or three degrees higher, as the air flowing
from the great Rosa Glen, which issues at Brodick, running from
the north-west, and coming from the centre of the island, may to
some extent cool the temperature, though the garden is thoroughly
sheltered from its direct effect, and is otherwise admirably situated
at the base of Goatfell, and sheltered by its wood. I may add that
the Tree-ferns at Cromla grow in corners well sheltered. When no
locality is given Cromla garden is meant.

Gum TREEs.

Blue Gum (Eueulyptus globulus)—

Corrie Hotel.—Leaves dead, tree uninjured,—now beginning to
grow.

Cromla, Corrie.—Grows in a colder and heavier soil than at the
Hotel. All the wood of last summer killed, now beginning to grow.

At Brodick.—Two, both killed. One at Captain Brown’s, Lam-
lash, leaves killed, tree uninjured.

Almond-leaved Gum (£. amygdalina)—

At Cromla, Corrie—Two—one killed ; the other has lost most of
its leaves, but tree uninjured. Last year it began to grow early
in February. This year it is only beginning now.

Brodick Castle Wood.—Two trees—one has lost the wood of last
year ; the other its leaves, but otherwise uninjured.

Two varieties of this tree grew from the same seed. Both at
Corrie and Brodick, the one variety has proved more hardy than
the other.

The Giant Gum (Eucalyptus gigantea).—This is one of the finest
of the ‘‘ Gums,” the leaves are very large, lightish in colour, and of
great substance. The tree is of rapid growth, and hardier than
any other Gum with which I am acquainted. The seed was
gathered on the Blue Mountains, New South Wales, and sown in
a stove in 1879: Last year it was planted at Cromla, Corrie,
and at Captain Brown’s, Lamlash. The tree at Lamlash has not lost
a leaf, nor is one discoloured. It began early to grow, and has
already made shoots 13 inches in length, while a Blue Gum
beside it is only now beginning to grow. The tree at Corrie is also
uninjured by frost ; but has been eaten by some animal.

246 Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Aiy Vegetution.

The following species of Gum Tree raised from seed, kindly
sent by Baron Ferdinand von Mueller, New South Wales, were
raised last summer by the Duke of Hamilton’s gardener, and planted
in the open soil two months ago. They are now healthy and
vigorous :—F. calophylla, EH. coriacea, E. diversicolor, E. globulus,
E. hemastoma, EF. Stuartiana, FE. marginata, E. melliodora, E.
pilularis, EB. polyanthema, and KE. rostrata.

FErns.

Dicksonia antarctica.—In no previous winter has this fern
suffered as it did last. All the fronds of 1878 and 1879 have been
destroyed, while those of last year are greatly injured. Four vigor-
ous fronds of this year’s growth are now nearly full size. The stem
is | foot 5 inches in height; and 2 feet in girth, at one foot from
the ground.

Dicksonia squarrosa.—The condition of this fern is similar to that
of the preceding. Its stem is 7 inches in height and 9 in girth.

Todea superba.—Vhis fine fern is coming up beautifully, but the
fronds of last year were destroyed.

Todea hymenophylloides, uninjured.

Adiantum pedatum, uninjured.

Asplenium Belangert, A. lucidum, and A. falcatum, all wninjured.

OTHER PLANTs.

Cordyline indivisa, C. Australis, C. Veitchii, Acacia melanoxylon,
Cromla, Corrie, and Castle Garden, Brodick, Hurya latifolia,
Desfontainea spinosa (7 feet in height), Hwonymus latifolia aurea,
Myrtus communis, a standard 10 feet in height, Azulea amena,
Deutzia gracilis, Rhododendron ciliatum, Escallonia macrantha,
Coccoloba vespertilionis, Photinia serrulata, Elwagnus japonica
variegata, Thujopsis dolobrata (5 feet 4 inches in height), Araucaria
imbricata, at Cromla, Quercus Suber,and Marechal Niel Rose, upper
Castle Gardens, Little Japan double cherry (Prunus sinensis flore
pleno),—all uninjured.

Camellia japonica, leaves slightly browned. Araucaria Cun-
ninghami, Upper Castle Gardens, Brodick, much browned.

Edwardsia grandiflora, killed.

Banksian Rose, Strathwhillan, Brodick, will be in bloom in a
fortnight—only one bud on a large plant, which never bloomed before.

The Rose Aphis is scarcely to be seen this year, either in Arran
or in my garden at Kilmarnock, where in other years it was a
plague.

Tropeolum speciosum.—Some at Strathwhillan, Brodick, in a

Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation. 247

sheltered corner against a wall, not cut down, and will bloom in a
week.

Rhododendron arboreum.—This did not bloom till it had grown
for nearly thirty years. This spring at Strathwhillan, Brodick, it
was covered with buds, but some of the buds were killed by the
frost.

3.—From the South of Scotland.

From Mr. Matcoum Dunn, The Palace Gardens, Dalkeith,
Mid-Lothian.
August 1881.

Frost set in with 3° on the 12th of October 1880, which gave
vegetation a perceptible check, but injured nothing of any import-
ance. On the 19th, however, the frost returned with greater
severity, and killed all tender plants—such as Dahlias, French
Beans, Potatoes, and the like—the amount of frost being 7°, followed
by 13° on the 20th, 6° on the 21st, 11° on the 22nd, 3° on the 23rd,
and 4° on the 24th. On the 27th there were 2° of frost, 28th 1°,
29th 1°, and 30th 6°; making a total of 57 degrees of frost regis-
tered on 11 days during the month; an amount considerably over
the average for October.

November opened with sharp frost on the Ist, 2nd, and 3rd;
followed by 4 days fresh, 2 days slight frost, and again 4 days
fresh. On the 14th, keen frost set in, and continued till the 24th ;
the amount registered on the respective days being, 9°, 12°, 10°, 3°,
14°, 6°, 18°, 16°, 17°, 12°, 3°. The ice attained a thickness of 4
inches on still water, and snow fell to the amount of 8 inches.
The total amount of frost registered for the month was 154° on
16 days.

From the 25th of November till the 13th of December the weather
was comparatively mild; but on the 14th of the latter month a
storm of frost and snow began, which lasted almost without a break
till the middle of April. Severe frost prevailed from the 14th till
the end of December ; the total amount for the month being 158°,
registered on 20 days. The severest frost was 15° on the 17th.

On New Year’s Day, 1881, there was only 1° of frost, and on the
following two days the thermometer never fell below 40°. Keen
frost returned on the 4th, and from that date till the end of the
month it prevailed with great severity. On 24 consecutive days the
mean temperature was below the freezing point; and on 4 days the
average temperature was 18°, or 14° below freezing point. The
severest frost was on the 17th, when the thermometer stood at
3° 2 a.m. till 8 a.m., indicating 29° of frost. During the month,
482° of frost were registered on 29 days. Snow fell frequently, but

248 Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation.

high winds swept it off trees, shrubs and crops, so that it afforded
very little protection to them against the severity of the frost.

In February, frost prevailed every day, except on the 4th. The
severest was 16° of frost on the 28th; the total amount for the
month being 162°. <A considerable depth of snow fell, but was again
swept off crops and trees by frequent gales. On the 7th a severe
gale of frosty wind, from the S.-W., did great injury to evergreens,
especially to Conifers exposed to its direct force. In many cases, it
stripped them of their foliage on the windward side and left them
with a brown, naked, and unhealthy look, from which it will take
some seasons of favourable weather to completely restore them.

March came in with 17° of frost on the 1st, 22° on the 2nd, and
20° on the 3rd, which was followed by a high gale of frosty wind
from the E. on the 4th, 5th, and 6th, which drifted the loose snow
fiercely before it, and laid vegetable crops completely bare to the
severities of the storm; from which in consequence they suffered
great damage. During the month frost was registered on 22 days,
and amounted in all to 179°.

April began with 12° of frost on the Ist, increasing to 14° on the
6th, and continued frosty till the 12th. From the 18th till the 24th
frost prevailed ; there being 96° of frost registered on 18 days this
month. Vegetables suffered severely from the keen frost in the
early part of the month, and young cabbage and other plants were
completely destroyed by the keen biting frosty wind.

May opened with mild weather; but on the 3rd there were 5° of
frost, on the 9th 1°, on the 10th 3°, on the 16th 1°, and on the 17th
2°, after which there was no more frost for the season. In this
month, 12° of frost were registered on 5 days. From the 12th of
October till the 17th of May,—217 days,—there were 148 frosty
days, on which 1300° of frost were registered.

From the first week in May the day temperature increased rapidly,
and although crops were at that time fully three weeks behind the
average, by the end of the month they had almost reached the usual
stage of growth at that season. The last days of May and the first
week of June were excessively warm, and, there being abundance of
moisture in the soil, vegetation made vigorous and rapid growth till
about the end of the month, when continuous rains and cold began
to show their paralysing effects on vegetation, and for the remainder
of the season there was comparatively little growth. Fruit trees, in
general, had a favourable period for flowering and setting their crops,
which were above an average; but owing to the cold and wet
summer and autumn most kinds of fruit were deficient in flavour
and quality.

Except where trees and shrubs were exposed to the fierce blast

Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation. 249

of the frosty winds, which were such a prominent feature of the
past winter, they have suffered less than usual in such a severe
season. Vegetable crops, however, were so much exposed to the
biting blast of the frosty winds, and daily freezing and thawing
for such a lengthened period, that they suffered more than they have
done in this district for many years, and in many places the losses
were very great.

Among plants killed or injured, the following may be noted :—
Some plants of Arbutus wnedo which had been killed to the ground
in the previous winter, are now killed outright; not a single plant
being left alive. Awcuba japonica has stood the past winter much
better than the previous one, and shows little signs of injury.
Common Laurels are severely injured; so much so that many
of them are killed to the ground, and the remainder were so
much damaged that they had to be cut over. Most of them are
breaking away freely from the stools, but it will take some years
till the gaps are again filled. Laurustinus suffered great injury
during the two previous winters, and the few plants left stood the
winter with little additional injury,-—a few of the young growths
being killed) Sweet Bay (Laurus nobilis) was again cut to the
ground, but is now coming away strong from the stools. Magnolia
grandiflora, on wall, suffered no injury, while Lscallunia macrantha
on same wall is severely injured, being killed almost to the ground.
Grislinia littorulis, Hleagnus refleca, and Berberis Beali, are again
killed to the ground. Heaths of various kinds have suffered con-
siderably ; Erica arborea which withstood the previous two severe
winters, having been almost destroyed. Rhododendrons with
any trace of Rhododendron arboreum blood in them have suffered
severely, some being killed outright, and mostly all of them so badly
damaged as to require to be cut back. Great numbers of the flower
buds of hybrid Rhododendrons were killed, and the remainder so
badly injured that they never came to maturity, so that there was
great scarcity of flowers upon them this season. The buds of the
common Rhododendron ponticum were also slightly injured in wet
low lying spots, but there was such an abundance of them that
the few that were killed were not missed, and the display of flower
was very fine. A few bushes of Rhododendron ferruyineum were
eaten to the stumps by hares and rabbits during the snow storms
in January and February. For these dwarf sorts of Rhododen-
drons, rabbits appear to have a great partiality. Other Rhodo-
dendrons growing alongside of them were not touched.

Conifers in general stood the winter well; and except the brown
and blasted appearance of those exposed to the frosty gales, they
exhibit no signs of injury, even among some that are generally con-

250 Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation.

sidered to be rather tender. A few had some of their foliage nipped
by the frost, which dropped off, and fresh foliage has obliterated all
trace of injury. I need scarcely add that the Japanese Conifers
have held their reputation as being among the hardiest of our exotic
trees, as well as the most ornamental and interesting of the Coni-
ferous family.

The Walnut, Mulberry, Guelder Rose, Ailantus, Evergreen oak,
Phillyrea, and Privet, had most of their young wood injured, and in
some instances the trees were severely injured. The young wood
was also injured, more or less, of Catalpa syringefolia, Deutza
gracilis, Spirea Lindleyana, prunifolia, Reveesiana, Thunbergi ;
Sambucus racemosa, Paulounia imperialis, Pterocarya caucasia,
Hartogia capensis, Lonicera brachypoda, Hedera canariensis and
Regneriana, Cydonia japonica, and Glycine sinensis. All the
Clematis, except Jackmanni, were killed to the ground, as were
also Ampelopsis hederacea, Jasminum Wallichianum, J. revolu-
tum, and Oreodaphne californica. Rosemary and Lavender were
severely injured, many plants being killed outright. Roses
generally withstood the winter well. Tea roses, except Gloire de
Dijon, had mostly succumbed the previous winter, and had not
been renewed ; but Hybrid Perpetuals, China, Bourbon, and other
common Roses, were little injured.

Bambusa Fortunei variegata, has again proved tolerably hardy,
having lost only a few of iis leaves; and Eulalia japonica variegata
appears to be at least equally hardy. The Pampas Grass bas again
suffered severely, most of the plants being killed. Tritoma Uvaria
was killed to the ground, but started again.

Fruit trees suffered very little injury owing to the wood being so
well ripened the previous autumn. Even Peach trees escaped with
less injury to the young wood than is often seen in ordinary seasons.
The only fruit plant which suffered was the Strawberry, being
killed or badly injured from exposure to the daily thawing and
freezing and bleak winds which proved so fatal to vegetable
crops. The consequence was a very poor crop of fruit.

Among vegetables, scarcely any except Brussels Sprouts and Leeks
came through scatheless. Cabbage and Savoys quickly succumbed.
Curled greens stood well till the blasting frosty winds took them
off, which also destroyed Celery and Broccoli. Young plants of the
Cabbage tribe were also killed off in the month of March, when
the snow had disappeared and they were left exposed to the effects
of frost and wind. The consequence was a dearth of vegetables
in spring, and a great scarcity of young plants, till those raised in
spring were ready.

On the whole, with the few exceptions noted, the damage done

Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation. 251

by the past winter is not nearly so great as in the previous one.
Generally speaking, trees and shrubs flowered abundantly, and made
good progress till the continuous cold and wet of the summer months
gave growth a check. Crops were late in being got into the ground,
but the soil was in splendid condition, after the long time it had
been subjected to the mellowing influence of the frost, and crops
came away with great vigour and made rapid progress while the
genial weather lasted. After June slow progress was made, and
although the crops taken all over were up to the average, they did
not reach the promise of the early summer.

From Mr. C. M‘Taceart, The Gardens, Arniston, Mid-Lothian.
July 2, 1881.

I may state it is only the hardier kinds of trees and shrubs that
are planted here. The Common Bay Laurel has suffered very much,
and will mostly have to be cut over, but all seem to be coming
freely from the stem. The fine old Portugal Laurels are badly dis-
figured, and I am afraid will never fill up again until cut over.
The Evergreen Oaks have also suffered ; some of the young plants
entirely gone. Cupressus of sorts, Wellingtonia, Rhododendrons, &c.,
do not seem to be anything the worse.

Vegetables nearly all killed, Brussels Sprouts excepted. There
was no accurate record kept here of the temperatures of the last
winter. On three different occasions the thermometer was slightly
below zero, 13° at the most; more frequently we had from 27° to
30° of frost.

From Mr Geo. Brown, The Gardens, Yester, Haddingtonshire.
June 16, 1881.

The effects of the past winter on vegetation here have been very
serious. The winter has been the severest that the oldest inhabitant
can remember. This place is situated in Lat. 55:54° N. Long. 244°
W., ten miles from the sea coast, and 400 feet above its level.

The hardest nights we had here were on the 14th and 15th
December, when the thermometer (in box) fell to 2° (or thirty
degrees of frost) on both nights.

The hardiest shrubs, such as Laurels, Box, Hollies, and Yews,
were severely browned.

The more tender ones, such as Garrya elliptica, Aucuba japonica,
Viburnum Tunus, and about one-half of our Dwarf Roses, were com-
pletely killed.

_ Vegetables, such as Greens, Broccoli, and Savoys, were killed ;
Celery stood well, even withont any protection; of Leeks and

252 Mr Sadler’s Report on Onen-Atir Vegetation.
/ Y

Brussels Sprouts we lost about one-half. Those that withstood the
frost best were those laid over ou the gronnd.

From My. Danie Suitu, The Gardens, Bargany, Ayrshire.
May 16, 1881.

Distance from the sea 4 miles, with an elevation of about 100
feet above its level. Exposure east and west. The lowest tempera-
ture was on 16th January, when the thermometer was 2° above
zero, and on the 19th 4°, giving respectively 30° and 28° of frost.
There was more snow here than has been for many years, 33 inches
being the general fall, which is 1 inch more than what has been for
the last nineteen years.

Puants Injurep.—Garrya elliptica, 15 feet high on south wall,
killed down to within 1 foot of the ground. Cupressus Lamber-
tiana very much injured, but will recover. Common Bays much
browned, but recovering fast. With these exceptions little
damage has been done to Shrubs and Conifers. Roses have suffered
much, being killed down to the mulching. All sorts of vegetables
are killed. Fruit trees are uninjured.

From Mr. Davip Murray, The Gardens, Culzean Castle, Maybole,
Ayrshire.
May 9, 1881.

The lowest temperature registered here during the past winter
was on January 22nd, when we had 21° of frost. The following
plants all grow within 200 yards of the sea, and 200 feet above its
level :—

Bapty Ingurep But Not Kinttep.—Fuchsia Riccartont, Myrtle of
sorts, Sweet-scented Verbena, Coronilla, Kscallonia Mackayi,
Berberis Darwini, Veronica, Blue Gum, Desfontainea spinosa,
and New Zealand Flax.

SuigHtLty INsureD.—Hydrangeas, Tritoma uvaria, Sweet Bay,
Rhododendrous (Hybrids and ponticum) where exposed to the
north and east winds, Ceanothus azureus, and some Camellias.

Uninsurep.—Araucaria, Arbutus, Aucuba, Escallonia macrantha,
Magnolia grandiflora, Garrya elliptica, Aralia Steboldi, &e.

Our vegetables, such as late Broccoli, were nearly all killed, none
being left except half a crop of ‘‘ Lauder’s Goschen.” Globe
Artichokes, although protected, were cut up. Our fruit crop looks
very promising, every fruit tree and bush being covered with
blossom.

Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation. 253

From Mr. Joun Suannon, The Gardens, Jardine Hall, Lockerbie,
Dumfriesshire.
May 16, 1881.

The past winter has been most severe in this locality. All our
fine old Laurels and Bays which were injured in 1879-80 have
been killed by the past winter's frost. A great many Rhododen-
drons which were injured in 1879-80 are now killed. Awueuba
japonica, some killed and some injured. Ivies, many killed and
many injured. Cupressus M‘Nabiana killed. Wellingtonia gigantea
slightly injured. Cedrus Deodara, some killed and some badly
injured. Roses all killed back to the mulching level, but are
now springing again. All winter vegetables, with the exception of
Leeks, were killed. We are distant from the sea 15 miles, and
200 feet above its level. The exposure is 8.S.W. Our lowest
temperatures were on the 16th, 17th, 21st, 22nd, and 25th of
January, when we had 39°, 40°, 28°, 33°, and 34° of frost respec-
tively. For several days the temperature continued throughout
the whole day at over 20° of frost. :

From Mr. Toomas Duncan, The Gardens, Auchen Castle,
Moffat, Dumfriesshire.

June 17, 1881.

I have but little to report of the past winter. There is no great
variety of shrubs here, the majority of the clumps are Rhododen-
dron ponticum and Hybrids.

The policies lie on a steep hillside exposed to the north-east,
about 27 miles from the Solway Firth, and 600 feet above the
sea level. The summer of 1880 was one of the best for many
years, but a decided change set in on the 15th September, when a
storm of wind and rain from the north-east put an end to outdoor
flowers for the season. I may remark that on the 15th September
1878 we had a heavy storm of wind and rain from the south,
followed by a hard winter. The first frost of 1880 was on the 4th
October, when the register stood at 26°. The thermometer was
below freezing point on ten mornings, the lowest on the 20th and
£2nd, when the register stood at 22° and 20° respectively, total for
tne month 72°. November very cold and wintry ; the thermometer
was below freezing point on fourteen mornings, lowest on the 2nd,
21st, and 22nd, the register standing at 15°, 12°, and 16° respec-
tively ; total for the month 139°.

In December there were eighteen frosty mornings, lowest on the
17th, 28th, and 31st, when the register stood at 16°, 20°, and 18°
respectively ; total for the month 121°.

254 Mr Sadler’s Report on Open- Air Vegetation.

January 1881 came in with a thaw, but the frost set in again on
the 5th with 7° of frost. The thermometer was below freezing
point on twenty-three mornings, the lowest being on the 10th, 11’;
12th, 12°; 15th, 8°; 16th, 2°; 17th, 33°; 22nd, 10°; 24th, 8°; 26th,
10°; 27th, 7°. Total for the month 409°.

February. The thermometer was below freezing point on nineteen
mornings ; lowest on the 7th, 12th, and 28th, when the register stood
at 18°, 16°, and 20° respectively, with a total for the month of 115°.

March. The thermometer was below freezing point on nineteen
mornings, with the lowest on the Ist, 2nd, 3rd, 22nd, 30th, and 31st,
when the register stood at 15°, 9°, 15°, 17°, 17°, and 16°, respec-
tively ; total for the month 168°.

April. The thermometer was below freezing point on fifteen days,
lowest on the Ist, 3rd, 4th, and 6th, when the register stood at 22°,
22°, 19°, and 20° respectively ; total for the month 98°.

In May there was frost on five mornings ; lowest on the 10th,
when the register stood at 27° ; total for the month 14°. Total for
the eight months 1196°.

3ay Laurels have suffered very much from the frost, many of them
being killed to the ground. Portugal Laurels had their last year’s
shoots killed. Araucarias had their last year’s growths browned, a
number of them killed from 4 to 6 inches, but a great number of the
browned points are starting into life. Rhododendron ponticum
very little injured, and only on that side exposed fo the north
wind. Several of the named ones are injured, and four or five
killed out of over a hundred varieties. ‘The clumps are a mass of
bloom at this date (June 17th), the injured ones marring but little
the general effect. Yews have their points browned. Hollies all
injured, a number killed to the ground. All winter vegetables
killed except a few greens—about one-third of these survived.

Places in this neighbourhood 200 feet lower down suffered more
than up here, having from 2° to 3° more frost.

From My. J. Bortuwick, The Gurdens, Stobo Castle, Peeblesshire.
May 21, 1881.

We are distant from the sea 50 miles, with an elevation of 590
feet above its level. The lowest temperatures registered here were on
the 17th and 18th of January, when the thermometer fell to 15°
below zero, making 47° of frost. Celery and all our winter vege-
tables were killed before the lst of January. Shrubs at the Garden
are very much injured, but at the Castle, which stands a good many
feet higher, they are not so bad. Hollies at the Garden all killed,
at the Castle very little injured. Portugal Laurels nearly all killed.

Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation. 255

Ivy at the Garden, some killed and the remainder very much in-
jured; at the Castle quite fresh. Jrish Yews much browned,
Garrya elliptica and Aucubas all killed. Tree Box of sorts much
damaged. Out of two or three hundred Roses very few are lost,
five or six only being killed. They were heavily top-dressed with
manure. Strawberries have suffered severely. Plums and Cherries
are well covered with blossom. Gooseberries and Currants pro-
mise a fair crop.

From Mr. ANDREW TurNBULL, Bothwell Castle, Lanarkshire.
May 1881.

We are 32 miles distant from the sea, and 146 feet above its
level. The exposure is south-westerly. The average height above
sea-level of the whole parish of Bothwell is about 300 feet.

The past winter was the most severe of which I have any recol-
lection. It commenced early in October, and on the 20th of
November the thermometer fell to 1° above zero, which was the
lowest point it reached during that month. The lowest tempera-
tures in January were on the 14th, 16th, 17th, 20th, 22nd, and
24th, when the thermometer fell to 1°, 7°, 6°, 2°, 4°, and 33°
respectively below zero. ‘Taking the average of the whole month,
we had 183° of frost for each day, and we had at no time more
than 5 inches of snow on the ground. Vegetables were entirely
killed. Roses have suffered more than they did in 1860-61, even
the old French varieties being generally killed to the root. Rhodo-
dendrons have suffered much, the common pouticum being more
hurt than any of the others. The flower-buds of this are all
destroyed, and those of Nobleana are mostly destroyed, while those
of Cunningham’s White have escaped unhurt. Old Ivy plants are
generally killed. Portugal Laurels, where exposed to the north-east,
have lost all their leaves. Wellingtonias are greatly damaged.
Abies Douglasi mostly killed. Avraucaria imbricata, where not
killed, greatly damaged.

From Mr. Francis Davipson, The Gardens, Hamilton Palace,
Lanarkshire.
June 24, 1881.
We are at a distance here of about 36 miles from the sea. The
Gardens are situated in close proximity to the old town of Hamil-
ton, and the Ordnance Survey Map gives the altitude at a point so
near the new garden that it may be taken as its true position, that is
to say, 186 feet above sea-level.

256 Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation.

After the dry summer of 1880, frost set in so early and so keenly
as to do extensive damage to vegetation.

In the latter part of October we registered from 4° to 10° of
frost ; this did no inconsiderable injury to the potato crop then
unlifted, and from that time it continued with more or less severity
during the next four months.

On the 18th of November the thermometer fell to 10°, and on
the 20th to 3°. At this date we had the heaviest fall of snow that
visited this district during the whole winter, as it fell to the depth
of 8 inches.

It was not before the 16th of January, however, that we
experienced the lowest temperature; on that occasion the thermo-
meter fell 5° below zero. The respective readings of the thermometer
for several mornings at that time were as follows :—

January 14th, 1° below zero | January 20th, 1° below zero.

Pa 15th, 3° above ,, 3 21st, 7° above 5;
‘5 16th, 5° below ,, 4 22nd, 3° below ,,
Hy, bytes 8 nA mn 23rd, 16° above ,,

18th, 3° above ,,
a9 19th, fe 99 ” |

The above were the only times the thermometer fell here below
zero, but we would have a mean of about 15° of frost till far on in
March, when its intensity began to relax. In April we had occa-
sionally 12°, but during May the temperature was always above
freezing point, while in the first week of the present month, June,
we had 4° of frost.

Winter vegetables and autumn sown plants were almost entirely
killed. Of hardy shrubs the Portugal and Bay Laurels have
suffered the most injury, in many cases having been killed. Arau-
carta imbricata nearly killed ; Irish Yews much injured ; so also are
the English Yews. There are a good many deaths among Roses, and
it is to be regretted that the remaining portion of the grand old
Caledonian Forest, the sturdy oaks that have stood the blasts of at
least one hundred winters are a standing testimony to the severity
of the winter of 1880-81, in some instances scarcely a vestige of
greenness is to be seen, while others give melancholy evidence of
being much injured. The same also has to be reported of some
fine old specimens that stand in the policies of the ducal residence.

24th, 24° below ,,

From My. James Wuitton, The Gardens, Thirlestane Castle, Lauder,
Berwickshire.
May 9, 1881.
We are 18 miles distant from, and 558 feet above, the level of the
sea, and situated in the middle of a valley about 300 yards from

Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation. 257

the River Leader, and 20 feet above its bed. We are thoroughly
well sheltered by high plantations on all sides except the south, and
enclosed by hills on north-east, west, and south-west, which rise to
a height of about 1000 feet. There are two streams in addition to
the Leader, one on each side, at a distance of about 300 yards, so
that the place is very much subject to hoar-frosts. The soil is a
clayey loam ona tilly subsoil, and the ground slopes slightly to the
north-east.

Lowest Readings of Thermometer in Air, and Protected, during the
Winter of 1880-81.

November December January March
|
20 = 8° | 17 = 8° 14 - 1° 1 = 8°
21 = 1 18 = 10 15 = 0° = 7
29 = 4 16 = - 3 24 = 7
2B = 7 i) = -ll
£3) = - 1
| 19 = 9
20 = 10
Deets
| 22 = 5 |
| 230 — LO
| | 24 = — 4 |
) 2 = i
|) “26 = - 5
i -— 4 |

From the above readings of January it will be seen that there is
a mean of something less than a degree above zero, while that of
the 17th is 3° lower than we ever had before. With all this, how-
ever, we cannot show so much injury to plants on account of their
being so terribly cut up the winter before, which gives us less to
work upon. Wellingtonias are all but killed off. Rhododendron
ponticum is so much destroyed that I am afraid most of them will
require to be cut down. Yews have again suffered much, both as
single plants and as hedges, of which we had some nice little bits,
but I am afraid they are now past recovery. A large number of
Tree Box are entirely killed, many of them having been planted
forty years ago, when the gardens were laid out. All the Laurels
on the place were killed to the ground in 1878-79, and the young
wood they have since made is again killed back. Clematis are all
- killed. Roses on walls, and the young wood of Peaches and other
fruit-trees, appear to be safe. Roses, &c., in open borders are
killed down to the snow-line. Vegetables never were so completely
destroyed, the whole of them being killed excepting Leeks and
Parsley.

TRANS. BOT. SOC., VOL. XIV. s

258 Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation.

In striking contrast to this place is that of Spottiswoode, a few
miles from here, and situated on the southern slope of the Lammer-
moors, at a height of 788 feet above the sea. ‘There scarcely any
damage is done to the finely-grown Laurels and other evergreens
which beautify the place. Avraucaria is quite safe, and Rhodo-
dendron Nobleanum is flowering freely, without having got the
slightest protection. The only plants that seem to have saffered
any injury in the shrubberies are those growing under the shade of
trees; also some large plants of Garrya elliptica and Escallonia
macrantha. Vegetables, however, have fared no better than our
own, all being killed with the exception of Leeks.

The place is well sheltered on the north by the rising ground,
and with high plantations which nearly surround it. As na
register is kept of the readings of the thermometer, I am unable to
give the lowest temperatures experienced during the past winter.

From Cuaruses Stuart, M.D., Chirnside, Berwickshire.

May 16, 1881.

Chirnside is situated on a ridge or spur of the Lammermoors, 413
feet above the sea level, 9 miles east from Berwick-upon-Tweed,
with an exposure to the south. There is an uninterrupted prospect
over the country into Northumberland for 51 miles to the top of
High Cheviot.

The soil is a rich loam, with a fine dry subsoil of Red Sandstone
in a broken up form.

One mile south, the rivers Blackadder and Whitadder unite at
Allanton Bridge, 144 feet 2 inches above the sea, and it is in the
course of these two rivers that the great damage to trees and shrubs
has taken place ; comparatively little harm has been done in more
elevated situations. The subsoil in the course of the Blackadder is
of a cold clayey character, and it is in similar soils where most mis-
chief has been done. On the 18th October 1880, after a rapid fall
of the barometer, the weather broke. Severe frosts followed, there
being 15° difference between evening and morning temperature.
Snow presently appeared, Cheviot being thrice covered to its base
with deep snow before the 22nd November. On the 19th, 20th,
21st, and 22nd very low temperatures were recorded, the thermo-
meter standing at 15° at Chirnside Bridge (196 feet above sea
level) at six P.M. on 21st, and there was very little difference in the
readings all that day. At Blackadder and Kelloe (on the river
Blackadder) the thermometer registered 29° of frost or 3° above
zero. On the 24th fresh weather set in, and we had it very fine for
a fortnight.

Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Arr Vegetation. 259

On the 15th December there was a return of winter, which con-
tinued more or less till April, with unprecedented low temperatures
(and severe snowstorms on the 18th January and 5th March 1881).
During January, at Blackadder, the thermometer was on seven
occasions below zero; on the 14th, 6°; 15th, 1°; 16th, 12°; 17th,
22°; 23rd, 24°; 25th, 3°; 26th, 16°. Wood pigeons were observed
to fall off the trees frozen to death, and many cases of frost-bite
occurred on the 17th January, On the 26th, wood pigeons allowed
themselves to be caught by hand, feeding at the sheep-boxes in the
fields, being unable to fly ; waterhens were also caught. With the
leaves hardly off the trees, the wood still full of sap and unripened,
when the winter set in with such severity the great destruction to
trees and shrubs is not so very remarkable.

On the hill here the Hollies are untouched ; 100 feet lower there
is not one in existence. At Whitehall and Ninewells ancient Hollies
and Yevws are all dead, and at Blackadder there is not one alive on
the estate. The yellow flowering Ribes and also the Aucuba
japonica are killed on the hill, 413 feet above the sea.

While all the Broccoli and Cabbage tribe are killed in low situa-
tions, on our well-drained soil they are an excellent crop.

List of trees and shrubs killed at Blackadder, about 200 feet
above sea level ; soil a cold clay; 11 miles from the sea, within 100
yards of river—

Abies Menziesi, Araucaria imbricata, Cedrus atlantica, Deodura,
and Libani, Cryptomeria japonica, Juniperus virginiana, Picea
lasiocarpa and pinsapo, Pinus excelsa, Wellingtonia gigantea, Taxus
baccata and fastigiata, Ampelopsis, Aucuba japonica, Buxus, Berberis
Darwini, Clematis in variety, Crategus Pyracantha, Cytisus, La-
burnum in variety, Garrya elliptica, Hedera, Ilex in variety, Jas-
minum, Laurus nobilis, Ligustrum in variety, Mahonia japonica,
Ribes, Skimmia japonica, Rhododendrons, Roses, Portugal Laurel,
Bay Laurel, Apples, Peaches, Plums, Cherries and Nectarines.

The following more or less injured :—

Abies Douglasi, Biota aurea, Cryptomeria elegans, Cupressus
Lawsoniana and erecta viridis, Picea nobilis and Nordmanniana
(blasted), Retinospora in variety, Thujopsis dolabrata, Thuja Lobbi,
Aristolochia Sipho, Hawthorn, Lonicera, Oak, English, Turkey, and
Evergreen (much damaged, and in many places killed), Spirea,
Vinea, Weigela rosea, Azalea pontica (the four latter much damaged
or killed.

_ 198 fruit trees were dug up from the garden dead or useless, and
78 at Allanbank, on the other side of the river; while at Kelloe, a
mile higher up the Blackadder, all the Evergreens and many of the
fruit trees have been killed. Many years must elapse before trees

260 Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation.

and shrubs will be again what they were, and in low situations a
severe lesson has been given to plant nothing but of the hardiest
description, with the prospect of other Arctic winters.

From Mr. Perer Loney, The Gardens, Marchmont House, Dunse,
Berwickshire.

July 20, 1881.

Elevation, 500 feet ; latitude, 55° 43’ 30”, longitude, 2° 25’ 20”.
Situated on a ridge at the base of the Lammermoors. We do not
have such low temperatures as are recorded at a few other places in
the county, but we have a longer continuance of storms, and in the
ageregate a low series of readings of the thermometer. We have
seldom any autumn growth, which is greatly in favour of all hard
wooded trees and shrubs ; they withstand the early autumn frosts
better than at such places as Blackadder and along the valley of the
Tweed, but our losses are much heavier this year than they were in
1879-80.

Dead— Dead— Injured—
Almond. Leycesteria. Deutzia.
Aloysia. Lonicera. Dianthus.
Arbutus. Stocks, Euonymus.
Aucuba. Onions. Hedera (Ivy).

‘ Bay, Sweet. Paulownia. Tex (sorts).
Berberis. Roses (Standard). Jasminum.
Broccoli. Rosemary. Laurel.

Brussels Sprouts, Yuccas. Magnolia.
Buddlea. Injured— Pyrus japonica.
Cabbages. Apricots. Quince.
Cauliflower. Apples. Ribes.

Ceanothus. Avraucaria, Roses (own roots).
Chimonanthus. Artichoke. Wallflowers.
Escallonia. Borecole. Chestnuts slightly.
Eucalyptus. Celery. Oaks os
Garrya elliptica. Cherries. Spruce Firs ,,
Laurel, Portugal. Cotoneaster. Elms ae
Laurustinus. Crateegus. Acacias ‘i

Lavender. Cytisus.

Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation. 261

Minimum temperatures at Marchmont House. Instruments in
accordance with the Scottish Meteorological Society, and all tested.

|
Date. Min. | Min. B.B. | Date. | Min. | Min. B.B.
BG.) | oe
1880. ° ° | iggi, | ° °
Oct. 19 28 93° Sag |] 639 0
, 20 | 26 18 | ery 9 0
, 22 | 25 13 ~+|| ‘Feb. 12 20 15
Nov. 2 | 25 1 «C!S, 2 20 9
Mats") (20 THe Akos OOS 25 12
sigs Bie os if ley en ee 19 10
Be 2 16 3 March 1 20 8
aes OM ts 7 ag 10 2
ae wa a tt te 18 5
Dec. 17 16 8 Al 25 19
sis 16 16, Mes, veer 98 20 13
= 28 | -22 OR fle ve ec ne Lae
SH wh 25 15 i Sy 29 14
1881. || April 3 28 21
Jan. 8 | 15 & ll tae a 25 3
Wags t)) 13 ad | eles ee v4 4°63]
<a = 2a ta 6 2 Pot Sony cee tem
edge) | 12 3 May 3 31 95 S|
cay, 2 = 1817 lt ea seeeo a eee
Mamet ot] a Sore ll ee hig 31 *|) og
aero; |. OH, 19 i) ¢==33 40 29 |
Si Oe ae aay | |
|

The following are a few of the lowest readings of black bulb ther-
mometer on the grass here :—

June 6, : . 380° | Junel0, . a 2a une. Mey te 3 «oon
ih A oe 29 aie Se ee: PR ere bbe i"
ig ee Sw 5130 hil oeecige ree! 30 in, ees
Pe 3. 88 hy Eee ora ed 305 5) ame
During the month, 28° of frost.
July 16, . oO" | July 20, . biroon
And at present, 9 p.M., temperature on B.B. 39°, with hail at 11.30 this
morning.

Omitted from Report for 1879-80.

From Mr. A. M‘Intosu, The Gardens, Paxton House, Berwickshire.
May 1880.

The effects of last winter on vegetation is becoming more and
more visible every day. Portugal and Common Laurels, Yews,
Laurustinus, Aucuba japonica, Cedrus, Andromeda procera, Salis-
buria adiantifolia, Cryptomeria elegans, Cytisus, Jasminum, Clematis,
Cotoneaster, Garrya elliptica, &c., in our shrubbery are a total wreck.

262 Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation.

Trees on walls killed. Rhododendrons very much damaged and in
some cases killed. Of fruit trees, Peaches are killed on south walls ;
Apricots some killed and others very much damaged. Pears and
Apples are slightly injured, and fruit bud destroyed. All standard
Roses are killed, and a good many dwarfs where not protected.
The effects on the Brassica tribe have been most disastrous, the
Broccoli and Celery suffering most.

Our lowest temperatures were on the following dates, viz.—Decem-
ber 4th, 10° below zero; December 5th, 1° below zero.

I may state that Mr. Buchan, Secretary of the Scottish Meteoro-
logical Society, has tested our glasses and found them correct.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

BOTANICAL’ 5 OCTE TY.

SESSION XLV.

Thursday, 11th November 1880.—Mr WiturAm Gorrie,
President, occupied the Chair.

The following alterations on Law IV., as well as a new
Law, both recommended by the Council, and previously
intimated at the April and May meetings of the Society,
were considered and agreed to :—

Law IV. as amended :—“ Non-Resident Fellows must arrange
with the Assistant-Secretary for the transmission of their copies of
the Transactions, and they are requested to acknowledge receipt.
Billets of the meetings may, if desired, be also obtained.”

The following additional Law, Chapter X.:—“ In the event of any
member acting in such a way as shall seem to the Fellows of the
Society to be detrimental to its interests, the Council may recom-
mend that the name of such member be deleted from the roll.
The recommendation shall be brought before the Society at its first
ordinary meeting. It shall be finally decided at the immediately
succeeding meeting by ballot. If confirmed by a majority of two-
thirds of the votes of at least fifteen Fellows, the name of such
person shall be deleted from the roll of membership, and all his
privileges connected with the Society shall be forfeited.”

The following Candidate was elected a Resident Fellow :—

Wit.iAMm Bapcer, M.B., C.M. Edin., Penicuik.
Proc. BoT. soc. 1880-81. d

xlii Proceedings of the Botanical Society
The following Communications were read :—

I. Valedictory Address by Mr W. Gorrie, President—On
Acquiring, by Selection, Hardier Varieties or Forms of
Half-hardy Exotics.

The usual statement as to the numerical position of the
Society was also made, in which it appeared that there were
now 150 Resident Fellows.

Dr Cleghorn confirmed, from his Himalayan experience,
the observation of the President, that fine Sikkim and Nepaul
plants are more injured by the alternating frosty and mild
weather prevailing here from February to May than from the
rigours of our winter climate. They had there cold enough
winters, but immediately afterwards strong continuous sun-
shine. On these mountains they had none of the changeable
spring weather so characteristic of Britain.

A vote of thanks to Mr Gorrie for his admirable address
was moved by Professor Balfour, and carried by acclamation.

Il. Description of a Tree Struck by Lightning near Mussel-
burgh. By Mr Rosert Mornam, City Chambers. Com-
municated by Sir RoBeRT CHRISTISON, Bart. (Plate IV.)

On 8th July 1880, during a thunderstorm of some severity, an
oak on the south side of the east entrance to the grounds of Drum-
more, near Musselburgh, the property of Colonel Aitchison, was
struck by lightning. The tree stands just outside the gateway,
within which, as well as in the grounds of Preston Grange on
the opposite side of the road, there are numerous trees of general
standing similar to that of the injured tree.

The accompanying sketch will give some idea of the effect of the
lightning on the tree.

To judge by the quantity and calibre of the branches which lay
on the ground for some time after the occurrence, it is surmised
that about from one-third to one-half of the tree was destroyed.
Some of the branches lying on the ground were sound to appear-
ance, but a considerable proportion seemed thoroughly shivered
though still retaining their general form.

The parts of the tree as now left standing consist of (1) the
trunk ; (2) the whole of one of the two principal branches above

of Edinburgh, Session 1880-81. xiii

the fork, with its subsidiary branches and foliage, and a small
portion of the other principal branch adhering to it; and (3) a
further remnant of the destroyed principal branch with a small
subsidiary branch springing from it.

The trunk is split from top to bottom into two not very unequal
parts, the larger being that from which springs the apparently
uninjured main branch. There is one principal cleft with a num-
ber of smaller ones adjacent, the latter being more like what
carpenters call ‘ shakes.” The principal cleft is nearly continuous,
but has at intervals small breaks or digressions, usually opposite
those parts in the exterior of the trunk where fringes of small twigs
oceur. A great portion of the bark is off the trunk, and at the
height of about 4 feet from the ground, where the circumference
is nearly 7 feet, only one-fifth of the bark is left.

The surviving main stem appears in the meantime as healthy as
if nothing had happened, the leaves about the end of September
beginning to wither to about the same degree as other similar trees
in the vicinity. On the stricken branch, the remaining part of
which extends 10 or 12 feet above the fork, none of the bark
remains, and the leaves on the small subsidiary branch appeared
from the first to be quite dead.

According to the information received from Colonel Aitchison’s
gardener, the lightning struck the tree about 10.30 a.m., raaking a
sound like the report of a large cannon, the peal of thunder and the
shattering of the tree happening at the same moment. The storm
came from the north-east, and lasted an hour or so, being specially
severe for about twenty minutes.

Ill. On Plant-Preserving. By KR. C. A. Prior, M.D.

There is very little progress to be made in the knowledge of
plants without the means of preserving them for reference and com-
parison. The following is the German method, and I think the
best, and is the one by which I have myself dried tens of thousands
of them.

Much of the apparatus here recommended may seem to be super-
fluous, to such at least as have only now and then dried a pretty
flower in a book; but if the botanical student wishes to become
more than a mere dilettante, he will find the saving of time and
labour in making an extensive collection repay him amply for a
first rather heavy outlay.

Take into the field a tin box made for the purpose and called a

xliv Proceedings of the Botanical Society

vasculum ; or if you are not provided with one, get a tin candle box,
which you may buy or borrow in almost any country village. Take
also a portfolio with about twenty or thirty sheets of any strong
paper in it. As soon as your vasculum is full, sit down and empty
it out, and lay such specimens as are best worth keeping into the
portfolio. This you may have to do four or five times in the day.
Let the man who accompanies you carry the vasculum on one side
and the portfolio on the other, by straps over the shoulders; but
yourself carry nothing but a knife with a very strong blade, about
9 inches long, 2 inches broad, and a quarter of an inch thick,
fixed into a wooden handle, and traversing the whole length of it,
suspended in a sheath from the waist. Such a knife is of use, not
only for digging up plants and lopping boughs, but may serve you
as a step in scaling walls and rocks, and should therefore be made
of the best steel. Never carry an alpenstock. An oak walking-
stick with a crook to it is often useful for pulling down branches of
trees ; but to speak from my own experience of mountain climbing,
an alpenstock on a botanical excursion is only fit for young ladies
and town-bred young gentlemen who go up the Rigi.

Upon your return home, or early the next morning, transfer the
plants from the portfolio to dry paper. Any that has much size in
it is unfit for the purpose, and blotting-paper takes out their colour.
You cannot have a better than the shopkeepers’ whitey-brown.
Lay one of your plants, or, if the species is a small one, two or three
or twenty plants within a sheet of this, fold it down upon them, and
lay it upon a pad of five or six sheets of a bibulous paper to absorb
the moisture, and another pad upon it; then another sheet of
plants upon that, and another pad alternately. The best paper for
these pads is that which is made expressly for botanists, and called
“Bentall.” It is sold by Mr Edward Newman, 32 Botolph Lane,
Eastcheap, London, E.C. Get ten reams of it, the smaller size
(except for botanizing in a tropical country), and one ream of the
whitey-brown, and have this cut to the size of the Bentall. Pro-
cure also of the same size twenty-four pieces of very strong thick
mill-board, and two or three pairs of wooden boards, each board
made of two thinner ones laid transversely the one upon the other,
and glued together and screwed round the edges. Or you may
have pieces of mill-board glued upon boards of poplar, which I have
found to answer the purpose just as well, and you can make them
yourself as you want them. Lastly, get a pair of straps and
buckles for each pair of boards, the straps of very strong webbing,
about a yard and a half or two yards long. .

of Edinburgh, Session 1880-81. xlv

Being now provided with your apparatus, pile up the sheets that
contain the plants and the requisite pads of Bentall, till you have
as many asa pair of straps will contain. In laying in the plants,
keep the roots and thick parts outwards, and to flatten them insert
here and there a mill-board. Then open a pair of straps upon the
table, place a deal board with its cross-grain downwards upon them,
your pile of plants on the board, and the fellow board on the top of
it with the cross-grain upwards, and buckle it up as tight as you
can, and put it under a heavy weight. In Germany a napkin-press
is much used, but it is necessary to be very careful, or the stems
and fruits and tender flowers may be crushed, I found a steel
press of great service. It is made of two bars 12 inches long,
2 inches broad, and 3-eighths thick, with square holes at the ends
through which pass two upright screws about 2 feet long, with
nuts to press down the upper bar, and akey to turn them. After
you have strapped up your bundle, place it in this press, and screw
down the top bar upon it as tight as you safely can without injury
to the plants, then draw up the straps and buckle them, and take
off the press to use it for another bundle.

A weight press may be extemporized anywhere. You may heave
up your bedstead and put your plants under the frame ; or a blanket
chest, or a kitchen dresser. Or you may get an empty box, or
hamper, or sack, and fill it with stones, or sand; or build up books,
or bricks, or stones upon them. To make a still heavier press, fix
the end of a long joist, or pole, or ladder into a hole in a wall, or
under a grate, or anything that will hold it, and set your bundle of
plants under it, near the fixed end, and suspend a heavy weight
from the other, to act as on a steelyard. The heavier the pressure,
the quicker the plants dry; and so long as you use plenty of
Bentall, you need not be afraid of crushing them. It is difficult to
convince ladies of the weight that is necessary, and of the time and
labour. they waste through their incredulity. They most of them
think 20 lbs. an enormous weight.

On the morrow remove the damp pads, and shift the sheets of
whitey-brown with the plants they contain, to dry ones, and do this
daily till your specimens no longer stick to the paper. In strapping
them up, be sure to keep the cross-grain or the mill-board side of
your boards outwards, or they will split. The poplar ones are apt
to become rounded with use, but this is of no great consequence.
It is the best wood on which to glue the mill-board, as being less
likely to split than deal, and less subject to insects than lime and other
light woods, and it is easily obtained in most continental countries,

xlvi Proceedings of the Botanical Society

The greatest difficulty that a collector has to contend with is the
drying his paper; especially if the flowering season is a damp one.
In dry weather the best way is to lay it out in the sun on wooden
boards, and in countries where galleries are carried round the house,
this is easily done. You may sometimes avail yourself of a leaden
roof, or even a tiled one. The darker the colour of the paper, the
more quickly it dries in the sun, and on this account a slate-
coloured French paper is excellent. When there are no means of
spreading it in the sun, or the air is too damp, hang it over the
clothes-horse before a fire, or over strings stretched from wall to
wall of your room near the ceiling. The warmer it is applied to
the plants, the quicker they dry, the better they retain their colour,
and the more free they remain from mould and insects.

Orchideous and most other monocotyledonous and succulent
plants, require to be first dipped into boiling water as far as up to
their flowers, to destroy their vitality. After this the paper must
be changed frequently, or they become mouldy. A flat-iron is
sometimes useful with plants that are very retentive of life, but is
apt to make them brittle, and to destroy the form of the seed-
vessels. Some botanists dry their Carices in a box full of sand
with a canvas bottom, so as not to compress them too much. Some
put their succulents into tin boxes full of sand, and bake them.
Where a person devotes himself to one order of plants exclusively,
he may devise various means of preserving them best suited to their
peculiar character.

Whatever method is followed, avoid above all things to pull
about your specimens till they are fit to put away into the her-
barium. It is the more necessary to give this caution, as most of
our English books recommend moving the plant itself to a fresh
sheet of paper every day, a practice which is sure to distort its shape
and break off the stamina and petals; not to speak of the great
additional labour that it entails on the collector, and the necessity
of doing it with his own hands. Many of my most valuable speci-
mens were dried by men of colour, and other uneducated people,
thirty years ago or longer, with no other trouble to myself than
that of laying them as they came from the field into the sheets of
paper on which they are still lying.

Should you not have time to examine them, or not have the
requisite books with you, where you collect them, you may do so at
your leisure at any future time by steeping them in boiling water,
which will quickly soften them and restore their forms, a process
familiar to us all at the tea-table. But whether you examine them

of Edinburgh, Session 1880-81. xlvil

or not, be sure to write on a label where and when you found
them, and under what circumstances of altitude, aspect, surface,
and company, and attach it to the stalk of the plant as you lay
it in.

We will now suppose your season’s collection to be completed,
named, and labelled, and to consist of, say, 500 species, and two
specimens of each; one exhibiting the flowers, and the other the
fruit. You would know the best way to put them up for preserva-
tion in the herbarium. In Germany the specimens are generally
laid loose inside a sheet of cartridge paper, and in this state they are
more easily examined, but in the hands of careless people are apt to
be disarranged. In England they are almost always attached to the
paper, either glued to it or strapped down with strips of glued
paper. This last way is perhaps the best in a private collection, as
it allows the specimen to be detached for examination or replaced
with a better one. At the British Museum and at Kew they are
glued down, and may thus be readily consulted, and are not liable
to be mismatched or stolen; but it is only one surface of a plant
that can be seen. To make the strips, tack down a sheet of paper
upon a board with pins or tintacks at the edges, and paint it all
over thickly with glue. Let it dry, and keep it between paper, in
or under a large book. It is otherwise apt to curl up. When you
are going to fix your specimens, have a sponge filled with hot water
upon a soup plate, and lay the strips with the paper side downward
upon it, and as the glue melts, take them up with a pair of forceps
and strap down the stalks of your plants with them. Stick on the
labels immediately under the specimens, and write the name in full
on the right hand lower corner of the sheet they are fixed on. This
done, enclose the several genera in whole sheets of a paper of a
different colour, write the name of the genus outside, and tie them
up tight in portfolios.

If you mix specimens from other herbaria with your own, it is
safer, as a precaution against insects, to wash them over with a
camel’s hair brush dipped in a strong solution of corrosive sublimate
in spirits of wine. As an additional precaution, lock up your col-
lection in cabinets made to close tight, and keep them in a dry
room; and judging from my own herbarium, I may say that, once
well dried in the way recommended above, and kept dry, the plants
are as perfect, and retain their colours nearly as vivid at the end of
five-and-twenty or thirty years, as on the day they were laid within
it. To save the beginner from disappointment, it is as well to tell
him that light blues and pinks always fade into a dirty white, let

xlviii Proceedings of the Botanical Society

him take what care he will to preserve them; and that heaths and
fir trees lose their leaves.

If, in spite of all your care, insects should find their way to your
specimens, wash them over with benzoline, and tie them up tight in
large sheets of paper before returning them to the cabinet. The
Times newspaper is very useful for this purpose, but brown paper is
supposed to be better.

In conclusion, whatever difference of opinion there may be as to
the best method of preserving your plants, there are some points
upon which ali experienced collectors will agree ; namely, in recom-
mending you, whatever the country you visit, not to hurry over too
much ground, but to explore your region thoroughly ; nor to waste
your time and labour upon bad specimens, but to reject them at
once, and wait till you find better ; and in drying them, to use your
paper warm, and plenty of it, and to press hard.

It may not be out of place to add yet a few words on the season
for visiting the Continent. Most botanists begin too late. In the
south of Europe, as Greece, Sicily, and Portugal, there is a good
deal to be found in March, and something from the very beginning
of the year, but the best month is April: for countries a little
further north, such as Dalmatia, Naples, and the Pyrenees, May and
June: for the middle of Europe, as the southern provinces of
Austria, and the adjoining parts of Hungary, the south of France,
and north of Italy, the same months a week or ten days later. In
all these there is something to be found all through the spring; a
few things even earlier. Upon the Alps the flowering season varies
with the weather to the extent of several weeks. ‘There are some
beautiful plants to be collected in sunny spots of the subalpine
region as early as February, while the valleys are still deep in snow ;
and all through the spring till the end of June the botanist will do
well to avail himself of every spell of fine weather to explore it.
For the higher Alps July is usually the best month, as it is also for
the north of Europe.

IV. On a curious form of Kohl-Rabi, from Mr Pollock, Stirling.
By Mr JouHN SADLER.

MISCELLANEOUS COMMUNICATIONS.

1. Mr Charles Howie, Largo, exhibited a monstrosity in the
flowering spike of Plantago lanceolata, in which the spike was
divided into ten small spikes.

of Edinburgh, Session 1880-81. xlix

2. Mr Sadler called attention to a good specimen of Clethra
arborea, lately in flower in one of the conservatories of the Royal
Botanic Garden. This fine evergreen is about 17 feet in height,
but would have been taller had it not been cut back on several
occasions to prevent it going through the glass. The tree was first
introduced to Kew in 1784 by Mr Mason, from Madeira. It was
figured in the Botanical Magazine, t. 1057. Has the culture of this
tree in the open air been ever attempted in England? The President
said he had tried to do so with negative results.

3. Mr Sadler intimated that operations for the erection of the
new Class-room at the Royal Botanic Garden had been commenced
by the contractors, Messrs William Beattie & Sons. In clearing
the ground for the site a number of trees and shrubs had to be cut
down, and others, where practicable, transplanted. Two fine
English Yews were removed and placed within the southernmost
gate of the new Arboretum, permission to do this having been
granted by Her Majesty’s Office of Works, as the Arboretum and
Botanic Garden are not yet amalgamated.

Thursday, 9th December, 1880.—Mr WILLIAM Gorrie,
President, in the Chair.

The following Office-Bearers for 1880-81 were elected :—

PIRES DIE Nar.
Professor I. BAYLEY BALFour Se.D., M.B., C.M.

VICE-PRESIDENT S.

THOMAS ALEXANDER GOLDIE BAL-
Four, M.D., F.R.S.E., F.R.C. P.E.
ALEXANDER BucHan, A.M., F.R.S.E.

Hucu CLecuorn, M.D., F.R.S.E.
WILLIAM GoRRIE of Rait Lodge,
F.R. Cal. Hort. Soc.

COUNCILLORS.
C. H. Mruuar of Blair Castle, F.R.S. E. | Professor DoucLas MacLaGan, M.D.

Sir WyviLLtE TuHomson, LL.D., F.R.S. E.
F.R.S.E. | JOHN SADLER, F.R.P.S., F.R. Cal.
Isaac ANDERSON- HeENry, F.L.S., Hort. Soc.
F.R.S.E. Ropert Gray, F.R.S.E.
Sir Rosert Curistison, Bart., M.D. | Wituiam Craig, M.D., C.M.,
DC: F.R.C.S.E., F.R.S.E.

Professor THomas R. Fraser, M.D. | Matcotm Dunn, Pres. Scot. Hort.
F.R.S.E. Assoc., F.R. Cal. Hort. Soc.

} Proceedings of the Botanical Society

Honorary Secretary—Emeritus Professor BAuFour, M.D., F.R.SS. L. & E,
Honorary Curator—The Proressor of Borany.

Foreign Secretary—Professor Dickson, M.D., F.R.S.E.

Treasurer —Patrick NEILL FRASER, F.R. Cal. Hort. Soe.
Assistant-Secretary—ANDREW TAYLOR, F.C.S., 37 South Clerk Street.

EOGAL SEChE TARINE's:

Aberdeen—GrorcE Dicxin, M.A., M.D., F.L.S.
Berwick—Puitie W. MaciaGan, M.D.
Birmingham—GrorcE A, Panton, F.L.S., St Bennet’s Hill.
Calcutta—Joun ANDERSON, M.D., F.L.S.

a GroreEr Kine, M.D., Botanic Garden.
Cambridge—CHARLES C. BaBinetTon, M.A., F.R.S., Professor of Botany.
Dublin—W. R. M‘Nas, M.D., F.L.S., Professor of Botany, Roy. Col.

Science.
Dumfries—J ames Giucurist, M.D.
Exeter—THOMAS SHAPTER, M.D.
Fife—J. T. Boswei, LL.D., F.L.S., of Balmuto, Kirkealdy.
Georgetown, Demerara—W. H. Campbeti, LL.D.
Glasgow—Professor BAYLEY BALFOUR.
Greenock—DoNnALD MacRati.p, M.D.
Kilbarchan—Rev. G. ALISON.
London—WIt.1AM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., British Museum.
London, Brixton--JoHN ARCHIBALD, M.B., C.M., F.R.C.S.E.
Manchester—BENJAMIN CARRINGTON, M.D., Eccles.
Melbourne, Australia—Baron FERDINAND VON MUELLER, M.D.
Nairn—WI.itAM ALEX. STABLES.
Nashville, Tennessee—GrorGE S. BuAckiE, M.D.
Norfolk—Joun Low, M.D., King’s Lynn.
Nova Scotia—GrorcE Lawson, LL.D., Dalhousie.
Ottawa, Ontario—W. R. RippEt, B.Se., B.A., Prov. Normal School.
Perth—¥. B. Wuitr, M.D., F.L.S.
Saharunpore, India—J. F. Duruin, B.A., F.L.S., Botanic Garden.
Shrewsbury—Rev. W. A. Lercuton, B.A., F.L.S.
Silloth—Joun Lertcu, M.B., C.M.
Wellington, New Zealand—JAMES Hecror, M.D., F.R.SS. L. and E,
Wolverhampton—Joun Fraser, M.A., M.D.
Zanzibar—Joun Kirk, M.D., F.US.

The following Candidates were duly elected Resident

Fellows :—
Mr Larry, Monifieth Nurseries, Dundee.
JAMES BREBNER, 2 Scottswood Terrace, Dundee.

The following Communications were read :—

I. Obituary Notices of Members who have Died during Last
Season. By Mr Anprew Taytor, Assistant-Secretary.

II. Botanical Correspondence. Communicated by Mr Joun
SADLER.

Dr Traill wrote from North Ronaldshay, Orkney, on November
12, that a good many young plants of Phormium tenax grown from
seeds that had ripened there last autumn, were now growing

of Edinburgh, Session 1880-81. h

healthily in his garden, as were also four plants of Myrsine Urvillei,
two of which had been in the open all last winter; plants of Lepto-
spermum scoparium, “ Manuku,” had also stood out quite safely
during the last two or three winters. Since Dr Traill introduced,
about half-a-dozen years since, five or six kinds of shrubby Veronicas,
their flowers are fertilised, probably through insect agency, and self-
sown plants yearly spring up, many of which are evidently hybrids,
so curiously varied in foliage and flowers as to render the naming of
the original stock difficult. A cross between V. decussata and V.
buxifolia is so exactly like a florist’s variety of V. Devoniana that
only a practised eye could distinguish them.

E. G. Loder, Esq., Floore, Weedon, Northamptonshire, writes, on
November 12, desiring that Yucca Treculiana be tried in the open,
in perfectly drained rockwork. Messrs Veitch had a splendid
plant in their rockwork for years, until spoiled when flowering in
1878. Plants of Yucca angustifolia were sent, grown in one of his
open borders, from seeds collected by Mr Loder, in Colorado; they had
stood the brunt of two severe winters unharmed without protection.
Yucca angustifolia var. mitis, and some other varieties from further
south in New Mexico are more tender. ‘‘ Yuecu baccata I found in
the south of Colorado, near Trinidad, on the borders of New
Mexico, Lchinocereus Fendleri has magnificent purple flowers. I
sent a plant, in flower, to Kew last spring, and Sir Joseph Hooker
was much pleased with it, and had it figured in the Botanical
Magazine. LEchinocereus pheniceus and E. gonacanthus have scarlet
flowers. All the plants I have seen in Europe named £. phaniceus
have been I believe £. gonacanthus. Mammillaria vivipara has
pretty rose-coloured flowers. Echinocactus Simpsoni is the earliest
to bloom in spring; the flower-buds come up from the centre of
the plant (being a true Echinocactus), but as the plant grows the
flowers get pushed down, as it were; and towards the end of
summer (looking at the position of the dried-up flowers) one would
think that the plant had flowered at the side like a Mammillaria.
It is a very interesting plant; it reaches 13,000 feet in Colorado ;
my plants came from 10,000 feet.” Mr Loder sent Cacti from a
cold frame in his garden where they had been during the last two
severe winters ; they all flowered splendidly both in the spring of
1879 and 1880. A plant or two of each species out in the open
air, at the foot of a wall, where some overhanging ivy wards off
the snow and much of the rain, withstood the cold of last winter,
when the thermometer indicated 32° of frost. Beside them, Agave
virginica also withstood the cold and flowered this summer in the

hi Proceedings of the Botanical Society

open air. Puya coarctata and Dasylirion Bigelowii also do well
(but have since died), as well as Agave utahensis; but A. Deserti
and A. Shawii succumbed. A few Cacti planted in the vertical
face of a haw-haw wall facing 8.W., and not protected from rain,
though the drainage is perfect, withstood the severity of last winter.
More are now planted, as well as Agaves and Mesembryanthemums.
A very pretty plant, Gallia aggregata, from the Rocky Mountains,
flowered with Mr Loder this year, but did not ripen seed. He had
seen only small plants of this in Colorado, 2 feet high, with a small
spike of flowers, but his garden specimen was 4 feet high, branching
like a large individual of Lythrum Salicaria, with hundreds of
flowers. The colour is fine, but the scent of the flower is not
agreeable. Agave utahensis since stood 41° of frost uninjured.

W. E. Gumbleton, Esq., Belgrave, Queenstown, Co. Cork, writes,
at date November 21, 1880 :—‘“‘In reply to your inquiry about
hardiness of Clethra arborea, I write a line to let you know
that on the island of Valentia, off the coast of Kerry, this beautiful
shrub is perfectly hardy, a fine specimen of it some 20 feet in
height having been, next to his monster Puschia Riccartoni, 165
feet in circumference, the great pride and delight of my much
esteemed old friend, the late Knight of Kerry. Even the severe
and prolonged winter of 1878-79 left it quite uninjured. It has
been planted out, I believe, somewhat over twenty years, in the
middle of a small wood and close to the sea, and blooms profusely
all over the tree every summer, usually also producing seeds.
Leptospermum bullatum also lives out there, flowering abundantly
and ripening seeds also. I believe we have had, for us, very severe
frost for the last few nights—Wednesday night, 11°; Thursday
night, 9°; and Friday night, 12°, if not 13°; and I am happy
to say my three new shrubs—Bigelowia arborescens, Carpenteria
Californica, and Fallugia paradoxa—seem quite uninjured thereby,
though quite unprotected in any way. The first-named I hardly
expected would prove hardy.”

Ill. Report on Temperatures and on the Progress of Open-air
Vegetation at the Royal Botanic Garden from August to
November. By Mr Joun Savier, Curator.

Mr Alexander Buchan gave instances from the readings of the
various stations of the Scottish Meteorological Society to show that
last October had been the coldest month of that name for 170 years

of Edinburgh, Session 1880-81. hi

past. He attributed the extraordinary plant appearances just alluded
to by Mr Sadler to the present spring-like weather following after
what was really a short winter, which had again been preceded by
one of the mildest autumns on record.

Mr Johnstone, of Inverleith Nurseries, called attention to a
snowstorm at Caterham in Surrey on October 21, which had done
immense damage to oaks and other trees.

MISCELLANEOUS COMMUNICATIONS,

1. Mr John Campbell, Ledaig, near Oban, sent flowers in bloom
from his garden.

2. Mr Johnstone had lately seen, near Tighnabruach, Kyles of Bute,
a fine Eucalyptus, planted fourteen years ago, virtually in the open.

3. Mr Methven exhibited from his hothouses what Professor Traill,
of Aberdeen, who was present, pronounced Momordicas Charantia,
he having seen it growing as a hedge creeper round the villages in
Brazil.

4. Mr N. Fraser presented to the University herbarium two fine
specimens of Dicksonia, nov. sp., from Aneitum, New Hebrides.

Thursday, 13th January 1881.—Professor BAYLEY
Ba.rour, President, in the Chair.

Thomas B. Sprague, C.A., F.R.S.E., was appointed Auditor,
and David Christison, M.D., Artist, for 1880-81.

The following Candidates were elected Resident Fellows :—

Patrick GeppEs, Assistant to the Professor of Botany.

Joun M. Macrariane, B.Sc., Lecturer on Botany.

ANGUS ALEXANDER M‘Lrop, Superintendent of Public Parks and
Gardens of Edinburgh, 14 Royal Exchange Square.

JOHN WHITE, 34 Manor Place.

Joun C. Porracr, 7 Coates Place.

JAMES M. ANDERSON, 8.8.C., 1 Blackford Road.

JAMES GALLOWAY, St Fillans, Trinity.

JAMES ALEXANDER, jun., 1 Waterloo Place.

The President, on taking the chair for the first time, thanked the
Society for the honour it had conferred upon him, and referred to
the loss the Society had sustained in the death, since its last

liv Proceedings of the Botanical Society

meeting, of his predecessor in office, the late Mr William Gorrie.
On the motion of Professor Dickson it was agreed to send a letter
of sympathy, signed by the President, to Mr Gorrie’s sister-in-law.

The following Communications were read :—

I. On the Exact Measurement of Trees (LV.) Growth of Wood

in 1880 ; Extent of the Season of Growth. By Sir Roperr
CHRISTISON, Bart.

Mr Alex. Buchan referred to the proposed extension of Sir
Robert Christison’s inquiries over the whole of Scotland, on a
scheme under the co-operation of the Scottish Meteorological and
Highland and Agricultural Societies, and under Sir Robert’s super-
intendence. Interesting results might likely be obtained from the
diverse simultaneous observations made on either side of the divid-
ing mountain range running through the centre of Scotland, which
appeared to cause fine dry weather on the west coast when the
Edinburgh side of the island was under the domain of rain and
easterly haars.

Sir R. Christison hoped that such an extended series of obser-
vations would lead indirectly to a better acquaintance on the part
of foresters with the scientific conditions of growth—a subject at
present too much under rule of thumb practice.

Il. Report on Temperatures, and on the Progress of Open-Arr
Vegetation at the Royal Botanic Garden. By Mr Joun
SADLER, Curator.

MISCELLANEOUS COMMUNICATIONS.

1. Mr John Campbell, Ledaig, near Oban, sent the following
flowers in bloom from his garden :— Veronica speciosa, Myrtus
communis, Erica herbacea, Aster argophyllus, Cytisus odoratus (2),
Jasminum nudiflorum, IHelleborus niger, Tritoma Uvaria.

2. Mr Sadler exhibited Polyspora axillaris (Gordonia), at
present growing in the Orchid-house of the Royal Botanic Garden.

3. Mr Sadler also laid on the table specimens of Hymenogaster
Klotschii, a fungus new to Britain found in an Eucalyptus tub at
the Royal Botanic Garden ; as well as a specimen of Hydrangiuwm
carnium, a fungus also confined to a similar habitat so far as

of Edinburgh, Session 1880-81. lv

presently known, and which had been described as new to Britain a
few years since by Professor Dickson, in an Eucalyptus tub in the
Glasgow Botanic Gardens.

Dr M. C. Cooke, who congratulated himself on at last being
present at a meeting of the Society, confirmed the remarks as to the
specimens being new to Britain; the Hydrangium carnium had
been first found in Germany ; many others of the hypogeal fungi
showed a partiality for the neighbourhood of special trees.

4. Mr P. Neill Fraser, the Treasurer, brought before the Society a
price-list of collections of natural history from the West Indies
made under the superintendence of Baron Eggers, which included
dried and living plants, fruits, and seeds, as well as Microlepi-
doptera and Coleoptera, land and fresh-water shells. Mr Fraser
expressed willingness to correspond on the subject.

Thursday, 10th February 1881.—Yrofessor BALFouR, President,
in the Chair.

The Treasurer submitted his Report on the financial affairs of the
Society for the past Session, with the Auditor’s Abstract and Report
thereon.

An Abstract of the Accounts had been previously circulated with
the Billet calling the Meeting.

The state of Funds was as follows :—

Amount at close of Session 1878-79, r sit £22
Increase during Session 1878-80, 1

Funds belonging to the Society, . £246 9 2
Illustration Fund :—
Balance on hand at close of

Session 1878-79, : ‘ £32.15 5
Increase during Session 1879-80, 018 8
Amount of Illustration Fund, —————-—— 33:14 1

£280 3 3

The following Candidates were elected Resident Fellows :—

GrorcE Murray, Chemist, Messrs Duncan, Flockhart & Co’s.
Witiiam E. Drxon, 8 Brandon Terrace.
FRANK EWEN Bepparp, b.A., 81A Princes Street.

lvi Proceedings of the Botanical Society

The Chairman exhibited the new part of ‘ Herefordshire
Pomona,” also a new “ 'Text-Book on Botany,” in three volumes, by
Professor Cominho& of Rio Janeiro, which was beautifully illus-
trated alike with woodcuts and coloured lithographs. He also laid
on the table some Brazilian scientific pamphlets, by Dr Rodriguez.

The following Communications were read :—

I. On Lepidophloios, a genus of Coal-Measure Plants.
Illustrated by Diagrams and Specimens. By J. M.
MACFARLANE, B. Sc.

Il. Extracts from Botanical Correspondence. By Mr Joun
SADLER.

Mr Sadler gave some extracts from botanical correspondence.
In a letter from Edmund Giles Loder, Esq. of Floore, Weedon,
Northamptonshire, some meteorological details of the district were
given, which are of interest in respect of the account of the rare
exotics raised there, which were recently laid before the Society.
On June 5, 1880, the thermometer had fallen to 28°, or 5° of frost.
Last year the total rainfall was 323 inches, of which nearly nine
fell in July—3 inches in forty-eight hours. The exposed minimum
thermometer had registered as follows :—On October 21, 1880, 18° ;
24th, 16°; on November 2, 16° ; and on the 22d, 15°. During this
last January the readings had been, on the 13th, 6° ; on the 14th,
4°; 15th, 7°. In aletter of January 11th, from North Ronald-
shay, Orkney, Dr Traill noted the effects of this winter, especially
on some New Zealand introductions in his garden, where they
had been shaken by some heavy gales of wind, experiencing also
repeated snow-storms and frost, which, though not intense, was of
some continuance. The Grislinia, the Penettya and the Manuka
appeared unscathed, but Myrsine of two species, which had stood
last winter well, were evidently suffering. Of the Veronicas both V.
lindleyana and V. andersoni looked bad; even V. buxifolia, which has
stood well for six years, begins to fail, though V. decussata stands
out best. A number of seeds from Stewart’s Island, New Zealand,
had just been planted, including those of trees and shrubs growing
near the sea and even exposed to its spray. Although small
they form clumps of foilage, acting as nurses to trees of larger
growth.

of Edinburgh, Session 1880-81. lvil

III. On Temperatures from 1st January at Royal Botanic
Garden, and Effects thereof on Vegetation. By Mr JoHN
SADLER, Curator.

Mr Johnston mentioned that on January 14th, in various districts
from Perth to Coupar-Angus and all through Strathmore, the
thermometer had registered from 3° to 5° and even 7° below zero.
So severe had the frost been that large branches of Portugal laurels,
6 inches in diameter, had been split open by the subsequent ex-
pansion of the sap.

MISCELLANEOUS COMMUNICATIONS.

1. Mr Sadler exhibited from the cold frames in the Royal
Botanic Garden specimens in flower of Saaifraga Burseriana var,
major. It is a dwarf species, with comparatively large white
flowers. At the February meeting, 1880, this plant was exhibited
in flower from the rock garden, also S. Stracheyi, Cyclamen Coum,
C. vernum, from the south of Europe, and Corydalis Ledebouriana.

2. Mr John Paterson, of Lamlash, Arran, sent from his garden
specimens of the following plants in flower during the last week in
January, viz. the snowdrop, Jasminum nudiflorum, Rhododendron
Nobleanum, and the sweet violet.

3. Mr J. Campbell, Ledaig, near Oban, sent the following flowers
in bloom, gathered on the 9th February :—Snowdrops in full
flower, Rhododendron Nobleanum, Viburnum Tinus, Erica carnea,
Veronica speciosa, Jasminum nudiflorum.

4, Mr Sadler also called attention to a large series of drawings of
Indian plants executed by Mr Cathcart, who accompanied Sir
Joseph Hooker in his Himalayan travels. These had been pre-
sented to the library at the Royal Botanic Garden by Mrs Urquhart
(sister-in-law of the late Mr Gorrie), to whom the drawings had
belonged. Mr Sadler also exhibited four photographs of cones of
Oregon Abies, sent by Professor Sargent, of the Arnold Arboretum,
including one of Abies amabilis from David Douglas’s original
locality on the Columbia River.

Proc. BoT. soc. 1880-81. e

viii Proceedings of the Botanical Society

Thursday, 10th March 1881.—Dr THomMAs ALEXANDER
GOLDIE BALFour, Vice-President, in the Chair.

The following Candidates were elected Foreign and Corre-
sponding Members :—

Dr Joaquim Monrerro CAMINHOA, Professor of Botany and Zoology,
Rio Janeiro.

Jodo Barsoza Ropricuss, Secretary and Professor-Adjunct in the
Imperial College of Pedro II., Rio Janeiro, Brazil.

The following Candidate was elected a Non-Resident
Fellow :-—

Roperr Hattipay Gunnine, A.M., M.D. Edin., Palmeira, Brazil.

The following Communications were read :—

I. On the Morphology of the Pitchers of Cephalotus follicularis.
By Professor ALEX. DICKSON.

IL. Note on the Physical Effects produced by the Floating Power
of some of the family Fucacee as observed at the Strand
between Colonsay and Oransay, August 25, 1880. By Mr
SYMINGTON GRIEVE.

Towards the end of last August we were on a visit to the island
of Colonsay, and on the 25th of that month we determined to make
an excursion to the island of Oransay, which is divided from
Colonsay by a beautiful sandy strand that varies in breadth from
half a mile to a mile and a quarter. At ordinary full tides there is
a depth of water upon the strand of from six to nine feet, and there
is a period of from three to six hours each tide during which the
strand is dry.

The sand is mixed with immense quantities of comminuted shells,
which gives it a white appearance; and the inner part of almost
every bay that indents the coast has similar tracts, while the pro-
montories are rugged, and their shores strewn with stones, some
of which are water-worn, while others bear evidence of having been
recently detached from the neighbouring rocks, and on these stones
there is a luxuriant growth of sea-weed.

To arrange for an excursion to Oransay it was therefore necessary
tc know at what hour the tide would recede from the strand, so that

of Edinburgh, Session 1880-81. lix

the visitor might get across as soon thereafter as possible, and take
the full advantage of the time that would elapse before the tide
made it necessary to recross again.

On the occasion of our excursion we arrived a short time before
the falling tide had left it, and instead of waiting, we determined
to wade through, so as to get more time on Oransay. We took to the
water, which was from twelve to eighteen inches in depth, and had not
gone far when we found that there were very strong currents running
westwards and eastwards towards the open Atlantic, and here and
there upon the sandy bottom we saw sinuous markings that might
have been the grooved tortuous tracks of immense eels as they made
their way seawards; and we went on in the hope that as we got
further from the shore we would come across one of these fish.

But though the courses were numerous still we saw nothing that
to our mind could make them, until suddenly, about mid-channel,
we observed that one of these markings seemed either to begin or
end at the foot of a large stone ; but though we lifted the masses of
sea-weed that were attached to it, in the hope that below we should
find a veritable sea serpent, still we were disappointed. A little
further on we came to another which again terminated at a stone,
and as we looked on, considering what could be the solution of the
problem, the stone moved; we thought we must be mistaken, so we
watched it carefully, and after a pause it began to travel westwards,
and having got over a ridge of sand into deeper water, it proceeded
much faster; and as it journeyed, buoyed by the sea-weed, and
dragged by the current, it left a trail behind. At last the mystery
is solved, the buoyant power of the air-vessels of the sea-weed is
half lifting the stone from the ground, and as the current carries
the weed along it waves from side to side, conveying the same
motion to the stone, which leaves a winding impression on the
sand. <A further examination of the courses showed us that all were
not alike, some being quite straight, and we noticed several where
the stone, after travelling a straight course, had been left dry upon
the sand, and when the tide flowed again had been driven off at an
angle back upon its first track, leaving a trail much lke the letter
V. Some courses intersected each other, and occasionally sinuous
and straight courses were to be thus found in combination.

Now, may this not cause reflection as to what may be the real
solution of some supposed reptilian marks upon sandy or muddy
beaches, whether ancient or modern, especially if they occur where
there is a great fluctuation in the rise and fall of the tides, and at
the same time a strong current !

lx Proceedings of the Botanical Societi
) ]

It will be evident that with a receding flood tide it is quite pos-
sible, nay, even probable, that such markings would be made on
stretches of mud or sand along a shore, and if the next tide did not
obliterate the trails formed by the sea-weed carried stones on the
upper part of the beach, most probably these markings, exposed for
a time to the sun, would harden, and this operation would go on
from tide to tide, until a considerable part of the shore would be
covered with the markings, and, when another series of flood tides
came, the now firm moulds would be filled up with layers of fresh
sand or mud, and might thus remain for ages, until some enthusi-
astic geologist broke up the matrices and found a new wonder.

Subsequent investigations have shown us that the tracks are not
soon obliterated upon the sand, and during calm weather will
remain for several days quite distinct, though their sharp outlines
become less clearly defined after each tide. It is also well to
remark that the difference of the height to which spring and neap
tides rise here is very considerable.

But to return to the strand of Oransay ; let us say, that having
now got the clue to the cause of the markings, we found that there
was an immense number of stones thus travelling westwards and
eastwards, and that they varied much in weight, those we saw
moving being from a few ounces to half a hundredweight, but we
observed at various parts isolated boulders that we judged would
each weigh several hundredweights, and these we think must have
been carried there by sea-weed.

The quantity of rock thus carried out to sea by each tide is very
ereat, and we believe, must weigh many tons ; and if this movement
is in constant operation even for a few weeks or months of each
year, it must be a most important factor to be kept in mind in con-
sidering the physical changes that are in operation in this part of
Scotland. And if this is likely to be the case, when we consider
such a narrow channel as that between Colonsay and Oransay, what
must it be if a similar force is working all along the west of Scot-
land? and if you extend the field for consideration, how much
greater the effects ?

The sea-weeds attached to the stones were principally of the
tribe Fucide, and those we noticed most were Fucus nodosus,
serratus, and vesiculosus ; each of these varieties of sea-ware has,
with regard to high water mark, its own zone along sea coasts, but
conjointly they cover wherever they occur the whole beach from
high to low water mark, and may be arranged as follows :—

1. Fucus nodosus—high water to half tide.

of Edinburgh, Session 1880-81. lxi

2. Fucus serratus—ahout half tide.

3. Fucus vesiculosus—extending from near high tide to low water
mark.

But as Fucus serratus is devoid, or nearly devoid, of air vessels,
it may be left out of account for our present purpose.

It will be seen that with Fucus nodosus and vesiculosus we have
a growth of sea-weed extending from high to low water mark, and
that for part of that distance these two weeds intermingle; and it
is quite possible to find both varieties growing upon the same stones.

You will also bear in mind that both of these sea weeds are
supplied with air vessels which float the weed with the rising tide ;
and so great is the buoyant power, that loose stones to which the
Fuci are attached are raised from their beds and floated, the
current transporting them in whatever direction it may set.

The result of the continued action of this carrying force will be
to denude our coasts of much of the detached and broken rock
around them; and if these fragments are carried out to sea, floated
by these vegetable buoys, they will ultimately be deposited at the
bottom of the ocean, for periodically the sea-weed will decay off,
and then the stones freed from their floats will sink.

These individual stones as units may seem insignificant factors in
the physical changes continually going on, but in the aggregate they
represent a mighty force fillmg up the ocean bed. But this is not
all; for we have evidence that another and perhaps more important
operation is going on as regards the position of sea and land.

Our observations led us to notice that at a place where a stone
was left by the receding tide it sank, and that all except flat stones
“went downwards until they were checked by the resistance offered
by the sand to the great surface of the attached masses of sea-weed.
Most of the stones which thus rest in transit across the strand rise
with the succeeding tide, but at certain seasons, we believe, many
sink in the sand to rise no more, owing to the attached sea-ware
either rotting off or losing its buoyant powers, and stones thus
deposited are slowly but surely forming a barrier, which will in
time become an isthmus between Colonsay and Oransay ; then we
shall find the latter island as a peninsula to the former, and as the
sand accumulates on each side of the isthmus, it will gradually
increase in breadth, until instead of being a peninsula, Oransay
shall really form a southern point to Colonsay.*

Having been led to this conclusion, we made inquiries among the

* At times a portion of the sand upon the strand changes its position, and
the deposited stones can then be seen.

lxu Proceedings of the Botanical Society

natives as to their actual observation, and while some inclined to
think the depth of water on the strand at high tide was not quite
so great as it used to be thirty or forty years ago, still all were not
entirely agreed, the fact being that no one had made accurate observa-
tions. However, we succeeded in obtaining evidence which quite
corroborates our view as to the change referred to, being in operation
in the immediate neighbourhood.

Near the western entrance to the sound that divides Colonsay
from Oransay, and on which is situated the strand, there is what
is now the south-west point of Colonsay, and this promontory is
known by the name of Ardskinish, but this name properly refers
to the extreme point, its etymology being “Ard” high, and
‘‘innis” island, and this exactly describes what this place was until
about seventy years ago, the outer point being an island at high
water, and the low-lying tract between it and the mainland of
Colonsay a strand.

An old man, resident at Kilchattan on Colonsay, told us that
until recently several men were living who could remember the point
as an island ; and he mentioned two, who are still alive, who he
believed would recollect it, and he could remember himself when
the neck of sand, dry at high water, was not above 20 feet in breadth,
and now at the narrowest point at high tide it will be the third of a
mile ; and from the accumulation of sand blown from the beach,
the land at some points, according to the Ordnance Survey Map, is
nearly 40 feet above the sea-level.

We have thus a case where the operation of filling up a strand
by natural laws has taken place during the memory of men now
living.

We are not aware that other observers have noticed these facts
before ; but it would be interesting if they have done so, to put them
on record, as the subject seems worthy of fuller investigation.

III. On Temperatures from February 1st at the Royal Botanic
Garden, and Effects thereof on Vegetation. By Mr Joun
SADLER, Curator. ;

MISCELLANEOUS COMMUNICATIONS.

1, Mr John Campbell, Ledaig, Argyllshire, sent plants in flower
from his garden gathered two days previously.

2. Professor Dickson showed a museum specimen of the embryo
of Caryocar nuciferum.

of Edinburgh, Session 1880-81. Ixili

3. Dr Cleghorn called attention to Mr Clement Markham’s new
book “On the Introduction of Chinchona Cultivation into British
India,” characterising it as an exhaustive treatise on the subject,

Thursday, 14th April 1881.—ALEXANDER Bucuay, Esq.,
Vice-President, in the Chair.

The following Candidate was elected a Non-Resident
Fellow :—

DANIEL Scott, Wood Manager at Darnaway Castle.

The following Communications were read :—

I. The Structure arid Division of the Vegetable Cell (Part 1.).
By J. M. MACFARLANE, B.Sc.

Il. Remarks on the Recent Weather. By ALEXANDER BUCHAN,
M.A., F.R.S.E.

Mr Buchan intimated that he had found it necessary to postpone
a paper he had undertaken to furnish on dates of flowering of the
spring plants in the Royal Botanic Garden in relation to the
weather of the years 1876-81. Last January, he remarked, was
unquestionably over the whole of Scotland, excepting a bit of
Caithness and Sutherland and the northern part of the Hebrides,
the coldest month, on the mean of the month, of which we had any
record. This great cold was confined to the period from the 5th to
the 29th. The year opened with a temperature 4 t 0 6° or 7° above
the average. During the week from the 7th to the 13th of January,
however, very low temperatures ruled, the mean of that week being
10° below the average of those days. The following week, 14th to
20th, showed 14°°3 below the average of those days. The follow-
ing week, again, showed 12°°3 below the average of that week. So
that there were three weeks, January 7 to 27, in which the tempera-
ture was 12°:2 below the average of that part of the year. His
desire was to see the effect upon the spring vegetation of the
Botanic Garden of this unwonted state of things. There was a
period of warmth about the average in the first week of February.
The next week, 11th to 16th, was about 5° below the average. The
period from February 19 to March 6 was considerably below the

lxiv Proceedings of the Botanical Society

average, the first three days of March showing 11° and upwards.
Then there was a warm period from March 8 to 19, when the
temperature varied from 1° to 10° above the average. Then from
March 20 to April 11 the temperature was very much below the
average, reaching on one occasion (March 22) fully 13° below the
average. .

Ill. On Temperatures from 1st February at the Royal Botanic
Garden, and Effects thereof on Vegetation. By Mr JOHN
SADLER, Curator.

Thursday, 12th May 1881.—Professor BALFour, in the Chair.

The following Candidate was duly elected a Resident
Fellow :-—

Mr W. Ivison Macapam, F.1.C., F.C.S., Lecturer on Chemistry,
Surgeons’ Hall.

The deaths of Dr Innes of Forres, and Dr RANDLE WIL-
BRAHAM FALCONER of Bath, Non-Resident Fellows, were noted.

The following Communications were read :—

I. The Structure and Division of the Vegetable Cell (Part IL),
with Microscopie Demonstration. By J. M. Macrar-
LANE, B.Sc.

Il. On the Growth of Crocus sativus, the Source of Hay Saffron
in Kashmir. By Dr Downes, medical missionary.
Communicated by Mr Isaac ANDERSON-HENRY.

According to the late Dr Elmslie the native names are Kdng-pdsh,
n.m. saffron-flower, and Kéngs, u.m. saffron (Crocus sativus). Cake
saffron is largely an adulteration of the stigmata of wallflower
and other plants. The Crocus sativus is the only plant grown
in Kashmir, the stigmata of which compose hay saffron. The
famous saffron fields are situated in the vicinity of Pampur, on a
plain fully 50 feet above the valley. The bulbs grow on soil said to

of Edinburgh, Session 1880-81. Ixv

have been specially imported for the purpose. In dry seasons the
produce averages nearly a ton, though the crop was in 1871 only
half that quantity. Some 1500 lbs. of saffron are exported yearly
from Kashmir to Ladakh. From 9d. to 1s. sterling is given for
180 grains. The bulbs are planted out in June, and the stigmata
are collected in October. It is principally used as a condiment, its
power on the system whether in health or disease being trivial.
The mark on the forehead of a Hindu Pundit is partially derived from
it. The Mussulmans of the valley are generally unable to buy it.
According to O’Shaughnessy the odour is fragrant, and the taste
bitter but agreeable. It tinges the saliva yellow. Pereira makes
one grain of good saffren to contain the stigmata and styles of nine
flowers, so that the formation of an ounce would require 4320
flowers. Bulbs from Kashmir, received by Dr Royle in 1826, when
in charge of the Saharunpore Botanical Gardens, which flowered, and
were afterwards figured, turned out to be varieties of Crocus sativus,
This author has little doubt of the Asiatic derivation of this species.

The four stations for saffron cultivation, called ‘‘ Warewas,” are
flat treeless tablelands, on the borders of the hills, 50 to 150 feet
higher than the Kashmir Valley, which is 5200 feet above the sea-
level. They are little, if at all irrigated. The soil is a stiff clay.
Dr Downes has been informed that saffron has been successfully
cultivated in the gardens of the city of Kashmir; indeed, he
believes that the oppression and greed of government officials is the
sole cause preventing its general growth. He does not think a
special soil needed for the cultivation of Crocus sativus. In a
hopeful experiment of this kind at Alwar, near Delhi, Mr Landseer
started bulb-growing on earth brought in barrels from Kashmir,
But in the second year the five beds of bulbs had increased to nine,
and as there was no further import of Kashmir earth, native soil
had to be partly used, and with success, In Kashmir the Crocus
sativus is cultivated on raised parterres, well drained and carefully
weeded, though Dr Downes believes not irrigated. As the half of
the price of the produce, which is the due of the cultivator, very
seldom comes his way—owing to the plundering of intermediate
government officials—the plant is left very much to its own care,
During the last two famine years no saffron has been gathered,
though this year a small crop is expected. According to one native
tradition the Crocus sativus miraculously appeared in Pampur after
the prayer of a holy man some 300 years ago; while others assert
its introduction from the direction of Kabul by a ruler named
Bar-shah.

Ixvi Proceedings of the Botanical Society

III. On a Eucalyptus globulus growing in the Kyles of Bute.*
By Mr ANDREW TaYLor.

Mr Taylor read a letter from Colonel Campbell, South Hall,
Colintraive, Argyllshire, describing a fine Hucalyptus globulus
erowing in his garden:—‘ The plant was grown from seed sent
from Australia by one of my tenants residing about two miles from
South Hall nine years ago. It was then in a flower-pot, about
3 feet high and three years old. Little attention was paid to the
plant. It was left out in winter without any protection, and the
frost has never affected it. The present height (December 15, 1880)
is 45 feet 9 inches, the girth 6 inches from the ground is 33 inches,
girth 5 feet from the ground 284 inches. It forms itself into two
branches of equal size, 6 feet from the ground. It is rather bare of
small branches for 15 feet, some of which have died off, but the
upper part is very vigorous and healthy. Some flowers appeared
upon it in 1879, but none during last summer. I have never
succeeded here in growing the plant except from the seed.

“Mr Johnstone (Inverleith Nurseries) sent some of the twigs to
Mr Smith of Kew Gardens, with what appeared to be seed adhering
to them. I send you his reply. Mr Smith writes, March 22,
1880 :—All the Zucalyptus globulus (unprotected) in the neighbour-
hood of London had been killed ; that he does not know any such
specimen in England as that at Colintraive, and that the bodies
called by Mr Johnstone embryo flower buds are the flower-stalks of
last year’s flowers.” Colonel Campbell had raised some plants of
the Eucalyptus from seed got from Edinburgh last summer. They
were planted out in the autumn, but the frost of October appears
to have killed them all, though the old tree has not suffered.

The garden at South Hall has a good exposure to the south, is
well sheltered, and stands about 25 feet above the sea level. Two
large Camellias aud a Kalmia have grown in the open without any
protection, and have flowered regularly for upwards of twenty years.
They stand close to the Eucalyptus. +

IV. Notes on Open-Air Vegetation and Temperatures at the
Royal Botanic Garden. By Mr Sav er, Curator.

* See Proc. Bot. Soe. p. liii.
+ The tree succumbed this winter after bearing fruit.

of Edinburgh, Session 1880-81. lxvii

MISCELLANEOUS COMMUNICATIONS.

1. Dr Gunning, of Brazil, asked to lay before the Society a
proposal that the magnificent ‘ Iconographia das Orchidos,” by Dr
Joao Rodrigues, one of their foreign members, be published in
Edinburgh. A project to print this magnificent work at the
expense of the Brazilian Government fell through, because it was
supposed it had been forestalled by the previous book on the
subject published in Germany by Henrique Reichenbach, and the
subsidy of £5000 anticipated from the Brazilian Parliament was
withdrawn. But the German monograph was executed at a
distance, from deteriorated specimens, and is only adorned with a
few uncoloured engravings. Rodriguez has minutely described and
coloured each species from specimens collected by him ere they lost
the glory of their native forests. The figures are painted by him-
self, and considered very fine. Sir Joseph Hooker has pronounced
the “ Iconographia ” eminently worthy of publication. So charmed
was Reichenbach himself with the MS. volume that in 1877
he offered to publish it; but this was declined. Meanwhile
Rodrigues has succeeded his friendly competitor in monograph
writing as a contributor to the “ Flora” edited by Dr G. Eichler.

2. Dr Cleghorn exhibited a stem of the common broom 12 feet
long and 8 inches in girth at 1 foot from the ground, which had made
this growth at Stravithie, near St Andrews, since 1870, and was
cut down just before the meeting. The usual height of the broom
in this country is from 3 to 6 feet, or even 12 feet, according to
soil and situation, though in the woods of Galicia it attains the
height of 20 or 30 feet or upwards. According to Loudon the
broom in Spain and the south of France attains a timber-like size,
and the wood, being finely veined, is much sought for veneering ;
the best vine stakes are also made from its branches.

3. Mr John Campbell, Ledaig, Argyllshire, sent seventeen
plants from his garden, mostly in bloom. They included Kerria
japonica, Dielytra spectabilis, Narcissus poeticus, Orchis mascula, as
well as the lilac, apple, pear, and strawberry. A fresh specimen
of Aster argyrophyllus showed it to have withstood the winter,

4. Mr John Sim, associate, Perth, sent a paper on the “ Transmu-
tation of Species” in which he controverted the more advanced
views recently promulgated on this subject, dwelling specially on
the difficulties of thus accounting for the origin from the wild state
of our cereals and culinary vegetables.

5. A collection of alpine and other plants in flower, grown in

Ixvill Proceedings of the Botanical Society

pots, was exhibited from the Royal Botanic Garden, ineluding
Sarracenia flava, 8S. purpurea ; Darlingtonia californica, Arnebia
echioides, Arabis blepharophylla superba, Aubrietia Hendersoni, A.
Bougainvillea, dark seedling vars. ; Thlaspi rotundifolia, Gentiana
acaulis alba, G. verna; Saxifraga calyciflora, Corydalis bracteata,
Lychnis alpina, Pinguicula grandiflora, Androsace gigantea, Pri-
mula sikkimensis, P. Stuartii, P. Palinuri, P. mollis, P. scotica, P.
auriculata, P. Sieboldi, vars., P. ciliata, hybrid vars. ; and a fine
specimen of the Cistus Rape (Cytisus Hypocistus), sent from Cannes
by Mrs Flockhart, Gairney House, Trinity.

Mr C. Jenner’s gardener, Mr Chapman, had also been very
successful in growing Gentiana acaulis alba.

Thursday, 9th June 1881.—Professor BALFouR, and after-
wards Professor DiIcKSON, in the Chair.

The death of Dr Ludwig Rabenhorst, of Messen, Saxony,
Editor of Hedwigia, and a Foreign and Corresponding Member,
was noted.

The following Communications were read :—

I. Meeting of the Scottish Alpine Botanical Club at the Spittal
of Glenshee, on 29th July 1880. By Dr CHARLES Stuart,
Chirnside. Communicated by Mr WILLIAM B. Boyp.

The members who attended this meeting were Professor Alexander
Dickson, Vice-President ; Mr Boyd, Secretary ; Dr Craig, Treasurer ;
Rev. Mr Alison, Chaplain ; Dr Aitken, Minstrel ; Captain Norman,
R.N. ; Mr Potts, Dr Charles Stuart, and Mr John Sadler.

We wet at Perth Station on the arrival of the morning train from
the south, and travelled together by Coupar-Angus to Blairgowrie,
where we lunched, and pursued our journey in a drag with three
horses to the Spittal, which, after a pleasant journey, we reached in
good time. The scenery all the way from Blairgowrie was very
interesting, the hills on both sides of the road being finely wooded,
with the Ericht and then the Shee adding beauty to the landscape.
The fine position of Craighall, elevated about 300 feet above the
Ericht, on a rocky eminence, with the hill behind finely wooded, was

of Edinburgh, Session 1880-81. Ixix

much admired. About Bridge of Cally, where the road strikes off
for Kirkmichael, the scenery is very attractive. The weather was
on the whole propitious, although we came in occasionally for a
Highland shower. Reaching the moorland parts of our route, we
stopped our conveyance, and made some botanical explorations—
gathering Tojieldia palustris, Meum athamanticum, Carduus hetero-
phyllus, Habenaria viridis, §c., and sundry other plants of a sub-
alpine character. The evening was cold but dry, and we were all
in high spirits, as Canlochan was our botanising ground for the
morning. Our quarters at the Spittal were very comfortable, all
the bedrooms in the hotel being engaged for our occupation, and we
had every reason to be satisfied with the creature comforts provided,
which, both in quantity and quality, left little to be desired. We
made an early start on Friday morning, the 30th July, in two
waggonettes, driving to the top of the Cairnwell by The Devil’s
Elbow, 2000 feet above Scalwel, the highest road in Scotland.
Striking across Glen Lochy to the right, we ascended the first
ridge, which we crossed, and held due north for some time, and then
east. We gathered many plants in crossing the moors, but none
of them very rare. Cornus suecica was observed, but not in flower,
and several species of Splachnum, growing on decaying dung, with
a number of the commoner alpine willows. I should have men-
tioned, that in coming up the Cairnwell tufts of Calluna vulgaris
of a bright rose or salmon colour were seen. They grew as a rule
in the face of banks of a gravelly nature, and the soil evidently had
something to do with the colour of the flowers. They failed to
grow upon being brought to the south. Although deers’ antlers
were found, no animals were seen till we reached the forest of Can-
lochan. The walk proved rather longer than we anticipated, but
when the botanising ground was reached fatigue was forgotten, At
the eastern corner, where we descend into the Corry of Canlochan,
there is an oozy spring or well eye. Here Splachnum vascu-
losum was growing and fruiting in profusion, a sight enough to
gladden the heart of any botanist. We secured specimens, and
commenced what proved to be anything but a comfortable descent
by the Goat’s Neck. The week before we visited Canlochan there
had been the most violent thunder storm which had ever been
known in these parts. The waterspouts had torn down the Goat’s
Neck in a torrent, denuding the rocks of their gravelly covering, and
making them difficult to walk over. The descent, however, was
safely accomplished after a little difficulty. Here in former times
fine specimens of Veronica alpina and V. saxatilis were wont to

Ixx Proceedings of the Botanical Society

grow on the gravelly debris ; few were seen on the present occasion.
On the rocks Saxifraga nivalis, associated with the commoner
varieties, was in abundance. Sonchus alpinus, without flowers, was
gathered on the right hand rocks, well out of the reach of ordinary
collectors. Hrigeron alpinum, Saussurea alpina, Dryas octopetala,
Pyrola rotundifolia, and Gentiana nivalis were gathered, the latter
sparingly. Aspidium lonchitis (the cut leaved variety) and the other
mountain ferns were seen in considerable abundance. The holly
fern is in great beauty and luxuriance among the loose rocky debris
under the corry, associated with occasional specimens of Polypodium
alpestre, and other ferns. We were not a little astonished to observe
the Swiss Hrinus alpinus, Primula auricula, and Myosotis alpestris
on the boggy soil covering some of the rocks, all evidently intro-
duced. Any botanist capable of perpetrating a hoax of this kind is
unworthy of notice. The rarer piants were rather scarce, but the
commoner alpines grew in great profusion. When at the Sonchus
station,.we espied a human figure high up among the rocks watching
our motions. At first we considered he was the forester sent to turn
us out of the corry. However, after some time, this person scrambled
down to us, when we were at the Gentzan station, and said he was a
member of the Dundee Naturalists’ Club. He was made glad by
receiving specimens of “ The Gentian,” which he had never seen
before, although he had often heard of the Canlochan plants, this
being his first visit. After parting with us he was going to Braemar
over the hills by Loch Callater, and had a rough walk before him,
but the weather was fine, and the hills free from mist. Our party
separated somehow among the rocks, one section scrambling up the
centre of the corry to the tablelands above, where, skirting Glas
Mool, and proceeding due west, they reached the Braemar road at
a point near a keeper’s house, where with Professor Balfour in
former years we ascended the stream, nine miles from Braemar.
The rest of the party kept more to the south, and struck the Cairn-
well near the watering place.

We had engaged the conveyances to meet us at the top of the
pass to take us back to our inn, and we reached the Spittal, all
greatly delighted with the day’s excursion.

Glen Taitneach and Glas Tulichan, 3400 feet.

Although rather stiff with our exertions on the previous day,
we started on 31st July on foot for Glen Taitneach and Glas
Tulachan. In the glen we were joined by Robertson, keeper
to Colonel Farquharson of Invercauld, who acted as our guide upon

of Edinburgh, Session 1880-81. ]xxi

the occasion. Fording the stream about a mile above the shepherds’
houses, we held to the left, over the shoulder of the hill, and,
gradually ascending after a walk of seven miles over very rough
heathery ground, we reached a fine looking large corry, with rocky
ledges. On a closer inspection they were found to be dry, and far
from productive. In the course of our walk Rubus Chamcemorus,
or cloudberry, was picked, covered with its red unripe fruit, the
whole moor in some places carpeted with it. The fruit assumes an
amber hue when ripe, and is pleasantly acid to the taste when
the mouth becomes dry in hill climbing. Cornus suecica was
associated with it, but not much in flower, also many of the com-
moner alpine plants. Sibbaldia procumbens was very plentiful in
the turf, but the rarer plants were not to be found. After a partial
examination of the corry we halted half way up, on a steep slope,
and lunched, all agreeing that it was a relief after such a pull up to
get anchored to a stone. Some of our members worked round the
corry examining the rocks, while others scrambled on to the ridge
and reached the Sappers’ pole at the summit. The view from this
point was very fine, the well-known Braemar mountains Ben
Macdhui, Cairntoul, Breriach, Ben An, Ben-a-Bourd, being clear
to their tops, and right across the valley dark Loch-na-Ghar was
very conspicuous. While one party was busy in the corry, and in
good shelter, we came down in furious showers of sleet, containing
large pieces of ice, picking fine specimens of Azalea procumbens
and other alpines. From the ridge, as we proceeded, Loch-nun-
Nean, a picturesque lake about a mile long, containing two green
islands, upon which the gulls breed, was visible across the valley
below. The elevation on the left of this lake is between 2000 and
3000 feet, and it contains trout of rare quality. Persons living
at the Spittal Hotel have the privilege of fishing it, and there is
a hut and cooking utensils, where by roughing it one can spend
the night. In summer a pleasant excursion can be made by going
there in the afternoon, fishing in the evening and morning, and
coming down next day. There is a good seven miles walk to it,
the last part of the ascent very steep indeed. The fish average
three-quarters of a pound, and many much heavier, being fed upon
a shell-fish abundant in the lake. Some of our members fished
there with indifferent success. Near the loch was gathered a curious
variety of Sax. stellaris, somewhat in appearance like Montia funtana,
and also Armeria maritima vax. alpina. In the Corry Tulachan were
picked Veronica alpina, Cornus suecica, Betula nana (a new station
for this plant), Trientalis Europea, Asplenium viride, Asplenium

Ixxii Proceedings of the Botanical Society

Trichomanes, Aspidium Lonchitis, Lycopodium annotinum, pink
flowered variety of Thymus Serpyllum, and Aidopodium Griffithii.
Thlaspi alpestre was also gathered in this glen. This was considered
a good plant, the best indeed obtained during our stay at the Spittal.
The rabbits had been nibbling it, and very few flowering specimens
were obtained. One member at least has been able to grow it since
his return, and no doubt seeds will soon be obtainable. Gradually
descending, the stream was reached, and, walking down its banks,
gilded by sheets of Saxifraga aizoides in full flower, our progress
was agreeable. The glen, in Gaelic Z'aitneach, “pleasant glen,”
deserves its name, a more beautifully sequestered place it would
be difficult to find, and the walk to the Spittal was very pleasant
indeed ; and although botanically not very interesting, Glas Tulachan
and the Pleasant Glen are well worth a visit, and repay any
labour in walking that has to be undertaken. In the birch wood,
near the shepherds’ houses, a fine spike of Digitalis purpurea was
gathered of a bright salmon colour, with pink spots. The root
could not be got, but some of the seed vessels have ripened although
quite green when brought home, and from the seeds a potful of
vigorous seedlings have been raised. If they come true when they
flower, a distinct and beautiful variety of this striking plant will
have been obtained.

Loch Callater and Corry Kandor, 2d August 1880.

This morning we were early astir, and having partaken of a
substantial breakfast, we started in two waggonettes for Loch
Callater, thirteen miles off. In pleasant company the time passed
quickly, and after ascending the Cairnwell the drive down Glen
Cluny was much enjoyed. In the glen we met many parties
returning to the “south countrie” from Braemar, and in returning
in the evening a golden eagle was observed ‘on the prowl for its
evening meal. We took about two and a half hours to reach the
keeper’s house at the end of the lake, where we put up our horses
till our return from the hills at 6.30 p.m. The mountains being
clear to their summit, many parties had come up from Braemar to
ascend Loch-na-Ghar, with no end of guides and ponies, and we
saw the cavalcade in single file start on its winding way, and from
the other side of the lake kept it in view for a considerable time.
With little delay we started, keeping the right hand side of Loch
Callater, and in place of making for the Breakneck Waterfall at the
head of the glen, we started across the moors, keeping for the rocks

of Edinburgh, Session 1880-81. Ixxili

at Loch Kandor. The crowberry and cloudberry carpeted the
heather in many places. No one had seen Empetrum nigrum
so covered with fruit as it is here. This was observed on a previous
oceasion when Professor Dickson pulled up a patch, literally black
with the berries, and weighing many pounds. The fruit contains
many seeds, is pleasantly acid, and seems much relished by the
grouse, if one might judge by their droppings, which exhibited the
black bloom of the skin of the fruit, for colouring, and seemed to
produce a diarrhoea in these birds, from the irritation of the seeds
on their mucous membranes. By the sides of Loch Callater, indeed
in the lake, beautiful specimens of Lobelia Dortmanni in fine flower,

Subularia aquatica, and Isoetes echinospora (a new plant for this
loch) were picked. In the bog at its head several good Carices were
observed. As previously stated, we pushed on for the corry, and
after a stiff walk attained the high ground, with Loch Kandor at
our feet. So steep and abrupt do the rocks come down, that
there is barely room left to walk round its banks or edges. Our
party here divided ; three gentlemen started to fish the lake, Professor
Dickson, Mr Sadler, and Dr Craig set out to scale the ledges to
the left of the tarn, while the other members started to examine
the corry proper. The first named division secured specimens of
Carex frigidus and Salix Sadleri, both new to Britain, and dis-
covered by Mr Sadler of the Botanic Garden, a few years ago.
These plants were identified by Dr Boswell Syme. Both grow on
ledges almost inaccessible to an ordinary climber; and some years
ago the writer was with Mr Sadler when he discovered them. The
grand and newest discovery of the Alpine Botanist’s Club, is, how

ever, the station for Sonchus alpinus, which grows in a considerable
patch in a perpendicular cleft in the precipice. On this occasion it
was again seen, but no member was sufliciently foolhardy to break
his neck in an attempt to scale the exact rock. This is a new
station for this plant, and from its inaccessibility there is a good
chance that it will remain safe for some time to come. With many
other good things Carex rupestris and C. atrata were gathered in
remarkably fine condition. The rocks near the loch were covered
with alpine willows. Salix lanata, by no means common, a
beautiful woolly species, was gathered by Mr Boyd, Captain Norman,

and Dr Aitken, in the upper corry. It thrives in the rock garden,
accommodating itself to its change of residence completely. Last
spring its yellow catkins were greatly admired, so large and
fragrant, on a five years old plant obtained at Canlochan. Salix
Myrsinites, L., and S. Lapponum, L., with its varieties arenaria and

Proc. BOT. soc, 1880-81. Ue

*

Ixxiv Proceedings of the Botanical Society

Stuartiana, the last found by the stream flowing into Loch Callater.
Phlewm alpinum, Veronica alpina, Polypodium alpestre, Pyrola
media, and Splachnum sphericum, were also gathered. The scramb-
ling in the corry was very difficult, the inclination being of the
steepest and ‘the screedano” of loose stones, washed from above
by the mountain torrents, very difficult to cross. They were
in many places covered with ferns of the commoner mountain
varieties, while Cochlearia grenlandica and Saxifraga oppositifolia
were growing in the fissures. Altogether, in the corry the vegetation
is not great, but near and over Loch Kandor, there are capital moist
ledges for the experienced climber. In ascending the glen one of
the members found a red grouse nest containing three abortive eggs,
none of them much larger than those of the blackbird; it is not
unusual occasionally to find one abortive egg among the others in a
nest, but in this case all the eggs in the nest were abortive and less
than half the usual size. This was considered such an unusual
occurrence that the eggs were thought worthy of being placed in the
Edinburgh Museum of Science and Art. The place is so vast, so
weird looking, and so solitary, that no one, whether he be naturalist
or not, should fail to see it. On the higher ledges, if you met with
an accident, you might remain food for the ravens. The very sheep
are often lost here. Tempted by the sweet herbage they descend to
ledges from which they cannot return or be rescued. We heard
several men putting up a rocky barrier to prevent the sheep doing
what I have attempted to describe—although we heard them
hammering far above us, I am not aware they were seen at all—
some stones they sent down, however, might have made us feel
them. Several animals lost on the ledges were observed upon this
occasion, where they must remain till they are starved to death.
Although several of our members were always in view, no one could
feel otherwise than very solitary. Now this was ona fine day, what
must it be when the storm is raging, the rain and mist obscuring
the view? Our fishers killed a good dish of small black trout—
where they get anything but stray flies it is not easy to see. Still
they are numerous and take both fly and worm. When the wind
is high it is absolutely dangerous to venture among the rocks and
ledges. On the present occasion we had nothing to complain of on
this score, but on my first visit some years ago a speedy retreat
was made. Many hours were pleasantly spent on this visit among
the alpines, and we returned to Loch Callater Lodge at 6.30 with
full vascula, making a sharp start for the Spittal, which was not
reached till 9.30, all more or less fatigued with our exertions.

of Edinburgh, Session 1880-81. Ixxv

After the club had dispersed at Blairgowrie, four of the members
remained behind for the purpose of examining the botany of Cluny
Loch. The forenoon was dull and showery, but it cleared up about
the middle of the day, and we had a lovely afternoon for our visit
to the loch. After calling upon Lord Airlie’s manager, and getting
the use of his boat, which he kindly lent to us, we were soon in
the middle of beautiful beds of Nymphea alba, mixed here and
there with Nuphar lutea, but the principal object of our visit was
to procure specimens of Naias flevilis. We succeeded in raking
from the bottom in some quantity, several beautiful specimens for
the Herbarium. We got it in different places, but found it in
greatest abundance near the boathouse. Mixed with the Nazas we
got quantities of Elatine hexandra, Subularia aquatica, Myrio-
phyllum verticillatum, and fine specimens of Utricularia minor.
Before leaving we were shown round the garden, where were a
number of very interesting old-fashioned herbaceous plants. We
also saw the interesting collection of curiosities collected from all
parts of the world by our host, from old-fashioned matchlocks
and pistols, of which he had a wonderful assortment, to curious
growths of trees found in the district. The old gentleman seemed
a thorough enthusiast, and never seemed to tire of telling stories
connected with the particular objects in his collection. We spent
a very pleasant afternoon, and returned to Blairgowrie in time for
dinner.

Dr William Craig exhibited specimens obtained in this excur-
sion.

Il. Report on the Effect of the Winter 1880-81 on Vegetation in
different parts of Scotland; and Temperatures on the
Progress of Open-Air Vegetation at the Royal Botanie
Garden from the beginning of March. By Mr Jonn
SADLER, Curator.

Mr Jenner called attention to the great destruction of Holly
leaves during the winter.

Mr W. B. Boyd stated that in the Kelso district Hollies bearing
fruit were killed, while those yielding leaves only were perfectly
intact.

Mr Sadler mentioned that he had never seen so many wasps in
the garden as during the past fortnight, and suggested that some-
thing should be done to keep them down. The Chairman said he
had also noticed the unusual number of wasps, and thought this was

Ixxvi Proceedings of the Botanical Society

to be accounted for by the uniform severity of the winter, which
kept them wholly within-doors, whereas in an ordinary season many
of them were tempted out by mild weather to be destroyed by a
sudden change.

III. On a Plant of Primula vulgaris, with a green corolla. By
Professor DICKSON.

Professor Dickson exhibited a plant of Primula vulgaris, with a
green corolla, he had obtained from Mr Maclean, one of his students.
The plant was grown in the garden of Miss Redpath, at Gilmerton,
but its previous history was unknown.

IV. On Recent Additions to the University Herbarium from
Shire Highlands, Central Africa. By Mr Taytor.

Mr Taylor exhibited dried specimens of plants recently sent to
the Herbarium by Mr John Buchanan, Shire Highlands, Central
Africa, and at the same time some living plants grown from seeds
and bulbs, also sent by him to the Garden. The dried specimens,
of which there were 150, had been provisionally named by Professor
Oliver, who wrote in commendatory terms of the pains taken
by Mr Buchanan, specially in collecting fruit as well as flowers.
Figures of several of the new genera and species will soon appear
under the direction of the Kew authorities. One of the living
plants on the table raised from seed sent with the specimens,
the Zschynomene Schimperi, H., a beautiful papilionaceous genus,
several varieties of which Mr Buchanan sent home, had been
hitherto noted as peculiar to Nileland or Southern Africa. Again,
the Oxalis sensitiva, called by the natives “ His Father has Died,”
had been found in the mountain district of the tropics. So, too,
have a composite, Dioscorea Schimperiana, a Yam, and Lapeyrousia
abyssinica, both eaten in the Shire, only in famine times, but known
generally over Africa. A species of Thesium, used as a native cure
for sore eyes, must have been brought here by emigrant tribes, as
the genus finds no place in Oliver's “ Flora of Tropical Africa.”
The like reasoning covers the appearance on the table of Datura
alba and Cucumis melo, though Rhynchosia caribea, Dec., also ex-
hibited, is known at the Cape as well as tropical America ; but an
Oxyanthus in the parcel, used by the natives to sharpen the scent
of hunting-dogs, seems confined to the specific habitat, as is also
Cadalvena spectabilis, a lovely Iris with yellow flowers, whose
leaves, usually four, spread square on the ground. The Sansewiera

of Edinburgh, Session 1880-81. Ixxvil

longiflora is sent as a fibre producer. Several new species of Indigo-
Jera were found in the parcel ; as well as a new species of Garcinia,
from which the natives take a red dye; and Khaya senegalensis (?)
Jus., out of whose long straight trunk the natives fashion canoes ;
the Gonioma, peculiar to tropical Africa, yielding a white juice,
allied to india rubber ; likewise Erythrophlewm guineense, Don, used
here, as throughout Africa, for the purposes of the ordeal ; and two -
new Ferns.

Professor Dickson commended the judgment and care shown by
Mr Buchanan in sending this new parcel of specimens. Altogether
he had been a most satisfactory botanical correspondent.

V. Microscopic Demonstration of Embryonic Specimens of
Salvinia natans. By Mr R. Kipsron.

A series of preparations of the prothallium of Salvinia natans
were exhibited under the microscope. The stomata of this plant
have been described by Schleiden as consisting of small slits without
guard cells. On the upper surface of the scutellum, however, the
stomata are of considerable size—about five times as large as those
of the floating leaves, and distinctly provided with cuard cells.
There seems little doubt but that guard cells are also present on the
leaf ‘‘slit like” stomata; but they are very small, and require very
careful focussing to see them.

MISCELLANEOUS NOTICES.

1. Dr William Craig intimated that he had obtained seeds of true
Jaborandi from Brazil, through the courtesy of Dr Paterson, of Boa
Vista, Grange, and he had given these to the Garden.

2. Professor Dickson called attention to a plant of a new species
of Allium from Cabul, on the table, the seeds of which had been
sent by Mrs Colonel Maclean.

3. The Rev. H. Evans, of Scremerston Vicarage, near Berwick-
on-Tweed, sent specimens for the Garden of Cypripedium Calceolus
and Aspidium rigidum, from Craven.

4. Mr Taylor intimated that members might now have an
opportunity of seeing in flower at Rait Lodge the Aciphylla Colensoi
or Wild Spaniard, one of the New Zealand introductions of their
late President.

On the table were placed a collection of Alpine and other plants
in flower, among which were the following :—Primula capitata,

xxviii Proceedings of the Botanical Society

having a spiral fasciated flower-stalk ; Daisies, abnormal flowering
vars ; Aloe socotrina and a crassulaceous plant, brought from the
Island of Socotra by the President ; Lewisia rediviva, Vella spinosa,
Ramondia pyrenaica, Myosotis alpestris, Dianthus alpinus, Saxifraga
MacNabiana, and other seedlings of Saxifraga pyramidalis ;
Allium, species from Cabul; Sarmienta repens, Lilium kamtscha-
ticum, Veronica saxatilis, purple variety; Silene quadridentata,
Txiolirion alatavicum, Erinus alpinus, Thalictrum tuberosum,
Saxifraga Caryana, Silene Elizabethe, &e.

os

Thursday, 14th July 1881.—Professor BAYLEY BALFOUR,
President, in the Chair.

The deaths of Professor SCHLEIDEN, Honorary Fellow, and
Professor GEORGE S. BLAIKIE, M.D., of Nashville, Tennessee,
Non-Resident Fellow, were noted.

The following Communications were read :—-

I. Note on Chlamydomyxa labyrinthuloides, Archer, By Mr
PatTrRICK GEDDES, F.R.S.E.

This remarkable organism was discovered by Archer in the cells
of Sphagnum, and described by him in the ‘“ Quarterly Journal of
Microscopical Science” for 1875. The lamination of the cell coat-
ings, and the formation of peculiar wart-like thickenings inclosing
red pigment, were considered as tending to support the old view
of growth by accretion of successive laminz. The occasional col-
lection of the chlorophyll into definite patches—incipient chloro-
phyll grains—was also described. A distinct resting protococcus
stage occurs early in development.

On these grounds it was pointed out that this organism could
not be satisfactorily referred to any existing animal or vegetable
group, since it presented close affinities with the Rhizopods on the
one hand, and with the Palmellaceous Algz on the other. A more
perfectly intermediate type, indeed, cannot be imagined.

An interesting and animated discussion followed, in which the
President, and Professors Dickson and Ramsay MacNab of Dublin,
took part.

of Edinburgh, Session 1880-81. Ixxix

II. Notes on the Action of some Aniline Dyes on Vegetable
Tissues. By JoHN M. MACFARLANE, B.Se.

III. Notes on Plants grown at Hay Lodge, Trinity. By Mr
Isaac ANDERSON-HENRY, F.R.S.E., F.L.S.

Specimens 1 and 2 are plants of Androsace incisa, raised by
me from seeds sent hy my niece from the hills above Rawul Pindee.
That the name I give is correct is confirmed by Sir Joseph Hooker,
to whom I submitted a plant, and who informs me that he is getting
it figured for the Botanical Magazine. There is a slight difference
between the two plants, that one farthest advanced showing a
tendency in the flowers to fade off into scarlet before they die.
It blooms well in the open border, from which I infer that it will
be well suited for the rockery.

3. A plant raised from seeds sent by the same relative collected
in Ladak or Kashmir—apparently a species of Dracocephalum. It
stood all winter in the open border, and appears to be quite hardy.
Being this day uplifted from the border, it will not show to
advantage.

4, Rueum (R. ribes?).—This odd-looking species I raised from
Sikkim seeds. May it not be identical with R. ribes got in
Affghanistan by Dr Aitchison? The leaves, somewhat like a ribes,
favour this belief.

5. Hybrid Primuta (P. rosea x P. Kashmirensis)—I have
another of this (x with P. Kashmirensis) also in flower at this late
season for Primulas. It has this other advantage in having its
leaves slightly fragrant, while both parents in their foliage have a
disagreeable odour, especially the P. Kashmirensis, which is quite
offensive.

6. RaopopENDRON Hybrid (R. Jenkinsii x R. Edgeworthii, at
least I take it for this), which I made in 1864, this being the first
to bloom. But tallies go astray. By having it marked as a hybrid,
I feel pretty certain I am right in the parentage, and the odour of
the flower strengthens my belief. But what I call attention to is
the morphological formation of the flower. While the flowers of
both R. Jenkinsii and R. Edgworthii are, like those of the most, if
not all, of the genus, monopetalous, the only bloom open shows very
distinctly five petals apparently all pedicelled, though they all may
be joined at the bottom. It bloomed in June, and the style
and seed vessels are yet upon the plant springing as it were out of
another morphological structure forming a kind of involucre.

Ixxx Proceedings of the Botanical Society

Except for these abnormal formations, there is nothing else of great
interest about the plant, though, perhaps, I am the first who has
crossed these two large species, and hybridists know this is some-
what difficult to effect.

7. I beg now to submit a plant, of which I shall be glad if the
Society will give me the name, or the name of the genus it belongs
to. I cannot say from whence or from whom I received it. It is
very likely I may have raised it from seed from abroad, without
any name given to it. I was attracted to it lately, first, by the
fragrance of its foliage, and latterly by its umbels of coming
flowers, something like a Bouvardia, which it is not, as you. will
see from the thread-like filaments of one of its flowers now open.
You will please observe it is not so much the flower as the foliage
which is so fragrant, having the perfume of lavender or lemon.

Note.—On afterwards communicating with Sir Joseph D. Hooker,
he at once found it to be Monardella odoratissima,

8. Rheum Moorcroftianum.—lI raised this plant fronr seeds kindly
sent me from Kew, being collected in Affghanistan by Dr Aitchison,
at elevations between 12,000 and 14,000 feet. This has shown
itself to be a very rapid grower, far outstripping R. nobile in this
particular. Royle, in his “ Illustrations of Indian Botany,” p. 315,
speaks of this Rheum as being superior for its purgative pro-
‘perties, and says—“ Mr Moorcroft sent me some rhubarb, which,
for compactness of texture, colour, and properties, was as fine as any
I have ever seen, from near Ladak, in 34° N. lat. and 774° E. long.,
a very cold region.” It must, therefore, be quite hardy in our
climate.

9. Veronica Chathamica is from the island of Chatham, near New
Zealand. It is not yet recorded in any of our botanical works. It
is a small prostrate shrub with wiry branches. The racemes are few
ormany. The flowers are numerous, closely set, peduncles $ inch
long. Corolla large, dark purple. This beautiful shrub has been
cultivated by Mr Travers in his garden at Wellington, where the
profusion of its dark flowers and prostrate habit has proved a most
showy addition to those plants adapted for the ornamentation of
rockwork or earth banks. Such is the account I have of it. I
raised it from seeds sent me from New Zealand.

10. Veronica anomala, which I have also raised from seed sent
to me from New Zealand. This species is not recorded, so far as I
know, in any botanical work in this country. It is a dense-growing
alpine shrub got in New Zealand at an elevation of 3000 feet.

of Edinburgh, Session 1880-81, Ixxxi

11. Veronica Haastit.—Of this I have only young plants. It is
recorded and described by Sir Joseph Hooker as a tortuous decum-
bent shrub, with flowers sessile and in pairs, but the corolla not
seen. Of it he says—‘ This and V. epacridea are most remarkable
plants of a different habit from any hitherto described (“ Handbook
of New Zealand Flora,” p. 213).

12. Veronica Kirkii (Armstrong).—Except that this is another
Alpine species from an elevation of from 3000 to 4000 feet, I have
no other information about it.

13. Veronica lycopodioides.—This is also a young plant, and so
small that I hesitated about submitting it to the meeting. But
it is altogether so peculiar, so unlike a phanerogam, and so like a
moss, that I could not resist the desire to let you see it. Yet, Sir
Joseph Hooker described it as an “ erect (?), much-branched, stout
shrub, having leaves most densely and closely four-fariously
imbricate, having flowers sessile, in small, dense, oblong heads
at the ends of the branches.” But, altogether, Sir Joseph’s de-
scription is, in all its particulars, so disconform to the plant I have
raised from seeds received with this name, that I must hesitate to
say it is correct (see ‘ Hooker's Flora of New Zealand,” p. 211).
Yet, these New Zealand things undergo such singular transforma-
tions that this I now exhibit, still in babyhood, may yet realise the
description Sir Joseph gives of it.

14. Wahlenbergia saxicola (or Bluebell of New Zealand), is fully
described in the ‘‘ Handbook of New Zealand Flora.” It is an
Alpine and sub-Alpine species, going up to an elevation of 6000 feet.
It must, therefore, be quite hardy with us, though I have not yet
tried it out all winter,

IV. List of Plants collected on the Islands of Colonsay and
Oransay. (Part IL.) By Mr SyMINGTON GRIEVE.

V. Continuation of Report on the effects of the Winter of
1880-81 on Vegetation in different parts of Scotland,
and Temperatures in, and Progress of Open-Atr Vegeta-
tion at, the Royal Botanic Garden from the beginning
of June. By Mr Joun SADLER, Curator.

Mr Alexander Buchan, M.A., called attention to the striking
parallels of temperature betwixt the Hamilton district and of that
around Edinburgh. He accounted for it by a similarity in features
of physical geography.

Ixxxll Procecdings of the Botanical Society

MISCELLANEOUS COMMUNICATIONS.

1. Professor Balfour exhibited specimens of Maw’s encaustiec
tiles, containing beautiful imprints of Davallia, Selaginella, and the
marks of Lepidodendron.

2. Professor Balfour also showed a specimen of the so-called
“Panama wood,” or Quillaia saponaria from South America,
belonging to the Rosacee, and yielding a saponaceous secretion in
practical use. It had been sent to the Museum by Messrs Duncan,
Flockhart, & Co,

3. Mr Robert Hutchison of Carlowrie sent elm leaves from
Islay destroyed by insects.

4, Mr Sadler exhibited two large photographs by Mr Magnus
Jackson, showing the Tay at the south entrance to Perth during
the flood caused by the melting of the snow of March 1881,
displaying the elm trees of the Inch reflecting double in the
water.

5. Mr Sadler exhibited barren stems of the fungus Lentinus
lepidens (Cooke, “Handbook,” p. 242, No. 684), obtained from a
damp cellar in Morningside, sent him by Dr Craig.

6. Mr Taylor showed specimens of foreign plants collected by
Charles W. Cowan, Esq., from among the Esparto grass used at
Valleyfield Mills, Penicuik, including the Lavender, and Sedum,
several species of Composite, and amongst the grasses Bromus
madritensis, B. erectus, B. asper, Dactylis hispanica, &e.

7. Professor Dickson called attention to plants on the table from
the Royal Botanic Garden. They included specimens of Cyun-
anthus influtus, Dianthus alpinus, D. eximius, Linum viscosum,
Ranunculus acris (straw-coloured variety), found by Professor
Dickson ; Parnassia Himalayensis, as well as a species of Sazi-
fraga from Kedarkanta, India; Meconopsis aculeata, Allium
neophyllum, Umbilicus sempervivum, Saxifraga aizoides aurantiaca,
Androsace lanuginosa, &e.

of Edinburgh, Session 1880 81. Ixxxill

ADDITIONS

TO THE

LIBRARY, HERBARIUM, AND MUSEUM..

AT THE

ROYAL BOTANIC GARDEN, EDINBURGH.

From lst Octosper 1880 to Ist Octoser 188].

L—LIBRARY.
BOOKS.

Batrovr, J. H., M.D. Class Book of Botany, 1854. Manual of Botany,
5th ed., 1875. Elements of Botany, 3d ed., 1876. Paleontological
Botany, 1873.—From the Author.

Batrour and SapLer. The Flora of Edinburgh, 2d ed., 1871.—From
Professor Balfour.

BELL, JAcop, and REpwoop, THEOPHILUS. Historical Sketch of Phar-
macy in Great Britain. London, printed for Pharmaceutical
Society of Great Britain, 1880.—From the Pharmaceutical Society of
Great Britain.

BucHANAN, JouN, and D. J. Hector, F.L.S. The Indigenous Grasses of
New Zealand. Illustrated by John Buchanan, F.L.S., Draughtsman
to the Geological Survey Department. Parts 1, 2,5, and 6 com-
pleting the work. 21 Plates. Published by Command. New Zea-
land Government, Wellington, N.Z.—From the Colonial Museum of
New Zealand.

Bounensic, G. C. W. Repertorium Annuum Literature Botanice
Periodic. Tomus Sextus. Haarlem, 1881.—From the Compiler.

Burton, Ricwarp. Botanical Guide to the Flowering Plants, Ferns,
and Mosses of Manchester. Manchester, 1859.—Presented by Mr
Thomas Walker, Middlehouse, Carluke.

CaminHoa, J. M. Botanica Geral E. Medica. 3 vols. Rio de Janeiro-
Typographia Nacional.—rom the Author, 1878, 1879.

Catucart. A large series of drawings of Indian Plants by native
artists, executed under the direction of Mr Cathcart, who accom-
panied Sir Joseph Hooker in his Himalayan travels, belonging to
the late William Gorrie, Esq., of Rait Lodge.—Presented by Mrs

Urquhart.

Ix xxiv Proceedings of the Botanical Society

Hooker, J. D. The Flora of British India. Part 8. (Rubiacee to Vac-
ciniacee). London, 1881.—Krom the India Office.

Lacer, Sant, Dr. Reforme de la Nomenclature Botanique.-—From
the Author. .

Linnazus. Flora Lapponica. Edited by Sir J. E. Smith. London,
1792.—Presented by Mr Thomas Walker, Middlehouse, Carluke.

Loupon, Mrs. The Ladies’ Flower Garden: Ornamental Perennial
Plants. 2ded. n.p. London.—Purchased.

M‘Fapyen’s Flora of Jamaica. London, 1837. 1 vol. All published.
—Presented by Mr Thomas Walker, Middlehouse, Carluke.

Mavunper, Samuren. ‘The Scientific and Literary Treasury. Revised
by James Yate Johnston. London, 1872.— From an Old Lady.
Nyman, Friper Caroro. Conspectus Flore Europe. Part 3. Corol-
lifloree. Monochlamydez. Orbbro (Sueciz) Typis Officinee Boh-

linian, 1881.—From the Author.

Ormerop, E. A. Manual of Injurious Insects, with methods of Pre-
vention and Remedy for their Attacks to Food Crops, Forest
Trees, and Fruit; and with short introduction to Entomology.
By Eleanor A. Ormerod, F.M.S., &c. London, 1881.—From the
Author.

Prior, R. OC. A.. M.D. On the Popular Names of British Plants, being
an Explanation of the Origin and Meaning of the Names of our
Indigenous and most commonly cultivated Species. By R. C. A.
Prior, M.D. 3ded. London, 1879.—From the Author.

Ray, JoHN. Synopsis Stirpium Britannicarum. London, 1724.

WAHLENBERG, GEorGIUS. Flora Lapponica. Berlin, 1817.

Waker, JoHn, D.D. Essays on Natural History and Rural Economy.
Edinburgh, 1808.—Presented by Mr Thomas Walker, Middlehouse,
Carluke.

PAMPHLETS, REPRINTS FROM SCIENTIFIC
PUBLICATIONS, &o.

Batrour, J. H., M.D. Remarks on the Ipecacuan Plant (Cephaelis
Ipecacuanha, Rich.), as cultivated in the Royal Botanie Garden,
Edinburgh. (From the “Transactions of the Royal Society of
Edinburgh,” Vol. XXVI.)—From the Author.

A Set of Twelve duplicate Scientific Papers, including Bio-
graphical Sketches of the late Dr James Duncan and Professor
Edward Forbes.—From the Author.

BatFour, Baytey, Prof. Address to the Medical Students at the open-
ing of the Winter Session, University of Glasgow, 1879. Some
Resemblances betwixt Plants and Animals, in respect of their
Nutrition, with some Remarks on the Position of the Natural
History Sciences in Medical Education.—From the Author.

British Association. York Meeting, Papers relative to.—KFrom Pro-
fessor Balfour.

of Edinburgh, Session 1880-81. ]xxxv

Brooks, Caartes Worcort. Early Discoveries of the Hawaiian Islands
in the North Pacifie Ocean: Evidences of Visits by Spanish Navi-
gators during the Sixteenth Century. By Henry A. Price, Ex-
Minister Resident of the United States of America at Honolulu,
Hawaiian Islands, ethnologically considered, with Introductory
Remarks, when read before the California Academy of Sciences,
June 7, 1880, by Charles Wolcott Brooks, San Francisco, 1880.—
From the Author.

Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences at a Recep-
tion given to the Captain and Officers of the U.S. steamer “ Thomas
Corwin” and Captains of the Pacific Whaling Fleet, on their
return from the Arctic Regions: including a Paper read before
the Academy, December 6, 1880. By Charles Wolcott Brooks.—
From the Author.

Comes, Dorr O. Osservazioni su Alcune Specie di Funghi del Napole-
tano e Descrizione di due Nuove Specie. Napoli, 1880.—From the
Author.

Deans, Wu. List of Fernsand other Cryptogamez of Madagascar, show-
ing their relation to Mauritius and Bourbon.—From the Author.

De Canpotite, M. C. Considerations sur l’étude de la Phyllotaxie.
Par. M. C. De Candolle. Geneva, 1881.—From the Author.

DELPINO, FREDERICO, Prof. Contribuzione alla Storia Dello Svillappo
Del Regno Vegetale—I. Smilacze. Genova, 1880.—From the Author.

Causa Meccanica della Fillotassi Quincunciale. Nota Preliminaire
di Frederico Delpino.—From the Author.

FicatHo, ConpE De. Flora des Lusiadas. Lisbon, 1880.—From
Academy of Sciences of Lisbon.

GerppEs, ParricK. Observations sur le fluide Perivisceral des Oursins.
Par Patrick Geddes, F.R.S.E. (Ex.— Arch. de Zool. Exp. et Gen.,”
Vol. VIIL.).—From the Author.

Hart, CHIcHESTER Henry, B.A. The Botany of the British Polar
Expedition of 1875-76. By Henry Chichester Hart, B.A., Naturalist
to H.M.S. “ Discovery.” Reprinted from the Journal of Botany for
1880.—From the Author.

Mason Science College, Birmingham. Calendar for Session 1880-81.—
From George A. Panton.

Maw, Grorce, F.S.A., G.S.L.S. Results of Experiments on the Petato
Crop, with reference to the most profitable size of the sets, the
influence of thick and thin planting, &c., carried out in the years
1864 and 1865 at Benthall, near Brosely. Leeds, 1881.—From the
Author.

MUELLER, FERDINAND VON, Baron. Plants of North Western Australia
enumerated.—From the Author.

Notes of a hitherto Undefined Species of Encephalartos.—From
the Author.

OrmerRoD, Eveanor A., F.M.S. Notes of Observations of Injurious
Insects. Report 1880.—From the Author.

Ixxxvi Proceedings of the Botanical Society

Purnures, WitLIAM. The Hymenomycetes of Shropshire. By William
Phillips, F.L.S. (Reprinted from the “Transactions of the Shropshire
Archeological Natural History Society.”) Shrewsbury, 1580.—From
the Author.

British Lichens. How to Study them. By William Phillips,
F.L.S. (Reprinted from the “Midland Naturalist,” Vol. IL,
1880.)—F rom the Author.

PrinasHEmm, N.—Ueber Lichtwirkung und Chlorophyllfunction in der
Pflanze. Von N. Pringsheim Hierzu. Tafel XI., XX VI. (Separat-
Abdruck aus Pringsheims Jahrberichten fiir Wissenschaftliche
Botanik. Berlin, 1881.— rom the Author.

Untersuchangen tiber das Chlorophyll. Funfte abtheilung zur

Kritik der Bisherigen grundleigen der assimilations. Theorie der

Pflanzen von N. Pringsheim. Aus dem Monatsbericht der Konig-

lichen Akademie der Wissenshaften zu Berlin vom Februar 1881,

uberreicht vom verfasser. Berlin, 1881.—From the Author.

Remarques sur la Chlorophylle. Par M. Pringsheim. (Extrait
des Comptes rendus des Séances de Academie des Sciences. XC.
Séance du 26 Janvier 1880. Paris, 1880.)—From the Author.

Recen, E. Supplementum ad Fasciculum VII. Descriptionem Plant-
arum Auctore E. Regel-Petropolii—lrom the Author.

Ropricugs, J. BaRBosa. Genera et Species Orchideanum Novarum, I.
Sebastionopolis, 1878.—F rom the Author.

SADLER, JOHN. Report on Temperatures during the Winter of 1879-80
at the Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh ; the Effects of the same on
Open-air Vegetation at the Garden and in other parts of Scotland,
with the dates of Flowering of Spring Plants. By John Sadler,
F.R.Ph.S., Curator of the Garden. (Paper read before the Botanical
Society of Edinburgh, and printed in the Society’s Transactions,
Vol. XIV.)—From the Author.

——W— On the Flowering of Yucca gloriosa, L., in the Royal Botanic
Garden, Edinburgh. By John Sadler, Curator. One Plate. (Ex—
“Trans. Bot. Soc.,” Vol. XIV.)—From the Author.

Sarcent, Prof. Four Photographs of Cones of Oregon Abies, including
Abies amabilis—From the Author.

THomson, GrorGe M., F.L.S. The Flowering Plants of New Zealand,
and their relations to the Insect Fauna. By George M. Thomson,
F.LS. (Ex—“ Trans. Bot. Soc., Edin.,” Vol. XIV.)—From the
Author.

TRANSACTIONS, &c., OF LEARNED SOCIETIES, AND
KINDRED INSTITUTIONS.
ADELAIDE.—Botanic Garden and Government Plantations.
Report of Progress and Condition during 1880.—From Dr R.
Schomburgk, Director.
Bexrast.—Natural and Philosophical Society.
Proceedings for Sessions 1878-79 and 1879-80.—Fvom the Society.

of Edinburgh, Session 1880-81. Ixxxvll

BEeRNE.—Naturforschende Gesellschaft.

Mittheilungen. 1879, Nos. 979-1003.—F rom the Society.
Société Helvétique des Sciences Naturelles.
Actes. (Brigue.)—From the Socvety.

Berwick.—Berwickshire Naturalists’ Club.

Proceedings, Vol. IX. No. 2, 1880.—F rom the Club.

Boston.—Massachusetts Horticultural Society.

Transactions, 1880. Parts 1 and 2. From the Society.

Bonn.—Naturhistorischer Vereine der Preussischen, Rheinlande, und

Westfalens.
Jahrgang, XXXVI., 2; XXXVII., 1,2; XXXVIII., 1. 1881.
Die Kafer Westfalens Zusammengestelt. Bonn, 1881.—From the
Society.
BremMEeN.—Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein.
Abhandlungen. Band VII. Hefte 1 and 2.
Beilage. No. 8.—From the Society.

Bristou.— Bristol Naturalists’ Society.

Proceedings. NewSeries. Vol. III. Parts 1,2.—From the Society.

BrussEts.—L’Académie Royale des Sciences de Belgique.

Bulletins de ?Académie. Tomes 46, 47, 48, 49, 50. Annuaires,
1879, 1880, 1881.—From the Academy.
Bulletins de ?Académie. Vol. XIX.—From Professor Balfour.
Société Royale de Botanique de Belgique.
Bulletin XIX. Nos. 1 and 2.—From the Society.

CAMBRIDGE, Mass., U.S.A.—Annual Report of the Director of the Arnold
Arboretum to the President and Fellows of Harvard College, for
1879-80. Cambridge, 1881.—From Prof. Sargent.

CHERBOURG.—Société Nationale des Sciences de Cherbourg.

Memoirs. Tome XXII. 1879.
Catalogue de la Bibliothéque.—From the Academy.

CoPpENHAGEN.—Botaniske Forening i Kobenhavn.

Botaniske Tidsskrift (Journal de Botanique). Series III. Vol. XII.
Liv. 2 and 3.— From the Society.
EpinpurGH.— Botanical Society.
Transactions and Proceedings. Vol. XIV. Part 1, 1880.—From the
Society.
Geological Society.
Transactions. Vol. IV. Part 1.—From the Society.
Royal Society.
Transactions, Vol. XXIX. Part 2. Session 1879-80.—From the
Society. Proceedings. Session 1879-80.
Royal Physical Society.
Proceedings. Session 1879-80.—From the Society.
Royal Scottish Society of Arts.
Transactions. Vol. X. Parts 2 and 3.—From the Society.
Scottish Arboricultural Society.
Transactions. Vol. IX. Part 3, 1881.—From the Society.

Ixxxviil Proceedings of the Botanical Society

Eprrna Forest.—Naturalists’ Field Club.

Transactions. Vol. I. Parts 1,2,and 3. Vol. II. Part 1.

Inaugural Address. Rules.—From the Club.

GrESsEN.—Oberhessische Gesellschaft.

19% Bericht.—From the Society.

Guascow.—Natural History Society.

Proceedings. Vol. IV. Part 2.—FHrom the Society.

HAARLEM.—Bevordering van Nijverheid.

Tijdschrift. 4° Reeks, Deel V. Jan. to June, 1881.—From the Society.

Musée Teyler.—Archives. Series [].—From the Corporation.

Lirce.—La Belgique Horticole Anuales de Botanique et d’ Horticulture.
Par Dr Edouard Morren, 1880.—From the Editor.

Lispon.—Academia Real das Sciencias de Lisbon.

Memorias. Nova serie. Tom. V. Parte 2.

Journal. Nos. 24-29.

Sessao Publica em g. de Junho de 1880.—From the Academy.

Liverpoou.—Literary and Philosophical Society of Liverpool.
Proceedings. No. XXXIV. 1879-80.—From the Society.

Lonpon.—India Office—Forest Department.

Reports for 1879-80.—From the India Office.

Review of the Forest Administration in the several Provinces under
the Government of India for the year 1879-80. By Dr Brandis,
Inspector of Forests with the Government of India; dated 25th
July 1881. Simla, 1881.

Linnean Society.
Journal. Nos. 109-114.—From the Society.
Pharmaceutical Society.
Journal and Transactions. Nos. 53€-588.
Calendar, 1881.—F'rom the Society.
Quekett Microscopical Club.

Journal. Nos. 45 to 47.—From the Club.

LuxEmMBourG.—Regueil des Mémoires et des Travaux Publies par le
Société Botanique du Grand Duché de Luxembourg. Nos. 4 and 5.
1877-1878.—From the Society.

Lyons.—Société Botanique de Lyon.

Memoires, 1878-79.

Compte-rendu, monthly.—From the Society.

MancuesteR.— Literary and Philosophical Society of Manchester.
Memoirs. Series III. Vol. VI. 1879.

Proceedings. Vols. XVI., XVII, XVIII, XIX. (1877-78-79-80).
—From the Society.

The Botanical Exchange Club of the British Isles.

Reports for 1879, and for 1880.—From the Club.

The Botanical Record Club.

Phanerogamic, 1879 ; and Cryptogamic, 1879-80.

The London Catalogue of British Mosses and Hepatics. 2d edition.
1881.—F'rom the Club.

of Edinburgh, Session 1880-81. Ixxxu

New Yorx.—New York Academy of Sciences.

Annals. Vol. I. Nos. 9-13.

No. 131 of Vol. XI. of Lyceum Nat. Hist. N.Y.—From the Academy.
Norwicu.—Norfolk and Norwich Naturalists’ Society.

Transactions. Vol. III. Part 2, 1881.—From the Society.
PaRIs.—Société Botanique de France.

Bulletin. Revue Bibliographique. Tom. XXVII. C-D, E.; Tom.
XXVIII. A.

Comptes rendus. Tom. XXVII. 5-6; Tom. XXVIII. 1-3.
Session extraordinaire 4 Bayonne, 1880.—F rom the Society.
PETERSBURG, St.—-Hortus Imp. Bot. Petropolitanus.
Acta. Tom. VII. Fasc. 1, 1880.—From the Directors.
PHILADELPHIA.—Academy of Natural Sciences.
Proceedings. Parts 1-3, 1880.—From the Academy.
PiyMoutH.—Plymouth Institution and Devon and Cornwall Natural
History Society.
Transactions. Vol. VII. Part 3, 1880-81.—From the Society.
Rio DE JANEIRO.—Archivos do Museu Nacional do Rio de Janeiro.

Vol. IL, 1, 2, 3, et 4 Trimestrés, 1877; Vol. III, 1, 2, 3, et 4
Trimestrés, 1878.—From the Director.

SyDNEY, AUSTRALIA.—Royal Society of New South Wales.

Journal and Proceedings. Vols. XIII. and XIV.

Mines and Mineral Statistics : Annual Report, Department of Mines,
N.S.W., 1878 and 1879 (maps to accompany latter report).—F’rom
the Society.

WASHINGTON.—Smithsonian Institution.
Report of Board of Regents, 1879.—F rom the Institute.
U.S. Geological Survey of the Territories.

Bulletin. Vol. V. Nos. 2 and 3.

Bulletin. Vol V. No. 4. Third Instalment of American Ornitho-
logical Bibliography. By Dr Elliot Comes, U.S.A.

Bulletin. Vol. VI. No. 1.

Miscellaneous Publications, No. 12 (1880).—History of the North
American Pinnipeds: a Monograph of the Walruses, Sea-Lions,
Sea-Bears, also Seals of North America. By Joel Asaph Allen.

Monograph. Vol. 12. Fresh water Rhizopods of North America.
Leidy, 1879.—From F. V. Hayden, U.S. Geologist.

Watrorp.—Hertford Natural History Society and Field Club.

Transactions, Vol. I. Parts 1-4.—From the Society.

WELLINGTON.—New Zealand Institute.

Transactions and Proceedings. Vol. XIII. 1880.—Krom the
Institute.

Colonial Museum and Geological Survey Department.

Manual of the New Zealand Coleoptera. By Captain Thomas
Brown. Wellington, 1880.—Duplicates.

Meteorological Report, 1800.

Reports of Geological Explorations, 1879-80.

PROG. BOT. soc. 1880-81. J

xe Proceedings of the Botanical Society.

Catalogues of the New Zealand Diptera, Orthoptera, Hymenoptera,
with description of Species. By Professor Hutton.
Studies in Biology for New Zealand Students :
No. 1. The Shepherd’s-Purse (Capsella bursa pastoris). By
Professor Hutton.
No. 2. The Bean Plant (Vicia faba). By Professor Parker.—
Through the Director, Dr Hector.

PERIODICALS.

Gaceta cientifica de Venezuela.—From Sig. A. Ernst.

The Garden. Nos. 515-302.— Purchased.

The Gardeners’ Chronicle. Nos. 352-405.— Purchased.

Volumes from July 1857 to 1872.—Purchased.

Grevillea. Edited by Dr M. C. Cook. Nos. 50-53.—Purchased.

The Journal of Botany. Nos. 192-226.—Purchased.

The Journal of Forestry.—F rom the Proprietors.

Nature. Nos, 571-622.—From the Editor.

The Scottish Naturalist. Edited by Dr F. B. White. Nos. 40-44.—
From Perthshire Society of Natural Science.

Curtis’s Botanical Magazine. Vol XXXY. et seq.—Purchased.

Medical Directories of Great Britain and Ireland from 1861. 10 vols.—
From Professor Balfour.

Il1.—DONATIONS TO THE HERBARIUM.

Batrour, JoHN Hurton, Esq., Phillipine Islands. A specimen of
Hibiscus mutabilis (2).

BucHANAN, JOHN, Blantyre, Central Africa. About 150 specimens of
Phanerogams and other Plants from vicinity of Mount Zomba, Shire

_ Highlands, Central Africa, sent home per Dr Rankine.

CAMPBELL, Col. Specimens of leaves of large Eucalyptus globulus, grown
in the open air at South Hall, near Colintraive, Argyllshire.

CHRISTISON, Sir Ropert, Bart. Specimen of Oak branch from Craigie-
hall, near Edinburgh, showing method of insect ravages there as on
July, 1880.

Specimen of Alloswrus crispus, from Corry na Ciste, Ben-Nevis,
3250 feet above sea-level, at foot of great precipice, Aug. 29,
1881; also of Convallaria majolis, in fruit, in open garden at
Ardgour House, Loch Linnhe, Sept. 12 and 13, 1881.

Crkspiany, Dr E. Set of 91 specimens of Alpine Plants from Bernese
Alps.—Purchased.

Dreamer, Jonn H. A set of Plants, mainly Composite, Grasses, and
Ferns, from the Middle Island, New Zealand.

Dickson, Prof. Specimen of Pyrola rotundifolia, also of Epipactis palus-
tris, both from Newham Bog, Northumberland, Aug. 6, 1880.

Proceedings of the Botanical Society. Xcl

Dickson, Prof. Specimen of Gentiana amarella and of Psamma baltica,
as well as of Erythreea linarifolia from Holy Island, Northumber-
land, Aug. 1881.

Frreuson, Mrs. Mosses, &c., belonging to the late Miss Hope, Wardie
Lodge.

FRASER, Patrick Nerii, Esq. Two fronds of Dicksonia, nov. spec.
from Aneitum, New Hebrides.

TEDDES, PATRICK, Esq. A set of about 50 Plants from neighbourhood
of the City of Mexico and lakes surrounding it within 20 miles
radius. Collected in October and beginning of November 1879.

Kew Herspartum. Remainder of Herbarium of R. Brown. Iter Aus-
traliense, 1802-5.—Presented by direction of the late J. S. Bennett,
Esq., 1876. (About 18 packages of duplicates).

Lacuevr, E. Lr, Guernsey. Specimen of Ophioglosswm lusitanicum.

Payot, VENANCE. Collection Phytostatique ou Fascicule de plants
rares du Mont Blanc et du Mont Rosé. About 77 Alpine plants.—
Purchased.

Painiirs, WinLIAM. Elvellacei Britannici. Fase. [1V.—Purchased.

Purcuas, ARTHUR C. A set of 17 specimens of Plants of North Island
of New Zealand, mainly from Auckland.

RaveNneEL, H. W. Fungi Americani. M. C. Cooke, Editor. Part 46.

Socreta CrirrocamMoxoaica Irattano. Erbario Crittogamico Italiano.
Ser. II. Fascicolo XIX. to XXII. inclusive (901-1100 inclusive).—
Purchased.

III.—DONATIONS TO THE MUSEUM.

From JonHn BucHanan.—Collection of Leguminous Seeds and Thirty
species of Castor Beans, and “ Likangi” fibre, roughly beaten out
with a stone.

From Dr CLeGHORN.—Stem of Common Broom, eleven years old, cut at
Stravithie in May 1881.

From Joun Taytor.—Section of Bark of Wellingtonia, and species of
Lichen brought from California by Robert Taylor.

Hotanical Society of Erinburgh.

Patron:

HER MOST GRACIOUS MAJESTY THE QUEEN.

LIST OF MEMBERS,

Corrected to December 1881.

HONORARY FELLOWS.

His Royat HIcHNEss THE PRINCE or WALES, K.G., Hon. F.R.S.E.

His Royat HicHNEss THE DUKE or EDINBURGH, K.G., K.T., LL.D. Edin.
His Masesty Pepro Il. EMPEROR or BRAZIL, K.G.

His Masesty Oscar II., KING or SWEDEN.

BRITISH SUBJECTS (LIMITED TO SIX).

CHARLES CARDALE BABINGTON, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., Professor of Botany, Cambridge

GEORGE BENTHAM, F.R.S., F.L.S., 25 Wilton Place, London, S8.W.

Rey. Mites JOSEPH BERKELEY, Comp. Ord. St Michael and St George, M.A., F.R.S., F.LS.,
Sibbertoft, Market Harborough

CHARLES Darwin, M.A., LL.D. Cantab., F.R.S., Hon. F.R.S.E., F.L.8., Down, Beckenham, Kent

GerEorGE Dicxktk, M.A., M.D., F.L.S., Aberdeen

Sir Jos—EPpH Datton Hooker, M.D., K.C.8.1., C.B., D.C.L. Oxon., LL.D. Cantab., F.R.S.,
F.L.S., F.G.S., Director of the Royal Gardens, Kew

FOREIGN (LIMITED TO TWENTY-FIVE).

JAKOB GEORG AGARDH, Professor of Botany, Lund, Sweden

HENRI Barton, M.D., Professor of Natural History to the Faculty of Medicine, Paris
ANTON DE Bary, Professor of Botany, Strassburg

ALEXANDER VON BUNGE, Emeritus Professor of Botany, Dorpat

_ FERDINAND Coun, M.A., Ph. D., Professor of Botany, Breslau

—_

JOSEPH DECAISNE, Member of the Institute, Professor of Horticulture, Paris

ALPHONSE DE CANDOLLE, D.C.L., Emeritus Professor of Botany, Geneva

August WILHELM EICHLER, Professor of Botany, Berlin

HetyricH ROBERT GOEPPERT, M.D., Director of the Botanic Garden, and Professor in the Uni-
versity of Breslau

Asa GRAY, M.D., Professor of Natural History in Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts

OswWALD Heer, M. D., Professor of Botany, Zurich

JOHANNES MARTIN "LANGE, Professor of Botany, and Director of the Botanic Garden,
Copenhagen

CHARLES MARTINS, Professor of Natural History, and Director of the Botanie Garden, Montpellier

EpovuaRD MorREN, Professor of Botany, Liége, Belgium

Baron Ferprnanp Von MUELLER, M.D. , Knight Commander of the Order of St Michael and
St George, F.L.S., Government "Botanist and Director of the Botanic Garden, Melbourne

CARL NAEGELI, Ph.D., Professor of Botany, Director of the Botanic Garden, Munich

Gumtaume NyLanper, Ph. D., Paris

NaTHAN PRINGSHEIM, M.D., Professor of Botany, Berlin

Juuius Sacus, Ph.D., Professor of Botany, Wiirzburg

Dr £. StRAsBURGER, Professor of Botany, Jena

Louis Renz TULASNE, Member of the Institute, and Botanical Assistant in the Museum of Natural

History, Paris
proc, Bot, soc. 1880-81. : h

XCiV

1

2

oO

So

oO

Inst of Members.

RESIDENT FELLOWS.

In the List of Resident Fellows are included some who are not resident in Edinburgh or its vicinity, but
who pay Annual Contributions as Resident Fellows, or who have compounded as such.
Resident Fellows who have compounded for their Annual Subscriptions and Transactions are marked
with an asterisk *.

Adams, William, Royal Bank

*Alison, Rev. G., Kilbarchan, Paisley

Alexander, James, jun., 1 Waterloo
Place

Allan, Francis J.. M.B.C.M. 109 Edith
Road, W. Kensington, London, W.

Anderson, James M., 8.8.C., 1 Blackford
Road

*Anderson, Rev. Thomas, F.C. Manse,
Crailing, Jedburgh

*Anderson, Wm. Arch., 10 Park Terrace,
Stirling

Archer, T. C., F.R.S.E., Director of the
Museum of Science and Art

*Archibald, John, M.B., C.M., F.R.C.S.E.,
Devon House, Mostyn Road, Brixton,
London, 8. W.

Badger, William, M.B. C.M.Ed. Penicuick

*Balfour, I. Bayley, Sc.D., M.B., F.R.S.E.,
F.L.S., F.G.8., Professor of Botany.
University of Glasgow

*Balfour, J.H., A.M., M.D., F.R.SS.L. and
E., F.L.8., Hon. Secretary

*Balfour, Thos. Alex. Goldie M.D.,
F.R.S.E., 51 George Square

*Ballantyne, John, Windermere

*Bayley, George, W.S., 13 Regent
Terrace

Beddard, Frank Ewen, B.A. 814 Princes
Street

*Bell, J. M., W.S., 55 Grange Road

*Black, James Gow, Sc.D., Professor of
Chemistry, University, Otago, New Zea-
land

Blackie, J. S., F.R.S.E., Professor of
Greek

*Boyd, W. B., of Faldonside, Melrose

Bramwell, John M., M.B. and C.M., Bur-
lington House, Goole, Yorkshire

Brebner, James, 2 Scottswood Terrace,
Dundee

Buchan, Alexander, M.A., F.R.S.E., Sec.
Scot. Met. Soc., 72 Northumberland
Street

*Buchanan, James, Oswald Road

Christison, David, M.D., 40 Moray Place

Christison, Sir Robert, Bart., M.D., LL.D.
Cantab., 40 Moray Place

*Clark, T. Bennet, 10 Manor Place

*Clechorn, Hugh F. C., M.D., F.R.S.E.,
F.L.S., Stravithie, St Andrews

*Colvin, Rev. R. F., 7 Church Hill,
Morningside

*Cowan, Alexander O., M.D., Greenhill
Lodge, Whitehouse Loan

*Cox, James, Clement Park, Dundee

*Craig, Wm., M.D., C.M., F.R.C.S.E.,
F.R.S.E., 7 Lothian Road

Craig-Christie, Alex., F.L.8., 86 Findhorn
Place

Crawford, Muir, 6 Annandale Street

4

Oo

50

6

So

Croom, J. Halliday, M.B., F.R.C.P.E.,
25 Charlotte Square

Cunynghame, R. J. Blair, M.D., F.R.S.E.,
6 Walker Street

Dawson, John, Beechvilla, Kinnoul, Perth

*Dickson, A., M.D., F.R.S.E., F.L.S., Pro-
fessor of Botany, Univ. of Edinburgh

Dixon, William E., 8 Brandon Terrace

*Douglas, Francis, M.D., Woodside, Kelso

*Drummond, W.P., Nursery and Seedsman,
Larkfield, Ferry Road

Pu eee The Palace Gardens, Dal-
keit

*Duncanson, J. J. Kirk, M.D., C.M.,
F.R.S.E., 22 Drumsheugh Gardens

Fleming, Andrew, M.D., F.RS.E., 3
Napier Road

*Forsyth, Wm. F., Ottawa, Canada

*Fyance, Charles S., Bank House, Penicnick

Fraser, Alexander, Canonmills Lodge

*Fyaser, John, M.B., C.M., 31 Regent Ter-
race

Fraser, Hugh, Leith Walk Nurseries

Fraser, Rev. James, M.A., The Manse,
Colvend, Dalbeattie

*Fraser, Patrick Neill, Rockville, Murray-
field (Treasurer)

Fraser, Thomas R., M.D., F.R.S.E., Pro-
fessor of Materia Medica

*Gair, John, Kilns House, Falkirk

Galletly, Alexander, Curator, Museum of
Science and Art

Galloway James, St Fillans, Trinity

*Gamble, James Sykes, B.A., Deputy
Conservator of Forests, Bengal

*Gayner, Charles, M.D., F.R.S.E.

Geddes, Patrick, F.R.S.E., 814 Princes ~
Street ;

Geikie, Archibald, LL.D., F.R.SS.L. and ~
E., F.G.8., Professor of Geology ¥

Gibb, Philip Burnet, M.A., 14 Picardy
Place :

*Gowans, James, Gowanbank, Morningside

Gray, Robert, F.R.S.E., 13 Inverleith Row «

Greig, James, 15 Royal Crescent

*Greig, Thomas, Glencarse, Perthshire

Grieve, David, F.R.S.E., Portobello

*Grieve, Symington, Salisbury View, Dal-
keith Road

*Hannay, Robert, Villa Maggiore, Torquay

Hardie, Thomas, M.D., F.R.C.P.E., 10
John’s Place, Leith a

Hay, Alex., 16 Duke Street é

Henry, Isaac Anderson-, F.L.S., F.R.S.E.,
Hay Lodge, Trinity

*Hepburn, Sir Thomas Buchan, Bart.,
Smeaton, Prestonkirk

*Hog, Thos, Alex., of Newliston, Linlithgow

Hossack, B. H., Orkney

Hutchison, Robert, F.R.S.E., 29 Chester
Street

8

0

List of Members.

Inglis, Archibald, M.D., 33 Albany Street

*Jenner, Chas,, F.R.S.E., Easter Dudding-
ston Lodge

*Johnston, Henry Halcro, M.B., C.M.,
Surgeon A.M.D., Station Hospital, Gos-
port, Hampshire

Johnston, W. W., Chester

*Kirk, Robert, M.B. and C.M., Glasgow

Laird, D.P., West Coates Nursery

Laird, William, 17 Coates Gardens

*Lawson, Charles, 34 George Square

Leitch, James, 8 Merchiston Terrace

*Leitch, John, M.B. and C.M., Silloth

Lennox, David, 35 Hanover Street

Lister, Joseph, F.R.SS. L. and E., Professor
of Clinical Surgery, 12 Park Crescent,
London

Livesay, William, M.B. and C.M., Sud-
bury, Derby

*Macadam, Stevenson, Ph.D., F.R.S.E.,
Surgeon’s Hall

Macadam, W. I., F.C.S., F.I.C., Lecturer
on Chemistry, Surgeon’s Hall

90 MacFarlane, John, M.Sc.B. 3 Hast Preston

Street
Mackintosh, R. T., 12 Melbourne Place
Maclagan, Andrew Douglas, M.D., F.R.S.E.,
Professor of Medical Jurisprudence.
Macmillan, J., Sc. B., M.A., F.R.S.E.,
Seminaries, Perth

* Macmillan, Rev. Dug., M.A., 12 Chalmers

Crescent.
*MacRaild, Donald, M.D., Greenock

*Marjoribanks, William, 9 Learmonth
Terrace

*Maxwell, Wellwood H., of Munches
Dalbeattie

*M‘Donald, Rev. William Murray, Burn-
head, Thornhill

*M‘Intosh, W. C., M.D., F.R.S.E., F.L.S.
Murthley, Perthshire.

100 M‘Laren, John, jun., Sec. S.A.S., 5 St.

11

oO

Andrew Square

M‘Laren, Lord, 46 Moray Place

M‘Leod, Angus Alexander, Sup. of City
Gardens, 14 Royal Exchange Square

*M‘Nab, W. Ramsay, M.D., F.L.S., Pro-
fessor of Botany. Royal College of
Science for Ireland, Dublin

Methven, John, 6 Bellevue Crescent

*Millar, C.H. F.R.S.E., 5 Palmerston Place

*Milne, John, Kevock Tower, Lasswade

Mitchell, David, 6 Comely Bank

Mitchell, Rev. James, M.A., The Manse,
Hermitage Place, Leith

Moffat, Andrew, 320 Leith Walk

Moinet, F.W., M.D., 18 Alva Street

Muirhead, G. Paxton, Berwick-on-Tweed

Murray, George, Chemist, South Back of
Canongate

*Norman, Commander, Francis M., R.N.,
Cheviot House, Berwick-on-Tweed

Norrie, David, 4 Royal Circus

120

130

140

XCV

Ogilvie, William M‘Dougall, Royal Bank
Lochee, Dundee

*Panton, Geo. A., F.R.S.E., 95 Colmore
Row, Birmingham

Parnell, Richard, M.D., F.R.S.E., 17
Merchiston Avenue

*Paterson, J.L., M.D., Boa Vista, Grange

Paterson, Robert, 47 Grange Road

Pattison, Peterwald, Ashville, Trinity

Peach, B. N., F.R.S.E., F.G.S., Scot.
Geo. Survey Office

Pearson, Charles, C.A., 128 George Street

Playfair, David Thomson, M.B., and C.M.,
Bromeley, Kent

Porteous, George M., Firknowe, Juniper
Green

Pottage, John C., 7 Coates Place

*Potts, George H., of Fettes Mount, 92
Princes Street

Reid, James R., F.L.S., Bengal Civil Serv.

*Robertson, A. Milne, M.B., C.M.

Robertson, D.M., Trinity Nurseries

Roger, Charles, Dundee

Rutherford, William, M.D., F.R.SS.L. & E.,
Professor of Institutes of Medicine

*Sadler, John, Curator, Royal Botanic
Garden

*Scot-Skirving, Robert, of Camptown, 29
Drummond Place

Scott, James Robson, M.D., 27 Abercromby
Place

*Sibbald, J., M.D., F.R.S.E., 2 St Mar-
garet’s Road

Smith, R.M., F.R.S.E., 4 Bellevue Crescent

Sprague, Thom. B., F.R.S.E., 26 St
Andrews Square

Stevenson, Rev. John, Glamis, Forfarshire

Stewart, John, W.S., 4 Albyn Place

Stock, Thomas, Nat. Hist. Department,
Museum of Science and Art

*Swan, Patrick D., F.R.S.E., Kirkcaldy

Syme, David, Bangholm House, Ferry

ad

*Taylor, Andrew, 37 South Clerk Street,
Assistant Secretary

Thomson, Sir C. Wyville, LL.D., F.R.S.,
Professor of Natural History, Bonsyde,
Linlithgow

Thomson, David, Craigleith Nurseries

Thomson, John, 17 Strathearn Place

Thomson, Wm. Thomas, F.R.S.E., 27
Royal Terrace

Thomson, William, Seedsman, 3 Mel-
bourne Place

Turner, Rev. William, 27 Queen’s Crescent

*Walker, Arthur, A., Beech Lodge,
Wimbledon, London, S.W.

*Welsh, James, 15 Pilrig Street

White, John, 34 Manor Place

Wilson, J., F.R.S.E., Prof. of Agriculture

Wilson, J. T., of Restalrig House

Wilson, Dr Andrew, F.R.S.E., Surgeon’s
Hall

XCVl

160

Last o if Members.

NON-RESIDENT FELLOWS.

Those who have compounded for their Transactions are marked with an asterisk *.

*Aitken, Andw. P., M.A., Sc.D. Liberton

Allman, G. J., F.RS.E., Queen Anne’s
Mansions, St James’ Park, London

Anderson, Findlay, Inchyra Grange, Pol-
mont (23 Castle Street, Edinburgh)

Anderson, John, M.D., F.L.8., Calcutta

Armitage, 8. H., M.D., 9 Huntris Row,
Scarborough

Baber, Rev. Harry, M.A., Chelsea.

*Babington, Rev. Churchill, D.D., F.L.S.,
Cockfield Rectory, Sudbury

Balfour, And. Howden, L.R.C.8., Porto-
bello

Ball, John, F.R.S., F.L.S., 10 Southwell
Gardens, South Kensington

*Barnes, Henry, M.D., 45 Lowther Street,
Carlisle

Barty, Rev. Thomas, M.A., The Manse,
Kirkcolm

Benson, Edward W., Birmingham

Beveridge, James §., L.R.C.S., and P., 9
Spring Gardens, London, 58. W.

Birdwood, George, M.D., India Office

170 Bodenham, Thomas, Shrewsbury

*Boswell, J. T., LL.D., F.L.8., Balmuto,
Kirkcaldy, Fife

Branfoot, J. H., M.D., West Indies

Broome, C.H., M.A., F.L.S, Bath-Easton
Somerset

*Brown, George H.W., Victoria, Van-
couver Island.

*Brown, Isaac, Brantholme, Kendal

Brown, Robt., Ph. D., F.L.S., of Campster,
26 Guilford Road, Albert Square,
London, 8. W.

Brown, William, M.D., Cape of Good

ope

Buckley, Nathaniel, M.D., 196 Yorkshire
Street, Rochdale, Lancashire

Bull, Henry G., M.D., Hereford

180 Burnett, Charles John, Aberdeen

Burslem, Willoughby Marshall,
Bournemouth, Hants

*Call, Thomas J., L.R.C.P., Ilkley, near
Leeds

Campbell, Wm. H., LL.D., Demerara

Carnegie, W. F. Lindsay, Kinblethmont

Carpenter, W. B., M.D., F.R.S., F.L.5.,
56 Regent’s Park Road, London

Carr, Andrew Morton, London ‘

Carrington, Ben., M.D., Eccles, Man-
chester

*Carruthers, Wm., F.R.S., F.L.8., British
Museum, London _

Carter, James, M.R.C.S., Eng. Cambridge

M.D.,

190 Christison, Alexander, M.D., Agra

Clark, Benj., Mount Vernon, Hampstead

Clay, Robert H., M.D., 4 Windsor Villas,
Plymouth

*Cleland, John, M.D., Professor of Ana-
tomy, University of Glasgow

Coldstream, Wm., B.A., B.C.S., India

Collingwood, Cuthbert, M.A.,M.B.,F.L.S.,
Pembroke Villa, Central Hills, Upper
Norwood, London

|
|

20

210

220

23

0

=

*Collins, James, London

*Cooke, M. C., M.A., LL.D., 2 Grosvenor
Villas, Junction Road, London, N.

*Cowan, Charles William, Valleyfield
House, Penicuik

Crawford, William, Caldwell, Blairmore

*Davies, A. H., Ph. D., F.L.5., Craigie Lea,
Blundell Sands, Liverpool

Dawe, Thomas Courts, St Thomas, Laun-
ceston

Dempster, Alexander, Aberdeen

Dennistoun, John, Greenock

Dickenson, E. H., M.D., M.A., 162 Bed-
ford Street South, Liverpool

Dobie, W. M., M.D., Chester

Donkin, Arthur §., M.D., 30 Villiers Street,
Sunderland

*Dresser, Christopher, Ph.D., F.L.S.,
Tower Cressy, Aubrey Road, Notting
Hill, London

Drummond, Thomas, B.Sc., Bank Street,
Annan

*Duckworth, Dyce, M.D., 11 Grafton
Street, Bond Street, London, W.

Duff, Alex. Groves, M.D., New Zealand

Dupuis, Nathan Fellowes, M.A., Prof. of
Chem. and Nat. Hist., Queen’s College,
Kingston, Canada

*Duthie, J. F., B.A., F.L.S., Director of the
Botanic Gardens, Saharunpore, N.W.P.,
India

*Hlliot, Sir Walter, K.C.S.L, LL.D., F.R.S.,
F.L.S., Wolfelee, Hawick

Elliot, Robert, Wolfelee, Hawick

Errington, John Edward, Greenock

Evans, W. W., 16 Gillespie Crescent

*Farquharson, Rev. James, Selkirk

Farre, Fred. John, M.D., 80 St. George’s
Road, South Belgravia, London, S.W.

*Fayrer, Sir Joseph, M.D., K.CS.L.,
F.R.S.E,, London+

Fleming, Alexander B., M.D., 20 Temple
Row, Birmingham

Flower, Thomas Bruges, F.L.8., M.R.C.S.,
9 Beaufort Buildings West, Bath

*Foggo, R. G., Invercauld, Aberdeen-
shire

Foot, Simon, M.R.I.A., Dublin

Foote, Harry D’O., M.D., Crofts House,
Rotherham, Yorkshire

Forbes, John, M.D., Culloden

Foss, Robert W. M.B. & C.M., Stockton-
on-Tees, Durham

*Fox, Charles H., M.D., Brislington House,
near Bristol

Fraser, James A., M.D., Cape Town

*Fraser, John, M.A., M.D., Chapel Ash,
Wolverhampton

French, J. B., Australia

Geddes, John, Mining Engineer

Gibson, G. S., F.L.S., Saffren, Walden,
Essex

Gilchrist, James, M.D., Dumfries

Giraud, Herbert J., M.D., London

*Gordon, Rev. George, LL. D., Birnie, Elgin

240

250

260

270

List of Members.

Gough, George S., Viscount, M.R.I.A.,
Lough Cutra Castle, Gort, Galway

Grant, James Simpson, M.D., London

Greenwood, Alfred, Chelmsford, Essex

Grierson, Thomas B., Surgeon, Thornhill,
Dumfriesshire

*Gunning, Robert Halliday, A.M., M.D.
Edin., Palmeira, Brazil

Gutch, John W, G., Swansea

Hamilton, John Buchanan, of Leny and
Bardovie

Hay, G. W. R., M.D., Bombay Army, Port
Surgeon, Aden

*Haynes, Stanley Lewis, M.D., Parkhurst,
Malvern, Worcestershire

Hector, James, M.D., F.R.S.E., F.LS.,
Wellington, New Zealand

Heslop, Ralph C,, M.D., 2 Winckley §q.,
Preston, Lancashire

Hewetson, Henry, Leeds

Hill, W. R., M.D., Lymington, Hants

Holmes, E. M., Curator of Museum, Phar.
Soc. of Great Britain, Bloomsbury
Square, London

Holmes, Rev. E. Adolphus, M.A., F.L.S.,
Harleston, Norfolk

Home, David Milne, LL.D., F.R.S.E., of
Milnegraden, Paxton House, Berwick-on-
Tweed, (10 York Place)

Homfray, Rev. Kenyon, Usk, Monmouth

Hore, Rev. William §., Stoke, Devon-

port

Hort, Rev. Fenton J. A., Rev. Prof., D.D.,
M.A., St. Peter’s Terrace, Cambridge

Hume, Thomas, M.B. and C.M., Madras

Hunter, Rev. Robert, Mecklenburg Street,
London

Hutchinson, Robert F., M.D., Bengal

Inman, T., M.D., 12 Rodney Street,
Liverpool

Ivory, Francis J., Australia

Jacob, Philip W., Rochester

*Jameson, Deputy Surgeon-General Wil-
liam, H.M. Indian Army

Jeffrey, John, Balsusney, Kirkcaldy

Jepson, O., M.D. Medical Superintendent
City of London Lunatic Asylum, Stone,
Dartford, Kent

Johnston, James, Willow Park, Greenock

Johnston, John Wilson, M.D., F.R.S.E.,
N.W.P., India

Johnston, William G., 13 Harley Street,
Battersea

Jones, David Fielding, Manillah, Bel-
turbet

Jones, William, M.D., M.R.C.S.

Kannemeyer, Daniel R. L.R.C.S.E.,
Burghersdorp, Cape Colony, South
Africa

Keir, Patrick Small, of Kindrogan

Kerr, Robert, Greenock

Kirk, John, Sir, M.D., F.L.S., Consul,
Zanzibar

Lawson, George, LL.D., Prof. of Nat. Hist.
and Chemistry, Dalhousie College, Nova
Scotia

Leefe, Rev. J. E., M.A., F.L.8., Cresswell
Vicarage, Morpeth

Lees, Edwin, F.L.8., Green Hill Summit,
Worcester

1)
to}
oO

300

310

XCvVli

Leighton, Rev. William A., B.A., F.L.S.,
Shrewsbury

Lilburne, James, M.D., R.N., Lisbon

*Lingwood, Robert M., M.A., F.L.8., 6
Park Villas, Cheltenham

*Lowe, George May, M.D., C.M., Lincoln

*Lowe, John, M.D., King’s Lynn, Nor-
folk

Lowe, William Henry, M.D., Woodcote,
Wimbledon

Macaulay, James, M.D., 22 Cambridge
Road, Kilburn, London, N.W.

Macdonald, Johu, M.D., Gothic House,
Walton-on-Thames

Macgregor, Rey. Patrick,
Almond Manse, Perthshire

*Mack, Anthony, Ardrossan

Mackenzie, Stephen C., M.D., Professor of
Hygiéne, Calcutta

Maclagan, Philip W., M.D., Berwick

Maclagan, General Robert, F.R.S.E.,

37 Lexham Gardens, London

Macvicar, Rev. J. G., D.D., LL. D., Moffat

M.A., Logie

Marshall, William, Gashfield Terrace,
Harolds-cross Road, Dublin
Matthews, John, M.D., 1 Tynemouth

Place, Tynemouth

*Maw, George, F.L.S., F.G.S., Benthall

Hall, Broseley

Melville, A. G., Professor of Nat. Hist.,

Galway

Melville, Henry Reed, M.D., St Vincent

Mitchell, Joseph, C.E., Viewhill, Inver-

Moore, Charles, Director of the Botanic
Garden, Sydney, New South Wales

Moore, John Murray, M.D., 6 Oxford
Street, Abercromby Square, Liverpool

*Moore, Thomas, F.L.8., Curator, Botanic
Garden, Chelsea

*More, A. G., F.L.S., M.R.I.A., Science
and Art Museum, Dublin

Morrieson, James Stuart, M.D., Bengal

Mudge, John William, M.D., London

Mushet, David, Mining Engineer, Glou-
cestershire

Naylor, F., 4 Nilman Street, Bedford Row,
London, W.

Nevins, John Birkbeck, M.D., 3 Aber-
cromby Square, Liverpool

Newbould, Rey. W. W., M.A., F.L.S.,
Montague House, Kew.

*Nivison, T. R. 8., M.D., Somerford,
Christchurch, Hants

Ogilvie, George, M.D., Aberdeen

Ogilvie, John Forbes, M.D., Aberdeen

Oliver, Daniel, F.R.S., F.L.8., Herbarium,
Royal Gardens, Kew

*Parker, Charles Eyre, 13 Scarborough
Terrace, Torquay, Devon

*Paterson, Alexander, M.D., Fernfield,
Bridge of Allan

Paterson, R., M.D., 32 Charlotte Street,
Leith

Paton, James, F.L.S., Industrial Museum,
Kelvingrove, Glasgow

Paul, James, M.D., Jamaica

Percy, John, M.D., 2 Cravenhill, Bays-
water, London, W.

Perry, William Groves, Australia

xevlil

Pettigrew, J. Bell, M.D., F.R.SS.L. and E.,
Professor of Medicine, St Andrews

Pires, D’Albuquerque, Le Chevalier,
Brazil

Pollexfen, Rev. John Hutton, Middleton
Tyss Vicarage, Richmond, Yorkshire

Polwhele, T., Roxburgh

Portlock, Joseph Alison

Post, G. E., M.D., Beyrout

Priestley, W. O., M.D.,17 Hertford Street,
Mayfair, London

Prior, R. C. Alexander, M.D., F.L.S., 48
York Ter., Regent’s Park, London

*Ramsbotham, 8. H., M.D., Leeds

Ravenscroft, Edward J., London

Reid, J. G., M.D., Cape of Good Hope

Riddell, William R., B.A., B.Sc., Prov.
Normal School, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada

*Rothery, Henry Cadogan, M.A., F.L.S.,
94 Gloucester Terrace, Hyde Park,
London

330 Roxburgh, Robert, Greenock

*Rylands, Thomas Glazebrook, F.L.S.,
Highfields, Thelwall, near Warrington

Scott, D.H., M.D., Altavilla, Queenstown,
Cork

Scott, Daniel, Wood Manager, Darnaway
Castle, Forres

Scott, John, Greenock

Selkirk, Earl of, St Mary’s Isle

Shapter, Thos., M.D., The Barnfield,
Exeter

Shaw, George James, M.D., Ventnor

Shaw, John Edward, M.B., 2 Rodney
Cottages, Clifton, Bristol

Sherwood, E., M.D., Prospect Hill, Whitby

Sidney, M. J. F., Cowpen, Morpeth

Simpson, Samuel, Lancaster

Slack, Robert, M.D., Holywalk, Leaming-
ton

Southwell, Thomas, F.Z.S., Earlham Road,
Norwich

Spasshatt, Samuel P., M.D., Armidale,
New South Wales

Spruce, Richard, Ph.D., Welburn, York

od

la)

LADY ASSOCIATES.

~

Mrs Alexander, 7
Edinburgh

Miss Agnes Carnegie, Edinburgh

*Mrs Bain, 9 Napier Road, Edinburgh

The Most Hon. the Marchioness Cornwallis

Mrs Scrymsoure Fothringham, Fothring-
ham House, Forfarshire

Rosebery Crescent,

on

FOREIGN AND CORRESPONDING MEMBERS.

John Erhart Areschoug, M.D., Professor
Emeritus of Botany, Upsala
Dr F. W. C. Areschoug, Professor of
Botany, University of Lund
Dr P. Ascherson, Royal Herbarium, Berlin
Axel Blytt, Keeper of the Herbarium,
University, Christiania
5 G. C. W. Bohnensieg, Harlem

co
Or
o

360

370

10 Miss Anna Maria Plowden

10 Dietrich Brandis, Ph. D., Inspector-General

List of Members.

*Stables, Wm. Alex., Nairn

Steel, Gavin, of Carphin, Lanarkshire

Steele, Robert, Greenock

Stevens, Rev. Charles
Goudhurst, Kent

Stewart, Samuel A., 6 North St., Belfast

Storey, John, St Mary’s Place, Newcastle

Tate, George R., M.D., Alnwick

Taylor, R. H., M.D., 1 Percy Street,
Liverpool

Thomson, Allen, M.D., F.R.S., 66 Palace
Garden Terrace, London, W.

Thomson, Spencer, M.D., Ashton, Torquay

Thomson, William, F.R.C.S.E.

*Tinne, John A., Briarley, Aigburth,
Liverpool

*Townsend, F., Honnington Hall, Shipston-
on-Stour

“Trail, W,., MoD
Andrews

Tyacke, N., M.D., Westgate, Chichester

Vacy, Charles Kingford, M.D., Cornwall

Valentine, Colin 8., LL.D., Surgeon, Jey-
pore, Rajputana, India

Vanderbyl, Philip J., 51 Porchester Ter-
race, London

Vigor, A., Stonehouse, Cambridge ,

Waddell, Thomas, Cumbernauld

Walker, David, M.A., Colchester

Walker, V. E., Arno’s Grove, Southgate, j
Middlesex

Wallich, George Charles, M.D., Kensing-
ton, London, W.

White, Alfred, F.L.S., West Drayton

*White, F. B. W., M.D., Perth f

White, Frank Isa, M.D., Perth ;

Wilks, G. A. F., M.D., Woodburn, Tor-

Abbott, M.A.,

of Woodwick, St

ua

Wilson A. Stephen, North Kinmunday,
Summerhill, Aberdeen

Wright, R. Ramsay, M.A., B.Se., Professor
of Botany and Nat. Hist. Toronto

*Yellowlees, David, M.D., Gartnavel
Asylum, Glasgow

Young, Edward, Neath, South Wales

Miss Gage, Isle of Rathlin, Ballycastle

Lady Kane, Raglan Road, Dublin

The Hon. Louisa Anne Neville, Audley
End, Essex

Mrs Michael Percival

Edmond Boissier, Geneva

H. N. Bolander, Botanist to the Geological
Survey of California

J. E. Bommer, Professor of Botany,
Brussels

Dr Edouard Bornet, Paris

of Forests, Calcutta

List of Members. xcix

Henry Hunter Calvert, British Vice-Consul
Alexandria, Egypt
Dr Joaquim Monteiro Caminhoa, Professor
of Botany and Zoology, Rio Janeiro
Robert Caspary, Professor of Botany, and
Directorof the Botanic Garden, KGnigsberg
Casimir De Candolle, Geneva.
15 Rev. W. O. Cleave, LL.D. , College House,
St Helier, Jersey
Baron de Castello de Paiva, M.D., Oporto
J. F. Cheeseman, Museum, Auckland,
New Zealand
Dominique Clos, M.D., Professor of Botany,
Toulouse
Francois, Crépin, Director of the Royal
Botanic Garden, Brussels
20 Hon. G. A. Cunningham, Mauritius
William Broughton Mavis, M.D., Surgeon-
Major, Freetown, Sierra Leone
Dr Frederico Delpino, Professor of Botany,
and Director of the Bot. Gardens, Genoa.
P. Duchartre, Professor of Botany to the
Faculty of Sciences, Paris
F. W. Van Eeden, Director of the Colonial
Museum, Haarlem
25 Franz Xavier Fieber, Chrudim, Bohemia
Dr A. Garcke, Royal Herbarium, Berlin
Dr Gottsche, Altona, near Hamburg
G. C. Grech-Delicata, M.D., Prof. Nat.
Hist., and Bot., Malta
M. Guthnick, Berne, Switzerland
30 Theodore de Heldreich, Director of the
Botanical Gardens, Athens
Dr Hermann Hoffman, Prof. of Botany,
and Director of Bot. Gardens, Giessen
John Horn, F.L.S., Director of the Royal
Botanic Gardens, Mauritius
James Africanus Beale Horton, M.D.,
Surgeon-Major, Cape Coast
Edelstan, Jardin, Cherbourg
35 Dr Auguste le Jolis, Cherbourg
Dr L. Juranyi, Pref. and Director of the
Botanic Garden, Buda Pest, Hungary
Albert Kellogg, M.D., San Francisco, Cali-
fornia
George King, M.D., Superintendent
Botanic Garden, Calcutta
Albert Kolliker, M.D., Professor of Physio-
logy, Wiirzburg
40 Friedrich Traugott Kiitzing, M.D., Profes-
sor of Natural History, Nordhausen
Ernest La Lecheur, St Pierre, Guernsey

Dr S. O. Lindberg, Director of Botanic

Garden, Helsingfors, Finland
Daniel Jerome Macgowan, M.D., Ningpo,
China

Giuseppe Meneghini, M.D., Professor of
Geology in the University, Pisa

45 A. Millardet, Professor of Botany to the

Faculty of Sciences, Bordeaux

Charles Moore, Director of the Botanic
Garden, Sydney, New South Wales

William Murray, San Francisco

C. Naudin, Member of the Institute of
France, Antibes

Charles Frider Nyman, Conservator of the
Herbarium, Stockholm

50 Dr C. A. J. A. Oudemans, Professor of

Botany and Director of the Botanic Gar-
den, Amsterdam

Dr R. A. Philippi, Professor of Botany in
the University of Santiago, Chili

S. Louis Pisani, M.D., Malta

J. E. Planchon, Se.D., Director of the
School of Pharmacy, and Professor in the
Faculty of Science, Montpellier

Dr L. Radlkofer, Professor of Botany, Uni-
versity of Munich

55 Edouard de Regel, Director of the Imperial

Botanic Garden, St Petersburg

Dr. H. G. Reichenbach, Prof. of Botany,
and Director Botanic Gardens, Hamburg

Joas, Barboza Rodrigues, Secy. and Prof.
Adjunct in the Imperial College of Pedro
II., Rio Janeiro

Johannes, Chr. Roper, M.D., Ph.D., Profes-
sor of Botany, Rostock, Mecklenburg

Dr Edouard Rostan, Perrero di Pinerolo,
Piedmont

60 C. S. Sargent, Prof. of Arboriculture, and

Superintendent, Harvard Botanic Gar-
den, Cambridge, Massachusetts

J. L. Schaller, Fribourg, Switzerland

Dr R. Schomburgk, Director of the Govern-
ment Botanic Garden, Adelaide, South
Australia

Otto Wilhelm Sonder, Ph.D., Hamburg

Luis Sodiro, Professor of Botany, Univer-
sity of Quito, Ecuador

65 W. F. R. Suringar, Professor of Botany,

and Director of the Botanic Garden,
Leyden

Dr Nicolao Terracciano, Director of the
Royal Gardens, Caserta, near Naples

G. H. K. Thwaites, Ph.D., F.R.S., Ceylon

Ph. Van Tieghem, Member of the In-
stitute, Paris

Profesor Augustina Todaro, Palermo,
icily

yi
70 Dr Maurice Willkomm, Professor of Botany

and Director of the Botanic Garden,
Prague, Bohemia

ASSOCIATES.

Bell, William, Markham Grant, Dehra
Doon, North-West Provinces, India
Boyle, David, Boxhill Post-Office, Nun-
wading, South Bourk, Melbourne
Brocas, F. Y., 4 Mill Street, Conduit Street,
London, W.
Brotherston, A., Shedden Park Road, Kelso
- 5 Buchanan, John, Blantyre, Shire High-
lands, Central Africa

Campbell, John, Ledaig, Argyllshire

Caird, Francis M., M.B., C.M., Alva
Street, Edinburgh

Campbell, A., Station Agent, Burntisland

pate Alexander, Smith Institute, Stir-

10 pane Chas., 42 Triangle, Bristol

Evans, William, Scottish Widows’ Fund,
St Andrew Square

C List of Members.

Gray, Peter, 35 Jeffries Road, Clapham |

Rise, London, 8. W.

Howie, Charles, Eden Cottage, Largo

Jaffray, Andrew T., Darjeeling
15 Kerr, Andrew, Taxidermist, Montrose
Laing, J., Nurseryman, Forresthill, London
Lindsay, Robert, Royal Botanic Garden
Macfarlane, G., 8 Bangor Road, Leith
M‘Nab, T., Canada
Matheson, Adam, Jedburgh
Morris, George, Chester
Munro, Robertson, Abercorn Nursery,

Jock’s Lodge, Edinburgh

2

o

Pamplin, William, A.L.S., Llanderfel,
Corwen, Merionethshire

Peach, Charles, W., A.L.S.,30 Haddington
Place

Robinson, James F., Frodsham, Cheshire

Ross, George, 18 Crombie Street, Oban

Scrymgeour, James, 18 Meadowside,
Dundee

Shaw, William, Gunsgreen, Eyemouth

Sim, John, 9 Commercial Street, Perth

30 Whittaker, Joseph, Ferriby Brook, Morley,

Derby

to
Or

Societies and Universities to which the Society's Transactions are sent.

Amsterdam, Royal Institution of Holland

Barrow Naturalists’ Field Club

Belfast Naturalists’ Field Club

Belfast Nat. History and Philosophical Society
Berlin, the Botanical Society

Berne, Society of Swiss Naturalists
Berwickshire, Naturalists’ Club

Bonn, Natural History Society

Boston (U.S.), Society of Natural History
Bremen, Natural History Society

Bristol, Naturalists’ Society

Brussels, Botanical Society of Belgium

Calcutta, Asiatic Society
Cambridge, University Library
Caspary, Professor, Konigsberg
Cherbourg, Natural History Society
Christiania, University Library
Copenhagen, Botanical Society

Dublin, Royal Dublin Society
Dublin, Trinity College Library

Edinburgh, Advocates’ Library

Edinburgh, Scottish Arboricultural Society

Edinburgh, Geological Society

Edinburgh, Government Library, Royal Botanic
Garden

Edinburgh, Royal Society

Edinburgh, Royal Medical Society

Edinburgh, Royal Physical Society

Edinburgh, Royal Scottish Society of Arts

Edinburgh, University Library

Epping Forest Naturalists’ Field Club

Erlangen, Physical Medical Society

Florence, Nuovo Giornale Botanico Italiana,
(Hditors)

Giessen, Natural History Society

Glasgow, Natural History Society (Anderson’s
College)

Glasgow, Philosophical Society

Harlem, Musée Teyler

Harvard, University Library

Halle, Kaiserlich Leopold. Carol. Deutschen
der Naturforscher

Hert‘ordshire Nat. Hist. Soc., and Field Club

Konigsberg Physico-Economical Society

Leeds, Naturalists’ Club and Scientific Assoc.
Lisbon, Academy of Natural Sciences
Liverpool, Literary and Philosophical Society
London, British Museum

London, Linnean Society

London, Pharmaceutical Society of Great
Britain
London, The Editor of the ‘‘ Gardeners’

Chronicle”
London, Quekett Microscopical Club
London, Royal Horticultural Society
Lund, University Library
Luxembourg, La Société Botanique
Lyons, Botanical Society

Manchester, Literary and Philosophical Society
Melbourne, Australia, Royal Society
Munich, Royal Academy of Science

Newcastle, Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club
New Orleans Academy of Sciences, United States
New York, Academy of Sciences

New Zealand, Institute, Wellington, New Zea-

an

Norwich, Norfolk and Norwich . Naturalists’
Society

Oxford, University Bodleian Library

Paris, Botanical Society of France

Perth, Perthshire Society of Natural Science

Philadelphia, Academy of Natural Sciences

Plymouth, Institution, and Devon and Cornwall
Natural History Society

Stockholm, Royal Academy of Sciences
Strassburg, University Library
Sydney, Royal Society of, N. S. Wales.

Toronto, Canadian Institute
Upsala, Society of Sciences

Pein sn

> =e

fac >

Washington, the Library of the U. S. Geolo- .

gical Survey of the Territories
Washington, Smithsonian Institution

| Westphalia, Natural History Society

Yorkshire Naturalists Union

Copies are also sent to the British and Foreign Honorary Fellows of the Society.

9
4
:

EXPLANATION OF PLATES III.(a) anp III(8).

Postscript.—In bringing out the illustrations for my note
on the Septa across the ducts of Bougainvillea and Testudi-
naria, published in last part of the Society’s 7ransactions,
I must apologise for the delay in publication, which was
due to various difficulties in their execution, difliculties to
which I need not particularly refer. As my communication
was little more than a memorandum of the structures I had
observed, I take this opportunity of adding a few remarks as
supplement.

I have to regret my still very imperfect knowledge of the
literature connected with the two plants in question. As
to Nyctaginacee I have consulted Regnault’s memoir! on
the structure of the stems of “ Cyclospermew,” and the more
recent one of Petersen,? who has made special and care-
ful study of the stem-anatomy of Nyctaginacee. My study
of this latter work, has, I may say, from my ignorance of
the Danish language, practically been confined to his figures,
and to the French veswmé accompanying the paper. I
have not had opportunity of seeing the works of Unger ®
and Negeli* to which Petersen makes reference. So far
as I can make out, however, the occasional septa across the
ducts of Bougainvillea have not previously been observed.

Petersen gives a figure of a portion of a moderately young
stem (perhaps of the second year) of Lougainvillea, showing
the central region with primary bundles, the outer zone

1 Regnault, ‘‘ Recherches sur les affinités de Structure des tiges des plantes
du groupe des Cyclospermées,” Ann. d. Sc. Nat., IV. Ser. (Botanique), tome
xiv. (1860).

2 Petersen, ‘‘ Bidrag til Nyctaginé-steengelens Histiologi og udviklings-
historie,” Botanisk Tidsskrift, xi. 149. Copenhagen, 1879.

3 Unger, Ueber den Bau und das Wachsthum des Dicotyledonenstamimes
St. Petersburg, 1840.

4 Negeli, Bettrage zur Wisscenschaftl. Botanik, 1858.

2

with secondary bundles, the extra-fascicular cambium, and
the cellular rind still covered with epidermis, immediately
beneath which the cork is beginning to be developed from a
phellogen layer. In that figure he correctly represents the
libriform fibres of the rind as forming a nearly continuous
layer. In older stems, however, such as that I have figured,
these fibres become considerably separated from each other
by the general growth and expansion of the rind-paren-
chyma. Libriform fibres similar to those of Bougainvillea
have been described by Regnault and Petersen in Pisonia.
It is to be noted that in the young stem there is very little
parenchyma to the inner side of the libriform fibres, while
in the older stem there is a considerable amount of what
may be called secondary rind-parenchyma, internal to the
libriform fibres, developed out of the extra-fascicular cam-
bium, and consisting of cells disposed in radiating lines as
seen in transverse section (Plate III. (8), fig. 2, srp.). The
wood-cells are very irregularly disposed, and, from the way
in which they often pass gradually, so to speak, into the
adjacent parenchyma, seem to be little more than a prosen-
chymatous modification of the ground-tissue. With regard
to the occasional reticulated septa across the ducts, I may
mention that my pupil, Mr Robert Kidston, has discovered
in both stem and root of Vecoma radicans similar occasional
septa, which are almost indistinguishable in appearance from
those of Lougainvillea.

As to Testudinaria elephantipes, | cannot find any reference
to the remarkably beautiful septa across the large ducts,
although I scarcely think they can have escaped observa-
tion. The occurrence of several tracts of soft bast which I
have noted in the bundles in this plant, has already been
indicated as a characteristic peculiarity in Dioscorea and
Tamus by Guillaud}

ALEXANDER DICKSON.
December 1881.

' Guillaud, ‘‘ Anatomie de la Tige des Monocotylédones,” Ann. de Sc. Nat.,
VI. Ser. (Lotanique), tome v. p. 167.

3

Prate ITI.(a).
Bougainvillea glabra.

Fig. 1. Micro-photo-lithograph of transverse section of stem, of
several years’ growth, and about one-fifth of an inch in diameter;
magnified 33 diameters. The specimen was stained with aniline
dye, by which means the different tissues are more readily dis-
tinguished from each other. The outermost dark zone is the some-
what fissured corky layer. The pale zone just within it consists of
the younger cork-cells just emerging out of the phellogen, and not
yet tangentially flattened. The dark zone just within this is the
external collenchymatous portion of the outer rind-parenchyma,
and the pale zone just within that is the non-collenchymatous
portion of the same. The dark line just within this indicates the
extra-fascicular bast-fibres; and within this again there is a pale
zone of considerable thickness, consisting externally of the secondary
rind-parenchyma, and internally of the extra-fascicular cambium
(compare with Plate III.(a), fig. 2), Then we come upon the zone
of secondary thickening, with small-celled matrix, in which are im-
bedded the secondary bundles. These bundles are disposed in
irregularly radiating lines, separated from each other by lines of
matrix which simulate medullary rays, but with which, as remarked
by Petersen, they must not be confounded. In the centre of the
stem we have the primary bundles irregularly scattered in a large
celled matrix. Across the duct marked x is stretched the reticu-
lated septum represented in Plate III.(0), fig. 3.

Puate III.(6).
Bougainvillea glabra.
Fig. 2. Transverse section of outer portion of stem of same age
as the foregoing ; magnified 200 diameters.
ck. = Cork.
ph. = Younger cork-cells developing out of phellogen.
prp. = Primary rind-parenchyma outside the extra-fascicular
libriform fibres. The outer cells of this zone are
collenchymatous, although not so markedly so as
in the younger stem,

= Extra-fascicular libriform fibres.

Secondary rind-parenchyma, internal to the last, and
developed out of the subcortical meristem (extra-
fascicular cambium). The larger cells in this
zone contained bundles of acicular crystals,

S
|

II

Srp.

+

efe. = Extra-fascicular cambium, or subcortical meristem.
pm. = Parenchymatous matrix of zone of secondary thick-

ening.
sb. = Soft bast of secondary bundle.
ife. = Trace of intra-fascicular cambium 4
dd. = Dotted ducts of xylem portion of secondary bundle.

w. = Wood-cells.
Fig. 3. Reticulated imperforate septum from the duct marked z
in Plate III.(a), fig. 1; magnified 720 diameters.

Testudinaria elephantipes.

Fig. 4, Longitudinal section of portion of stem, magnified 79
diameters, showing portion of one of the large ducts with very
oblique and much elongated imperforate septum, which is marked
with transversely elongated pits in its middle portion, and finely
dotted towards the narrowed extremities. The drawing from which
this figure is a photo-lithographic reduction was made with assistance
of camera lucida under high power (of course from a number of fields
of view), and measures about thirty inches.

d. = Duct, the wall of which is surrounded by com-
paratively short parenchyma cells with dotted
markings.

s. = Oblique septum across the duct. In this specimen
the septum is one-tenth of an inch in length.

pm. = General parenchymatous matrix, consisting of finely
dotted cells considerably larger than those im
mediately surrounding the duct.

ARES
eas

p=

7a =

rs
= Kd
ss,

pe Pe

es,

> Pad i vu
SG se le
Panes,
ele

Unt

Trans. Bot. Soc. Edin.’ Vel. XIV Pi, IV

M¢Farlane & Erskine, Lith™® Edin?

RIVEN OAK. EAST GATE. DRUMMORE.
24™ Jury 1880.

Vol. XIV. Plate \

mao
N

rston & Sons, Lith’: Edin® A. Dickson, de}t

Plate V

pADY

Vol

‘TRANS. Bor. Soc

|

A Dickson, del?

° Edin™

Waterston & Sons Lek

s eal

“ff

Ede} LTS. BOG SOG LAU VOC, ALY. 1 VLE.

a
o
‘
r ob! Kidston, del. et kth

Trans. Bot Soc. Edin, Vol XIV, Pt FIM.

LEPIDOPHLOIOS LARICINUM. :

e. : LTans. Bot. Soc, Ldin., Vol ASV, Fl LA.

4

SM. Mactarlane. del. Fe. fhitdsion, With.

x

nd

: ORNITHOGALUM PYRAMIDALE. L; etc.

M. Mactartare, cel.

S

lrans. Bot. Soe, Edin, Vol. XIV. Pt.

Le. tA Cor,

CATVPLXT.

(gj

Trans Bot. Soc kdin™ Vi

KOHL RABT. pees.

TRANSACTIONS AND PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

BOTANICAL SOCIETY.

VOL. XIV.—PART III.

p
Up

is 530SS12:

a EDINBURGH:
a PRINTED FOR THE BOTANICAL SOCIETY.

MDCCCLXXXIII,

The Botanical Society of Edinburgh is prepared to
exchanges of plants with Foreign Botanists.

British or Foreign species will ‘be given in exchat
accordance with the wish of the Coutributor.

A complete copy of the Tein setae to Vol.
_ inclusive, can be had for £8 from the Treasurer.

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

BOTANICAL SOCIETY.

SESSION XLVI.

10th November 1881.—Atex. Bucuay, M.A., F.R.S.E.
Vice-President, in the Chair.

The CuairMAN made some introductory remarks—

On the Results of Meteorological Observations on the Weather
of the last Summer.

Art the outset he showed by statistics that the last decade
had been remarkable for the recurrence of periods of cold
weather more or less protracted, the last period being that
from October 1880 to the present time. From October
1880 to the end of October 1881, there had been thirteen
months of continuous low temperature, excepting May,
which was above the average. There were no ten years
during the last 118 years, except the period from 1780 to
1790, in which there had been so many periods of pro-
tracted low temperatures as during the decade from 1872
to the present date. Much had been done in recent years
with the view of endeavouring to throw light upon the
coming weather—to prognosticate not only for a few days,
but for a few months or a season. A great deal had been
done in India, and with some success; and Dr Hann, of
Vienna, one of the most distinguished of living meteorolo-
gists, has shown that when cold weather set in, the longer
TRANS. BOT. SOC. VOL. XIV. T

264. Vice-President’s Address.

it continued the less likelihood was there of a change. If
the centres of cyclones passed to the south of us in winter,
there was cold weather; if to the north, mild weather.
It was one of the most difficult and one of the most press-
ing problems of meteorology to throw light on the causes
that determine the paths of storms, on the one hand to the
north, on the other to the south of us. The cold weather
began in the first week of October last year, the mean
temperature of this month being 4°:5 below the average.
During the whole of the past 118 years there had been
only two colder Octobers than that of 1880. November
and December were each 2° below the average. The
January that followed was, except in Shetland, Orkney,
and the extreme north of Caithness and Sutherland,
absolutely the coldest month of which there was any
record in Scotland during the past 118 years. In the
centre of Scotland, and particularly in the district between
the Cheviots and the Lammermoors and Pentlands, it fell
in many districts to 4° lower than in any previous month.
Hence the great havoc done to the water pipes of houses,
the arrangements of which had not been made to resist
such a temperature. The greatest cold occurred ou the
two nights preceding the memorable snowstorm in London
on January 16 and 17. The lowest temperature they had
any record of occurred at Stobo, Kelso, and Paxton House.
At Stobo it was—16° in the protected box ; at Springwood,
Kelso—15° below zero; and at Paxton House—13°.
December 4, 1879, and January 16 and 17 last, were the
occasions of the greatest cold that ever was known in the
British Islands, and it occurred in that part of Scotland
lying between the Cheviots and the Pentlands, which,
during the last ten years, had been peculiarly liable to be
attacked by severe cold. July was also a remarkable
month. The temperature as regards Scotland was very
unequally distributed, the lowest being in the south-west
of Scotland, and the warmest in the east. He exhibited a
map showing the distribution of temperature over the British
Islands in July, bringing out this result among others, that
in London the heat was about 3° above the average, but at
Cork 3°:5 below it. This difference, he stated, turned on
what were called anti-cyclones—that was, places where the

Statement of Membership. 265

barometer was higher than all round. Where there were
high barometers in summer there was great heat. Thus
in the south of England these anti-cyclones remained or
succeeded each other so continuously that there was
brilliant weather in July, while Scotland was involved in
the clouds and cold, wind and rain of cyclones. In the
previous year the circumstances were reversed. In August,
a disastrous month over the whole of Scotland, the tem-
perature was close on 4° below the average. There were
only two colder Augusts in the last 118 years—those of
1782 and 1830. In October also the temperature was
very unequally distributed, as was shown by maps ex-
hibited. Mr Buchan also produced maps showing the
rainfall over the country for the different months of the
year, bringing out in these also interesting results as to
the inequalities in the snowfall and rainfall in different
districts. He mentioned that by far the heaviest rainfall
occurred on the foreshores looking north when the wind
was N.H. or E. By taking these differences of tempera-
ture and rainfall into account as regards August and subse-
quent months, an explanation was obtained of how it is
that different results as regard the crops occur in different
districts. He had no doubt that such results would be
put by and by to considerable use in forecasting the yield
of the harvest. In conclusion, Mr Buchan remarked that
in connection with the last very extraordinary season, the
Scottish Meteorological Society were fortunate in having an
observer (Mr Wragge) on Ben Nevis.

The following Statement respecting the membership of
the Society was read :—

Honorary Fellows.

Royal Personages, . ° , . 4
British Subjects, . A . 6
Foreign, . . : ° ° 21

Foreign and Corresponding Members, 69

266 Olituary Notice.

Ordinary Fellows elected during 1880-81.

JAMES BREBNER. JAMES GALLOWAY.
PATRICK GEDDES. JAMES ALEXANDER, Jun.
JoHN M. MACFARLANE. Grorce Murray.

Ancus ALEXANDER M‘LEop. WILLIAM E, Dixon.

JOHN WHYTE. FRANK CURWEN BEDDARD.
JOHN C. PoTTAGE. WILLIAM Ivison MACADAM
JAMES M. ANDERSON, S.S.C.

Non-Resident Fellows.

Roserr HALLIDAY GuNNING, M.D. DANIEL Scort.
Members resigned, . é : ; 3
Members deceased, . ; , i 5

Total Number on Society’s Roll of Fellows.

Resident, . = - 5 155
Non-Resident, : * : . 221
Lady Associates, . : : : 10
Associates, . : ; ; : 30

Obituary Notice of Sir Robert Christison, Bart. By
JouHN Hutton Batrour, M.D., Hon. Sec.

(Read 9th February 1882.)

We have to record this night the death of one of our
most distinguished members, Sir Rosert Curistison,
Bart. This event took place on Friday, 27th January
1882.

Robert Christison was born on 18th July 1797. His
father filled the Chair of Humanity in the University of
Edinburgh from 1806 to 1820. He was educated at the
High School of Edinburgh, and afterwards prosecuted
his studies, literary, classical, and medical, at the Uni-
versity of Edinburgh, commencing in 1811. He received
the degree of M.D. in 1819. His twin brother was the
late minister of Foulden, in Berwickshire. His elder
brother, John, who is now also dead, was an Advocate in
Edinburgh.

Before practising in Edinburgh, Dr Christison prosecuted
his medical studies in London. and Paris. In the
latter city he had the. opportunity of studying chemistry
under Robiquet, and toxicology under Orfila. During

Sir R. Christison. 267

Christison’s residence in Paris the following eminent
‘“Pharmaciens” (thus entitled) were in the French School
of Pharmacy, viz., Pelletier, Caventou, Desfosses, Lasaigne,
Robert, Henri, Guibourt, Braconnot, Chevalier, Vauquelin,
Robinet, and others.

On his return from the Continent of Europe he com-
menced medical practice in Edinburgh as a_ physician.
In 1822 (when 25 years of age) he was appointed by
the Crown Professor of Medical Jurisprudence in the
University of Edinburgh as successor to Dr Alison, In
1823 he became a Fellow of the Royal College of Physicians,
Edinburgh.

Christison married in 1827 Henrietta Sophia, daughter
of Mr David Brown of Greenknowe, Stirlingshire. Mrs
Christison died in 1849. Three sons were born of this
marriage ; the eldest, Alexander, born in 1828, now a
Deputy-Surgeon General in the Bengal Army, succeeds to
the baronetcy.

In 1829 Dr Christison published his excellent Treatise on
Poisons, and was immediately recognised to be one of the
most eminent of toxicologists. His opinion of the duty of
a toxicologist at a trial is well given in the Pharmaceutical
Journal. In reference to trials before the high criminal
court, he remarks as follows :——‘‘ While the medical witness
ought to be always prepared to give full effect to every
medical circumstance favourable to the prisoner, he should
at the same time recollect that very few trials indeed take
place in Britain, where it is not in the highest degree
probable that poison was given; and consequently that the
main purpose of his inquiries must be to bring together
the whole medical evidence to this effect, and to secure
it against the doubts which the ingenuity of counsel is
sure to throw over his conclusions, if the premises are
anywhere false or defective.”

In 1832 he vacated his Jurisprudence Professorship,
having been elected to the chair of Materia Medica in
the University, then vacant by the death of Dr Duncan,
junior, and he kept this position till 1877, when he
retired on account of the state of his health. He also
discharged clinical duties in the Infirmary during most of
‘his long professional career.

268 Obituary Notice.

Christison was a distinct and successful lecturer, and
the excellent museum which he founded in connection
with his chair has contributed much to the study of
Materia Medica. As amember of the Senatus Academicus,
he was elected five times in succession by his colleagues to
be their Assessor in the University Court. He was most
untiring in his efforts to advance the interests of the
University, whether in providing more building accom-
modation or in obtaining greater endowments. On two
occasions, in 1888 and 1846, he was elected President of the
Royal College of Physicians, and that body commissioned
his portrait to be taken by the late Sir John Watson
Gordon. About this time he was appointed Physician
to the Queen. In 1857 Christison was nominated by the
Crown to represent the profession in Scotland at the
General Medical Council. On the death of Sir David
Brewster he was elected President of the Edinburgh
Royal Society, and held office from 1868 till 1873. At the
close of his term, his portrait in oil was again commissioned
to be taken for preservation in the hall of the Society.
In 1875 he presided over the Edinburgh meeting of the
British Medical Association. He was also proposed as
President of the British Association in 1876, but declined
an honour which threatened to overtax his strength at his
time of life. In 1866 the University of Oxford conferred
on him the degree of D.C.L.; and in 1871 the University
of Edinburgh made him an LL.D. ; while in November of
the same year, on the recommendation of Mr Gladstone,
he received from the Queen the rank of Baronet of the
United Kingdom.

The jubilee of his professorial service in the University
of Edinburgh was celebrated on the 23rd February 1872.

During his retirement from active work, Christison
became specially interested in the growth of trees in
various parts of Scotland and in the Edinburgh Botanic
Garden. His sons, as well as Mr Sadler, assisted him
much in his various measurements, which have been
published in the Transactions of the Botanical Society. It
is to be hoped that these observations, especially in the
Botanic Garden, will still be continued, and the results
periodically published.

Sir R. Christison. 269

Professor Christison took a deep interest in poisons, as
shown in his published volume, and he made many
experiments on their action and preparation. He some-
times went too far in making experiments on himself, of
which the following occurrence, in reference to tlie Cala-
bar bean (Physostigma), furnishes a remarkable instance.
In the course of some experiments which he was making
on this bean, not at that time ascertained to be poisonous,
he brought home with him a piece of a bean, and finding
it to be neither bitter nor acrid, he chewed a considerable
portion. Soon, however, symptoms of poisoning came on,
he immediately emptied his stomach by swallowing his
shaving water, and he was only with difficulty saved by
remedies applied by his friends Professors Simpson and
Maclagan.

He was summoned as a scientific witness in the trials
of Burke and Hare in Edinburgh, in that of Palmer in
London, and, indeed, for many years in all important
criminal cases of poisoning. In referring to such trials,
the Lord Justice-General stated that Dr Christison was,
perhaps, the only man he had ever met with in open court’
who refused to be brow-beaten by counsel endeavouring to
undermine his evidence.

In 1861 Christison was elected Captain of the Uni-
versity Volunteer Corps. At the celebration of his
professorial jubilee in 1872, his corps presented their
chief with a valuable sword, at the same time em-
phasising the watchful care with which he had discharged
his regimental duties, and his constant supervision of the
drill.

Sir Robert was fond of music, and Sir Herbert Oakeley
has well shown the opinion he entertained of Christison’s
musical tastes, in publicly speaking of the great loss
which his decease had caused to Edinburgh, and especially
to its University Musical Society.

As for myself, I cannot speak sufficiently of the happy
days I have spent with him in the Botanic Garden. I
have lost one who was also a kind physician to me during
illness. Requiescat in pace.

Within little more than twelve months we have had
to lament the loss of three important medical men in

270 Obituary Notice.

Edinburgh—Dr Andrew Wood, Professor Sanders, and
Sir Robert Christison; and I have the painful reminis-
cence that all the three who attended me during my
serious illness of two years’ duration are now departed.

The following is supplied by Mr Tayror :—

Dr Christison joined our Botanical Society on July 14, 1836,
—just four months after its foundation,—and at once dis-
played that active interest on its behalf so much appreciated
by all of us during his latter years. His work, as recorded in
our Minute-books and Transactions, may be looked at under
the following heads :—first, official service in the Council
and in the President’s chair; secondly, communications more
or less in the line of his professional studies; thirdly,
contributions mainly of botanical observations made during
vacation tours; and fourthly, special papers on dendrology
and dendrometry. We are also indebted to him for
numerous donations to the Royal Botanic Garden, and
to its associated Herbarium and Museum.

Professor Christison was elected a Vice-President in
1837-88, and from that time till 1853 he held office of
some kind. He demitted his Vice-Presidentship in 1840,
but Mr Daniel Ellis, F.R.S.E., his successor, having sud-
denly deceased, Dr Christison resumed office in March
1841, at the unanimous request of the Society, and was
made President at next election. The Minute-books of
those times show continuous well-directed effort, in regu-
lating the affairs of the Library and Museum, in obtaining
the Society’s act of incorporation from the Town Council
of Edinburgh, in effecting the housing of the Herbarium
and Library within the walls of the University, and in
introducing the innovation of tea after our evening meet-
ings. A blank of such services appears from 1858 till the
close of December 1873, when the new baronet was elected
President, an office which he continued to hold for three
successive sessions. Sir Robert Christison’s name stood
first in the present Council list.

Professor Christison’s early communications, all short
and pointed, whether papers or remarks made at dis-
cussion time, were chiefly in the line of his special
branch of academic teaching. In 18387 he is reported as

Sir R. Christison. 271

having given aid in conducting experiments by Dr
Douglas Maclagan on a new root (Hiarry) from Demerara,
used by the natives for intoxicating fish. And in 1838,
after a paper by the late Rev. Dr James Hamilton, D.D.,
~“QOn the Gardens of the Ancient Hebrews,” Professor
Christison presented “Some Observations on the Preser-
vation of Fruits and other Botanical Specimens in the Moist
State.” A concentrated solution of common salt made with
the aid of a boiling heat was recommended, and specimens
thus preserved for one, three, or five years were exhibited.
At the same time dilute pyroligneous acetic acid of a den-
sity 1008 was shown to be most suitable for pulpy fruits.
This, with the well-known paper by Dr Greville on drying
plants, read subsequently, was afterwards published by the
Society as a separate pamphlet. In 1842* Professor
Christison called attention to the Assam tea plant, then a
novelty of commerce, showing that different kinds of tea
were produced by different modes of preparation. He
showed by a set of examples of the preserved tea leaf, that
the various forms were merely varieties of the same plant.
The Society was also asked to inspect small rolls of tea sent
twenty years previously as a present from the Emperor of
China to King George IV. Again, in 1868,+ Professor
Christison directed notice to the physiological effect of
the juice of Scopolia lwrida, Dun. (Anisodus luridus, Link),
in dilating the pupil of the eye to a great extent. In his
own eyes dilatation so produced was visible for eight days.
This remedy was a valuable addition to the Indian Phar-
macopeia. In a communication laid before us in February
1871,{ Dr Christison related that somewhere between
1888 and 1842 he had memorialised the Board of Directors
for India to introduce the Cinchona culture into that
country. Even then the American forests of this valuable
tree were being wasted, while the demand for the Cinchona
alkaloids was so steadily increasing that the tree could
apparently be successfully grown on great tracts of Indian
waste lands at a remunerative profit. Though it was
strongly backed by Dr Royle, the directors took no action

* Sixth, Seventh, and Eighth Reports, p. 25.
+ Trans. Bot. Soc. Edin., vol. ix. p. 482.
$ Lbid., vol. xi. p. 110.

272 Obituary Notice.

on this memorial. The paper on the restorative and
preservative virtues of the Peruvian cuca or coca-leaf
(Erythroaylon Coca) in bodily fatigue from severe exer-
cise,* is still a subject of popular conversation. The
narrative of the ascent of Ben Vorlich by the experimen-
talist, quite out of the habit of much exercise for five
months, and carrying the weight of seveuty-eight years,
together with its side hints of previous athletic perform-
ances, mark the unique nature of this most vividly in-
teresting communication. Under this head also falls the
paper “On the Botanical Source of the Turkey (or Rus-
sian) Rhubarb-root of Commerce”; also, the ‘ Notice of
a Polyporus from Canada with specimens.” ¢

The presidential addresses of 1874 and 1875, one “On
the History of the Edinburgh Botanic Garden,”’§ the other
“On a Visit to Lochearnhead,” || well represent the nature
of Sir Robert Christison’s papers on general botany. There
are also several notices by him of remarkable beeches
and crab-apple trees at Eccles House,4] Newhbattle,** and
Kelloe,t} as well as ‘‘On a Station for Primula veris in
Coldingham Bay, Berwickshire.” tt

The paper “On a Tree struck by Lightning,’ §§ one of
several on this subject, applies the skilled diagnosis of the
consulting physician to such arboreal destruction. The
research into ‘‘ The Exact Measurement of Trees ” extends
over five papers; |||| it indeed occupied Sir Robert’s attention
in his last illness. Beginning with an inquiry into the
true age of the Fortingall yew, the first paper exposes the
error of De Candolle’s rule for measuring the age of old and
middle-aged trees, after their first season of rapid and irregular
growth, by decades of years; and then goes on to particu-
larise a special method of dendrometry. The second paper
attempts to fix the rate of growth of the adult beech and
the young Sequoza, so far as the measurements of a single
year go. While the third paper concerns the rate of growth

* Trans. Bot. Soc. Edin., vol. xii. p. 478. + Ibid., vol. xiii. p. 403.

+ Tbid., vol. xii. p. 180. § Lbid., vol. xii. p. 189.
|| Lbid., vol. xiii. p. 395. | Ibid., vol. xii. p. 110.
RES TidesevOleexdl-e ps elisiOs +t Lbid., vol. xii. p. 186.
$f Ibid., vol. xii. p. 46. §§ Jbid., vol. xii. p. 497.

\||| Zbéd., vol. xii. p. 497; vol. xiii. p. 217; vol. xiii. p. 394; vol. xiii. p.
410; vol. xiv. p. 79.

Sir R. Christison. 273

of the yew at various ages, concluding with special appli-
cation to the Fortingall yew, according to De Candolle,
“the most venerable specimen of vegetation in Europe.”
Two subsequent memoirs diverge into inquiries suggested
by the recent abnormal seasons. And though death has
arrested the original work of the venerable author of this
new mode of dendrometry, other hands have taken it up,
both in India and Scotland, with rich promise. Sir Robert
also took an active part in the annual autumn meetings of
the Scottish Arboricultural Society, having joined in 1876.

Sir Robert Christison’s donations to the Museum at the
Royal Botanic Garden, especially in the line of his new
method of tree measurement, were very numerous. The
uniquely beautiful printed labels, done by himself when
over eighty years of age, at once attract the eye. His last
contribution to the Herbarium, given so late as 7th October
1881, testifies partly in German, partly in Romaic print,
that the specimen in question of Allosorus crispus, was
gathered in Corry-na-Ciste, Ben Nevis, 3250 feet above the
sea-level, at the foot of the great precipice, on August 29,
1881. This specimen was brought to him by his sons,
At that time his strength was unequal to so arduous an
exertion. But only two years previously, when, in his
eighty-second year, he made the ascent of Ben Vrackie,
near Pitlochry, without much fatigue.

Mr Sapuer remarks that Sir Robert Christison, for some
years past, took a great interest in the growth of certain
trees in the Botanic Garden and Arboretum. These he
had marked at a certain height from the ground and
numbered by means of white paint, hence his periodical
measurements of them were always taken at the same place,
and duly recorded in a book which he kept for the purpose.
These measurements will be continued and. recorded in the
same book, and thus become valuable for reference in after
years. Near the entrance gate to the Botanic Garden, Sir
Robert, in July 1861, planted a healthy young plant of
Sequoia (Wellingtonia) gigantea. It was then a little over
6 feet in height. About eight years ago it unfortunately
lost its leader, which was quickly succeeded by another.
On having it accurately measured in September last, or

274 Obituary Notice.

over twenty years since it was planted, its height was found
to be 244 feet, circumference at 3 feet from ground 47°50
inches, and at 5 feet 41°50.

Mr Atexanper Bucuan makes the following remarks :—

Only a few days before Sir Robert Christison’s illness, he
called at the office of the Scottish Meteorological Society,
and in the course of conversation mentioned that the Direc-
tors of the Highland and Agricultural Society had asked
him to furnish them with a paper on the measurement of
trees, with directions for the guidance of observers. About
a year ago Sir Robert prepared a similar paper for the
Council of the Meteorological Society, and as that paper was
in type, I offered to forward a proof of it to Moray Place.
The offer was declined, Sir Robert preferring to write,
quite independently, the paper for the Highland and Agri-
cultural Society. The paper, written during his last ill-
ness in his usual small and beautifully distinct hand, was
drawn up with a clearness, directness, and precision equal
to his best days, and showed that, though physically pros-
trated, his mental faculties and steadiness of hand were
retained in unimpaired vigour. After revising the proof
of this paper, he asked for a proof of the paper prepared
for the Meteorological Society, which he finally revised, this
being the last literary work done by him.

During the last three years Sir Robert paid particular
attention to the effects of the memorable frosts of December
1879 and January 1881, as shown in the destruction of
forest trees, one of the chief objects in view being to ascer-
tain what trees pass uninjured through periods of such low
temperatures as the experience of these winters shows to
occur in our Scottish climate. The Hungarian oak was
especially noted by him as coming unscathed through great
frosts, and for these reasons was strongly recommended to
be more extensively introduced into this country than has
yet been done. During his last illness he asked me to
prepare for him a statement of the climate, particularly the
winter temperatures, of the districts of the Carpathian
Mountains which are the habitat of this oak, but his
death took place before there was time to collect the data
required.

Sir R. Christison. 275

The following bibliographical list includes most of Sir
Robert Christison’s printed works :—

Volumes.

Treatise on Poisons—lIst ed., 1829; 2nd_ed., 1831; 3rd ed.,
1836; 4th ed., 1845.

Treatise on the Kidneys. 1839.

Dispensatory—Ist ed., 1842; 2nd ed., 1848.

Articles “‘ Poison” in 7thed., and “ Orfila” in 8th ed., Hneyclo-
pedia Britannica.

Christison rendered assistance in the Edinburgh Phar-
macopeia, and also for some time in the editorial work of
the Edinburgh Medical Journal.

Papers read before the Royal Society of Edinburgh.

On the Effects of Poisonous Gases on Vegetation. By Edward
Turner and R. Christison. 1827 or 1828.

Poisoning with Opium. Poisoning with Elder Flowers and
Leaves. 1830.

Analysis of the Vegetable Milk of the Hya-Hya Tree of Demerara.
1830.

Chemical Examination of the Petroleum of Rangoon. 7th Feb.
1831.—Trans., vol. xiii. p. 118.

On the Effects of Opium Eating on Health and Longevity. 1832.

Lettre sur différentes Sortes d’Opium. 1835.

On the Poisonous Properties of Hemlock and its alkaloid Conia.
1836.—Trans., vol. xiii. p. 383.

On the Sources and Composition of Gamboge, with an Examina-
tion of some analogous Concrete Juices. 1836.—Proc., vol. i. p,
123.

Notices regarding the Composition of Juices resembling Gamboge.
—Proe., vol. i. p. 151.

Notice upon the Alcoholic Strength of Wines. 1839.—Proc.,
vol. i. p. 249.

Exhibition of Specimens of Tea from Assam. 1842.—Proc.,
vol. i. p. 382.

276 Olntuary Notice.

On the Action of Water on Lead. 1842.—Proc., vol. i. p.
358.

Observations of the Poisonous Properties of Q@nanthe crocata.
1844.—Proc., vol. 1. p. 453.

On the Composition of Bones from Arthur Seat. 1846.—Proc.,
vol. i. p. 88.

The Influence of various circumstances in Vegetation in modi-
fying the Physiological Actions of Plants, 1840-43.—Proc., vol. 1.
pp. 286, 437.

On Scurvy: its connection with a purely Saccharo-farinaceous
Diet. 1847.

Observations on a new variety of Gamboge from Wynaad, Mysore.
1847.—Proe., vol. ii. p. 58.

Supplement to the Paper of Mr Robert Little on the Habitual
Use of Opium, more especially the Mode of Cure. 1850.

On the Gamboge Tree of Siam. 1850.—Proc., vol. ii. p. 263.

An Aceount of some Experiments on the Diet of Prisoners.
1852.—Proc., vol. iii. p. 130.

On a new Source of Kino. 1853.

On the Properties of the Ordeal Bean of Old Calabar. 1855.—
Proc., vol. ii. p. 280.

On a new Poison from China. 1859.—Proc., vol. iv. p. 163.

On the Capture of Whales with the aid of Poison. 1860,—
Proc., vol. iv. p. 270.

Opening Address—Sessions 1867, 1868, 1871, 1872.

Notice of a remarkable Mirage observed on the Futh of Forth.
1869.—Proc., vol. vi. p. 472.

Observations on the Fresh Waters of Scotland. December 1871.
—Proc., vol. vii. p. 547.

On the Action of Water on Lead. 1872.—Trans., vol. xv. p.
265.

Note on a White Sunbow.—Proc., vol. ix. p. 542.

On the Composition of the Flesh of the Salmon in the “ clean ”
and “foul” condition, April 1872.—Proc., vol. vii. p. 694.

On Fossil Trees of Granton Quarry. 1871-72.—Proc., vol. viii.
p. 377.

Notice of Fossil Trees lately uncovered at Craigleith Quarry.
1872-73.—Trans., vol. xxvii. p. 203.

For Papers read to the Boranicat Society of Edinburgh,
vide pages 271 and 272 previously.

Sir R. Christison, 277

Pamphlets.

Biographical Sketch of Edward Turner, M.D.

A Paper on Granular Degeneration of the Kidney, in 1839.

The Dispensatory: a Commentary on the Pharmacopeeias of
Great Britain, in 1842,

On Poisoning by Oxalic Acid. 1823.

On the Detection of minute Quantities of Arsenic in Mixed Fluids.
1824.

Accounts of several cases of Poisoning in the Medico-Chirurgical
Transactions—

Medical Evidence in the case of Mrs Smith.

Cases and Observations in Medical Jurisprudence.

Cases of Poisoning with Sulphuric Acid, and cases of Poison-
ing with Arsenic, Opium, and Elder Flowers.

On Poisonous Properties of the Bark of Laburnum.

On the Effects of Opium. 1832 and 1870.

On the Constitution of Oil. 1825.

On the cause of Milkyand of Orange-like appearance of Urine. 1830.

On a variety of Dropsy. 1829.

On Typhoid Fever. 1846.

On a variety of Gamhoge. 1846.

On Scurvy. 1846, 1847.

Observations on the System of Clinical Instruction in the Royal
Infirmary of Edinburgh. Deecmber 9, 1848.

Clinical Lecture on Bright’s Disease of the Kidneys. March 11
and 18, 1851.

On Medical Evidence. 1851.

Experiments on the Diet of Prisoners. 1852.

On the Effect of Cuca or Coca: the Leaves of Hrythroxylon Coca.
1876.

Address on Public Health, delivered to the Association for the
Encouragement of Social Science, held in Edinburgh, October 7, 1853.

On the Distribution of Fever Patients in Hospital. 1850.

On the Changes in the Constitution of Fevers and Inflammations
in Edinburgh. 1858.

An Address on Therapeutics, delivered at Twenty-sixth Annual
Meeting of the Medical Association in Edinburgh. 1868,

On some of the Medico-Legal Relations of the Habit of Intem-
perance, read to the Royal College of Surgeons. 1861.

Medical Lectures: The Faults with which they are charged, and
the Remedy. 1862.

Action and Uses of Alcohol in Health and Disease. 1878.

278 Obituary Notice.

Obituary Notice of Sir C. Wyville Thomson. By Emeritus
Professor BALFouR.

(Read 13th April 1882.)

Sir Charles Wyville Thomson was born at Bonsyde, near
Linlithgow, on the 5th of March 1830. His early studies
were prosecuted at Merchiston Castle Academy, under the
superintendence of Mr Charles Chalmers. In 1845 he
commenced his medical studies in the University of
Edinburgh. But he soon stepped aside into the special
pursuits of Natural Science. In 1847 he joined the
Botanical Society ; and soon after became Secretary of the
Royal Physical Society. In 1850 he attended my class
of botany in the University of Edinburgh. In the same
year he obtained a Lectureship of Botany in King’s College,
Aberdeen; and in the following year he was appointed
Professor of Botany in Marischal College and University.
He afterwards received the degree of LL.D. from the
University of Aberdeen. © The subject of Natural History
in its various departments was his study ; and even at that
period of his career he became an eminent specialist in
these subjects.

A vacancy having occurred in the Professorship of
Natural History in Queen’s College, Cork, Thomson
was appointed to the office in August 1853. Soon
after, however, a vacancy occurred in the Professorship
of Mineralogy and Geology in the Queen’s College,
Belfast, and Wyville Thomson was transferred to it in
September 1854. He then taught all the branches of
Natural History during a long residence at Belfast.
During this period he also distinguished himself by many
excellent papers on Zoology and Geology,—which were
read at the meetings of the Royal Society of London, and
were published in the Philosophical Transactions, the
volume for 1865 bearing special evidence to Thomson’s
powers as a naturalist. He also took a deep interest in
the Paris Exhibition for 1867, of which he was a Vice-
President. He was elected a Fellow of the Royal Society
of London in 1867.

Sir C. W. Thomson. 279

In 1868 Dr Carpenter, one of the Vice-Presidents of
the Royal Society of London, induced Thomson to join
with him in the first deep-sea dredging expedition. For
this purpose Government gave the use of the surveying
ships the “ Lightning” and the “ Porcupine.” Thomson
gave the results of these researches in a handsome octavo,
entitled The Depths of the Sea.

On the resignation of Professor Allman in 1870,
Thomson was elected his successor in the Professorship of
Natural History in the University of Edinburgh. He
efficiently discharged his new duties until he became
the scientific chief of the ‘“ Challenger” Expedition in
1872, which necessitated his absence from Britain for
34 years, and a world oceanic traverse of 68,189 miles,
during which systematic observations were made at 362
stations in the open sea; the results of which are only
now being published, so far as yet elaborated.

Dr Thomson was elected President of this Society for
the Session 1871-72, and opened our thirty-seventh Session
with an interesting address.* On his returning to Edin-
burgh from his oceanic world voyage, Thomson was
made a Vice-President for the Session 1876-77, during
which he delivered an opening address in lieu of Sir Robert
Christison, Bart., then an invalid.~ He continued on our
Council till his death.

Abundant honours also followed his return from the
“ Challenger” Expedition in 1876. Amongst these was a
knighthood, and the award of one of its gold medals by
the Royal Society of London. He was also, with his
scientific staff, entertained at a public banquet in Edin-
burgh. He accompanied me to Upsala, as a represen-
tative of the Senatus Academicus of the University of
Edinburgh, on the occasion of the Quartcentenary of the
ancient University of Upsala, when the King of Sweden
created him a Knight of the Order of the Polar Star. I
also received a Royal Gold Medal.

A writer in the periodical entitled “ Nature” thus
remarks :—

“ After his return in 1876 from the voyage of the ‘Chal-

* Trans. Bot. Soc., vol. xi. p 401.
+ Ibid., vol. xii. p. 115.
TRANS. BOT. SOC. VOL. XIV. U

280 Obituary Notre.

lenger’ Expedition, it was remarked that his long spell of
travel had not brought increased physical vigour; but it
was not until 1879 that his condition gave his friends
serious cause for uneasiness. In June of that year he
was prostrated by an attack of paralysis, and unable to
conduct his class of Natural History in the University of
Edinburgh, and the important undertaking in which he
was engaged, of directing the working out of the ‘ Chal-
lenger’ researches, with the view of furnishing to the
world a complete record of the results, had to be laid
aside, only to be intermittently touched again before the
time came when he had to resign it entirely into other
hands. In October last he resigned his chair in the
University, and arrangements had just been completed by
the Senatus in respect to his retirmg allowance. ‘some
four months ago he had a second paralytic attack, and
since then his health has been feeble. He died on
Friday morning, 10th March 1882, at three o'clock.

“The departwents of zoology to which he devoted most
attention were those which included the corals, crinoids,
and sponges, and upon these his opinion was regarded as
of great weight. In the University he was held in
esteem by his colleagues of the Senatus, and-among the
students he was exceedingly popular. In private life he
was regarded by his friends as possessed of a kindly and
hospitable disposition.

“Sir Wyville Thomson married a sister of the late Mr
Adam Dawson of Bonnytoun, Linlithgowshire, for some
years Provost of Linlithgow, whose father also occupied
the same honourable position for the greater part of his
life. He is survived by Lady Thomson and one son, an
M.A. of the University of Edinburgh, who is at present
engaged in his study of law.”

Besides the Presidential Addresses above referred to,
Sir Charles W. Thomson has made the following com-
munications to the Botanical Society :—

1. ‘*On some Scotch Fresh Water Alge, found in the
West of Scotland, and specially Ayrshire.” December 1849,

2. ‘On Lichens collected near Kilcreggan, Argyllshire,
during the Summer of 1850.” March 1881.

Sir C. W. Thomson. 281

3. “On the Analogy between the Processes of Reproduc-
tion in the Plant and in the Hydroid Zoophyte.” July 1854.

4. “ Notes on the Character of the Vegetation of Fuegia
and Southern Patagonia.” May i877.

Since this notice was read to the Society, the Com-
missioners of Supply for the County of Linhthgow
unanimously passed a minute of condolence with Lady
Thomson and her son. ‘The meeting further agreed to set
on foot a Committee charged to take steps to rear a
monument to Sir Wyville Thomson in his native parish,
and probably to take steps also to perpetuate his name in
some suitable way in connection with the University of
Edinburgh. At this meeting Mr Chalmers thus spoke of
his lamented fellow-commissioner and former pupil at
Merchiston Castle School :—

“When a boy he was a universal favourite with his school
fellows, and was highly esteemed by his teachers for his conscien-
tious discharge of every duty. In his riper years every one who was
favoured with his acquaintance and friendship can bear testimony
to the delightful urbanity of his manner, and his charming social
‘qualities. He was no pedant; he never bored people with his
scientific lore ; but whether at his own table entertaining guests, or
joining in the innocent hilarities of a garden or lawn-tennis party,
he was remarkable for the pleasantry and geniality of his conversa-
tion. At the same time, if one introduced any scientific subject, or
wished information, he was ever ready to impart it, and entered into
the question con amore... . When at home, and even after his
return from the Challenger expedition, when, owing to the vast
amount of work he had on hand, under the burden of which his
health and strength too prematurely gave way, he might have been
excused from attending our meetings, and those of the Justice of
Peace Courts, he was found invariably at his post if his health
permitted ; and it is with melancholy regret I recall the last public
occasion on which he presided on the bench, on the 22nd of Feb-
ruary last, just sixteen days before his death, spending two or three
hours in trying some comparatively trifling cases. On my return
home from court that day I found his medical man calling at my
house, and on my mentioning that Sir Wyville had been presiding
at the court, Dr Hunter shook his head, and said he ought not to
have been there. His fears were, alas! too soon realised. On
the morning of the Fiars Court day, the 10th of March, he was
called away to another world and land at rest... . . It was a real
pleasure to meet him in his own home. So universally known
among men of science, one frequently met there men of the highest
distinction in all the varied departments of natural history. One

282 Obituary Notice.

met, however, men of very varied opinions at his hospital board,
and on rare occasions some of the more advanced (I would eall it
retrograde school) so far forget themselves, foolishly estimating
their knowledge on all subjects by their acknowledged attainments
in science, as to assail the impregnable fortress of our Christian
beliefs, whose bulwarks are surely founded on historic events, the
truth of which cannot be gainsaid. On such occasions Sir Wyville
never by word or assent gave countenance to such assaults.”

Obituary Notice of Professor George Stoddart Blackie, M.D.
By Joun Siesap, M.D., F.R.S.E.

(Read 9th February 1882.)

Dr Briackte was born on the 10th of April 1834 in
Aberdeen. He was one of a family of fifteen children,
five of whom survive. One of these, a half brother to the
subject of this notice, is the distinguished Professor of
Greek in Edinburgh University.

Dr Blackie studied medicine in Edinburgh University,
and received the degree of M.D. in 1855, distinguishing
himself at the time by taking one of the gold medals
awarded to the best theses. At the commencement of his
curriculum he showed a fondness for botanical studies,
and gained the gold medal for the best herbarium in
Professor Balfour’s class in 1850, when he was only sixteen
years of age.

In 1851 he spent the summer in Bonn on the Rhine,
and there he prepared a catalogue of flowering plants and
ferns observed within fifteen miles of that town, during the
months of May, June, and July.

He was elected a Fellow of this Society in June 1851,
and during the time he was resident in Edinburgh he was
one of the most active of our members. In 1851 he read
a paper on “The Discovery of Saxit/raga Hirculus, near
Walston, Lanarkshire,” one on “ A List of Plants found in
Peeblesshire,” and a third on ‘‘The Flora of the Rhine.”
This tour was undertaken during the summer of 1853.
I had spent some weeks with Dr Blackie in Bonn, and
afterwards we made a tour of two months’ duration, chiefly
pedestrian, through South Germany and Switzerland.
Much of the advantage that I reaped from that tour was
due to Dr Blackie’s mastery over the German language,

Professor G. S. Blackie. 283

which was indeed very remarkable; and his high spirits
and good humour made it a time of unmixed enjoyment.
He deserves any credit that was due to the ‘“ Account of
a Botanical Tour in Switzerland in 1853.” Shortly after-
wards Dr Blackie was made Curator of the Botanical
Museum in succession to his friend Dr Thomas Anderson,
afterwards of Calcutta.

The chief part of Dr Blackie’s life was spent in America.
He went there in 1856, and was appointed almost imme-
diately Professor of Botany and Materia Medica in the
University of Nashville, Tennessee. He held this appoint-
ment until the occurrence of the American Civil War, in
which he took the side of his adopted city. This rendered
all scientific work for the time impossible, and he suffered
much in health after the war was over from the hardships
which he had undergone. He was, however, able to do
rmauch useful work in various capacities during the remainder
~of his life, and, though obliged latterly to relinquish some
of his occupations, he remained till the time of his death
Professor of Chemistry in the Nashville Medical School,
and one of the Editors of the Southern Practitioner. He
died on the 19th of June 1881.

Dr Blackie was remarkable all through life for the
earnestness with which he pursued any work which he
undertook. The enthusiasm with which he devoted him-
self to the science which this Society is formed to cultivate,
was a conspicuous illustration of this. His earnestness,
although it made him a hard worker, did not, however,
make him what could be called a plodder. He went to
work with a rush of joyous emotion which carried him on
in waves. Those who have been with him as his com-
panions, will remember how he would break out at intervals
into declamation or into song, and then return to his work
refreshed and eager.

But there was more than anything else visible to those
who knew him best, a constant flow of pure and generous
feeling which characterised his conduct. He was not
remarkable for caution and deliberation in forming opinions,
and would often have been led wrong had his delicacy of
feeling not made him instinctively recoil from any shade
of meanness or unrighteousness.

284 Obituary Notice.

By his death science has lost one of its most zealous
votaries, and this Society a distinguished ornament. Dr
Blackie was the author of several short treatises on medical
and other scientific subjects. One, which was published
before he left this country, and which was very favourably
known at the time, was a careful essay on the Nature of
Cretinism.

Obituary Notice of Charles Robert Darwin. By Joun
Hurron Batrour, M.D., Hon. Sec.

(Read 11th May 1882.)

We have to lament the death of the late Charles R.
Darwin, M.A., LL.D. Cantab., F.R.S., Hon. F.R.8.E.,
F.L.S., and Honorary Member of the Edinburgh Botanical
Society. Darwin was born at the Mount, Shrewsbury, on
12th February 1809. His father, Dr Robert Waring
Darwin, F.R.S., was an eminent physician in that town.
His mother was the daughter of Josiah Wedgwood. His
grandfather, Dr Hrasmus Darwin, was a very eminent -
man of science, whose earliest publication was entitled The
Botanic Garden. We was author likewise of the Temple
of Nature and Zoonomia.

Charles Darwin was educated at Shrewsbury School
under Dr Butler, afterwards Bishop of Lichfield.

Tn his early days he was a zealous naturalist. He went
to the University of Edinburgh in 1825, and he attended a
course of Natural History under Professor Jameson, and
spent two sessions in Edinburgh. He studied specially
marine zoology, and he became a member of the Plinian
Society, which embraced all departments of natural history ;
and he read papers to the Society, one of which was on the
Ova of Flustra. He also gave an account of the worm of
Ponto della Muricata. One of the eminent young men
who met Darwin at the Plinian was Dr Greville. Both
made excursions near Edinburgh, specially to Inchkeith
and the Isle of May.’ I had the pleasure of being an
associate with Darwin at the meetings of the Plinian.
The Society held its meetings in a low room on the north-
western side of the University building.

C. R. Darwin. 285

Darwin, after this, became a pupil of Henslow, Professor
of Botany at Cambridge, and he also derived much infor-
mation on geology from Professor Sedgewick, also at
Cambridge.

Darwin was early appointed Naturalist to Her Majesty’s
ship the “ Beagle,” under the command of Captain (after-
wards Admiral) Fitzroy. The ship sailed in December
1831. It circumnavigated the globe, and did not return
till 1836. The Report of the voyage was drawn up by
Captain Fitzroy and Mr Darwin; the latter furnishing
the geology and natural history of the various countries
which had been visited. His publications, on the return
from this voyage, of works On the Structure and Distri-
bution of Coral Reefs, On Volcanic Islands, and on The
Geology of South America, at once gave him eminence as
a geologist; while The Naturalists Voyage Round the
World, published in 18389, became one of the popular
favourites amongst general readers. In The Zoology of
the *‘ Beagle” Expedition, issued in 1840, Mr Darwin had
the assistance of Professor Owen, Mr Waterhouse, the
Rev. L. Jenyns, and Mr Bell. During the progress of
the voyage, Darwin had addressed interesting narratives to
Professor Henslow from time to time; a printed epitome
of which was issued to the members of the Cambridge
Philosophical Society. The letters composing this pam-
phlet date from Rio Janeiro, 18th May 1832; Monte Video,
15th August 1832, and 24th November 1832; Falkland
Islands and the Rio Nigro Colorato, 11th April 1833;
Monte Video, 12th November 1833; E, Falkland Islands,
March 1834; Valparaiso, 24th July 1834, and March and
April 1835.

After a long lull in publications, Darwin gave to the
world, in 1867, his Origin of Species, which has given
rise to so much discussion. This was followed by numerous
monographs, many of them specially botanical, such as
On the Fertilisation of Orchids, The Habits of Climbing
Plants, Insectivorous Plants, &. His published writings
have been circulated far and wide, and have been translated
into various languages.

Darwin was certainly one of the greatest naturalists ;
and he was endeared to all who had the honour of his

286 Obituary Notice.

acquaintance, which included many who were not prepared
to accept the doctrine which was associated with his
name.

He was a naturalist of great observation, and continued
to study natural phenomena during his whole life. His
theory of progressive development has received much
attention and has given rise to much discussion. As Mr
Spottiswoode remarked before the Royal Society, he lived
to a good old age, to see the work of his life enthusias-
tically recognised.

Darwin was highly prized, not only as a physiological
botanist, but as an excellent cultivator. Mr Isaac Ander-
son-Henry corresponded with him for many years, and I
have perused with much interest and pleasure the excellent
and kind replies sent by Darwin. I subjoin extracts from
some of these letters :—

“ January 20,1863.—. . . . . I may mention that this
past spring I tried again two crosses on Primula, with the
same result rather more strongly marked, and that I have
gone on now for three generations, breeding them what I
call homomorphically, with some curious results, which
I shall publish whenever I have time, I have sent a
paper on Linum to Linn, Soc.; when it is published I will
do myself the pleasure of sending to you a copy, and it
will, I should think, be in good time for your experiments.
I cannot say how glad I am that you will make some
experiments on this subject. It does not absolutely follow,
in making a cross between distinct species, that the same
rule would follow in the fertility of the pollen. I hope
that you will try and mark separately (excluding insects,
as you know better than I do the necessity), the éwo kinds
of pollen of one species on the stigma of the other, and see
in making hybrids what the difference is in /erétzlity, and
in the character of the hybrid seedlings.

“This would be an entirely new field for observation
and discovery. You will see in my paper that some species
of Linum are not dimorphic, and are self-fertile ; and so it
is in some other genera.

“ You refer to L. rubrum ; Iam not a botanist, and have
called one of the species on which I have experimented

C. R. Darwin. 287

L. grandiflorum, which is crimson, and not uncommon in
flower gardens; I hope I have not made a mistake in
meme es 15) 3

‘My few crosses in Pelargonium were made to get seed
from the central peloric or regular flower (I have got one
from peloric flower by pollen of peloric), and this leads me
to suggest that it would be very interesting to test fertility
of peloric flowers in three ways—peloric pollen on peloric
stigma, common pollen on peloric stigma, peloric pollen on
common stigma of same species. My object is to discover
whether, with change of structure of flower, there is any
change in fertility of pollen or of female organs. This
might also be tested by trying peloric and common pollen
on stigma of distinct species and conversely. I believe
there is a peloric and common variety of Tropzolum, and
a peloric or upright and common variety of some species
of Gloxinia, and medial peloric flowers of Pelargonium,
and probably others unknown to me,

“To recur to Linum; if you cross distinct species it
would, I think, be advisable to take two dimorphic species,
and uot one dimorphic and the other self-fertile. I have
reason to suspect L. trigynum is dimorphic, but it has not
yet flowered with me.”

In another letter Darwin says :—

‘““T do not know whether you have used the microscope
much, yet it adds immensely to the interest of all such
work as ours, and is indeed indispensable for such work.
Experience, however, has fully convinced me that the
use of the compound without the simple microscope is
absolutely injurious to the progress of natural history
(excepting of course with Infusoria). I have as yet
found no exception to the rule, that when a man has
told me he works with the compound alone, his work is
valueless.”

Mr Poole, in his Index of Periodical Literature, gives
an extensive list of Darwin’s publications, which is
reproduced in The Atheneum for 13th May 1882, along
with remarks on Darwin.

Mr Darwin, after his return from the voyage of the
‘‘ Beagle,” was very much a life-long dyspeptic invalid, able
to work continuously at most only three hours daily. And

288 Oinituary Notice.

this was because of the constant, watchful ministering
care of his wife (lis own cousin). He received the Royal
and Copley Medals from the Royal Society ; the Wollaston
Palladium Medal from the Geological Society; as well as
honorary titles from the Prussian Government, and from
the Academy of Vienna.

His extreme candour was an outstanding characteristic.
This was well shown by an annual contribution to the
funds of the South American Missionary Society; the
result, it is said, of a discussion on the futility of such
missions between himself and a pious young lieutenant,
during the voyage of the “ Beagle ;” his opponent having
shown him, after thirty years, what good had been done
by Christian missions amongst these savages.

Darwin’s death took place on Wednesday, 19th April
1882, at his house near Fanborough, in Kent, in his seventy-
fourth year. His funeral took place on the 26th April, and
his body was interred in Westminster Abbey. Amongst
the numerous mourners present were dukes, earls, lords,
baronets, knights, canons, clergymen, professors, naturalists,
students.

Obituary Notice of Deputy Surgeon-General Jameson, CLL.
By Hues Crircuorn, M.D., F.L.S.

(Read 13th July 1882.)

Wirtiam JAmeson, F.R.S.E., for many years Superintend-
ent of the Government Botanical Gardens in the North-
West Provinces of India, was one of our oldest members ;
he attained celebrity by the efforts he made for the pro-
motion of tea culture in North India, and his name will
always be associated with the successful establishment of
this new industry in our great Hastern Empire.

Mr Jameson was born at Leith in 1815, and received his
early education at the High School, and his medical train-
ing at the University of Edinburgh, where his distinguished
uncle, Professor Robert Jameson, filled the chair of Natural
History for half a century from 1804 to 1854. While the
two nephews Lawrence and William, the subject of our
sketch, assisted in the class and in arranging and keeping

W. Jameson. 289

the Museum, William imbibed a love for natural history
which characterised all his subsequent career.

He passed Surgeon in 1838, and on August 30th of the
same year he was appointed to the Bengal Medical Service
and proceeded to Calcutta. The experience Mr Jameson
had gained in the Edinburgh University Museum was
not long of being utilised in his new sphere. Soon after
reaching Calcutta he was called to officiate as Curator of the
Museum of the Asiatic Society, and a report of the state in
which he found it, with suggestions for placing it on an
improved basis, was presented to the Society, Mr Prinsep,
editor of the Bengal Asiatic Society's Journal, thus writes
of Mr Jameson’s report (vol. vill. p. 241) :—

“ During the few weeks Mr Jameson held the office of Curator,
his exertions have accomplished more than could be readily believed
in reducing the chaotic materials of the Museum into systematic
arrangement and disposition. His suggestions will doubtless
receive the attentive consideration they are so strongly entitled to,
and we trust before long that our Museum will be guaranteed from
such reproaches as Mr Jameson now too justly inflicts on it.”

Mr Jameson’s first destination after a short residence in
Calcutta was Cawnpore, where he was attached to a battery
of artillery; but he was soon directed to proceed to
Amballa to join the Governor-General’s Agency, under
Mr, afterwards Sir, George Russell Clerk.

In 1839 we find Mr Jameson communicating a paper to
the Journal of the Asiatic Society, vol. viii, p. 321, on what
was in his early days his favourite branch of natural
history. The paper bears the title “On the Geographic
Distribution of the Vultwride, Falconide, and Strigide ;
being the first of a series of memoirs intended to illus-
trate the Geographic Distribution of the Ornithological
Kingdom.”

In 1841 Mr Jameson was Civil Surgeon at Amballa, but
his scientific reputation led to his being selected by Mr
G. R. Clerk, Envoy to the Court of Lahore, to ascertain
the cause of the great ‘“‘débacle” of the Indus, which had
taken place a few months before (June 1841), and caused
vast destruction to life and property. Mr Jameson was
also to visit Iskardo and Gilgit, and to report on the geology
and zoology of those parts of the Punjab through which

290 Obituary Notice.

his course lay. Unfortunately an attack made upon him
and the escort with which he had been provided by the
Maharaja Shere Sing, when he was examining the
Khuttuck Hills, prevented the fulfilment of the main
object of the expedition. He lost everything he possessed,
including note books and specimens, excepting the clothes
he wore, and nine of his servants and contingent guard
were killed or desperately wounded. He himself was
taken prisoner and kept for four months in the Kohat fort,
until Col. Mackeson arranged for his liberation on ransom.
The results of this interesting mission are contained in a
report on the Geology, Zoology, &c., of the Punjab and part
of Afghanistan, in Jour, As. Soc. Beng. (vol. xi. p. 188).

In the following year Mr Jameson was rewarded for
these services by being appointed to officiate as Super-
intendent of the Botanic Garden at Saharunpore in suc-
cession to Dr Falconer, who had been seriously ill, and
who was removed to Calcutta. Soon after he was con-
firmed in that appointment, and thus he entered on that
work with which his name will ever be associated, viz.,
tea cultivation in North India.

Under Lord Dalhousie’s enlightened Government, Mr
Jameson’s proposals for the introduction of tea culture
received great encouragement. Tea plants, tea seeds, even
tea manufacturers, were imported from Chusan, Ningpo,
and other districts of China, while plantations on a large
scale were formed at Deyrah Doon, on the hills near
Mussouri, in Kumaon, in Gurhwal, and in the Punjab in
the Kangra valley, and as far north-west as Hazara,
Gradually the attention of settlers was attracted to this
new industry, and tea seeds and plants were distributed to
all who were prepared to engage in their cultivation.

We let Jameson’s enthusiasm speak for itself in his
report for 1855 :—

“The tea plant is now thriving over 44 degrees of latitude, and 83
degrees of longitude ; or from Hazara in the west, to the Kali Nuddi
in Kumaon in the east, and from Deyrah Doon in the south to
Ramaserai in the north, over a tract containing upwards of 30,000
square miles, In this mighty tract there is a sufficient quantity of
land fitted for tea cultivation, as, if so used, would not only pro-

duce teas capable of supplying the whole of India, but the whole
European market. The crops now grown in the hills yield but a

W. Jameson. 291

small return to the zemindars, and, as already stated, they look to
other sources than the sale of the produce of their lands, in many
quarters, to procure means to pay their revenue. The Kumaon and
Gurhwal provinces, covering a tract of upwards of 19,000 square
miles, yield only about two lacs of rupees annually to the state
and that, too, with difficulty collected, showing the poverty of the
country. Tea on the other hand, is a highly remunerative crop, and
occupies the time and attention of millions of beings in the adjoin-
ing kingdom of China, and is the means of yielding a large revenue
to the state. India possesses within itself capabilities equally advan-
tageous, in having abundance of land fitted for tea cultivation, an
unlimited supply of cheap labour, admirable rivers for transmitting
the produce to good marts, and last, though not least, a climate
equally well fitted for the growth of the plant. In China, the
priests carry on the trade of tea making with as much zeal as the
lay portion of the community. To them in the Kumaon and
Gurhwal provinces we owe in a measure the miserable state of the
peasantry, as nowhere is their influence more powerful, and that too
directed against any innovation. By the press it has been stated
that the land fitted for tea cultivation was limited and labourers
scanty. Both, however, are great errors. Nor, as already stated, is
it necessary to occupy lands now used in growing grains ; let but the
forest land and the waste land be employed, and from them alone
will be produced a supply equal to the consumption of Europe.
The thriving state of the Paoree plantation, which four years ago was
an extensive oak and rhododendron jungle, shows how admirably
this land so uselessly employed (as but few of the virgin forests can
be made available for their timber, owing to the inaccessible nature
of the country, and impracticable roads), is fitted for tea cultivation.
Let tea, therefore, be encouraged in these places, and a produce will
be reared which will yield means to open up the mountainous
regions. I have pointed out certain routes by which the teas could
be removed to the plains, and I may also add, that with a little
skilful engineering, a road might be made from Hurdwar to Nitti, the
frontier British town, fitted for camels and bullocks. Difficulties
there are none, barring the bridging of a few streams. ‘This great road
would act like a great artery in developing the resources of the western
British hills, and with a little trouble and tact on the part of the Assist-
ant Commissioner, the shawl wool, which is of such vast importance to
the manufacturers in the great British towns of Loodianah, Amritsur,
Lahore, Julalpore, Noorpore, &c., might be brought down by this
route and sold at a cheap rate, and free of the heavy duties levied
on it when imported through the passes belonging to the Jummoo
Raja. The great breeding district of the shawl-wool goats is in the
vast plains of Tibet, immediately behind the British passes. The
breeders have more than once brought down quantities of wool to
Sreenuggur, but at a loss, and they still bring down a small quan-
tity to the Bageswur fair. But were the road from Nitti to
Hurdwar to be opened up and fitted for bullocks and camels, not
only would tea be exported to the plains at a cheap rate, but also

292 Obituary Notice.

the shawl-wool buyers and other traders would be induced to fre-
quent Sreenuggur, and thus induce the Tibet traders to bring their
wool to the British territory, instead of looking for a market in
Cashmeer, by the lengthy and circuitous route of Leh, &c. For the
development of the trade of Tibet one great road is being opened up
through Simla, Rampore, &c., but nature has already, as it were,
marked out the Gurhwal route as one of the great arteries by which
the trade of the Trans-Himalayan countries should flow into British
India, and it only requires to be a little more opened up to cause it
to be more generally frequented. By the Bhotias our teas are highly
appreciated, and for them they are prepared to barter their produce.
As a mart, therefore, in the great high road for them and other
merchants to frequent, a more appropriate place could not be met
with than Sreenuggur, distant six miles from the factory of Paoree.
It, however, can never come into general use until the road is made.”

Mr J. H. Batten, of the Bengal Civil Service, formerly
Commissioner of Kumaon, thus epitomises Jameson’s work
in India :—‘‘ William Jameson came to India with all the
prestige derived from the reputation in science of his cele-
brated uncle, and right nobly has he sustained and
extended, from Edinburgh and Europe to the Himalaya
and Asia, the honours of his family.

‘“¢ Having assumed full management everywhere as super-
intendent, Jameson paid his first visit to Kumaon in
April 1848; and made his first official report on the tea
nurseries of that province in February 1844. From that
date until the final abandonment of the Government ex-
ploitation, and the successful establishment of private
enterprise, the progress of the whole cultivation of. the
tea plant, and of the production and disposal of the manu-
factured tea, formed the subject of the most complete and
exhaustive reports, furnished annually by the superin-
tendent, and published at first in the Zransactions of the
Agricultural and Horticultural Society of India, and, after
the introduction of the system of annual administration
reports by the several governments of British India, in the
official records of the North-Western Provinces.” -

“The year 1847 was an important year for the tea ex-
periment in the Himalaya. Dr Jameson submitted a full
report on the subject,* in which he reviewed the progress of

* This report, illustrated with numerous drawings, was printed and exten-

sively circulated by Government, and subsequently published by authority
(No, xxiii.) for general information.

W. Jameson. 293

the operations, giving the results of his experience as to
soil, elevation, and system of cultivation found most
suitable in the districts under his superintendence; and
appended a lucid account of the methods adopted in manu-
facturing green and black teas, packing tea, preparing
sheet lead, buildings, tea stores, implements in use, &c.,
making also valuable suggestions for the improvement of
plantations ” (Nassau Lees, LL.D., p. 51).

The difficulties Jameson encountered and the great
results that followed his labours are thus alluded to by Col.
Nassau Lees, in his Cultivation of Tea in India, (p. 61):—
“Tt is impossible, if due consideration be allowed for the
natural difficulties Jameson had to contend with, the
bigoted prejudices he had to overcome, and above all, for
the entire want of anything like sound local experience to
guide him, to over-estimate the value of Dr Jameson’s
services in connection with the cultivation of tea in the
Himalaya Mountains ; and the highest credit is due to him
for the energetic zeal with which he pushed on, and
followed through all its vicissitudes, the development of
an experiment, of the success of which he alone from
the commencement never had any misgivings. A con-
scientious discharge of his duty, and a high sense of the
great natural importance of the interesting experiment
which he had been entrusted by Government to superin-
tend, were doubtless the main incentives to Dr Jameson’s
exertions ; at the same time (says Col. Nassau Lees) it is
proper to record the great value of his services to tea in-
terests in North-West India, and to point out to those who
are now profiting so largely by his labours, the great obli-
gation they are under to him. In the complete success
which finally crowned Dr Jameson’s labours, he had his
reward, and though, from the general distrust in his prog-
nostications, and the consequent shyness of private specu-
lators to aid in the experiment, he had the mortification to
see other parts of India (Assam and Cachar) shoot ahead
of the districts under his superintendence, it must have
been gratifying to him that experience has verified in all
important particulars the principles laid down by him in
1847, when tea cultivation was almost in its infancy, and
a satisfaction to him that tea planters in all parts of India

294 Obituary Notice.

are at last beginning to awake to the value of his early
reports.”

Jameson had the satisfaction before he died of seeing his
lifelong labours crowned with success, and tea forming
one of the staple commodities cultivated on the lower
Himalaya; the many plantations affording occupation to
thousands of the peasantry, and prosperity introduced to
what were previously waste and almost uninhabited
regions. In acknowledgment of his valuable services, the
Viceroy conferred on Jameson the distinction of Com-
panion of the Indian Empire.

On the 31st December 1875, Mr Jameson retired from
Saharunpore to a small tea garden at Deyrah Doon, which
he had purchased from Government, and there he ended
his useful life on 18th March 1882. His widow resides at
Deyrah Doon, and two sons who survive are in the Staff
Corps of the Indian Army.

CHRONOLOGICAL List or Mrmorrs AND OFFICIAL REpoRTS.

On the Distribution of European Birds. Jour. As. Soc. Beng., viii. 21.
Seca on tne Museum ‘of the Asiatic Jour. As. Soc. Beng., viii. 241.

On the Geographic Distribution of the
Vulturide, Falconide, and Strigide, being
the first of a series of memoirs intended to t Jour. As. Soc. Beng., viii. 321.
illustrate the Geographic Distribution of the |
Ornithological Kingdom.

Report of his Deputation by Government
to Examine the Effects of the Great Inunda-
tion of the Indus. March 1842.

Report on the Geology, Zoology, &c., of
the Punjab, and of a part of Afghanistan.
June, 1842.

Report on the Cultivation and Manufac-
ture of Tea in Kemaon. 1844.

Report on the Cultivation and Manufac-
ture of Tea in Kemaon and Gurhwal. 1845.

}
Jour. As. Soc. Beng., xii. 183.
Progress of Tea Culture in Kemaon, Gurh- Jouko vA LE Soe. inane

Jour. As. Soc. Beng., xii. 192.
eee Lo Hort. Soc. Ind., ii.
Jour. ap. Hort. Soc. Ind., iv.

wal, and the Dehra valley. Cultivation of Angel ay
the Hop Plant in the Himalaya. 1846. PP.

On the Tea Plantations in Kemaon and
Gurhwal, the Manufacture of Black and
Green Teas, with Account of Implements
used (figures). 1847.

Report on China Tea Plants (from Mr For-
tune in Ward’s Cases) and on American Fruit
Trees (imported with a cargo of ice) received
at Saharunpore. May 1850.

Results of the Trial at the Hill Station of
Mussooree of the North American Fruit Trees
imported in Ice. 1853.

Jour. A. H. Soc. Ind., vi. 81.

curs 5 Hl. Soc. Ind., vii.

Heo a H. Soc. Ind., viii.

J. Decaisne. 295

Jour. A. H. Soc. Ind., viii.
App. 162.
Ed. N. Phil. Jour., \vii. 76.

Agra. (Published by Govern-
ment.)
Jour. A. My Soc. Ind., ix.

On the Physical Aspect of the Punjab, its
Agriculture and Botany. 1854,

On the Cultivation of Tea in the District
of Kangra. April 1854.

Papers on the Tea Factories and Planta-
tions in Kemaon and Gurhwal. May 1854.

On the Culture of Flax in the North-West

Provinces for the sake of its Fibre. Jan. 1855. App. 31.

Papers regarding the Cultivation of Hemp ) Agra. (Published by Govern-
in India. March 1855. ment. )
ment North-Western Provinces. 4to, p. 429. } Roorkee.

1855.

Report on the Present State and Future
Prospects of Tea Cultivation in the North-
oot Provinces and Punjab. Calcutta,
185

Correspondence regarding Tea Plantations
in the Punjab Provinces. Lahore, 1859.

Government of India Records
(Home Dept.), No. xxiii.

Selections from the Correspond-
ence of the Punjab Govern-
ment, vol. iv., No. 2.

Jour. A. H. Soc. Ind., xi.
597.

Bot. Soc. Trans., viii. 66.

Correspondence respecting the Cultivation
of Flax in the North-West Provinces. 1861.
Letter to Professor Balfour, dated Saharun-

Report of Botanical Gardens of the Govern-
pore. July 9, 1863.

Obituary Notice of Joseph Decaisne, Member of the Institute
of France, Honorary Fellow. By ANDREW TaYLor.

(Read 8th June 1882.)

JosEPH DECAISNE died on the 8th February 1882, aged
73. He was a native of Brussels, the celebrated Charles
Morren being his playmate. Both were eager butterfly
hunters as children; both, when men, became leaders in
horticulture, one in France, the other in Belgium. He
entered the Jardin des Plantes at the age of seventeen, and
gradually worked his way up till he succeeded Mirbel as
Professor de Culture and Director of the Garden. A work-
ing gardener in the department of the Museum in 1821,
M. Decaisne was elected President of the Academy of
Sciences in 1864, and a Member of the Royal Society of
London in 1880. He was enrolled in our list in 1867.*

Decaisne’s attachment to his beloved Jardin des Plantes
was a life passion; and there, of course, we look for the
results of his long studies. He managed this establish-
ment, not on the idea of its being a public recreation
ground for tired city holiday seekers, but rather as a

* A portrait and notice of his labours are in Gardener’s Chronicle, 1871, Pe
377.
TRANS. BOT. SOC. VOL. XIV. x

296 Obituary Notice.

working place for earnest students. Some of the members
of our Society can testify to his individual courtesy, which
was always available, whether to obscure students of
theoretic botany or poor peasant farmers troubled by
pomological puzzles. Even the terrible siege of Paris in
1870-71 did not drive the Director from his post. He
wrote to Dr Masters in 1871, when in January over eighty
shells had fallen within the precincts of the garden, how
the Pandanus, the Cyclanths, and the Dracenas had their
leaves torn to ribbons, while the Bromeliads were not only
uninjured by the explosions, but were not hurt by the frost
which destroyed so many nearly allied plants. And for
ten years after this terrible ordeal, Decaisne managed his
great Institution with more activity than many a younger
man accustomed only to the fair side of life.

His printed works also kept pace with his administrative
energy. The English reader knows Sir Joseph Hooker’s
translation of his beautifully illustrated conjunct Traité
generale de Botanique, 1868 ; and further proof of his syste-
matic work may be found in various monographs in De Can-
dolle’s Prodromus, in the Revue Horticole, or in the Annales
des Sciences Naturelles, of the botanical department of which
he was long joint editor. Decaisne, probably incited by
his Herbarium work, early published Florula Sinaica (Paris,
1884) from plants collected by Bové, and Plantes de la
Arabie Heureuse (Botta, Paris, 1841). From such studies,
Decaisne turned to Algology, and may be ranked as its
founder in the sense patent to our physiological laboratories.
He studied, along with his friend Thuret, Fuci originally
obtained in the Paris fish market, though afterwards at
the sea-coast. In a joint paper, published in 1844, the
relations involved in the fertilisation of Fucus vesiculosus,
bladder wrack, were first made clear; the common coraline
of our shores was also shown to be not a polype, but a sea-
weed. This morphological method of study soon influenced
his horticultural studies, the summation of which will be
found in Le Jardin Fruitier du Museum, with its splendidly
coloured plates. There, the so-called calyx tube of the
Pomacew, the eatable portion of the apple and pear, is
shown to be really the top of the flower stalk rendered
swollen and succulent. Decaisne, however, believed in the

M. J. Schleiden. 297

existence of genera and species, as understood in pre-
Darwinian days, and in their limitation by definite, though
extremely wide and elastic, boundaries. He did not make
every variation a distinct species. He held that the
countless varieties of pears, apples, strawberries, and the
like, all proceeded from a few original forms. But he had
no faith in the alleged transformation of the wild radish,
carrot, or cabbage into the cultivated varieties. He held
strongly that nature acts in the fields as she does in the
garden. Yet with him the apple (/alus) and the pear
(Pyrus) were two absolutely distinct genera ; botanists —
who, after Linnzus, combine the two, contradict the direct
teachings of nature. Mr Thistleton Dyer says Decaisne’s
turn of mind was essentially precise and matter of fact.
He would triumphantly show crops of a cruciferous plant
raised in front of the physiological laboratory under wire
gauze for many successive years. There is no departure
he would say, so far from the specific type, and beyond
this kind of evidence he did not seem to care to go.

Altogether Decaisne stands out a typical man in botany,
a combination we have more frequently seen in the
engineering profession, embodying all the best qualities
of the savan and the owvrier.

M. Pierre Decaisne, Honorary Inspector-General du
Service de Santé of the Belgian army, has given to the
State Botanic Garden at Brussels his brother Joseph
Decaisne’s herbarium, manuscripts, and drawings. Among
the manuscripts is one of Tournefort given to Decaisne by his
friend G. Thuret, and another by A. L. de Jussieu, picked
up for a franc at a Paris bookstall. Decaisne’s botanical
correspondence, with part of Riocreux’s drawings, are given
to the Library of the Institute; the rest of these inimitable
illustrations being a bequest to the National Library.

The foreign necrology for the past year includes the
names of Schleiden, an Honorary Fellow, and of Raben-
horst and Hildebrandt, Foreign and Corresponding Members,

Marruivs JAKOB SCHLEIDEN was born on Sth April 1804
at Hamburg, and died at Frankfurt am Main on 23rd
June 1881, having lived to see his cell theory mark an

298 Obituary Notices.

important epoch in botany. He was successively Professor
of Botany at Jena, Dresden, and Dorpat, and published at
least fifteen original works, several of which have appeared
in an English dress, exclusive of papers in Journals. A
fullsketch of his career, with a corresponding bibliography,
will be found in Botanische Centralblatt, Nos. 31 and 32,
1881, and in the Botanische Zeitung for 12th August of the
same year.

Gotttosp Lupwig Rasennorsrt was born on the 22nd
March 1806, at Treuenbrieken in Brandenburg, and died
near Meissen on 24th April 1881. His works on Alga,
the German Cryptogamic Flora, and Mycologia Europea are
classical. He founded Hedwigia, and edited it until 1878.

Dr J. M. Hitpesranpt, the German traveller, to whose
long explorations the public herbaria of Kurope owe many
representative plants of Eastern Africa, died in May 1881,
at Tananarivo (Madagascar), of a malady induced by the
climate on a European constitution.

Witiiam Gorriz, whom mauy of us had previously been
inclined to reckon as well-nigh a silent member, gave
proof of his sound wisdom and valuable experience in the
presidential addresses he delivered to this Society. The
quiet individual influence he exercised in the extension of
scientific arboriculture and horticulture had been long recog-
nised, William Gorrieunexpectedly passed away in a railway
carriage when returning from a professional engagement in
Dumfriesshire, in January 1881, at the age of sixty-nine.
He early made a name for himself in horticulture, and
joined the Botanical Society in 1864, having previously
contributed to our Z'ransactions short notes on the intro-
duction of foreign trees into Britain ; these notes being
communicated by his friend James M‘Nab. Mr Gorrie’s
family have made their mark in the literature of Scottish
agriculture and gardening. His father, Archibald Gorrie,
of Annat Gardens, Perth, was enrolled an Associate in
1839, and his brother David, who sent papers to our
Society, and also to the Journal of Agriculture, published
a small treatise on Biblical Botany, still held in esteem.

W. Gorrie. 299

After his novitiate as apprentice gardener, Mr Gorrie
accepted service with the late Charles Lawson of Edin-
burgh in 1834, and was Curator of the great collection of
vegetable products which afterwards became the celebrated
Museum of the Highland and Agricultural Society, now
incorporated with the Museum of Science and Art. In
the preface to the first edition of Lawson’s Agriculturist’s
Manual, published in 1836, the valuable aid of Mr Gorrie
is duly acknowledged ; while a similar tribute is given in
the treatise on the British Cultivated Grasses, issued by the
same firm. He described the Grasses in Morton’s Cyclo-
pedia of Agriculture. Mr Gorrie’s subsequent history
comprises few details: he was factor at Prestonhall, Mid-
lothian, from 1843 till 1859; then returning to the charge
of the Lawson nurseries for a few years, he afterwards
became a landscape gardener and adviser on estate man-
agement. The dignity of tree study has to be insisted on
in days when the microscope has so absorbing claims on
botanists. Our town gardens and public parks alike, even
yet remain too much swathed in arboreal cerements, em-
blematic of the stiff gardening formalism of a by-gone age.
Why not adapt the varied forms and foliage of trees, as our
lamented friend put it, to the high aims of his art of making
straight lines rugged, and rugged lines straight,—all com-
bining to give that abandonment of mind so delicious to
weary workers near the crowded city’s ceaseless roar. And
graceful foreign trees, such as the New Zealand novelties so
well known to visitors at Rait Lodge, might be thus advan-
tageously introduced, though not in the fashion of the rows
of Araucarta imbricata, in various shades of brown, adorn-
ing our suburban villas. Mr Gorrie’s matured views will be
found in a remarkable paper, ‘‘ On the Advantages of Plant-
ing in Groups, or in Mixed Plantations, so as to combine
profit with landscape effect,” Trans. Scot. Arb. Society, vol.
vii., 1874-75. The practical demonstration of these views
may be found in the grounds surrounding the Hydropathic
establishments at Melrose and Pitlochry, besides those of
many private mansions, and especially at his own residence
of Rait Lodge, Trinity. If, as Ruskin has it, the artist
appeals to a wider public than the author can possibly do,
so, too, may our scientific forester have taught botany.

300 Obituary Notices.

During twelve of the seventeen years Mr Gorrie was a
member of the Botanical Society, he was an office-bearer.
He joined the Council in 1865, and was elected a vice-
president in 1867 ; and for one year he occupied the presi-
dent’s chair.

Hewerr Corrrett Watson, chief amongst English geo-
eraphic botanists, departed this life on the 27th July 1881,
after nearly six months’ illness, at his residence of Thames
Ditton, Surrey, aged seventy-eight. For the last forty years
Mr Watson lived in quiet seclusion. He rarely passed a
night away from his cottage. Of so unobtrusive and
nervous a temperament as to fear that a casual visitor
might find him a bore, he usually preferred solitude, en-
livened sometimes by gardening, or, in answering corre-
spondents, who had no other calls upon him than a common
enthusiasm for his favourite science. Mr Watson would
sometimes astonish a casual looker-in by a torrent of thanks
for the personal favour thus so unexpectedly conferred.
His later works were not placed in the hands of a pub-
lisher, while the impressions were so limited as to cause
them to be amongst the desiderata of the botanical book-
hunter. Yet M. Adolphe De Candolle reckons the publi-
cation of the Cybele Britannica as marking an epoch in
botanical history.

Mr Watson’s social position, idiosyncrasies, and scientific
training, admirably qualified him for his special life-work.
In early life he pursued preparatory legal, and then medical
studies, but without the zest caused by a purse vergens ad
inopiam, and ill-health, together with the incidence of a
legacy while a student, abruptly cut short his University
course. He was one year president of the Royal Medical
Society of Edinburgh, though he never took his degree.
And along with his contemporaries, John Hutton Balfour,
Robert Greville, Patrick Neill, and Sir Walter Trevelyan,
he botanised with Professor Graham in Sutherlandshire,
then gaining first ideas of the relations of altitude to
plant distribution, the elaboration of which was to be his
life-work. Watson also took advantage of the botanical
lectures and excursions of Sir William Hooker then of
Glasgow. He joined the Botanical Society as a Non-

HT. C. Watson. 301

Resident Member in 1837. A remarkable paper he read
before us will be found in the first volume of our Jrans-
actions, ‘‘ On the Geographical Distribution of Ferns in the
Azores,” giving the results of a botanising trip made to
these islands in H.M. surveying war steamer ‘ Styx,” in
which Mr Watson paid his own expenses. He gave great
aid in the distribution of specimens amongst our members,
at one time an important feature of our institution. The
London Catalogue of British Plants, together with the
Botanical Exchange and Record Clubs, received much of
his later efforts in this direction of labour. An interesting
correspondence with the late William Brand, W.S., now in
the Society’s archives, indicates how Watson would have
had our Herbarium arranged so as best to demonstrate
geographic distribution, in his opinion the chief object of
such a collection, He remarks, in Topographical Botany,
—on finishing which he once intended to burn his own
unsurpassed herbarium,—‘‘ I do not believe that there are
fifty English botanists who sufficiently comprehend the
philosophy of plant distribution to take any great interest
in such illustrations. The majority amongst botanists are
simply collectors of specimens ; an innocent amusement of
rather limited science.” Mr Watson held advanced opin-
ions on many subjects. arly initiated to the love of plants
by the kind words of Bishop Stanley of Norwich, the fidus
Achdates of his schoolmate the late Dean Stanley, and the
coadjutor with George Combe in missionary enterprises for
promulgating phrenology, can we wonder that he was ever
to the front, with the rolling wheels of intellectual change
so characteristic of his times? Space forbids discussion of
his views of species and varieties; but as more than one
obituarist has claimed him as a Darwinian, nay, a reformer
before this great so-called reformation, let us allow him
explanatory utterance. In Yopographical Botany he thus
writes :—‘“‘ I do not recognise in the clever arguing and
strictly conscientious writings of Charles Darwin, any guid-
ing clue truly sufficient to account for the origin of the
British flora, or anything which satisfactorily explains well-
ascertained peculiarities in the distribution of its con-
stituent plants either internal or external. At the same time,
I would not be understood to declare that the known facts

302 Obituary Notices.

are irreconcilably adverse to that theory, ingeniously
invented to explain the so-called origin of species, or to
those views of their past dispersion and present distribution
which are closely connected therewith; but perhaps it
would be alleging a double truth, were it declared impos-
sible to prove, and equally impossible to disprove, those views
on species introduction which are now familiarly known as
Darwinism.” Ina similar fashion he had previously de-
mitted the editorship of the Phrenological Journal, because
the zealots for the then new science could not bear Watson
to expose its weakness when viewed from a logical stand-
point. Speaking as a botanist, he says: ‘“‘ As for my own
ideas, it is wished here to make a final declaration, up to
present date (1874), that I have not seen any hypothesis
truly adequate to account for the origin and present distri-
bution of plants in Europe generally, or in Britain specially.”
Mr Watson’s works are—

Outlines of the Distribution of British Plants belonging to the
Division Vasculares. 8vo, Edinburgh (privately printed), 1832.

Remarks on the Distribution of British Plants, chiefly in con-
nection with Latitude, Elevation, and Climate. 8vo, London, 1835.

New Botanist’s Guide. 2 vols. 8vo, London, 1835-37.

Cybele Britannica. 4 vols. 8vo, London, 1847-59.

Supplement to Cybele Britannica. 8vo, London, 1860.

Compendium. 3 vols. 8vo, London, 1868-70.

Topographical Botany. 2 vols. 8vo, Thames Ditton, 1873-74.

Papers in Loudon’s Magazine of Natural History ; Sir William
Hooker’s London Journal of Botany ; Phytologist, old series, 1841-
54.

Mr Watson edited the Phrenological Journal, from 1830-1840.

On 21st October 1881, the busy town of Falkirk showed
all befitting municipal respect as the funeral of Mr Joun
RussEL, its ex-provost and our former fellow member,
was being conducted through its mourning streets. Mr
Russel, during a twelve years’ chief magistracy, had done
more than most to improve the old borough. Of the
leading legal firm of the town, yet he found time to
make himself a name in orchid growing. His first
collection, scattered in Steven’s rooms in 1875, was pro-
bably the finest lot of orchids ever so disposed of.
Though surrounded by tall stalks of chemical and other

President's Address. 303

factories, Mr Russel’s residence at Mayfield was long
known to plant lovers, as showing how much material
bustle is not incompatible with strong enthusiasm in their
favourite pursuit. Mr Russel joined the Society in 1867.
The Botanical Club, as well as the Edinburgh Naturalists’
Field Club, more than once shared in his hospitality at
Mayfield.

Dr Ranpite WILBRAHAM F'atconer, twice Lord Mayor of
Bath, and a president of the British Medical Association,
died on May 6, 1881, aged 65. He joined our Society in
1837, the second year of its existence, and was then
president of the Royal Medical Society. A learned paper
“On the Ancient History of the Rose,” afterwards printed
in the Gardener's Magazine, vol. xv. p. 379, formed one of
several papers which he laid before the Society. He was
appointed local secretary for Pembrokeshire in 1847, and
published anonymously 4 Catalogue of Tenby Plants, 1848.

JoHn S. Innes, M.D., a Non-Resident Fellow, died at
Forres on 15th April 1881. He joined our Society in 1838,
being proposed by the well-known local botanists, Rev.
Dr George Gordon of Birnie and Mr Stables of Nairn,
doubtless in compliment to his reputation as a passionate
cultivator of flowers, especially the rose. Dr Innes was
born in Ceylon, but commenced practice in Forres in 1833,
and continued there for nearly half a century.

Appress BY ProrressorR BayLEy Batrour, President.
(Read 8th December 1881.)

(Abstract. )*

The President remarked that the subject of chlorophyll
had, alike in its morphological and physiological aspects,

* This address was delivered from notes, which the President stated he
proposed to develop into a series of papers to be read before the Society,
ciying an account of the subject of chlorophyll, and a condensed abstract is
therefore only given here. The portion relating to Pringsheim’s researches is
ea condensation of Pringsheim’s most recent paper, ‘‘Untersuchungen tiber
Lichtwirkung und Chlorophyllfunction in der Pflanze,” Leipzig, 1881. See
also Quart. Jour, Mier. Sc., new ser. Xxii. 75.

304 President's Address.

for the past century attracted the attention of botanists
and chemists, and now the zoologist also found that it fell
within his domain. Although a vast amount of literature
on the subject existed, yet we were still far from having
an accurate knowledge of its character, of its origin, and
of the part it plays in the plant economy. Recently a
systematic investigation from an, entirely new standpoint
by Pringsheim had resulted in the elaboration of a new
hypothesis, which had been termed the ‘“ screen hypothesis ”
vf the function of chlorophyll and of its use to plants, and
he (the President) proposed to give to the members of the
Society a brief account of Pringsheim’s work and hypo-
thesis.

In the first place, however, he gave an historical resumé
of the subject, and explained the views current regarding it
up to the present time. He pointed out, as regards the
occurrence of chlorophyll in plants, that with few excep-
tions itis found in parts to which light has access, and that
in the simpler plants the green colour is often diffused through
the whole protoplasm of the plants, but in highly differen-
tiated forms it is usually relegated to isolated portions of
the protoplasm, which constitute chlorophyll-corpuscles.
Since Pelletier and Caventon gave the name chlorophyll
to the green colouring matter of plants some confusion has
attended its application. By some authors the term has
been used as including both the green colouring matter
itself as well as the protoplasm skeleton in which it is
incorporated, by others to designate the former of these
only, whilst recently Wiesner has retained it for a portion
only of the actual colourmg matter. Bohm introduced
the term ‘“‘chlorophor” for the protoplasmic groundwork, and
the cumbrous expression ‘materia viridis” for the impreg-
nating green matter, but these have not come into general
use. Writers now speak of the skeleton as the body or
corpuscle, which may be coloured or colourless, otherwise
true or false, —(Sachs first showed, and after him the subject
has been worked out by Dehnecke and Schimper, that the
corpuscles may exist without the green colouring matter,
and these he designated leucophyll or false, as contrasted
with those which are green, the true or chlorophyll),
of the chlorophyll colouring matter or chlorophyll, and

President's Address. 305

of the contents of the corpuscle, 7.e., the additional matter,
such as starch, &., present in the corpuscle, the whole
being the chlorophyll apparatus.

As to the nature of the chlorophyll apparatus :—and
first the skeleton. [Earlier observers held this to be a
vesicle. Treviranus first spoke of it as a proteid mass
permeated by a green colouring matter, but Von Mohl laid
the foundation of our rational knowledge indicating diffe-
rent characters of corpuscles, and enunciating their solid
nature. His views have been accepted generally until
Pringsheim’s work appeared.

The chlorophyll itself, in the days of the vesicular
theory regarded as a fluid enclosed in the vesicle, has now
generally come to be recognised as a substance permeating
the corpuscle. This view Pringsheim modifies. The
chlorophyll colouring matter can easily be removed in
solvents such as alcohol, and has definite physical charac-
ters. Its spectrum is a distinct one, the most prominent
absorption bands lying in the more refrangible part of the
spectrum, seven bands being recognised. It also, as
Brewster first fully demonstrated, possesses the power of
fluorescence. Of its constitution we are still much in the
dark, notwithstanding many investigations both by chemi-
cal and by spectral analysis. In earlier times regarded as
a single chemical substance, Fremy first suggested its
compound nature, but his investigations, like those of
Filhol, Jodin, and others, are valueless on account of the
methods of experimentation followed. N. J. C. Miler
proved the existence of different pigments in chloro-
phyll, and in later times Stokes, Kraus, Sorby, Wiesner,
and others have attempted to arrange the constituent
pigments in groups, and to give them distinct names with
an approximate composition. Much controversy has taken
place, but the general result has been the recognition of
two series of pigments, a yellow (Xanthophyll) and a blue
(Cyanophyll), each of which is made up of several minor
groups, and these combined form the chlorophyll colouring
matter which can be extracted from the corpuscle. In its
chemical composition it contains carbon, hydrogen, oxygen,
and nitrogen; Sachsse, from his recent investigations,
holding that the cyanophyll series alone contain uitrogen,

306 President's Address.

the xanthophyll having none. Iron is present in the
chlorophyll, and various observers have found organic sub-
stances of a fatty and starchy nature in it.

Of the contents some are visible in the corpuscle, others
only after reagents have been applied. Starch is almost
universal; Pringsheim first, and after him Nageli, proved
oil globules to occur; sugar has been supposed to exist,
though never actually proved; and Pringsheim has claimed
to have found organic acids. In his new work Pringsheim
adds some other substance—‘ hypochlorin” and “ tannin
vesicles.”

As to the formation of the chlorophyll apparatus.
Firstly, of the corpuscular skeleton. Sachs first distinctly
described it as an aggregation of molecules round specific
centres (under conditions requisite for growth), which subse-
quently become coloured. At a very early period it was
urged by Mohl that in some cases the starch particles were
the primary factors round which the corpuscle became
ageregated, and this view apparently has some warranty
from recent investigations by Haberlandt, Mikosch, Stohr,
and others into the history of false corpuscles.

For the development of the colouring matter two external
conditions are necessary—(a) Light of not too high or too
low intensity. Seedlings of some plants develop chloro-
phyll in darkness, this being a primary condition only. If
light insufficient, a blanching is seen, Etiolin being formed,
a substance which has given rise to controversy; Kraus
holding it to be identical with xanthophyll, Pringsheim, on
the other hand, regarding it as a different substance. (0)
Temperature of a certain degree, the limits varying in in-
dividual cases. Both inorganic and organic substances
are required for the composition of the colouring
matter. Amongst the former iron is important. The
various organic matters, both nitrogenous and non-nitro-
genous, formed in or taken into the plant supply the chief
material for the chlorophyll, and their application to this
purpose, and the time and place relations of the formation
of the chlorophyll, has been the subject of great contro-
versy and much speculation, being intimately bound up
with the question of the function of the whole chlorophyll
apparatus. In like manner, the formation of the various

President's Address. 307

contained bodies is involved in a discussion of the function
of the apparatus.

Two series of phenomena exhibited by the chlorophyll
apparatus, or its parts, under the influence of light, are of
importance. Firstly, heliotropic phenomena are exhibited.
As Bohm first observed, the corpuscles in daylight coat the
upper and under surface of the cell-walls of horizontal
leaves, and in darkness are only found on the side walls,
producing thereby a variation in intensity of colour on the
surface of the leaves. Secondly, chlorophyll and the
contents of the corpuscles are constantly undergoing de-
struction and reformation. As regards the colouring
matter, this destruction is a local effect due to light (yellow
rays), as Batalin, Sachsse, Askenasy, and others have
shown. Leaves become yellow under this process owing to
the more sensitive cyanophyll portion of the chlorophyll
having been destroyed. The destruction is supposed to be
a process of oxidation. This is not to be confounded with
tinting of leaves in autumn. ‘The reconstruction of the
colouring matter is dependent upon the nutrition of the
plant, and is thus involved in the question of the function
of the chlorophyll. As regards contents of the corpuscles,
Sachs first showed how starch disappears during the night
and appears during the day, and oil globules also dis-
appear,

What is the physiological significance of the chlorophyll
apparatus, has been, and is still, a question of much dis-
cussion. Sprengel and Turpin, who supported the vesicular
theory (globuline they termed the corpuscles), considered
each corpuscle an Alga, and these by division and apposi-
tion formed tissues. Amici and Dutrochet recognised in
the corpuscles the scattered elements of a diffused nervous
system. By all other observers the apparatus has been
associated with the vegetative life of the plant, and it has
been generally assumed that its property is to separate in
light the carbon from the CO, of the atmosphere, the C
then combining with the elements of water forms a substance
which is applied to the purposes of the plant’s growth, the
O being given off. Sachs first termed this assimilation—
we now speak of it as carbon-assimilation. It is a feeding
process, and must be carefully distinguished from respira-

308 President's Address.

tion. This carbon-assimilation is by all admitted as a fact,
and as in some way or other connected with the presence
of chlorophyll, but what is the relation, and what are the
first products formed in the assimilation, have been the
basis of numerous and conflicting hypotheses. advanced.
That starch and oil and other substances in the corpuscles
are products of the carbon-assimilation is accepted—the
process by which they result, and how far the chlorophyll
is concerned, is the matter for discussion. There has also
been controversy as to the light-rays which bring about the
assimilation. Lommel advanced a purely physical hypo-
thesis, assuming that tle rays most strongly absorbed and
of the greatest mechanical intensity, were efficacious. But
this has been quite disproved, and the rays most efficient
are the yellow and adjacent ones.

The chemical assimilation hypothesis may be arranged
in three groups according to the part the chlorophyll is
supposed to play in the process:—(a) Those which assume
chlorophyll to be formed before assimilation, and to cause
it directly. To this we have subscribing Liebig, Bohm,
Sachs, Pfeffer, Risler, Horsford, Bayer, Erlenmeyer, and
others. (6) Chlorophyll is formed in the process of
assimilation, and is both a consequence and a cause of
it. The chief supporters of this hypothesis are Kraus,
Wiesner, and Timarjaseff. (¢) Chlorophyll is formed in
assimilation, and is a consequence only. Meyer, Mulder,
and Morot, and recently Sachsse, have advanced this view.
The details of the process are regarded by those supporting
the same hypothesis by no means in the same way, and
the first assimilation product is different in the opinion of
the several observers, Thus Liebig supposed a gradual
deoxidation taking place, resulting in the primary formation
of organic acids, Risler and Horsford attributed the process
to iron salts in the chlorophyll, the former maintaining that
iron protoxide becomes converted into peroxide; the latter
regarding iron phosphate (of which Fremy’s phylloxanthine,
one of his supposed constituents of chlorophyll, consists)
as the main agent by which the chlorophyll reduces the CO,.
Bayer and Erlenmeyer assume a dissociation of the CO,
the former recognises a likeness between chlorophyll and
hemoglobin of the blood, in that it can fix carbonic

President's Address. 309

oxide, and sunlight then reaching the CO, a dissociation
takes place, oxygen is given off, and the CO remains fixed
with the chlorophyll, and then the simple reduction of CO
to formic aldehyde takes place, and this last is the primary
assimilation product; the former holds that formic acid
and hydrogen peroxide result, and then subsequently the
formic acid is broken up and methyl aldehyde ultimately
formed. Bohm, Sachs, and Pfeffer regard the action as
catalytic, the details of the process being unknown, and
assume that starch is the primary assimilation product.
Of those who take chlorophyll to be a consequence
as well as a cause of assimilation, Timarjaseff assumes
a dissociation of the CO,, and the CO combines with
one of the elements of chlorophyll which has been de-
composed by the light, and more chlorophyll is formed.
Kraus assumes a substance, leucophyll, which with chloro-
phyll exists in a plant; the latter results from the former
by its combination with the product of a reduction of CQ,.
This reduction is effected by leucophyll in light, and
the combination takes place by a predisposing affinity.
Wiesner assumes that as in light and air a chorophyll
solution is oxidised, the like must go on in the plant, with
this difference, that no free oxygen but the oxygen from the
CO, is used for oxidation of the chlorophyll, and the
chlorophyll is thus the reducing element of the CO,, a
carbohydrate being ultimately formed. Sachsse revives an
old hypothesis of Meyer, Mulder, and Morot. Chloro-
phyll is, he says, one of the first assimilation products, and
the mother substance of starch, and, on the other hand,
starch may be converted into chlorophyll. The xantho-
phyll element is first formed, and thereafter, with the
taking up of nitrogen, the true green matter is formed.
From amongst these conflicting theories, and the irre-
concilable statements made in their support, it is difficult
to form a satisfactory opinion as the true process of
assimilation. By chemists especially, however, the influ-
ence of the protoplasm in the decomposing aud synthetic
processes has been practically ignored. Sachs and Pfeffer
recognise that it is a factor to be considered, and Borodin’s
investigations upon asparagin show the important relation
between carbohydrate and nitrogenous-compound formation,

310 President's Address.

Perhaps the most widely accepted hypothesis of carbon-
assimilation and the physiological significance of chloro-
phyll is a modification of that supported by Sachs and
Pfeffer, whereby the chlorophyll is recognised as the cause
of the process (how is inexplicable at present), and the
first visible product is either starch or oil. The process by
which this is brought about being probably that suggested
by Bayer, the formation as the primary product of formic
aldehyde.

This brings us to the publication of Pringsheim’s views.
For some years past he has been engaged with au investi-
gation of the character of chlorophyll-corpuscles, of the
action of light upon them, and the function performed
by chlorophyll in the plant. His investigations, whether
We agree or disagree with his conclusions, form a most
valuable contribution to the elucidation of a complex sub-
ject, and his hypothesis regarding the part performed by
the green colouring matter is an ingenious and a very
interesting one.

His method of investigation, in addition to that of
ordinary micro-chemical observation, has been what he terms
microscopical photo-chemistry, by which the action of light
on the contents of the plant cells, and the light and heat
absorption in the several elements of the cells, and the
activity stored up within the tissues by the sun’s rays, may
be observed directly under the microscope. Light is
concentrated on the plant-cells under the microscope, and
the effect of the sun’s rays and the component parts thereof
are readily studied.

And, firstly, must be noticed his observations on

Structure and Composition of Chlorophyll-corpuscles.

In micro-chemical investigations of chlorophyll-corpuscles hitherto
made a solvent has been generally used for separating the colouring
matter from the ground-substance of the corpuscle, a method
possessing the disadvantage that other substances besides the
colouring matter are extracted in the solution from the corpuscle,
and these have not been sufficiently distinguished and separated from
the colouring matter. In Pringsheim’s investigations a new method,
against which such objection cannot be raised, has been employed.
It consists in warming green tissues in water or subjecting them to

President’s Address. 311

the action of steam or treating them with dilute acids. Different
effects are produced according as one or other, or a combination of
these agencies, is made use of; but they coincide in this general
effect, that they cause the colouring matter, along with certain fluid
or semifluid substances accompanying it, to exude from the chloro-
phyll-corpuscles in the form of larger or smaller drops, while these
coat the periphery of the decolorised skeleton or ground-substance
which itself retains the original form of the corpuscle.

If a portion of green tissue be warmed for fifteen minutes to an
hour in water of a temperature of 50° to 80° C., or if it be
suspended during fifteen minutes to several hours in a flask, so
as to be in contact with the steam of boiling water (the degree of
temperature and the time required for the action varies with the
tissue taken ; in most cases boiling the tissue for five minutes is
the quickest and most convenient procedure), viscid drops of vary-
ing size become visible at the circumference of the chlorophyll-
corpuscles. They may be watched exuding from the substance of
the corpuscle, in number depending upon the duration of the
operation. Always coloured, they are usually chlorophyll-green,
but this may be brighter or darker, and the tint in some cases is
yellow or blue-green, occasionally olive-green, more seldom reddish-
brown. They are completely soluble in alcohol and ether, and
consist of the colouring matter with an oily basis, which is the
vehicle holding it and the substances accompanying it in solu-
tion.

In pioportion as the exudation proceeds, the ground-substance is
decolorised, and the colouring matter may be completely removed
from it. The structure of the ground-substance then becomes
visible, and it appears under a high magnifying power as a
skeleton, having the shape of the original chlorophyll-corpuscles,
composed of a soft substance differentiated to form a hollow
body, the circumference of which is abundantly pierced in
a sieve-like manner. It has, in fact, the character of a hollow
sponge. It is difficult to accomplish complete decolorisation by
heating in warm water alone, and this is best and most easily
brought about by a combination of warmth and dilute acids. The
character of the tissue must be taken into account, as for different
tissues one or other method may be more favourable. _This
character of the ground-substance becomes evident if the corpuscle
be decolorised by alcohol or other solvent, and also, as will be
presently described, by the action of intense light ; and the fact
that the operation of these different agencies demonstrates the same
structural characters in the decolorised chlorophyll-corpuscles is
strong evidence that this is also the structure of the corpuscle

TRANS. BOT. SOC. VOL. XIV. x

Pe) President’s Address.

under normal conditions. Chlorophyll-bands, plates, and masses
show equally well this structure.

These, the normal effects of heating a tissue in water or exposing
it to steam, may be complicated by the temperature being so high
as to affect the starch contained in the chlorophyll-corpuscles, and
by causing the granules to swell and rupture the corpuscle, thus
destroy its form. All tissues are not equally sensitive in this way.
Some may be subjected for hours to the action of water at a high
temperature, or to steam, without the chlorophyll-corpuscles losing
their structural character, whilst in others a few minutes suffices to
cause them to lose their form and to coalesce; or, and perhaps
more usually, whilst retaining their individuality, they swell
internally and rupture, and then appear as irregularly burst hollow
spheres. The amount of starch present in the chlorophyll-corpuscles
determines to a certain extent the rapidity of this effect. The more
starch present the more certainly and the more easily will it be
produced ; but there are many tissues in which starch is present,
and yet there is complete immunity from this action. This
rupturing of the chlorophyll-corpuscles, due to the starch, must
be distinguished from the exudation of colouring matter and its
accompanying substances already mentioned, which is quite inde-
pendent of the starch content, and is brought about at a much
lower temperature.

The exudation of the coloured drops appears to be the mechanical
effect of a simple swelling of the ground-substance due to its
absorbing water, and it thereby exercises a pressure upon and _
squeezes out the vehicle holding the colouring and other matters
in solution which fills its meshes.

The effect of treating green tissues with dilute acids is somewhat
different, and has led to the discovery of a universally present
constituent of the chlorophyll-corpuscles,—hypochlorin. Hydro-
chloric acid, in the proportion of 1 vol. to 4 vols. of water, is the
most favourable for the detection of this substance. But others
may be used, e.g., sulphuric acid, 1 vol. to 20-40 vols. of water ;
glacial acetic acid, 1 vol. to 2-4 vols. of water; picric acid, | vol.
to 3-6 vols. of water; these, however, require much care in appli-
cation, and are less certain in their effect than hydrochloric acid,
which has been chiefly used in these investigations. Glacial acetic
acid, 1 vol. to 2 vols. of water, is specially favourable for bringing
out the perforated wall structure of the chlorophyll-corpuscles.

In specimens preserved for some years in Hantz’s fluid, in dilute
glycerine, and in chloride of calcium, hypochlorin was observed to
have exuded from some chlorophyll-corpuscles.

If a green tissue be treated with dilute hydrochloric acid, a sudden

President's Address. 313

change in colour is the only immediate effect apparent ; the whole
tissue, like the chlorophyll-corpuscles in the cells, acquires a yellow-
green, gold-yellow, or brownish tint. No decomposition of the
green colouring matter has taken place, nor is it dissolved by the
acid, and the chlorophyll-corpuscles are unchanged in form and
structure, But after a few hours there appear in the substance of,
but chiefly near the periphery of the chlorophyll-corpuscles, dark
reddish-brown or rust-coloured, soft, greasy masses, hardly of the
nature of drops, being of irregular form, and sometimes showing a
firmer limiting layer or pellicle. These, which are distinguished by
their larger size, irregular form, colour, and denser consistence, from
the drops exuded after warming with water, appear invariably in all
plants, whatever their position in the vegetable kingdom, and what-
ever be their habitat, whether land, fresh or sea water, that contain
chlorophyll, be it attached to isolated chlorophyll-corpuscles or to
variously shaped masses, and they appear equally in those which
contain starch or oil in their corpuscles and in those which have no
starch. The following are some of the plants in which these have
been specially observed :—Amongst Alge, species of Ulothriz,
Draparnaldia, Chetophora, Aphanochete, Coleochete, Mesocarpus,
Spirogyra, Cladophora, Gedogonium, Bulbochete, Closterium, Mias-
terias, Pediastrium, and in Enteromorphee, Cladophoree, from the
German Ocean. Amongst mosses, in the protonemata, leaves and
stems of Mnium, Hypnum, Fontinalis, and Sphagnum. Amongst
vascular cryptogams, in pro-embryos of Pteris, Blechnum,and Gymno-
gramme, and in leaves of species of Selaginellew. Lastly, amongst
Phenogams, in leaf tissues of Taxus, Zostera, Vallisneria, Elodea,
Ceratophyllum, Heliconia farinosa, Tilia, and Ampelopsis. This
effect is not observed in plants that are not chlorophyll green, eg.,
in Phycochromacee, Diatomacee, Pheosporee, Fucaceew, Floridee,
and Fungi,—traces of it only were observed in some stages of their
life history in diatoms,—although the exudation of colour drops
after warming in water may be observed. The Vauwcheriew are a
curious exception, as in them frequently no trace of the action is
visible.

After a short exposure to the acid, in from six to sixty hours, the
rust-coloured masses begin to change in appearance. They become
angular and spikey, and form on the surface of the corpuscle more or
less broad scales or nests, with an indistinct crystalline texture,
from which sharp-edged and pointed prolongations develop, or they
form cloud-like precipitates with firmer embedded pieces. At a
later period still further changes take place, and these go on equally
well if the specimen be left in the acid or removed to pure water.
From the irregular masses are developed short, stiff, straight (often

314 President's Address.

rhombic), or crumpled or wavy rods, like the so-called rods of the
waxy coating on Musacew, having blunt or pointed ends; or the
productions are long, firm, straight, or coiled needles ; or delicate
flexible filaments. No differentiation is observed in these erystal-
loidal masses, except occasionally in some of the rods, when, owing
to aslight condensation of the periphery, a double contour is shown.

As the rust-brown masses first appear within the periphery of the
chlorophyll-corpuscle, they have the appearance of confluent oily
drops, in consistence, outline, and movement resembling a volatile
rather than a fatty oil. And the subsequent formation from them
of the crystalloidal processes probably results from the conversion,
at least in part, of the oily substance into resin. The whole of the
exuded mass does not assume the crystalloidal form, but there is
always a remnant of the original substance left like a mother liquor,
out of which the crystalloidal bodies have solidified. ‘There is,
then, here a mixture of substances with which the colouring matter
of the chlorophyll-corpuscle is in part incorporated, which being
insoluble in water, dilute salt solutions, and acids, and completely
soluble in alcohol, ether, benzol, bisulphide of carbon, petroleum,
volatile oils, &c., must be referred to the group of resins and fats.
The colour of the mixture depends upon the modified chlorophyll,
for the more highly-developed crystalloidal processes, if exposed for
a short time to light, change colour and get lighter, often bleaching
slowly from the point backwards, and in this way may become
quite colourless. The crystal-like projections and the short rods are
often from the first destitute of colour.

It is that constituent of these extruded masses which forms the
crystalloidal bodies, or rather the form in which it pre-exists in the
chlorophyll-corpuscle, that is termed hypochlorin. Is it an inde-
pendent constituent of the chlorophyll-corpuscle, or is it derived
from the green colouring matter by the action of the acid?

Were it a product of the action of the acid on the green colouring
matter its presence should be indicated in every chlorophyll-cor-
puscle when treated with the acid, for there is no reason to doubt
that the characters of the chlorophyll-corpuscles in a normal tissue,
in one and the same cell at least, are essentially alike. But this is
by no means the case. Often the crystalloid bodies develop only
upon a few chlorophyll-corpuscles in a cell, and are absent from the
others, or they may be entirely absent from one or more cells in a
tissue otherwise rich in the substance. Again, in the majority of
Alge where the chlorophyll is attached to masses of various forms,
whilst hypochlorin is rarely entirely absent from a cell or from a
filament, the amount present varies much both with the season and
with the stage of development of the cells.

President's Address. 315

This sporadic distribution of the hypochlorin, while it indicates
the existence of this substance as a general constituent of the
chlorophyll-corpuseles, independent of the colouring matter, points
also to its function as a formative material, like starch and oil, in
the chlorophyll-corpuscle, and its detection will depend upon whether
it has accumulated or been used up in the chlorophyll-corpusele ;
the amount discoverable at any time representing excess of supply
over demand at that particular moment.

In plants with chlorophyll-bands or plates, further evidence of
the presence of hypochlorin as a distinct and independent body is
afforded by definite anatomical relationships of the crystalloid out-
growths to the chlorophyll-masses. In Spirogyra, for example, they
appear at widely and almost equally distant points on the edge or
middle line of the bands. The same is observed in those Wdo-
goniee that possess chlorophyll-bands, and in Drapurnaldia the
erystalloids, always few in number, occur on the crossing chloro-
phyll-bands. In all cases, too, they appear preferably at the peri-
phery of the amylum-bodies in the bands, and before starch is
visible in these. So universal is this that any spot where hypo-
chlorin is observed. not in relation to an amylum-body may be
assumed to be a seat of election for one. The constancy of the
appearance of hypochlorin on the periphery of the amylum-bodies,
suggests a genetic connection between them, and seems to indicate
that hypochlorin plays an important part in the nutritive function
of green cells.

An anatomical fact, hitherto unrecognised in the organisation of
Spirogyra, may here be noticed. The threads of protoplasm ex-
tending outwards from the central plasma mass in each cell do not,
as was supposed, end in the general protoplasmic lining of the cell
wall, but each passes directly or by its branches to the internal
surface of a chlorophyll-band, and there dilates in a trumpet-like
manner, and grasps, as it were, an amylum-body. If, as sometimes
occurs, there is no amylum-body visible at the point where the
thread is in contact with the chlorophyll-band, the spot may be
considered one where such a body will subsequently appear. As
the amylum-bodies increase by division, the grasping protoplasmic
thread also divides by forking, and thus each daughter amylum-body
is grasped by a protoplasmic thread; and, on the other hand, the
protoplasmic threads may divide in the first instance, and a new
~ amylum-body is subsequently formed in the chlorophyll-band at the
extremity of the new protoplasmic thread. As an outcome of this
mode of increase, the adjacent amylum-bodies are often connected
bridgeways by threads of protoplasm; and as longitudinal division
of the chlorophyll-bands often proceeds synchronously with the

316 President's Address.

multiplication of the amylum-bodies and the forking of the proto-
plasm threads, the amylum-bodies so connected may be in different
spires of the chlorophyll-band. In the angles of the forks of the
branching protoplasmic threads there is usually visible in strongly
growing Spirogyra filaments a thickening of the substance of the
thread in which a vesicle, perhaps a kind of amylum-body, lies.
There is, then, in Spirogyra, a direct connection through the threads
between the amylum-bodies themselves, and also between them and
the nucleus.

These very definite anatomical relationships render Spirogyra a
very favourable subject for future investigation of the condition in
which hypochlorin exists in the fresh cell when unacted on by acids.
It is not, indeed, difficult to observe in its chlorophyll-bands before
they are treated with acid, signs betraying the existence of some
peculiar substance. If a cell of Spirogyra crassa, or other large
species rich in hypochlorin, be slightly injured, either by mechani-
cal pressure or by warming (up to 30°-40° C. according to the
species), so that but little disturbance of cell-content is produced,
there are seen in the projections at the edge of the chlorophyll-bands
and beside the amylum-bodies, that is, at the exact position where
hypochlorin becomes visible when an acid is employed, large clear
vacuole-like spaces filled with strongly refractive oil-like matter.
These, which have not been hitherto generally noticed, differ from
the small fat-particles abundantly distributed through the bands by
their larger size, more fluid content, and the possession of a limiting
pellicle. A slight contraction of the band in breadth is associated
with their appearance, and the projections on the edge of the band
disappear. After very slight warming the large vacuoles may be
readily observed at the edge of the band to rupture their skin, and
their fluid content is disseminated in the surrounding protoplasm
lining the cell wall. In large species of Spirogyra a spontaneous
coalescence of the vacuoles may often be witnessed.

The position of these vacuoles leads to the conjecture that it is
their oily content which forms the hypochlorin excrescences, a con
jecture quite conformable with the easy destructibility of hypo-
chlorin in green tissues. For this accumulation of oily matter in
vacuoles, the ready escape of the same, and its dissemination in the
protoplasm under slight mechanical or thermal influences, affords an
explanation of those cases where the hypochlorin reaction is absent
or suppressed, and further explains the results, now to be described,
that follow when green tissues previously warmed in water are
treated with dilute acids. After such treatment the hypochlorin
reaction is suppressed.

If a tissue which has been warmed in water, and in which the

President's Address. SLT

characteristic exudations have been developed, be treated with
dilute hypochloric acid, no hypochlorin masses are formed, neither
on the coloured drops nor on the ground-substance of the chloro-
phyll-corpuscle, provided that the duration of warming and the
‘temperature have been sufficient for the tissue and species examined
Usually the only visible effect is a slight change to a browner tint
of the coloured drops. The time and temperature limits vary con-
siderably with the species. Thus, for Mesocarpus scalaris, which is
very rich in hypochlorin, five minutes’ exposure to a temperature of
42°_43° C. suffices ; Cladophora requires five to fifteen minutes at
50° C.; in Spirogyra, Ulothricheew, Coleocheetew, Gidogoniee, and
their allies, a temperature of 45°-50° destroys the reaction. For
plants with isolated chlorophyll-corpuscles, such as Chara and
Nitella, and soft-leaved plants as Hlodea, Callitriche, &c., a quarter
to half an hour in water of 50° is enough. Fontinalis also takes
fifteen minutes at 50° C. In Mnium, fern embryos, Selaginella,
and in Vallisneria, a longer time at 50° C. is required, or the tem-
perature must be raised to 60°-80° C. Boiling or steaming brings
it about more rapidly. Fifteen minutes steaming is enough, as a
rule, though at times half an hour or an hour is wanted. It would
appear that in all these cases the hypochlorin is destroyed by heat,
and vanishes without damage to the colouring matter or destruction
of the chlorophyll-corpuscle or mass itself.

Other hurtful influences, which only to a slight extent change
the normal character of the cell-content, destroy the hypochlorin
without there being any visible change in the chlorophyll-corpuscle
itself. Cells in such an abnormal or unhealthy state occur fre-
quently in cultivated specimens of Spirogyra or of Nitella. They
can easily be produced artificially if the conditions of life are made
unfavourable. If a cell of Spirogyra be injured mechanically, or if
the conditions for its existence are not suitable, the first sign of un-
healthiness is seen in the chlorophyll-bands, which lose their out-
line, contract, and if the conditions be continued disintegrate to
formless particles. Such signs are very frequently indication of a
faulty nutrition only. The colour of the bands is not in the least
affected, and the amylum-bodies and oil-drops remain undestroyed.
Many cells in a filament may be quite healthy, and others may show
all stages of commencing sickness. On treating with hydrochloric
acid, the healthy cells alone show hypochlorin, none is found in the
unhealthy cells, or only a slight trace when the diseased state is not
very pronounced, It is possible that some of the cases already re-
ferred to where one or more cells in the midst of a tissue rich in
hypochlorin show no trace of this substance, and in which the hypo-
chlorin was supposed to have been completely used up in the nutri-

318 President’s Address.

tive process, are instances of disease. The cells, though not visibly
so, may be really in an abnormal condition, which has resulted in
and is made known by the loss of their hypochlorin.

Associated, then, with the colouring matter, hypochlorin is a
substance universally present under normal conditions in chloro-
phyll-corpuscles, whatever their shape. These having the structural
character of a hollow sponge or network, their meshes are permeated
by the hypochlorin and the oily vehicle with the colouring matter,
which can, by the methods mentioned, be readily extracted. In
the interior, too, of these hollow perforate chlorophyll-corpuscles,
the secondary deposit of starch and such like formative material
takes place. The whole organisation of the chorophyll-corpuscles
is thus admirably suited for the performance of their function, and
they are peculiarly fitted for absorbing and condensing gases.

Next may be noticed his observations on—

Effect of Light.—Paralysis and Death from Light.

The time which elapses before visible effects appear in a cell
exposed to intense light varies according to the specific energy of
the cell. In most plants, and without exception in green plants,
a few minutes suffice for their appearance, and the extent of the
action can be regulated so that transformations may be brought
about in the cell-content without injury to the life of the cell, or
paralysis and death of the cell may be produced. Some cells, how-
ever, especially non-green ones, for example, colourless swarm-spores
which are very sensitive to heat are but slightly affected, and may
remain for half an hour or more exposed to the concentrated white
light without injury,—an important fact, as showing that a cell is
not of necessity killed or injured when exposed in water to the heat
which is generated in the focus of a large lens.

For investigation of the effect of intense light on green tissues,
Alga, Characece, moss leaves, hairs and soft leaf-tissues of Fluviales,
are favourable subjects, as in them the effect is generally apparent
in from two to six minutes.

If species of Spirogyra, such as nana, jugalis, quinina, or Weberi,
be exposed to intense light, the effect immediately observed is
complete disappearance of colour from the chlorophyll-bands. The
ground substance remains unchanged in form and disposition, and
the marginal projections and amylum bodies persist. The band
appears as if acted upon by alcohol, and the decolorisation is
limited to the insolated area, though at times there may be a slight
halo, It is possible to restrict the action of the light to one coil of
the chlorophyl-band or to a portion of it, or, if a plant be employed

President's Address. 319

with isolated chlorophyll-corpuscles, some or a single corpuscle may
be acted upon.

But, besides destroying the colouring matter, the light affects the
cell-contents also, and especially those elements concerned in respira-
tion and nutrition. In Spirogyra, which, in consequence of its
organisation (with the nucleus embedded in a central plasma from
which threads radiate to the periphery, and with a granular motion
in the protoplasm between the chlorophyll bands), is very suitable
for study, either before or after complete decolorisation of the
bands, an extending destruction of the cell-contents is observed.
The motion of granules in the protoplasm of the cell-wall ceases.
The threads of protoplasm contract and pull thereby the middle
part of the coils of the chlorophyll-bands deep into the lumen of
the cell, and at the same time a portion of their substance withdraws
to the central plasma-mass, which swells into a large vesicle with a
distinctly double-contoured membrane of considerable thickness.
Then the threads rupture, and the proximal ends remain as frag-
ments attached to the central plasma, whilst the distal portions
adhere to the amylum bodies. Whilst these changes are progressing
there appear upon the threads small, defined, vesicle-like formations,
which are undoubtedly distinct morphological structures, and in the
normal uninsolated cell are occasionally seen, as before mentioned,
at the forks of the threads, These plasma-knots, as they may be
called, which are also to be seen in Spirogyra cells killed by other
means, are withdrawn with the substance of the thread to the
central plasma, and coat its surface, often in great numbers.
Through the contraction and rupture of the threads the nucleus is
pushed from its central position and displaced to a greater or less
extent, always surrounded by the central plasma with its coating of
plasma-knots. It, along with the nucleoli, retains its form, but
sometimes, at least in one-spired species of Spirogyra, appears to
have lost portion of its substance, whilst in other cases it becomes
granular in aspect and acquires a red tinge. The turgescence of the
cell is markedly affected, and alterations in the substance of the
layer of protoplasm lining the cell-wall, which are chiefly recognisable
by colour changes, occur.

Many of these effects in the protoplasm are familiar as appearances
connected with death of the cells from other causes, ¢.g., from heat
or mechanical injury ; but in such cases the changes are not identical
in their whole course with those just described. Here the effects
are the result of a definite photochemical action, and many of them
are specific of death from light, although they are combined with
the general changes in the protoplasm, which appear after death
from any cause.

320 President's Address.

Effects similar to those seen in Spirogyra occur, with modification
dependent upon organisation, in other A/gw, with so-called formless
chlorophyll-masses ; for example, in Mesocarpus, Gidogonium, Dra
parnaldia, Vaucheria, &¢., always varying in extent, up to complete
death of the cell, according to the duration of exposure to light.
Also in cells with definite chlorophyll-corpuscles, such as occur in
Characee, Musci, ferns and phanerogams, like results obtain.
Amongst these, Characee are most favourable for investigation on
account of the power of recovery of their cells even after consider-
able injury, the structural relationships of these, and especially their
great length, which permits of a small portion of one cell being
insolated.

If a portion, *3 mm. in diameter, of a Nitella cell, which is about
1 mm. long, and not too thick, be insolated, it is more or less com-
pletely decolorised in a few, usually three to eight, minutes.
Quite independently of the decolorisation, except in so far as the
chlorophyll colouring matter acts as a screen, the destruction of the
cell-contents begins, and may extend until the whole content is
killed. It is possible, however, to regulate the action so that death
of the cell shall precede complete decolorisation of the insolated
area, or shall succeed it, or that the only effect shall be the destruc-
tion of the colouring matter without injury to the life of the cell.
This depends, in the first instance, upon the specific energy of the
plant, but also upon the depth and the size of the cell.

In deep plant cells, such as those of adult leaves, or the inter-
nodal cells of Nitella, which are lined with a dense persistent layer
of chlorophyll-corpuscles, the depth of the cell and the protection of
the layer of chlorophyll-corpuscles have great influence in modifying
the action. The cell in such a case lies with its lower, or an ideal
median, or its upper surface in the plane of most intense illumina-
tion, and the parts above or below such plane must be affected in a
different degree. The layer of chlorophyll-corpuscles on the lower
surface of the cell will protect in’ great measure the portions above
so long as the chlorophyll colouring matter is not destroyed, and in
like manner the centre of the layer of chlorophyll-corpuscles on the
upper wall of the cell will be sooner decolorised than the sides of
the cell, where many rows of chlorophyll-corpuscles lie over one
another. In Spirogyra like circumstances have to be considered,
but only in small degree even in the species with deep cells, because
of their small diameter, and also because the lower flexures of the
bands afford but a small protection to the upper. Yet one finds
that the points on the upper flexures where the lower flexures cross
them, especially at the edges of the cell-wall, and the spots where
the bands commence to bend on the lower surface of the cell, are

President's Address. BPA

later in being decolorised than the freely-exposed and unprotected
parts. A simple unscreened layer of chlorophyll-corpuscles, or a
chlorophyll-plate, such as that of Mesocarpus, when it lies ina plane
at right angles to the light, is decolorised in from one and a half
to two minutes. The layer on the upper wall of a Nitella cell
requires in light of equal intensity five to eight minutes of insola-
tion.

But the length of the cell modifies the destruction of the cell-
content when exposed to intense light. As the protoplasm in the
cells of Nitella is in constant slow streaming movement during
examination, any one portion of the protoplasm is only subjected
for a relatively short period to direct insolation, dependent, indeed,
upon the size of the insolated area as compared with the size of the
whole cell, and thus the protoplasm is acted upon by the light inter-
ruptedly. Each portion of the protoplasm, as it rotates round the
sides of the non-illuminated part, is protected from light, and only
again is acted on when it reaches the insolated area.

In Mitella the destruction of the chlorophyll colouring matter
depends therefore mainly upon the depth of the cells, whilst the
destruction of the protoplasm is also influenced by the length of the
cell ; so that the immediate appearances in the local destruction of a
Nitella cell may be very different.

If the cell be a long and strongly-grown one, the complete
decolorisation of the insolated part may occur without any trace
of further destruction of content. The chlorophyll-corpuscles in
the non-illuminated part remain normal in form, colour, and dis-
position. ‘The neutral zone persists, and there is no retraction of
the protoplasmic utricle from the cell-wall. Rotation of the proto-
plasm and contained bodies shows, as a rule, no visible disturbance ;
there may, however, occasionally be a momentary cessation of the
movement.

In other cells, and specially if the insolation of a limited area be
rapid, death throughout the whole cell may occur long before com-
plete decolorisation of the insolated part, or even before the chloro-
phyll-corpuscles in this position show much trace of it. The first
striking change in such a case is stagnation of rotation, with which
is associated an irregular aggregation of the protoplasm at the inso-
lated area which hinders the movement. Upon this follows an
extending destruction of the cell-content. The green chlorophyll-
corpuscles throughout the non-lluminated portion fall into disorder,
lose their arrangement in rows, and swell in a manner commonly
seen in them when they escape from the cell; they change their
polyhedral or oval form and become, by the absorption of water,
transformed into vesicles such as GOppert and Cohn describe, and

322 President's Address.

their contents, hitherto hardly recognisable, now appear sharply
circumscribed. Finally, the protoplasmic utricle separates from the
cell-wall, and all the signs of death from light are apparent. In the
insolated part the chlorophyll-corpuscles exhibit none of these
changes, nor does the protoplasmic utricle separate from the cell-
wall; and this portion may remain in this condition for months,
long after the adjacent chlorophyll-corpuscles have disintegrated.

If before death is set in and before the chlorophyll corpuscles are
completely decolorised the light be interrupted, then the partly or
almost entirely decolorised chlorophyll-corpuscles separate from the
utricle and fall into the rotating protoplasm, and with the formed
elements circulate uninterruptedly in its current, forming often
small heaps of corpuscles without disturbing the rotation; and
though they gradually lose colouring matter, and after a time are
quite colourless, they suffer no further change in form or substance.
By degrees in this way the insolated part becomes deprived of
chlorophyll-corpuseles, and may get quite bare of them ; and Witella
cells in this condition may be kept for months unchanged, the
rotation continuing vigorous, aud the formed elements in the proto-
plasm and the chlorophyll-corpuscles in the non-illuminated area
retaining their normal form, colour, and arrangement.

In other cases, again, if the action of light is of a high intensity,
and the insolated area is decolorised without the rotation being
stopped, there are often developed, especially in long cells and when
the insolated area is in the middle of the cell, two currents instead of
one, which rotate at opposite ends of the cell, each independent of
the other, and separated from one another by the insolated area,
which is a barrier to the movement.

But this action of light is not confined to green tissues. Non-green
cells—for example, the blue-sapped hair cells on the stamen of Z'rade-
scantia virginica—are affected in the same way, and paralysis and
death may be produced. Paralysis may occur before or after destruc-
tion of the blue colouring matter of the cell-sap, and the circulation,
which is temporarily suspended, may after a longer or shorter time
return without the cell having suffered at all. Death occurs in them
also before complete destruction of the colouring matter. Whenever
the colour changes to violet the protoplasm is killed, circulation is
stopped and never returns, and the protoplasm threads become granu-
lar, in part disappear or rupture irregularly, and the protoplasmic
utricle, separating from the cell-wall, collapses. A slight separation
of the cuticle over the insolated area is sometimes seen.

All these effects just described are dependent not only on the
high intensity of the light, but also upon its colour and the affinity
for oxygen of the cell-contents. All of them are produced rapidly

President's Address, 323

and energetically in white light. In coloured light, on the other
hand, there is not only a marked retardation in rapidity of their
appearance, but in red the light effect is suppressed, although in dark
green and blue the changes are completed in a few minutes. The
decolorisation and death of the cells, which in white light are brought
about in two or three minutes, are accomplished in about five minutes
in green and blue light. All these researches show that in any
yellow, green, or blue light it is easy to decolorise and kill the cells
of many Alge, Characee, Musci, Filices, and Phanerogame, pro-
vided the colour employed is not too dark; whilst in red light of
the same intensity, and after twice or four times as long exposure,
no changes take place, and the red rays therefore appear to be proto-
chemically inactive, or at least only very slightly active, on plant-
cells,

That these effects are not due to the heat, considerable as it must
be in some coloured lights, generated at the focal point of the large
lens used, is evident from a comparison of the changes accompany-
ing death in cells from heat with those here described. The
destruction of the colouring matter will not be confounded in the
two cases, but the changes in the protoplasm, the paralysis and
actual death of the cells, are alike, though not identical, from both
causes.

The relation of the action of light to the chemical processes in
plant cells is made more clear when the plants exposed to the in-
tense light are placed in different gases or gas mixtures. If Spiro-
gyva or Nitella cells are exposed to light of any colour, and the
ordinary atmosphere of the gas chamber is replaced by one of
hydrogen free from oxygen, or of a mixture of hydrogen and car-
bonie acid, they show after twenty minutes no change of colour or
their normal character, and may be kept in this condition for weeks,
provided other detrimental agencies are excluded. Indeed, green
and non-green cells which, in presence of oxygen, even in the rela-
tively cold green and blue light, are killed after an exposure of three
to five minutes, remain uninjured when oxygen is excluded in light
of any colour, so long as the exposure is not so protracted as to allow
of development of hurtful heat effects. The temperature obtaining
in such cases in the cell-contents, in each chlorophyll-corpuscle and
in each plasma-molecule, high as it must be, cannot then be the
essential cause of the appearances produced. ‘The substitution of
hydrogen for the ordinary air is accompanied by no reducing action
causing warming of the object. The light and heat absorption of
the chlorophyll-corpuscles and the other constituents of the proto-
plasm remain unchanged, and heat effects and conduction are essen-
tially alike in both atmospheres. If, therefore, the destruction of

324 President's Addvess.

the cell-contents takes place in an atmosphere containing oxygen,
but is in abeyance when no oxygen is present, those molecular
changes, through which dark heat rays kill the cell at a lower tem-
perature, do not proceed in the protoplasm. The correct explana-
tion of the appearances seems to be that the light influences the
relation of the plant to the oxygen of the atmosphere, and that the
illuminating rays increase the chemical affinity of the cell-contents
for oxygen. The amount of this action is dependent on the colour
of the illuminating rays, and increases with their refraction from the
red to the blue end of the spectrum.

The red rays have been shown to have no distinct photochemical
effect. This is true, however, only for rays of a very definite posi-
tion in the spectrum, from the extreme red to those of a wave length
of ‘00061 mm. But even under these, after prolonged exposure, or
if the cells are very sensitive, small effects are visible, though it may
be doubted whether all are purely chemical and some are not
thermal. The absolute non-activity of the red rays is not main-
tained, but what is established is this, that the amount of the oxidis-
ing action of light on the plant cells sinks in a very striking manner
towards the red end of the spectrum. The increase in activity
towards the blue end has not as yet been quantitatively estimated,
and a curve, expressive of the relative amount of respiration in the
cells for the different rays of the spectrum, cannot therefore be
drawn. Indeed, the varying intensity of illumination which must
occur in the concentration of light upon dense masses, the great
difference in intensity produced by slight deviations of the object
from the plane of intense illumination, and the want of a standard
for finding the amount of action within the cells before they are
killed by the light, make such a quantitative determination almost
impossible. All that can be said from a consideration of the light
absorption in the chlorophyll colouring matter is, that generally a
rise, and a decided rise, of effect takes place in the blue.

But careful consideration of the intensity of the active colour is
necessary, for it is found that in high intensities the cells are killed
more rapidly in yellow and green. A dark and light solution of
copper chloride, which differ little in breadth of their absorption
spectra, show a great difference in their effect upon the plant cells.
Thus, light produced by transmission through a 10 mm. thick layer
of copper chloride solution, acts very slightly ; whilst one with a
spectrum produced by a 5 mm. thick layer of the same solution, and
which has a trace of blue, causes a much stronger light effect. Blue
light produced by a solution of ammonia copper sulphate, although
this absorbs blue rays to a great extent, and therefore in a concen-
trated condition allows but a feeble blue light to pass, acts equally

President's Address. 325

strongly. If a comparison is to be made between the light action of
blue and green rays so produced, the blue light solution must not be
too dark, for this has led to many errors concerning the energy of
colour in assimilation ; and it must also be remembered that the
light solutions of ammonia copper sulphate allow a little of the dark
green to pass, and brighter copper chloride ones give passage to even
more blue. The feebly illuminating blue rays appear then more
active than the more strongly lighting green; and this throws an
unexpected light on the significance of green colour to vegetation,
for the blue rays which are most active in producing oxidation of
the cell-contents are almost completely absorbed.

The destructive action of intense light in plant cells proceeds only
in presence of oxygen. Some only of their constituents are oxidised,
others, even in the most intense light, are incombustible. One is
justified in assuming that amongst the substances in the cells which,
by their behaviour in intense light, show great affinity for oxygen,
are to be found the special combustible elements of normal respira-
tion in the green tissues of plants, and that those contents which
remain unchanged in presence of oxygen in intense light, can in no
way under eal light conditions serve as supporters of respiration.
The behaviour in intense light of the larger and well-known formed
constituents of cell-contents is easily made out, but more observa-
tions are required to determine which among the more minute yet
definitely-formed bodies in the protoplasm are stable and which are
unstable.

(a) As to the colouring matter of cells in intense light——The
changes which the colouring matter undergoes are easily witnessed.
The colour vanishes from green cells in a few minutes when exposed
in presence of oxygen to intense light, though this does not occur
when the light is red. No new substance is found in the cell as a
product of this destruction, nor is there increase of the pre-existing
constituents. It may therefore be conjectured that the colouring
matter passes over directly into gaseous product of respiration. The
carbonic acid present is not implicated in the destruction of the
colouring matter, for in atmospheric air deprived of carbonic acid
the decolorising process proceeds as quickly and energetically as in
ordinary atmospheric air containing carbonic acid, whilst in a mix-
ture of carbonic acid and hydrogen all photochemical effects are in
abeyance. It would appear, therefore, that green cells placed in a
mixture (varying quantitatively) of carbonic acid and hydrogen, free
from oxygen gas (in which assimilation is quite possible), and ex-
posed to the influence of intense light (which in other conditions
kills and decolorises them), remain, notwithstanding the carbonic
acid present, unchanged and green. This fact, that carbonic acid

326 President's Address.

plays no part in the destruction of the green colouring matter, is of
considerable importance in view of the theory of the function of
chlorophyll colouring matter here advanced.

The cells once colorised, whether to a great or slight extent,
never, even though they be not killed, regenerate the chlorophyll
colouring matter. The decolorisation sets in relatively slowly, be-
coming manifest only after a minute or so of exposure. ‘The case of
Nitella, as previously described, is a very typical one.

It may, then, be concluded, from such facts, that the destruction
in nature of chlorophyll is a pathological process, hurtful to the
plant, and not, as has been supposed, a normal process associated
with the breaking up of carbonic acid, and the fixing of carbon in
the green tissues.

Ever since the days of Senebier opinions have widely differed
upon the destruction of chlorophyll in light, upon the relative energy
in the process of the different rays of the spectrum, and upon the
significance of the process, in the life of the plant ; the decolorisation
is ascribed by one to frost, by another to heat, and by others to
light. The only accurate method of investigation is to study the
changes in the plant cells, and, as a result of the investigations here
recorded, the possibility of the destruction of chlorophyll colour
ing matter by intense light in the light in the living cells is
proved,

Not only chlorophyll colouring matter, but also yellow, blue, and
red, are in presence of oxygen destroyed within the plant cells when
exposed to intense light. Yet all colouring matter found in plant
cells is not so acted on; different colouring matters under like con-
ditions behave differently. Observations are still wanted to show
which are destructible and which are indestructible, and to supply
the key to the relation between destructibility of these colouring
matters of the cells in light and their genetic connection with chloro-
phyll colouring matter. As illustration: the red colouring matter
of many resting spores of Alga, especially oospores, is not destruc-
tible, or only with extreme difficulty, by exposure to intense light,
On the other hand, the steel-blue colouring matter of the Phyco-~
chromacee (Oscillarice, Nostocacee, &c.), the brown of Diatomacee,
Pheeosporee, and Fucacee, and the red of Floridee, in all their modi-
fications, are, it appears, as easily destroyed in intense light as the
chlorophyll colouring matter of green plants.

Colouring matter of flowers seems to behave differently. The
yellow-red colouring matter of the ligulate flowers of Calendula is
with ease completely destroyed in intense light, whilst that of Nar-
cissus pocticus, in the same circumstances, remains unchanged. The
blue cell sap of Tradescantia virginica loses its colouring matter

President’s Address. 327

easily, whilst other blue flowers are decolorised with difficulty, or not
at all.

be (0) Of the ground substance of the chlorophyll-corpuseles and its
included substances in intense light.—The chlorophyll-corpuscles
serve not only as organs of assimilation, as has hitherto been sup-
posed, but also as organs of respiration. This, their double function
in gas interchange, is evidenced by the morphological and micro-
chemical changes which their ground substance and contained bodies
undergo in intense light. Though green organs under the influence
of light give off oxygen, yet the chlorophyll-corpuscles, by reason of
their structural and chemical characters, fix oxygen in a high degree ©
and at once transfer it to the forming products of assimilation. The
physiological value of these substances, formed and deposited within
the chlorophyll-corpuscles, falls therefore to be considered after the
behaviour in oxygen and in light of the bodies themselves.

The ground subsiance of the chlorophyll-corpuscles and masses
after insolation resembles in appearance the condition in which it
is left after alcohol or other solvent has decolorised and removed
the oil from it. It is a colourless skeleton, unchanged in form,
and presents the same sponge-like structure as results from the action
of solvents, acids, and moist warmth. In Spirogyra the marginal
projections on the band (so changeable in the living cell) remain ;
only sometimes when an excess of heat has operated, or a consider-
able time has elapsed before the death of the band, are the projec-
tions withdrawn and the band contracted in width, or the margins,
still marked by the projections, become revolute. Chemically little
can be said. The skeleton shows a protoplasmic character, and
takes up iodine and colouring agents more readily than before, pos-
sibly on account of its porosity. Insolation, however, produces a
change in the nature of the substance, in virtue of which it offers
greater resistance to external influences. Such a change is well
illustrated by the case of Niétella cells killed by rapid insolation of
a limited area, in which the decolorised chlorophyll-corpuscles of the
insolated area remain unchanged in form and shape long after the
ereen corpuscles and contents of the non-illuminated portion of the —
cell are completely disintegrated. The chlorophyll-bands of Spiro-
gyra and the chlorophyll-masses of other plant cells, which, as is
known, are extremely sensitive to injurious influences, such as
increase of temperature, mechanical irritation, &c., losing their form,
contracting, rupturing, or swelling into variously-shaped bodies,
behave when decolorised by insolation in the same way as the
chlorophyll-corpuscles in Vitella. The light-killed bands stiffen
while retaining their normal form and configuration. The ground
substance of chlorophyll-corpuscles and masses appears thus under

TRANS. BOT. SOC. VOL. XIV. Z

328 President's Address.

the influence of light to have lost its power of swelling in water
and watery solutions, and in this, as in the retention of its form and
shape, we have a marked difference between the destructive effects
of light and of heat.

The different elements and constituents of the chlorophyll-
corpuscles behave differently when exposed to intense light. Some
are affected, others are not, and it is the merit of this method of
investigation that it enables a direct study to be made of the
relations of these constituents to respiration.

Starch and oil have, from their easy recognition, been often
hitherto regarded as the only products of the function of the
chorophyll-corpuscles. In some cases, when neither starch nor oil
has been found, and abundance of glucose or mannite has been
discovered in the leaves of a plant, these substances have been
considered as the product of the chlorophyll-corpuscles. But neither
starch, oil, nor sugar are the only products, nor, indeed, the only
visible ones. Pringsheim in one case observed highly oxidised
bodies of the group of organic acids directly formed in the chloro-
phyll-corpuscles, and this makes it probable that of the bodies
hitherto considered to be fat or oil-drops may consist of substances
of a very different character. Again, in Mesocarpus scalaris, at all
stages of development and in every cell, there may be seen numerous
(almost covering the chlorophyll-plate) small, oil-like, glistening
globules of different sizes, and very like the small oil globules in the
bands of Spirogyra, which, as they disappear on the addition of
alcohol and ether, might at first be regarded as fat or oil globules.
They are clearly formed in and secreted by the chlorophyll-plate,
and pass out from it into the protoplasm of the cell. These are not
oil globules, but vesicles with a resisting pellicle, enclosing a content
in greater or less part consisting of tannin. They may be termed
tannin vesicles. The dark coloration and coloured precipitate
formed with iron salts, potassium bichromate, and with Millon’s
reagent, conclusively indicate their nature. The form of these
vesicles is easily destroyed by slight warmth, mechanical irritation,
or any decomposition which will end in the death of the cell, and
when destroyed the contents disappear, mixing with the cell sap,
and the pellicle is then indistinctly seen appressed to the chlorophyll
plate, and giving its surface a netted or froth-like aspect.

In addition to all these substances the oily vehicle of the
chlorophyll colouring matter and the hypochlorin must be reckoned
as contained elements of the chlorophyll-corpuscles and as normal
products of their function.

Of the constituents just mentioned, those which are rich in
oxygen and occur as grains, globules, or vesicles,—the starch grains,

President's Address. 329

the oil globules, the tannin vesicles,—are unaffected by exposure to
intense light.

Starch grains in the chlorophyll-corpuscles have the same appear-
ance, and exhibit the same reaction with iodine, after, as before
insolation, and the same is true of the starch in the amylum bodies
of Spirogyra. With the destruction of the chlorophyll colouring
matter no formation of starch is associated. If starch was present
in the chlorophyll-corpuscle before insolation, it is found in like
amount afterwards; if there was none before insolation, none is
found afterwards. There is neither destruction nor formation of
starch as the result of exposure to intense light. This is no contra-
diction to the well-known fact of the accumulation of starch in the
chlorophyll-corpuscles during the day. For the explanation of that
is very simple. Starch is not directly formed from the decomposi
tion of carbonic acid and water; and, if in light of no great
intensity there is an accumulation of starch in the chlorophyll:
corpuscles, it happens because the light was not sufficiently intense
to destroy the formative material out of which the starch is con-
structed,

Oil globules, both within and outside the chlorophy Icorpuscles,
behave in every respect like starch. At least all the colourless and
oil-like globules, such as occur in the bands of Spirogyra, in the
chlorophyll-corpuscles of Characew, Vaucheria, Fontinalis, &c.,
which are to be considered as of a fatty and not of a volatile oil, do.

Tannin vesicles of Mesocarpus are indestructible by light alone.
They are, as already noticed, very sensitive to hurtful agencies, and
when the cell is killed by light they are, of course, decomposed ;
but this is rather a secondary effect, the result of the death of the
cell, which has been already brought about by light.

Hypochlorin, on the other hand, disappears from cells exposed to
intense light, aud no trace of it remains. Ifa filament of @dogonium,
Spirogyra, Cladophora, or Mesocarpus be exposed to intense light,
there is decolorisation of the insolated area; the cells of the rest of
the filament are unchanged. If now dilute hydrochloric acid be
added hypochlorin appears in the usual way, after from six to
twenty-four hours, in the non-exposed areas, but none is seen over
the insolated portion. If, in Spirogyra, insolation is interrupted
before the chlorophyll colouring matter of the bands is dissipated,
no hypochlorin is found on the slightly or half decolorised bands,
' though it is present on the non-insolated bands. Five or six
minutes of insolation suffice to decolorise the bands of Spirogyra
jugalis; under the same conditions two or three minutes are enough
for the destruction of the hypochlorin. Where there are isolated
chlorophyll-corpuscles the same is observed, ¢,g., if a portion of a

»

330 Presidents Address.

cell of Witella be exposed. In this plant, however, it sometimes
happens that no hypochlorin shows on the green chlorophyll-corpuscles
of the non-isolated portion of the cell. The light effect in this case,
it would appear, has spread beyond the immediately exposed area,
and this may be explained by the fact that hypochlorin is one of the
most easily affected bodies in the cell. Small increments of tem-
perature, mechanical stimuli, spontaneous disease, as already shown,
are, even when the chlorophyll colouring matter is intact, able to
destroy it in the cell. From these facts we may conclude that the
disappearance of hypochlorin is the earliest indication of a hurtful
influence affecting the plant cell, and its destruction results in
intense light earlier than does the destruction of the chlorophyll
colouring matter.

(c) The protoplasm of the cell and turgescence as affected by intense
light.—The turgescence of cells is diminished by exposure to intense
light. In large-celled Alge this is shown by the vertical division
wall between insolated and non-insolated cells becoming curved
into the former. The tension of the insolated cell is decreased
relatively to the non-insolated by the greater permeability (as shown
by its behaviour to coloured solutions) for cell sap of its protoplasmic
utricle. If a filament of Spirogyra, some cells of which have been
insolated, be laid in a watery solution of aniline blue, the insolated
cells become rapidly coloured, the non-insolated are, even after some
days, still uncoloured. Nitella is very favourable for such an
observation, as the differences, owing to the length of the cells, may
be observed in one and the same cell, and moreover, as the rotation
is not stopped, one may study the difference in permeability between
the cell wall and the protoplasm, the former becoming rapidly
coloured, whilst beneath it the rotating protoplasm remains for a
time unchanged.

The greater permeability after insolation is associated with a
distinct change in structure and in mass of the protoplasm lining
the cell wall. It loses, as has been shown, a considerable amount of
its contractile power. The addition of plasmolytic agents, such as
iodine in iodide of potassium, causes little or no retraction of the
utricle in an insolated cell, and it depends upon the intensity and
duration of exposure to light, as well as upon the thickness of the
layer of protoplasm, to what extent the power of contraction is lost,
In Witella this may be well studied. Here, as has been already _
described, the contraction consequent upon death from insolation
advances gradually over those portions of the cell which have not
been insolated and are green, the protoplasm at first slowly separating
from the cell wall and then subsequently collapsing. Only at the
insolated part does the utricle show no, or almost no, contraction,

Pacsdinds Ades | 331

and may be found with embedded skeletons of chlorophyll-corpuscles
still lining the cell wall months after insolation. The reason for
this is a partial destruction of the protoplasm, which is the imme-
diate effect of the light, and as light only acts in presence of oxygen
it is clear that the oxygen must combine with certain elements of
the protoplasm of the utricle, and, as a result of the combustion,
that change and diminution of its substance occurs which produces
a loss of contractility.

The loss of substance by oxidation in light may at times be made
directly visible. If a filament of Spirogyra (one-spired species are
more suitable, as in them the utricle is not strongly developed), some
cells of which have been insolated, be treated with a reagent which
stains protoplasm deeply (iodine solutions, for example), a more or
less striking difference is observed between the contracted protoplasm
of the insolated and the non-insolated cells. In the non-insolated
cells the former lining protoplasm of the wall no longer forms a
continuous uniform layer or plasma-utricle, but is a contracted
plasmodium net, in which are embedded, as in a matrix, small dense

' granular or globular bodies. These, especially, are deeply stained
by the iodine. If the protoplasm lining the wall was originally
thick, they are numerous ; if it were thin, they are few in number,
sparingly distributed, and may be almost absent. But their number
depends on the species examined, as well as upon the thickness of
the utricle. In the insolated cells one can recognise with certainty
a diminution in the number of these small bodies. In them is
doubtless to be recognised the element that so readily takes up
oxygen under the influence of light, and by its combustion causes
the loss of substance in the protoplasm, whereon depends the
diminution in contracting power. It is often difficult to determine
the loss of protoplasm substance, and it can only be done by careful
comparison of insolated and non-insolated cells.

Other striking changes after insolation in the protoplasm have
already been referred to as occurring in Spirogyra and in Nitella.
In the former there is the displacement of the nucleus, vesicular
swelling of the centre plasma concurrently with a granular coagulation
of its substance and the occasional colouring of the same, and finally,
the rupture and knotting of the protoplasm threads. In the latter
there is the aggregation of the streaming protoplasm at the area of
insolation, &c. Many of these changes doubtless occur in general
death of protoplasm from other causes besides light, for example,
from heat or electricity, and it is therefore difficult, if not impossible,
to distinguish amongst them the specific action of light.

Amongst the phenomena which fall to be noticed here is paralysis
of protoplasm, or temporary stoppage of its movement by light.

D028 President's Addvess.

If insolation be interrupted just at the moment when the motion ceases,
in many cases the movement will sooner or later recommence and go
on normally, This may be observed in all kinds of movements, alike
in the motion of granules in the protoplasm between the chlorophyll-
bands of Spirogyra, in the circulation in Tradescantia hair cells,
and in the rotation in Nitella. The condition of paralysis in the
cells of staminal hairs of Tradescantia virginica, and in suitable
(short) cells of Nitella, may develop long before they are deco-
lorised. Careful study of the gradual cessation of movement in
intense light convinces one that the light at the place where it
reaches the protoplasm creates directly a hindrance to the movement
a fact explicable by the changes (just described) it brings about in
the substance of the protoplasm. As soon as light has operated suffi-
ciently long, one sees, e.g., in Nitella, the movement slowing at the
insolated spot, and the streaming protoplasm in consequence aggre-
gates in large, often striated, masses about it. Then, especially if
the cell be long and the isolated area near its middle, as the current
cannot cross the insolated area, two currents frequently arise in one
cell, each following a course of its own, separated from the other by
the insolated part.

These phenomena are to be explained by the greater immobility of
the protoplasm which has been exposed to light. Because protoplasm
aggregates at the insolated area, it does not necessarily follow that
it is as it were drawn by the light, but only that in certain intensities
the motion of the protoplasm is slowed at the insolated area. And
so also the opposite effect, the aggregation of the protoplasm at the
shaded spots, is to be explained by the commencing immobility of
the insolated portion forcing the protoplasm into other channels.
The disposition of the moving masses in the cell shows only the
relative motility of the protoplasm in different, relatively darker
and lighter, places corresponding with the oxidation of its sub-
stance as influenced by light.

(d) The membrane of the cell in intense light.—The cell wall exhibits
no very striking changes. At times, in more delicate Spirogyra
cells a slight swelling may be seen. If, however, delicate speeies of
Spirogyra, e.g., Sp. Webert or species of Mesocarpus, be exposed to
light until death of the cells sets in, the isolated cells separate more
or less completely one from another, and in Sp. Weberi the infolded
ends of the cells unfold. The changes in turgescence of the
insolated cells appear to have nothing to do with this appearance ;
nor is any perceptible shortening or lengthening of the cell walls
apparent, But at the moment of separation a slight torsion of the
threads is observable, and possibly an inequality in tension between
the cuticle and the inner layers of the membrane, developing under

President’s Address. 333

the influence of insolation, may cause the torsion and consequent
separation. It is possible, however, that chemical changes of the
membrane at the limits of the cells may contribute to the result.

Pringsheim then discusses

Respiration in Light of Green Tissues and the Function of
Chlorophyll.

All the forementioned results (he says) lead to the conclusion that
the amount of oxygen inhalation exercises a very definite influence
upon the assimilation by chlorophyll-corpuscles, and hence the green
colour is of physiological value to assimilating organs, even if it play
no direct part in the decomposition of the carbonic acid. The
illuminating light rays exercise an immediately observable effect
upon the colourless protoplasm of the cells, especially upon the
ground substance of the chlorophyll-corpuscles and on their enclosed
substances. The destructive action within cells in intense light,
when oxygen is present, and the immunity observed in its absence,
indicate that the injurious effect of light is due to increased com-
bustion of the cell elements necessary to life. It is still a moot
point whether the cell elements which absorb oxygen in darkness
are the only ones that have their affinity for the gas increased, or
whether the elements which, under normal conditions of darkness,
remain unoxidised are not also consumed in light. It is certain,
however, that the amount of respiration in green cells increases pari
passu with the intensity of the light, and at the higher intensities
may reach such a degree as to kill the cell, and the light affects the
contents directly and not through the medium of the green colour.

The degree of sensibility to light of the tissues of different plants
varies greatly, and may be ascribed to the anatomical character of
the contents and the dimensions of the illuminated cells. The
great difference between green and non-green cells is specially
noteworthy. The former are always more sensitive than colourless
cells, and, indeed, than cells having any other colour besides green.
It is, for example, more difficult to produce light paralysis and
death in blue and colourless cells of Yradescantia, or in the
filaments, sporangia, or oogonia of Saprolegnia, than in the larger
cells of Spirogyra and Nitella, or in cells of the leaves of Mniwm
or Vailisneria.

Naturally the cause of difference is sought for in the green
colouring matter, and such an explanation would be quite in accord
with the relation of the colour to the action of light in assimilation
as here demonstrated. As the seat of the action of light in
assimilation is usually misplaced in the chlorophyll colouring

334 President's Address.

matter, so likewise might the destruction of the cell-contents
of the green cells in intense light be referred to the colouring
matter as the starting point and, by its light absorption, agent
of the decomposition, or, the cell-contents might be regarded as
not sensitive to light, and the changes taking place in them
as merely secondary effects of the destruction of the colouring
matter. But such assumptions are improbable, and, indeed,
are contradicted by the facts that red light, in spite of its
stronger absorption in chlorophyll, is inactive; that the visible
changes, whether paralysis or death, in intense light in the proto-
plasm of the cell are seen to be the direct effect of the light ; and
that in non-green cells there is 4n undeniable light-effect. Direct
proof that the colouring matter plays no necessary part is afforded
in the possibility of destroying green cells by the insolation of a
portion where there are no chlorophyll-corpuscles, ¢.g.,in a pro-embryo
or branch pro-embryo of Chara, where there are but few corpuscles
lining the wall, or the part of a living Wtella cell bared of chioro-
phyll-corpuscles. In such cases destruction proceeds as rapidly
as it would if chlorophyll were present. Again, those species of
Spirogyra are the most sensitive which have feebly coloured
chlorophyll bands, and the most widely separated bands. Cells
with approximated and deeply coloured bands are not more strongly
affected by light, as would be the case were the destruction of cell
contents a consequence of that of the chlorophyll colouring matter ;
on the contrary, there is greater immunity from light effect.
Differences in this respect are often very marked in one and the
same species of Spirogyra. The effect of dissemination and
ageregation of chlorophyll in retarding the action of light on the
shaded part is easily observed in all green cells. The colouring
matter is less sensitive to light than the other sensitive elements of
the cell; and this is the case, as experiments in red light show, not
only for lights of different intensities, but also of different spectral
breadths.

The destruction, then, of protoplasm and the death of cells in
light*is a true light effect, independent of the destruction of chloro-
phyll colouring matter, taking place in green cells, as well as in
those otherwise coloured, before complete destruction of the colour-
ing matter, and it is not brought about through light-absorption in
the chlorophyll-corpuscles. It is developed by absorption in the
protoplasm itself of all the illuminating rays of the spectrum, the
red rays up to those of wave lengths of ‘00061 mm. being excluded
from the action, and the chlorophyll colouring matter, instead of
increasing the light-effect upon the cell-contents of the part it
shades, lessens the same. This, the evident, and, indeed, necessary

President's Address. 335

effect of the colouring matter, has been hitherto entirely overlooked
in estimating its physiological importance in respiration.

As death of the cell is not always accompanied by such striking
changes as displacement of the nucleus, cessation of movement, &c.,
which are seen in Spirogyra, Nitella, and Tradescantia, whilst the
slightest colour-change is at once manifest, it is not always easy to
detect the proper succession of changes in the cell which mark
the difference in sensibility to light between the elements ; but
between the chlorophyll colouring matter with its vehicle, and the
ground substance and its contained matters this difference is very
conspicuous. Hypochlorin disappears more quickly than chloro-
phyll colouring matter, and the ground substance of the chlorophyll-
corpuscles, after almost momentary exposure, loses all its vital
peculiarities, whilst the colour remains still unchanged.

If, then, a green tissue is more sensitive to light than a not-
green one, the cause does not lie in the colour but in the presence
of easily oxidisable assimilation products which arise in the chloro-
phyll-corpuscles, and spread thence into the protoplasm. The
action of light on the colouring matter is an incidental pheno-
menon, and the essential one is the far stronger destruction which
the ground substance of the chlorophyll-corpuscles and their in-
cluded substances suffer. The chlorophyll-corpuscles are, therefore,
extremely sensitive plates having a green screen. The actions
stirred up within them by light are both reducing and oxidising,
and for the latter their spongy construction and the possession of
bodies such as oil and hypochlorin, easily converted into resins,
renders them specially well fitted. To the green colouring matter
no other share in these processes can be assigned than a physical
one due to its colour; it diminishes the intensity of light, and
thereby the amount of oxidation in the cell. This protection, how-
ever, fails in intense sunlight, as then the colouring matter is itself
destroyed.

How far extends and wherein consists this protection under
normal conditions of plant existence? Protection from danger to
life of the cell from intense light has not to be considered. That is
never or rarely required by the plant. It is only a protection of
assimilation products in the chlorophyll-corpuscles from too rapid
destruction in daylight that has to be provided.

The amount of respiration in green tissues must necessarily, from ~
what has been said, increase in daylight with increasing brightness ;
assimilation also rises in amount in light, but nearly reaches its
maximum in medium day-brightness. Now, supposing the green
tissues could perform their functions without chlorophyll colouring
matter, the respiration would, in all intensities of daylight, and

336 President's Address.

especially in the brighter light, greatly exceed in amount the
assimilation, An accumulation of carbon would then, even with this
uninterrupted decomposition of carbonic acid, be quite impossible.
The presence of chlorophyll colouring matter changes at once the
condition to one favourable for such accumulation ; for the absorp-
tion of oxygen increases in the more refrangible part of the spec-
trum—that part which is especially absorbed in the chlorophyll
colouring matter—and proportionally too to the intensity of illu-
mination. Even a single layer of chlorophyll-corpuscles in the cell
absorbs in diffuse daylight, more or less strongly according to the depth
of their coloration, all the blue up to the line F, although in direct
sunlight a considerable portion of the blue pass through. The
amount. of respiration in green tissues must, therefore, decrease in
daylight, in consequence of their colour, and proportionally to its
depth ; and this, not only on account of a general reduction of
illuminating power effected upon the whole spectrum, but specially
through the selective absorption of the rays most refrangible and
most active in respiration, which is characteristic of the chlorophyll
colouring matter. In this way the respiration curve sinks in all
higher intensities of light below that of assimilation, for this latter
process is but slightly influenced by reduction of light-intensity
through the colouring matter, because it already has nearly reached
its maximum in daylight of medium intensity, and also because the
blue rays absorbed in the colouring matter are of less effect in
destruction of carbonic acid. In daylight, chlorophyll colouring
matter, by reducing the amount of respiration, allows assimilation
to surpass it in amount, and thus enables an accumulation of
carbon compounds to take place; and in thus diminishing the
respiration of green tissues in light lies the value of green colouring
matter to plants.

Previous analytical researches have only slightly insisted upon
this increased respiration in daylight. In green organs, as the con-
current assimilation always exceeds, except in the very lowest
intensities, the respiration, it is necessarily, in light of the intensity
of daylight, concealed. In spite of the great oxygen absorption
proceeding there is observed a constant giving off of oxygen only,
and in order to make the increase of respiratory action evident by
the accumulation of carbonic acid resulting from it, assimilation
must either be suppressed or light (direct sunlight) of greater
intensity must be employed. Sometimes, indeed, in direct sun-
light the increment of respiration may be recognised, not by the
accumulation of carbonic acid, but by the lessening of amount of
the oxygen given off. Often observed, this fact has been mis-
interpreted. Famintzin, for example, took this as proof of the

President's Address. 337

diminution in amount of destruction of carbonic acid in sunlight,
and of its being less than in bright diffuse daylight. But it is
more rationally explained by an increased combustion in direct
sunlight, so that the assimilation and respiration curves approach.

Tissues which are not green, and plants, such as phanerogamous
Saprophytes and Fungi, as they want the elements, especially the
easily oxidised assimilation products of the chlerophyll-corpuscles,
which, in green cells, so readily absorb oxygen in light, are not so
sensitive to light. A marked increase of carbonic acid accumu-
lation does not take place in them, even in diffuse daylight of low
intensity. Some researches in this direction by Drude on Mono
tropa, and by Wolkoff and Mayer upon germinating plants, have
shown an increase in respiration in light. The latter found the
differences very small, and considered them as tending to show that
light had no important influence on respiration. But their results
may be taken as supporting the theory here set forth. In experi-
ments on respirating germinating seeds and green organs cannot be
fairly compared as regards the substances used up. In the former
it is the reserve materials—starch, fat, &c.—which, after metastatic
change, are oxidised, whilst in the active green cells these sub-
stances, as has been shown, take no share in the respiration, but it
is the primary assimilation products or their immediate derivates
which undergo combustion. If, therefore, with such unfavourable
objects, an increase in the carbonic acid formation is observed, it is
the more a distinct indication of the influence of light on respira-
tion.

‘On the Relation of Assimilation and Colour,

Pringsheim has some interesting remarks :—

The known facts regarding assimilation in plants are not in op-
position to the view here advocated, that the colour only indirectly,
through respiration, takes part in this process, and that the colouring
matter has no share in decomposing carbonic acid.

Out of the general notion that chlorophyll colouring matter plays
a direct part in assimilation, has developed the idea that its substance
enters directly into the process of decomposition of carbonic acid,
and that in this processs it is constantly being destroyed and re-
generated. This must be the basis of any chemical hypothesis of
its function in assimilation. It not only assumes the destruction
in light (and in daylight of medium brightness) of colouring matter,
but also that this destruction is a consequence of appropriation of
the carbon drawn from the carbonic acid decomposed. The carbon
compounds formed through assimilation in the plant body would

338 President's Addvress.

therefore be derived from the chlorophyll colouring matter as a
mother-substance. This is, however, entirely hypothetical, and has
no support from the side of organic chemistry, nor from direct
experiment. The assumed genetic relations of the carbon com-
pounds to the chlorophyll colouring matter are not explained, and,
indeed, the constitution of the colouring matter—notwithstanding
recent work on the so-called chlorophyll crystals—is still as good as
unknown. For the red and green crystals which can be extracted
from artificial chlorophyll solutions are by external characters, and
by their spectra, proved to be in no way identical with deeply-
coloured green drops which exude from the chlorophyll-corpuscles,
as described in this paper, or which, after the solvent has been
removed, can be obtained from a solution of chlorophyll; and in
them the normal colouring matter as it occurs in the tissues is
obtained, still attached to its vehicle, from which, indeed, in the
unchanged condition it has never yet been separated, and with
which, after separation from the tissue, it is easily altered and con-
verted into resin. This is the weak point in all chemical considera-
tions of the genetic relations between chlorophyll colouring matter
and the other contents of the cell, and at the present time the
formation of carbo-hydrates out of the chlorophyll is entirely
hypothetical. The destruction of chlorophyll colouring matter in
daylight of medium intensity in which assimilation is possible, is
quite unproved, improbable, and against all experience, and the
whole chemical hypothesis based on such destruction of the chloro-
phyll colouring matter in light in direct connection with the de-
composition of carbonic acid, is quite untenable.

To the purely physical theory of chlorophyll function here brought
forward, the origin of the chlorophyll colouring matter and its
genetic relations to the other cell-elements, are of incidental signifi-
cance, but the facts adduced contradict decisively every theory based
on the destruction of chlorophyll in the reducing process, show-
ing—

1. Destruction of chlorophyll colouring matter in the living cell
in light is an oxidation process independent of the presence of
carbonic acid.

2. Chlorophyll colouring matter is not destroyed in light when
in an atmosphere of carbonic acid and hydrogen in which assimila-
tion is possible.

3. The destruction of chlorophyll colouring matter is a patho-
logical process, and the colouring matter once destroyed is never
regenerated.

But it may be asked, Is the colouring matter a necessary con-

President's Address. 339

dition for assimilation? Another theory, which regards chlorophyll
colouring matter as a necessary condition for the decomposition of
carbonic acid and water, assumes that it serves as a medium of
transfer for the light. It absorbs rays of light which are then
passed on to and act upon the protoplasm of the cell, whilst the
colouring matter itself remains unchanged. Such an hypothesis
would be admissible only if it could be otherwise proved that the
colouring matter takes part in the destruction of carbonic acid.
But this by no means follows from our experience of gas inter-
change in plants, and our knowledge of assimilation gives no
support to such a theory, for the rays so strongly absorbed by the
chlorophyll colouring matter are of no effect in assimilation.

That green tissues alone exhale oxygen in light may, at first sight,
appear weighty evidence in favour of the colouring matter taking a
direct part in the reduction process, and it might find a very simple
explanation in the absorbed rays being the source of energy. But
when the change in amount of respiration in light is borne in mind,
and also that the gas interchange in green tissues is always the
expression of the difference between assimilation and respiration,
such an explanation is not satisfactory. The exhalation of oxygen
by green tissues alone merely proves that in them respiration is
less than assimilation, not that the green colour is an agent in the
process.

Now, as under certain conditions of low light-intensity assimila-
tion can proceed without any oxygen being exhaled, it is necessary
to consider all conditions under which gas interchange is taking
place before measuring the amount of assimilation by the oxygen
exhaled, or considering that the latter is always an index of the
extent of the former. The old notion that assimilation only com-
mences when there is a certain degree of brightness of illumination,
because under some conditions of low light-intensity no oxygen is
exhaled, is incorrect, as has been shown, and assimilation actually
goes on at all, even the lowest intensities, but in the lower ones it is
concealed by respiration. So that the exhalation of oxygen is only
recognisable when respiration is less than assimilation.

It has been hitherto supposed that a plant only begins to assimi-
late when it becomes green ; it is first green, and then assimilates.
But this idea has resulted again from the misconception that oxygen
must be exhaled if there is assimilation. All that the facts warrant
is, that respiration is less than assimilation only when the tissue is
green, and consequently the exhalation of oxygen only commences
with the appearance of green colour in the plant.

All direct observations fail to confirm the theory that the source
of energy for the reduction process lies in the colouring matter.

340 President's Address.

Although the difficulties of accurate photometric determination of
the absorption spectra do not permit of complete proof, yet tolerably
conclusive evidence against such a view is afforded by the facts that
the rays absorbed in the colouring matter, as indicated in the
absorption bands of the spectrum, which must be of some value to
the plant, play no preponderating part in producing the light-effect
upon the plant ; that the maximum of decomposition of carbonic acid
does not correspond with the maximum of absorption in the chloro-
phyll spectrum ; that leaves which are not active show the same
chlorophyll spectrum as those which are active ; and that artificial
chlorophyll solutions decompose no carbonic acid. The source of
energy is to be sought for only in the light-absorption in the other
cell-contents themselves, in which intense light brings about such
marked decompositions.

The sharing of the colouring matter in assimilation has been ere
now questioned, though the grounds upon which this has been done
have been in part incorrect. Meyer and Mulder’s view that the
colouring matter, instead of promoting assimilation, is formed in the
process, “ green tissues give out oxygen not because they are green,
but because they become green,” has been repeatedly controverted,
for the transformation of the starch content of chlorophyll-cor-
puscles into wax, by which Mulder accounted for the liberation of
oxygen, does not take place; and, moreover, in the formation of
chlorophyll in the plant, oxygen is set free. In later times, too,
Gerland has shown, in a discussion as to the relative energy of
colours in assimilation, that the conformity of absorption spectra of
leaves with those in chlorophyll solutions, and the decolorisation of
the latter in oxygen, are not easily reconciled with the theory that
colouring matter directly shares in assimilation.

It would appear, then, that the increase of respiration in light is
retarded by the colouring matter, and that in this way the reduction
of carbonic acid and water is favoured, and an accumulation of
carbon takes place in the plant, but the colouring matter takes no
direct and immediate part in the process.

The question then arises, How does this theory of the function of
chlorophyll affect the result of researches on assimilation? As the
oxidation and reduction processes in green tissues do not rise and
fall similarly in changing light-intensities and colours, it is necessary
in all questions concerning assimilation to take into consideration
the amount of respiration, and the extent to which it is influenced
by light.

And firstly, as regards an optimum intensity of light for the de-
composition of carbonic acid. This cannot be determined simply
by the amount of oxygen given off in light, for this in all intensities

President's Address. 341

is only the excess of oxygen exhaled over what is inhaled. Both
processes, that of exhalation and that of inhalation of oxygen, are
differently affected by light-intensity and colour, and if they are not
distinguished from one another in a research, the determination of
the amount of oxygen exhaled fixes only approximately the relation
between respiration and assimilation. It is possible in this way to
determine only the intensities in which one or other process pre-
dominates, but not the amount of increase or decrease of decomposi-
tion of carbonic acid. The amount of oxygen exhaled, as has
already been pointed out, is not an exact measure of the decomposi-
tion of carbonic acid, for an increase in brightness of illumination
may bring an increase in decomposition of carbonic acid with an
apparent decrease in the amount of oxygen given off, and in this
lies the explanation of the smaller amount of gas evolution in direct
sunlight than in bright diffuse daylight.

If now the exact carbon gain be sought instead of the amount of
decomposition of carbonic acid in light, the oxygen exhalation
again only gives an approximate result so long as the quantitative
relation of the carbonic acid expired to the oxygen inhaled in varying
intensities is unknown. The question is still further complicated
by the unequal possession by the plants of chlorophyll, which must
exercise an equally varying influence upon respiration and assimila-
tion.

Secondly, as to the relative energy of the different rays of the
spectrum in assimilation. This cannot be determined by the
amount of gas given off in the different colours, because the absorp-
tion in the chlorophyll colouring matter, according to the screen
theory here set forth, must modify the result. All accurate experi-
menters, from Daubeny and Draper to Sachs and Pfeffer, agree in
showing that the greatest activity for evolution of oxygen by green
tissues resides in the rays of middle refraction in the spectrum.
Objections urged against this statement, and these come mainly
from physiologists, who adopt a purely physical theory of assimila-
tion, are essentially theoretical, based upon the idea that the colour-
ing matter is the seat of light activity. Thus, Lommel considered
that light action must be dependent on the degree of completeness
of absorption of the rays and on their energy as measured by their
heat-effect or mechanical intensity, and concluded that the chief
activity must lie in the absorption bands of the chlorophyll colour-
ing matter, that is, in the red, because the blue, on account of their
small mechanical intensity, could have no effect. Experiment does
not, however, confirm this idea ; and it were nearer the truth had
the seat of activity been looked for in the cell-contents outside the
chlorophyll colouring matter. Those physiologists who hold that

342 President's Address.

yellow and green rays are more effective in decomposing carhonic
acid than blue and red, rightly enough express the observed facts ;
but there remains for explanation the function of the rays so
markedly absorbed in the colouring matter.

The experiments here recorded are not conclusive regarding the
effects of colour in the reduction process. Green and yellow are
naturally more active than blue, because the latter is absorbed to
such an extent by the chlorophyll colouring matter that it is unable
to produce an effect, just as in photography the silver salts behind
an interposed green glass screen are much less sensitive to blue than
to yellow and green light.

At the present time, then, notwithstanding many accurate re-
searches already made, the dependence of the decomposition of
carbonic acid upon the wave lengths of the light rays needs elucida-
tion. There is no doubt that, for green plants, yellow and green
rays are far more active for the evolution of oxygen than blue, yet
this is no clue to the dependence of assimilation on colour. This
process might equally well be stronger in the blue, for researches
say nothing certain on this point. Yet @ prior it appears more
probable that blue rays have no effect, as the absorption in the
chlorophyll colouring matter would be a more significant adaptation
for the accumulation of carbon in the plant if the absorption of the
blue rays only enfeebled respiration without directly affecting
assimilation.

Another outcome of the absorption in the chlorophyll colouring
matter is, that the maximum activity in the spectrum for assimila-
tion cannot be the same for all plants and for all brightnesses, but
being dependent on the depth of colour of the plant and on the
total intensity of illumination, its position must change with both
conditions. Herein may be found an explanation of the varying
determinations which have been given of the course of the assimila-
tion curve in the spectrum.

Thirdly, the constancy in volume maintained in an atmosphere
in which green plants are growing has been looked to as affording a
clue to the chemical ‘origin of the carbon compounds produced in
assimilation. The primary assimilation products, it has therefrom
been assumed, are directly derived from the carbonic acid and water
in the reducing process, the carbon of the former combining with
the elements of water to form a carbo-hydrate whilst the oxygen is
given off. And as anatomical evidence in support of this, the
existence of starch in the chlorophyll-corpuscles, as well as the
fancied physiological importance and distribution of glucose, have
been quoted. The, at present, commonly received theory of assimi-
lation then, which considers starch and sugar as the primary products

President's Address. 343

of the process, as opposed to the older one of Liebig that they are
organic acids, is founded upon such considerations of gas interchange
supported by anatomical facts.

But although assimilation theories are based upon this assumption
(it may be noted in passing how completely the nitrogenous con-
stituents of the chlorophyll-corpuscles are shut out from any influ-
ence in the process, and there is, indeed, at present no reason for
supposing that they have any), it is not a necessary consequence.
Any such conclusions drawn from the constancy of the gas volume
in gas interchange would hold if green organs only assimilated and
did not respire in light. But with respiration taking place the
conditions must be different, because oxygen is thereby inhaled; and
although this oxygen enters into combinations, one of the products
of which is carbonic acid, yet the volume of the gases in this inter-
change are not equal. More oxygen is inhaled than carbonic acid
exhaled. Germinating seeds rich in starch cannot, as has been
pointed out, be simply or fairly compared with green organs of adult
plants in respect of their respiration, but in germinating oily seeds
more oxygen is evidently inhaled than carbonic acid exhaled; and
in green organs this inhalation of oxygen increases considerably in
light. Respiration, then, in green organs exposed to light in a
limited atmosphere necessitates a diminution in the gas volume
thereof.

If, now, the gas volume around an assimilating and respiring
plant remains constant, the immediate product of the reducing
process must be a substance poorer in oxygen than a carbo-hydrate,
and poorer by that amount of oxygen used up in the respiratory
process. This conclusion is inevitable if the carbon compounds are
directly formed from the carbonic acid and water.

But, it might be supposed that the constancy of gas-volume ob-
served under certain conditions only occurs if there is a definite
amount of respiration, only if the primary reduction product combin-
ing with oxygen is transformed almost entirely to a carbo-hydrate,
which then persists as a stable reserve substance in the chlorophyll-
corpuscles resisting further oxidation in light. The amount of
respiration in a green tissue would in that case influence not only
the observed gas interchange, but also determine the character of
the formed compounds deposited within the chlorophyll-corpuscles.
The function of these corpuscles is a double one, they assimilate
and they respire; and one is naturally led, on this account, to the
hypothesis dealt with in the next chapter, that it is the accumulation
of colouring matter which brings about the formation of different
construction products in the chlorophyll-corpuscles, that is to say,
through respiration in the chlorophyll-corpuscle a primary rich-in-

TRANS. BOT. SOC. VOL. XIV. 2A

344 President's Address.

carbon but poor-in-oxygen direct product of the reducing process
passes into a more highly oxidised compound, the extent of oxida-
tion being influenced by the amount of respiration in the corpuscle
consequent upon the varying brightness of light reaching it, which
in turn depends on the depth of colour in the tissues.

Chlorophyll colouring matter by its absorption of so-called
chemical rays is the constant regulator of respiration and assimila-
tion, whilst its absorption in the red may perhaps increase the heat
effect of these rays on the plant.

Under the heading,

The Formation of Hypochlorin in Young Seedling Plants, and its
Relation to Assimilation.

Pringsheim states shortly the conclusions to which his in-
vestigation lead him as to the true function of chorophyll.

From the point of view of the double function of chlorophyll-
corpuscles already enunciated, the formative substances found in
them must be the result of the combined action of assimilation
and respiration. Of the enclosed bodies which are to be used up
in metastasis, the chief are starch, fat, perhaps sugar, tannin,
and hypochlorin. All of them, it is here maintained, cannot be
immediate products of the reducing process ; probably hypochlorin
is the primary assimilation product. As every assimilation theory
must consider the origin and construction of all bodies enclosed in
the chlorophyll-corpuscles, a word with regard to the connection of
all these substances with chlorophyll function may be said.

Controversy about the physiological value of these bodies has
hitherto been confined to the question of the primary assimilation
product. Starch, having been for long the only highly carbonised
content of chlorophyll-corpuscles known, was considered as such,
and its wide distribution, and, as Sachs has clearly shown, its de-
pendence upon light and carbonic acid, supported this view. But
starch, as is now known, is not the only, nor yet universal, but
merely one of the most abundant products of assimilation. The
like may be said of fat and sugar, each of which has been regarded
as the first outcome of the reducing process, although the latter has
never been proved to exist in chlorophyll-corpuscles, and also of
tannin as it occurs in Mesocarpus, and indeed of all the ternary,
rich-in-carbon, compounds hitherto known in the plant body. The
origin of each and all of these, not one of which is universally
present in chlorophyll-corpuscles, is doubtless to be ultimately
traced to the reduction in light of carbonic acid, but the only sub-

President's Address. 345

stance which is a constant and essential product of assimilation in
the corpuscles is hypochlorin. The idea that the primary product
of assimilation may vary in different plants, and that these sub-
stances may thus all be direct products under different conditions, is
improbable, and of no explanatory value No fact positively for-
bids such a notion, but the similarity in structure and composition
of the chlorophyll-corpuscles, and the great agreement in gas inter-
change amongst green tissues, indicates an identity in all of the
assimilation process. Whatever theory be adopted, there remains
to be explained how it is that in one plant starch or fat, or it may
be both these substances, in another tannin, or perhaps sugar, and
in all hypochlorin, are formed and deposited inside the chlorophyll-
corpuscles.

The theory here advanced is based upon the absorption of oxygen
by the chlorophyll-corpuscles, and upon the chemical nature of their
included bodies. These all agree chemically in this, that they are
non-nitrogenous, and they are visible products of assimilation,
derivates, differing from one another in oxygen content, of the car-
bonie acid and water decomposed in the process, the extent of their
oxygenation being determined, on the hypothesis ofa single primary
assimilation product, by the amount of respiration in the corpuscles
as governed by the intensity and colour of light. From the side of
chemistry this view is not contradicted, but its admissibility depends
on anatomical and physiological considerations.

The primary reduction product, of which, by oxidation, the
ternary compounds in the chlorophyll-corpuscles are in the widest
sense derivates, is to be sought for in the drops exuded from the
corpuscles after treatment with dilute acid or moist warmth, as
these contain all the constituents of the corpuscle sensitive to light,
and with strong affinity for oxygen. All the nitrogenous com-
pounds and stable ternary assimilation products—starch, fat, tannin,
&c.—remain intact within the corpuscles. In the exuded mass,
hypochlorin, which is the only very sensitive substance besides the
colouring matter itself, is present as is known. Its universal occur-
rence has already been referred to. Wherever chlorophyll occurs it
is to be found ; so constant, indeed, is this, that in epidermal cells
and hairs of phanerogams, or the cells of phanerogamic parasites, in
which chlorophyll-corpuscles are exceedingly sparsely distributed,
their assimilatory activity may be readily proved by the demonstra-
tion of hypochlorin through treatment with acid or other suitable
reagent. It is found along with and without the other constituents
above mentioned. They may be derived from it; it cannot arise
from them. Its sporadic occurrence in the chlorophyll-corpuscles
of one and the same cell indicates its employment in assimilation.

346 President's Address.

The accumulation of deposits of formative material, especially starch,
in the chlorophyll-corpuseles, increases with age ; the hypochlorin,
on the other hand, decreases in the green tissue as they grow older.
Indeed, the richer they are in these deposits, the poorer are they in
hypochlorin. All this points strongly to the genesis of these bodies
out of hypochlorin, and equally so does the constant relation of
hypochlorin in Spirogyra and other Conferve to the amylum bodies
where a ¢asual connection can hardly be denied.

Hypochlorin, then, is not only universally present as a product
of the chlorophyll corpuscles, but has also a very definite time and
place relation to the formation of the substances deposited therein.
It is the primary product of the reduction process, and is the basis
of all the ternary compounds in the corpuscles.

Further experimental proof of this is found in the formation of
hypochlorin in young seedling plants under the influence of light.
Seedlings of angiosperms grown entirely in the dark are not green,
and have no hypochlorin. The duration of culture in darkness
matters not. Hypochlorin cannot be formed in this instance out of
the reserve materials in the plant, and therefore, even if seedlings
grow in darkness until all the reserve material is used up, no hypo-
chlorin is formed. Light is necessary for its production, and that,
too, of a greater intensity than is necessary for development of
green colour in the seedling. Both the hypochlorin and the chloro-
phyll colouring matter only arise if the seedling when still develop-
ing is placed in light, and the hypochlorin appears later than the
chlorophyll colouring matter, and after a long exposure to the
light.

Seedlings of such plants as peas, hemp, cucumber, flax, &c.,
which, after being grown for eight days in the dark, are still capable
of becoming green and of developing, if exposed in a temperature of
20° to 23° C. (in July and August), to a bright diffuse daylight,
become plainly green in two to three hours, and in six to ten hours
are very deep green, but only after some nineteen or twenty hours
of exposure are traces of hypochlorin found. Hypochlorin in seed-
lings of angiosperms is thus only formed under the influence of
light, and as a consequence of assimilation, and only after prolonged
exposure, and when the. plant has become very deep green. This
very significant fact may be explained by the relation of the
colouring matter to respiration. The formation of hypochlorin in
the plant begins with the commencement of illumination. How,
then, is evidence of this effect of light not apparent in the first
twenty hours? Because, apparently, the hypochlorin is consumed
in light until there is a sufficient accumulation of colouring matter
for its protection, and it is also possible that the hypochlorin first

President's Address. 347

formed may be converted into colouring matter, and may thus be
the mother substance of the chlorophyll colouring matter, an hypo-
thesis which, as will presently be pointed out, may explain the
development of green colour in the dark within the tissues of
gymnospermous embryos.

The relation of hypochlorin formation to assimilation and respira-
tion may be further elucidated by placing the seedlings grown in
the dark not in bright full daylight, but in conditions of half dark-
ness (a darkened room). Here they become quite green, but do not
live long, and disintegrate almost as rapidly as those growing in
complete darkness. Such facts have led to the supposition which
has been already refuted in this paper, that a plant becomes green in
light of a lower intensity than is requisite for assimilation. The ex-
planation really is that, in the relations of assimilation to respiration,
this low intensity is unfavourable for assimilation, and the products
of this process are, without any permanent gain to the plant, again
used up. If seedlings grown in darkened rooms are brought into
bright light, which is favourable to development of green colour,
but not to evolution of free oxygen, then no hypochlorin is to be
found inthem. Such plants grown in half-dark conditions (whether
they have been in half darkness throughout, or were at first in
complete darkness) show no trace of hypochlorin, even if the plant
is as well formed and as deeply green as a seedling which has for
some days grown in full daylight and contains abundance of hypo-
chlorin. It depends on the regulation of the brightness whether or
no after a time, say eight to fourteen days, hypochlorin is found in
plants grown under balf-dark conditions ; for as soon as assimilation
is greater than respiration, then hypochlorin accumulates and in-
creases in amount with the increasing brightness. Beautiful green
seedlings destitute of hypochlorin may be grown under a glass shade
covered with grey paper in the half-dark illumination on the side
farthest from the light of a deep room. Its absence from these is a
proof that it is used up in respiration so long as that process in light
is in excess of assimilation. Hypochlorin formation, therefore, is
fully proved to depend upon light. Its dependence upon the
presence of carbonic acid is difficult of experimental proof, because,
though seedlings may be cultivated in an atmosphere deprived of
carbonic acid, it is impossible by absorptive agents to keep it free
of the gas; as in presence of oxygen, which is here necessary for
the development of the green colour in the tissues, the time that
must elapse before the hypochlorin formation can be detected is
sufficient for carbonic acid to accumulate within the tissues, and to
so great an extent as to give rise to hypochlorin.

Of very striking import is the fact that hypochlorin, like chloro-

348 President’s Address.

phyll colouring matter, is formed in gymnosperms without the action
of light. Colourless embryos of Pinus picea, montana, maritima,
Larix, have no trace of hypochlorin, Sachs showed that from the
seeds of such plants germinating in darkness, the embryos, though
kept quite dark, become green. This is quite unexplained. In the
first stages of germination, when the seedling is already green, no
hypochlorin is formed ; but in later stages, though still in darkness,
it appears in the tissues. ‘Thus, hypochlorin appears in gymno-
sperms grown in darkness, and, as is the case in angiosperms after
the chlorophyll colouring matter, in most cases appearing in four
to five weeks’ old seedlings, which have become green long before.
There is no doubt, however, that light favours hypochlorin formation.

This condition in gymnosperms does not disallow the hypothesis
that hypochlorin is formed in assimilation, Although formed in
the embryo without access of light, yet in adult gymnosperms as in
angiosperms it is the result of light-action. It resembles chlorophyll
in this respect. Because chlorophyll occurs in embryos of gymno-
sperms grown in the dark, one does not suppose that light has no
influence in its production in other plants, and the like must be
held regarding hypochlorin, Possibly in seedling gymnosperms the
hypochlorin may arise by metastasis without direct assimilation. A
substance—perhaps a volatile oil—may descend from the mother-
plant into the seeds, and out of it the hypochlorin in the seedling
may be formed. Whatever be the first assimilation product, it is
possible that it may be regenerated by metastasis from its own
products, and for all proximate constituents of the plant the same
process of regeneration is possible. But in respect of its origin,
hypochlorin appears more strongly bound up with assimilation than
these other proximate constituents of the plant body ; for, of all
the products in the chlorophyll apparatus, hypochlorin is the only
one besides the chlorophyll colouring matter itself, which, in angio-
sperms, cannot develop without light.

Complete anatomical proof that hypochlorin is the primary
assimilation product is not yet possible, our knowledge of it is too
recent, and it is only by artificial imitation of the assimilation
process that all doubt can be set at rest. Yet the close relation of
hypochlorin with the function of the chlorophyll-corpuscle—with
its assimilation and respiration—has been fully and with certainty
established through the foregoing account of its origin, its constant
occurrence in chlorophyll-corpuscles, and its behaviour in light and
oxygen. With no body in the cell does the hypochlorin exhibit
such close relationships of function as with chlorophyll colouring
matter. So much so, indeed, as to almost lead to the belief that it
is an artificial product of the chlorophyll colouring matter developed

President’s Address. 349

by the reagents used. This, however, is not the case. The
constant association of hypochlorin and colouring matter, and the
difficulty of separating them, would suggest, as has been already
hinted, a genetic connection between them. Nothing positive
about this is as yet known. Hypochlorin exists always and only
in chlorophyll-corpuscles, because it isa product of these and of the
function of their colouring matter, as its formation in light depends
on the presence of the colouring matter. Their analogous cireum-
stances of origin are very striking, especially their formation in the
dark in gymnosperms, seeing that both are otherwise dependent on
light. Possibly a common origin may be assumed for both in
gymnosperms. If a connection between them were established, and
the chlorophyll colouring matter was developed from the hypo-
chlorin, it would then have to be considered an assimilation product.
This is by no means inconceivable. The grounds upon which one
denies the possibility of chlorophyll colouring matter arising in
consequence of assimilation are no argument against it. That
chiorophyll colouring matter is a preliminary condition of assimila-
tion has been already refuted and its true function proved. The
development of the green colour of gymnosperms in darkness, and
the formation of chlorophyll in an atmosphere free of carbonic acid,
are as little opposed to it as to the view that hypochlorin is a
product of assimilation. That development of green colour precedes
assimilation has been shown to be founded on a misinterpretation
of appearances. Taking all these facts together, one can hardly
shake off the impression that the development of green colouring
matter is one of the immediate effects of assimilation. The exact
time of development of green colour coincides very nearly with
that of the first evolution of oxygen from the tissues, yet after the
facts brought forward assimilation must always precede the evident
evolution of oxygen. Where light falls on a plant hypochlorin and
chlorophyll arise together. According to the theory of the function
of chlorophyll now advanced, the green colour of plants is a natural
adaptation to the needs of assimilation, and the origin of a protecting
screen of colouring matter from hypochlorin, the accumulation of
which in light is one of the advantageous results of assimilation, would
appear to satisfy these needs in a simple and appropriate manner.

350 Mr A. Stephen Wilson on Tillering.

On Tillering. By A. SterpHen Witson, Esq., North Kin-
mundy, Aberdeenshire. (Photographs Exhibited).

(Read 9th February 1882.)

By the word “tillering,” as applied to a cereal grass, is
meant the producing of more stalks than one from a single
seed. The plumule of the embryo grows into the first or
primary stalk, and all the secondary stalks arise either
directly from the primary stalk or from secondary stalks
thus directly produced. All the secondary stalks are buds
growing out of stalks, and not out of roots. Indeed, it can-
not be properly said that the primary stalk itself grows from
the roots; this stalk and the roots grow simultaneously,
and have a biological interdependence, but the roots no
more produce the stalk than a man’s legs produce his
head. 3

All the tillers or secondary stalks are thus of the nature
of branches, the buds or beginnings of which arise from
the two or three lowermost nodes of the primary or
secondaries. No such buds are thrown out upon the
internodes. The secondary stalks or tillers, which are
really branches, throw out roots from their bases and lower
nodes, but no stalk whatever arises directly from any root.
In some plants a stalk may arise directly from a root, or a
root may arise directly from a stalk, but in the grasses no
stalk ever arises from off a root.

But this note is not intended to be an exposition of the
principle of tillering, but merely an introduction to the
photographs now exhibited of barley and oat plants.

These plants were grown in the garden at North
Kinmundy, along with some others not quite so prolific,
in order to test the limits of tillering. Previous experi-
ments had shown that the main conditions necessary to .
ensure tillering is shallow planting. When a seed is put
down 2 or 3 inches, the plumule is drawn out and ex-
hausted before reaching the. surface where the tillering
arises. When a seed is merely covered with earth it goes
into tillering at once. The first set of seeds were torn up
by the sparrows, so that a part of the tillering season was
lost. The second set were protected until safe. The best

Mr James Coutts Crawford on Fixing Sands. 3o1

barley plant produced about 140 stalks, 130 of which
showed the ear out of the sheath. The second had 121
ears; others had fewer, diminishing down to about fifty.
The oat plant submitted stood through the winter, and
produced about 10,000 returns.

Now, as the tillering process in the barleys was going
on during the whole season, some of the ears were not
ripe when the plants had to be pulled. But, notwith-
standing this, there can be no doubt that, in order to reap
the full advantage of seed corn, it should be sown or
deposited as near the surface as possible. This would
be true of autumn sowing as well as spring sowing, were
the former not affected by frost; but a severe winter
renders deeper seeding advisable for other reasons than
those directly connected with the development of the seed.

On Fixing Blowing Sands by means of Planted Grasses,
By James Coutts Crawrorp, I'.G.S.

(Read 18th April 1882.)

“They manage these things better in France.” If a
thorough plan for fixing sands is required, we must
probably go to France for an example. There large areas
in the Landes and elsewhere have been reclaimed by the
thorough process of enclosing the sand with brushwood, in
squares of thirty yards (I think) each way, and planting
the spaces thickly with Pinus maritéma, Thus an article of
some value is raised, the timber of these pines being sawn up
for the manufacture of wine cases, and the resin which the
trees yield used for covering the corks of the wine bottles.

This mode of reclaiming sandy tracts, however, must
necessarily be very expensive, involving a great deal of
labour ; and where the climate is severe, and the locality
exposed to strong winds, as in many parts of Great
Britain, might probably not be successful; and it may not
be amiss that I should describe certain successful
operations undertaken by me in New Zealand, by which
I succeeded in fixing several hundred acres of sand
situated in a very unfavourable position for the purpose.

I will state what was done :—About the year 1859 I
imported £5 worth of seed of Ammophila arundinacea,

352 Mr James Coutts Crawford on

or common bent grass, and Llymus arenarius, or sea lyme
grass, from Messrs Lawson of Kdinburgh,

I employed a careful man to sow this seed over a large
area of land, burying it sufficiently with a spade. The
locality was one very much exposed to both north-west
and south-east winds, lying partly between Lyall and
Evans Bays, at Wellington, and altogether open to Lyall
Bay and the southerly winds.

The climate of New Zealand, although sufficiently rainy,
is much more elastic and buoyant than that of Great
Britain ; the ground dries much more rapidly after rain,
and therefore there is more facility for the wind causing
the sand to drift.

For several years after sowing the seeds I observed no
signs of the required plants, but at last I found about half
a dozen bunches of them in a small and sheltered glen.
I found that upon pulling up one of these bunches I could
divide the roots into a number of plants, perhaps from fifty
to two hundred. ‘These I planted out, and in the following
year had a number of additional plants upon which to
operate, and the planting has since gone on steadily increas-
ing until several hundred acres are now secure from risk.

The sand once fixed by the bent, clovers, and other
grasses take root, and a fair pasture is established.

These operations took me a long time. They have
already gone on for over twenty years, and they are still in
progress; but I had to educate myself up to the system, and
find out by experience the best plan of operations, and
therefore there was much loss of time.

All the manuals on the subject recommend different
plans of sowing the sand-fixing grasses. Now I found
that sowing was practically of little or no use at all. The
seeds germinated, but were almost invariably blown out,
and entirely disappeared in the course of a few months.
It is advisable to sow a patch in a sheltered place to forma
nursery for plants, but it is of little use to sow on open sand.

IT next found that it was of little use to plant shallow.
The plants were either blown out or were gradually turned
over, so that eventually the leaves were buried and the
roots were in the air.

At length I found that if the spade was put down as

Fixing Blowing Sands by means of Planted Grasses. 3938

far as the foot could press it, and the plants then put in,
that they almost invariably succeeded, and this system I
have continued with great success. The plants should be
put in pretty close, say from one to three feet apart. I
found that Maories were much better than white men for
this work; they were not so impatient. The white man
likes to get over a large quantity of ground without
reference to the quality of the work; the Maroi is less
impatient and more careful.

It is advisable to cut off the tops of the plants when
planting, and leave only a small part exposed above
ground, as exposed leaves are apt to twist round each other,
and perhaps destroy the growing shoot.

In New Zealand I would plant during all the cool and
moist part of the year, say from March till October. In
Great Britain I should think planting could go on all
through the autumn, winter, and spring, except when
freezing or the land covered with snow.

It is certainly desirable, although not indispensable, that
the land which is planted should be enclosed, so as to
keep off stock while growing,

My original stock of Elymus entirely disappeared. I
afterwards introduced from Christchurch both Elymus
arenarius and E. giganteus. The latter is, I think, very
valuable for sand-fixing, as it takes a very firm hold on the
ground, and therefore is difficult to pull up, and it throws
out a great amount of foliage.

The principles which I advocate may be summarised as
follows :—

1. Plant instead of sowing.
2. Plant deeply.

If a large area of land is to be operated upon, a regular
staff of men should be employed under the direction of an
intelligent head man, who ought to give the matter of the
proper places in which to commence planting his attentive
consideration. The prevailing winds should be studied, and
the planting should always begin on the windward side. By
and by, when the plants give much seed, many of them will
lodge in hollows which are afterwards covered up by blow-
ing sand, and in this way seeding may be said to answer.

354 Mr James Coutts Crawford on Fixing Sands.

From time to time, and from year to year, the plan of
operation may have to be modified, and the old plantings
watched and filled up as required. All this requires a
careful man to look after matters,

I am under the impression that although my plants
threw up seed stalks yearly, very few of the seeds ripened
until the plants attained a considerable age. Now an
enormous quantity of seed is annually produced, which
helps by vegetating to fill up gaps.

It may be as well to recapitulate the plants used, viz. :—
Ammophila arundinacea, or common bent (Marram, English;
Oydt, French), Hlymus arenarius, Elymus giganteus.

The reclamation of sandy tracts must under any
circumstances be an expensive operation, and possibly not
repaid by a direct return, but it may frequently be
desirable or even absolutely necessary to incur this outlay,
as adjoining land is always in danger of being overwhelmed
while the sand remains in an exposed state.

Note by Editor.—In the Transactions and Proceedings of
the New Zealand Institute, 1881, vol. xiv. p. 89, is a paper
by W. T. L. Travers, F.L.8., on the Sand Dunes of the
West Coast of the District of Wellington, which refers
to the successful cultivation by Mr Coutts Crawford at
Miramar Peninsula, and gives the following List of Plants
found upon the Sand Dunes of New Zealand :—

SANDBINDING PLANTS.
Of Primary Value.

Coprosma acerosa, A. Cunn. Spinifex hirsutus, Labill.
Convolvulus soldanella, Linn. Arundo conspicua, Forst.
Pimelea arenaria, A. Cunn. Desmoschenus spiralis.
Leptocarpus simplex, A. Rich. Scedonorus littoralis, Palisot.
Carex pumila, Thunb. Gahnia arenaria, Hook. fil.

Hierochloe redolens, Labill.
Of Secondary Value.
Hymenanthera crassifolia, Hook. | Aciphylla squarrosa, Forst.

fil. Coprosma Baueriana, Endl.
Plagianthus divaricatus, Forst. Cyathodes acerosa, Br.
Haloragis alata, Jacq. Chenopodium glaucum, Linn. var.

Tetragonia expansa, Murray. ambiguum.

.

Dr James Stirton on Lichens. 359
Atriplex cincea, Poiret. Cyperus ustulatus, A. Rich.
Atriplex Billardieri. Scirpus maritimus, Linn.
Salicornia indica, Willd. Carex virgata, Sol.
Muhlenbeckia adpressa, Lab. Zoysia pungens, Willd.
Muhlenbeckia complexa, Meisn. Dichelachne stipoides, Hook. fil.
Phormium tenax, Forst. Agrostis pilosa, A. Rich,
Phormium Colensoi, Hook. fil. Glyceria stricta.
Juncus maritimus, Lam. Festuca scoparia.

[This enumeration may be useful to those engaged in the reclamation of
Sand Dunes in various countries. —Ep. ]

On Lichens (1) from Newfoundland, collected by Mr
A. Gray, with a List of the Species ; (2) from New
Zealand ; (3) from the South of Scotland. By James
Stirton, M.D., F.L.S., &e.

(Read 9th March 1882.)

The following lichens, which I have the pleasure of
laying before the Society, were collected at Brigus, New-
foundland, during a two months’ trip in the summér of
1878, by Mr Archibald Gray, Edinburgh. Mr Gray
informs me that the lichens which he saw in that country
were splendidly developed—the natural features of the
country being well adapted for their growth. Some
specimens (Umbilicaria) were gathered on bare rocks on
the higher grounds near Brigus, at an altitude of about
250 feet; Nephroma arcticum, tolerably common in New-
foundland, was got about 100 feet above the sea near the
cliffs at South Head of Brigus ; some—as the Cladonta—
in the rocky woods, to a distance of ten miles inland;
others (Usnea, &c.) on the trunks of fir trees, and (Lecidea)
on rocks by the sea. None were gathered at a greater
elevation than 400 feet. Mr Gray has also mentioned
that icebergs are frequently stranded by the Polar current
during winter, along the rough rocky coast of Conception
Bay, near where the specimens were collected. The rem-
‘nant of an iceberg was seen by him aground in the bay
as far on in the season as the end of June, while crossing
‘from Portugal Cove to Brigus. Thus the presence of Arctic
forms near the sea-level so far south may be accounted for.

1. This small collection of lichens, gathered within two

356 Dr James Stirton on Lichens.

very restricted areas, whilst it can give only a very meagre
and imperfect representation of the lichen flora of New-
foundland, possesses considerable interest in another direc-
tion.

While the main features of the collection are distinctly
of the North American type, there are several curious
tracings of other types, as the Norwegian, British, and, in
one instance, of what may be called the Mediterranean type.

Again, as the two habitats are at or near the sea-level,
and the bulk of the species, as might have been expected,
is composed of plants commonly found in this zone, there
is a curious intrusion of individuals of other altitudinal
zones (especially European)—an intrusion to this extent
at least, that it cannot fairly be accounted for from the
geographical situation of the island as to latitude, and I
am not sure that the influence of known ocean currents
upon plant spread and growth will do much towards an
elucidation in this respect.

For instance, Stereocaulon tomentosum, whose habitat is
mainly subalpine in Europe, is here, as well as in North
America generally, on the littoral zone,

2. Cladonia sylvatica, var. alpestris, is another example
of the same kind, of a lichen found in the more northern
parts of Norway and Scotland.

3. Alectoria cincinnata is only found in Scotland at
high levels, and, so far as my experience goes, only near
the summits of mountains of considerable elevation, and in
Norway near the White Sea, &.

4, Nephroma arcticum is only found in the northern
parts of Norway and in Arctic North America, or it may
be near the summits of the higher mountains further
south, as the White Mountains; while here it is found in
abundance at the sea-level.

Several instances of a similar nature might be mentioned,
as Umbilicaria arctica, whose range corresponds closely
to that of NV. arcticum; but I desist from following out the
vein, and I shall merely mention one other instance of an
opposite character, viz., Rocella.

Generally speaking, the range of species of this genus
is, for Kurope, the Mediterranean ; the most northern limit
being the south coast of Hngland, and it is difficult to

Dr James Stirton on Lichens. 357

explain the intrusion of any of the species on this coast of
Newfoundland. I have little hesitation in referring the
small and imperfect specimen in the collection to this
genus, as the general appearance, texture, and chemical
reactions are all in accordance with this decision.

The Cladonie of the rangiferina group are beautifully
represented in the collection, and I am beginning to
recognise at sight a third form in which the reactions of
the thallus are K— C—. Apart from these negative
reactions, there is a general, almost distinctive fucies, but
how to describe it in words I know not. I notice, how-
ever, that the axille are more widely gaping than in Cl.
rangiferina or sylvatica, and the stems present a faint
yellowish appearance towards their summits, while their
surface is more flocculent, or, as it were, farinose. I grant
that although it is possible when one has specimens before
him, so well developed as those from Newfoundland, to be
influenced by such characteristics, more especially when
these are constant, yet it may not be so easy to discri-
minate less marked states. Meanwhile, I have thought it
right to give expression to these views by constituting a
new sub-species, under the name Cladonia subsylvatica,

The following is a list of the species and varieties,
amounting to 39:—

Spherophoron coralloides, Pers.

Spherophoron divergens, subsq. nov.

Simile Sp. coralloidi sed plerumque humilius et medulla K fla-
vente.

This reaction is well marked, and has also been got in
several specimens from various parts of Scotland, and
doubtless the same is true of plants from other localities.
The negative reaction is absolute in Sp. coralloides; and
as there are no intermediate states, I am of opinion that
a specific place is due to the present plant. The blue
reaction by iodine on the medulla is common to both.

Spherophoron fragile, Pers.

Cladonia gracilis var. hybrida, Hoffm., v. Fr. Lich. Scand., p. 82.
Cladonia crispata, Ach., and forma gracilior, Strn.

Cladonia rangiferina, Z., and var. scabrosa, Leight.

Cladonia sylvatica, Z., and var. alpestris Z. and Scher.

58 Dr James Stirton on Lichens.

aS)

Cladonia subsylvatica, Strn.

Cladonia lacunosa, Del.

Cladonia bellidifiora, Scher.

Stereocaulon tomentosum, Fr.

Stereocaulon Depreaultii, Del.

Roccella Grayi, sp. nov.

Thallus albidus vel pallidoalbidus, opacus, vel nonnihil pulver-
ulentus, fruticosus, erectus vel interdum decumbens (alt. speciminis
cire. 1 poll), compressus aut hinc inde teretiusculus, versus basin
divaricato-ramosus, sursum fasciculato-ramulosus, et apicibus fere
fasciculato-fibrillosus vel pectinatus et interdum fasciculato-setosus.
Thallus extus, K flavens C intense erythrinosus, et C seorsum ery-
thrinosus; medulla I sordide caerulescens. Apothecia ignota.

The external layer of the stem is densely corneous, and
thick with a slender irregular medullary centre composed
of loose fibres, external to which, and even intermingling
with them, are seen greenish gonidia,

This lichen offers certain analogies to the genus Siphula,
but as the reactions are those of Rocella as well as the
dense corneous external layer, I have no alternative but to
rank it under the latter genus.

Usnea longissima, Ach.

Alectoria jubata var. chalybeiformis, Ach.

Alectoria cincinnata, Fr.

Alectoria subsarmentosa.

Similis Al. sarmentose, Ach., sed medulla K— C— et I pallide
exrulescens ; Thallus K— C fiavens.

The main stems are flattened at the axills as in several
species of Chlorea as constituted by Nylander, but their
structure is entirely that of Alectoria. The specimens in
hand are well developed, nearly a foot in length and
densely matted, especially at the attenuated almost capil-
lary apices. The reactions of the other species, viz., Al.
cincinnata are well developed aud unfailing—medulla K—
C pallide erythrinosa.

Cetraria aculeata, Fr.
Platysma lacunosum, Ach.
Nephroma arcticum, Fr.
Peltigera aphthosa, H7m.
Peltigera spuria, Ach.

Dr James Stirton on Lichens. 359

Peltigera polydactyla, Hfm.

Stictina scrobiculata, Scop.

Parmelia saxatilis, Z.

Parmelia physodes, ZL.

Physcia parietina, L.

Physcia stellaris, L.

Umbilicaria dictyiza, NVy/.

Umbilicaria Dillenii, Tuck.

Umbilicaria arctica, Ach.

Umbilicaria Miihlenbergii, Tuck. var. thallo superne levi vel vix
lacunoso.

Umbilicaria polyphylla, Schrad. var. anthracina, Ach.

Lecanora tartarea, L.

Lecanora subtartarea, Ny.

Lecidea geographica var. atro-virens, L.

2. I avail myself of the present opportunity to give
descriptions of two rather curious and anomalous lichens
. from opposite poles of the earth’s surface, viz., one from
the south of Scotland, the other from New Zealand.

Thysanophoron Pinkerton, gen. nov.

Thallus pallidus vel pallide lutescens podetiis validis levibus,
dendritico- et divaricato-ramosis, ramis supra confertis et fibrillis
elongatis, confertissimis aut profunde digitato-divisis aut elongato-
pinnatifidis munitis ; cephalodia sat frequentia, pallida, plerumque
parva et gonimia scytonemoidea continentia. Apothecia ignota.
Thallus (alt. 1-2 — pollicaris) extus K— ; I—; medulla K—; I
cerulescens dein violascens.

The only specimen in my possession is from Dr R.
Pinkerton of Glasgow, who gathered it in New Zealand,
but he cannot recall the exact situation, very probably in
the neighbourhood of Wellington. There are grounds for
suspecting that this lichen is given by Professor Babington
under the name Stereocaulon ramulosum (Ach.), var.
This lichen presents characteristics which link it on the
one hand to Spherophoron, and on the other of Stereocaulon.
Its chemical reactions are exactly those of Sph. corallocdes,
to which it otherwise approaches in its general habit and
mode of branching, while the presence of cephalodia
containing gonimia exactly scytonemoid warrants associa-

TRANS. BOT. SOC. VOL, XIV. 2B

360 Dr James Stirton on Lichens.

tion with Stereocaulon. Under these circumstances, it has
been deemed advisable to rank it under a new subgenus
Thysanophoron.

Professor Th. M. Fries of Upsala, Sweden, to whom a
specimen was submitted, has pronounced in favour of
association with Spherophoron. Ue alleges that the
presence of cephalodia is no barrier to such association, and
he quotes Nylander as having occasionally detected
cephalodia on specimens of Spharophoron.

The system of cephalodia in the present instance is,
however, far too thickly and constantly disposed over the
plant to warrant the assumption of the individuals being
merely accidentally located. I have examined numerous
specimens of Spherophoron, not only of this country, but
from various parts of the world, and have not detected
cephalodia on any, accordingly they must be very rare, and
very probably accidental. On the other hand, the general
aspect of undoubted species of Stereocaulon from different
parts of the world is by no means so characteristic of the
genus as authors would lead us to infer. I possess
specimens of a Stereocaulon from the Himalayas, gathered
by Mr J. Thomson of Glasgow, in which the general
disposition and branching of the fibrillee are such as to
give prima facie the impression of Spherophoron. And
generally the more tropical Stereocaula have the usual
flattish phyllocladia of colder northern climates converted
into simple or composite cylindrical fibrille ; in other
words, their general aspect approaches more or less that of
species of the genus Spherophoron. On the whole, then,
I am still inclined (in the absence of fructification) to
separate the lichen under consideration from both
Stereocaulon and Spherophoron.

3. The other lichen is due to the Rev. George M‘Conachie
of Rerrick, near Kirkcudbright, and is from the ruins of
Dundrennan Abbey, so sadly associated with the hapless
Mary Queen of Scotland.

In general appearance it approaches closely the rather
anomalous Lecidea canescens (Dickson), but the internal
structure and colour of the thallus are almost those of
Pysxine coccifera (Fée), as well as the constitution of the
apothecia and spores. The almost entire absence of the

Dr James Stirton on Lichens. 361

so-called hypothallus, which is said by several writers to
be distinctive of the genus Pyxine, would seem at first sight
to forbid association in this direction, but an examination
of a considerable number of specimens of Pyaine from
tropical and sub-tropical countries scarcely warrants the
presence of a hypothallus as a generic character.* The
fact that no species of the genus Pywine is Kuropean can
scarcely be said to form an obstacle to association of the
present lichen with it, and the rather that our knowledge
of the distribution and range of lichens is still very
defective. .

In the absence of other authentic specimens, either
British or European, I hesitate to classify this plant under
Pyxine although I confess to a bias in this direction.
Accordingly I shall, meanwhile at least, rank it alongside
Lecidea canescens under the name Lecidea erubescens.
Another curious analogy between this lichen ‘and Pyaine
coccifera is to be found in the identity of the chemical
reactions as detailed below.

Lecidea.

Thallus pallidus vel pallide glaucescens, adpressus, anguste
radiato-laciniatus, laciniis contiguis et hine inde pallide lutescenti-
sorediosis, intus rubescens, subtus erythrinosus vel coccineus.
Hypothallus nigricans passim visibilis, eradiculosus. Apothecia
sessilia nigra plana marginata ; spore (4-8) ne fusca, ellipsoidex vel
fusiformi-ellipsoidez, 2—loculares, vix septate, interdum fere polari-
biloculares, raro simplices, ‘013 — ‘02 x 006 — ‘008 mm. ; paraphyses
graciles irregulares nigro-clavate ; hypothecium fuscum vel fusco-
nigrum. Todo gel. hym. cerulescens dein sordida. Medulla praser-
tim infra, K sordide purpurascens.

Since writing the above Dr Pinkerton has died, at the
early age of 32. He did much in the interests of his
profession while serving under the Turkish flag during the
late Turco-Russian war, and gave abundant promise of
more. There are good grounds for believing that the
exposure and irregular mode of living had much to do in
determining the fatal result. While he kept himself well

* The majority of specimens of Pyxine growing on bark show traces of this
structure, while in one specimen from India on stones ‘scarcely any can be
detected, and radicles are consequently absent.

362 Professor Dickson on the

up in surgery, his favourite branch of study, he often
diverged during his travels to natural history pursuits,
and made collections of plants, &c., which would have done
credit to one with more pretensions to a knowledge of the
subject than he professed to have.

On the Germination of Streptocarpus caulescens,
By Professor Dickson. (Plate XIV.)

(Read 11th May 1882.)

My observations on this plant have been made on speci-
mens raised in the Botanic Garden, from seeds recently sent
home by Mr John Buchanan, from Blantyre, Central Africa.

It is already known that in the germination of such
species as Streptocarpus Rexii and S. polyanthus, from
South Africa, the two cotyledons are at first very small
and of equal size, but that while one of these remains
stationary in development, and finally disappears, the other
continues to grow, forming an elongated sessile leaf of
considerable size, lying flat along the surface of the ground,
In these species the enlarged cotyledon persists throughout
the life of the plant, and is the only leaf-organ performing
proper leaf-functions, the other leaves being developed
merely as bracts in connection with the inflorescence. A
similar development, it can hardly be doubted, occurs in
Acanthonema strigosum (described by Sir J. D. Hooker in
the Botanical Magazine, vol. xxxviii. tab. 5339), a plant
belonging to the same natural order (Gesneracecee), and also
a native of South Africa. It is noteworthy that in yet an-
other South African plant, though of very different affinities,
—the celebrated Welwitschia,—we have also an instance of
leaves, either the cotyledons, or, as would appear from Mr
Bower's researches, the two first leaves of the plumule,
becoming much enlarged, persisting throughout the life-
time of the plant, and performing exclusively, in absence
of any other foliage-leaves, the ordinary leaf-function, Just
like the enlarged cotyledon of Streptocarpus polyanthus.
In the Blantyre Streptocarpus the plant germinates at first
with two minute cotyledons of equal size and opposite to
each other, 7.e., at the same level. A little later, however,

Germination of Streptocarpus caulescens. 363

one of these is observed to become larger, the other re-
maining stationary. The larger cotyledon gues on growing,
develops a distinct petiole, and ultimately forms a leaf
differing in no essential respect from the foliage-leaves
succeeding it on the stem of this caulescent species. <A
further peculiarity is that the cotyledons thus unequally
developed, though at first opposite each other, become, as
growth proceeds, separated by an internode, the larger
cotyledon being carried up nearly half an inch higher than
the smaller one—a very remarkable phenomenon in a
dicotyledonous plant. The larger cotyledon, moreover, is
evidently of no greater persistence than the foliage-leaves
which succeed it, and which, as already said, it closely
resembles ; and in this it differs remarkably from the other
species mentioned, where the large cotyledon is persistent.
As regards the subsequent development of an internode
between the unequally developed cotyledons, the late Pro-
fessor Dickie (Journal Linn, Soc. Bot., 1867, p. 126) notes
that in Streptocarpus Rexit and S. primuloides “the two
cotyledons are at first opposite and equal in size, After
some time, however, they become alternate, the space
between the two varying somewhat in different seedlings.
At a more advanced stage, the upper cotyledon thus
separated from its fellow begins to enlarge, the other
retaining its original size and afterwards decaying.” It is
interesting to note that in Streptocarpus caulescens, also, it
is the upper of the two separated cotyledons which becomes
enlarged. In the axils of both of the cotyledons buds are
developed ; in that of the larger cotyledon, in the first place,
a primary axillary bud, and then a little later an accessory
one placed vertically below the primary bud, between it
and the base of the cotyledon. It might be a question for
evolutionists whether to regard the condition of S$, cawl-
escens as a step towards the highly differentiated one of S.
polyanthus, or as a step towards reversion to a more normal
development; a speculation, perhaps, scarcely worth enter-
ing upon.

EXPLANATION OF Piate XIV.
Seedling Plant of Streptocarpus caulescens.
w= Cotyledon which remains stationary in development.

364 Monstrous Flower of Iris Pseudacorus.

y=Cotyledon which has gone on to development as a leaf
essentially similar in character to the ordinary foliage-leaves, and
has become elevated above its fellow by formation of an internode.

z= Main axis.

« ach = Axillary bud of smaller cotyledon.

y arb = Axillary bud of larger cotyledon.

y acb = Accessory bud developed between the last and the base of
the cotyledon.

On the Aistivation of the Floral Envelopes in Helianthemum
vulgare. By Professor Dickson.

(Read 13th July 1882.)

It has long been known that the three large sepals and
the petals in this plant are convolute in the opposite
directions. It does not, however, appear to have been
previously noticed that the contortion or convolution of
each of these floral envelopes is alternately to right and to
left in the flowers along the false axis of the scorpioid
cyme. This fact is of considerable interest in connection
with the theory of the scorpioid arrangement as the result
of heterodromy of the leaf-spirals in the successive axes of
which this cyme is made up; a theory of the truth of
which still more conclusive evidence was afforded by the
late Professor Hofmeister, who showed that in the flowers
of Boraginaceee, such as Echium and Cerinthe, the calycine
segments of the successive flowers on the cyme form an
alternately right- and left-handed quincuncial arrangement.

On a Monstrosity in the Flower of Iris Pseudacorus.
By Professor Dickson.

(Read 13th July 1882.)

In a specimen gathered recently at an excursion to
Longniddry the outer perianth segments were normal ; but
of the inner ones only two were normal, whilst the third
one was nearly completely metamorphosed into a stamen
with distinctly formed filament and anther containing
pollen, the extremity of the anther ending in a petaloid
expansion. And in each of the three unopened flowers of
the same inflorescence there was, in like manner, a fourth
stamen of somewhat smaller size than the three normal

Report on Vegetation, Botanic Garden, Glasgow. 365

ones, and similarly taking the place of a segment of the
inner perianth. Examples of an advance in metamorphosis
such as this are of rare occurrence, although cases of retro-
grade metamorphosis, such as conversion of stamens into
petals, are very common.

Report on the Vegetation in the Garden of the Royal Botanic
Institution, Glasgow, from January till November 1882.
By Ropert BULLEN, Curator. Communicated by the
President.

J ANUARY.

During the month the thermometer has been at the
freezing-point on four occasions, and below it only twice,
the lowest temperatures registered being during the nights’
of 8th and 28th, when 31° and 26° are recorded; the
highest temperature being at noon on the 9th, with a
little sun.

Vegetation unusually forward, buds of many hardy
shrubs expanding rapidly. Some.of the hardier Loniceras
have young growths two to three inches in length. A
large plant of Cydonia japonica, nailed against the east
wall of the Curator’s house, is very beautiful, being in leaf
and bloom. Rhubarb (var. Victoria) in the open border is
from four to six inches high. Hellebores, Polyanthus,
Crocus, Snowdrops in bloom. Day-lles (Hemerocallis)
have leaves six inches long, and many other herbaceous
plants are growing fast. I have never previously known
grass make such rapid growth at this time of the year.

FEBRUARY.

During the month the thermometer has been below the
freezing-point on six occasions, the lowest reading being
on the 15th; the highest being 60°, on the 12th.

Petasites vulgaris was in full bloom the first week in the
month; Daphne Mezereum, Sisyrinchium, and Scilla
ttalica and siberica by the middle of the month. Ribes
sanguinea was noticed in bloom on the 26th on the banks
of the River Kelvin. Pulmonaria officinalis and Hepatica

066 Mr Robert Bullen on Vegetation im the

triloba were in bloom at the end of the month. The
balsam Poplar, also some Loniceras, are in full leaf.

Marcu.

During the month the thermometer was at or below the
freezing-point on four occasions, the lowest reading being
during the night of the 21st, falling to 28°. Cold winds,

‘with occasional hailstorms were, however, more the cause
of the low temperature than actual frost.

APRIL.

The thermometer was at the freezing-point on four
occasions, and below only twice, on the 9th and 15th.

During the earlier part of the month vegetation made
little progress, owing to the cold winds which prevailed.
The leaves of the more tender herbaceous plants, as also
those of several deciduous trees and shrubs, were slightly
injured by the frost on the night of the 15th inst. As
frost has not been experienced since that date, no ill effects
are observable, the leafage of most trees being at least
three weeks in advance of the last two seasons.

May.

No frost has been recorded during the month. The lowest,
temperatures being on the following dates :—Ist, 33°; 2nd,
35°; 9th, 34° ; 14th, 34°. The highest on the 17th, 18th, 19th,
and 20th, when the average was 69°.

The weather generally has been unfavourable to the
growth of the more tender of what are commonly called
hardy plants.

Common trees and plants of a perennial nature have
generally continued to grow with considerable vigour.
The cold winds which prevailed during the early part of
the month were succeeded by twelve parching days, and
_ comparatively cold nights, retarding late-leafing trees, as
well as annuals, |

A total of twenty-three dry days were recorded for the
month,

Botanie Garden, Glasgow. O67

JUNE.

The lowest night temperatures are recorded about the
middle of the month, 37° being the minimum; the highest
maximum day temperature being 73° in the shade on the 29th.

The dry weather of the preceding month was continued
during the first eight days of this month. Its effects on
garden annuals, bedding out-plants in general, and the
hardy violas, and pansies in particular, were serious, the
latter dying off by hundreds, while the former wore a
starved appearance.

During the latter fortnight, however, a sudden change
has taken place ; encouraged by frequent rains and sunny
days, plants of all kinds have grown rapidly. Out of a
large collection of spring-sown hardy annuals, the follow-
ing are the only kinds in bloom at the end of June :—

Malcolmia maritima. Nemophila insignis.

Silene pendula. Gilia tricolor.

Gypsophila elegans. achillezfolia.

Limnanthes Douglasii. Bartonia aurea.

Oxalis rosea. Collinsia bicolor.

Lupinus affinis. candidissima.

Lasthenia californica. Linaria bipartita.

Nemophila atomaria. Platystemon californicum.
JULY.

The highest temperature recorded during the month
was 73° and 71° on the Ist and 2nd respectively. On the
following day the temperature fell suddenly to 61°, the
day being dull and showery, unsettled weather having
prevailed generally throughout the month. The lowest
temperature was 41° on the night of the 26th.

Vegetation continued to make steady progress during
the early part of the month. Hardy annuals have grown
and bloomed freely. Hollies which had suffered severely
from the western gales during the winter have been
greatly benefited by the wet weather; most trees and
shrubs have made vigorous growth, the genial growing
weather has had a marvellous effect on many plants. Some
plants of Kalmia latifolia, Lilac Charles X., and hybrid rho-

368 Report on Vegetation, Botanie Garden, Glasgow.

dodendrons, potted and treated for forcing in the usual way
last autumn, have remained dormant until now, and after
being planted out again for some weeks have bloomed
during the month, though weakly.

AUGUST.

The highest day temperature was 75° on the 11th,
the lowest 60° on the Ist. The highest night tempera-
tures 54° on the 15th and 16th, thunder and lightning
being frequent both nights. The lowest night tempera-
ture was 41° on the 6th.

Bright sunny weather prevailed for eleven consecutive
days during the early part of the month. Since then the
weather has been changeable.

Tender plants, which had made comparatively little
growth last month, have experienced a sudden and_bene-
ficial change during the first fortnight of this month, which
may be said to have constituted the summer of the season.

SEPTEMBER.

The lowest night temperature recorded during the month
was 32° on the 11th, and 31° on the 29th, or 1° of frost.
The highest day temperature (in the shade) varied from
52° to 65°.

Although several wet and dull days are recorded during
the month, several fine and dry days have succeeded each
other at intervals. Seeds of many plants have ripened
fairly well, and in most cases will be harvested earlier than
is usual in this part of the country. Cereal crops of all
kinds are a good average, but in some districts late.

OcTOBER.

The following are the lowest night temperatures regis-
tered during the month, ¢.e., 80° on the 24th, 27° on the
25th, 28° on the 26th, 32° on the 27th, and 27° on the
28th.

Garden operations have been carried on with difficulty,
owing to the unsettled state of the weather, rain having

Baron F. von Mueller on Dysorylon Schiffneri. 369

been frequent and heavy. Nevertheless the genial tem-
perature which prevailed during the first three weeks
prolonged the season of autumn flowering herbaceous
plants. The storms of wind and heavy rains have cleared
the deciduous trees of their leaves somewhat prematurely.
The young wood of most trees is filled with watery sap,
denoting imperfect maturation.

NOVEMBER.

The thermometer has been at or below 32° on seventeen
mornings during the month. Considering the wet weather
which prevailed during the first week of the month, the
day temperature ruled high, the mean for the first ten
days being 49°. Since then the fall has been gradual, the
lowest being 33° on the 12th. Rain fell less or more on
13 days.

Out-door vegetation is entirely dormant.

On Dysoxylon Schiffnert (Section Cleisocalyx), a new Tree
from East Australia. By Baron FERD. VON MUELLER,
Ph.D., M.D., F.R.S., K.C.M.G.

(Read 9th Februrary 1882.)

Leaves and their stalks almost glabrous ; leaflets verging
from an oval to a somewhat lanceolar form, opposite or
nearly so, thin-chartaceous in texture; racemous bunches
of flowers arising from the stem, short; stalklets nearly or
fully as long as the flowers, silky; calyx large, before
expansion of the corolla almost egg-shaped, then perfectly
entire and closed, without any ruptures or sutural lines,
subsequently torn to about the middle into two undivided
or once more slightly cleft lobes ; petals four, free, elongated-
oblong, about one-third longer than the calyx, and likewise
outside silky ; staminal column broadly tubular, seven or
oftener eight- toothed, the teeth semilanceolar, about three
times shorter than the tube ; anthers seven or oftener eight,
sessile between the teeth at the summit of the tube, their
connective often minutely pointed ; disk cup-shaped, free,
slightly crenulated, as well as the staminal tube glabrous ;
style filiform, its lower portion and the ovary densely

370 Baron F. von Mueller on Dysoxylon Schiffneri.

downy ; stigma depressed-hemispherical ; ovary four-celled,
with two superposed ovules in each cell; fruit globular,
glabrescent, brown outside; pericarp rather thin, not
unless very tardily valvular; seeds without any arillus.

In the Mount Bellenden-Ker Ranges; Karsten. .

A tree attaining a height of 80 feet. Bark greyish-
brown, smooth. Wood yellowish. Leaflets on very short
stalklets, in few pairs, so far as the very scanty material
admits of judging, 2-5 inches long, somewhat inequilateral,
very minutely dotted. Racemes two or more together,
2-4 inches long, fragrant. Petals nearly half an inch
long, pure white, upwards slightly imbricated, downwards
valvular. Fruit not seen quite ripe, then not fully an inch
long, nor showing any indication of valvular structure,
four-celled. Seeds ripening solitary in each cell, turgid,
almost longitudinally adnate; testa thin, dark-brown,
loose. Albumen none. Cotyledons planoconvex, collateral.
Radicle very short, terminal, almost concealed between the
minute lobes of the cotyledons.

I have left this remarkable Meliaceous tree in the genus
Dysoxylon, as constituted at present, although the structure
of the calyx is so exceptional in the genus, that under the
sectional name here adopted, or perhaps under that of
Epicharis, this species with its nearest allies might be
raised to generic distinction, especially as the fruit does
not seem to slit into any valvular divisions, in which
anomaly, however, D. Klandert coincides (vide Fragm.
Phytogr. Austr., 1x. 134), thus showing an approach to
Sandoricum. The genus Dysoxylon, by admitting into it
Hartigshea with arillate seeds, and Didymocheton with
sepals overlapping at their margins, has become too
artificial, while in Hartigshea spectabilis the anthers are
inserted below the merely crenulated summit of the
staminal tube, a characteristic on which otherwise much
stress has been laid by Casimir de Candolle. The remark-
able location of the inflorescence is not without example in
the genus, it bursting also in several other species away
from the leaves out of the stem or main branches.

This new species is nearest allied to D. caulostachyum
from New Guinea, with which and the other species
placed by Miquel in the section Hpicharis it accords in the

Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation. 371

peculiar structure of the calyx; but the leaflets are not
coriaceous, the pedicles longer, the calyces twice as long,
thus reaching much higher up to the corolla, and the teeth
of the column are neither rounded nor retuse-truncate ;
the fruits are likely also different.

This noble and singular tree is dedicated to Dr. Rudolph
Schiffner of Vienna, who for many years has been the
president of the great and highly scientific Pharmaceutical
Society of Austria.

Report on Temperatures and Open-Air Vegetation at the
Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, from November 1881
till July 1882. Compiled from Notes read at Meet-
ings of the Society. By the late JoHN Sapuer,
F.R.Ph.S., Curator,

The forest trees aud shrubs flowered remarkably well
during the early summer of 1881, and most of them pro-
duced fruit. The garden suffered very little from the
great storm of October 1881.

In November 1881 the thermometer was seven times at
or below 32°. On two occasions it stood at 25°. The dates
of these lew temperatures were the lst, 2nd, 4th, 8th, 18th,
and 26th.

Upwards of thirty species and varieties of plants were in
full flower in the rock garden; Christmas roses blooming
for two or three weeks.

In December the thermometer was at or below the
freezing-point on sixteen occasions. The greatest frost
was on the 22nd and 23rd, when 26° and 23° were respec-
tively registered. These were relatively high readings,
when compared with the same month, as well as that of
November 1880.

In January 1882 the thermometer fell below the freezing-
point on six occasions, as compared with twenty-seven
occasions in January 1881. On the 4th and on the 29th,
28° and 26° were respectively registered.

In the rock garden fifty-two species and varieties of
plants had flowered, including fourteen species of Hellebore,
as well as mignonette, besides crocuses, pansies, and
roses.

372 Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation.

In February the thermometer was at or below the
freezing-point on eight occasions, as against twenty in
1881. The lowest readings for the month were—lst, 32° ;
Ynd; 29°); -8rds30°y Tth,.28°; 9th, 29°;"16th,;29 aoe
30°; 28th, 32°. The three highest morning readings
(9 a.m.) were on the 8th and 9th (48° and 51° respectively).

Forty-seven species and varieties of plants came into
flower in the rock garden, amongst them were Galanthus
plicatus, G. Elwesii, Crocus biflorus, C. etruscus, C. im-
perati, Leucojum vernum, Bulbocodium vernum, &c. There
also flowered Helleborus colchicus, white and blue Hepaticas,
the Botanic Garden purple variety of the common prim-
rose, as well as yews, and certain species of Alnus, hazel,
&e.

In March the thermometer was at or below the freezing-
point on seven different occasions. The dates were as
follows 1st: 327;=:Gth; (30° Qist;, 31°; <22nd~30 prvard:
99°: 25th, 32°,vand 26th, 32°:

Vegetation was six weeks in advance on the 9th inst.
of what it was at the same period in 1881 in the rock
garden; and specimens of the following plants in flower
were exhibited at the March meeting of the Botanical
Society.

Sisyrinchium grandiflorum Viola species, yellow variety.
(white and purple). Lithospermum prostratum.

Tris reticulata. Andromeda calyculata latifolia.
Helleborus foetidus. . media.

i angustifolius. Omphalodes verna.

e cuttatus. Arabis procurrens.

orientalis. » albida.

= purpurascens minor. | Thlaspi prostrata.

\ viridis. Symplocarpus foetidus.

1 olympicus albus. Anemone coronaria.

e} colchicus. 3 fulgens.
Hepatica angulosa. Primula denticulata.
Daphne Mezereum. » dark variety.
Draba aizoon. » | Intermedia.

» aizoides. Saxifraga crassifolia.

Dentaria enneaphylla. 55 rubra.
Aubrietia purpurea. | e media.

U grandiflora. Primula marginata.

re ccelestis. » vulgaris.

Hendersoni. | 33 , (single white).

Mr Sadler’s Report on Open-Air Vegetation. 373

Primula vulgaris (double white). | Erythronium dens canis.

< ie rubra, grandiflorum.
Corydalis cava. *| Cyclamen Coum vernum.

- bulbosa rubra. | Corbularia sp. (Maw).
Polygala Chamebuxus. Ornithogalum sp. (Maw).
Erica herbacea. | Gagea lutea.

» carnea alba. Scilla sibirica.

Mandragora vernalis. »» _preecox.
Iberis petrzea. », bifolia.
Dondia epipactis. 2 » taurica,
Soldanella montana. - », rubra.
Vinca minor. = 5, alba:
Saxifraga oppositifolia. Puschkinia scilloides.

i alba. Bulbocodium vernum.

A aretioides.

In April the thermometer was at or below the freezing-
point on six occasions ; it had been on twenty-one during
the same month last year. The lowest temperatures were
on the following dates:—8th, 32°; 10th, 27°; 12th, 29°;
13th, 31°; 16th, 26°; 27th, 28°. The frosts of this month,
owing to the advanced condition of vegetation, did much
injury to fruit trees and bushes in flower, as well as to
tender shoots in many parts of the country,

During this month 2381 species and varieties of plants
came into flower in the rock garden, as compared with 52
in April last year.

In the early part of May, though the thermometer did
not fall to the freezing-point, yet the night temperatures
were very low, as shown by the following readings :—Ist,
S22 2nd,39 3 ord,ap : oth; B42 7thy 30 5-otn, oo .oune
34°; 10th, 35°. On the 4th, 5th, and 11th the thermometer
registered 43°.

On the 11th of the month 346 species and varieties were
in flower on the rock garden, as compared with 158 at the
same date last year.

June 1882.—The lowest readings of the thermometer
during the month were on the Ist, 41°; 2nd, 41°; 11th, 37°;
12th, 38°; 16th, 35°; A7th, 35°,

Since the last month 173 species and varieties of plants
came into flower in the rock garden, making a total of 666
for the season, as compared with 484 at the corresponding
date last year (1881). Amongst them were the follow-

ing :—

374 Mr Sadler’s Note on Flowering Plants.

Aster graminifolius. | Lilium Chaixii.
Anthericum liliago. | ,, colchicum.
Catheartia villosa. | Linnea borealis.
Campanula thyrsoidea. | Lonicera tomentella.
Cypripedium spectabile. Milla longipes.
Dianthus alpinus. | Orchis foliosa.

- suavis. | » maculata superba.
Eriogonum aureum, Papaver alpina.
Gentiana lutea. _ Primula capitata.

Gorteria acaulis. Spireea aruncus.
Gillenia trifoliata. Stenactis speciosa.
Kalmia angustifolia. | Wulfenia Amherstiana.

July.—The lowest readings of the thermometer during
the month were registered on the mornings of the 5th, 44°;
9th, 45°; 11th, 44°; 12th, 45°; 25th, 46°; 26th, 45°. Since
last month 185 species and varieties of plants came into
flower in the rock garden, making a total of 801 compared
with 561 at the corresponding period of Jast year. The
following were amongst those which came into flower
during the month :—

Alstroemeria aurea. Hypericum empetrifolium.
Baptisia australis. Lilium pardalinum.
Cassinia fulvida. Meehringia muscosa.
Convolvulus lineatus. Potentilla formosa.
Delphinium velutinum. | Senecio pulcher.
Dianthus eruentus. Lilium auratum.

Erica ramulosa. » dalmaticum.
Gaillardia grandiflora. Mulgedium alpinum.
Gentiana septemfida. Olearia Haastii.

Note on Table of Flowering of Plants in the Royal Botanic
Garden, Edinburgh, from 1850 to 1882. By Joun
Saver, Curator. (With Table).

(Exhibited 13th July 1882.)

The annexed table shows the dates of the flowering of
forty plants during three decades and two years. The
observations were begun by the late James Macnab, and
continued by his successor.

50 till May 1882

70.

Feb.

Feb. 16 |

Feb. 17-|
Feb, 25

». 20

nw

r. 18} Feb. 28 | Feb

Mar. 22 | Mar. 13 | Apr. 2

Feb. 16 | Jan.
Feb.
10

. 30

- 31

. 18

. 16
; |

Mar.

17 | Mar.
| Jan.
30 | Feb.
4 | Feb.
Mar.
Jan.
Mar.
Jan.
Mar. :
Apr. 2:
Jan.
Feb.

Feb.

ee
Mar. 16 |

Feb. 2

Jan. 10

Feb. 3

Mar, 2
Feb.
Feb.
Feb.

Jan,

. 30>
. 15

18

| Apr.

Feb.

. 6 | Feb.
'
. 14 } Feb.

Mar.

15 Feb.
.13 | Feb.
15
Mar. 25
Feb. 21 |
Jan. 12) Jan.

Mar.

15 | Mar.

Apr.
Mar.
Mar.

12

18 | Mar.

17 | Feb.

1]
13
Mar. 1
Mar. 16

1 | Feb.

20 Feb.

4
20
V7

5

|
8 | Feb. 15
3| Feb. 9

Mar. 6 | Feb. 26 | Mar. 18 | Feb. 28

ae 12 |

Apr. 98 | Apr. 20

Apr. 7 Mar. 3

Apr. 9
Apr. 7
| Apr. 15 |

ll

. 28

Le

sii
aD
Mar. 1/ Feb. 8

6 | Killed
30 | Mar. 10
Mar. 3 | Feb. 9
f15

r. 19

1 | Mar.
r. 6 | Feb. 5
30 | Mar.
Mar.
r. 29 | Mar.

238

. 1} Mar.
6 | Feb.
10 | Feb.
1 | Mar.
9 | Feb.
Apr. 6 | Feb.
Mar, 30 | Mar. 16
Apr. 5| Mar. 11
Mar. 6 | Feb. 10
Mar. 5 | Feb. 12

Apr. 26| Mar. 8

Mar.
Mar.
Apr.
Apr.

May 11 | May

Mar. 12 | Feb.
Mar. 5 | Feb.

Apr. 1/| Feb.

- 12)
|
. 20 |

Et
8 |

|

| Mar.

Feb. 7.

Mar. 1 | Feb.

Mar. 8 | Feb.
Mar. 12 | Feb.
Mar.

Feb. 2

Feb. 2
Mar.

29
May 6

Mar.

bo

Mar.

. 28 | Feb.
. 4] Feb.
. 2| Feb.

Mar. 20 | Jan. 2

r. 20 Mar.

1

1877.

Apr, 12
Mar, 18
Feb, 17
Feb, 16

Mar, 28 |
Jon, 1
Jan, 20
Jan, 28
Jan. 26
Feb, 11
Mar. 1)
Jan. 26
Mar, 23
Apr. 14
Jon. 16
Jan, 29

Mar, 17

Feb.
Feb.

Mar, 4
Feb,
Feb,
Apr. 5
Mar, 97
Mar, 8

Jan, 3

a ————— 7? i . _ _——_—— — 2 _ ————
: ’ ,
Table of the Flowering of Plants at the Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, from February 1850 till May 1882.
isso, | 1ss1, | 1859, | 1859, | 185. | 1855. | 1856, | ass7. | 1858. | 1859. | 1860, | 1861. | 1862, | 1863, | 1864. | 1865."| 1866, | 1867. | 1868, | 1869. | 1870. | 1871. | 1972. | 1879, | 1874 | 1875, | 1876,
i> | a ia a el ean re le, a |

Adonis vernalis . « . | Mar, 16| Feb, 18) Mar, 6] Apr, 6) Mar.28| Apr. 19 ee a yo « or Apr. 7) Apr. 14 oe . Apr. 4} Mar,26| Mar,18 | Apr. 8) Mar. 22| Mar. 13) Apr. 21 | Mar.10/ Mar.29| Apr. 5
Ot ee ae ». » # a 6 4 ro : on a F is «| Feb.10/ afar, |
Aubrietia grandifiora. =. : a as - = 5 : - oo : . “ Jos. |Mana7] + | Feb. 15) Feb, 24
Bulbocodinm yernum . See fleeces * oe xs . “ . . : : : Feb, 17| Mar, 2| Feb. 2| Feb. 6| Feb, 10
Corydalis solid 4 a 4 26 eo a me ” Ee *s +s : : - ~ ‘ “ Mar, 23) Mar, 28
Corylus Avellana Feb. 16 | Jan. 16| Jan. 25| Mar. 9| Mar.10| Mar, 21| Feb. 15] Feb, 16| Jan, 14). .. | Feb, 10 | Jan. 18 | Jan, 16 Feb, 18 =F) Jan, 14] Feb. 18} Feb.16) | San, 14 Jun. 15} Jan, 14
Crocns Snsianus Feb, 16 | Jan. 26| Feb. 3] Mar. 8| Feb. 14| Mar, 5| Feb, 18} Fep.15/Jan.15| .. . | Jan, 28 | Jan. 28} Fev. 9 Feb, 8 Feb, 11 | Jan, 28 | Jun, 22| Mar, 1} Feb. 16/ Jan, 30] Feb, 14| Jan. 14] Jan, 23) Feb. 4
Crocus vernus Feb. 26| Feb, 3| Feb. 18| Mar. 18| Feb. 4| Mar, 6} Feb. 24) Fev. 19) Jon.18) . . | Feb, 12} Feb. 22 | Feb, 10 Feb, 24 | Jan, 22] Feb, 16] Feb, 4) Jan.30| Mar, 3] Feb.17| Feb. 4] Feb. 17 | Jun. 26] Feb.10) Feb. 9
Daphne Mezereum Feb, 22] Jan, 28 | Jan, 31] Feb. 1) Feb, 18) Apr. 6] -. » | Feb. 16 | Mar, 27 EY Jon 29 |Mfar.27 | Feb, 26] Feb, 10] Mar.15] .- | Feb, 4| Feb, 13
Dondia Epipactis | 6 ae -- |dan15) .. | Feb, 5} Feb, 20
Dmbnalzoides . = “6 . . +» |Mor. 4] Mor,18] Feb. 2} Mar. &| Mar. 12
Eranthis hyemalis Fob, 14) Jan, 15 | Jan, 31] Feb, 1| Jan.26| Mor, 2| Feb, 14] Feb, 9) Jan. 16 Jan. 26 | Jan. 16} Feb, 3 Feb, 5| Jan. 20| Feb, 2| Feb. 1| Jan. 16] Feb. 20| Feb, 19 Jan. 15 | Jan. 14} Jan, 30) Feb, 1
Erythronium Dens-canis . «| Mar 11 Mar, 1| Mar, 12| Mur.19) Mar.10] Apr.11] 40 we .. | Mar.14| Mar. 15 | Mar. 4 | Mar. 22 Mar.19} Mar,25] .. | Mar, 6] Apr. 2| Mar,2s| Mar, 1] Mor.22] Mar, 1} Mar. 21 | Mar, 25
Fritillaria imperialix is - “- - - | . - Mar, 30 | Apr. 22 | Mar,22) Apr. 18] Apr. 6
Galanthus nivalis Feb. 11 | Jan. 17 | Jan, 28 | Jan, 24| Jan. 24] Mar. 2| Feb. 14] Feb, 8| Jan, 4 .. | sun,31{3an. 20] Jan.26] | ep. 2] gn.a4]Jan.91| gan, 23{ gan. 9| Feb. 2| Fev.33 Jan. ¥| Jan, 10| Jan. 18] Jan, 16
Galanthns plicatus $ Feb, 14] Jan, 28 | Feb. 3 4 - G .. |Feb, 4|Feb, 1} Feb, 7| Feb. 2} Feb. 23| Feb. 4) Feb. 5| Feb. 6 | Jan, 26] Mar. 4) Fev, 15 Feb, 10 | Jan. 15) Feb. 3| Feb. 6
Iberis gibraltaricn =. “0 é 5 : : é -- | Feb. 2} Feb. 17
Iris reticulata cooks eee a : : A Mar. 19] Mar. 18.
Leneojam vernum é Feb. 18| Jan. 20! Pep, 21] Mar, 21) Feb, 15| Mar. 9] Mar, 1|Feb.24)Feb.10) Feb, 1| Feb, 1] Feb, 2| Feb, 4] Fob. 26 | Jan, 24] Feb. 9| Feb. 18 | Jan.17 | Mar. 2] Feb, 15 Feb. 9|Jan.10|Jan.21| Fey 2
Mandragora officinalis A Mar.18/ Apr. 9) Mar, 18| Mar. 2} Apr. 3| Mar. 24 Fob. 28) Mar. 12
Narcissus Psendo-Narcissus - Mar. 24| Mar, 97 | Mar. 28] Apr. 6) Mar.25|Apr'20| - | Mar.28] Apr. 2 Apr. 5} Mar.26|Mar.27| «| Mar.27| Mar.18|Apr 1|Mar.14] Apr. 1| Apr. 3
Narcissuspomilus . . Mar, 4) Mar. 5] Mar. 11 | Mar. 21| Mar. 10| Apr. 2] Mar.16 | Mar. 15 | Mar, 12 . | Mar. 6} Feb, 27 | Mar, 8 | Mar. 21 Mar, 14| Mur, 4 Feb, 18 | Mar, 94| Feb. 28 | Mar, 1| Mar.14| Feb. 20| Mar. 13] Mar. 15 [3
Nordmannia cordifolia - «| Feb. 28] Feb, 20] Mar, 10| Mar. 24| Mar. 1| Apr. 9] Mar, 9) Feb. 27) Mar. 6] .. Feb, 19 | Feb, 15 | Feb, 12] Jan. 26 Fed. 7| -= . | Jan. 21] Feb, 19 | Feb. 20) Feb, 20 Feb. 25 | Feb. 9| Mar. 11| Feb, 10
Omphalodesverna =. Mar. 22/ Mar. 10| Apr. 2| Apr. 12| Mar, 26 | Apr, 23 : Feb. 6 Feb. 2 Mar. 14 | Feb.22) .. | Feb, 10 Mar. 20] Feb, 24 | Mar. 25
Orobus vernus Feb, 23) Feb, 17 | Mar.31| Apr. 8| Mar.16 | Apr, 16] Apr. 10 | Apr. 20) Mar, 11 Mar. 4 Feb.25| .. Feb. 6|Feb.15) .. | Jan. 26] Apr. 3| Mar.18) Mar, 4| Mar.15) Feb, 1] Mar.23) Mar. 23 3
Rhododendron atrovirens Jan, 2} Jon, 14} Feb. 1) Feb.18| Apr. 6| Feb. 16] Feb, 6 | Jan, 5 Jan. 28 | Jan, 26 | Jan, 97 Feb.16| Feb 1 ‘Feb. 27| Feb, 3| Feb. 19| Jan. 4| Feb, 4| Feb, 2
Rhododendron Nobleanam - = . | - a Feb, 12} Mar. 18 | Jan. 16 | Mar. 13 | Feb, 23
Ribes sanguinenm Mar, 11) Mar. 5 | Mar.21| Apr. 4) Mar.14| Apr. 19} Mar, 26} Mar. 26 | Mar. 29 | Mar.28| Mar 18 | Mar. 7| Mar.10] Mar, 2] Apr, 12] Apr. 8} Apr, 9] Apr. 3| Mar. 9 | Mar. 1] Apr. 6| Mar, 21) Mar. 3|Mur.24] .. | Mar. 30] Mar, 30
Scillabifolin . 9. Mar. 18) Mar, 6| Mar 20] Mar. 97 | Mar, 15 | Apr, 10 | Mar.20| Mar. 24 | Mar.16 Mar, 7} Feb, 20) Feb, 28 | Mar. 18 Jan. 80 | Feb, 16 Feb, 3} Mar. 25} Mar.18) Feb. 22] Mar, 9} Feb. 2 Feb 14
Sollla bifolia alba . * . | Mar.14) Mar, 4| Mar. 21/ Mar.27|Mar.13] Apr. 5] .. Mar. 9 | Mar.10} Mar. 4} Mar. 26 | Mar. 28 | Mar. 21 | Mar. 22 .. | Feb, 21| Mar. 97 | Feb, 28 Mar. 28 | Mar. 2| Mar.17| Mar. 15
Scilla priecox | - + é =e ts -. | Feb. 16] Mar 3] Jan, 24] Jan. 23) Feb, 6 |
Scilla sibirien 8 Apr. 6| Mar. 26] Apr. 1) Apr. 10) Mur. 30| Apr. 21] Apr. 7) Apr.14| Mar, 20 -. |Mar. 8|Mar.17}Mar.10|Mar.25] ., | Feb, 8} Feb. 23| Feb, 8| Mar, 2|Mar.28| Feb. 26| Fob. 24| Mar. 7| Jan. 90] Mar, 10| Feb. 14
Scilla taurica . os oo < “ -- a .
Sisyrinchium erandifformm . : ed ee . oa 3 “6 re -- | Jan. 31] Feb. 16 Mar, 8 | Feb. 15
Sisyrinchium grandifloram albam . o : : =e os = . c “t 4 «. | Feb. 18) Feb. 28] .. | Mar. 6) Feb. 13
‘Symphytam cancasicum ah : cn 2 e 5 a. cc oe - ia Mar. $1 | Mar, 15
Symplocarpus fartidus . Feb, 18| Feb, 4| Feb. 20] Mar. 16| Mar. 9] Mur.20| Feb.26 | Feb. 28| Feb, 9 + | Feb. 9) Feb. 26) Feb,15|Mar.14/ .. | Feb. 8|Feb.18] .. | Feb. 11| Mar. 18| Feb. 28] Feb. 16| Mar.24| Feb. 3| Mar, 30/ Mar, 26
‘Tussilago alba. is = re a rf te 3 a ris a 39 ee 3 Rs ca " a ae f “6 «- | Feb. 15 | Feb, 21
Tussilago fragrans . Fs én ss : 4 ne % 20 33 3 a a 26 - : 53 - | Jan, 18 | Jan. 12
‘Tussilagonives, =. 20 | ea 5 os ni PD te Pa 33 “5 ie “ .. | Mar, 6} Feb. 26

Mar, 18

1878,

Apr. 12
Mar. 1
Feb. 18
Mar, 1
Mar, 16
Feb, 10
Feb, 6
Feb. 17
Feb, 22
Feb. 9
Feb. 19
Feb, 2
Mar, 10
Apr. 6
Feb. 4
Feb. 7
Mar. 2

Mar. 8}

Feb. §
Mar, 16
Mar. 18
Mar, 7

Feb, 15

Feb, 8
Mar. 4

Feb. 28
Mar, 4
Feb, 22
Feb, 18
Mar, 4
Feb, 19
Feb, 10
Mar, 16
Mar, 11
Feb, 15
Feb. 9
Feb, 28

Apr. 7
Mar. 26
Apr. 1
Mar. 6

Apr. 1
Mar,
Mar,

6
30
Apr. 8
Apr.
Apr. 1
Mar,
Mar.
Apr. 1
Apr.
Apr.
Mar.
Apr, 5
Mar, 6

Mar, 5
Apr. 26

28 | Apr. 20

Mar, 3
Mar. 4
Mar, 1
Mar, 16
Feb, 11
Feb. 12
Feb, 20
Fob, 28
Feb, 2
| Feb. 15
Feb, 8
Mar, 11
Apr, 12
| Feb. 7
Feb, 8
Killed

Mar, 10
Feb, 9
Mar. 15
| Mar. 19
| Mar. 9
Feb. 20

Mar. 8
Fob, 5
Mar, 5
| Mar.17
| Mur, 6
Mar, 7
Feb, 25
Feb. 26
Mar. 10
Feb, 44
Feb, 24
Mar. 16
Mar. 11
Feb, 10
Feb. 12
Mar, 8

May 11
Mar, 20
Mar, 12
Mar. 5
1
1
Mar. 8
Mar, 12

Apr.
Mar,

Mar. 2
Feb. 28
Feb. 26
Mar, 4
Mar. 29
May 6
Mar, 2

Mar. 1

Mar, 28
Mar, 4
Apr. 2
Apr. 20
Mar. 18
Feb, 25

‘Mar. 20
Mar. 6
Mar, 16
Mar. 24
Mar. 9
Mar 20
Mar. 10
Mar. 12
Mar, 21
Mar. i8
Mar, 8
Mar. 24
Mar, 14
Mar. 8
Mar. 4
Mar. 9

1882,
May 1
Jan. 24
Feb. 16
Fob. 2
Feb, 26.
Feb. 3
Feb, 2
Feb. 9
Dee. 28
Dee, 26
1
Feb. 1
Feb. 20
Apr. 10
Jan. 24

Feb. 1

Feb.

Feb, 21
Feb, 1
Feb, 24
Mar, 4
Feb. 2

Tan. 26

Feb. 4
Dec, 27
Feb, 26
Feb, 3
Feb, 8
Feb, 15
Jan, 28
| Feb. 3
Feb. 8
Feb, 20,
Jan, 26
Feb, 23
Feb. 9
Feb, 3
Feb. 2
Feb. 2

ee

Mr Sadler’s Notes on Memorial Trees.

J)
On

~J

Notes on Memorial Trees Planted in the Royal Botanic
Garden, Edinburgh. By Joun Savuer, Curator.

(Read 13th July 1882.)

The following are some notes as to the measurements of
a few of the memorial trees im tlhe Royal Botanic Garden,
Edinburgh, at the planting of which I was present. The
old yew, the beautiful weeping birch, and other trees
brought from the old garden in Leith Walk in 1824, were
no doubt planted by gentlemen who then took an interest
in the new garden.

1. Quercus conferta, Kit. (Q. pannonica, Hort.) The
Hungarian Oak. Planted by the late Sir William Gibson-
Craig, Bart., of Riccarton, on the 4th November 186d,
in commemoration of the amalgamation of the Experi-
mental Garden (the Royal Caledonian Horticultural
Society’s Garden) with the Royal Botanic Garden. The
tree is very vigorous, and has made wonderful growth
since 1865. Dr Masters states (Bot. Soc. Trans. Edin.,
vol. xii. p. 437) that the measurements of the tree in
1875 were as follows :-—

Height 20 ft.
Spread of branches 36 {t.
Circumference of stem 28 in,

On 20th September 1881 I carefully measured the
plant, and found it as follows :-—

Height, . ; ’ 29 ft. 6 in.
Circumference of oe at 1 ft. from base, 33°40 ,,
3) s 2 ft. from base, 31°60

)

e 3 ft. from base, 31°20° ;;

This tide was one of those which the lite Sir Robert
Christison, Bart., periodically measured.

2. Cedrus Deodara, Loudon (C. Indica, De Cand.)
Indian Cedar. Introduced into Britain in 1831 by the
Hon. W. Leslie Melville; planted by H.R.H,. the Prince
of Wales on 8th August 1859. Having been present on
the occasion, I think that the plant was then, as far as [
can remember, between 8 and 9 ft. high. When measured
on 20th September 1881 it was as follows :-—

TRANS. BOT. SOC. VOL. XIV. 2¢

376 Mr Sadler’s Notes on Memorial Trees.

Circumference of stem at 1 ft. from ground 45°30 in.
5 i so ft. from Sonia 34°90 A
35 y 5 ft. from ground 34°80 ,,

It is not a handsome oe, having evidently been raised
from a cutting. It is growing at the west of the garden
near the “‘ View of Edinburgh.”

3. Abies Albertiana, Murray. A. Bridgesii, Kellog,
Prince Albert’s Fir, or the Californian Hemlock Spruce.
Planted by H.R.H. Prince Alfred, now Duke of Edinburgh,
on oth June 1863. The tree, which stands in the wood ou
the west side of the garden, measured, on 20th September
1881,—

Height, ! 244 ft.
Circumference of ae at i ft. Fata base, 15°80 in.
3 ft. from hbase: 14:30 ,,

» 3 } ft. from pee LO: a0

This tree was introduced into Britain in 1851 by the
Oregon Association of Edinburgh, through John Jeffrey,
their collector, and named in honour of the late lamented
Prince Consort, who was Patron of the Association,

4. Sequoia (Wellingtonia) gigantea, Lindl. Mammoth
tree of California. Planted by the late Sir Robert
Christison, Bart., in July 1861. It stands in front of
the main entrance gate. On 20th September 1881, it
measured ,— |

Height, . ; : 244 ft.
Stem (circumference) af : ft. ann ground, 61°50 in.
~ 53 3 ft. from ei AT 90\-94

fF * 5 ft. from ground, 41°50 ,,

At the time the tree was planted it was between 6 and
7 feet high.

5. Thuja gigantea (7. Lobbii). Gigantic Arbor-vite.
Planted by H.R.H. Prince William of Hesse, on 24th
October 1868. Height of tree on 20th September 1881,
122 ft.; circumference at 1 foot from ground 11:90 in, It
is growing in the wood on the west side of the garden.

6. Retinospora obtusa. Japanese “Tree of the Sun.
Planted by the Countess of Rosslyn, on 2nd June 1879.
Height of tree on 20th September 1881, 7 ft. 10 in.; cir-
cumference at 1 ft. from ground 7 in. The plant is re-

29

Mr Sadler’s Notes on Memorial Trees. Byars
markably healthy, and is growing on the terrace in front
of the range of the conservatories.

7. Libocedrus decurrens, Torrey. Decurrent Arbor-
vite. Planted by the Earl of Rosslyn, 21st May 1880.
Height on 20th September 1881, 10 ft. 3 in.; circumfer-
ence at 6 ft. from base, 14 in. The Earl planted it while
he held the office of Lord High Commissioner for the Kirk
of Scotland. Introduced into Britain from Oregon in 1858,
by Jeffrey.

8. Betula alba, var. pendula, White Weeping Birch.
Planted by their Royal Highnesses the Duke and Duchess
of Edinburgh, on 26th August 1881. Height of tree
when planted, 8 ft. 1 in.; girth at 1 ft. from base, 3°95 in. ;
at 2 ft.,2°65 in. This promises to become a handsome tree.

9. Quercus Cerris, var. variegata. Variegated Turkey
Oak. Planted by Dr Lyon Playfair, M.P., on 10th
February 1869. On 20th September 1881 the height of
the tree was 12 ft.; the circumference at one ft, from
base, 21:90 in.; at 2 ft., 20°90 in.; and at 3 ft., 21 in.

10. Quercus conferta (Q. pannonica). Hungarian Oak.
Planted by Dr Masters, editor of the Gardeners’ Chronicle,
on 13th July 1875. Height on 20th September 1881,
17 ft.; circumference of stem at 1 ft. from ground, 18°30
in.; at 2 ft., 16°80; at 3 ft., 16°50; and at 4 ft., 14°80 in.
It is healthy, and making vigorous growth.

11 Abtes Douglasii, var. Pattoniana. Planted by
Emeritus Professor Balfour, April 1880. Height of tree
on 20th September 1881, 10 ft. 10 in.; girth of stem at
1 ft. from ground, 8°70 in.; at 2 ft., 7770 in.; and at 3 ft.,
6-70 in. The plant is growing on the terrace near the
west end of the front range of hot-houses.

12. Pinus Jeffreyii, Balf. Jeffrey's Pine. Planted
by Isaac Anderson-Henry, Esq., of Hay Lodge, on the 11th
May 1868. Height of tree on 20th September 1881,
19 ft. 9 in.; circumference of stem at 1 ft. from base,
26°80 in.; at 2 ft., 24:40; at 4 ft., 18-40; and at 5 ft.,
18°50 in. Native of California, from whence it was intro-
duced by John Jeffrey in 1852.

378 Effects of Winter 1881-82.

EXTRACTS FROM CORRESPONDENCE AS TO THE EFFECTS OF THE
WINTER OF 1881-1882 IN DIFFERENT PARTS OF SCOTLAND.

1. In the North of Scotland.
From Mr J. Forrest, Haddo House Gardens, Aberdeenshire.

Haddo House is distant from the sea 16 miles, with an elevation
of 189 feet above its level.

The winter of 1881-82 has been mild and open.

Owing to the mildness of the winter months, shrubs and other
plants suffered little or no injury from frost ; but several plants,
especially Roses, which had made considerable growth during the
months of February and March, were very much destroyed by the
cold winds and severe frosts in April. These frosts also did great
damage to fruit trees and bushes. The blossom of Plums, Pears,
and Cherries was, in most cases, nearly all destroyed, and Goose-
berries and other small fruits were also very much injured.
Rhododendrons and Bay Laurels, which were so much cut up by
the severe frosts of 1880-81, have made strong healthy growths.
Hollies, which were also very much cut up by these frosts, have
not done so well ; and several plants which broke out pretty freely
last season have died off this spring. All hardy border plants
withstood the winter well, and have flowered luxuriantly. East
Lothian stocks in dry sheltered situations lived through the winter,
and flowered beautifully in May and June.

Although the winter was mild it cannot be said that this has
been an early season, as the cold weather in April kept things
back very much. Plants have done better, however, than for the
last two or three seasons.

From Mr Tuomas M‘Donatp, Balfour Castle Gardens, Kirkwall,
Orkney.

The winter of 1881-82 was very favourable for vegetation, and
shrubs and flowers were earlier in bloom this season than in
several of the past ones. Snowdrops, Hepaticas, Crocuses, and
Violets were in flower in the last week of January. The spring
was unusually fine, and vegetation did not receive any check from
frost. Auriculas, Polyanthuses, Mahonias, and Hypericums were
in flower early in April. Bedding out was commenced on the 20th
of May. Cotoneaster microphylla, Fuchsia globosa, F. Riccartonit, and
Escallonia macrantha were unusually fine, the growth of the latter
being from 2 to 3 feet in length. Laburnum, Mountain Ash, and
Hawthorn were in full bloom by the end of May. White-fruited
Elder was in flower on the 20th of July.

Effects of Winter 1881-82. 37

Lowest Temperatures. Rainfall.

October 15th, 34° October 3rd, °50 in.
November 19th, 34° November 2nd, ‘10 ,,
December 9th, 29° December 4th, -60 ,,
January 5th, 30° January 2nd, 40 ,,
February 16th, 29° February 3rd, ‘50 ,,
March wth, 29° March 5th, 60 ,,
April 16th, 29° April, ang, “OU...

From Mr Ancus Macponatp, The Gardens, Balmacaan, Glen
Urquhart, Inverness-shire.

Last winter was the most favourable for open-air - vegetation
which I have seen in Glen Urquhart for over thirty years. Some
herbaceous border plants bloomed in January, Scarlet Rhodo-
dendrons were in full bloom in February. We were visited, how-
ever, by frosts in May and June, which told very much on fruit
blossoms and tender plants.

From Mr. D. Metyitin, The Gardens, Dunrobin Castle,
Sutherlandshire.

The winter of 1881-82 was exceptionally mild and favourable.
We had a few days’ frost between the 10th and 23rd of December,
with an occasional thaw between. There was just sufficient ice to
fill ice-houses and stores and afford a few days’ curling. Fresh
winds set in on the 24th. Little more frost was experienced
during the winter, with the exception of the nights of the 15th and
16th February.

The lowest reading during the winter was 23° on the 16th
February. The thermometer stood at 32° or below it on 37
occasions during the winter, compared with 107 in 1880-81.

The prevailing winds during the winter were westerly up to the
end of February, During March and April east winds were most
prevalent.

I observed little or no damage to plants caused by frost during
the winter. Our only losses were standard Roses, of which a good
few succumbed. I think the unripe wood, and drying east winds
in spring, had more to do with this than frost.

The following plants, among others, stood the winter un-
protected : — Phormium tenax, Veronica Andersonii, Eulalia
japonica, Aralia Sieboldii, Escallonia macrantha, Arundo con-
spicua, Salisburia adiantifolia, Garrya elliptica, Tritonias, Aucubas,
Japanese Acers, and Sweet Bay.

380 Liffects of Winter 1881-82.

We are close to the sea here, and well sheltered from the north
winds, which accounts for the comparative mildness of the climate.

2. In the Middle of Scotland.
From Mr Joun Ross, Drummond Castle Gardens, Perthshire.

August 10, 1882.

Last winter passed away almost free of frost. I have no casual-
ties to report, with the exception of a few dwarf H. P. Roses,
which got a little singed on April 16, which was the severest night
we had; but they soon got all right again.

From Mr Witu1am 8. Bisset, Monereiffe Gardens, Perthshire.
August 9, 1882.

The winter of 1881-82 compared very favourably with the two
previous ones in this district. The only frost to speak of prevailed
between the 15th and 23rd of December. The months of January
and February were extremely mild, more especially between the
16th and 23rd of January. On the 4th of January I pulled flowers
of Hepaticas and Pyrus japonica ; on the 16th, Snowdrops, Rhodo-
dendron Nobleanum, Ribes sanguineum, Hellebore, and Aconite ; and
on February 6th, a twig of Thorn, in full leaf, from a hedge near
the Bridge of Karn. On January 6th we had a most violent storm
of wind, which proved more disastrous than any that has occurred
during the last thirty years. Trees were uprooted which had with-
stood the blasts of hundreds of years, while in plantations of from
fifty to sixty years’ growth acres were entirely levelled with the
ground. From the 20th March to the middle of April cold east
winds and frosty nights prevailed, which to a certain extent
damaged the blossom of fruit trees ; although, in my opinion, the
deficiency in the fruit crop results more from the unripened con-
dition of the young wood, owing to the previous bad summer and
autumn.

From Mr Joun Fortuns, The Gardens, Blairadam, Kinross-shire.

August 1, 1882.

The winter of 1881-82 will long be remembered, owing to the’
disastrous gales of wind which swept across the country. A great
deal of damage was done here to old trees, hundreds of which were
levelled with the ground. Three separate gales occurred during the
winter, viz., on the 14th October from N., on the 22nd November
from S.W., and on 6th January from W.S.W. In the last-

Effects of Winter 1881-82. 081

mentioned gale the biggest and oldest Cedrus Deodara was ruined
by a large Silver Fir falling on the top of it. The first flower
appeared on the Gooseberry this season on 25th March, while last
season it appeared on the 3rd of May; and this is the greatest dif-
ference in time of flowering which I have observed in any plant this
season. Snowdrops were fully five weeks earlier this spring than
last. They began to flower on the 7th of February, while last
spring it was the 11th of March before they appeared. Other
things were in like proportion. On the lst of May this season
forest trees—such as Beech, Plane, and Lime—were as far into leaf
as they were about the 11th or 12th of the same month last year.

From Mr Grorce Jounston, The Gardens, Glamis, Forfarshire.

May 30, 1882.

The Gardens are about twelve miles distant from the sea, with an
elevation of 125 feet above its level. The soil and subsoil are light
and free, and vegetation is early; but, owing to the Dean (a slow
sluggish stream) passing through the grounds, early vegetation is
often destroyed by frost, which also appears early in autumn,—in
some seasons as early as the beginning of September. The past
winter was the mildest which has been experienced during the
seventeen years I have been here. The lowest temperatures occurred
on the 18th November and 23rd December. The lowest tempera-
tures in January were on the 4th and 29th. February was very
mild, the lowest temperatures being on the 9th and 25th. On the
16th of February flowers of seventeen different plants were gathered
from the open border.

Report on the East Coast of Arran, Buteshire.

From the Rev. Davip LanpsporouGH, Kilmarnock.

The east coast of the island of Arran is peculiarly sheltered.
The Goatfell range of mountains on the north-east runs for a
distance of 5 miles north and south parallel to the coast, ascending
to the height of nearly 3000 feet (2866). This not merely shelters
from the west, but, as nautical men are well aware, as much from
the east, the high mountains lifting up the wind, so that places at
their foot are almost unaffected by winds blowing from the front.
At Lamlash there are mountains, half the height of the Goatfell
range, behind, and the Holy Isle, 1030 feet in height, is in front.
These circumstances, along with the position of Arran, on the west
coast of Scotland, render certain spots in it very mild and sheltered,

382 Effects of Winter 1881-82.

The soil is also, in general, light; though at Cromla, one of the
places mentioned, it is a stiff clay; this is thoroughly drained.
During severe frost the minimum temperature of the three places
principally mentioned (Captain Brown’s, Lamlash; Brodick Castle
High Garden; and Cromla Garden, Corrie) is about 10° higher
than at the Observatory, Glasgow. At Brodick Castle Low Garden
the thermometer falls about 2° lower than at the High Garden. It
may also be noticed that although the rainfall of Arran is high, there
are few fogey days, as the mountains draw up the mist, and less
rises from salt-water than from fresh. The localities selected are
all in closest proximity to the sea, and almost on sea-level, except-
ing the Brodick Castle High Garden, which is elevated about 100
feet above it. Platanus orientalis is rare in the west of Scotland.
One tree, twenty years of age, grows in the Kay Park, Kilmarnock,
and it has lately been planted in avenues at Greenock. It grows
vigorously in the Brodick Castle avenue. An example, twenty
years old, of what is apparently Platanus occidentalis grows at
Auchendrane (Miss Cathcart’s), near Ayr. Quercus suber, in Brodick
Castle Park (2 feet 1} inches in circumference at 4 feet from the
ground), is uninjured. Luddlea globosa, at Whitehouse, Lamlash,
is in perfect health. Hucalyptus globulus (blue gum), at Captain
Brown's, Lamlash, 18 inches in circumference at 5 feet from the
ground, and the one at the hotel at Corrie, were almost stripped of
their leaves by the severe frosts of 1880-81, but are now quite
recovered. Hucalyptus amygdalina (peppermint tree of Tasmania),
at Cromla, Corrie, 8} inches in circumference at 5 feet from the
ground, did not suffer nearly so much as #. globulus in the winter of
1880-81. It and the one in the Bredick Wood are in perfect health.
Eucalyptus coriacea (white gum), at Captain Brown’s, Lamlash, was
planted in 1880, and had not even a leaf injured by the severe frost
of the following winter. ‘This is a beautiful tree, and so hardy that
it would thrive at many places in the west of Scotland. Eucalyptus
Stuartiana and EF. polyanthema, planted a year ago at Brodick
Castle Low Gardens, were last winter uninjured. ucalyptus
rostrata (red gum) was cut down to the ground. Hucalyptus calo-
phylla, £. diversicolor, E. hemastoma, E. marginata, and E.
melliodora were killed. Acacia melanoxylon (the black wood of
Australia) is hardy at Brodick and Corrie. It is one of the most
valuable timber trees of Australia. Acacia decurrens grows beauti-
fully in Captain Brown’s garden, Lamlash. A handsome plant of
Casuarina equisetifolia (the swamp oak of Australia), a strange tree,
having exactly the appearance of a tree puddock pipe (Lguisetum),
deseribed as “the most singularly picturesque tree of Australia,”
and furnishes one of its best timbers, said even to equal the

LEifjects of Winter 1881-82. 385

English oak in its qualities, was kindly given me this spring by
Mrs Dunlop of Annanhill, near Kilmarnock. I gave it to Mr
Crawfurd, gardener, Brodick Castle, by whom it was carefully
planted in the High Garden. When planted it was 84 feet in
height. It is now in bloom, and has grown about 24 feet. Arau-
caria Cunninghamii (Moreton Bay pine) has grown for twenty
years in Brodick Castle High Garden. It was much browned by
the late severe winters, but is again in good health. Araucaria
excelsa (Norfolk Island pine) is at present growing at Lamlash. It
was planted this summer by Mr Orr Ewing, M.P. Desfontainea
spinosa grows in the utmost perfection. At Cromla, Corrie, it
blooms abundantly during most of the summer and autumn, and
also in the earlier part of a mild winter. It is 7 feet 3 inches in
height, and no severity of weather has ever affected it. Fuchsia
microphylla is quite hardy, and is in general in bloom till the New
Year. Camellia japonica and C. reticulata are hardy and occasionally
bloom. L£scallonia rubra albijlora on the wall at Brodick Castle is
94 feet in height. The following plants are also hardy :—Photinia
serrulata, Elwagnus refleca variegata, Prunus sinensis flore pleno,
Myrtus communis (a standard 10 feet in height, flowers pro-
fusely every year), Lurya latifolia, Berberis Darwinii, Coccoloba -
vespertilionis, Rhododendron ciliatum, Azalea amena, Euonymus
latifolia aurea, &c. Daphne paupyracea, Pittosporum Ralfsii,
and Genista linifolia were this summer planted at Lamlash. Three
species of Cordyline have been tried at Cromla, viz., C. indivisa,
C. australis, and C. Veitchiz, all of which were uninjured by the
late severe winters, and all of them are most luxuriant. When
they attain their full height (10 feet), and have sent forth their
handsome spikes of blue and white flowers, they will become even
more striking. ‘The tree ferns which grow at Cromla, Corrie, have
quite recovered from the effects of the late winters. Dicksunia
antarctica, planted fifteen years ago, when not larger than a bladder
fern (Cystopteris fragilis), has now a stem 20 inches in height and
26 inches in girth; while its fronds, which are abundantly covered
with spores, are 6 feet 3} inches in length and 2 feet 7 inches in
breadth. An excellent plant of Dicksonia squarrosa, which was
kindly given me three years ago by Mr Gray, gardener, Newfield,
Ayrshire, is also quite recovered, but has not yet produced spores.
A handsome plant of Lomaria gibba, kindly given me by Mr Lock-
hart, gardener, The Craig, Ayrshire, was planted this year at
Cromla. Todea superba and Todea hymenophylloides both grow
very well. I received specimens this summer of Pteris scaberula
from the gardener at Culzean Castle, which have taken root.
Specimens of Trichomanes radicans (the Killarney fern) were found

384 Lffeets of Winter 1881-82.

in 1863 by Mr Combe under the shelter of a rock between Corrie
and Sannox. One of these specimens was given to Miss Brown of
Lanfine, Ayrshire. It was placed by her under glass, and grew
admirably. This summer Miss Brown most kindly gave me a plant
of it to be restored to its native Arran. It also has taken root.
Schizostylis coccinea grows in great perfection, and flowers abund-
antly at Strathwhillan, Brodick, where also the Banksian Rose
occasionally blooms, and Marshal Niel and Celine Forestier bloom
abundantly. The Cloth of Gold Rose grows well, but has not
bloomed.

From Mr Jon Smita, The Gardens, Ballikinrain Castle,
Stirlingshire.
July 1882.

Frost set in here on the 15th of October, and during the month
we had altogether four frosty nights. In November we had no
frost, but rain fell on 26 days, giving a fall of 84 inches for
the month. In May there was no frost. Vegetables withstood the
mild winter well. Shrubs, Roses, and herbaceous plants have done
exceedingly well. Owing to the wet autumn, fruit in this district
is very scarce.

Our thermometer is 4 feet above the ground. The rainfall for
1881 was 51°75 inches. There were 192 days on which rain fell.
Our distance from the sea is 20 miles, with an elevation of 265 feet
above its level. Exposure northern.

From Mr P. W. Fatrerteve, The Gardens, Dunkeld, Perthshire.
July 26, 1882.

Last winter was very open, and allowed a great deal of work to
be done. Notwithstanding the unfavourable conditions under which
fruit buds were matured last year, our crop looked very well up to
the 15th of April. On that night we had 16° of frost, which com-
pletely ruined our Apricot crop and all other wall fruits, with the
exception of Plums. Although Apples, Standard Plums, &c., were
not in blossom then, the effects of that night, and the cold nights
which followed completely destroyed them.

3. In the South of Scotland,

From Mr Matcotm Dunn, The Palace Gardens, Dalkeith,
Mid-Lothian.
Sept. 1, 1882.
The winter of 1881-82 was a remarkable contrast to that of the
previous season. While the winter of 1880-81 was of extraordinary
length and severity, the past winter has been exceptionally mild—

Effects of Winter 1881-82. 385

in fact, we could scarcely say we had any winter, in the usual
acceptance of the term. This was fortunate for vegetation, which,
owing to the previous wet, cold, and sunless summer and autumn,
was in a very unmatured state, and in the worst possible condition
to withstand the rigours of a severe winter.

The first nip of frost came immediately after the great storm of
the 14th of October, up to which date deciduous trees had retained
the foliage in an unusually green state. The gale had thus a better
hold of the trees, and the ground being soft from the previous heavy
rains, they were comparatively easy to upset, and many thousands
of them fell before the hurricane in its course over the country
In this district the gale lasted scarcely half an hour, but during that
time it did great damage to forest trees, somewhere about 300 having
been destroyed in Dalkeith Park, and vast numbers of others broken
and injured. On the morning of the 15th, 30° Fahr. were regis-
tered, followed by 26° on the 16th, 29° on the 17th, and 31° on the
18th. This killed off all tender plants,—such as Dahlias, Tropxo-
lums, French Beans, and the like,—but had little apparent effect on
the leaves of most deciduous trees, which remained green till the
end of the month, when 28° on the 29th, 28° on the 30th, and 26°
on the 3lst killed them, and brought them off. The rich colours
and brilliant tints which the foliage of many trees assume in the
autumn were almost wholly absent, the leaves generally remaining
green or greenish-brown till frost nipped them. ‘The rainfall for the
month amounted to 1°50 inches.

On the lst November the thermometer registered 28°, and also
28° on the 2nd, with open, mild weather till the 18th, when 25°
were registered. Mild weather again prevailed till the 26th, when
the thermometer stood at 30°; at 30° on the 29th, and 31° on the
30th—making a total for the month of 20° of frost, registered on
6 days. Rainfall of the month, 2 inches.

The month of December began mild, no frost being registered till
the 4th, when the thermometer stood at 27°, and on the 6th at 30°.
From the 9th to the 24th occurred the longest spell of frost during
the winter, the ice on still water being about 2 inches thick on the
23rd, but it was soon melted by the thaw which set in on the 24th,
and continued to the end of the year. The frost registered during
this period was as follows :—On the 9th the thermometer stood at
28°; on the 10th at 22°—the severest night’s frost of the winter ;
11th, 28°; 13th, 26°; 14th, 28°; 15th, 26°; 16th, 23°; 18th, 30°;
19th, 31°; 20th, 26°; 21st, 28°; 22nd, 23°; 23rd, 23°; and 24th,
29°. Total frost during the month, 84°, on 16 days. Rainfall,
1:10 inches.

January proved extremely mild, frost being registered on only
two days, and the mean temperature of the month reached the high

386 Effects of Winter 1881-82.

average of 42°, the highest day temperature being 54° on the 15th,
and the lowest at night 30° on the 4th and 6th. Vegetation began
to be active, and winter crops—such as Cabbage, Spinach, Leeks,
Onions, and the like—made unusual progress. Throughout the
month many plants were in flower; early Rhododendrons, Erica
herbacea, and Chimonanthus fragrans being particularly fine. In
the course of the month, 4° of frost were registered on two days.
Rainfall, 1:40 inches.

Slight frost prevailed from the 1st to the 9th of February, and
again on the 15th and 16th, the severest being on the 2nd, when
the thermometer stood at 27°, and the month closed with 29° on
the 28th. In all 30° of frost were registered on 10 days. Vege-
tation made steady progress, but not so rapidly as in the previous
month. Numerous spring flowers were in bloom, which after the
16th were scarcely ever affected by frost. Rainfall, 1-70 inches.

During March the thermometer stood at 30° on the 6th, 28° on
the 7th, 28° on the 21st, 29° on the 22nd, and 31° on the 23rd—
in all 12° of frost on 5 days. Spring flowers were in abundance,
and vegetation made great progress for the season of the year.
Rainfall, 2 inches.

April began with a cold easterly wind, which checked vegetation,
but there was no frost till the 8th, when the thermometer regis-
tered 27°, with 28° on the 9th, 28° on the 10th, 31° on the 11th,
27° on the 12th, 28° on the 15th, and 26° on the 16th, after which
we had no more frost for the season. In all 29° of frost were
registered on 7 days. Iainfall, 1°80 inches.

Comparing this with the previous winter, it will be seen that we
have had 53 frosty days, with 205 degrees of frost, against 148 frosty
days, and 1300° of frost in the winter of 1880-81. As shown by the
rainfall—11‘50 inches in seven months—the winter was dry as
well as mild, and plants gradually ripened their growth and buds
throughout the winter, so that they started in spring with much
more vigour than could have been expected from their unripe con-
dition in the autumn. The chill easterly winds in April checked
their growth, and brought myriads of insects, which did much injury
to plants till about the middle of May, when warm genial weather
setting in, vegetation made a great rush for a month or so. Heavy
rains and cold winds began in the middle of June and lasted till the
end of July, destroying much of the fine promise in the spring of
an abundant growth during the season.

All through the winter of 1881-82 many plants were to be seen
in flower. Rhododendron dauricum, R. Nobleanum, and R. caucasi-
cum album were in flower from November onwards, and after the
nip of frost in the middle of February, which blackened a few of
their flowers, they, and many other varieties of early Rhododendrons,

Liffeets of Winter 1881-82. 387

burst out into splendid flower, and continued so for months. It is
seldom the early Rhododendrons are seen in such perfection of
flower in Scotland, but the grand display they make in a genial
season like the past is more than worth the tronble of waiting a
few years to see it. Hardy spring flowers of every kind were early
and fine, as well as being unusually abundant. Snowdrops, Crocus,
Narcissus, and other bulbous-rooted plants flowered ‘profusely.
Many plants of doubtful hardiness came through the winter in the
open air unscathed—such as Camellias, Oranges, Hucalyptus glob-
ulus, Clianthus puniceus, &c. Small fruit of all kinds was very
abundant during the summer; but Apples, Pears, Plums, and
Cherries, although they flowered moderately well, produced crops
much below the average. In most instances the flowers were
weakly, and “set” badly ; and insects and cold caused much of the
fruit which did set to drop off prematurely. Vegetables have
proved by far the most satisfactory crops of the season.

From Mr Joun Garrett, Whittinghame Gardens, Haddingtonshire.
Sept. 4, 1882.

We do not as a rule suffer much here from frost. Last winter
the lowest readings of our thermometer were on the 10th and 23rd
December. A good many of our shrubs nevertheless show an in-
jured condition, these being chiefly common Bay Laurels, Laurus-
tinus, Sweet’ Bays, Garrya elliptica, and Aucuba japonica. Red
Cedar, Cupressus macrocarpa, Picea Cephalonica, P. nobilis, P.
Nordmanniana, and Eucalyptus viminalis show more or less injury.
Some Hollies and a good many Thorns have died, but this I attri-
bute to the injured condition in which they were left by the pre-
vious winter. Indeed, in our case it would not be too much to say
that the whole damage has been caused by the winter of 1880-81.
Our crop of hardy fruits is almost nz/ this season. Gooseberries
and Strawberries were both an abundant crop, and Raspberries
moderate.

From Mr Anprew Turneutt, The Gardens, Bothwell Castle,
Lanarkshire.

Aug. 5, 1882.
The winter of 1881-82 was perhaps the mildest we have had
since that of 1845-46, during which the thermometer never fell
lower than 25°, with the exception of the 19th and 20th of March,
when it fell to 20° and 19° respectively. As a consequence of this,
the whole of the fruit crop in the locality was destroyed ; even
Gooseberries did not escape. The following are the lowest readings
of the thermometer during last winter :—-October 16th, 23°; 30th,
20°; December 11th, 16°; 22nd, 20°; January 29th, 23°; Feb-

388 Effects of Winter 1881-82.

ruary 7th, 28°; April 16th, 22°; 27th, 23°. On the 22nd of
November we had a hurricane which did considerable damage in
the west ; but we in a great measure escaped the one which did so
much damage in the east about a week earlier. On the 16th of
June the thermometer fell to 31°, and previous to this we had cold
easterly winds, by which the fruit crop (which at an early period
looked very promising) was greatly damaged, and in some cases
quite destroyed. Some of the more tender trees, especially Peaches,
were nearly killed. Forest trees are much healthier than they were
last season. Oak, which is the prevailing timber tree here, has
almost escaped the ravages of the oak caterpillar this season. Last
year they were almost wholly stripped of their leaves by it, and that
after one of the severest winters of modern times. All the spring
flowering plants were early in bloom, but were a fortnight at least
later than in 1846.

Our distance from the sea is 32 miles, with a height of 146 feet
above its level. The exposure is W.S.W.

From My Joun Suannon, The Gardens, Jardine Hall, Dumfriesshire.
Aug. 8, 1882.

The winter of 1881-82 was very mild. There has been no
damage done here so far as I can see, with the exception of a good
deal of fruit blossom which was frosted in April. As a result of
this, we have a very poor crop of fruit, with the exception of Straw-
berries, Gooseberries, and Raspberries, which are an average. All
other out-door fruits are a complete failure.

The following are the lowest temperatures from November 18th
to April 16th, taken from thermometer 3 feet above the ground :—

November | December | January | February March April
18=24° 4=30° 3=31° LSB 6=30° 1=32°
23 = 30 6=29 4=28 2—27 9=31 (=382
25 =28 9=28 7=382 6=32 11=31 8=31
29= 29 10=23 8=32 7=382 12=28 9=23

11=23 9=29 9=26 21=31 10=25
13=24 18=32 15=25 22=28 11=35
14=29 21=31 16= 26 23 = 28 15=21
15=24 26=30 18=25 25=31 16=25
16=19 29= 27 19=31 26=31

17=31 27 =32

20=25 31=31

22=21

23=16

24 = 25

31=28

Effects of Winter 1881-82.

oo
ioe)
oO

From Davip Murray, Culzean Gardens, Maybole, Ayrshire.

Aug. 24, 1882.

The lowest temperature during the winter of 1881-82 was on the
llth December. We had no hardy plants injured. All our wild
flowers were much in advance of their usual time of flowering.
There was not a week during the winter in which we could not
pluck Daisies from the lawn. A vase of Geraniums which had not
been emptied in the autumn had some full-blown trusses on the
plants in the middle of January, and the scarlet flowers looked as
bright as in summer.

From CHARLES Stuart, Esq., M.D., Chirnside, Berwickshire.

The contrast between the weather of the last three years and the
present one is so remarkable that it is certainly worth a careful
comparison. One of the latest springs ever remembered was that of
1879. The trees did not fully expand their leaves till the middle
of June. The cold winds of April and May of 1880 retarded
vegetation and caused that spring to be later than it promised.
The spring of 1881 may be said not to have begun till May,
when, after the bleakest March and April on record, the country
under forcing weather became suddenly green, more like what is
seen on the Continent than in Scotland. The summer from June
was a cold one, the crops making slow progress ; a wet harvest ren-
dering the grain unsaleable. The great gale of 14th October seemed
to exert some peculiar influence in settling the elements, although
it has been remarked that after three years of bad weather a change
for the better is sometimes seen, and this has certainly been the
case in the present season. On October the 29th Cheviot was
covered with snow, and for two days afterwards a sharp frost pre-
vailed, which cut down the more tender plants for the season.
November was ushered in with snow showers, and frost was felt for
another day, when the weather gradually settled. By the 7th of
that month we had very fresh weather, with temperatures in the
shade above 50°. November 11th and 12th, 55° in shade; 14th 56°.
On the 22nd there was an alarming gale from the west and
occasional rain blasts, but in the main seasonable weather. The
highest temperatures in December occurred on the 2nd=50°-4,
and same on 3rd; lowest on 15th, max. 32°:4, min. 21% Wind
generally W.S.W. Rainfall, 1°57.

January 1882 was a wonderful month in point of weather, the

490 Effects of Winter 1881-82.

sun shining out frequently from morning till night, the wind being
generally south-west, and the rainfall only amounted to 1 inch.
The highest temperature occurred on the 4th = 50° max., 25°°5 min.
On the 5th, 52° ; on the 12th, 50°; 24th, 51°; 27th 50°. The lowest
temperatures were observed on the 26th = 37°:2, min, 25°-4. On the
18th the barometer stood for several days at 30-8, higher than it
had been seen for forty years. On the 17th I heard the spring
notes of the thrush ; and on the 19th the song of both blackbirds and
thrushes, and also the cooing of the wood-pigeons. I observed
towards the third week of the month twenty-eight plants in flower
in the rock garden, including winter Aconites, Snowdrops, He-
patica angulosa and other species, Dondia epipactis, Primroses,
Saxifraga oppositifolia, S. oppositifolia var. pyrenaica, various
Hellebores, sweet-scented Tussilago, &c. In the fields the
common Groundsel, Coltsfoot (Zussilago), Veronica Buxbaumii,
white and purple Nettle, Leontodon, and common Furze were all in
bright flower during the course of the month. About the Retreat,
near Abbey St Bathans, on the Whitadder, the common yellow
Primrose was gathered at Christmas, and in the deans about Cock-
burnspath all through January the Primroses were quite plentiful.
Partridges paired from the 15th of January. In thirty-five years’
residence in Berwickshire I have never seen the common Primrose
in flower in January before, and only on one occasion in bud during
the same period.

February was ushered in with colder weather ; on the 4th the tem-
perature being 48° max., 28°°6 min. ; 6th, 49° max., 26° min. ; 7th,
42°-26 max., 26°°8 min. ; and there was a slight fall of snow
on the 28th. By the 9th mild weather again set in, and continued
till the 21st, when the thermometer registered 56° max., 40°°3
min. Rainfall, 1:95 inches. Wind veered from S.E. to S.W.
and due west. The garden flowers in bloom were those already
mentioned, with the addition of Sisyrinchium grandiflorum and
S. grandiflorum album, Anemone blanda, Primula Cashmeriana,
P. denticulata, P. denticulata alba, P. denticulata var. purpurea, P.
pulcherrima, P. rosea. The Crocuses were at their best on the 21st ;
and on the same day Vanessa urtice, the nettle butterfly, was
disporting itself in the sun. The catkins on the Willows were fully
expanded in sheltered nooks, and Viola odorata was in flower by
the end of the month on the river bank. Gooseberry bushes and
Thorns were budding out, the appearance of the country being
quite green, a very marked contrast to the previous season, when
on the 5th of March the high road was blocked with snowdrifts,
several of them 12 feet deep.

April was a very cold month, especially the early part of it.

Effects of Winter 1881-82. 391

The temperatures were never extremely low, but cold, parching
winds on the Ist, 5th, 8th, 15th, 21st, 23rd, and 26th retarded
vegetation, and night frosts nipped many of*the tender plants
prematurely advanced in growth by the fine previous weather.
The highest temperature during the month was on the 19th, 58°;
lowest on the 12th, 44°, min. 28°. That night did great
damage, vegetation being so advanced.._The wind blew N.E. to
N.W. on the dates previously mentioned, and the rainfall was 4°63
inches. With no remarkable summer temperature to record, the
weather as a whole seemed suitable for the advance of the cereals
and green crops, which are excellent over the Merse,—indeed,
finer crops have never been seen. July had three warm days, Ist,
2nd, and 5th, with temperature 71°, 74°, and 76°. August 10th
was our warmest day of the season, temperature 81° ; 11th, 79° ; and
12th, 71°. Since that time we have had much unsettled weather,
the crops being secured in a very different state than was the case
last year, the quality of the grain being excellent. The forest trees
still bear traces of the low temperature to which they were exposed
in 1879, 1880, and 1881, especially the Oaks in low situations.
When not killed outright, 20 feet and more of the top seems entirely
destroyed, giving a shabby appearance to the rest of the tree.
Laburnums, Hollies, and Ashes have suffered most. The great gale
of 14th October 1881 has uprooted many of our finest trees,—a
beautiful avenue of aged Oaks, forming a most picturesque glade, at
Whitehall being completely wrecked. The Spruces and Silver Firs
have, however, with the present fine season, lost much of their
blasted appearance, which was so evident on their weather side for
several years past, and we may now hope that there may be a
succession of more genial seasons.

TRANS. BOT. SOC. VOL. XIV. ID

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

BOTANICAL SOCIETY.

SESSION XLVI.

Thursday, 10th November 1881.—Mr ALEXANDER BUCHAN,
M.A., F.R.S.E., Vice-President, in the unavoidable absence
of the President, occupied the Chair.

The following Candidates were elected Resident Fellows:—

Dr Hatiiay Croom, 25 Charlotte Square.
Mr Wiit1Am ApaAms, Royal Bank.

The following Communications were read :—

I. A Paper embodying the Results of Meteorological Observa-
tions on the Weather of last Summer. By Mr BucuHay,
Vice-President.

II. Obituary Notices of Messrs William Gorrie, Hewett C.
Watson, ex-Provost Russel of Falkirk, and other deceased
Members of the Society. By Mr ANDREW TAYLOR.

IIL. Obituary Notice of the late Thomas Sprot, WS. By
Mr Isaac ANDERSON-HENRY.

IV. Exhibition of Potato Monstrosities. By Dr PATERSON,
Bridge of Allan.

V. Report on the State of Plants in the Royal Botanic
Gardens. By Mr JOHN SADLER, Curator.
PROC. BOT. soc. 1881-82. a

cil Proceedings of the Botanical Society

VI. Note regarding Strophanthus hispidus, De., along with
Specimens received at the Royal Botanic Garden. By
Mr Joun BvucwHanan, Associate, Blantyre, Shiré
Highlands, East Africa.

June 28, 1881.

I went myself specially to the Shiré, with a view of getting all
that Professor Fraser requires. The woody climber is not in flower
at this season, and it was almost by chance that I got leaves

The Strophanthus grows on the Shiré River, and extends north
beyond the Murchison Cataracts. I am told that it is plentiful,
but I have only seen two plants, both on the lower Shiré. The stem
is of immense length, and on the ground many great folds of it are
lying in various directions. In ascending, the stem coils itself
round other trees, and ascends to the tup. The leaves sent are
taken from a young rod of this year’s growth, part of which I send.
The stem, on being cut, gives out a milky juice of a gummy nature,
and exceedingly bitter. I am not yet able to say whether it is in
sufficient quantity to supply a demand for its use as a medicine.

T think the Strophanthus will flower about January, but I cannot
say definitely, as I have not seen it. The follicles, I believe, will
be ripe generally in July and August. I have not heard of Séro-
phanthus being used as a medicine amongst the natives. They have
too great a dread of it to use it in this way. It is well known as an
arrow poison, and is used more than any other, and is the most
deadly poison they have.

The method of preparing the Strophanthus poison is as follows :—
A man takes a follicle and puts seeds with the wool attached into
a pot. He then takes a small piece of bamboo, which has the thin
splits inserted crosswise in the end. This he revolves speedily by
rubbing it between his hands. The seed is put in motion, and falls
to the bottom of the pot; the wool rises and comes out at the
top, and is carried away by the least breath of wind. The seeds
are then put into a small mortar and pounded into a paste, which is
then ready for use.

It is common to mix the milky juice of a Huphorbia with it to
make it stick on the arrow, and they also use the sap of a tree,
specimens of which I sent last year, for the same purpose. The tree
is known by the name of Tenza, and is so named in my last collee-
tion. An animal struck by an arrow thus poisoned is said to live
only a few seconds. This poison is used in the native wars with
deadly effect. (Vide Proc. Roy. Soc. Ed., 1869-70, p. 99; also
Oliver in Hook Ic. t., 1098).

of Edinburgh, Session 1881-82. cll

VIL On an Ivy Tree blown down in the Gale of Friday, 14th
January 1868, whieh grew on the south side of White-
hill Mansion House. Communicated in a Letter by
R. B. Warpiaw Ramsay, Esq., Whitehill, .Haw-
thornden, to Professor BALFour. Plate XII. reproduced
from a photograph.

The tree encircled a massive stone and lime pillar, depicted on an
old plan of 1758, as the former gateway of the garden. The stem
above the surface of the ground attained a height of 14 feet. As
the stone pillar was only about 7 feet high, the trunk grew clear of
it, with a small portion surrounding it.

The following measurements may be interesting :-—

In circumference.

Stem at the root (6 inches of solid timber),. 4 feet 0 inches.

Two root stems at surface of ground, , | : 2 = a

5 at 6 feet up, 1 e 7 i
First branch of stem, el hue oak:
Second ” avet ” 4 ”
Third 55 oS 8S PAIS AC
Height of stem, PORE
Extreme height over all, Ep Abas ys | eee
Spread of branches, SHOR ORS

MISCELLANEOUS COMMUNICATIONS.

Mr John Buchanan, Blantyre, East Africa, in the letter to Professor
Balfour, quoted above, stated that the Coffea arabica plant sent out
by him three years previously was now yielding a magnificent crop
of berries ; and also, that the sugar-cane grows well at Zomba, many
of the canes being 2 and 3 inches in diameter and 12 feet high.
Coffee promises to be the more successful crop.

Mr John Campbell, Ledaig, Argyleshire, sent specimens of
flowering plants from his open garden, collected on November 9.
These included strawberries in flower and fruit,—Agapanthus um-
bellatus, Escallonia macrantha, Aster argophyllus, Cytisus hybridus,
Andromeda media, Helleborus niger, Pyrus japonica (white and
scarlet varieties), Anemone hepatica, &ec.

ClV Proceedings of the Botanical Society

Thursday, 8th December 1881.—Professor BAYLEY BALFOUR,
President, in the Chair.

The following Candidate, having been recommended by the
Council, was balloted for and duly elected as a Foreign and
Corresponding Member :—

G. C. W. Bonnensize, Custos bibliothece Societatis Teyleriane ; and author

of Repertoriwm annuum Literature Botanice periodice, Haarlem,

The following Office-Bearers for 1881-82 were elected :—

PRESIDENT.
Professor BAYLEY BaLFrour, Se.D., M.B., C.M.

VICE-PRESIDENTS.

ALEXANDER BucHAN, A.M. WitutAM B. Boyp of Faldonside.
Hueu CLEGHoRN, M.D. IsAAc ANDERSON HENRY,

COUNCILLORS.
Sir RoBerT CuHRistTISoN, Bart., M.D., | WittrAm Craic, M.D., C.M.

1D),} Ib Mautcoim Dunn.
Professor THomas R. Fraser, M.D. THoMAS ALEX. GoLDIE BALFouR,
Professor DoueLas MActLAGAN, M.D. M.D.
JOHN SADLER. JAMES Rosson Scott, M.D.
RosertT GRAY. JAMES BUCHANAN.

Honorary Secretary—Emeritus Professor BALFour, M.D.
Honorary Curator—The Prorsssor of BoTany.

Foreign Secretary—Professor Dickson, M.D.
Treaswrer—Pa'trick NEILL FRASER.

Assistant Secretary—ANDREW TAYLOR, 37 South Clerk Street.

EOGALE SEGRE ARIES.

Aberdeen—GEorcsE DickiE, M.A., M.D.
Berwick—Puitie W. MActacan, M.D.
Birmingham—GeEorckE A. PANTON, 95 Colmore Row.
Calcutta—Joun ANDERSON, M.D.

* GrorGE Kine, M.D., Botanic Garden.
Cambridge—CHARLES C. BaBineTon, M.A., Professor of Botany.
Dublin—W. R. M‘Nas, M.D., Professor of. Botany, Roy. Col. Science.
Dumfries—J AMES Gincnnist, M. 1D)

Exeter—THoMAS SHAPTER, M.D.

Fife—J. T. BoswEtt, ii Ds of Balmuto, Kirkcaldy.
Georgetown, Demerara—W. H. Camppety, LL.D.
Glasgow—Professor BAYLEY BALFouR.

Greenock—DonauD M‘Ratip, M.D.

Kilbarchan—Reyv. G. ALIson.

London—W ILuIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., British Museum.
London, Brixton-—JOHN ARCHIBALD, M.B., C.M
Manchester—BENJAMIN CARRINGTON, M.D., Eccles.
Melbourne, Australia—Baron FERDINAND VON MUELLER, M.D.
Nairn—Witu1aAM ALEX. STABLES.

Norfolk—Joun Lowe, M.D., King’s Lynn,

of Edinburgh, Session 1881-82. cv

Nova Scotia—Grorer Lawson, LL.D., Dalhousie College.
Ottawa, Ontario—W. R. RrppEtu, Prov. Normal School.
Perth—¥. BucHANAN WuirTe, M.D.

Saharunpore, India—J. F. Duruixr, Supt. Botanic Garden.
Shrewsbury—Rev. W. A. LEIGHTON.

Silloth—Joun Leitcu, M.B., C.M. ;
Wellington, New Zealand—JameES Hector, M.D.
Wolverhampton—JouN FrAsER, M.A., M.D.
Zanzibar—Sir JOHN Kirk, M.D.

The following Communications were read :—

I. Opening Address on the Occurrence and Formation, as well
as the Chemical and Physical Characteristics of Chlorophyll.
By Professor BAYLEY Ba.rour, President.

Il. On the Progress of Vegetation at the Royal Botanic Garden
during November. By Mr Joun SADLER, Curator.

Mr Dunn, Dalkeith Palace, said it was remarkable that, with so

much open weather, there had been so little growth of vegetation
of any kind.
- Mr Buchan stated that meteorological records for 118 years
back showed that the temperature for last month over the British
Islands had been very greatly above the November of any recorded
year. This was particularly the case in the upper parts of the
valleys of the Tweed and Clyde, and of the Trent and Thames,
where the temperature was 6° to 7° above the average of previous
Novembers. Going back on the whole 118 years, last November
was the warmest November in those restricted parts, and over the
rest of Great Britain it was nearly the warmest. Sir Robert Christi
son had a weather prognostication, that if there was sufficient frost
to harden the ground in the last week of October or the first week
of November, the coming winter would be mild, and so far that had
turned out to be correct.

MISCELLANEOUS COMMUNICATIONS.

1. Mr John Campbell, Ledaig, Argyleshire, sent Escallonia
macrantha and Rhododendron Nobleanum in bloom from his garden,
the greater part of which had been washed away by the great gale
of November.

2. Sir Robert Christison, Bart., exhibited twigs with fruit from a
vigorous oak tree about 170 years old, and 10 feet in girth of trunk
at narrowest, being one of several in an avenue in Dalswinton Park,
Nithsdale, 1880; also twigs with acorns from several natural oak
trees at or near Ballahulish, August 1880.

CVili Proceedings of the Botanical Society

V. On the Progress of Open-Air Vegetation at the Royal Botanic
Garden. By Mr JoHN SADLER, Curator.

MISCELLANEOUS CONTRIBUTIONS.

1. Mr Sadler intimated receipt, at the Royal Botanic Garden, of
a collection of ninety packets of seeds from Tibet, from Mr Elwes,
Cirencester, Gloucester ; and also of a collection of seeds from the
Botanic Garden at Saharunpur, collected mainly from altitudes in
the Himalaya of between 10,000 and 15,000 feet.

2. Mr Sadler also mentioned, as additions to the Garden, the
erection of a new house for growing cool plants ; and the formation
of a marsh or bog garden. The Arboretum was making satisfactory
progress.

Thursday, 9th February 1882.—Emeritus Professor BALFouR
in the Chair.

The following Candidates were balloted for and duly elected
as Resident Fellows :—

Rev. JoHN M‘Murrris, M.A., 14 Inverleith Row.
Francis M. Carrp, M.B., 8 Torphichen Street.
Henry BEVERIDGE, Hsq., Hillside Villa, Corstorphine.

The following Communications were read :—

I. Notice of the late Sir Robert Christison, Bart. By the
CHAIRMAN.

II. Notice of the late Professor George S. Blackie, M.D. By
JOHN SIBBALD, M.D.

III. Dysoxylon Schiffnert, (Section Cleisocalyx), a new
Tree from East Australia. By Baron FeErp. von
Mve.irr, Ph.D., M.D., F.R.S., K.C.M.G.

IV. On Tillering. By Mr A. SrepHen Writson, North
Kinmundy, Aberdeenshire. Illustrated by Photo-
graphs.

V. On the Phenology of the Upper Ward of Lanarkshire
am 1790. By Mr Henry Bucuay, 8.8.C.

In a letter to the Assistant Secretary, Mr Buchan quoted from

of Edinburgh, Session 1881-82. cix

an old manuscript diary kept at Brownlee, near Carluke, the fol-
lowing entry, under date January 24, 1790 :—‘“‘ Wind west. Very
mild warm day. The whole of this winter remarkably mild and
fresh. Polyanthus, primrose, and auricula in bloom. A carnation
has continued putting forth flowers all winter. Some beans in
blossom.” He also gave extracts from the diary showing, among
other things, that on February 21 of the same year, the bees
were carrying on work, and on March 28 the jargonelles began to
blossom, while on April 4 a cherry tree on the wall began to
blossom ; and on May 2 cherries, plums, and pears were in blossom.
But this mild winter and favourable spring of ninety-two years ago
were not followed by an early harvest. September was very rainy ;
the fall of rain on the 19th of that month—3 inches at eight o’clock
at night—being the greatest the observer had ever noted. On
October 3 the harvest was general ; and on the 24th the corn was
mostly cut down, but on November 7 some “ victual” was still out.
This, however, is a district in which early harvests are hardly looked
for in any season.

VI. On Temperatures at the Royal Botanic Garden, and
their Effects on Vegetation. By Mr JouN SADLER,
Curator.

Thursday, 9th March 1882.—Professor BayLEY Ba.rour,
President, in the Chair.

The Treasurer submitted his Report on the financial affairs of the
Society for the past Session, with the Auditor’s Abstract and Report
thereon.

An Abstract of the Accounts had been previously circulated with
the Billet calling the meeting.

The state of Funds was as follows :—

Amount at close of Session 1879-80, ‘ . £246
Increase during Session 1880-81, _ . 2 : 28 1

Funds belonging to the Society, £275 8 9
Illustration Fund :—
Balance on hand at close of Session
1879-80, : a (35s EOF
Decrease during Session 1880-81, 815 6
Amount of Illustration Fund, — 94: 18-7

Total Funds, £300 7 4

cx Proceedings of the Botanical Society

The following Candidates were elected Resident Fellows :—

Mr A. J. Rovacuean, Seed Merchant, Haddington.
Mr Joun A. Park, Seed Merchant, Haddington.
Mr Frank PULLAR, 33 Queen Street.

The following Communications were read :-—

I. The Climate of the Carpathian Mountains in its Relation
to the Hungarian Oak. By Mr AvexanperR BucHay,
M.A., Vice-President.

This inquiry had been instituted from its having been demon-
strated that the Quercus conferta had been able to withstand the
severe frosts of the south of Scotland during the two previous
seasons to the present one. It appears to thrive abroad in districts
where there is, periodically at least, 8° lower temperature than that
experienced in Berwickshire a year ago. ‘The late Sir Robert
Christison, Bart., had been prosecuting this subject even when on
his death-bed.

Il. On Lichens from (1) Newfoundland, collected by Mr
A. Gray, with a List of Species; (2) from New
Zealand; (8) from the South of Scotland. By Dr
JAMES STIRTON. Communicated by Mr Roperr Gray.

Ill. Eahibition of Animals containing Chlorophyll. By
Mr Patrick GEDDES.

IV. Botanical Notes. By Mr Joun SAvier.

(a) Miss Anne J. Hope-Johnstone of Marchbank Wood, near
Moffat, sent a basket of Trusses of Rhododendron
Nobleanum.

(b) Mr Daniel Shiels, interested in the newspaper report of Mr
Stephen Wilson’s paper on “Tillering,” read at the February
meeting, sent to the Museum a plant of common Barley
grown in a garden in Duncan Street, Newington, in 1880.
There are more than 60 stalks and 50 spikes, averaging
25 grains in each head, making 1250 in all. The plant
was grown from a single grain under an apple tree. The
stalks are over 3 feet high.

V. On Temperatures at the Royal Botanic Garden, and their
Effects on Vegetation. By Mr Joun Savuer, Curator.

of Edinburgh, Session 1881-82. cxl

MISCELLANEOUS COMMUNICATIONS.

1. The following plants in flower from the cold frames m the
Royal Botanic Garden were exhibited, viz., Hpigwa repens (the
American Mayflower), at present in full bloom; Corbularia bulbo-
codium sulphureum ; Korolkwia Sewerzvoii, a plant closely allied to
Fritillaria ; Primula cashmeriana, Soldanella montana, Saxifraga
Stracheyi, and from the open wall Magnolia conspicua.

Thursday, 13th April 1882.—Professor Baytey Barour,
President, in the Chair.

It was unanimously agreed to send a letter of condolence to Lady
Thomson, Bonsyde, on the death of her husband, Sir C. Wyville
Thomson, a former President of the Society.

The following Communications were read :—

I. Obituary Notice of Professor Sir C. Wyville Thomson.
By Emeritus Professor Joan Hurron Barour.

Il. On the Genus Trichia in Britain. By the Prestpenv.

Ill. On Fixing Blowing Sands by means of Planted Grasses.
By Mr James Courts Crawrorb, F.G.S., late of
Wellington, New Zealand.

IV. On Temperatures at the Royal Botanic Garden, and
their Effects on Vegetation. By Mr Joun Sapier,
Curator.

V. Miscellaneous Contributions.

- Dr Cleghorn presented to the Museum at the Royal Botanic
Garden a specimen of Cynomorium coccineum, a plant of the
Balanophoree, collected by him in the island of Gozo.

Thursday, 11th May 1882.—Professor Baytzy Batrour,
President, in the Chair.

On the motion of Professor Dickson, seconded by the President,
the Society unanimously adopted a recommendation of the Council

cxil Proceedings of the Botanical Society

to re-establish the Society’s triennial prize of £10 in connection with
the University of Edinburgh, to be awarded for the best original
botanical research, competitors to have attended the Botanical class
within three years preceding the award.

The following Communications were read :—

I. Obituary Notice of Charles Robert Darwin, Honorary
Fellow. By Emeritus Professor Batrour, Honorary
Secretary.

The Honorary Secretary was requested to send a letter of con-
dolence to Mrs Darwin.

Il. On the Germination of Streptocarpus caulescens /ately
vaised in the Edinburgh Botanic Garden from seeds sent
by Mr Buchanan, Blantyre, Central Africa. By Pro-
fessor DICKSON.

III. Report on the Vegetation in the Garden of the Royal
Botanic Institution, Glasgow, from January to Apri,
1882. By Mr Ropert BuLuen, Curator. Communicated
by the PRESIDENT.

IV. Exhibition of Botanical Diagrams, after Koch, by the ard
of the Magic Lantern and Lime Ball Light. By the
PRESIDENT.

V. Botanical Notes. By Mr JOHN SADLER.

VI. On Temperatures at the Royal Botanic Garden, and their
Effects on Vegetation. By Mr JouN SADLER, Curator.

MISCELLANEOUS COMMUNICATIONS.

1. Mr Isaac Andergon-Henry, of Hay Lodge, Trinity, placed on
the table two plants in bloom, which he conceived to be wholly new
to this country. The one, an Androsace, had been grown from seeds
labelled Olearia ilicifolia, sent by Dr Curl, of Wellington, New
Zealand, as collected on Mount Ruahine Heads, in the Northern
Island. The plant on the table was the only seed which came up

of Edinburgh, Session 1881-82. exill

out of the contents of the packet. In New Zealand, Samolus is the
only known representative of the Primrose order, yet, if got on these
high summits, not at all botanically explored, it may have been
mingled with seeds of Olearta. Sir Joseph Hooker maintains that
these mountain ranges will yet yield a rich harvest to the explorer.
The other plant, an Arnebia, was raised from seeds sent by Mrs
Augusta Johnstone, and picked up in elevated valleys between
Murree and Rawul Pindi; they were labelled ‘“ Prophet Flower.”
It may be Dr Aitchison’s A. speciosa.

Thursday, 8th June 1882.—Dr CLEGHORN, Vice-President, in
the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

I. Obituary Notice of Joseph Decaisne, Member of the Institute,
Honorary Fellow. By Mr ANDREW TayLor, Assistant
Secretary.

II. Report of the Meeting of the Scottish Alpine Botanical Club,
at Dalwhinnie, July and August 1881. By Mr Witu1aAm
B. Boyp of Faldonside.

The summer meeting of the Scottish Alpine Botanical Club was
held at Dalwhinnie Hotel, on Wednesday, 27th July.

The hotel, which is chiefly frequented by anglers, is situated
about a mile from Loch Ericht, where good trout fishing is to be
had, and frequently large specimens of Salmo ferox are obtained.
Thursday morning being fine, it was resolved to visit the Sow of
Atholl, with the view of rediscovering Menziesia coerulea, which
was first found here by Professor Balfour, and had not been gathered
for many years. After breakfast, we started in two carriages for the
foot of the hill, which is much nearer to Dalnaspidal station than to
Dalwhinnie. Having left our conveyances, we divided into parties
with the view of the more readily discovering the rare plant. Some of
the party had been with Professor Balfour on a previous occasion,
and had gathered it, but could not now remember the place. The
hill was carefully hunted for a long time with apparently no result.
Many were the disappointments we met with as the leaves of Hm-
petrum nigrum and Azalea procumbens, which both grew plentifully

CXxiv Proceedings of the Botanical Society

here, are to an unpractised eye exceedingly like it, and they were
frequently mistaken for the Menziesia. However, at last it was got
in flower: the plant was past its regular time of flowering, and those
we saw were a few accidental late flowers, and but for them we
might not have discovered the habitat of the plant at all. As far
as we could judge, the Menziesia cerulea is confined to a very
limited area on the hill of perhaps about 100 yards by 50, but
within that area in considerable abundance. This is the only rare
plant which grows on the Sow of Atholl, the other plants gathered
were all of common occurrence on the Highland mountains, viz.,
Silene acaulis, Saxifraga aizoides and hypnoides, Epilobium alsini-
folium, Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi, Azalea procumbens, Rubus chame-
morus, Salix herbacea, Saxifraga stellaris, Drosera rotundifolia,
Gnaphalium supinum, &c. The view from the top of the Sow was
very fine towards the south, the day being very clear, the whole
of the Breadalbane mountains was spread out before us; the view
to the west and north was interrupted by the close proximity of the
hills on the other side of the Truim valley.

On Friday we started to examine the hills to the north of the
Truim. After walking about three miles along the road, we struck
to the left up what seemed a rather promising looking corrie ; but
on closer examination the only part where any plants of interest
were to be found was a steep face of rock at the very head of the
glen. There we saw a great profusion of Dryas octopetala in full
bloom, the huge plants hanging over the face of the craig, and the
large white flowers shown against the dark-coloured rock were most
striking. A number of Salices were seen by the side of the burn,
and Aspidium Lonchitis was gathered, but not in great quantity.
Asplenium viride and Polypodium alpestre were also noticed. On
our way home, in a pool by the side of the road, fine specimens of
Utricularia minor in flower were obtained.

On Saturday, which was very wet, some of the party went out in
the neighbourhood of the hotel, and to the side of Loch Ericht. In
a bog near the hotel Utricularia intermedia was found. This is
a rare plant, and one of the most interesting gathered on this
excursion. Some nice tufted varieties of Blechnum boreale were got
by the side of the loch—one especially good, and which promises to
retain its peculiarity in cultivation. Close by the side of the water,
and growing in large tufts of moss, was a very fine display of Pin-
guicula vulgaris in flower; they were very beautiful, and extended
for nearly a mile along the side of the loch. An unusually strong
variety of Cnicus heterophyllus was also observed near the same

af Edinburgh, Session 1881-82, CXV

place. It had been part of the programme to visit Ben Aulder to
gather Polypodium jflewile, which is one of the few localities in
Scotland where it is found ; but as the tenant of the deer forest was
abroad, and could not be communicated with, we were obliged to
forego the pleasure, and reserve it for another oceasion. On Monday
we left Dalwhinnie for Lawers Inn, and proposed visiting Ben
Lawers on the following day. In the afternoon before dinner,
during a walk by the side of Loch Tay, the following plants were
seen:—Rumex alpinus, Parnassia palustris, Orchis maculata, and
Anagallis tenella in beautiful flower; and on returning by the road
great quantities, and very luxuriant specimens, of Habenaria chlor-
antha were seen in the meadow not far from Lawers Inn.

On Tuesday, 2nd August, the ascent of Ben Lawers was made.
The day was fine, and the excursion most enjoyable. We walked
up the peat road to Loch na Cat, and struck the rocks to the right,
where we got Myosotis alpestris in great beauty. We all noticed the
exceedingly rich dark blue colour cf some of the specimens, which,
however, failed to retain it under cultivation when removed to our
gardens. rigeron alpinus and Veronica saxatilis were got on the
same rocks. A little farther round we gathered some nice tufts of
Woodsia hyperborea. I do not think the Woodsia will ever become
extinct on Ben Lawers through the over-enthusiasm of botanists, as
we saw many fine tufts quite out of reach of any one, which will
remain to shed their spores and produce plants lower down. From
the Woodsia rocks we kept up the hill, and after lunching by the
side of a small stream where the water was most delightfully cool,
we started for the top of Ben Lawers, and on the way the following
plants were gathered :—Carex pulla, Cerastium alpinum, Scherleria
sedoides, Epilobium alpinum and alsinifolium, Gnaphalium supinum,
Luzula spicata, Poa alpina vivipara, Polygonum viviparam, Salix
reticulata and herbacea, Saxifraga aizoides, hypnoides, nivalis, opposi-
tifolia, Sibbaldia procumbens, Silene acaulis, and Thalictrum alpinum.
We also got a nice variety of Aspidiwm Lonchitis with perfectly
smooth pinnz, and when we reached. the top Saxifraga cernua was
gathered in the crater, and also Sagina saxatilis and Alsine rubella
were got near the top of the mountain. As the wind was cold on
the top, and the day well advanced, we hurried down to our hotel
for dinner. lLawers Inn has been much improved of late years, an
addition has been made to the house, and the botanist could not, I
think, find more comfortable and convenient quarters, when explor-
ing the rocks and corries of the Breadalbane mountains,

CXV1 Proceedings of the Botanical Society

III. Recent Additions to the University Herbarium. By Mr
ANDREW TAYLOR.

Amongst the Donations received three deserve special mention :—
1. Fungi sent by Joseph Bancroft, M.D., from Australia.
2. A collection made by Surgeon-Major Aitchison in 1880, in
the Kuram Valley, Afghanistan.
3. Dried Plants from Shiré Highlands, East Africa, from John
Buchanan, Associate.

IV. A specimen of Polemonium cerulewm, from the garden of
G. H. Potts, Esq., Fettes Mount, Lasswade, was shown.

Professor Dickson pointed out its broadly fasciated stem with
thickly clustered flowers along its edge-like extremity. This form
has now come up for the second season.

V. Professor Dickson exhibited a specimen of Cheiranthus
Cheirt, var. gynantherus, and also a proliferous rose, where
the second flower, instead of springing from the organic
extremity of the floral axis, z¢, the bottom of the
hollowed-out receptacle, springs from its margin in the
neighbourhood of the insertion of the corolla and stamens.

VI. On a peculiarly branching Silver Fir, grown at Conishead
Priory, Cumberland. By Mr Joun Savuer (Plate XIIL).

This silver fir (Picea pectinata), with large lateral branches, was
photographed by Mr George Panton, who obtained the following
measurements of the tree, which has since been blown down :—

Circumference of main stem at 1 foot from ground, 14 ft. 4 in.

” ”» 3 feet ” 13 ” 4,
ms ms where the large arm

projects from trunk, . : : = » oo ADs eee
Length of arm trunk to elbow, . , 4 £3 195,40
Circumference of arm close to trunk, . . =!) Seaccee
is ‘- at the middle, . sol; Sizpe Oe
* at the elbow, . ain {: Sindee

Brobable height of main trunk, . £ 3 <lO hou

0

A erect stem of arm from elbow, . 65
The tree was supported by a wooden prop at the elbow.

of Edinburgh, Session 1881-82. exvil

VII. The following plants in flower were exhibited from the
Royal Botanic Garden :—

Aciphylla squarrosa Gentiana ornata
Delphinium nudicaule Silene quadridentata
Allium oreophilum Lewisia rediviva
Orchis hircina Sarmienta repens

» mascula alba Veronica Lyallii
Dianthus alpinus Polemonium humile
Calceolaria Kellyana Polygonum capitatum
Androsace rotundifolia, var. ma- Saxifraga propaginea

crocalyx 3 mutata

Primula floribunda yy Guthrieana, varie-
Erinus alpinus gata.
Edraianthus caricinus Goodyera repens

Thursday, 13th July 1882.—Professor BAYLEY BALFOUR
in the Chair.

The following Candidates were elected Resident Fellows :—

WILLIAM SANDERSON, Talbot House, Ferry Road.
ALEXANDER SHEARER, Marchmont Road.

The following Communications were read :—

I. Obituary Notice of Deputy Surgeon-General W. Jameson,
CIE. By Dr CLEGHORN.

Il. Exhibition of Plants from the Murree and Kashnur Hills,
Punjab ; collected in 1851, and presented to the Univer-
sity Herbarium by Deputy Surgeon-General ANDREW
FLEMING, M.D., F.R.S.E.

The plants, Dr Fleming explained, were collected on the ranges
rising from the north-west of the Punjab, during the summer
months, and give a very good idea of the flora of the N.W. Hima-
laya. The collection was probably the first ever made at Murree.
One great peculiarity was the paucity of ferns, for in the 300 to
400 specimens there were only half a dozen ferns; whereas in the

PROC. Bor. soc. 1881-82. k

Cxvili Proceedings of the Botanical Society

Eastern Himalaya in a few weeks one could gather 150 to 200
ferns. Everybody knew the abundance of Rhododendrons in the
Darjeeling district, but he only found one species on the Murree
hills during the season. Several species of Primula and Andro-
sace in the collection, specially A. incisa, are worthy of notice.

ITI. On the Aistivation of the Floral Envelopes of Helianthe-
mum vulgare. By Professor DICKSON.

IV. On a Monstrosity in the Flower of Iris pseudacorus. By
Professor Dickson.

V. On Pitcher-like Developments of the Leaves of Pelargonium
and Cabbage. By Dr JAMrs Stpry. Communicated by
Professor DIcKson.

These consisted of two leaves of Pelargonium exhibiting develop-
ment as peltate funnels or pretty deep cups, and of an example of
cabbage-leaf with stalked funnels springing from the upper leaf-
surface.

VI. Report on the Vegetation in the Garden of the Royal
Botanic Institution, Glasgow, for May and June. By
Mr Rosert Buen, Curator. Communicated by the
PRESIDENT.

VII. On the Physical Properties of Chlorophyll, with Spectro-
scopic Illustrations. By the PRESIDENT.

VIII. Notes on Table of Flowering of Plants in the Royal
Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, from 1850 to the present
year. By Mr Joun Savter, Curator.

IX. Notes on Memorial Trees in the Royal Botanic Garden of
Edinburgh. By Mr Joun Savirr, Curator.

MISCELLANEOUS COMMUNICATIONS.

1. The President exhibited a monstrosity of Trifolium repens,
obtained during a class botanical excursion to Millport this summer.

of Edinburgh, Session 1881-82. CXx1x

2. Mrs Bain, Napier Road, Merchiston, exhibited a fine truss of
Cacalia alpina, grown in her garden from seeds obtained near
Geneva.

3. Dr Paterson, Bridge of Allan, sent a magnificent spike of
Vanda suavis, also dried fronds of Platycerium grande.

4. Mr John Campbell, Ledaig, Argyleshire, sent Orobanche rubra
grown in that locality.

5. From a communication sent by Dr W. H. Campbell, a former
secretary of the Society, it appears that the Botanic Garden, George-
town, Demerara, is now being irrigated, steam pumping machinery
having been erected for this purpose.

6. Mr Sadler laid on the table a specimen of Carthamus sp., from
South Africa, 200 miles from Cape Town, in 1881, which was now
being examined in the pharmaceutical laboratory of the University
by M. Hay, M.D., for a bitter principle in its leaves.

ADDITIONS

TO THE

LIBRARY, HERBARIUM, AND MUSEUM,

AT THE

ROYAL BOTANIC GARDEN, EDINBURGH,

From lst Octosper 1881 to 1st OctoBEerR 1882.

J.—LIBRARY.
BOOKS,

AcarpuH. Florideernes Morphologi.—Krom the Author.

Atmguist. Monographia Arthoniarum Scandinavie.—Krom Royal
Swedish Academy of Science, Stockholm.

CLEVE and Grunow. Arctischen Diatomaceen.—From the Authors.

Hooker, SirJ. D. Students’ Flora of the British Islands, 2nd ed., 1878.
—Purchased.

JACKSON, Bens. Daypon. Guide to the Literature of Botany, being a
classified selection: of Botanical Works. London, 1881.—Purchased.

Motuter, DrC. A. Synopsis Muscorum frondosum omnium Cognitorum.
2 vols. 8vo. Berolini, 1849-51.—Presented by Mr Thomas Walker,
Carluke.

Ropinson, W. Alpine Flowers for English Gardens, 3rd ed., 1879.
Purchased.

Toparo, Prof. Aucustino. Hortus Botanicus Panormitanus sive Plantze
novee vel criticee quze in orto Botanico Panormitano coluntur. Des-
cripte et Iconibus illustratze auctore. 'Tomus Secundus, Fasciculus
Secundus. Panormii, 1879.—From the Author.

WittstEIN and Murtuer. The Organic Constituents of Plants and
Vegetable Substances and their Chemical Analysis. By 8. G. C.
Wittstein. Authorised translation from the German Original,
enlarged with numerous additions by Baron F. v. Miieller, Melbourne,
1878.—Presented by David Christison, E'sq., M.D.

ZETTERSTEDT. Musci et Hepatic Finmarkie; Musci et Hepatic
Gotlandiz ; Florula Bryologica montium Hanneberg et Halleberg.
—From the Author.

Proceedings of the Botanical Society. Cxxl

PAMPHLETS, REPRINTS FROM SCIENTIFIC
PUBLICATIONS, &c.

AGARDH, J. G. Till Algeers Systematik.—From the Author.

Batrour, I. B. Botanical Society Club Anniversary Meeting, 1881.—
Inverleith House, Edinburgh, 15th February 1881.

Batrour, J. H. Obituary Notices of Sir Robert Christison, Bart., and
Sir C. Wyville Thomson. (From the Trans. Bot. Soc. Edin. Vol.
XIV. Part 3.)\—From the Author.

High School, Carson and Pillans Class Club—List of Class
Fellows—1815-82.

Bornet, Ep. M. M. et A. GRtunow. Mazwa nouveau Genre d’Algue de
YOrdre—des Cryptophycees. (Extrait du Bulletin de la Société
Botanique de France. Tom. XVIII. 1881.)—From the Authors.

Coun, Prof. D. Ferp. Bericht tiber die Thiitigkeit der Botanischen
section der Schlesischen Gesellschaft in Jahre 1880.—From Prof.
Cohn, Secretary of the Section.

CoLpstREAM, W. Memorandum on the Artificial Propagation of Tasar
Cocoons. Communicated by W. Coldstream, Esq., Deputy Com-
missioner, Hoshiarpur. (From the Journal of the Agricultural and
Horticultural Society of India. Vol. VI. Part 4. New Series.)—
From the Author.

Dr CanpoLiE, M. AtpxH. Darwin consideré en point de vue des causes
de son suceés et de importance de ses travaux.—From the Author.

Dickson, Prof. A. On some of the Relations of the present state of the
law to Medical Science and to Public Health. An Address delivered
to the Royal Medical Society of Edinburgh, November 4th, 1881.—
From the Author.

ErcHuerR, A. W., Prof. Neben Beldungs abrolichungen bei Fichten-
zapfen. By A. W. Hichler, 1882. Ueber die Weiblichen Bliithen
der Coniferen. By A. W. Eichler. (From the Monatsbericht der
Konig. Akad. der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, 1881.)

Ouvirandra Hildebrandtii. (From the Monatschriften des Vereins

zur Berforderung des Gartenbaues in den Konig. Preuss, Staaten.

1879.)

Ueber die Blattstelling bei Liriodendron tulipifera. (From the

Sitzungsbericht des Botanischen Vereins der Provinz Branden-

burg.)

Ueber einige zygomorphe Bliithen. (From the Gesellschaft
Naturforschen. der Freunde, 1880.)—From the Author.

Gray, Asa. Contributions to North American Botany. (From Pro-
ceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Vol.
XVIL., 1882.)—From the Author.

Studies of Aster and Solidago in the Older Herbaria. By
Asa Gray.—From the Author.

Jonts, Aue. Dz. Note sur le Myosotis sparsiflora de la Flore de la
Normandie. Par Aug. De Jolis, Directeur de la Société Nationale
des Sciences Naturelles et Mathematiques de Cherbourg. (Extrait

exxil Proceedings of the otanical Society

des Memoires de la Société Nationale des Sciences Naturelles et
Mathematiques de Cherbourg. Tome XXIII. 1881.)

Joty, M. C. Du Role de la Femme dans lHorticulture. (Extrait du
Journal de la Société Nationale d’ Horticulture. Tome IV., 1882.)

LINDBERG, 8. O. Europas och Nord Amerikas Hoitmossoi. (Sphagna.)
By 8. O. Lindberg, Helsingfors, 1882.—From the Author.

Monographia Proecursonia Peltolepidis, Santerize et Cleves
Auctores 8. O. Lindberg. Helsingfors, 1882.—From the Author.

MorreEN, M.M. Ep., et Fonsny. Les Broméliacées decouvertes en 1879
pendent le voyage des Princes Auguste et Ferdinand de Saxe-Coburg,
et décrites par. M. le Dr Henri W. de Fernsee. Précédé dune
Notice Biographique et dune relation de ses Voyages par. MM. Ed.
Morren et H. Fonsny. (Publié dans le Bulletin de la Fédération
des Sociétés d’ Horticulture de Belgique pour 1880.) Liege, 1881.—
From the Authors.

MUELLER, Baron FrRD. von. Fragmenta Phytographize Australiz, &c.
Vol. XI. Melbourne, 1878-81.—F'rom the Author.

—w— On the Development of Rural Industries. Read as first Vice-
President of the Rural Section of the Social Science Congress.
Melbourne, Noy. 1880.—From the Author.

Ormerop, E. A. A Lecture on Injurious Insects. Delivered at the
Royal Agricultural College, Cirencester, 1881.—From the Author.

RaDLKOFER, Prof. Ueber die Zurickftihrung von Omphalocarpum zu
den Sapotaceen und dessen Stellung in dieser Familie. Von L. Radl-
kofer. (Separat Abd. ans d. Sitzungsberichten der K. B, Akad. d.
Wissensch. Bd. XII. Heft 3.)—From the Author.

Recet, E. Descriptiones Plantarum Novarum et minus cognitarum.
Fase. VIII. 1881.—From the Author.

SADLER, JOHN. Report of Temperatures during the Winter 1880-81 at
the Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh ; the Effects of the same on
Open Air Vegetation at the Garden and in other parts of Scotland,
with Table of Dates of Flowering of Spring Plants. 1882. (From
Trans. Bot. Soc. Edin.)—From the Author.

On a Curious Form of Kohl Rabi. (From Trans. Bot. Soc. Edin.
Vol. XIV.)—From the Author.

ScHomBurek, R. South Australia. Report on the Progress and Con-
dition of the Botanic Garden and Government Plantations for the
year 1881. Adelaide, 1882.—From the Author.

Scort, ALEX. Remarks on the Natural History of Socotra. 1880.—
From the Author.

SWEDISH AcADEMY. Fifteen Pamphlets by Kjellman, Lagerstedt, Wit-
trock, Zetterstedt, Cleve, Almquist, Angstrom, Dusén, Lindberg, Nord-
stedt, Scheutz, Theorin, Zetterstedt, and Wille—From the Academy.

Universiry or DurHam. College of Medicine, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
Prospectus for Session 1882-83,—From the University.

of Edinburgh, Session 1881-82. eXXlll

TRANSACTIONS, &c., OF LEARNED SOCIETIES, AND
KINDRED INSTITUTIONS.

BrrLIN.—Botanischen. Verein fur die Provinz Brandenburg.
Verhandlungen. Nos. XXI.-ITI.—From the Society.
BernE.—Société Helvétique des Sciences Naturelles.
Verhandlung. 1881.
Mittheilungen. 1882.—F rom the Society.
Bonn.—Naturhistorischer Vereine der Preussischen, Rheinlande, und
Westfalens.
Verhand. Jahrgang, XXXVIII., 2. 1881.—From the Society.
Boston.—Massachusetts Horticultural Society.
Transactions, 1881. Parts 1 and 2.—From the Society.
BRAUNSCHWEIG.—Vereins fur Naturwissenschaft zu v. fur Geschaftsjahr.
1880-81.—From the Society.
BREMEN.—Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein.
Beilage. No.8. 1880.
Abhandl. Bd. VII. 3 Heft.— From the Socvety.
Bristou.—Bristol Naturalists’ Society.
Proceedings. Vol. III. Part 3.—From the Society.
BRUSSELS.—Société Royale de Botanique de Belgique.
Bulletin XX.—-From the Society.
CHERBOURG.—Société Nationale des Sciences de Cherbourg.
Memoirs. Tome XXIII.—/rom the Society.
CoPpENHAGEN.—Botaniske Forening i Kobenhavyn.
Botaniske Tidsskrift (Journal de Botanique). Series III. Vol. XIII.
Liv. 1.— From the Soctety.
EpINBURGH.—Botanical Society.
Transactions and Proceedings. Vol. XIV. Part 2, 1881.—From the
Society.
Royal Society.
Transactions. Vol. XXX. Part 1. Proceedings 1880-81.—From
the Society.
Royal Physical Society.
Proceedings. Session 1880-81.—From the Society.
Royal Scottish Society of Arts.
Transactions. Vol. X. Part 4.—From the Society.
EprinGc Forest and County of Essex Naturalists’ Field Club. Vol. II.
Part 6.—F rom the Club.
ERLANGEN.—Physikatisch Medicineschen Sociétiit zu Erlangen. Heft.
13. 1880-81.—From the Society.
GiessEN.—Oberhessische Gesellschaft.
20th and 21st Bericht.—From the Society.
HaarteM.—Bevordering van Nijverheid.
Tijdschrift. Deel. V. and VI.—From the Society.
Musée Teyler.—Archives. Series II. Part 2.—F rom the Corporation.
Hauie.—Kais. Leop. Carol. Deutsche Akad. der Naturforscher.
Nova Acta. Band XLI. Part 1, No. 4; Part 2, Nos. 5 and 6,
Band XLITII. Part 1.—From the Society.

CXX1V Proceedings of the Botanical Society

Libcr.—La Belgique Horticole Annale de Botanique et d’Horticulture.
Par Dr Edouard Morren, 1880.—From the Editor.
Lispon.—Academia Real das Sciencias de Lisbon.
Memorias. Nova Serie. Tom. VI. Parte I.
Lonpon.—India Office—Forest Department.

Report of a Visit to the Torrent Regions of the Hautes and Basses
Alpes, and also to Mount Faron, Toulon. E. M‘A. Moir, Deputy-
Conservator of Forests. Calcutta, 1881.

Suggestions regarding the Management of the Leased Forests ot
Busahir in the Sutlej] Valley. By Dr Brandis, Inspector-General
of Forests with the Government of India. 1881.

Administration Reports— Bombay Presidency, including Sind.
1880-81.—F rom the India Office.

Linnean Society.

Journal. Nos, 115-121.

Transactions. 2nd Series, Botany, Vol. II. Part 1—F rom the Society.
Pharmaceutical Society.

Journal and Transactions.—From the Society.
Quekett Microscopical Club.

Journal. No. 48, Ser. II, No. 1.

General Index of the Journal of Q. M.C. Vol. L-VI. 1868-1881.
—From the Club.

Lunp.—Minnesskript ulqifven af. Konigl Fysiographiska Siallskapt.
3 Oct. 1878.

Universit. Acta. Tom. XIV., 1877-78. Tom. XV., 1878-79.
Tom. XVI., 1879-80. Tom. XVII., 1880-81.

Accessions. Katalog. 1879-81.—From the University of Lund.

Lyons.—Société Botanique de Lyon.

Annales. 1880-81.—From the Society.

MANCHESTER.—The Botanical Record Club.
Phanerogamic and Cryptogamic Report for the year 1880-81,—
From the Club.
MELBOURNE.—Royal Society of Victoria.
Transactions. Vols. XV., XVI, XVIL, XVIIL—From the Society.
MontrEAL.—Horticultural Society.
Reports, Ist, 2nd, 4th, 5th, and 6th.—F'rom the Society.
New Yorx.—Lyceum of Natural History of New York.
Transactions. Fasc. I. Annals; Index and Contents. Vols. I. IL. ;
land 2; 3 and 4; and 5 and 6.—From the Academy.
American Museum of Natural History.
Bulletin. No. 1—From the Museum.
OrrawA.—Geological and Natural History Survey of Canada.
Report of Progress for 1879-80. Maps to accompany.
Report of Progress, 1879-80.—From the Director.
Paris.—Société Botanique de France.
Bulletin. Tom. XXVIII Comptes Rendus, 5-6. Session Extra-
ordinaire & Fontainbleau. Revue Bibliographique, B-C, E.—
From the Society.
PrrtH.—Perthshire Society of Natural Science. Proceedings, Vol. I.
Part 1. 1880-81.—From the Society.

of Edinburgh, Session 1881-82. CXXV

PETERSBURG, St.—Hortus Imp. Bot. Petropolitanus.
Acta. Tom. VII. Fasc. Il.—From the Direetors.
SypNeEY, AUSTRALIA.—Royal Society of New South Wales.
Journal and Proceedings, 1880-81.—From the Society.
Toronto.—Canadian Institute. The Canadian Journal of Science,
Literature and History. New Series. Part 2, 1881.—From the
Society.
UpsaL.—Société Royale des Sciences. Nova Acta, Vol. XI.—From the
Society.
WasHINneToNn.—Smithsonian Institution.
Report of the Board of Regents, 1880-81.
List of Foreign Correspondents, April 1882.—From the Institution.
U.S. Geological and Geographical Survey of the Territories. Bulletin
Vol. VI. No. 2.—From Dr F. R. Hayden.
First Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey.—
From the Survey Office.
WatForD.—Hertford Natural History Society and Field Club.
Transactions. Vol. I. Parts 5, 6, 7, 8, 9.—From the Society.
WELLINGTON.—New Zealand Institute.
Transactions and Proceedings. Vol XIV. 1880.—Fvrom the
Institute.

PERIODICALS.

The Gardeners’ Chronicle. July to December 1881.

January to June 1882.—Purchased.

The Journal of Botany. November 1881.—Purchased.

Nature.—From the Editor.

Curtis’s Botanical Magazine. Vols. XXXVI., XXXVII. 3rd Ser.
Purchased.

The Journal of Forestry.—From the Proprietors.

DONATIONS TO THE HERBARIUM.

Batpwin, D. D. A complete set of Hawaiian Ferns.—Purchased.

BucHaNnaN, JOHN, Blantyre, E. Africa. About 300 specimens of
Phanerogams and other Plants from Shiré Highlands.

FLeminc, ANDREW, Deputy Surgeon-General. A collection of nearly
300 plants from the Murree and Kashmir Hills, collected in 1851.

Fraser, Patrick Nein. A specimen of Langsdorfia Moritziana.

Goopstir, R. A. A specimen of Banksia serrata. Lake Victoria,
Gippsland.

Groves, Henry, 13 Richmond Terrace, Clapham Road, London, 8.W.
15 specimens of Chara.

Hay, Dr M. A specimen of Carthamus.

Kew Herparium. 29 Packages of Duplicates from Robert Brown’s
Australian Collection.—Presented by direction of J. J. Bennet, Esq.

CXXVi Proceedings of the Botanical Society.

Kew Herparium. Transit of Venus Expedition. Marine Algz from
Kerguelen’s Island. Duplicate set No. 2. Mosses. Set No. 2.
December 1874-75.

——— “Challenger” Expedition. Algsz, 3rd Set of Duplicates.

—— Plants collected in Afghanistan. By Surgeon-Major J. E. T.
Aitchison,

M‘Donett, Mrs. Upwards of 150 Indian Ferns from Darjeeling, E.
India.—Presented through Dr A. Fleming.

NicHoison, Gro., Kew. A specimen of Scutellaria sp. from Virginia
Water.

RAVENEL, H. W. Fungi American. Cent. VII. VIII. (Per M. C.
Cooke.)—-Purchased.

SARGENT, C.S. 28 specimens of plants, chiefly Conifere.

DONATIONS TO THE MUSEUM.

Witson, A. StppHEN, N. Kinmundy, Aberdeen. Photographs illustrat-
ing his paper on Tillering, in the Transactions.

Surevs, D., Edinburgh. Plant of common Barley grown in garden,
Duncan Street, Newington, illustrating Tillering.

CiecHorN, Dr. <A specimen of Cynomorium coccinewm from the island
of Gozo.

Motanical Society of Edinburgh,

Patron:

HER MOST GRACIOUS MAJESTY THE QUEEN.

LIST OF MEMBERS

Corrected to April 1883.

HONORARY FELLOWS.

His Royat HIGHNESS THE PRINCE or WALES, K.G., Hon. F.R.S.E.

His Royat HicgHNEss THE DUKE or EDINBURGH, K. G., K.T., LL.D. Edin.
His Masesty PeprRo Il. EMPEROR or BRAZIL, K. G.

His Masesty Oscar IL, KING or SWEDEN.

BRITISH SUBJECTS (LIMITED TO SIX).

CHARLES CARDALE BABINGTON, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.S.A., Professor of Botany, Cambridge

JouNn Hutton Batrour, M.D., F.R.S.L. and E. fee Lat ‘8. Emeritus Professor of Botany, Edinburgh

GEORGE BENTHAM, F.R. g., EL. 8., 25 Wilton Place, London, S.W.

Rev. Mires JosEPH BERKELEY, Comp. Ord. St Michael and St George, M.A., F.R.S., F.LS.,
Sibbertoft, Market Harborough

Sir JosEPH Dattow Hooker, M.D., K.C.S.I., C.B., D:C.L. Oxon., LL.D. Cantab., F.R.S.,
F.L.S., F.G.S., Director of the Roy yal Gardens, Kew

DANIEL OLIVER, E.R. S., F.L.S., Profencor of Botany, Univ. College, London, Kew

FOREIGN (LIMITED TO TWENTY-FIVE).

JAKOB GEORG AGARDH, Professor of Botany, Lund, Sweden

HENRI Barnwon, M.D., Professor of Natural History to the Faculty of Medicine, Paris

ANTON DE Bary, Professor of Botany, Strassburg

ALEXANDER VON Bunce, Emeritus Professor of Botany, Dorpat

FERDINAND Coun, M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Botany, Breslau

ALPHONSE DE CANDOLLE, D.C. Was Emeritus Professor of Botany, Geneva

August WILHELM EICHLER, Professor of Botany, Berlin

HEINRICH ROBERT GOEPPERT, M.D., Director of the Botanic Garden, and Professor in the Uni-
versity of Breslau

Asa Gray, M.D., Professor of Natural History in Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts

OsWALD HeER, M. D., Professor of Botany, Zurich

JOHANNES MARTIN "LANGE, Professor of Botany, and Director of the Botanic Garden,
Copenhagen

CHARLES Martins, Professor of Natural History, and Director of the Botanic Garden, Montpellier

EDOUARD MorrEn, Professor of Botany, Liége, Belgium

Baron FERDINAND VoN MvueE.tier, M.D., Knight Commander of the Order of St Michael and
St George, F.L.S., Government "Botanist and Director of the Botanic Garden, Melbourne

CaRL N AEGELI, Ph. D., Professor of Botany, Director of the Botanic Garden, Munich

GUILLAUME N YLANDER, Ph.D., Paris

NATHAN PRINGSHEIM, M. Di Professor of Botany, Berlin

Junius Sacus, Ph.D., Professor of Botany, Wurzburg

Dr E. STRASBURGER, Professor of Botany, Jena

Louis RENE TULASNE, Member of the Institute, and Botanical Assistant in the Museum of Natural
History, Paris

CXXVIll

10

20

30

List of Members.

RESIDENT FELLOWS.

In the List of Resident Fellows are included some who are not resident in Edinburgh or its vicinity, but
who pay Annual Contributions as Resident Fellows, or who have compounded as such.
Resident Fellows who have compounded for their Annual Subscriptions and Transactions are marked
with an asterisk”.

Adams, William, Royal Bank

*Alison, Rev. G., Kilbarchan, Paisley

Alexander, James, jun., Redbraes Cottage,
Broughton Road

Allan, Francis J., M.B.C.M. 296 Kenning-
ton Road, London, 8. E.

Anderson, James M., 8.8.C., 1 Blackford
Road

*Anderson, Rev. Thomas, F.C. Manse,
Crailing, Jedburgh

*Anderson, Wm. Arch., 10 Park Terrace,
Stirling

Archer, T. C., F.R.S.E., Director of the
Museum of Science and Art

*Aychibald, John, M.B., C.M., F.R.C.S.E.,
Lynton House, Brixton Rise, Brixton,
London, S. W.

Badger, William, M.B. C.M.Hd. Penicuick

*Balfour, I. Bayley, Sc.D., M.B., F.R.S.E.,

F.L.S., F.G.S8., Professor of Botany.
University of Glasgow
*Balfour, Thos. Alex. Goldie M.D.,

F.R.S.E., 51 George Square
*Ballantyne, John, Birkmere, Windermere
*Bayley, George, W.S., 18 Regent Terrace
Beddard, Frank Ewen, B.A.

*Bell, J. M., W.S., 55 Grange Road

Beveridge, Henry, Hillside Villa, Corstor-
phine

Bird, George, 12 Warrender Park Terrace

*Black, James Gow, Sc.D., Professor of

Chemistry, University, Otago, New Zea-

land
*Boyd, W. B., of Faldonside, Melrose
Bramwell, John M., M.B. and C.M., Bur-

lington House, Goole, Yorkshire
Brebner, James, 2 Scottswood Terrace,

Dundee
Brown, George L., Millburn House, Canaan

Lane
Buchan, Alexander, M.A., F.R.S.E., Sec.

Scot. Met. Soc., 72 Northumberland St.
*Buchanan, James, Oswald Road
Caird, Francis M., M.B., O.M., 8 Tor-

phichen Street
Christison, David, M.D., 40 Moray Place
Chamberlayne, Edward, 47 Great King St.
*Clark, T. Bennet, 15 Douglas Crescent
*Cleghorn, Hugh F. C., M.D., F.R.S.E.,

F.L.S., Stravithie, St Andrews
*Colvin, Rev. R. F., 7 Church Hill,

Morningside
*Cox, James, Clement Park, Dundee
*Craig, Wm., M.D., C.M. F.R.C.8.E.,

F.R.S.E., 7 Lothian Road
Craig-Christie, Alex., F.L.8., 4 South

Morningside Drive
Croom, J. Halliday, M.D., F.R.C.P.E.,

25 Charlotte Square
Cunynghame, R. J. Blair, M.D., F.R.S.E.,

6 Walker Street

70

*Dickson, A., M.D., F.R.S.E., F.L.S., Pro-
fessor of Botany, Univ. of Edinburgh

Dixon, William E., 8 Brandon Terrace

*Douglas, Francis, M.D., Woodside, Kelso

*Drummond, W.P., Nursery and Seedsman,
Larkfield, Ferry Road

Dunn, Malcolm, The Palace Gardens, Dal-
keith

*Duncanson, J. J. Kirk, M.D., C.M.,
F.R.S.E., 22 Drumsheugh Gardens

Fleming, Andrew, M.D., F.R.S.E, 3
Napier Road

*Evans, Arthur, M.A., Cambridge

*Forsyth, Wm. F., Ottawa, Canada

*France, Charles §., Balboughty, Scone,
Perth

Fraser, Alexander, Canonmills Lodge

*Fraser, John, M.B., C.M., 31 Regent Ter-
race

Fraser, Hugh, Leith Walk Nurseries

Fraser, Rev. James, M.A., The Manse,
Colvend, Dalbeattie

*Fraser, Patrick Neill, Rockville, Murray-
field (Treasurer)

Fraser, Thomas R., M.D., F.R.S.E., Pro-
fessor of Materia Medica

*Gair, John, Kilns House, Falkirk

Galletly, Alexander, Curator, Museum of
Science and Art

Galloway James, St Fillans, Trinity

*Gamble, James Sykes, B.A., Deputy
Conservator of Forests, Madras

*Gayner, Charles, M.D., F.R.S.E.

Geddes, Patrick, F.R.S.E., 814 Princes
Street

Gibb, Philip Burnet, M.A., 14 Picardy
Place

*Gowans, James, Gowanbank, Morningside

Gray, Robert, F.R.S.E., Bank of Scotland

Greig, James, 15 Royal Crescent

*Greig, Thomas, Glencarse, Perthshire

*Grieve, Symington, 7 Queensberry Ter-
race

*Hannay, Robert, Villa Maggiore, Torquay

Hardie, Thomas, M.D., F.R.C.P.E., 10
John’s Place, Leith

Hay, Alex., 16 Duke Street

Henry, Isaac Anderson-, F.L.S., F.R.S.E.,
Hay Lodge, Trinity

*Hepburn, Sir Thomas Buchan, Bart.,
Smeaton, Prestonkirk

*Hog, Thos. Alex., of Newliston, Linlithgow

Hutchison, Robert, F.R.S.E., 29 Chester
Street

Inglis, Archibald, M.D., 33 Albany Street

*Jenner, Chas,, F.R.S.E., Easter Dudding-
ston Lodge

*Johnston, Henry Halcro, M.B., C.M.,
Surgeon A.M.D., Orkney

*Kirk, Robert, M.B., C.M., Bathgate

*Lawson, Charles, 34 George Square

List of Menvbers.

Leitch, James, 18 Duncan Street, Drum-
mond Place

*Leitch, John, M.B., C.M., Silloth

Lindsay, Robert, Curator, Royal Botanic

Garden
80 Lister, Joseph, F.R.SS. L. and E., Professor

90

100

Clinical Surgery, 12 Park Crescent,

London

Livesay, William, M.B., C.M., Sudbury,
Derby

*Macadam, Stevenson, Ph.D., F.R.S.E.,
Surgeons’ Hall

Macadam, W. I., F.C.S., F.1-C., Lecturer
on Chemistry, Surgeons’ Hall

MacFarlane, John M.,Sc.D., 3 East Preston
Street

Mackintosh, R. T., 12 Melbourne Place

Maclagan, Andrew Douglas, M.D., F.R.S.E.,
Professor of Medical Jurisprudence.

Macmillan, J., Sc. B., M.A., F.R.S.E.,
Seminaries, Perth

* Macmillan, Rev. Dug., M.A., 12 Chalmers
Crescent.

Macmurtrie, Rev. John, M.A., 14 Inver-
leith Row

*MacRaild, Donald, M.D., Greenock

*Marjoribanks, William, 9 Learmonth
Terrace

*Maxwell, Wellwood H., of Munches,
Dalbeattie

*M‘Donald, Rev. William Murray, Burn-
head, Thornhill

*M‘Intosh, W. C., M.D., F.R.S.E., F.L.S.,
Professor of Natural History, St Andrews

M‘Laren, John, jun., Sec. S.A.S., 5 St
Andrew Square

M‘Laren, Hon. Lord, 46 Moray Place

M‘Leod, Angus Alexander, Sup. of City
Gardens, 14 Royal Exchange Square

* M‘Nab, W. Ramsay, M.D., F.L.S., Pro-.

fessor of Botany, Royal College of
Science for Ireland, Dublin
Methven, John, 6 Bellevue Crescent
*Millar, C.H. F.R.S.E., 5 Palmerston Place
Milne, Alex., 32 Hanover Street
*Milne, John, Kevock Tower, Lasswade

» Mitchell, David, 6 Comely Bank

110

Mitchell, Rev. James, M.A., The Manse,
Hermitage Place, Leith

Moffat, Andrew, 320 Leith Walk

Moinet, F.W., M.D., 13 Alva Street

Muirhead, G. Paxton, Berwick-on-Tweed

Murray, George, Chemist, South Back of
Canongate

*Norman, Commander, Francis M., R.N.,
Cheviot House, Berwick-on-Tweed

Ogilvie, William M ‘Dougall, hia Bank,
Lochee, Dundee

120

130

140

CxXxix

*Panton, Geo. A., F.R.S.E., 95 Colmore
Row, Birmingham
Park, John A., Haddington
Paterson, Robert, 47 Grange Road
Pattison, Peterwald, Ashville, Trinity
Paul, Rev. D., Roxburgh Manse, Kelso
Peach, B. N., F.R.S.E., F.G.8., Scot.
Geo. Survey Office
128 George

Pearson, Charles,
Playfair, David Thomson, M.B., and C.M.,

C.A.,
Street
Bromeley, Kent

Porteous, George M., Firknowe, Juniper
Green
Pottage, John C., 7 Coates Place

*Potts, George H., of Fettes Mount, Lass-
wade, 92 Princes Street

*Robertson, A. Milne, M.B., C.M.

Robertson, D.M., Trinity Nurseries

Robertson, Rev. J. M., 60 Blacket Place

Roger, Charles, Dundee

Roughead, A. J., 24 Forth Street

Rutherford, William, M.D., F.R.SS.L. &E.,
Professor of Institutes of Medicine, 14
Douglas Crescent

Sanderson, William, Talbot House, Ferry
Road

*Scot-Skirving, Robert, of Camptown, 29
Drummond Place

Scott, James Robson, M.D., 27 Abercromby
Place

Shearer, Alexander, 4 Marchmont Street

*Sibbald, J.. M.D., F.R.S.E., 2 St Mar-
garet’s Road

Smith, R.M., F.R.S.E., 4 Bellevue Crescent

Sprague, Thomas B., F.R.S.E., 26 St
Andrew Square

Stewart, John, W.S., 4 Albyn Place

*Swan, Patrick De F.RS.E. , Kirkcaldy

Syme, David, Bangholm House, Ferry
Road

*Taylor, Andrew, 37 South Clerk Street,
Assistant Secretary

Thomson, David, Craigleith Nurseries

Thomson, John, 17 Strathearn Place

Thomson, Wm. Thomas, F.R.S.E., 27
Royal Terrace

Thomson, William, Seedsman, 3 Mel-
bourne Place
*Walker, Arthur, A., Beech Lodge,

Wimbledon, London, 8S. W.

*Welsh, James, 15 Pilrig Street

White, John, 34 Manor Place

Wilson, des E.RB.S. K., Professor of Agri-
culture, University’

Wilson, a T., of Restalrig House

Wilson, Dr ” Andrew, F.R.S.E., F.LS.,
Surgeons’ Hall

CXXxX

150

160

170

180

List of Members.

NON-RESIDENT FELLOWS.

Those who have compounded for their Transactions are marked with an asterisk *.

*Aitken, Andw. P., M.A., Sce.D., St Ann’s,
Morningside Drive

Allman, G. J.,F.R.S.E., F.U.8., Athenzeum
Club, London

Anderson, Findlay, Inchyra Grange, Pol-
mont (23 Castle Street, Edinburgh)

Anderson, John, M.D., F.L.8., Calcutta

Armitage, 8. H., M.D., 9 Huntris Row,
Scarborough

*Babington, Rev. Churchill, D.D., F.L.5.,
Cockfield Rectory, Sudbury

Balfour, And. Howden, L.R.C.S., Porto-
bello

Ball, John, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.8., 10 South-
well Gardens, South Kensington

*Barnes, Henry, M.D., F.R.S.E., 6 Port-
land Square, Carlisle

Barty, Rev. Thomas, M.A., The Manse,
Kirkcolm

Beveridge, James §., L.R.C.S. and P., 9
Spring Gardens, London, 8. W.

Birdwood, Sir George, M.D., India Office

*Boswell, J. T., LL.D., F.L.8., Balmuto,
Kirkcaldy, Fife

Branfoot, J. H., M.D., West Indies

Broome, C.E., M.A., F.L.8., Bath-Haston,
Somerset

*Brown, George H. W., Victoria, Van-
couver Island

*Brown, Isaac, Brantholme, Kendal

Brown, Robt., Ph.D., F.L.S., of Campster,
Ferslev, Rydal Road, Streatham, Lon-
don, 8. W.

Brown, William, Harlsmill, Forres

Brown, William, M.D., Cape of Good
Hope

Bull, Henry G., M.D., Hereford

Burnett, Charles John, Aberdeen

Burslem,’ Willoughby Marshall,
Bournemouth, Hants

*Call, Thomas J., M.D., M.R.C.P.E,,
Carrcroft, Ilkley, near Leeds

Campbell, Wm. H., LL.D., Demerara

Carnegie, W. F. Lindsay, Kinblethmont

Carpenter, W. B., M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S.,
56 Regent’s Park Road, London

Carrington, Ben., M.D., Eccles, Man-
chester

*Carruthers, Wm., F.R.S., F.L.8., British
Museum, London

Carter, James, M.R.C.S., Cambridge

Christison, Sir Alexander, Bart., M.D.

M.D.,

Clark, Benj., Mount Vernon, Hamp-
stead

Clay, Robert H., M.D., 4 Windsor Villas,
Plymouth

*Cleland, John, M.D., Professor of Ana-
tomy, University of Glasgow

Coldstream, Wm., B.A., B.Sc., Deputy
Commissioner, Simla, India

Collingwood, Cuthbert, M.A.,M.B.,F.L.8.,
2 Gipsy Hill Villas, London

*Collins, James, London

*Cooke, M. C., M.A., LL.D., 146 Junction
Road, London, N.

190

200

210

220

*Cowan, Charles William, Valleyfield
House, Penicuick

Crawford, William, Caldwell, Colinton

*Davies, A. E., Ph. D., F.L.5., 57 Hampton
Road, Southport

Dawe, Thos. Courts, St Thomas, Launceston

Dawson, John, Witchhill Cottage, Kinnoul,
Perth

Dennistoun, John, Greenock

Dickenson, E. H., M.D., M.A., 162 Bed-
ford Street South, Liverpool

Dobie, W. M., M.D., Chester

*Dresser, Christopher, Ph.D., F.L.5S.,
Wellsley Lodge, Sutton, Surrey
*Duckworth, Dyce, M.D., 11 Grafton

Street, Bond Street, London, W.

Duff, Alex. Groves, M.D., New Zealand

Dupuis, Nathan Fellowes, M.A., Prof. of
Chem. and Nat. Hist., Queen’s College,
Kingston, Canada

*Duthie, J. F., B.A., F.L.S., Director of the
Botanic Gardens, Saharunpore, N.W.P.,
India

*Elliot, Sir Walter, K.C.S.I., LL.D., F.R.S.,
F.L.S., Wolfelee, Hawick

Elliot, Robert, Wolfelee, Hawick

Evans, W. W., 16 Gillespie Crescent

*Farquharson, Rev. James, Selkirk

Farre, Fred. John, M.D., 80 St George’s
Road, South Belgravia, London, S.W.

*Fayrer, Sir Joseph, M.D., K.C.S.I.,
F.R.S.E,, 16 Granville Place, Portman
Square, London

Flower, Thomas Bruges, F.L.S., M.R.C.S.,
9 Beaufort Buildings West, Bath

*Foggo, R. G., Invercauld, Aberdeenshire

Foote, Harry D’0., M.D., Crofts House,
Rotherham, Yorkshire

Forbes, George Ogilvie, M.D., of Boyndlie,
Fraserburgh

Foss, Robert W., M.B. & C.M., Stockton-
on-Tees, Durham

*Fox, Charles H., M.D., Brislington House,
near Bristol

Fraser, James A., M.D., Cape Town

*Fraser, John, M.A., M.D., Chapel Ash,
Wolverhampton

French, J. B., Australia

Geikie, Archibald, LL.D., F.R.S.L. & E.,
Director General H.M. G. Survey,
4 Jermyn Street, London

Gibson, G. §., F.L.S., Saffrens, Walden,
Essex

Gilchrist, James, M.D., Dumfries

*Gordon, Rey. George, LL. D., Birnie, Elgin

Gough, George S., Viscount, M.R.LA.,
Loughcooter Castle, Gort, Galway

Grierson, Thomas B., Surgeon, Thornhill,
Dumfriesshire

Grieve, David, F.R.S.E., Colinton

*Gunning, Robert Halliday, A.M., M.D.
Hdin., 30 Hazlitt Road, West Kensing-
ton Park, London, W

Hamilton, John Buchanan, of Leny and
Bardovie

230

List of Members.

Hay, G. W. R., M.D., Bombay Army, Port
Surgeon, Aden

*Haynes, Stanley Lewis, M.D., Medhurst,
Malvern, Worcestershire

Hector, James, M.D., F.R.S.L. & E.,
F.L.S., Wellington, New Zealand

Heslop, Ralph C., M.D., 2 Winckley Sq.,
Preston, Lancashire

Hewetson, Henry, Leeds

Hill, W. R., M.D., Lymington, Hants

Holmes, E. M., Curator of Museum, Phar.
Soc. of Great Britain, 28 Woodberry
Grove, Finsbury Park, London

Holmes, Rey. E. Adolphus, M.A., F.L.S.,
St Margaret’s, Harleston, Norfolk

Home, David Milne, LL.D., F.R.S.E., of
Milne Graden, Paxton House, Berwick-
on-Tweed, (10 York Place)

Hort, Fenton J. A., Rev. Prof., D.D., St
Peter’s Terrace, Cambridge

Hossack, B. H., Craigiefield, Kirkwall

Hume, Thomas, M.B., C.M., Madras

Hunter, Rev. Robert, LL.D., Forest
Retreat, Staples Hill, Loughton, Essex

Hutchinson, Robert F., M.D., Bengal

Ivory, Francis J., Australia

Jeffrey, John, Balsusney, Kirkcaldy

240 Jepson, O., M.D., Medical Superintendent

City of London Lunatic Asylum, Stone,
Dartford, Kent

Johnston, John Wilson, M.D., F.R.S.E.,
N.W.P., India

Kannemeyer, Daniel R., L.R.C.S.E.,
Burghersdorp, Cape Colony, South Africa

Keir, Patrick Small,of Kindrogan, Pitlochry

Kerr, Robert, Greenock

Kirk, Sir John, M.D., F.L.S.,
Consul, Zanzibar

Lawson, George, LL.D., Prof. of Nat. Hist.
and Chemistry, Dalhousie College, Nova
Scotia

Leefe, Rev. J. E., M.A., F.L.S., High
Cliff, Coatham, Redear

Lees, Edwin, F.L.S., Green Hill Summit,
Worcester

Leighton, Rev. William A., B,A., F.L.S.,
Luciefelde, Shrewsbury

British

250 Lennox, David, M.B., R.N., Royal Naval

260

Hospital, Gosport, Hants
Lilburne, James, M.D., R.N., Lisbon
*Lingwood, Robert M., M.A., F.L.S., 6
Park Villas, Cheltenham
MDs C.M.,

*Lowe, George May,
Linco

*Lowe, John, M.D., King’s Lynn, Nor-
folk

Lowe, William Henry, M.D., Woodcote,
Wimbledon

Macaulay, James, M.D., 22 Cambridge
Road, Kilburn, London, N.W.

Macdonald, John, M.D., F.L.S., Gothic
House, Walton-on-Thames

Macgregor, Rev. Patrick, M.A., Logie
Almond Manse, Perthshire

*Mack, Anthony, Ardrossan

Mackenzie, Stephen C., M.D., Professor of
Hygiene, Calcutta

Maclagan, Philip W., M.D., Berwick

Maclagan, General Robert, F.R.S.E.,
37 Lexham Gardens, London

bo
oO

280

bo
o

CXXxi ©

Macevicar, Rev. J. G., D.D., LL.D., Moffat

Marshall, William, 9 Ashfield Terrace,
Teremere, Co. Dublin, Harolds-cross
Road, Dublin

*Maw, George, F.L.S., F.G.S., Bent Hall,
Broseley

Melville, A. G., Professor of Nat. Hist.,
Galway

Melville, Henry Reed, M.D., St Vincent

Mitchell, Joseph, C.E., Viewhill, Inver-
ness

*Moore, Thomas, F.L.S., Curator, Botanic
Garden, Chelsea

*More, A. G., F.L.S., M.R.I.A., Curator,
Science and Art Museum, Dublin

Morrieson, James Stuart, M.D., Bengal

Nevins, John Birkbeck, M.D., 3 Aber-
cromby Square, Liverpool

Newbould, Rev. W. W., M.A., F.L.S.,
Montague House, Kew

*Nivison, T. R. $., M.D., 161 Ledbury
Road, Bayswater, London, W.

*Parker, Charles Eyre, 13 Scarborough
Terrace, Torquay, Devon

*Paterson, Alexander, M.D., Fernfield,
Bridge of Allan

Paterson, R., M.D., 32 Charlotte Street,
Leith

Paton, James, F.L.S., Industrial Museum,
Kelvingrove, Glasgow

Paul, James, M.D., Jamaica

Percy, John, M.D., 1 Gloucester Crescent,
Hyde Park, London, W.

Perry, William Groves, Australia

Pettigrew, J. Bell, M.D., F.R.SS.L. and E.,
Professor of Medicine, St Andrews

Pires, D’Albuquerque, Le Chevalier,
Brazil

Pollexfen, Rev. John Hutton, M.A., Middle-
ton Tyas Vicarage, Richmond, Yorkshire

Post, G. E., M.D., Beyrout

Priestley, W. O., M.D., 17 Hertford Street,
Mayfair, London

Prior, R. C. Alexander, M.D., F.L.S., 48
York Ter., Regent’s Park, London, and
Halse Town, Taunton

*Ramsbotham, 8. H., M.D., Leeds

Ravenscroft, Edward J., London

Reid, J. G., M.D., Cape of Good Hope

Reid, James R., Bengal Civil Service

Riddell, William R., B.A., B.Se., Prov.
Normal School, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada

*Rothery, Henry Cadogan, M.A., F.L.S.,
94 Gloucester Terrace, Hyde Park,
London

*Rylands, Thomas Glazebrook, F.L.S.,

Highfields, Thelwall, near Warring-
ton
Scott, D.H., M.D., Altavilla, Queenstown,

or

Scott, Daniel, Wood Manager, Darnaway
Castle, Forres

Scott, John, Greenock

Selkirk, Earl of, St Mary’s Isle

Shaw, John Edward, M.B.,

I 2 Rodney
Cottages, Clifton, Bristol

300 Sherwood, E., M.D., Prospect Hill, Whitby

Sidney, M. J. F., Cowpen, Morpeth
Simpson, Samuel, Lancaster
Slack, Robert, M.D.,Holywalk, Leamington

’ (Xxxi List of Members.

Southwell, Thomas, F.Z.8., Earlham Road, *Traill, W., M.D., of Woodwick, St
Norwich Andrews
Spasshatt, Samuel P., M.D., Armidale, Tyacke, N., M.D., Westgate, Chichester
New South Wales 320 Valentine, Colin S., LL.D., Surgeon, Agra,
Spruce, Richard, Ph.D., Coneysthorpe, India
Malton, Yorkshire Vanderbyl, Philip J., 51 Porchester Ter-
*Stables, Wm. Alex., Nairn race, London
Steel, Gavin, of Carphin, Lanarkshire Waddell, Thomas, Cumbernauld
Steele, Robert, Greenock Walker, V. E., Arno’s Grove, Southgate,
310 Stevens, Rev. Charles Abbott, M.A., Port Middlesex
Slade Vicarage, Shoreham, Sussex Wallich, George Charles, M.D., Kensing-
Stewart, Samuel A., 6 North St., Bel- ton, London, W.
fast White, Alfred, F.L.S., West Drayton
Taylor, R. H., M.D., 1 Percy Street, *White, F. Buchanan, M.D., F.L.8., Annat
Liverpool Lodge, Perth
Thomson, Allen, M.D., F.R.S., 66 Palace White, F. I., M.D., Perth
Garden Terrace, London, W. Wilks, G. A. F., M.D., Woodburn, Tor-
Thomson, Spencer, M.D., Ashton, Tor- quay
quay Wilson, A. Stephen, North Kinmundy,
Thomson, William, F.R.C.S.E. Summerhill, Aberdeen
*Tinmne, John A., Briarley, Aigburth, | 330 Wright, R. Ramsay, M.A., B.Sc., Professor
Liverpool of Botany and Nat. Hist. Toronto
*Townsend, F., M.A., F.L.S., Honnington *Yellowlees, David, M.D., Gartnavel
Hall, Shipston-on-Stour Asylum, Glasgow

LADY ASSOCIATES.

Mrs_ Alexander, 7 Rosebery Crescent, 5 Mrs Scrymsoure Fothringham, Fothring-
Edinburgh ham House, Forfarshire

Miss Agnes Carnegie, Edinburgh Lady Kane, Raglan Road, Dublin

*Mrs Bain, 9 Napier Road, Edinburgh Mrs Michael Percival

The Most Hon. the Marchioness Cornwallis Miss Anna Maria Plowden

FOREIGN AND CORRESPONDING MEMBERS.

John Erhart Areschoug, M.D., Professor Hon. G. A. Cunningham, Mauritius
Emeritus of Botany, Upsala 20 William Broughton Mavis, M.D., Surgeon-
Dr F. W. C. Areschoug, Professor of Major, Freetown, Sierra Leone
Botany, University of Lund Dr Frederico Delpino, Professor of Botany,
Dr P. Ascherson, Royal Herbarium, Berlin and Director of the Bot. Gardens, Genoa
Axel Blytt, Keeper of the Herbarium, P. Duchartre, Professor of Botany to the
University, Christiania Faculty of Sciences, Paris
5 G. C. W. Bohnensieg, Haarlem F. W. Van Eeden, Director of the Colonial
Edmond Boissier, Geneva Museum, Haarlem
H. N. Bolander, Botanist to the Geological Franz Xavier Fieber, Chrudim, Bohemia
Survey of California 25 Dr A. Garcke, Royal Herbarium, Berlin
J. E. Bommer, Professor of Botany, Dr Gottsche, Altona, near Hamburg
Brussels G. C. Grech-Delicata, M.D., Prof. Nat.
Dr Edouard Bornet, Paris Hist. and Bot., Malta
10 Dietrich Brandis, Ph.D., Inspector-General M. Guthnick, Berne, Switzerland
of Forests, Calcutta Theodore de Heldreich, Director of the
Dr Joaquim Monteiro Caminhoa, Professor Botanical Gardens, Athens
of Botany and Zoology, Rio Janeiro 30 Dr Hermann Hoffman, Prof. of Botany,
Robert Caspary, Professor of Botany, and and Director of Bot. Gardens, Giessen
Director of the Botanic Garden, K6nigs- John Horn, F.L.S., Director of the Royal
berg Botanic Gardens, Mauritius
Casimir De Candolle, Geneva James Africanus Beale Horton, M.D.,
Rev. W. O. Cleave, LL.D., College House, Surgeon-Major, Cape Coast
St Helier, Jersey Edelstan, Jardin, Cherbourg
15 Baron de Castello de Paiva, M.D., Oporto Dr Auguste le Jolis, Cherbourg
J. EF. Cheeseman, Museum, Auckland, 35 Dr L. Juranyi, Prof. and Director of the
New Zealand Botanic Garden, Buda Pest, Hungary
Dominique Clos, M.D., Professor of Botany, Albert Kellogg, M.D., San Francisco, Cali-
Toulouse fornia
Frangois Cyrépin, Director of the Royal George King, M.D., Superintendent

Botanic Garden, Brussels Botanic Garden, Calcutta

Inst of Members. CXxNlli

Albert Kolliker, M.D., Professor of Physio- Edouard de Regel, Director of the Imperial

logy, Wiirzburg Botanic Garden, St Petersburg
Friedrich Traugott Kiitzing, M.D., Profes-
sor of Natural History, Nordhausen
40 Ernest La Lecheur, St Pierre, Guernsey
Dr 8. O. Lindberg, Director of Botanic
Garden, Helsingfors, Finland
Daniel Jerome Macgowan, M.D., Ningpo,

Joas, Barboza Rodrigues, Secy. and

IL, Rio Janeiro

china sor of Botany, Rostock, Mecklenburg
Giuseppe Meneghini, M.D., Professor of | Dr Edouard Rostan, Perrero di Pinerolo,
Geology in the University, Pisa Piedmont
A. Millardet, Professor of Botany to the C.S. Sargent, Professor of Arboriculture,
Faculty of Sciences, Bordeaux and Superintendent, Harvard Botanic
45 Charles Moore, F.L.S., Director of the | Garden, Cambridge, Massachusetts
Botanic Garden, Sydney, New South | 60 J. L. Schaller, Fribourg, Switzerland
Wales Dr R. Schomburgk, Director of the Govern-
William Murray, San Francisco ment Botanie Garden, Adelaide, South
C. Naudin, Member of the Institute of | Australia
France, Antibes Luis Sodiro, Professor of Botany, Univer-
Charles Frider Nyman, Conservator of the | sity of Quito, Ecuador
Herbarium, Stockholm W. F. R. Suringar, Professor of Botany,
Dr C. A. J. A. Oudemans, Professor of | and Director of the Botanic Garden,
Botany and Director of the Botanic Gar- | Leyden
den, Amsterdam Dr Nicolao Terracciano, Director of the
50 Dr R. A. Philippi, Professor of Botany in Royal Gardens, Caserta, near Naples
the University of Santiago, Chili 65 Ph. Van Tieghem, Member of the In-
S. Louis Pisani, M.D., Malta stitute, Paris
J. E. Planchon, Se. b Director of the Professor Augustina Todaro, Palermo,
School of Pharmacy, and Professor in the icily
Faculty of Science, Montpellier Dr Maurice Willkomm, Professor of Botany

Dr L. Radlkofer, Professor of Botany, Uni- | and Director of the Botanic Garden,
versity of Munich Prague, Bohemia

ASSOCIATES.

Bell, William, Markham Grant, Dehra Kerr, Andrew, Taxidermist, Montrose

Doon, North-West Provinces, India Laing, de; Nurseryman, Forresthill,
Boyle, David, Boxhill Post-Office, Nun- London
wading, South Bourk, Melbourne 15 Macfarlane, Rev. G., Coldingham
Brocas, F. Y., 4 Mill Street, Conduit Street, M‘Nab, T., Canada
London, W. Matheson, "Adam, Jedburgh
Brotherston, A., Shedden Park Road, Munro, Robertson, Abercorn Nursery,
Kelso Jock’s Lodge, Edinburgh
5 Buchanan, John, Blantyre, Shiré High- Pamplin, William, A.L.S., Llanderfel,
lands, Central Africa Corwen, Merionethshire
Campbell, John, Ledaig, Argyllshire 20 Peach, Charles, W., A.L.S.,30 Haddington
Campbell, A. , Station Agent, Burntisland Place
Croall, Alexander, Smith Institute, Stir- Robinson, James F., Frodsham, Cheshire
ling’ Ross, George, 18 Crombie Street, Oban
Evans, William, Scottish Widows’ Fund, Serymgeour, James, 18 Meadowside,
St Andrew Square Dundee
10 Gray, Peter, 35 Jeffries Road, Clapham Shaw, William, Gunsgreen, Eyemouth
Rise, London, S.W. 25 Sim, J ohn, 9 Commercial Street, Perth
Howie, Charles, Eden Cottage, Largo Whittaker, Joseph, Ferriby Brook, Morley,
Jaffray, Andrew T., Darjeeling Derby

Societies and Universities to which the Society's Transactions are sent.

Amsterdam, Royal Institution of Holland Boston ( Oe i yee of } os History
Barrow Naturalists’ Field Club Pemba N Sa eh jist’ Neciety =a |
Belfast Naturalists’ Field Club Br a ck Natural History Society

Belfast Nat. History and Philosophical Society : : :
Berlin, the Botanical Society Brussels, Botanical Society of Belgium

Berne, Society of Swiss Naturalists Caleutta,; Asiatic Society

Berwickshire, Naturalists’ Club Cambridge, University Library

Bonn, Natural History Society Canada, Nat. Hist. and Gealeiead Survey of
PROC. BOT. soc. 1881-82 l

55 Dr H. G. Reichenbach, Prof. of Botany,
and Director Botanic Gardens, Hamburg

Adjunct in the Imperial College of Pedro
Johannes, Chr. Roper, M.D., Ph.D., Profes-

CXXX1V

Caspary, Professor, Konigsberg
Cherbourg, Natural History Society
Christiania, University Library
Copenhagen, Botanical Society

Dublin, Royal Dublin Society

Dublin, Trinity College Library

Edinburgh, Advocates’ Library

Edinburgh, Scottish Arboricultural Society

Edinburgh, Geological Society

Edinburgh, Government Library, Royal Botanic
Garden

Edinburgh, Royal Society

Edinburgh, Royal Medical Society

Edinburgh, Royal Physical Society

Edinburgh, Royal Scottish Society of Arts

Edinburgh, University Library

Epping Forest Naturalists’ Field Club

Erlangen, Physical Medical Society

Florence, Nuovo Giornale Botanico Italiana,
(Editors)

Giessen, Natural History Society

Glasgow, Natural History Society (Anderson’s
College)

Glasgow, Philosophical Society

Harlem, Musée Teyler

Harvard, University Library

Harvard, Cambridge Mass. U.S.A. University

ibrary

Halle, Kaiserlich Leopold. Carol. Deutschen
der Naturforscher

Hertfordshire Nat. Hist. Soc., and Field Club

Konigsberg Physico-Economical Society

Leeds, Naturalists’ Club and Scientific Assoc.
Lisbon, Academy of Natural Sciences
Liverpool, Literary and Philosophical Society
London, British Museum

London, Linnean Society

List of Societies.

London, Pharmaceutical Soc. of Great Britain

London, The Editor of the ‘‘ Gardeners
Chronicle”

London, Quekett Microscopical Club

London, Royal Horticultnral Society

Lund, University Library

Luxembourg, La Société Botanique

Lyons, Botanical Society

Manchester, Literary and Philosophical Society
Melbourne, Australia, Royal Society

Montreal Horticultural Society

Munich, Royal Academy of Science

Newcastle, Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club
New Orleans Academy of Sciences, United States
New York, Academy of Sciences

New Zealand, Institute, Wellington, New Zea-

and

Norwich, Norfolk and Norwich Naturalists’
Society

Oxford, University Bodleian Library

Paris, Botanical Society of France

Perth, Perthshire Society of Natural Science

Philadelphia, Academy of Natural Sciences
Plymouth, Institution, and Devon and Cornwall

Natural History Society
Stockholm, Royal Academy of Sciences
Strassburg, University Library
Sydney, Royal Society of, N. S. Wales.

Toronto, Canadian Institute
Upsala, Society of Sciences

Washington, the Library of the U. §. Geolo-
gical Survey of the Territories

Washington, Smithsonian Institution

Westphalia, Natural History Society

Yorkshire Naturalists Union

Copies are also sent to the British and Foreign Honorary Fellows of the Society.

INDEX.

Adie, A. J., Obituary Notice of, 22.

Addresses by the President, 1879, 1;
1880, 146; 1881, 303.

Address, Introductory,
Buchan, 263.

Aitchison, Surgeon-Major, collection
of Plants from Afghanistan, 1880,
App. ¢Xvi.

Alpine Scottish B. Club, Trip of,
1879, App. xvii.; 1880, App. xviii. ;
1881, App. exiil.

Alteration on Law IV., App. xli.

Andersson, Dr Nils Johann, Obituary
Notice of, 157.

Aniline Dyes, Action of, on Vegetable
Tissues, 190.

by Alex.

Aristotelia (Friesia), Spontaneous
Introduction on, Cleghorn,

M.D., App. xl.
Arran, Growth of Australasian Trees
and Shrubs, App. xii.

Bain, Mrs, App. cxix, xxi.

Balfour, Prof., on a specimen of Rhewm
nobile (Hook. fil. and Th.) in flower,
R. B. G., 88.

Exhibition of Maw’s encaustic

tiles with vegetable impressions ;

and of Quillaia saponaria, App.

lxxxii.

Obituary Notice of Sir Robert

Christison, Bart., 266.

Obituary Notice of Sir C.
Wyville Thomson, 278.

—— Obituary Notice of Charles
Robert Darwin, 284.
Balfour, Prof. Bayley,

Address, 303.

on theGenus77richia in Britain,

App. exi.

Exhibition of Botanical Dia-

grams after Koch, App. iii.

on a Monstrosity of Z’rifoliwm

repens, App. exviil.

President’s

Balfour, Dr T.
Address, 1.
Bancroft, J. M. D., Exhibition of

Australian Fungi, App. exvi.

Bell, William, Notes on the Rhea
Fibre Trials at Saharunpore, App.
iii.

Blaikie, James, Tour in the Engadine,
with a list of Alpine plants, 74.

Blackie, Prof. Geo. 8., M.D., Obituary
Notice of, 282.

Bonier, Gaston, on Visitation of
Flowers by Insects, App. xxiii.

Bougainvillea glabra, Dickson on Septa
across Ducts of, 121.

Boyd, W. B., Tour of Scottish Alpine
Club, 1879, App. xvii.; 1881, App.
cxili.,"App. XX, XXiv.

Brotherston, A., on Pasturage of W.
Teviotdale and Louping-ill, App.
UX

Buchanan, John, Letter from Mount
Zomba, Central Africa, App. vil, xiv.

on Sirophanthus hispidus,
App. ¢il.

Buchan, Alex., Remarks on the Recent
Weather, App. Ixiii.

Introductory Address, 1881,

A. G., President’s

263.

Remarks, App. xxi, liv, ev.
Climate of Carpathian Moun-
tains, in its relation to Hungarian
Oak, App. ex.

on Sir Robert Christison, Bart.,

274.

Buchan, Henry, on Phenology of Upper
Ward of Lanarkshire in 1790, App.
eviii.

Bullen, Robert, on Vegetation in the
Garden of the Royal Botanic Institu-
tion, Glasgow, 365.

Cephalotus follicularis, Morphology of
Pitcher, 172.

CXXXV1

Cheeseman, J. F., Exhibition of N. Z.
Plants from, App. x1.

Cheshire Meres, Botany of, App. evi.

Chlorophyll, Bayley Balfour, President's
Address on, 303.

Chiamydomyxa labyrinthuloides, Ar-
cher, on, App. Ixxviii.

Christison, Sir Robert, Bart., on Exact
Measurement of Trees, Part 4, 79.
on unfavourable season of 1879,

on growth of Trees, 79.
Measurement of Trees, Part 5,

164.

New Forestry Inquiries in

Oudh, App. xvi.

Additional Observations on Tree

Measurement, App. xxiii.

Obituary Notice of, 266.

Cleghorn, H., M.D., on Spontaneous
Introduction of Aristotelia (Friesia),
App. Xi.

Obituary Notice of Depy. Surg. -
Gen. W. Jameson, 288.

Colonsay Flora, S. Grieve on, 66.

Cowan, Dr John Sime, Obituary Notice
of, 159.

Crawford, James Coutts, on fixing
blowing Sands by means of Planted
Grasses, 351.

Crocus sativus, Dr Downes on Growth
of, in Kashmir, App. Ixiv.

Cumming, Dr Jas., Obituary Notice
of, 24.

Cunningham, Rev. W. B., Obituary
Notice of, 46.

Darwin, Charles
Notice of, 284.

Decaisne, Joseph, Obituary Notice of,
295

Robert, Obituary

Developments, Pitcher-like, of Pelar-
gonium, and Cabbage Leaves, App.
eXViil.

Dickson, Prof. Alexander, on the Septa
across the Ducts in Bougainvillea
glabra and Testudinariaelephantipes,
121.

on the Germination of Strepto-
carpus caulescens, 362.

on; Aistivation of the Floral
Envelopes in Helianthemum. vulgare,
364.

on a Monstrosity in the Flower
of Tris pseudacorus, 364.
on Polemonium cerulewm, App.

CXVi.

on Cheiranthus cheiri, var.
gynantherus, App. exvi.

on Morphology of the Pitcher
of Cephalotus follicularis, 172.

on a Primula vulgaris with a
green corolla, App. lxxvi.

Index,

Downes, Dr, on Growth of Crocus
sativus in Kashmir, App. Ixiv.

Duckworth, Dr Dyce, on Geaster
Sornicatus, App. Xxiil.

Dunn, M., on Ripening of Hardy
Fruits 150 years ago, App. v.

Dysoxylon Schiffneri, by Yon Mueller,
369.

Engadine, Tour in, with a list
of Alpine Plants, by J. Blaikie,
74.

Epilobium angustifoliwm, on Appear-
ance of, App. evil.

Exhibition of Plants from the Murree
and Kashmir Hills, App. exvil.

of Animals containing Chloro-
phyll, App. ex.

Eucalyptus globulus in Kyles of Bute,
App. Ixvi.

Faleoner, Dr Randle Wilbraham,
Obituary Notice of, 303.

Fleming, Andrew, M.D., Exhibition
of Plants from the Murree and
Kashmir Hills, App. exvii.

Forestry Inquiries, New, in Oudh,
App. Xvi.

Fortune, Robert, Obituary Notice of,
161.

Fucacee, Grieve, on Floating Power of,
App. lviii.

Galletly, John, on a New Method of
Drying Plants, App. xiv.

Geaster fornicatus, Duckworth on,
App. Xxili.

Geddes, Patrick, on Chlamydomyxa
labyrinthuloides, Archer, App.
Ixxviil.

Exhibition of Animals contain-
ing Chlorophyll, App. ex.

Gorrie, William, Valedictory Address,
145.

Obituary Notice of, 298.
Hardiness of New Zealand

Plants, 52, 106.

Hardiness of other

Plants, 109.

Tenderness of some well-known
Plants, 118.

Grieve, Symington, on Flora of Colon-
say and Oransay, 66, 219.

Physical Effects of Floating

Power of Pucacece, App. lviii.

Exotic

Hanstein, Dr Johannes Y., Obituary
Notice of, 157.

Henry, Isaac Anderson,
Novelties, App. xix.
on Plants grown at Hay Lodge,

Trinity, App. Ixxix.

on Plant

Index.

Hildebrandt, Dr
Notice of, 298.

Hope, Miss Frances, Obituary Notice
of, 159.

I. M., Obituary

Innes, John S., M.D., Obituary Notice
of, 303.

Ivy Tree, on, blown down at Hawthorn-
den, App. cili.

Jameson, W., Depy. Surg.-General,
Obituary Notice of, 288.

Kidston, R., on Salvinia natans, App.
Ixxvii.

Kohl Rabi, Sadler on, 225.

Landsborough, Rev. D., Growth of
Australasian Trees and Shrubs in
Arran, App. Xii.

Law IV., alteration of, New Law,
App. xli.

Lawson, Prof. George, on the British
American Species of Genus Viola, 64.

Lepidophloios, on, 181.

Lichens, on, by Dr Stirton, 355.

Lindsay, Dr William Lauder, Obituary
Notice of, 163.

Macfarlane, John M., on Lepidophioios,
181.

on Action of Aniline Dyes on

Vegetable Tissues, 190.

on Structure and Division of
the Vegetable Cell, 192.

Man, Isle of, Geology and Botany of,
App. cvi.

Measurement of Trees, Exact: part
iv, 79; part v., 164; Add. obs. on,
App. xxiii.

Microscopic Slides of Fungus found on
Fish, Exhibition of, App. ix.

Microscopic Demonstration of Sapro-
leqnia ferax, by A. B. Stirling, App.
xiii.

Microscopic Demonstration of Salvinia
natans, App. Ixxvil.

Morham, Robert, on a Tree Struck by
Lightning near Musselburgh, App.
xlii, (Plate IV.)

Mueller, Baron von, on Dysoxylon
Schiffneri, 369.

Pasturage of W. Teviotdale and
**Louping-ill,” App. ix.

Paterson, Dr, Exhibition of Potato
Monstrosities, App. ci.

Phormium tenax, Growth in Orkney,
49.

Plant Novelties, Exhibition of, by I.
A. Henry, App. xix, lxxix.

Plant-Preserving, Prior on, App. xliii.

CXXXVll

Planted Grasses used to fix Blowing
Sands, 351. :

Plants, Flowering, of New Zealand,
and Insect Fauna, 91.

Plants, New Zealand, Hardiness of,
52, 106.

Plants, Exotic, Hardiness of, 109.

Plants, Tenderness of, 118.

Plants, New Method of Drying, App.
xiv.

Plants, on Variation of Intensity ot
Colour in, App. evii.

Plants, on Obtaining by Selection
Hardy Varieties, &c., 145.

Primula vulgaris, on, with a green
Corolla, App. Ixxvi.

Rabenhorst, Gottob Ludwig, Obituary
Notice of, 298.

Ramsay, R. B. Wardlaw, on Ivy Tree,
App. cili. (Plate XII.)

Rheum nobile (Hook. fil. and Tho.), on
a Specimen Flowering in Royal
Botanic Gardens in 1880. By J. H.
Balfour, 88.

Ripening of Hardy Fruits 150 years
ago, Dunn on, App. v.

Robinson, J. F., on the Geology and
Botany of the Isle of Man, by Ed.
Forbes, with Additions by, App. evi.

on Botany of the Cheshire

Meres, App. evi.

Sadler, John, Botanical Correspond-
ence, App. 1, lvi.

on Sir Robert Christison, 273.

Note on Table of Flowering
Plants in Royal Botanic Garden,
374.

—— Notes on Memorial Trees, 375.

Botanical Notes, App. ex.

on Yucca gloriosa, 120.

Temperatures and Open-Air
Vegetation, Royal Botanic Garden,
1879-80, 123; 1880-81, 226;
1881-82, 371.

—-w— on Kohl Rabi, 225.

— on branching Silver Fir grown

at Conishead Priory, App. exvi.
(Plate XIII.)

Schimper, Wilhelm Philipp, Obituary
Notice of, 156.

Schleiden, Matthius Jakob, Obituary
Notice of, 297.

Scott, John, Obituary Notice of, 160.

Shiels, D., on Tillering, App. ex.

Sibbald, John, M.D., Obituary Notice

of Professor G. Blackie, M.D.,
282. ;
Sidey, Dr James, on Pitcher-like

Developments of Pelargonium and
Cabbage leaves, App. exviii.

CXXXV1L1

Stirling, W., on Microscopic Slides of
Fungus found on Fish, App. ix.

Microscopie Demonstration of
Saprolegnia ferax, App. xiii.

Stirton, James, M.D., on Lichens, 355.

Streptocarpus caulescens, Germination
of, 362.

Stuart, Dr Charles, Trip of Scottish
Alpine Botanical Club, 1880, App.
Ixviii.

Table of Flowering of Plants, 374.

Taylor, Audrew, on Hucalyptus globw-
dus in Kyles of Bute, App. lxvi.

on Additions to University

Herbarium from Shiré Highlands,

App. Ixxvi.

Obituary Notices, 156.

on Sir Robert Christison’s work

for the Society, 270.

Obituary Notice of Joseph

Decaisne, 295.

on recent French researches

on Variation of Intensity of Colour

of Plants, App. evii.

Recent Additions to the Uni-

versity Herbarium, App. cxvi.

on New Zealand Plants re-
cently added to University Her-
barium, App. X1.

Temperatures and Open-Air Vegeta-
tion, Royal Botanic Gardens, 1879-
80, 123; 1880-81, 226; 1881-82, 371.

Testudinaria elephantipes, Dickson on |

Septa across the Ducts of, 122.
Thomson, Sir C. Wyville, Obituary
Notice of, 278.

Index.

Thomson, Geo, M., Flowering Plants
of New Zealand and Insect Fauna,
91.

Tillering, A. S. Wilson on, 350.

D. Shiels, App. cx.

Traill, Dr W., on growth of Phormiwm
tenax in Orkney Islands, 49.

Treasurer’s Statement for 1878-79,
App. viil.; 1879-80, App. lv.;
1880-81, App. cix.

Tree struck by Lightning near Mussel-
burgh, App. xlii.

Tree Growth, Season 1879 unfavour-
able to, 79.

Trees, Notes on Memorial, 375.

Vegetable Tissues, Action of Aniline
Dyes on, 190.

Vegetable Cell, the Structure and
Division of, 192.

Vegetation, Report on, in the Garden
of the Royal Botanic Institution,
Glasgow, by R. Bullen, 365.

Viola, British American species of
genus, 64.

Webb, F. M., Obituary Notice of, 163.

Watson, Hewett Cottrell, Obituary
Notice of, 300.

Wilson, A. Stephen, on Tillering,
350.

Whittaker, Joseph, on Sudden Appear-
ance of Epilobium angustifolium,
App. evi.

Yueea L., Flowering of,

120.

gloriosa,

NEILL AND COMPANY, EDINBURGH,
GOVERNMENT BOOK AND LAW PRINTERS FOR SCOTLAND.

LIST OF PLATES.

PLATE I. Rheum nobile, Hook. fil. and Thomson.

se II. Yucca gloriosa, L.

» LIL (a) Bougainvillea glabra.

» IIL (+) Bougainvillea glabra and Testudinaria elephan-

tipes.

5 IV. Riven Oak, East Gate, Drummore.

; wis
and VI.

j | Lepidophloios

\ Cephalotus follicularis.

pA IX. Ornithogalum pyramidale, L., &e.
“a X. Spirogyra nitida, Kg.

= XI, Kohl Rabi.

a XII. Ivy Tree at’, Whitehill.

» AIII. Silver Fir at Conishead Priory.

» AIV. Streplocarpus caulescens.

ERRATA.

Page 159, line 2 from foot, for ‘¢1857”’ read ‘‘1867.”
,, 233, line 3 from top, for “unipulchrum” read “ uniflorum.”
», 259, line 6 from bottom, for ‘‘ Weigela” read ‘* Weigelia.”
» 279, footnote, for ‘‘ vol. xii.” read ‘* vol. xiii.”
,, lii, line 7 from top, for ‘‘ Gillia” read ‘‘ Gilia.”
», lvi, line 10 from bottom, for ‘‘ Grislinia” read ‘‘ Griselinia,”
for ‘‘Penettya” read ‘‘ Pernettya,”
af 5 a Sor **Manuka ” read “Manuku.”
Ixviii, line 9 from top, for ‘* Cytisus Hypocistus” read ‘* Cytinus
Hypocistis.”

9 9 29

7
>

1 7 =f ,

na F
yy Ue 3 ey a we aoa bul a :
Aull Bal wut * Sevinit Fike ag ie ae DA on im pasa?
PM abeger ty ve fiagn's qt od ‘an ook nit aise
"ite dye? jy he Tlie . i
g 7 shy Hh wi pit
Hh Sahil seth ws dyligfed py ee
ont H it

AUIS 2 anes W

es nee ipa

— a

4

TR LAY PA. PRY 999 Pag sung

Transact Bot Soc Eain Vol XIV. Flaie XIV.

\uiined from Photograph, AL G Waterston & Sons, Phow-lith
i "

}
\> STREPTOCARPUS CAULESCENS

iy =

a

eg

_—_

Ret , . PAGE
airman’s Introductory Address :—On the Results of Meteoro-
logical Observations on the Weather of the last Summer. By

MEPEEEEREANDER BUCHAN, MUA... ..........0..c.seccccesceacescceneoneenney 263
Obituary Notice of Sir Robert Christison, Bart. By Joun Hurrox ~
Seeerememour, M1. Hon. Sec............5..0...ccesecncsoeccsssnceccnenvebmun 266 EY
e Obituary Notice eS Sir C. Wyville Thomson. By JoHn Hvurron
a Smnette oI ED. FLOM. SEC. 5. osu occacbeceees vin daceesvnteude ee 27
ee _ Obituary Notice of Prater George Stoddart Blackie, M.D. By
h Suet SrOUATD, MD), TRS US oo. occ cc ccemmencnescusdstdiecdheeeneeee 282
- Obituary Notice of Charles Robert Darwin. By Jonny Hurron :
eevee MAD, FOR. SOC. oa. ine. escceccesnstecgs cost -tecense seat 264%) <4
_ Obituary Notice Fr Deputy-Surgeon General W. Jameson, C. L E. 4
eer luer CLRGHORN, M.D., F.U.S......0.c.00ss0cecso-tessatseosh seein 288
_ Obituary Notice of Joseph Soe Member of the Institute of
‘3 France, Honorary Fellow. By ANDREW TAYLOR..........0.00008 295 ‘
_ Obituary Notices of Deceased Fellows for past Session....... SES es 297
ret Address by the President on Chlorophyll.......... ccc eee cee scence eens 303
ie On Tillering. By A. SterpHen Witson, North Kinmundy, «.ber-
By Se ot a ee eS ee 350
is _ On Fixing Blowipg Sands by means of Planted Grasses. By James
- Pears CRA WEORD, H.G.S. 21... <.<asecosansnducsecsackes oacenhoneeea 351
5 On Lichens (1) from Newfoundland, collected by Mr A. Gray, with
e a List of the Species; (2) from New Zealand; (3) from the
2 South of Scotland. By Jases Stirtoy, M.D., F.LS. 0... 355
- On the Germination of Streptocarpus caulescens. By Professor
; MERGE, © (Plate SEV.) s.nccceasosnscsucinsdenassaduas> cc 0eeeeeeaeeeean 362
- On the #stivation of the Floral Envelopes in Helianthemum
wangare, By Professor DICKSON.....2.<<..0..2.<¢counssasecsase=sasenneem 364 :
_ On a Monstrosity in the Flower of Iris Pseudacorus. By Professor =
ae NRMEMENE Fos. A. o's a's da5 Sn oss doa deny acsh ua dep nasi meaeye caseena eae 364 i
~ Report on the Vegetation in the Garden of the Royal Botanic Insti- .
5 tution, Glasgow, from January till November 1882. By RoBERT i:
ee BULLEN, Curator. Communicated by the President......< he eam 365 eet
Dysoxylon Schiffneri (Section Cletsocalyz), a new Tree from East 24
Australia. By Baron FERD. voN MUELLER, Ph.D., M.D., F.RS., Pe:
RR 2on 2 Sides sf cey ccanarcee ap nad naveush ons «nev cae e an 369 oe

G

t

:

- Report on Temperatures and Open-Air Vegetation at the Royal

m Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, from Nov ember 1881 till J uly 1882.

Compiled from Notes read at Meetings of the Society. =f the 4 =

Pate JOHN SADLER, Curator. .....-:<c0cc0hecsansease<h so ainehacdeateea 371 ae

Note on Table of Flowering of Plants in the Royal Botanic Garden j
Edinburgh, from 1850 to 1882. By the late JoHN SaDLzR,
epaator.. (With Table)... 22. i.5..csccka.ccdascin-tastvsecege- Sheen 374

_ Notes on Memorial Trees Planted in the Royal Botanic Garden,
Edinburgh. By the late Jonny SapLer, Curator..................0+ 375

_ Extracts from Correspondence as to the Effects of the Winter of
1881-82 in different parts of Scotland..............csecceeeeeeeenee »», 300m

Z AppENDIxX—Proceedings. (Plates XII. and XIII.).............. indthe

= Additions to the Library, Herbarium, and Museum
during the Session ............sescsssessresseseoussenden XX
P List of Mem bere......5.:..00.+iesesccsnepaneqheesnss ines onion s<0 CEXN

TA

280 1783

oS